diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
676 files changed, 22568 insertions, 7965 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs index df535780058b..042fd125fbc9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/addr +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/addr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -8,34 +8,34 @@ Description: Sets the device address to be used for read or write through only when the IOMMU is disabled. The acceptable value is a string that starts with "0x" -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_gate +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/clk_gate Date: May 2020 KernelVersion: 5.8 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: This setting is now deprecated as clock gating is handled solely by the f/w -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_buffers +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/command_buffers Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with information about the currently allocated command buffers -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_submission +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/command_submission Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with information about the currently active command submissions -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_submission_jobs +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/command_submission_jobs Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with detailed information about each JOB (CB) of each active command submission -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/data32 +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/data32 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Description: Allows the root user to read or write directly through the If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/data64 +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/data64 Date: Jan 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Description: Allows the root user to read or write 64 bit data directly If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/data_dma +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/data_dma Date: Apr 2021 KernelVersion: 5.13 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -79,11 +79,11 @@ Description: Allows the root user to read from the device's internal a very long time. This interface doesn't support concurrency in the same device. In GAUDI and GOYA, this action can cause undefined behavior - in case the it is done while the device is executing user + in case it is done while the device is executing user workloads. Only supported on GAUDI at this stage. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/device +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/device Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -91,14 +91,14 @@ Description: Enables the root user to set the device to specific state. Valid values are "disable", "enable", "suspend", "resume". User can read this property to see the valid values -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/device_release_watchdog_timeout +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/device_release_watchdog_timeout Date: Oct 2022 KernelVersion: 6.2 Contact: ttayar@habana.ai Description: The watchdog timeout value in seconds for a device release upon certain error cases, after which the device is reset. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/dma_size +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/dma_size Date: Apr 2021 KernelVersion: 5.13 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Description: Specify the size of the DMA transaction when using DMA to read When the write is finished, the user can read the "data_dma" blob -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/dump_razwi_events +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/dump_razwi_events Date: Aug 2022 KernelVersion: 5.20 Contact: fkassabri@habana.ai @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Description: Dumps all razwi events to dmesg if exist. the routine will clear the status register. Usage: cat dump_razwi_events -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/dump_security_violations +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/dump_security_violations Date: Jan 2021 KernelVersion: 5.12 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -125,14 +125,14 @@ Description: Dumps all security violations to dmesg. This will also ack all security violations meanings those violations will not be dumped next time user calls this API -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/engines +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/engines Date: Jul 2019 KernelVersion: 5.3 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the status registers values of the device engines and their derived idle status -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_addr +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/i2c_addr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Description: Sets I2C device address for I2C transaction that is generated by the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_bus +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/i2c_bus Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Description: Sets I2C bus address for I2C transaction that is generated by the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_data +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/i2c_data Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Description: Triggers an I2C transaction that is generated by the device's reading from the file generates a read transaction, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_len +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/i2c_len Date: Dec 2021 KernelVersion: 5.17 Contact: obitton@habana.ai @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Description: Sets I2C length in bytes for I2C transaction that is generated b the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_reg +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/i2c_reg Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -173,35 +173,35 @@ Description: Sets I2C register id for I2C transaction that is generated by the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led0 +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/led0 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the state of the first S/W led on the device, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led1 +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/led1 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the state of the second S/W led on the device, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led2 +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/led2 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the state of the third S/W led on the device, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/memory_scrub +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/memory_scrub Date: May 2022 KernelVersion: 5.19 Contact: dhirschfeld@habana.ai Description: Allows the root user to scrub the dram memory. The scrubbing value can be set using the debugfs file memory_scrub_val. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/memory_scrub_val +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/memory_scrub_val Date: May 2022 KernelVersion: 5.19 Contact: dhirschfeld@habana.ai @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Description: The value to which the dram will be set to when the user scrubs the dram using 'memory_scrub' debugfs file and the scrubbing value when using module param 'memory_scrub' -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/mmu +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/mmu Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -217,19 +217,19 @@ Description: Displays the hop values and physical address for a given ASID and virtual address. The user should write the ASID and VA into the file and then read the file to get the result. e.g. to display info about VA 0x1000 for ASID 1 you need to do: - echo "1 0x1000" > /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl0/mmu + echo "1 0x1000" > /sys/kernel/debug/accel/0/mmu -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/mmu_error +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/mmu_error Date: Mar 2021 KernelVersion: 5.12 Contact: fkassabri@habana.ai Description: Check and display page fault or access violation mmu errors for all MMUs specified in mmu_cap_mask. e.g. to display error info for MMU hw cap bit 9, you need to do: - echo "0x200" > /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl0/mmu_error - cat /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl0/mmu_error + echo "0x200" > /sys/kernel/debug/accel/0/mmu_error + cat /sys/kernel/debug/accel/0/mmu_error -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/monitor_dump +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/monitor_dump Date: Mar 2022 KernelVersion: 5.19 Contact: osharabi@habana.ai @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Description: Allows the root user to dump monitors status from the device's This interface doesn't support concurrency in the same device. Only supported on GAUDI. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/monitor_dump_trig +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/monitor_dump_trig Date: Mar 2022 KernelVersion: 5.19 Contact: osharabi@habana.ai @@ -253,14 +253,14 @@ Description: Triggers dump of monitor data. The value to trigger the operatio When the write is finished, the user can read the "monitor_dump" blob -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/set_power_state +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/set_power_state Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the PCI power state. Valid values are "1" for D0 and "2" for D3Hot -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/skip_reset_on_timeout +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/skip_reset_on_timeout Date: Jun 2021 KernelVersion: 5.13 Contact: ynudelman@habana.ai @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Description: Sets the skip reset on timeout option for the device. Value of "0" means device will be reset in case some CS has timed out, otherwise it will not be reset. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/state_dump +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/state_dump Date: Oct 2021 KernelVersion: 5.15 Contact: ynudelman@habana.ai @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Description: Gets the state dump occurring on a CS timeout or failure. Writing an integer X discards X state dumps, so that the next read would return X+1-st newest state dump. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/stop_on_err +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/stop_on_err Date: Mar 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -287,21 +287,21 @@ Description: Sets the stop-on_error option for the device engines. Value of "0" is for disable, otherwise enable. Relevant only for GOYA and GAUDI. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/timeout_locked +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/timeout_locked Date: Sep 2021 KernelVersion: 5.16 Contact: obitton@habana.ai Description: Sets the command submission timeout value in seconds. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/userptr +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/userptr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org -Description: Displays a list with information about the currently user +Description: Displays a list with information about the current user pointers (user virtual addresses) that are pinned and mapped to DMA addresses -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/userptr_lookup +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/userptr_lookup Date: Oct 2021 KernelVersion: 5.15 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Description: Allows to search for specific user pointers (user virtual addresses) that are pinned and mapped to DMA addresses, and see their resolution to the specific dma address. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/vm +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel/<n>/vm Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat index 6731ffacc5f0..b2db010d851e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/qat/fw_counters +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/fw_counters Date: November 2023 KernelVersion: 6.6 Contact: qat-linux@intel.com @@ -59,3 +59,25 @@ Description: (RO) Read returns the device health status. The driver does not monitor for Heartbeat. It is left for a user to poll the status periodically. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/pm_status +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Read returns power management information specific to the + QAT device. + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat_<device>_<BDF>/cnv_errors +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Read returns, for each Acceleration Engine (AE), the number + of errors and the type of the last error detected by the device + when performing verified compression. + Reported counters:: + + <N>: Number of Compress and Verify (CnV) errors and type + of the last CnV error detected by Acceleration + Engine N. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem index 46cfe02058fd..34ee8c59ab25 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Description: more bits set in the dimm-health-bitmap retrieved in response to H_SCM_HEALTH hcall. The details of the bit flags returned in response to this hcall is available - at 'Documentation/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst' . Below are + at 'Documentation/arch/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst' . Below are the flags reported in this sysfs file: * "not_armed" diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware-attributes b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware-attributes index f205d39409a3..9c82c7b42ff8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware-attributes +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware-attributes @@ -383,6 +383,36 @@ Description: Note that any changes to this attribute requires a reboot for changes to take effect. +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/attributes/save_settings +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: Mark Pearson <mpearson-lenovo@squebb.ca> +Description: + On Lenovo platforms there is a limitation in the number of times an attribute can be + saved. This is an architectural limitation and it limits the number of attributes + that can be modified to 48. + A solution for this is instead of the attribute being saved after every modification, + to allow a user to bulk set the attributes, and then trigger a final save. This allows + unlimited attributes. + + Read the attribute to check what save mode is enabled (single or bulk). + E.g: + # cat /sys/class/firmware-attributes/thinklmi/attributes/save_settings + single + + Write the attribute with 'bulk' to enable bulk save mode. + Write the attribute with 'single' to enable saving, after every attribute set. + The default setting is single mode. + E.g: + # echo bulk > /sys/class/firmware-attributes/thinklmi/attributes/save_settings + + When in bulk mode write 'save' to trigger a save of all currently modified attributes. + Note, once a save has been triggered, in bulk mode, attributes can no longer be set and + will return a permissions error. This is to prevent users hitting the 48+ save limitation + (which requires entering the BIOS to clear the error condition) + E.g: + # echo save > /sys/class/firmware-attributes/thinklmi/attributes/save_settings + What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/attributes/debug_cmd Date: July 2021 KernelVersion: 5.14 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia index c4d46970c1cf..369b4ae8be5f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia @@ -12,3 +12,17 @@ Description: (RW) On the front panel of the Turris Omnia router there is also able to change this setting from software. Format: %i + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/device/gamma_correction +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (RW) Newer versions of the microcontroller firmware of the + Turris Omnia router support gamma correction for the RGB LEDs. + This feature can be enabled/disabled by writing to this file. + + If the feature is not supported because the MCU firmware is too + old, the file always reads as 0, and writing to the file results + in the EOPNOTSUPP error. + + Format: %i diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu index 7ecd5c8161a6..a1db6db47505 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -354,9 +354,6 @@ Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes - ReadWriteAllocate: both writeallocate and readallocate - attributes: - LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy - coherency_line_size: the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets transferred from memory to cache diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs index 1b98b6503b23..c63ca1ad500d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/armcp_kernel_ver +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/armcp_kernel_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU. Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be replaced with cpucp_kernel_ver -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/armcp_ver +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/armcp_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be replaced with cpucp_ver -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_max_freq_mhz +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/clk_max_freq_mhz Date: Jun 2019 KernelVersion: 5.7 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -24,58 +24,58 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in MHz. frequency value of the device clock. This property is valid only for the Gaudi ASIC family -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_cur_freq_mhz +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/clk_cur_freq_mhz Date: Jun 2019 KernelVersion: 5.7 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the current frequency, in MHz, of the device clock. This property is valid only for the Gaudi ASIC family -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpld_ver +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/cpld_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the Device's CPLD F/W -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpucp_kernel_ver +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/cpucp_kernel_ver Date: Oct 2020 KernelVersion: 5.10 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpucp_ver +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/cpucp_ver Date: Oct 2020 KernelVersion: 5.10 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/device_type +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/device_type Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the code name of the device according to its type. The supported values are: "GOYA" -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/eeprom +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/eeprom Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: A binary file attribute that contains the contents of the on-board EEPROM -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/fuse_ver +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/fuse_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the device's version from the eFuse -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/fw_os_ver +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/fw_os_ver Date: Dec 2021 KernelVersion: 5.18 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the firmware OS running on the device's CPU -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/hard_reset +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/hard_reset Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -83,14 +83,14 @@ Description: Interface to trigger a hard-reset operation for the device. Hard-reset will reset ALL internal components of the device except for the PCI interface and the internal PLLs -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/hard_reset_cnt +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/hard_reset_cnt Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays how many times the device have undergone a hard-reset operation since the driver was loaded -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/high_pll +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/high_pll Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency for MME, TPC and IC when the power management profile is set to "automatic". This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/ic_clk +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/ic_clk Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -110,27 +110,27 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of frequency value of the IC. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/ic_clk_curr +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/ic_clk_curr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the Interconnect fabric. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/infineon_ver +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/infineon_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the Device's power supply F/W code. Relevant only to GOYA and GAUDI -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/max_power +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/max_power Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the user to set the maximum power consumption of the device in milliwatts. -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/mme_clk +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/mme_clk Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -142,21 +142,21 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of frequency value of the MME. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/mme_clk_curr +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/mme_clk_curr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the MME compute engine. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/pci_addr +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/pci_addr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the PCI address of the device. This is needed so the user would be able to open a device based on its PCI address -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/pm_mng_profile +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/pm_mng_profile Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -170,19 +170,19 @@ Description: Power management profile. Values are "auto", "manual". In "auto" ic_clk, mme_clk and tpc_clk. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/preboot_btl_ver +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/preboot_btl_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the device's preboot F/W code -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/security_enabled +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/security_enabled Date: Oct 2022 KernelVersion: 6.1 Contact: obitton@habana.ai Description: Displays the device's security status -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/soft_reset +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/soft_reset Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -190,14 +190,14 @@ Description: Interface to trigger a soft-reset operation for the device. Soft-reset will reset only the compute and DMA engines of the device -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/soft_reset_cnt +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/soft_reset_cnt Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays how many times the device have undergone a soft-reset operation since the driver was loaded -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/status +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/status Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -215,13 +215,13 @@ Description: Status of the card: a compute-reset which is executed after a device release (relevant for Gaudi2 only). -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/thermal_ver +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/thermal_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the Device's thermal daemon -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/tpc_clk +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/tpc_clk Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -233,20 +233,20 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of frequency value of the TPC. This property is valid only for Goya ASIC family -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/tpc_clk_curr +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/tpc_clk_curr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the TPC compute engines. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/uboot_ver +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/uboot_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the u-boot running on the device's CPU -What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/vrm_ver +What: /sys/class/accel/accel<n>/device/vrm_ver Date: Jan 2022 KernelVersion: 5.17 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc index a8ab58035c95..c12316dfd973 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Description: Read only. Returns the firmware version of Intel MAX10 What: /sys/bus/.../drivers/intel-m10-bmc/.../mac_address Date: January 2021 KernelVersion: 5.12 -Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Contact: Peter Colberg <peter.colberg@intel.com> Description: Read only. Returns the first MAC address in a block of sequential MAC addresses assigned to the board that is managed by the Intel MAX10 BMC. It is stored in @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Description: Read only. Returns the first MAC address in a block What: /sys/bus/.../drivers/intel-m10-bmc/.../mac_count Date: January 2021 KernelVersion: 5.12 -Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Contact: Peter Colberg <peter.colberg@intel.com> Description: Read only. Returns the number of sequential MAC addresses assigned to the board managed by the Intel MAX10 BMC. This value is stored in FLASH and is mirrored diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc-sec-update b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc-sec-update index 0a41afe0ab4c..9051695d2211 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc-sec-update +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc-sec-update @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/sr_root_entry_hash Date: Sep 2022 KernelVersion: 5.20 -Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Contact: Peter Colberg <peter.colberg@intel.com> Description: Read only. Returns the root entry hash for the static region if one is programmed, else it returns the string: "hash not programmed". This file is only @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Description: Read only. Returns the root entry hash for the static What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/pr_root_entry_hash Date: Sep 2022 KernelVersion: 5.20 -Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Contact: Peter Colberg <peter.colberg@intel.com> Description: Read only. Returns the root entry hash for the partial reconfiguration region if one is programmed, else it returns the string: "hash not programmed". This file @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Description: Read only. Returns the root entry hash for the partial What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/bmc_root_entry_hash Date: Sep 2022 KernelVersion: 5.20 -Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Contact: Peter Colberg <peter.colberg@intel.com> Description: Read only. Returns the root entry hash for the BMC image if one is programmed, else it returns the string: "hash not programmed". This file is only visible if the @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Description: Read only. Returns the root entry hash for the BMC image What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/sr_canceled_csks Date: Sep 2022 KernelVersion: 5.20 -Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Contact: Peter Colberg <peter.colberg@intel.com> Description: Read only. Returns a list of indices for canceled code signing keys for the static region. The standard bitmap list format is used (e.g. "1,2-6,9"). @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Description: Read only. Returns a list of indices for canceled code What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/pr_canceled_csks Date: Sep 2022 KernelVersion: 5.20 -Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Contact: Peter Colberg <peter.colberg@intel.com> Description: Read only. Returns a list of indices for canceled code signing keys for the partial reconfiguration region. The standard bitmap list format is used (e.g. "1,2-6,9"). @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Description: Read only. Returns a list of indices for canceled code What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/bmc_canceled_csks Date: Sep 2022 KernelVersion: 5.20 -Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Contact: Peter Colberg <peter.colberg@intel.com> Description: Read only. Returns a list of indices for canceled code signing keys for the BMC. The standard bitmap list format is used (e.g. "1,2-6,9"). @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Description: Read only. Returns a list of indices for canceled code What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/flash_count Date: Sep 2022 KernelVersion: 5.20 -Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Contact: Peter Colberg <peter.colberg@intel.com> Description: Read only. Returns number of times the secure update staging area has been flashed. Format: "%u". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat index ef6d6c57105e..bbf329cf0d67 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat @@ -29,6 +29,8 @@ Description: (RW) Reports the current configuration of the QAT device. services * asym;sym: identical to sym;asym * dc: the device is configured for running compression services + * dcc: identical to dc but enables the dc chaining feature, + hash then compression. If this is not required chose dc * sym: the device is configured for running symmetric crypto services * asym: the device is configured for running asymmetric crypto @@ -93,3 +95,49 @@ Description: (RW) This configuration option provides a way to force the device i 0 This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/rp2srv +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) This attribute provides a way for a user to query a + specific ring pair for the type of service that it is currently + configured for. + + When written to, the value is cached and used to perform the + read operation. Allowed values are in the range 0 to N-1, where + N is the max number of ring pairs supported by a device. This + can be queried using the attribute qat/num_rps. + + A read returns the service associated to the ring pair queried. + + The values are: + + * dc: the ring pair is configured for running compression services + * sym: the ring pair is configured for running symmetric crypto + services + * asym: the ring pair is configured for running asymmetric crypto + services + + Example usage:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/rp2srv + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/rp2srv + sym + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/num_rps +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RO) Returns the number of ring pairs that a single device has. + + Example usage:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/num_rps + 64 + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_ras b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_ras new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..176dea1e9c0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_ras @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/errors_correctable +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Reports the number of correctable errors detected by the device. + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/errors_nonfatal +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Reports the number of non fatal errors detected by the device. + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/errors_fatal +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Reports the number of fatal errors detected by the device. + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/reset_error_counters +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (WO) Write to resets all error counters of a device. + + The following example reports how to reset the counters:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/reset_error_counters + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/errors_correctable + 0 + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/errors_nonfatal + 0 + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_ras/errors_fatal + 0 + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_rl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_rl new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8c282ae3155d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat_rl @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (WO) This attribute is used to perform an operation on an SLA. + The supported operations are: add, update, rm, rm_all, and get. + + Input values must be filled through the associated attribute in + this group before a write to this file. + If the operation completes successfully, the associated + attributes will be updated. + The associated attributes are: cir, pir, srv, rp, and id. + + Supported operations: + + * add: Creates a new SLA with the provided inputs from user. + * Inputs: cir, pir, srv, and rp + * Output: id + + * get: Returns the configuration of the specified SLA in id attribute + * Inputs: id + * Outputs: cir, pir, srv, and rp + + * update: Updates the SLA with new values set in the following attributes + * Inputs: id, cir, and pir + + * rm: Removes the specified SLA in the id attribute. + * Inputs: id + + * rm_all: Removes all the configured SLAs. + * Inputs: None + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/rp +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) When read, reports the current assigned ring pairs for the + queried SLA. + When wrote to, configures the ring pairs associated to a new SLA. + + The value is a 64-bit bit mask and is written/displayed in hex. + Each bit of this mask represents a single ring pair i.e., + bit 1 == ring pair id 0; bit 3 == ring pair id 2. + + Selected ring pairs must to be assigned to a single service, + i.e. the one provided with the srv attribute. The service + assigned to a certain ring pair can be checked by querying + the attribute qat/rp2srv. + + The maximum number of ring pairs is 4 per SLA. + + Applicability in sla_op: + + * WRITE: add operation + * READ: get operation + + Example usage:: + + ## Read + # echo 4 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/rp + 0x5 + + ## Write + # echo 0x5 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/rp + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) If written to, the value is used to retrieve a particular + SLA and operate on it. + This is valid only for the following operations: update, rm, + and get. + A read of this attribute is only guaranteed to have correct data + after creation of an SLA. + + Applicability in sla_op: + + * WRITE: rm and update operations + * READ: add and get operations + + Example usage:: + + ## Read + ## Set attributes e.g. cir, pir, srv, etc + # echo "add" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + 4 + + ## Write + # echo 7 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + # echo "get" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/rp + 0x5 ## ring pair ID 0 and ring pair ID 2 + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cir +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) Committed information rate (CIR). Rate guaranteed to be + achieved by a particular SLA. The value is expressed in + permille scale, i.e. 1000 refers to the maximum device + throughput for a selected service. + + After sending a "get" to sla_op, this will be populated with the + CIR for that queried SLA. + Write to this file before sending an "add/update" sla_op, to set + the SLA to the specified value. + + Applicability in sla_op: + + * WRITE: add and update operations + * READ: get operation + + Example usage:: + + ## Write + # echo 500 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cir + # echo "add" /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + + ## Read + # echo 4 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + # echo "get" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cir + 500 + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/pir +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) Peak information rate (PIR). The maximum rate that can be + achieved by that particular SLA. An SLA can reach a value + between CIR and PIR when the device is not fully utilized by + requests from other users (assigned to different SLAs). + + After sending a "get" to sla_op, this will be populated with the + PIR for that queried SLA. + Write to this file before sending an "add/update" sla_op, to set + the SLA to the specified value. + + Applicability in sla_op: + + * WRITE: add and update operations + * READ: get operation + + Example usage:: + + ## Write + # echo 750 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/pir + # echo "add" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + + ## Read + # echo 4 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + # echo "get" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/pir + 750 + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/srv +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) Service (SRV). Represents the service (sym, asym, dc) + associated to an SLA. + Can be written to or queried to set/show the SRV type for an SLA. + The SRV attribute is used to specify the SRV type before adding + an SLA. After an SLA is configured, reports the service + associated to that SLA. + + Applicability in sla_op: + + * WRITE: add and update operations + * READ: get operation + + Example usage:: + + ## Write + # echo "dc" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/srv + # echo "add" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + 4 + + ## Read + # echo 4 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/id + # echo "get" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/srv + dc + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cap_rem +Date: January 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: + (RW) This file will return the remaining capability for a + particular service/sla. This is the remaining value that a new + SLA can be set to or a current SLA can be increased with. + + Example usage:: + + # echo "asym" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cap_rem + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cap_rem + 250 + # echo 250 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cir + # echo "add" > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/sla_op + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat_rl/cap_rem + 0 + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries index fe0289c87768..b6c23807b804 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ What: /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/ Date: February 2011 Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> Description: - Many machines' firmware (x86 and ia64) export DMI / + Many machines' firmware (x86 and arm64) export DMI / SMBIOS tables to the operating system. Getting at this information is often valuable to userland, especially in cases where there are OEM extensions used. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon index 420b30f09cf0..b35649a46a2f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon @@ -151,6 +151,13 @@ Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the action of the scheme. +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/apply_interval_us +Date: Sep 2023 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the action apply interval of + the scheme in microseconds. Reading this file returns the + value. + What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/sz/min Date: Mar 2022 Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst index 0c7552a00c8c..42e1e78353f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst +++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.rst @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Note, however, not all failures are truly "permanent". Some are caused by over-heating, some by a poorly seated card. Many PCI error events are caused by software bugs, e.g. DMAs to wild addresses or bogus split transactions due to programming -errors. See the discussion in Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst +errors. See the discussion in Documentation/arch/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst for additional detail on real-life experience of the causes of software errors. @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ That is, the recovery API only requires that: .. note:: Implementation details for the powerpc platform are discussed in - the file Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst + the file Documentation/arch/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst As of this writing, there is a growing list of device drivers with patches implementing error recovery. Not all of these patches are in diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/Expedited-Grace-Periods.rst b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/Expedited-Grace-Periods.rst index 93d899d53258..414f8a2012d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/Expedited-Grace-Periods.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/Expedited-Grace-Periods.rst @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ operations is carried out at several levels: of this wait (or series of waits, as the case may be) is to permit a concurrent CPU-hotplug operation to complete. #. In the case of RCU-sched, one of the last acts of an outgoing CPU is - to invoke ``rcu_report_dead()``, which reports a quiescent state for + to invoke ``rcutree_report_cpu_dead()``, which reports a quiescent state for that CPU. However, this is likely paranoia-induced redundancy. +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-callback-registry.svg b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-callback-registry.svg index 7ac6f9269806..63eff867175a 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-callback-registry.svg +++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-callback-registry.svg @@ -566,15 +566,6 @@ style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcutree_migrate_callbacks()</text> <text xml:space="preserve" - x="8335.4873" - y="5357.1006" - font-style="normal" - font-weight="bold" - font-size="192" - id="text202-7-9-6-0" - style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcu_migrate_callbacks()</text> - <text - xml:space="preserve" x="8768.4678" y="6224.9038" font-style="normal" diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-gp-fqs.svg b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-gp-fqs.svg index 7ddc094d7f28..d82a77d03d8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-gp-fqs.svg +++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-gp-fqs.svg @@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ font-weight="bold" font-size="192" id="text202-7-5-3-27-6-5" - style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcu_report_dead()</text> + style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcutree_report_cpu_dead()</text> <text xml:space="preserve" x="3745.7725" @@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ font-style="normal" y="3679.27" x="-3804.9949" - xml:space="preserve">rcu_cpu_starting()</text> + xml:space="preserve">rcutree_report_cpu_starting()</text> <g style="fill:none;stroke-width:0.025in" id="g3107-7-5-0" diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-gp.svg b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-gp.svg index 069f6f8371c2..53e0dc2a2c79 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-gp.svg +++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-gp.svg @@ -1448,15 +1448,6 @@ style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcutree_migrate_callbacks()</text> <text xml:space="preserve" - x="8335.4873" - y="5357.1006" - font-style="normal" - font-weight="bold" - font-size="192" - id="text202-7-9-6-0" - style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcu_migrate_callbacks()</text> - <text - xml:space="preserve" x="8768.4678" y="6224.9038" font-style="normal" @@ -3274,7 +3265,7 @@ font-weight="bold" font-size="192" id="text202-7-5-3-27-6-5" - style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcu_report_dead()</text> + style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcutree_report_cpu_dead()</text> <text xml:space="preserve" x="3745.7725" @@ -3395,7 +3386,7 @@ font-style="normal" y="3679.27" x="-3804.9949" - xml:space="preserve">rcu_cpu_starting()</text> + xml:space="preserve">rcutree_report_cpu_starting()</text> <g style="fill:none;stroke-width:0.025in" id="g3107-7-5-0" diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-hotplug.svg b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-hotplug.svg index 2c9310ba29ba..4fa7506082bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-hotplug.svg +++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-hotplug.svg @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ font-weight="bold" font-size="192" id="text202-7-5-3-27-6" - style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcu_report_dead()</text> + style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcutree_report_cpu_dead()</text> <text xml:space="preserve" x="3745.7725" @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ font-style="normal" y="3679.27" x="-3804.9949" - xml:space="preserve">rcu_cpu_starting()</text> + xml:space="preserve">rcutree_report_cpu_starting()</text> <g style="fill:none;stroke-width:0.025in" id="g3107-7-5-0" diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.rst b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.rst index f3b605285a87..cccafdaa1f84 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.rst @@ -1955,12 +1955,12 @@ if offline CPUs block an RCU grace period for too long. An offline CPU's quiescent state will be reported either: -1. As the CPU goes offline using RCU's hotplug notifier (rcu_report_dead()). +1. As the CPU goes offline using RCU's hotplug notifier (rcutree_report_cpu_dead()). 2. When grace period initialization (rcu_gp_init()) detects a race either with CPU offlining or with a task unblocking on a leaf ``rcu_node`` structure whose CPUs are all offline. -The CPU-online path (rcu_cpu_starting()) should never need to report +The CPU-online path (rcutree_report_cpu_starting()) should never need to report a quiescent state for an offline CPU. However, as a debugging measure, it does emit a warning if a quiescent state was not already reported for that CPU. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/listRCU.rst b/Documentation/RCU/listRCU.rst index bdc4bcc5289f..ed5c9d8c9afe 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/listRCU.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/listRCU.rst @@ -8,6 +8,15 @@ One of the most common uses of RCU is protecting read-mostly linked lists that all of the required memory ordering is provided by the list macros. This document describes several list-based RCU use cases. +When iterating a list while holding the rcu_read_lock(), writers may +modify the list. The reader is guaranteed to see all of the elements +which were added to the list before they acquired the rcu_read_lock() +and are still on the list when they drop the rcu_read_unlock(). +Elements which are added to, or removed from the list may or may not +be seen. If the writer calls list_replace_rcu(), the reader may see +either the old element or the new element; they will not see both, +nor will they see neither. + Example 1: Read-mostly list: Deferred Destruction ------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.rst b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.rst index e488c8e557a9..60ce02475142 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.rst @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ experiment with should focus on Section 2. People who prefer to start with example uses should focus on Sections 3 and 4. People who need to understand the RCU implementation should focus on Section 5, then dive into the kernel source code. People who reason best by analogy should -focus on Section 6. Section 7 serves as an index to the docbook API -documentation, and Section 8 is the traditional answer key. +focus on Section 6 and 7. Section 8 serves as an index to the docbook +API documentation, and Section 9 is the traditional answer key. So, start with the section that makes the most sense to you and your preferred method of learning. If you need to know everything about diff --git a/Documentation/accel/qaic/qaic.rst b/Documentation/accel/qaic/qaic.rst index 72a70ab6e3a8..c88502383136 100644 --- a/Documentation/accel/qaic/qaic.rst +++ b/Documentation/accel/qaic/qaic.rst @@ -123,6 +123,16 @@ DRM_IOCTL_QAIC_PART_DEV AIC100 device and can be used for limiting a process to some subset of resources. +DRM_IOCTL_QAIC_DETACH_SLICE_BO + This IOCTL allows userspace to remove the slicing information from a BO that + was originally provided by a call to DRM_IOCTL_QAIC_ATTACH_SLICE_BO. This + is the inverse of DRM_IOCTL_QAIC_ATTACH_SLICE_BO. The BO must be idle for + DRM_IOCTL_QAIC_DETACH_SLICE_BO to be called. After a successful detach slice + operation the BO may have new slicing information attached with a new call + to DRM_IOCTL_QAIC_ATTACH_SLICE_BO. After detach slice, the BO cannot be + executed until after a new attach slice operation. Combining attach slice + and detach slice calls allows userspace to use a BO with multiple workloads. + Userspace Client Isolation ========================== diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst index ff456871bf4b..ca7d9402f6be 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst @@ -551,6 +551,7 @@ memory.stat file includes following statistics: event happens each time a page is unaccounted from the cgroup. swap # of bytes of swap usage + swapcached # of bytes of swap cached in memory dirty # of bytes that are waiting to get written back to the disk. writeback # of bytes of file/anon cache that are queued for syncing to disk. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst index b26b5274eaaf..3f85254f3cef 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst @@ -210,6 +210,35 @@ cgroup v2 currently supports the following mount options. relying on the original semantics (e.g. specifying bogusly high 'bypass' protection values at higher tree levels). + memory_hugetlb_accounting + Count HugeTLB memory usage towards the cgroup's overall + memory usage for the memory controller (for the purpose of + statistics reporting and memory protetion). This is a new + behavior that could regress existing setups, so it must be + explicitly opted in with this mount option. + + A few caveats to keep in mind: + + * There is no HugeTLB pool management involved in the memory + controller. The pre-allocated pool does not belong to anyone. + Specifically, when a new HugeTLB folio is allocated to + the pool, it is not accounted for from the perspective of the + memory controller. It is only charged to a cgroup when it is + actually used (for e.g at page fault time). Host memory + overcommit management has to consider this when configuring + hard limits. In general, HugeTLB pool management should be + done via other mechanisms (such as the HugeTLB controller). + * Failure to charge a HugeTLB folio to the memory controller + results in SIGBUS. This could happen even if the HugeTLB pool + still has pages available (but the cgroup limit is hit and + reclaim attempt fails). + * Charging HugeTLB memory towards the memory controller affects + memory protection and reclaim dynamics. Any userspace tuning + (of low, min limits for e.g) needs to take this into account. + * HugeTLB pages utilized while this option is not selected + will not be tracked by the memory controller (even if cgroup + v2 is remounted later on). + Organizing Processes and Threads -------------------------------- @@ -364,6 +393,13 @@ constraint, a threaded controller must be able to handle competition between threads in a non-leaf cgroup and its child cgroups. Each threaded controller defines how such competitions are handled. +Currently, the following controllers are threaded and can be enabled +in a threaded cgroup:: + +- cpu +- cpuset +- perf_event +- pids [Un]populated Notification -------------------------- @@ -1532,6 +1568,15 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back. collapsing an existing range of pages. This counter is not present when CONFIG_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE is not set. + thp_swpout (npn) + Number of transparent hugepages which are swapout in one piece + without splitting. + + thp_swpout_fallback (npn) + Number of transparent hugepages which were split before swapout. + Usually because failed to allocate some continuous swap space + for the huge page. + memory.numa_stat A read-only nested-keyed file which exists on non-root cgroups. @@ -2023,7 +2068,7 @@ IO Priority ~~~~~~~~~~~ A single attribute controls the behavior of the I/O priority cgroup policy, -namely the blkio.prio.class attribute. The following values are accepted for +namely the io.prio.class attribute. The following values are accepted for that attribute: no-change @@ -2052,9 +2097,11 @@ The following numerical values are associated with the I/O priority policies: +----------------+---+ | no-change | 0 | +----------------+---+ -| rt-to-be | 2 | +| promote-to-rt | 1 | +----------------+---+ -| all-to-idle | 3 | +| restrict-to-be | 2 | ++----------------+---+ +| idle | 3 | +----------------+---+ The numerical value that corresponds to each I/O priority class is as follows: @@ -2074,7 +2121,7 @@ The algorithm to set the I/O priority class for a request is as follows: - If I/O priority class policy is promote-to-rt, change the request I/O priority class to IOPRIO_CLASS_RT and change the request I/O priority level to 4. -- If I/O priorityt class is not promote-to-rt, translate the I/O priority +- If I/O priority class policy is not promote-to-rt, translate the I/O priority class policy into a number, then change the request I/O priority class into the maximum of the I/O priority class policy number and the numerical I/O priority class. @@ -2226,6 +2273,49 @@ Cpuset Interface Files Its value will be affected by memory nodes hotplug events. + cpuset.cpus.exclusive + A read-write multiple values file which exists on non-root + cpuset-enabled cgroups. + + It lists all the exclusive CPUs that are allowed to be used + to create a new cpuset partition. Its value is not used + unless the cgroup becomes a valid partition root. See the + "cpuset.cpus.partition" section below for a description of what + a cpuset partition is. + + When the cgroup becomes a partition root, the actual exclusive + CPUs that are allocated to that partition are listed in + "cpuset.cpus.exclusive.effective" which may be different + from "cpuset.cpus.exclusive". If "cpuset.cpus.exclusive" + has previously been set, "cpuset.cpus.exclusive.effective" + is always a subset of it. + + Users can manually set it to a value that is different from + "cpuset.cpus". The only constraint in setting it is that the + list of CPUs must be exclusive with respect to its sibling. + + For a parent cgroup, any one of its exclusive CPUs can only + be distributed to at most one of its child cgroups. Having an + exclusive CPU appearing in two or more of its child cgroups is + not allowed (the exclusivity rule). A value that violates the + exclusivity rule will be rejected with a write error. + + The root cgroup is a partition root and all its available CPUs + are in its exclusive CPU set. + + cpuset.cpus.exclusive.effective + A read-only multiple values file which exists on all non-root + cpuset-enabled cgroups. + + This file shows the effective set of exclusive CPUs that + can be used to create a partition root. The content of this + file will always be a subset of "cpuset.cpus" and its parent's + "cpuset.cpus.exclusive.effective" if its parent is not the root + cgroup. It will also be a subset of "cpuset.cpus.exclusive" + if it is set. If "cpuset.cpus.exclusive" is not set, it is + treated to have an implicit value of "cpuset.cpus" in the + formation of local partition. + cpuset.cpus.partition A read-write single value file which exists on non-root cpuset-enabled cgroups. This flag is owned by the parent cgroup @@ -2239,26 +2329,41 @@ Cpuset Interface Files "isolated" Partition root without load balancing ========== ===================================== - The root cgroup is always a partition root and its state - cannot be changed. All other non-root cgroups start out as - "member". + A cpuset partition is a collection of cpuset-enabled cgroups with + a partition root at the top of the hierarchy and its descendants + except those that are separate partition roots themselves and + their descendants. A partition has exclusive access to the + set of exclusive CPUs allocated to it. Other cgroups outside + of that partition cannot use any CPUs in that set. + + There are two types of partitions - local and remote. A local + partition is one whose parent cgroup is also a valid partition + root. A remote partition is one whose parent cgroup is not a + valid partition root itself. Writing to "cpuset.cpus.exclusive" + is optional for the creation of a local partition as its + "cpuset.cpus.exclusive" file will assume an implicit value that + is the same as "cpuset.cpus" if it is not set. Writing the + proper "cpuset.cpus.exclusive" values down the cgroup hierarchy + before the target partition root is mandatory for the creation + of a remote partition. + + Currently, a remote partition cannot be created under a local + partition. All the ancestors of a remote partition root except + the root cgroup cannot be a partition root. + + The root cgroup is always a partition root and its state cannot + be changed. All other non-root cgroups start out as "member". When set to "root", the current cgroup is the root of a new - partition or scheduling domain that comprises itself and all - its descendants except those that are separate partition roots - themselves and their descendants. + partition or scheduling domain. The set of exclusive CPUs is + determined by the value of its "cpuset.cpus.exclusive.effective". - When set to "isolated", the CPUs in that partition root will + When set to "isolated", the CPUs in that partition will be in an isolated state without any load balancing from the scheduler. Tasks placed in such a partition with multiple CPUs should be carefully distributed and bound to each of the individual CPUs for optimal performance. - The value shown in "cpuset.cpus.effective" of a partition root - is the CPUs that the partition root can dedicate to a potential - new child partition root. The new child subtracts available - CPUs from its parent "cpuset.cpus.effective". - A partition root ("root" or "isolated") can be in one of the two possible states - valid or invalid. An invalid partition root is in a degraded state where some state information may @@ -2281,37 +2386,33 @@ Cpuset Interface Files In the case of an invalid partition root, a descriptive string on why the partition is invalid is included within parentheses. - For a partition root to become valid, the following conditions + For a local partition root to be valid, the following conditions must be met. - 1) The "cpuset.cpus" is exclusive with its siblings , i.e. they - are not shared by any of its siblings (exclusivity rule). - 2) The parent cgroup is a valid partition root. - 3) The "cpuset.cpus" is not empty and must contain at least - one of the CPUs from parent's "cpuset.cpus", i.e. they overlap. - 4) The "cpuset.cpus.effective" cannot be empty unless there is + 1) The parent cgroup is a valid partition root. + 2) The "cpuset.cpus.exclusive.effective" file cannot be empty, + though it may contain offline CPUs. + 3) The "cpuset.cpus.effective" cannot be empty unless there is no task associated with this partition. - External events like hotplug or changes to "cpuset.cpus" can - cause a valid partition root to become invalid and vice versa. - Note that a task cannot be moved to a cgroup with empty - "cpuset.cpus.effective". + For a remote partition root to be valid, all the above conditions + except the first one must be met. - For a valid partition root with the sibling cpu exclusivity - rule enabled, changes made to "cpuset.cpus" that violate the - exclusivity rule will invalidate the partition as well as its - sibling partitions with conflicting cpuset.cpus values. So - care must be taking in changing "cpuset.cpus". + External events like hotplug or changes to "cpuset.cpus" or + "cpuset.cpus.exclusive" can cause a valid partition root to + become invalid and vice versa. Note that a task cannot be + moved to a cgroup with empty "cpuset.cpus.effective". A valid non-root parent partition may distribute out all its CPUs - to its child partitions when there is no task associated with it. + to its child local partitions when there is no task associated + with it. - Care must be taken to change a valid partition root to - "member" as all its child partitions, if present, will become + Care must be taken to change a valid partition root to "member" + as all its child local partitions, if present, will become invalid causing disruption to tasks running in those child partitions. These inactivated partitions could be recovered if their parent is switched back to a partition root with a proper - set of "cpuset.cpus". + value in "cpuset.cpus" or "cpuset.cpus.exclusive". Poll and inotify events are triggered whenever the state of "cpuset.cpus.partition" changes. That includes changes caused @@ -2321,6 +2422,11 @@ Cpuset Interface Files to "cpuset.cpus.partition" without the need to do continuous polling. + A user can pre-configure certain CPUs to an isolated state + with load balancing disabled at boot time with the "isolcpus" + kernel boot command line option. If those CPUs are to be put + into a partition, they have to be used in an isolated partition. + Device controller ----------------- diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst index 0b3d39c610d9..0c526dac8428 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Debug Messages at Module Initialization Time When ``modprobe foo`` is called, modprobe scans ``/proc/cmdline`` for ``foo.params``, strips ``foo.``, and passes them to the kernel along with -params given in modprobe args or ``/etc/modprob.d/*.conf`` files, +params given in modprobe args or ``/etc/modprobe.d/*.conf`` files, in the following order: 1. parameters given via ``/etc/modprobe.d/*.conf``:: diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/efi-stub.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/efi-stub.rst index b24e7c40d832..090f3a185e18 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/efi-stub.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/efi-stub.rst @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ between architectures is in drivers/firmware/efi/libstub. For arm64, there is no compressed kernel support, so the Image itself masquerades as a PE/COFF image and the EFI stub is linked into the -kernel. The arm64 EFI stub lives in arch/arm64/kernel/efi-entry.S +kernel. The arm64 EFI stub lives in drivers/firmware/efi/libstub/arm64.c and drivers/firmware/efi/libstub/arm64-stub.c. By using the EFI boot stub it's possible to boot a Linux kernel diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/mds.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/mds.rst index 48ca0bd85604..48c7b0b72aed 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/mds.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/mds.rst @@ -102,9 +102,19 @@ The possible values in this file are: * - 'Vulnerable' - The processor is vulnerable, but no mitigation enabled * - 'Vulnerable: Clear CPU buffers attempted, no microcode' - - The processor is vulnerable but microcode is not updated. - - The mitigation is enabled on a best effort basis. See :ref:`vmwerv` + - The processor is vulnerable but microcode is not updated. The + mitigation is enabled on a best effort basis. + + If the processor is vulnerable but the availability of the microcode + based mitigation mechanism is not advertised via CPUID, the kernel + selects a best effort mitigation mode. This mode invokes the mitigation + instructions without a guarantee that they clear the CPU buffers. + + This is done to address virtualization scenarios where the host has the + microcode update applied, but the hypervisor is not yet updated to + expose the CPUID to the guest. If the host has updated microcode the + protection takes effect; otherwise a few CPU cycles are wasted + pointlessly. * - 'Mitigation: Clear CPU buffers' - The processor is vulnerable and the CPU buffer clearing mitigation is enabled. @@ -119,24 +129,6 @@ to the above information: 'SMT Host state unknown' Kernel runs in a VM, Host SMT state unknown ======================== ============================================ -.. _vmwerv: - -Best effort mitigation mode -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - - If the processor is vulnerable, but the availability of the microcode based - mitigation mechanism is not advertised via CPUID the kernel selects a best - effort mitigation mode. This mode invokes the mitigation instructions - without a guarantee that they clear the CPU buffers. - - This is done to address virtualization scenarios where the host has the - microcode update applied, but the hypervisor is not yet updated to expose - the CPUID to the guest. If the host has updated microcode the protection - takes effect otherwise a few cpu cycles are wasted pointlessly. - - The state in the mds sysfs file reflects this situation accordingly. - - Mitigation mechanism ------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/processor_mmio_stale_data.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/processor_mmio_stale_data.rst index c98fd11907cc..1302fd1b55e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/processor_mmio_stale_data.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/processor_mmio_stale_data.rst @@ -225,8 +225,19 @@ The possible values in this file are: * - 'Vulnerable' - The processor is vulnerable, but no mitigation enabled * - 'Vulnerable: Clear CPU buffers attempted, no microcode' - - The processor is vulnerable, but microcode is not updated. The + - The processor is vulnerable but microcode is not updated. The mitigation is enabled on a best effort basis. + + If the processor is vulnerable but the availability of the microcode + based mitigation mechanism is not advertised via CPUID, the kernel + selects a best effort mitigation mode. This mode invokes the mitigation + instructions without a guarantee that they clear the CPU buffers. + + This is done to address virtualization scenarios where the host has the + microcode update applied, but the hypervisor is not yet updated to + expose the CPUID to the guest. If the host has updated microcode the + protection takes effect; otherwise a few CPU cycles are wasted + pointlessly. * - 'Mitigation: Clear CPU buffers' - The processor is vulnerable and the CPU buffer clearing mitigation is enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/srso.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/srso.rst index b6cfb51cb0b4..e715bfc09879 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/srso.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/srso.rst @@ -46,12 +46,22 @@ The possible values in this file are: The processor is not vulnerable - * 'Vulnerable: no microcode': +* 'Vulnerable': + + The processor is vulnerable and no mitigations have been applied. + + * 'Vulnerable: No microcode': The processor is vulnerable, no microcode extending IBPB functionality to address the vulnerability has been applied. - * 'Mitigation: microcode': + * 'Vulnerable: Safe RET, no microcode': + + The "Safe RET" mitigation (see below) has been applied to protect the + kernel, but the IBPB-extending microcode has not been applied. User + space tasks may still be vulnerable. + + * 'Vulnerable: Microcode, no safe RET': Extended IBPB functionality microcode patch has been applied. It does not address User->Kernel and Guest->Host transitions protection but it @@ -72,11 +82,11 @@ The possible values in this file are: (spec_rstack_overflow=microcode) - * 'Mitigation: safe RET': + * 'Mitigation: Safe RET': - Software-only mitigation. It complements the extended IBPB microcode - patch functionality by addressing User->Kernel and Guest->Host - transitions protection. + Combined microcode/software mitigation. It complements the + extended IBPB microcode patch functionality by addressing + User->Kernel and Guest->Host transitions protection. Selected by default or by spec_rstack_overflow=safe-ret @@ -129,7 +139,7 @@ an indrect branch prediction barrier after having applied the required microcode patch for one's system. This mitigation comes also at a performance cost. -Mitigation: safe RET +Mitigation: Safe RET -------------------- The mitigation works by ensuring all RET instructions speculate to diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst index 014167ef8dd1..444f84e22a91 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst @@ -98,7 +98,19 @@ The possible values in this file are: * - 'Vulnerable' - The CPU is affected by this vulnerability and the microcode and kernel mitigation are not applied. * - 'Vulnerable: Clear CPU buffers attempted, no microcode' - - The system tries to clear the buffers but the microcode might not support the operation. + - The processor is vulnerable but microcode is not updated. The + mitigation is enabled on a best effort basis. + + If the processor is vulnerable but the availability of the microcode + based mitigation mechanism is not advertised via CPUID, the kernel + selects a best effort mitigation mode. This mode invokes the mitigation + instructions without a guarantee that they clear the CPU buffers. + + This is done to address virtualization scenarios where the host has the + microcode update applied, but the hypervisor is not yet updated to + expose the CPUID to the guest. If the host has updated microcode the + protection takes effect; otherwise a few CPU cycles are wasted + pointlessly. * - 'Mitigation: Clear CPU buffers' - The microcode has been updated to clear the buffers. TSX is still enabled. * - 'Mitigation: TSX disabled' @@ -106,25 +118,6 @@ The possible values in this file are: * - 'Not affected' - The CPU is not affected by this issue. -.. _ucode_needed: - -Best effort mitigation mode -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -If the processor is vulnerable, but the availability of the microcode-based -mitigation mechanism is not advertised via CPUID the kernel selects a best -effort mitigation mode. This mode invokes the mitigation instructions -without a guarantee that they clear the CPU buffers. - -This is done to address virtualization scenarios where the host has the -microcode update applied, but the hypervisor is not yet updated to expose the -CPUID to the guest. If the host has updated microcode the protection takes -effect; otherwise a few CPU cycles are wasted pointlessly. - -The state in the tsx_async_abort sysfs file reflects this situation -accordingly. - - Mitigation mechanism -------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst index a748e7eb4429..5762e7477a0c 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ You can use common commands, such as cp, scp or makedumpfile to copy the memory image to a dump file on the local disk, or across the network to a remote system. -Kdump and kexec are currently supported on the x86, x86_64, ppc64, ia64, +Kdump and kexec are currently supported on the x86, x86_64, ppc64, s390x, arm and arm64 architectures. When the system kernel boots, it reserves a small section of memory for @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ There are two possible methods of using Kdump. 2) Or use the system kernel binary itself as dump-capture kernel and there is no need to build a separate dump-capture kernel. This is possible only with the architectures which support a relocatable kernel. As - of today, i386, x86_64, ppc64, ia64, arm and arm64 architectures support + of today, i386, x86_64, ppc64, arm and arm64 architectures support relocatable kernel. Building a relocatable kernel is advantageous from the point of view that @@ -236,24 +236,6 @@ Dump-capture kernel config options (Arch Dependent, ppc64) Make and install the kernel and its modules. -Dump-capture kernel config options (Arch Dependent, ia64) ----------------------------------------------------------- - -- No specific options are required to create a dump-capture kernel - for ia64, other than those specified in the arch independent section - above. This means that it is possible to use the system kernel - as a dump-capture kernel if desired. - - The crashkernel region can be automatically placed by the system - kernel at runtime. This is done by specifying the base address as 0, - or omitting it all together:: - - crashkernel=256M@0 - - or:: - - crashkernel=256M - Dump-capture kernel config options (Arch Dependent, arm) ---------------------------------------------------------- @@ -348,11 +330,6 @@ Boot into System Kernel On ppc64, use "crashkernel=128M@32M". - On ia64, 256M@256M is a generous value that typically works. - The region may be automatically placed on ia64, see the - dump-capture kernel config option notes above. - If use sparse memory, the size should be rounded to GRANULE boundaries. - On s390x, typically use "crashkernel=xxM". The value of xx is dependent on the memory consumption of the kdump system. In general this is not dependent on the memory size of the production system. @@ -383,10 +360,6 @@ For ppc64: - Use vmlinux -For ia64: - - - Use vmlinux or vmlinuz.gz - For s390x: - Use image or bzImage @@ -428,14 +401,10 @@ to load dump-capture kernel:: --initrd=<initrd-for-dump-capture-kernel> \ --append="root=<root-dev> <arch-specific-options>" -Please note, that --args-linux does not need to be specified for ia64. -It is planned to make this a no-op on that architecture, but for now -it should be omitted - Following are the arch specific command line options to be used while loading dump-capture kernel. -For i386, x86_64 and ia64: +For i386 and x86_64: "1 irqpoll nr_cpus=1 reset_devices" diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst index 599e8d3bcbc3..78e4d2e7ba14 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst @@ -413,36 +413,6 @@ of a higher page table lookup overhead, and also consumes more page table space per process. Used to check whether PAE was enabled in the crash kernel when converting virtual addresses to physical addresses. -ia64 -==== - -pgdat_list|(pgdat_list, MAX_NUMNODES) -------------------------------------- - -pg_data_t array storing all NUMA nodes information. MAX_NUMNODES -indicates the number of the nodes. - -node_memblk|(node_memblk, NR_NODE_MEMBLKS) ------------------------------------------- - -List of node memory chunks. Filled when parsing the SRAT table to obtain -information about memory nodes. NR_NODE_MEMBLKS indicates the number of -node memory chunks. - -These values are used to compute the number of nodes the crashed kernel used. - -node_memblk_s|(node_memblk_s, start_paddr)|(node_memblk_s, size) ----------------------------------------------------------------- - -The size of a struct node_memblk_s and the offsets of the -node_memblk_s's members. Used to compute the number of nodes. - -PGTABLE_3|PGTABLE_4 -------------------- - -User-space tools need to know whether the crash kernel was in 3-level or -4-level paging mode. Used to distinguish the page table. - ARM64 ===== diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt index 0a1731a0f0ef..01c7082ee999 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -580,6 +580,10 @@ named mounts. Specifying both "all" and "named" disables all v1 hierarchies. + cgroup_favordynmods= [KNL] Enable or Disable favordynmods. + Format: { "true" | "false" } + Defaults to the value of CONFIG_CGROUP_FAVOR_DYNMODS. + cgroup.memory= [KNL] Pass options to the cgroup memory controller. Format: <string> nosocket -- Disable socket memory accounting. @@ -1331,6 +1335,7 @@ earlyprintk=dbgp[debugController#] earlyprintk=pciserial[,force],bus:device.function[,baudrate] earlyprintk=xdbc[xhciController#] + earlyprintk=bios earlyprintk is useful when the kernel crashes before the normal console is initialized. It is not enabled by @@ -1361,6 +1366,8 @@ The sclp output can only be used on s390. + The bios output can only be used on SuperH. + The optional "force" to "pciserial" enables use of a PCI device even when its classcode is not of the UART class. @@ -1449,7 +1456,7 @@ See comment before function elanfreq_setup() in arch/x86/kernel/cpu/cpufreq/elanfreq.c. - elfcorehdr=[size[KMG]@]offset[KMG] [IA64,PPC,SH,X86,S390] + elfcorehdr=[size[KMG]@]offset[KMG] [PPC,SH,X86,S390] Specifies physical address of start of kernel core image elf header and optionally the size. Generally kexec loader will pass this option to capture kernel. @@ -1512,12 +1519,6 @@ floppy= [HW] See Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/floppy.rst. - force_pal_cache_flush - [IA-64] Avoid check_sal_cache_flush which may hang on - buggy SAL_CACHE_FLUSH implementations. Using this - parameter will force ia64_sal_cache_flush to call - ia64_pal_cache_flush instead of SAL_CACHE_FLUSH. - forcepae [X86-32] Forcefully enable Physical Address Extension (PAE). Many Pentium M systems disable PAE but may have a @@ -1893,6 +1894,12 @@ 0 -- machine default 1 -- force brightness inversion + ia32_emulation= [X86-64] + Format: <bool> + When true, allows loading 32-bit programs and executing 32-bit + syscalls, essentially overriding IA32_EMULATION_DEFAULT_DISABLED at + boot time. When false, unconditionally disables IA32 emulation. + icn= [HW,ISDN] Format: <io>[,<membase>[,<icn_id>[,<icn_id2>]]] @@ -2913,6 +2920,38 @@ to extract confidential information from the kernel are also disabled. + locktorture.acq_writer_lim= [KNL] + Set the time limit in jiffies for a lock + acquisition. Acquisitions exceeding this limit + will result in a splat once they do complete. + + locktorture.bind_readers= [KNL] + Specify the list of CPUs to which the readers are + to be bound. + + locktorture.bind_writers= [KNL] + Specify the list of CPUs to which the writers are + to be bound. + + locktorture.call_rcu_chains= [KNL] + Specify the number of self-propagating call_rcu() + chains to set up. These are used to ensure that + there is a high probability of an RCU grace period + in progress at any given time. Defaults to 0, + which disables these call_rcu() chains. + + locktorture.long_hold= [KNL] + Specify the duration in milliseconds for the + occasional long-duration lock hold time. Defaults + to 100 milliseconds. Select 0 to disable. + + locktorture.nested_locks= [KNL] + Specify the maximum lock nesting depth that + locktorture is to exercise, up to a limit of 8 + (MAX_NESTED_LOCKS). Specify zero to disable. + Note that this parameter is ineffective on types + of locks that do not support nested acquisition. + locktorture.nreaders_stress= [KNL] Set the number of locking read-acquisition kthreads. Defaults to being automatically set based on the @@ -2928,6 +2967,25 @@ Set time (s) between CPU-hotplug operations, or zero to disable CPU-hotplug testing. + locktorture.rt_boost= [KNL] + Do periodic testing of real-time lock priority + boosting. Select 0 to disable, 1 to boost + only rt_mutex, and 2 to boost unconditionally. + Defaults to 2, which might seem to be an + odd choice, but which should be harmless for + non-real-time spinlocks, due to their disabling + of preemption. Note that non-realtime mutexes + disable boosting. + + locktorture.rt_boost_factor= [KNL] + Number that determines how often and for how + long priority boosting is exercised. This is + scaled down by the number of writers, so that the + number of boosts per unit time remains roughly + constant as the number of writers increases. + On the other hand, the duration of each boost + increases with the number of writers. + locktorture.shuffle_interval= [KNL] Set task-shuffle interval (jiffies). Shuffling tasks allows some CPUs to go into dyntick-idle @@ -2950,13 +3008,13 @@ locktorture.torture_type= [KNL] Specify the locking implementation to test. + locktorture.verbose= [KNL] + Enable additional printk() statements. + locktorture.writer_fifo= [KNL] Run the write-side locktorture kthreads at sched_set_fifo() real-time priority. - locktorture.verbose= [KNL] - Enable additional printk() statements. - logibm.irq= [HW,MOUSE] Logitech Bus Mouse Driver Format: <irq> @@ -4769,6 +4827,13 @@ Set maximum number of finished RCU callbacks to process in one batch. + rcutree.do_rcu_barrier= [KNL] + Request a call to rcu_barrier(). This is + throttled so that userspace tests can safely + hammer on the sysfs variable if they so choose. + If triggered before the RCU grace-period machinery + is fully active, this will error out with EAGAIN. + rcutree.dump_tree= [KNL] Dump the structure of the rcu_node combining tree out at early boot. This is used for diagnostic @@ -5422,6 +5487,12 @@ test until boot completes in order to avoid interference. + refscale.lookup_instances= [KNL] + Number of data elements to use for the forms of + SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU testing. A negative number + is negated and multiplied by nr_cpu_ids, while + zero specifies nr_cpu_ids. + refscale.loops= [KNL] Set the number of loops over the synchronization primitive under test. Increasing this number @@ -5858,6 +5929,13 @@ This feature may be more efficiently disabled using the csdlock_debug- kernel parameter. + smp.panic_on_ipistall= [KNL] + If a csd_lock_timeout extends for more than + the specified number of milliseconds, panic the + system. By default, let CSD-lock acquisition + take as long as they take. Specifying 300,000 + for this value provides a 5-minute timeout. + smsc-ircc2.nopnp [HW] Don't use PNP to discover SMC devices smsc-ircc2.ircc_cfg= [HW] Device configuration I/O port smsc-ircc2.ircc_sir= [HW] SIR base I/O port diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.rst index e27a1c3f634e..98d304010170 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.rst @@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ detailed description): - Lap mode sensor - Setting keyboard language - WWAN Antenna type + - Auxmac A compatibility table by model and feature is maintained on the web site, http://ibm-acpi.sf.net/. I appreciate any success or failure @@ -1511,6 +1512,25 @@ Currently 2 antenna types are supported as mentioned below: The property is read-only. If the platform doesn't have support the sysfs class is not created. +Auxmac +------ + +sysfs: auxmac + +Some newer Thinkpads have a feature called MAC Address Pass-through. This +feature is implemented by the system firmware to provide a system unique MAC, +that can override a dock or USB ethernet dongle MAC, when connected to a +network. This property enables user-space to easily determine the MAC address +if the feature is enabled. + +The values of this auxiliary MAC are: + + cat /sys/devices/platform/thinkpad_acpi/auxmac + +If the feature is disabled, the value will be 'disabled'. + +This property is read-only. + Adaptive keyboard ----------------- diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst index 8da1b7281827..da94feb97ed1 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst @@ -20,18 +20,18 @@ DAMON provides below interfaces for different users. you can write and use your personalized DAMON sysfs wrapper programs that reads/writes the sysfs files instead of you. The `DAMON user space tool <https://github.com/awslabs/damo>`_ is one example of such programs. -- *debugfs interface. (DEPRECATED!)* - :ref:`This <debugfs_interface>` is almost identical to :ref:`sysfs interface - <sysfs_interface>`. This is deprecated, so users should move to the - :ref:`sysfs interface <sysfs_interface>`. If you depend on this and cannot - move, please report your usecase to damon@lists.linux.dev and - linux-mm@kvack.org. - *Kernel Space Programming Interface.* :doc:`This </mm/damon/api>` is for kernel space programmers. Using this, users can utilize every feature of DAMON most flexibly and efficiently by writing kernel space DAMON application programs for you. You can even extend DAMON for various address spaces. For detail, please refer to the interface :doc:`document </mm/damon/api>`. +- *debugfs interface. (DEPRECATED!)* + :ref:`This <debugfs_interface>` is almost identical to :ref:`sysfs interface + <sysfs_interface>`. This is deprecated, so users should move to the + :ref:`sysfs interface <sysfs_interface>`. If you depend on this and cannot + move, please report your usecase to damon@lists.linux.dev and + linux-mm@kvack.org. .. _sysfs_interface: @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ comma (","). :: │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ ... │ │ │ │ │ │ ... │ │ │ │ │ schemes/nr_schemes - │ │ │ │ │ │ 0/action + │ │ │ │ │ │ 0/action,apply_interval_us │ │ │ │ │ │ │ access_pattern/ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ sz/min,max │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ nr_accesses/min,max @@ -105,14 +105,12 @@ having the root permission could use this directory. kdamonds/ --------- -The monitoring-related information including request specifications and results -are called DAMON context. DAMON executes each context with a kernel thread -called kdamond, and multiple kdamonds could run in parallel. - Under the ``admin`` directory, one directory, ``kdamonds``, which has files for -controlling the kdamonds exist. In the beginning, this directory has only one -file, ``nr_kdamonds``. Writing a number (``N``) to the file creates the number -of child directories named ``0`` to ``N-1``. Each directory represents each +controlling the kdamonds (refer to +:ref:`design <damon_design_execution_model_and_data_structures>` for more +details) exists. In the beginning, this directory has only one file, +``nr_kdamonds``. Writing a number (``N``) to the file creates the number of +child directories named ``0`` to ``N-1``. Each directory represents each kdamond. kdamonds/<N>/ @@ -150,9 +148,10 @@ kdamonds/<N>/contexts/ In the beginning, this directory has only one file, ``nr_contexts``. Writing a number (``N``) to the file creates the number of child directories named as -``0`` to ``N-1``. Each directory represents each monitoring context. At the -moment, only one context per kdamond is supported, so only ``0`` or ``1`` can -be written to the file. +``0`` to ``N-1``. Each directory represents each monitoring context (refer to +:ref:`design <damon_design_execution_model_and_data_structures>` for more +details). At the moment, only one context per kdamond is supported, so only +``0`` or ``1`` can be written to the file. .. _sysfs_contexts: @@ -270,8 +269,8 @@ schemes/<N>/ ------------ In each scheme directory, five directories (``access_pattern``, ``quotas``, -``watermarks``, ``filters``, ``stats``, and ``tried_regions``) and one file -(``action``) exist. +``watermarks``, ``filters``, ``stats``, and ``tried_regions``) and two files +(``action`` and ``apply_interval``) exist. The ``action`` file is for setting and getting the scheme's :ref:`action <damon_design_damos_action>`. The keywords that can be written to and read @@ -297,6 +296,9 @@ Note that support of each action depends on the running DAMON operations set - ``stat``: Do nothing but count the statistics. Supported by all operations sets. +The ``apply_interval_us`` file is for setting and getting the scheme's +:ref:`apply_interval <damon_design_damos>` in microseconds. + schemes/<N>/access_pattern/ --------------------------- @@ -392,7 +394,7 @@ pages of all memory cgroups except ``/having_care_already``.:: echo N > 1/matching Note that ``anon`` and ``memcg`` filters are currently supported only when -``paddr`` `implementation <sysfs_contexts>` is being used. +``paddr`` :ref:`implementation <sysfs_contexts>` is being used. Also, memory regions that are filtered out by ``addr`` or ``target`` filters are not counted as the scheme has tried to those, while regions that filtered @@ -430,9 +432,9 @@ that reading it returns the total size of the scheme tried regions, and creates directories named integer starting from ``0`` under this directory. Each directory contains files exposing detailed information about each of the memory region that the corresponding scheme's ``action`` has tried to be applied under -this directory, during next :ref:`aggregation interval -<sysfs_monitoring_attrs>`. The information includes address range, -``nr_accesses``, and ``age`` of the region. +this directory, during next :ref:`apply interval <damon_design_damos>` of the +corresponding scheme. The information includes address range, ``nr_accesses``, +and ``age`` of the region. Writing ``update_schemes_tried_bytes`` to the relevant ``kdamonds/<N>/state`` file will only update the ``total_bytes`` file, and will not create the @@ -495,6 +497,62 @@ Please note that it's highly recommended to use user space tools like `damo <https://github.com/awslabs/damo>`_ rather than manually reading and writing the files as above. Above is only for an example. +.. _tracepoint: + +Tracepoints for Monitoring Results +================================== + +Users can get the monitoring results via the :ref:`tried_regions +<sysfs_schemes_tried_regions>`. The interface is useful for getting a +snapshot, but it could be inefficient for fully recording all the monitoring +results. For the purpose, two trace points, namely ``damon:damon_aggregated`` +and ``damon:damos_before_apply``, are provided. ``damon:damon_aggregated`` +provides the whole monitoring results, while ``damon:damos_before_apply`` +provides the monitoring results for regions that each DAMON-based Operation +Scheme (:ref:`DAMOS <damon_design_damos>`) is gonna be applied. Hence, +``damon:damos_before_apply`` is more useful for recording internal behavior of +DAMOS, or DAMOS target access +:ref:`pattern <damon_design_damos_access_pattern>` based query-like efficient +monitoring results recording. + +While the monitoring is turned on, you could record the tracepoint events and +show results using tracepoint supporting tools like ``perf``. For example:: + + # echo on > monitor_on + # perf record -e damon:damon_aggregated & + # sleep 5 + # kill 9 $(pidof perf) + # echo off > monitor_on + # perf script + kdamond.0 46568 [027] 79357.842179: damon:damon_aggregated: target_id=0 nr_regions=11 122509119488-135708762112: 0 864 + [...] + +Each line of the perf script output represents each monitoring region. The +first five fields are as usual other tracepoint outputs. The sixth field +(``target_id=X``) shows the ide of the monitoring target of the region. The +seventh field (``nr_regions=X``) shows the total number of monitoring regions +for the target. The eighth field (``X-Y:``) shows the start (``X``) and end +(``Y``) addresses of the region in bytes. The ninth field (``X``) shows the +``nr_accesses`` of the region (refer to +:ref:`design <damon_design_region_based_sampling>` for more details of the +counter). Finally the tenth field (``X``) shows the ``age`` of the region +(refer to :ref:`design <damon_design_age_tracking>` for more details of the +counter). + +If the event was ``damon:damos_beofre_apply``, the ``perf script`` output would +be somewhat like below:: + + kdamond.0 47293 [000] 80801.060214: damon:damos_before_apply: ctx_idx=0 scheme_idx=0 target_idx=0 nr_regions=11 121932607488-135128711168: 0 136 + [...] + +Each line of the output represents each monitoring region that each DAMON-based +Operation Scheme was about to be applied at the traced time. The first five +fields are as usual. It shows the index of the DAMON context (``ctx_idx=X``) +of the scheme in the list of the contexts of the context's kdamond, the index +of the scheme (``scheme_idx=X``) in the list of the schemes of the context, in +addition to the output of ``damon_aggregated`` tracepoint. + + .. _debugfs_interface: debugfs Interface (DEPRECATED!) @@ -790,23 +848,3 @@ directory by putting the name of the context to the ``rm_contexts`` file. :: Note that ``mk_contexts``, ``rm_contexts``, and ``monitor_on`` files are in the root directory only. - - -.. _tracepoint: - -Tracepoint for Monitoring Results -================================= - -Users can get the monitoring results via the :ref:`tried_regions -<sysfs_schemes_tried_regions>` or a tracepoint, ``damon:damon_aggregated``. -While the tried regions directory is useful for getting a snapshot, the -tracepoint is useful for getting a full record of the results. While the -monitoring is turned on, you could record the tracepoint events and show -results using tracepoint supporting tools like ``perf``. For example:: - - # echo on > monitor_on - # perf record -e damon:damon_aggregated & - # sleep 5 - # kill 9 $(pidof perf) - # echo off > monitor_on - # perf script diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst index 776f244bdae4..e59231ac6bb7 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst @@ -155,6 +155,15 @@ stable_node_chains_prune_millisecs scan. It's a noop if not a single KSM page hit the ``max_page_sharing`` yet. +smart_scan + Historically KSM checked every candidate page for each scan. It did + not take into account historic information. When smart scan is + enabled, pages that have previously not been de-duplicated get + skipped. How often these pages are skipped depends on how often + de-duplication has already been tried and failed. By default this + optimization is enabled. The ``pages_skipped`` metric shows how + effective the setting is. + The effectiveness of KSM and MADV_MERGEABLE is shown in ``/sys/kernel/mm/ksm/``: general_profit @@ -169,6 +178,8 @@ pages_unshared how many pages unique but repeatedly checked for merging pages_volatile how many pages changing too fast to be placed in a tree +pages_skipped + how many pages did the "smart" page scanning algorithm skip full_scans how many times all mergeable areas have been scanned stable_node_chains diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst index cfe034cf1e87..098f14d83e99 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ used to expose persistent memory, other performance-differentiated memory and reserved memory regions as ordinary system RAM to Linux. Linux only supports memory hot(un)plug on selected 64 bit architectures, such as -x86_64, arm64, ppc64, s390x and ia64. +x86_64, arm64, ppc64 and s390x. Memory Hot(Un)Plug Granularity ------------------------------ @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Memory hotunplug consists of two phases: (1) Offlining memory blocks (2) Removing the memory from Linux -In the fist phase, memory is "hidden" from the page allocator again, for +In the first phase, memory is "hidden" from the page allocator again, for example, by migrating busy memory to other memory locations and removing all relevant free pages from the page allocator After this phase, the memory is no longer visible in memory statistics of the system. @@ -250,15 +250,15 @@ Observing the State of Memory Blocks The state (online/offline/going-offline) of a memory block can be observed either via:: - % cat /sys/device/system/memory/memoryXXX/state + % cat /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state Or alternatively (1/0) via:: - % cat /sys/device/system/memory/memoryXXX/online + % cat /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/online For an online memory block, the managing zone can be observed via:: - % cat /sys/device/system/memory/memoryXXX/valid_zones + % cat /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/valid_zones Configuring Memory Hot(Un)Plug ============================== @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ however, a memory block might span memory holes. A memory block spanning memory holes cannot be offlined. For example, assume 1 GiB memory block size. A device for a memory starting at -0x100000000 is ``/sys/device/system/memory/memory4``:: +0x100000000 is ``/sys/devices/system/memory/memory4``:: (0x100000000 / 1Gib = 4) diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst index c8f380271cad..fe17cf210426 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst @@ -227,3 +227,92 @@ Before Linux 3.11 pagemap bits 55-60 were used for "page-shift" (which is always 12 at most architectures). Since Linux 3.11 their meaning changes after first clear of soft-dirty bits. Since Linux 4.2 they are used for flags unconditionally. + +Pagemap Scan IOCTL +================== + +The ``PAGEMAP_SCAN`` IOCTL on the pagemap file can be used to get or optionally +clear the info about page table entries. The following operations are supported +in this IOCTL: + +- Scan the address range and get the memory ranges matching the provided criteria. + This is performed when the output buffer is specified. +- Write-protect the pages. The ``PM_SCAN_WP_MATCHING`` is used to write-protect + the pages of interest. The ``PM_SCAN_CHECK_WPASYNC`` aborts the operation if + non-Async Write Protected pages are found. The ``PM_SCAN_WP_MATCHING`` can be + used with or without ``PM_SCAN_CHECK_WPASYNC``. +- Both of those operations can be combined into one atomic operation where we can + get and write protect the pages as well. + +Following flags about pages are currently supported: + +- ``PAGE_IS_WPALLOWED`` - Page has async-write-protection enabled +- ``PAGE_IS_WRITTEN`` - Page has been written to from the time it was write protected +- ``PAGE_IS_FILE`` - Page is file backed +- ``PAGE_IS_PRESENT`` - Page is present in the memory +- ``PAGE_IS_SWAPPED`` - Page is in swapped +- ``PAGE_IS_PFNZERO`` - Page has zero PFN +- ``PAGE_IS_HUGE`` - Page is THP or Hugetlb backed + +The ``struct pm_scan_arg`` is used as the argument of the IOCTL. + + 1. The size of the ``struct pm_scan_arg`` must be specified in the ``size`` + field. This field will be helpful in recognizing the structure if extensions + are done later. + 2. The flags can be specified in the ``flags`` field. The ``PM_SCAN_WP_MATCHING`` + and ``PM_SCAN_CHECK_WPASYNC`` are the only added flags at this time. The get + operation is optionally performed depending upon if the output buffer is + provided or not. + 3. The range is specified through ``start`` and ``end``. + 4. The walk can abort before visiting the complete range such as the user buffer + can get full etc. The walk ending address is specified in``end_walk``. + 5. The output buffer of ``struct page_region`` array and size is specified in + ``vec`` and ``vec_len``. + 6. The optional maximum requested pages are specified in the ``max_pages``. + 7. The masks are specified in ``category_mask``, ``category_anyof_mask``, + ``category_inverted`` and ``return_mask``. + +Find pages which have been written and WP them as well:: + + struct pm_scan_arg arg = { + .size = sizeof(arg), + .flags = PM_SCAN_CHECK_WPASYNC | PM_SCAN_CHECK_WPASYNC, + .. + .category_mask = PAGE_IS_WRITTEN, + .return_mask = PAGE_IS_WRITTEN, + }; + +Find pages which have been written, are file backed, not swapped and either +present or huge:: + + struct pm_scan_arg arg = { + .size = sizeof(arg), + .flags = 0, + .. + .category_mask = PAGE_IS_WRITTEN | PAGE_IS_SWAPPED, + .category_inverted = PAGE_IS_SWAPPED, + .category_anyof_mask = PAGE_IS_PRESENT | PAGE_IS_HUGE, + .return_mask = PAGE_IS_WRITTEN | PAGE_IS_SWAPPED | + PAGE_IS_PRESENT | PAGE_IS_HUGE, + }; + +The ``PAGE_IS_WRITTEN`` flag can be considered as a better-performing alternative +of soft-dirty flag. It doesn't get affected by VMA merging of the kernel and hence +the user can find the true soft-dirty pages in case of normal pages. (There may +still be extra dirty pages reported for THP or Hugetlb pages.) + +"PAGE_IS_WRITTEN" category is used with uffd write protect-enabled ranges to +implement memory dirty tracking in userspace: + + 1. The userfaultfd file descriptor is created with ``userfaultfd`` syscall. + 2. The ``UFFD_FEATURE_WP_UNPOPULATED`` and ``UFFD_FEATURE_WP_ASYNC`` features + are set by ``UFFDIO_API`` IOCTL. + 3. The memory range is registered with ``UFFDIO_REGISTER_MODE_WP`` mode + through ``UFFDIO_REGISTER`` IOCTL. + 4. Then any part of the registered memory or the whole memory region must + be write protected using ``PAGEMAP_SCAN`` IOCTL with flag ``PM_SCAN_WP_MATCHING`` + or the ``UFFDIO_WRITEPROTECT`` IOCTL can be used. Both of these perform the + same operation. The former is better in terms of performance. + 5. Now the ``PAGEMAP_SCAN`` IOCTL can be used to either just find pages which + have been written to since they were last marked and/or optionally write protect + the pages as well. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/userfaultfd.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/userfaultfd.rst index 4349a8c2b978..203e26da5f92 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/userfaultfd.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/userfaultfd.rst @@ -244,6 +244,41 @@ write-protected (so future writes will also result in a WP fault). These ioctls support a mode flag (``UFFDIO_COPY_MODE_WP`` or ``UFFDIO_CONTINUE_MODE_WP`` respectively) to configure the mapping this way. +If the userfaultfd context has ``UFFD_FEATURE_WP_ASYNC`` feature bit set, +any vma registered with write-protection will work in async mode rather +than the default sync mode. + +In async mode, there will be no message generated when a write operation +happens, meanwhile the write-protection will be resolved automatically by +the kernel. It can be seen as a more accurate version of soft-dirty +tracking and it can be different in a few ways: + + - The dirty result will not be affected by vma changes (e.g. vma + merging) because the dirty is only tracked by the pte. + + - It supports range operations by default, so one can enable tracking on + any range of memory as long as page aligned. + + - Dirty information will not get lost if the pte was zapped due to + various reasons (e.g. during split of a shmem transparent huge page). + + - Due to a reverted meaning of soft-dirty (page clean when uffd-wp bit + set; dirty when uffd-wp bit cleared), it has different semantics on + some of the memory operations. For example: ``MADV_DONTNEED`` on + anonymous (or ``MADV_REMOVE`` on a file mapping) will be treated as + dirtying of memory by dropping uffd-wp bit during the procedure. + +The user app can collect the "written/dirty" status by looking up the +uffd-wp bit for the pages being interested in /proc/pagemap. + +The page will not be under track of uffd-wp async mode until the page is +explicitly write-protected by ``ioctl(UFFDIO_WRITEPROTECT)`` with the mode +flag ``UFFDIO_WRITEPROTECT_MODE_WP`` set. Trying to resolve a page fault +that was tracked by async mode userfaultfd-wp is invalid. + +When userfaultfd-wp async mode is used alone, it can be applied to all +kinds of memory. + Memory Poisioning Emulation --------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/module-signing.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/module-signing.rst index 2898b2703297..a8667a777490 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/module-signing.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/module-signing.rst @@ -28,10 +28,10 @@ trusted userspace bits. This facility uses X.509 ITU-T standard certificates to encode the public keys involved. The signatures are not themselves encoded in any industrial standard -type. The facility currently only supports the RSA public key encryption -standard (though it is pluggable and permits others to be used). The possible -hash algorithms that can be used are SHA-1, SHA-224, SHA-256, SHA-384, and -SHA-512 (the algorithm is selected by data in the signature). +type. The built-in facility currently only supports the RSA & NIST P-384 ECDSA +public key signing standard (though it is pluggable and permits others to be +used). The possible hash algorithms that can be used are SHA-2 and SHA-3 of +sizes 256, 384, and 512 (the algorithm is selected by data in the signature). ========================== @@ -81,11 +81,12 @@ This has a number of options available: sign the modules with: =============================== ========================================== - ``CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_SHA1`` :menuselection:`Sign modules with SHA-1` - ``CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_SHA224`` :menuselection:`Sign modules with SHA-224` ``CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_SHA256`` :menuselection:`Sign modules with SHA-256` ``CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_SHA384`` :menuselection:`Sign modules with SHA-384` ``CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_SHA512`` :menuselection:`Sign modules with SHA-512` + ``CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_SHA3_256`` :menuselection:`Sign modules with SHA3-256` + ``CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_SHA3_384`` :menuselection:`Sign modules with SHA3-384` + ``CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_SHA3_512`` :menuselection:`Sign modules with SHA3-512` =============================== ========================================== The algorithm selected here will also be built into the kernel (rather @@ -145,6 +146,10 @@ into vmlinux) using parameters in the:: file (which is also generated if it does not already exist). +One can select between RSA (``MODULE_SIG_KEY_TYPE_RSA``) and ECDSA +(``MODULE_SIG_KEY_TYPE_ECDSA``) to generate either RSA 4k or NIST +P-384 keypair. + It is strongly recommended that you provide your own x509.genkey file. Most notably, in the x509.genkey file, the req_distinguished_name section diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/ampere_cspmu.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/ampere_cspmu.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..94f93f5aee6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/ampere_cspmu.rst @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +============================================ +Ampere SoC Performance Monitoring Unit (PMU) +============================================ + +Ampere SoC PMU is a generic PMU IP that follows Arm CoreSight PMU architecture. +Therefore, the driver is implemented as a submodule of arm_cspmu driver. At the +first phase it's used for counting MCU events on AmpereOne. + + +MCU PMU events +-------------- + +The PMU driver supports setting filters for "rank", "bank", and "threshold". +Note, that the filters are per PMU instance rather than per event. + + +Example for perf tool use:: + + / # perf list ampere + + ampere_mcu_pmu_0/act_sent/ [Kernel PMU event] + <...> + ampere_mcu_pmu_1/rd_sent/ [Kernel PMU event] + <...> + + / # perf stat -a -e ampere_mcu_pmu_0/act_sent,bank=5,rank=3,threshold=2/,ampere_mcu_pmu_1/rd_sent/ \ + sleep 1 diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/index.rst index f60be04e4e33..a2e6f2c81146 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/index.rst @@ -22,3 +22,4 @@ Performance monitor support nvidia-pmu meson-ddr-pmu cxl + ampere_cspmu diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_idle.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_idle.rst index b799a43da62e..39bd6ecce7de 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_idle.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_idle.rst @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ and ``idle=nomwait``. If any of them is present in the kernel command line, the ``MWAIT`` instruction is not allowed to be used, so the initialization of ``intel_idle`` will fail. -Apart from that there are four module parameters recognized by ``intel_idle`` +Apart from that there are five module parameters recognized by ``intel_idle`` itself that can be set via the kernel command line (they cannot be updated via sysfs, so that is the only way to change their values). @@ -216,6 +216,21 @@ are ignored). The idle states disabled this way can be enabled (on a per-CPU basis) from user space via ``sysfs``. +The ``ibrs_off`` module parameter is a boolean flag (defaults to +false). If set, it is used to control if IBRS (Indirect Branch Restricted +Speculation) should be turned off when the CPU enters an idle state. +This flag does not affect CPUs that use Enhanced IBRS which can remain +on with little performance impact. + +For some CPUs, IBRS will be selected as mitigation for Spectre v2 and Retbleed +security vulnerabilities by default. Leaving the IBRS mode on while idling may +have a performance impact on its sibling CPU. The IBRS mode will be turned off +by default when the CPU enters into a deep idle state, but not in some +shallower ones. Setting the ``ibrs_off`` module parameter will force the IBRS +mode to off when the CPU is in any one of the available idle states. This may +help performance of a sibling CPU at the expense of a slightly higher wakeup +latency for the idle CPU. + .. _intel-idle-core-and-package-idle-states: diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pstore-blk.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pstore-blk.rst index 2d22ead9520e..1bb2a1c292aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/pstore-blk.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pstore-blk.rst @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ kmsg_size ~~~~~~~~~ The chunk size in KB for oops/panic front-end. It **MUST** be a multiple of 4. -It's optional if you do not care oops/panic log. +It's optional if you do not care about the oops/panic log. There are multiple chunks for oops/panic front-end depending on the remaining space except other pstore front-ends. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ pmsg_size ~~~~~~~~~ The chunk size in KB for pmsg front-end. It **MUST** be a multiple of 4. -It's optional if you do not care pmsg log. +It's optional if you do not care about the pmsg log. Unlike oops/panic front-end, there is only one chunk for pmsg front-end. @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ console_size ~~~~~~~~~~~~ The chunk size in KB for console front-end. It **MUST** be a multiple of 4. -It's optional if you do not care console log. +It's optional if you do not care about the console log. Similar to pmsg front-end, there is only one chunk for console front-end. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ ftrace_size ~~~~~~~~~~~ The chunk size in KB for ftrace front-end. It **MUST** be a multiple of 4. -It's optional if you do not care console log. +It's optional if you do not care about the ftrace log. Similar to oops front-end, there are multiple chunks for ftrace front-end depending on the count of cpu processors. Each chunk size is equal to diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/spkguide.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/spkguide.txt index 74ea7f391942..0d5965138f8f 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/spkguide.txt +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/spkguide.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Last modified on Mon Sep 27 14:26:31 2010 Document version 1.3 Copyright (c) 2005 Gene Collins -Copyright (c) 2008 Samuel Thibault +Copyright (c) 2008, 2023 Samuel Thibault Copyright (c) 2009, 2010 the Speakup Team Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document @@ -83,8 +83,7 @@ spkout -- Speak Out txprt -- Transport dummy -- Plain text terminal -Note: Speakup does * NOT * support usb connections! Speakup also does * -NOT * support the internal Tripletalk! +Note: Speakup does * NOT * support the internal Tripletalk! Speakup does support two other synthesizers, but because they work in conjunction with other software, they must be loaded as modules after @@ -94,6 +93,12 @@ These are as follows: decpc -- DecTalk PC (not available at boot up) soft -- One of several software synthesizers (not available at boot up) +By default speakup looks for the synthesizer on the ttyS0 serial port. This can +be changed with the device parameter of the modules, for instance for +DoubleTalk LT: + +speakup_ltlk.dev=ttyUSB0 + See the sections on loading modules and software synthesizers later in this manual for further details. It should be noted here that the speakup.synth boot parameter will have no effect if Speakup has been diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/fs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/fs.rst index a321b84eccaa..47499a1742bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/fs.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/fs.rst @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ pre-allocation or re-sizing of any kernel data structures. dentry-state ------------ -This file shows the values in ``struct dentry_stat``, as defined in -``linux/include/linux/dcache.h``:: +This file shows the values in ``struct dentry_stat_t``, as defined in +``fs/dcache.c``:: struct dentry_stat_t dentry_stat { - int nr_dentry; - int nr_unused; - int age_limit; /* age in seconds */ - int want_pages; /* pages requested by system */ - int nr_negative; /* # of unused negative dentries */ - int dummy; /* Reserved for future use */ + long nr_dentry; + long nr_unused; + long age_limit; /* age in seconds */ + long want_pages; /* pages requested by system */ + long nr_negative; /* # of unused negative dentries */ + long dummy; /* Reserved for future use */ }; Dentries are dynamically allocated and deallocated. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/kernel.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/kernel.rst index cf33de56da27..6584a1f9bfe3 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/kernel.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/kernel.rst @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ ignore-unaligned-usertrap On architectures where unaligned accesses cause traps, and where this feature is supported (``CONFIG_SYSCTL_ARCH_UNALIGN_NO_WARN``; -currently, ``arc``, ``ia64`` and ``loongarch``), controls whether all +currently, ``arc`` and ``loongarch``), controls whether all unaligned traps are logged. = ============================================================= @@ -445,10 +445,7 @@ unaligned traps are logged. setting. = ============================================================= -See also `unaligned-trap`_ and `unaligned-dump-stack`_. On ``ia64``, -this allows system administrators to override the -``IA64_THREAD_UAC_NOPRINT`` ``prctl`` and avoid logs being flooded. - +See also `unaligned-trap`_. io_uring_disabled ================= @@ -1182,7 +1179,8 @@ automatically on platforms where it can run (that is, platforms with asymmetric CPU topologies and having an Energy Model available). If your platform happens to meet the requirements for EAS but you do not want to use it, change -this value to 0. +this value to 0. On Non-EAS platforms, write operation fails and +read doesn't return anything. task_delayacct =============== @@ -1538,22 +1536,6 @@ See Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst and Documentation/trace/boottime-trace.rst. -.. _unaligned-dump-stack: - -unaligned-dump-stack (ia64) -=========================== - -When logging unaligned accesses, controls whether the stack is -dumped. - -= =================================================== -0 Do not dump the stack. This is the default setting. -1 Dump the stack. -= =================================================== - -See also `ignore-unaligned-usertrap`_. - - unaligned-trap ============== diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst index 4877563241f3..c7525942f12c 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst @@ -71,6 +71,7 @@ two flavors of JITs, the newer eBPF JIT currently supported on: - s390x - riscv64 - riscv32 + - loongarch64 And the older cBPF JIT supported on the following archs: diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst index 45ba1f4dc004..c59889de122b 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst @@ -742,8 +742,8 @@ overcommit_memory This value contains a flag that enables memory overcommitment. -When this flag is 0, the kernel attempts to estimate the amount -of free memory left when userspace requests more memory. +When this flag is 0, the kernel compares the userspace memory request +size against total memory plus swap and rejects obvious overcommits. When this flag is 1, the kernel pretends there is always enough memory until it actually runs out. diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.rst index de6d8a4790e2..44f9bd78539d 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.rst @@ -268,6 +268,8 @@ infrastructure: +------------------------------+---------+---------+ | SHA3 | [35-32] | y | +------------------------------+---------+---------+ + | B16B16 | [27-24] | y | + +------------------------------+---------+---------+ | BF16 | [23-20] | y | +------------------------------+---------+---------+ | BitPerm | [19-16] | y | diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst index 76ff9d7398fd..4b8399ac592b 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst @@ -308,6 +308,15 @@ HWCAP2_MOPS HWCAP2_HBC Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR2_EL1.BC == 0b0001. +HWCAP2_SVE_B16B16 + Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.B16B16 == 0b0001. + +HWCAP2_LRCPC3 + Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.LRCPC == 0b0011. + +HWCAP2_LSE128 + Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.Atomic == 0b0011. + 4. Unused AT_HWCAP bits ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/arch/ia64/aliasing.rst b/Documentation/arch/ia64/aliasing.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 36a1e1d4842b..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arch/ia64/aliasing.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,246 +0,0 @@ -================================== -Memory Attribute Aliasing on IA-64 -================================== - -Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com> - -May 4, 2006 - - -Memory Attributes -================= - - Itanium supports several attributes for virtual memory references. - The attribute is part of the virtual translation, i.e., it is - contained in the TLB entry. The ones of most interest to the Linux - kernel are: - - == ====================== - WB Write-back (cacheable) - UC Uncacheable - WC Write-coalescing - == ====================== - - System memory typically uses the WB attribute. The UC attribute is - used for memory-mapped I/O devices. The WC attribute is uncacheable - like UC is, but writes may be delayed and combined to increase - performance for things like frame buffers. - - The Itanium architecture requires that we avoid accessing the same - page with both a cacheable mapping and an uncacheable mapping[1]. - - The design of the chipset determines which attributes are supported - on which regions of the address space. For example, some chipsets - support either WB or UC access to main memory, while others support - only WB access. - -Memory Map -========== - - Platform firmware describes the physical memory map and the - supported attributes for each region. At boot-time, the kernel uses - the EFI GetMemoryMap() interface. ACPI can also describe memory - devices and the attributes they support, but Linux/ia64 currently - doesn't use this information. - - The kernel uses the efi_memmap table returned from GetMemoryMap() to - learn the attributes supported by each region of physical address - space. Unfortunately, this table does not completely describe the - address space because some machines omit some or all of the MMIO - regions from the map. - - The kernel maintains another table, kern_memmap, which describes the - memory Linux is actually using and the attribute for each region. - This contains only system memory; it does not contain MMIO space. - - The kern_memmap table typically contains only a subset of the system - memory described by the efi_memmap. Linux/ia64 can't use all memory - in the system because of constraints imposed by the identity mapping - scheme. - - The efi_memmap table is preserved unmodified because the original - boot-time information is required for kexec. - -Kernel Identity Mappings -======================== - - Linux/ia64 identity mappings are done with large pages, currently - either 16MB or 64MB, referred to as "granules." Cacheable mappings - are speculative[2], so the processor can read any location in the - page at any time, independent of the programmer's intentions. This - means that to avoid attribute aliasing, Linux can create a cacheable - identity mapping only when the entire granule supports cacheable - access. - - Therefore, kern_memmap contains only full granule-sized regions that - can referenced safely by an identity mapping. - - Uncacheable mappings are not speculative, so the processor will - generate UC accesses only to locations explicitly referenced by - software. This allows UC identity mappings to cover granules that - are only partially populated, or populated with a combination of UC - and WB regions. - -User Mappings -============= - - User mappings are typically done with 16K or 64K pages. The smaller - page size allows more flexibility because only 16K or 64K has to be - homogeneous with respect to memory attributes. - -Potential Attribute Aliasing Cases -================================== - - There are several ways the kernel creates new mappings: - -mmap of /dev/mem ----------------- - - This uses remap_pfn_range(), which creates user mappings. These - mappings may be either WB or UC. If the region being mapped - happens to be in kern_memmap, meaning that it may also be mapped - by a kernel identity mapping, the user mapping must use the same - attribute as the kernel mapping. - - If the region is not in kern_memmap, the user mapping should use - an attribute reported as being supported in the EFI memory map. - - Since the EFI memory map does not describe MMIO on some - machines, this should use an uncacheable mapping as a fallback. - -mmap of /sys/class/pci_bus/.../legacy_mem ------------------------------------------ - - This is very similar to mmap of /dev/mem, except that legacy_mem - only allows mmap of the one megabyte "legacy MMIO" area for a - specific PCI bus. Typically this is the first megabyte of - physical address space, but it may be different on machines with - several VGA devices. - - "X" uses this to access VGA frame buffers. Using legacy_mem - rather than /dev/mem allows multiple instances of X to talk to - different VGA cards. - - The /dev/mem mmap constraints apply. - -mmap of /proc/bus/pci/.../??.? ------------------------------- - - This is an MMIO mmap of PCI functions, which additionally may or - may not be requested as using the WC attribute. - - If WC is requested, and the region in kern_memmap is either WC - or UC, and the EFI memory map designates the region as WC, then - the WC mapping is allowed. - - Otherwise, the user mapping must use the same attribute as the - kernel mapping. - -read/write of /dev/mem ----------------------- - - This uses copy_from_user(), which implicitly uses a kernel - identity mapping. This is obviously safe for things in - kern_memmap. - - There may be corner cases of things that are not in kern_memmap, - but could be accessed this way. For example, registers in MMIO - space are not in kern_memmap, but could be accessed with a UC - mapping. This would not cause attribute aliasing. But - registers typically can be accessed only with four-byte or - eight-byte accesses, and the copy_from_user() path doesn't allow - any control over the access size, so this would be dangerous. - -ioremap() ---------- - - This returns a mapping for use inside the kernel. - - If the region is in kern_memmap, we should use the attribute - specified there. - - If the EFI memory map reports that the entire granule supports - WB, we should use that (granules that are partially reserved - or occupied by firmware do not appear in kern_memmap). - - If the granule contains non-WB memory, but we can cover the - region safely with kernel page table mappings, we can use - ioremap_page_range() as most other architectures do. - - Failing all of the above, we have to fall back to a UC mapping. - -Past Problem Cases -================== - -mmap of various MMIO regions from /dev/mem by "X" on Intel platforms --------------------------------------------------------------------- - - The EFI memory map may not report these MMIO regions. - - These must be allowed so that X will work. This means that - when the EFI memory map is incomplete, every /dev/mem mmap must - succeed. It may create either WB or UC user mappings, depending - on whether the region is in kern_memmap or the EFI memory map. - -mmap of 0x0-0x9FFFF /dev/mem by "hwinfo" on HP sx1000 with VGA enabled ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - - The EFI memory map reports the following attributes: - - =============== ======= ================== - 0x00000-0x9FFFF WB only - 0xA0000-0xBFFFF UC only (VGA frame buffer) - 0xC0000-0xFFFFF WB only - =============== ======= ================== - - This mmap is done with user pages, not kernel identity mappings, - so it is safe to use WB mappings. - - The kernel VGA driver may ioremap the VGA frame buffer at 0xA0000, - which uses a granule-sized UC mapping. This granule will cover some - WB-only memory, but since UC is non-speculative, the processor will - never generate an uncacheable reference to the WB-only areas unless - the driver explicitly touches them. - -mmap of 0x0-0xFFFFF legacy_mem by "X" -------------------------------------- - - If the EFI memory map reports that the entire range supports the - same attributes, we can allow the mmap (and we will prefer WB if - supported, as is the case with HP sx[12]000 machines with VGA - disabled). - - If EFI reports the range as partly WB and partly UC (as on sx[12]000 - machines with VGA enabled), we must fail the mmap because there's no - safe attribute to use. - - If EFI reports some of the range but not all (as on Intel firmware - that doesn't report the VGA frame buffer at all), we should fail the - mmap and force the user to map just the specific region of interest. - -mmap of 0xA0000-0xBFFFF legacy_mem by "X" on HP sx1000 with VGA disabled ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - The EFI memory map reports the following attributes:: - - 0x00000-0xFFFFF WB only (no VGA MMIO hole) - - This is a special case of the previous case, and the mmap should - fail for the same reason as above. - -read of /sys/devices/.../rom ----------------------------- - - For VGA devices, this may cause an ioremap() of 0xC0000. This - used to be done with a UC mapping, because the VGA frame buffer - at 0xA0000 prevents use of a WB granule. The UC mapping causes - an MCA on HP sx[12]000 chipsets. - - We should use WB page table mappings to avoid covering the VGA - frame buffer. - -Notes -===== - - [1] SDM rev 2.2, vol 2, sec 4.4.1. - [2] SDM rev 2.2, vol 2, sec 4.4.6. diff --git a/Documentation/arch/ia64/efirtc.rst b/Documentation/arch/ia64/efirtc.rst deleted file mode 100644 index fd8328408301..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arch/ia64/efirtc.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -========================== -EFI Real Time Clock driver -========================== - -S. Eranian <eranian@hpl.hp.com> - -March 2000 - -1. Introduction -=============== - -This document describes the efirtc.c driver has provided for -the IA-64 platform. - -The purpose of this driver is to supply an API for kernel and user applications -to get access to the Time Service offered by EFI version 0.92. - -EFI provides 4 calls one can make once the OS is booted: GetTime(), -SetTime(), GetWakeupTime(), SetWakeupTime() which are all supported by this -driver. We describe those calls as well the design of the driver in the -following sections. - -2. Design Decisions -=================== - -The original ideas was to provide a very simple driver to get access to, -at first, the time of day service. This is required in order to access, in a -portable way, the CMOS clock. A program like /sbin/hwclock uses such a clock -to initialize the system view of the time during boot. - -Because we wanted to minimize the impact on existing user-level apps using -the CMOS clock, we decided to expose an API that was very similar to the one -used today with the legacy RTC driver (driver/char/rtc.c). However, because -EFI provides a simpler services, not all ioctl() are available. Also -new ioctl()s have been introduced for things that EFI provides but not the -legacy. - -EFI uses a slightly different way of representing the time, noticeably -the reference date is different. Year is the using the full 4-digit format. -The Epoch is January 1st 1998. For backward compatibility reasons we don't -expose this new way of representing time. Instead we use something very -similar to the struct tm, i.e. struct rtc_time, as used by hwclock. -One of the reasons for doing it this way is to allow for EFI to still evolve -without necessarily impacting any of the user applications. The decoupling -enables flexibility and permits writing wrapper code is ncase things change. - -The driver exposes two interfaces, one via the device file and a set of -ioctl()s. The other is read-only via the /proc filesystem. - -As of today we don't offer a /proc/sys interface. - -To allow for a uniform interface between the legacy RTC and EFI time service, -we have created the include/linux/rtc.h header file to contain only the -"public" API of the two drivers. The specifics of the legacy RTC are still -in include/linux/mc146818rtc.h. - - -3. Time of day service -====================== - -The part of the driver gives access to the time of day service of EFI. -Two ioctl()s, compatible with the legacy RTC calls: - - Read the CMOS clock:: - - ioctl(d, RTC_RD_TIME, &rtc); - - Write the CMOS clock:: - - ioctl(d, RTC_SET_TIME, &rtc); - -The rtc is a pointer to a data structure defined in rtc.h which is close -to a struct tm:: - - struct rtc_time { - int tm_sec; - int tm_min; - int tm_hour; - int tm_mday; - int tm_mon; - int tm_year; - int tm_wday; - int tm_yday; - int tm_isdst; - }; - -The driver takes care of converting back an forth between the EFI time and -this format. - -Those two ioctl()s can be exercised with the hwclock command: - -For reading:: - - # /sbin/hwclock --show - Mon Mar 6 15:32:32 2000 -0.910248 seconds - -For setting:: - - # /sbin/hwclock --systohc - -Root privileges are required to be able to set the time of day. - -4. Wakeup Alarm service -======================= - -EFI provides an API by which one can program when a machine should wakeup, -i.e. reboot. This is very different from the alarm provided by the legacy -RTC which is some kind of interval timer alarm. For this reason we don't use -the same ioctl()s to get access to the service. Instead we have -introduced 2 news ioctl()s to the interface of an RTC. - -We have added 2 new ioctl()s that are specific to the EFI driver: - - Read the current state of the alarm:: - - ioctl(d, RTC_WKALM_RD, &wkt) - - Set the alarm or change its status:: - - ioctl(d, RTC_WKALM_SET, &wkt) - -The wkt structure encapsulates a struct rtc_time + 2 extra fields to get -status information:: - - struct rtc_wkalrm { - - unsigned char enabled; /* =1 if alarm is enabled */ - unsigned char pending; /* =1 if alarm is pending */ - - struct rtc_time time; - } - -As of today, none of the existing user-level apps supports this feature. -However writing such a program should be hard by simply using those two -ioctl(). - -Root privileges are required to be able to set the alarm. - -5. References -============= - -Checkout the following Web site for more information on EFI: - -http://developer.intel.com/technology/efi/ diff --git a/Documentation/arch/ia64/err_inject.rst b/Documentation/arch/ia64/err_inject.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 900f71e93a29..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arch/ia64/err_inject.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1067 +0,0 @@ -======================================== -IPF Machine Check (MC) error inject tool -======================================== - -IPF Machine Check (MC) error inject tool is used to inject MC -errors from Linux. The tool is a test bed for IPF MC work flow including -hardware correctable error handling, OS recoverable error handling, MC -event logging, etc. - -The tool includes two parts: a kernel driver and a user application -sample. The driver provides interface to PAL to inject error -and query error injection capabilities. The driver code is in -arch/ia64/kernel/err_inject.c. The application sample (shown below) -provides a combination of various errors and calls the driver's interface -(sysfs interface) to inject errors or query error injection capabilities. - -The tool can be used to test Intel IPF machine MC handling capabilities. -It's especially useful for people who can not access hardware MC injection -tool to inject error. It's also very useful to integrate with other -software test suits to do stressful testing on IPF. - -Below is a sample application as part of the whole tool. The sample -can be used as a working test tool. Or it can be expanded to include -more features. It also can be a integrated into a library or other user -application to have more thorough test. - -The sample application takes err.conf as error configuration input. GCC -compiles the code. After you install err_inject driver, you can run -this sample application to inject errors. - -Errata: Itanium 2 Processors Specification Update lists some errata against -the pal_mc_error_inject PAL procedure. The following err.conf has been tested -on latest Montecito PAL. - -err.conf:: - - #This is configuration file for err_inject_tool. - #The format of the each line is: - #cpu, loop, interval, err_type_info, err_struct_info, err_data_buffer - #where - # cpu: logical cpu number the error will be inject in. - # loop: times the error will be injected. - # interval: In second. every so often one error is injected. - # err_type_info, err_struct_info: PAL parameters. - # - #Note: All values are hex w/o or w/ 0x prefix. - - - #On cpu2, inject only total 0x10 errors, interval 5 seconds - #corrected, data cache, hier-2, physical addr(assigned by tool code). - #working on Montecito latest PAL. - 2, 10, 5, 4101, 95 - - #On cpu4, inject and consume total 0x10 errors, interval 5 seconds - #corrected, data cache, hier-2, physical addr(assigned by tool code). - #working on Montecito latest PAL. - 4, 10, 5, 4109, 95 - - #On cpu15, inject and consume total 0x10 errors, interval 5 seconds - #recoverable, DTR0, hier-2. - #working on Montecito latest PAL. - 0xf, 0x10, 5, 4249, 15 - -The sample application source code: - -err_injection_tool.c:: - - /* - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, GOOD TITLE or - * NON INFRINGEMENT. See the GNU General Public License for more - * details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. - * - * Copyright (C) 2006 Intel Co - * Fenghua Yu <fenghua.yu@intel.com> - * - */ - #include <sys/types.h> - #include <sys/stat.h> - #include <fcntl.h> - #include <stdio.h> - #include <sched.h> - #include <unistd.h> - #include <stdlib.h> - #include <stdarg.h> - #include <string.h> - #include <errno.h> - #include <time.h> - #include <sys/ipc.h> - #include <sys/sem.h> - #include <sys/wait.h> - #include <sys/mman.h> - #include <sys/shm.h> - - #define MAX_FN_SIZE 256 - #define MAX_BUF_SIZE 256 - #define DATA_BUF_SIZE 256 - #define NR_CPUS 512 - #define MAX_TASK_NUM 2048 - #define MIN_INTERVAL 5 // seconds - #define ERR_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE 3 // Three 8-byte. - #define PARA_FIELD_NUM 5 - #define MASK_SIZE (NR_CPUS/64) - #define PATH_FORMAT "/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu%d/err_inject/" - - int sched_setaffinity(pid_t pid, unsigned int len, unsigned long *mask); - - int verbose; - #define vbprintf if (verbose) printf - - int log_info(int cpu, const char *fmt, ...) - { - FILE *log; - char fn[MAX_FN_SIZE]; - char buf[MAX_BUF_SIZE]; - va_list args; - - sprintf(fn, "%d.log", cpu); - log=fopen(fn, "a+"); - if (log==NULL) { - perror("Error open:"); - return -1; - } - - va_start(args, fmt); - vprintf(fmt, args); - memset(buf, 0, MAX_BUF_SIZE); - vsprintf(buf, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - - fwrite(buf, sizeof(buf), 1, log); - fclose(log); - - return 0; - } - - typedef unsigned long u64; - typedef unsigned int u32; - - typedef union err_type_info_u { - struct { - u64 mode : 3, /* 0-2 */ - err_inj : 3, /* 3-5 */ - err_sev : 2, /* 6-7 */ - err_struct : 5, /* 8-12 */ - struct_hier : 3, /* 13-15 */ - reserved : 48; /* 16-63 */ - } err_type_info_u; - u64 err_type_info; - } err_type_info_t; - - typedef union err_struct_info_u { - struct { - u64 siv : 1, /* 0 */ - c_t : 2, /* 1-2 */ - cl_p : 3, /* 3-5 */ - cl_id : 3, /* 6-8 */ - cl_dp : 1, /* 9 */ - reserved1 : 22, /* 10-31 */ - tiv : 1, /* 32 */ - trigger : 4, /* 33-36 */ - trigger_pl : 3, /* 37-39 */ - reserved2 : 24; /* 40-63 */ - } err_struct_info_cache; - struct { - u64 siv : 1, /* 0 */ - tt : 2, /* 1-2 */ - tc_tr : 2, /* 3-4 */ - tr_slot : 8, /* 5-12 */ - reserved1 : 19, /* 13-31 */ - tiv : 1, /* 32 */ - trigger : 4, /* 33-36 */ - trigger_pl : 3, /* 37-39 */ - reserved2 : 24; /* 40-63 */ - } err_struct_info_tlb; - struct { - u64 siv : 1, /* 0 */ - regfile_id : 4, /* 1-4 */ - reg_num : 7, /* 5-11 */ - reserved1 : 20, /* 12-31 */ - tiv : 1, /* 32 */ - trigger : 4, /* 33-36 */ - trigger_pl : 3, /* 37-39 */ - reserved2 : 24; /* 40-63 */ - } err_struct_info_register; - struct { - u64 reserved; - } err_struct_info_bus_processor_interconnect; - u64 err_struct_info; - } err_struct_info_t; - - typedef union err_data_buffer_u { - struct { - u64 trigger_addr; /* 0-63 */ - u64 inj_addr; /* 64-127 */ - u64 way : 5, /* 128-132 */ - index : 20, /* 133-152 */ - : 39; /* 153-191 */ - } err_data_buffer_cache; - struct { - u64 trigger_addr; /* 0-63 */ - u64 inj_addr; /* 64-127 */ - u64 way : 5, /* 128-132 */ - index : 20, /* 133-152 */ - reserved : 39; /* 153-191 */ - } err_data_buffer_tlb; - struct { - u64 trigger_addr; /* 0-63 */ - } err_data_buffer_register; - struct { - u64 reserved; /* 0-63 */ - } err_data_buffer_bus_processor_interconnect; - u64 err_data_buffer[ERR_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE]; - } err_data_buffer_t; - - typedef union capabilities_u { - struct { - u64 i : 1, - d : 1, - rv : 1, - tag : 1, - data : 1, - mesi : 1, - dp : 1, - reserved1 : 3, - pa : 1, - va : 1, - wi : 1, - reserved2 : 20, - trigger : 1, - trigger_pl : 1, - reserved3 : 30; - } capabilities_cache; - struct { - u64 d : 1, - i : 1, - rv : 1, - tc : 1, - tr : 1, - reserved1 : 27, - trigger : 1, - trigger_pl : 1, - reserved2 : 30; - } capabilities_tlb; - struct { - u64 gr_b0 : 1, - gr_b1 : 1, - fr : 1, - br : 1, - pr : 1, - ar : 1, - cr : 1, - rr : 1, - pkr : 1, - dbr : 1, - ibr : 1, - pmc : 1, - pmd : 1, - reserved1 : 3, - regnum : 1, - reserved2 : 15, - trigger : 1, - trigger_pl : 1, - reserved3 : 30; - } capabilities_register; - struct { - u64 reserved; - } capabilities_bus_processor_interconnect; - } capabilities_t; - - typedef struct resources_s { - u64 ibr0 : 1, - ibr2 : 1, - ibr4 : 1, - ibr6 : 1, - dbr0 : 1, - dbr2 : 1, - dbr4 : 1, - dbr6 : 1, - reserved : 48; - } resources_t; - - - long get_page_size(void) - { - long page_size=sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE); - return page_size; - } - - #define PAGE_SIZE (get_page_size()==-1?0x4000:get_page_size()) - #define SHM_SIZE (2*PAGE_SIZE*NR_CPUS) - #define SHM_VA 0x2000000100000000 - - int shmid; - void *shmaddr; - - int create_shm(void) - { - key_t key; - char fn[MAX_FN_SIZE]; - - /* cpu0 is always existing */ - sprintf(fn, PATH_FORMAT, 0); - if ((key = ftok(fn, 's')) == -1) { - perror("ftok"); - return -1; - } - - shmid = shmget(key, SHM_SIZE, 0644 | IPC_CREAT); - if (shmid == -1) { - if (errno==EEXIST) { - shmid = shmget(key, SHM_SIZE, 0); - if (shmid == -1) { - perror("shmget"); - return -1; - } - } - else { - perror("shmget"); - return -1; - } - } - vbprintf("shmid=%d", shmid); - - /* connect to the segment: */ - shmaddr = shmat(shmid, (void *)SHM_VA, 0); - if (shmaddr == (void*)-1) { - perror("shmat"); - return -1; - } - - memset(shmaddr, 0, SHM_SIZE); - mlock(shmaddr, SHM_SIZE); - - return 0; - } - - int free_shm() - { - munlock(shmaddr, SHM_SIZE); - shmdt(shmaddr); - semctl(shmid, 0, IPC_RMID); - - return 0; - } - - #ifdef _SEM_SEMUN_UNDEFINED - union semun - { - int val; - struct semid_ds *buf; - unsigned short int *array; - struct seminfo *__buf; - }; - #endif - - u32 mode=1; /* 1: physical mode; 2: virtual mode. */ - int one_lock=1; - key_t key[NR_CPUS]; - int semid[NR_CPUS]; - - int create_sem(int cpu) - { - union semun arg; - char fn[MAX_FN_SIZE]; - int sid; - - sprintf(fn, PATH_FORMAT, cpu); - sprintf(fn, "%s/%s", fn, "err_type_info"); - if ((key[cpu] = ftok(fn, 'e')) == -1) { - perror("ftok"); - return -1; - } - - if (semid[cpu]!=0) - return 0; - - /* clear old semaphore */ - if ((sid = semget(key[cpu], 1, 0)) != -1) - semctl(sid, 0, IPC_RMID); - - /* get one semaphore */ - if ((semid[cpu] = semget(key[cpu], 1, IPC_CREAT | IPC_EXCL)) == -1) { - perror("semget"); - printf("Please remove semaphore with key=0x%lx, then run the tool.\n", - (u64)key[cpu]); - return -1; - } - - vbprintf("semid[%d]=0x%lx, key[%d]=%lx\n",cpu,(u64)semid[cpu],cpu, - (u64)key[cpu]); - /* initialize the semaphore to 1: */ - arg.val = 1; - if (semctl(semid[cpu], 0, SETVAL, arg) == -1) { - perror("semctl"); - return -1; - } - - return 0; - } - - static int lock(int cpu) - { - struct sembuf lock; - - lock.sem_num = cpu; - lock.sem_op = 1; - semop(semid[cpu], &lock, 1); - - return 0; - } - - static int unlock(int cpu) - { - struct sembuf unlock; - - unlock.sem_num = cpu; - unlock.sem_op = -1; - semop(semid[cpu], &unlock, 1); - - return 0; - } - - void free_sem(int cpu) - { - semctl(semid[cpu], 0, IPC_RMID); - } - - int wr_multi(char *fn, unsigned long *data, int size) - { - int fd; - char buf[MAX_BUF_SIZE]; - int ret; - - if (size==1) - sprintf(buf, "%lx", *data); - else if (size==3) - sprintf(buf, "%lx,%lx,%lx", data[0], data[1], data[2]); - else { - fprintf(stderr,"write to file with wrong size!\n"); - return -1; - } - - fd=open(fn, O_RDWR); - if (!fd) { - perror("Error:"); - return -1; - } - ret=write(fd, buf, sizeof(buf)); - close(fd); - return ret; - } - - int wr(char *fn, unsigned long data) - { - return wr_multi(fn, &data, 1); - } - - int rd(char *fn, unsigned long *data) - { - int fd; - char buf[MAX_BUF_SIZE]; - - fd=open(fn, O_RDONLY); - if (fd<0) { - perror("Error:"); - return -1; - } - read(fd, buf, MAX_BUF_SIZE); - *data=strtoul(buf, NULL, 16); - close(fd); - return 0; - } - - int rd_status(char *path, int *status) - { - char fn[MAX_FN_SIZE]; - sprintf(fn, "%s/status", path); - if (rd(fn, (u64*)status)<0) { - perror("status reading error.\n"); - return -1; - } - - return 0; - } - - int rd_capabilities(char *path, u64 *capabilities) - { - char fn[MAX_FN_SIZE]; - sprintf(fn, "%s/capabilities", path); - if (rd(fn, capabilities)<0) { - perror("capabilities reading error.\n"); - return -1; - } - - return 0; - } - - int rd_all(char *path) - { - unsigned long err_type_info, err_struct_info, err_data_buffer; - int status; - unsigned long capabilities, resources; - char fn[MAX_FN_SIZE]; - - sprintf(fn, "%s/err_type_info", path); - if (rd(fn, &err_type_info)<0) { - perror("err_type_info reading error.\n"); - return -1; - } - printf("err_type_info=%lx\n", err_type_info); - - sprintf(fn, "%s/err_struct_info", path); - if (rd(fn, &err_struct_info)<0) { - perror("err_struct_info reading error.\n"); - return -1; - } - printf("err_struct_info=%lx\n", err_struct_info); - - sprintf(fn, "%s/err_data_buffer", path); - if (rd(fn, &err_data_buffer)<0) { - perror("err_data_buffer reading error.\n"); - return -1; - } - printf("err_data_buffer=%lx\n", err_data_buffer); - - sprintf(fn, "%s/status", path); - if (rd("status", (u64*)&status)<0) { - perror("status reading error.\n"); - return -1; - } - printf("status=%d\n", status); - - sprintf(fn, "%s/capabilities", path); - if (rd(fn,&capabilities)<0) { - perror("capabilities reading error.\n"); - return -1; - } - printf("capabilities=%lx\n", capabilities); - - sprintf(fn, "%s/resources", path); - if (rd(fn, &resources)<0) { - perror("resources reading error.\n"); - return -1; - } - printf("resources=%lx\n", resources); - - return 0; - } - - int query_capabilities(char *path, err_type_info_t err_type_info, - u64 *capabilities) - { - char fn[MAX_FN_SIZE]; - err_struct_info_t err_struct_info; - err_data_buffer_t err_data_buffer; - - err_struct_info.err_struct_info=0; - memset(err_data_buffer.err_data_buffer, -1, ERR_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE*8); - - sprintf(fn, "%s/err_type_info", path); - wr(fn, err_type_info.err_type_info); - sprintf(fn, "%s/err_struct_info", path); - wr(fn, 0x0); - sprintf(fn, "%s/err_data_buffer", path); - wr_multi(fn, err_data_buffer.err_data_buffer, ERR_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE); - - // Fire pal_mc_error_inject procedure. - sprintf(fn, "%s/call_start", path); - wr(fn, mode); - - if (rd_capabilities(path, capabilities)<0) - return -1; - - return 0; - } - - int query_all_capabilities() - { - int status; - err_type_info_t err_type_info; - int err_sev, err_struct, struct_hier; - int cap=0; - u64 capabilities; - char path[MAX_FN_SIZE]; - - err_type_info.err_type_info=0; // Initial - err_type_info.err_type_info_u.mode=0; // Query mode; - err_type_info.err_type_info_u.err_inj=0; - - printf("All capabilities implemented in pal_mc_error_inject:\n"); - sprintf(path, PATH_FORMAT ,0); - for (err_sev=0;err_sev<3;err_sev++) - for (err_struct=0;err_struct<5;err_struct++) - for (struct_hier=0;struct_hier<5;struct_hier++) - { - status=-1; - capabilities=0; - err_type_info.err_type_info_u.err_sev=err_sev; - err_type_info.err_type_info_u.err_struct=err_struct; - err_type_info.err_type_info_u.struct_hier=struct_hier; - - if (query_capabilities(path, err_type_info, &capabilities)<0) - continue; - - if (rd_status(path, &status)<0) - continue; - - if (status==0) { - cap=1; - printf("For err_sev=%d, err_struct=%d, struct_hier=%d: ", - err_sev, err_struct, struct_hier); - printf("capabilities 0x%lx\n", capabilities); - } - } - if (!cap) { - printf("No capabilities supported.\n"); - return 0; - } - - return 0; - } - - int err_inject(int cpu, char *path, err_type_info_t err_type_info, - err_struct_info_t err_struct_info, - err_data_buffer_t err_data_buffer) - { - int status; - char fn[MAX_FN_SIZE]; - - log_info(cpu, "err_type_info=%lx, err_struct_info=%lx, ", - err_type_info.err_type_info, - err_struct_info.err_struct_info); - log_info(cpu,"err_data_buffer=[%lx,%lx,%lx]\n", - err_data_buffer.err_data_buffer[0], - err_data_buffer.err_data_buffer[1], - err_data_buffer.err_data_buffer[2]); - sprintf(fn, "%s/err_type_info", path); - wr(fn, err_type_info.err_type_info); - sprintf(fn, "%s/err_struct_info", path); - wr(fn, err_struct_info.err_struct_info); - sprintf(fn, "%s/err_data_buffer", path); - wr_multi(fn, err_data_buffer.err_data_buffer, ERR_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE); - - // Fire pal_mc_error_inject procedure. - sprintf(fn, "%s/call_start", path); - wr(fn,mode); - - if (rd_status(path, &status)<0) { - vbprintf("fail: read status\n"); - return -100; - } - - if (status!=0) { - log_info(cpu, "fail: status=%d\n", status); - return status; - } - - return status; - } - - static int construct_data_buf(char *path, err_type_info_t err_type_info, - err_struct_info_t err_struct_info, - err_data_buffer_t *err_data_buffer, - void *va1) - { - char fn[MAX_FN_SIZE]; - u64 virt_addr=0, phys_addr=0; - - vbprintf("va1=%lx\n", (u64)va1); - memset(&err_data_buffer->err_data_buffer_cache, 0, ERR_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE*8); - - switch (err_type_info.err_type_info_u.err_struct) { - case 1: // Cache - switch (err_struct_info.err_struct_info_cache.cl_id) { - case 1: //Virtual addr - err_data_buffer->err_data_buffer_cache.inj_addr=(u64)va1; - break; - case 2: //Phys addr - sprintf(fn, "%s/virtual_to_phys", path); - virt_addr=(u64)va1; - if (wr(fn,virt_addr)<0) - return -1; - rd(fn, &phys_addr); - err_data_buffer->err_data_buffer_cache.inj_addr=phys_addr; - break; - default: - printf("Not supported cl_id\n"); - break; - } - break; - case 2: // TLB - break; - case 3: // Register file - break; - case 4: // Bus/system interconnect - default: - printf("Not supported err_struct\n"); - break; - } - - return 0; - } - - typedef struct { - u64 cpu; - u64 loop; - u64 interval; - u64 err_type_info; - u64 err_struct_info; - u64 err_data_buffer[ERR_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE]; - } parameters_t; - - parameters_t line_para; - int para; - - static int empty_data_buffer(u64 *err_data_buffer) - { - int empty=1; - int i; - - for (i=0;i<ERR_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE; i++) - if (err_data_buffer[i]!=-1) - empty=0; - - return empty; - } - - int err_inj() - { - err_type_info_t err_type_info; - err_struct_info_t err_struct_info; - err_data_buffer_t err_data_buffer; - int count; - FILE *fp; - unsigned long cpu, loop, interval, err_type_info_conf, err_struct_info_conf; - u64 err_data_buffer_conf[ERR_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE]; - int num; - int i; - char path[MAX_FN_SIZE]; - parameters_t parameters[MAX_TASK_NUM]={}; - pid_t child_pid[MAX_TASK_NUM]; - time_t current_time; - int status; - - if (!para) { - fp=fopen("err.conf", "r"); - if (fp==NULL) { - perror("Error open err.conf"); - return -1; - } - - num=0; - while (!feof(fp)) { - char buf[256]; - memset(buf,0,256); - fgets(buf, 256, fp); - count=sscanf(buf, "%lx, %lx, %lx, %lx, %lx, %lx, %lx, %lx\n", - &cpu, &loop, &interval,&err_type_info_conf, - &err_struct_info_conf, - &err_data_buffer_conf[0], - &err_data_buffer_conf[1], - &err_data_buffer_conf[2]); - if (count!=PARA_FIELD_NUM+3) { - err_data_buffer_conf[0]=-1; - err_data_buffer_conf[1]=-1; - err_data_buffer_conf[2]=-1; - count=sscanf(buf, "%lx, %lx, %lx, %lx, %lx\n", - &cpu, &loop, &interval,&err_type_info_conf, - &err_struct_info_conf); - if (count!=PARA_FIELD_NUM) - continue; - } - - parameters[num].cpu=cpu; - parameters[num].loop=loop; - parameters[num].interval= interval>MIN_INTERVAL - ?interval:MIN_INTERVAL; - parameters[num].err_type_info=err_type_info_conf; - parameters[num].err_struct_info=err_struct_info_conf; - memcpy(parameters[num++].err_data_buffer, - err_data_buffer_conf,ERR_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE*8) ; - - if (num>=MAX_TASK_NUM) - break; - } - } - else { - parameters[0].cpu=line_para.cpu; - parameters[0].loop=line_para.loop; - parameters[0].interval= line_para.interval>MIN_INTERVAL - ?line_para.interval:MIN_INTERVAL; - parameters[0].err_type_info=line_para.err_type_info; - parameters[0].err_struct_info=line_para.err_struct_info; - memcpy(parameters[0].err_data_buffer, - line_para.err_data_buffer,ERR_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE*8) ; - - num=1; - } - - /* Create semaphore: If one_lock, one semaphore for all processors. - Otherwise, one semaphore for each processor. */ - if (one_lock) { - if (create_sem(0)) { - printf("Can not create semaphore...exit\n"); - free_sem(0); - return -1; - } - } - else { - for (i=0;i<num;i++) { - if (create_sem(parameters[i].cpu)) { - printf("Can not create semaphore for cpu%d...exit\n",i); - free_sem(parameters[num].cpu); - return -1; - } - } - } - - /* Create a shm segment which will be used to inject/consume errors on.*/ - if (create_shm()==-1) { - printf("Error to create shm...exit\n"); - return -1; - } - - for (i=0;i<num;i++) { - pid_t pid; - - current_time=time(NULL); - log_info(parameters[i].cpu, "\nBegine at %s", ctime(¤t_time)); - log_info(parameters[i].cpu, "Configurations:\n"); - log_info(parameters[i].cpu,"On cpu%ld: loop=%lx, interval=%lx(s)", - parameters[i].cpu, - parameters[i].loop, - parameters[i].interval); - log_info(parameters[i].cpu," err_type_info=%lx,err_struct_info=%lx\n", - parameters[i].err_type_info, - parameters[i].err_struct_info); - - sprintf(path, PATH_FORMAT, (int)parameters[i].cpu); - err_type_info.err_type_info=parameters[i].err_type_info; - err_struct_info.err_struct_info=parameters[i].err_struct_info; - memcpy(err_data_buffer.err_data_buffer, - parameters[i].err_data_buffer, - ERR_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE*8); - - pid=fork(); - if (pid==0) { - unsigned long mask[MASK_SIZE]; - int j, k; - - void *va1, *va2; - - /* Allocate two memory areas va1 and va2 in shm */ - va1=shmaddr+parameters[i].cpu*PAGE_SIZE; - va2=shmaddr+parameters[i].cpu*PAGE_SIZE+PAGE_SIZE; - - vbprintf("va1=%lx, va2=%lx\n", (u64)va1, (u64)va2); - memset(va1, 0x1, PAGE_SIZE); - memset(va2, 0x2, PAGE_SIZE); - - if (empty_data_buffer(err_data_buffer.err_data_buffer)) - /* If not specified yet, construct data buffer - * with va1 - */ - construct_data_buf(path, err_type_info, - err_struct_info, &err_data_buffer,va1); - - for (j=0;j<MASK_SIZE;j++) - mask[j]=0; - - cpu=parameters[i].cpu; - k = cpu%64; - j = cpu/64; - mask[j] = 1UL << k; - - if (sched_setaffinity(0, MASK_SIZE*8, mask)==-1) { - perror("Error sched_setaffinity:"); - return -1; - } - - for (j=0; j<parameters[i].loop; j++) { - log_info(parameters[i].cpu,"Injection "); - log_info(parameters[i].cpu,"on cpu%ld: #%d/%ld ", - - parameters[i].cpu,j+1, parameters[i].loop); - - /* Hold the lock */ - if (one_lock) - lock(0); - else - /* Hold lock on this cpu */ - lock(parameters[i].cpu); - - if ((status=err_inject(parameters[i].cpu, - path, err_type_info, - err_struct_info, err_data_buffer)) - ==0) { - /* consume the error for "inject only"*/ - memcpy(va2, va1, PAGE_SIZE); - memcpy(va1, va2, PAGE_SIZE); - log_info(parameters[i].cpu, - "successful\n"); - } - else { - log_info(parameters[i].cpu,"fail:"); - log_info(parameters[i].cpu, - "status=%d\n", status); - unlock(parameters[i].cpu); - break; - } - if (one_lock) - /* Release the lock */ - unlock(0); - /* Release lock on this cpu */ - else - unlock(parameters[i].cpu); - - if (j < parameters[i].loop-1) - sleep(parameters[i].interval); - } - current_time=time(NULL); - log_info(parameters[i].cpu, "Done at %s", ctime(¤t_time)); - return 0; - } - else if (pid<0) { - perror("Error fork:"); - continue; - } - child_pid[i]=pid; - } - for (i=0;i<num;i++) - waitpid(child_pid[i], NULL, 0); - - if (one_lock) - free_sem(0); - else - for (i=0;i<num;i++) - free_sem(parameters[i].cpu); - - printf("All done.\n"); - - return 0; - } - - void help() - { - printf("err_inject_tool:\n"); - printf("\t-q: query all capabilities. default: off\n"); - printf("\t-m: procedure mode. 1: physical 2: virtual. default: 1\n"); - printf("\t-i: inject errors. default: off\n"); - printf("\t-l: one lock per cpu. default: one lock for all\n"); - printf("\t-e: error parameters:\n"); - printf("\t\tcpu,loop,interval,err_type_info,err_struct_info[,err_data_buffer[0],err_data_buffer[1],err_data_buffer[2]]\n"); - printf("\t\t cpu: logical cpu number the error will be inject in.\n"); - printf("\t\t loop: times the error will be injected.\n"); - printf("\t\t interval: In second. every so often one error is injected.\n"); - printf("\t\t err_type_info, err_struct_info: PAL parameters.\n"); - printf("\t\t err_data_buffer: PAL parameter. Optional. If not present,\n"); - printf("\t\t it's constructed by tool automatically. Be\n"); - printf("\t\t careful to provide err_data_buffer and make\n"); - printf("\t\t sure it's working with the environment.\n"); - printf("\t Note:no space between error parameters.\n"); - printf("\t default: Take error parameters from err.conf instead of command line.\n"); - printf("\t-v: verbose. default: off\n"); - printf("\t-h: help\n\n"); - printf("The tool will take err.conf file as "); - printf("input to inject single or multiple errors "); - printf("on one or multiple cpus in parallel.\n"); - } - - int main(int argc, char **argv) - { - char c; - int do_err_inj=0; - int do_query_all=0; - int count; - u32 m; - - /* Default one lock for all cpu's */ - one_lock=1; - while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "m:iqvhle:")) != EOF) - switch (c) { - case 'm': /* Procedure mode. 1: phys 2: virt */ - count=sscanf(optarg, "%x", &m); - if (count!=1 || (m!=1 && m!=2)) { - printf("Wrong mode number.\n"); - help(); - return -1; - } - mode=m; - break; - case 'i': /* Inject errors */ - do_err_inj=1; - break; - case 'q': /* Query */ - do_query_all=1; - break; - case 'v': /* Verbose */ - verbose=1; - break; - case 'l': /* One lock per cpu */ - one_lock=0; - break; - case 'e': /* error arguments */ - /* Take parameters: - * #cpu, loop, interval, err_type_info, err_struct_info[, err_data_buffer] - * err_data_buffer is optional. Recommend not to specify - * err_data_buffer. Better to use tool to generate it. - */ - count=sscanf(optarg, - "%lx, %lx, %lx, %lx, %lx, %lx, %lx, %lx\n", - &line_para.cpu, - &line_para.loop, - &line_para.interval, - &line_para.err_type_info, - &line_para.err_struct_info, - &line_para.err_data_buffer[0], - &line_para.err_data_buffer[1], - &line_para.err_data_buffer[2]); - if (count!=PARA_FIELD_NUM+3) { - line_para.err_data_buffer[0]=-1, - line_para.err_data_buffer[1]=-1, - line_para.err_data_buffer[2]=-1; - count=sscanf(optarg, "%lx, %lx, %lx, %lx, %lx\n", - &line_para.cpu, - &line_para.loop, - &line_para.interval, - &line_para.err_type_info, - &line_para.err_struct_info); - if (count!=PARA_FIELD_NUM) { - printf("Wrong error arguments.\n"); - help(); - return -1; - } - } - para=1; - break; - continue; - break; - case 'h': - help(); - return 0; - default: - break; - } - - if (do_query_all) - query_all_capabilities(); - if (do_err_inj) - err_inj(); - - if (!do_query_all && !do_err_inj) - help(); - - return 0; - } diff --git a/Documentation/arch/ia64/features.rst b/Documentation/arch/ia64/features.rst deleted file mode 100644 index d7226fdcf5f8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arch/ia64/features.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -.. kernel-feat:: $srctree/Documentation/features ia64 diff --git a/Documentation/arch/ia64/fsys.rst b/Documentation/arch/ia64/fsys.rst deleted file mode 100644 index a702d2cc94b6..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arch/ia64/fsys.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,303 +0,0 @@ -=================================== -Light-weight System Calls for IA-64 -=================================== - - Started: 13-Jan-2003 - - Last update: 27-Sep-2003 - - David Mosberger-Tang - <davidm@hpl.hp.com> - -Using the "epc" instruction effectively introduces a new mode of -execution to the ia64 linux kernel. We call this mode the -"fsys-mode". To recap, the normal states of execution are: - - - kernel mode: - Both the register stack and the memory stack have been - switched over to kernel memory. The user-level state is saved - in a pt-regs structure at the top of the kernel memory stack. - - - user mode: - Both the register stack and the kernel stack are in - user memory. The user-level state is contained in the - CPU registers. - - - bank 0 interruption-handling mode: - This is the non-interruptible state which all - interruption-handlers start execution in. The user-level - state remains in the CPU registers and some kernel state may - be stored in bank 0 of registers r16-r31. - -In contrast, fsys-mode has the following special properties: - - - execution is at privilege level 0 (most-privileged) - - - CPU registers may contain a mixture of user-level and kernel-level - state (it is the responsibility of the kernel to ensure that no - security-sensitive kernel-level state is leaked back to - user-level) - - - execution is interruptible and preemptible (an fsys-mode handler - can disable interrupts and avoid all other interruption-sources - to avoid preemption) - - - neither the memory-stack nor the register-stack can be trusted while - in fsys-mode (they point to the user-level stacks, which may - be invalid, or completely bogus addresses) - -In summary, fsys-mode is much more similar to running in user-mode -than it is to running in kernel-mode. Of course, given that the -privilege level is at level 0, this means that fsys-mode requires some -care (see below). - - -How to tell fsys-mode -===================== - -Linux operates in fsys-mode when (a) the privilege level is 0 (most -privileged) and (b) the stacks have NOT been switched to kernel memory -yet. For convenience, the header file <asm-ia64/ptrace.h> provides -three macros:: - - user_mode(regs) - user_stack(task,regs) - fsys_mode(task,regs) - -The "regs" argument is a pointer to a pt_regs structure. The "task" -argument is a pointer to the task structure to which the "regs" -pointer belongs to. user_mode() returns TRUE if the CPU state pointed -to by "regs" was executing in user mode (privilege level 3). -user_stack() returns TRUE if the state pointed to by "regs" was -executing on the user-level stack(s). Finally, fsys_mode() returns -TRUE if the CPU state pointed to by "regs" was executing in fsys-mode. -The fsys_mode() macro is equivalent to the expression:: - - !user_mode(regs) && user_stack(task,regs) - -How to write an fsyscall handler -================================ - -The file arch/ia64/kernel/fsys.S contains a table of fsyscall-handlers -(fsyscall_table). This table contains one entry for each system call. -By default, a system call is handled by fsys_fallback_syscall(). This -routine takes care of entering (full) kernel mode and calling the -normal Linux system call handler. For performance-critical system -calls, it is possible to write a hand-tuned fsyscall_handler. For -example, fsys.S contains fsys_getpid(), which is a hand-tuned version -of the getpid() system call. - -The entry and exit-state of an fsyscall handler is as follows: - -Machine state on entry to fsyscall handler ------------------------------------------- - - ========= =============================================================== - r10 0 - r11 saved ar.pfs (a user-level value) - r15 system call number - r16 "current" task pointer (in normal kernel-mode, this is in r13) - r32-r39 system call arguments - b6 return address (a user-level value) - ar.pfs previous frame-state (a user-level value) - PSR.be cleared to zero (i.e., little-endian byte order is in effect) - - all other registers may contain values passed in from user-mode - ========= =============================================================== - -Required machine state on exit to fsyscall handler --------------------------------------------------- - - ========= =========================================================== - r11 saved ar.pfs (as passed into the fsyscall handler) - r15 system call number (as passed into the fsyscall handler) - r32-r39 system call arguments (as passed into the fsyscall handler) - b6 return address (as passed into the fsyscall handler) - ar.pfs previous frame-state (as passed into the fsyscall handler) - ========= =========================================================== - -Fsyscall handlers can execute with very little overhead, but with that -speed comes a set of restrictions: - - * Fsyscall-handlers MUST check for any pending work in the flags - member of the thread-info structure and if any of the - TIF_ALLWORK_MASK flags are set, the handler needs to fall back on - doing a full system call (by calling fsys_fallback_syscall). - - * Fsyscall-handlers MUST preserve incoming arguments (r32-r39, r11, - r15, b6, and ar.pfs) because they will be needed in case of a - system call restart. Of course, all "preserved" registers also - must be preserved, in accordance to the normal calling conventions. - - * Fsyscall-handlers MUST check argument registers for containing a - NaT value before using them in any way that could trigger a - NaT-consumption fault. If a system call argument is found to - contain a NaT value, an fsyscall-handler may return immediately - with r8=EINVAL, r10=-1. - - * Fsyscall-handlers MUST NOT use the "alloc" instruction or perform - any other operation that would trigger mandatory RSE - (register-stack engine) traffic. - - * Fsyscall-handlers MUST NOT write to any stacked registers because - it is not safe to assume that user-level called a handler with the - proper number of arguments. - - * Fsyscall-handlers need to be careful when accessing per-CPU variables: - unless proper safe-guards are taken (e.g., interruptions are avoided), - execution may be pre-empted and resumed on another CPU at any given - time. - - * Fsyscall-handlers must be careful not to leak sensitive kernel' - information back to user-level. In particular, before returning to - user-level, care needs to be taken to clear any scratch registers - that could contain sensitive information (note that the current - task pointer is not considered sensitive: it's already exposed - through ar.k6). - - * Fsyscall-handlers MUST NOT access user-memory without first - validating access-permission (this can be done typically via - probe.r.fault and/or probe.w.fault) and without guarding against - memory access exceptions (this can be done with the EX() macros - defined by asmmacro.h). - -The above restrictions may seem draconian, but remember that it's -possible to trade off some of the restrictions by paying a slightly -higher overhead. For example, if an fsyscall-handler could benefit -from the shadow register bank, it could temporarily disable PSR.i and -PSR.ic, switch to bank 0 (bsw.0) and then use the shadow registers as -needed. In other words, following the above rules yields extremely -fast system call execution (while fully preserving system call -semantics), but there is also a lot of flexibility in handling more -complicated cases. - -Signal handling -=============== - -The delivery of (asynchronous) signals must be delayed until fsys-mode -is exited. This is accomplished with the help of the lower-privilege -transfer trap: arch/ia64/kernel/process.c:do_notify_resume_user() -checks whether the interrupted task was in fsys-mode and, if so, sets -PSR.lp and returns immediately. When fsys-mode is exited via the -"br.ret" instruction that lowers the privilege level, a trap will -occur. The trap handler clears PSR.lp again and returns immediately. -The kernel exit path then checks for and delivers any pending signals. - -PSR Handling -============ - -The "epc" instruction doesn't change the contents of PSR at all. This -is in contrast to a regular interruption, which clears almost all -bits. Because of that, some care needs to be taken to ensure things -work as expected. The following discussion describes how each PSR bit -is handled. - -======= ======================================================================= -PSR.be Cleared when entering fsys-mode. A srlz.d instruction is used - to ensure the CPU is in little-endian mode before the first - load/store instruction is executed. PSR.be is normally NOT - restored upon return from an fsys-mode handler. In other - words, user-level code must not rely on PSR.be being preserved - across a system call. -PSR.up Unchanged. -PSR.ac Unchanged. -PSR.mfl Unchanged. Note: fsys-mode handlers must not write-registers! -PSR.mfh Unchanged. Note: fsys-mode handlers must not write-registers! -PSR.ic Unchanged. Note: fsys-mode handlers can clear the bit, if needed. -PSR.i Unchanged. Note: fsys-mode handlers can clear the bit, if needed. -PSR.pk Unchanged. -PSR.dt Unchanged. -PSR.dfl Unchanged. Note: fsys-mode handlers must not write-registers! -PSR.dfh Unchanged. Note: fsys-mode handlers must not write-registers! -PSR.sp Unchanged. -PSR.pp Unchanged. -PSR.di Unchanged. -PSR.si Unchanged. -PSR.db Unchanged. The kernel prevents user-level from setting a hardware - breakpoint that triggers at any privilege level other than - 3 (user-mode). -PSR.lp Unchanged. -PSR.tb Lazy redirect. If a taken-branch trap occurs while in - fsys-mode, the trap-handler modifies the saved machine state - such that execution resumes in the gate page at - syscall_via_break(), with privilege level 3. Note: the - taken branch would occur on the branch invoking the - fsyscall-handler, at which point, by definition, a syscall - restart is still safe. If the system call number is invalid, - the fsys-mode handler will return directly to user-level. This - return will trigger a taken-branch trap, but since the trap is - taken _after_ restoring the privilege level, the CPU has already - left fsys-mode, so no special treatment is needed. -PSR.rt Unchanged. -PSR.cpl Cleared to 0. -PSR.is Unchanged (guaranteed to be 0 on entry to the gate page). -PSR.mc Unchanged. -PSR.it Unchanged (guaranteed to be 1). -PSR.id Unchanged. Note: the ia64 linux kernel never sets this bit. -PSR.da Unchanged. Note: the ia64 linux kernel never sets this bit. -PSR.dd Unchanged. Note: the ia64 linux kernel never sets this bit. -PSR.ss Lazy redirect. If set, "epc" will cause a Single Step Trap to - be taken. The trap handler then modifies the saved machine - state such that execution resumes in the gate page at - syscall_via_break(), with privilege level 3. -PSR.ri Unchanged. -PSR.ed Unchanged. Note: This bit could only have an effect if an fsys-mode - handler performed a speculative load that gets NaTted. If so, this - would be the normal & expected behavior, so no special treatment is - needed. -PSR.bn Unchanged. Note: fsys-mode handlers may clear the bit, if needed. - Doing so requires clearing PSR.i and PSR.ic as well. -PSR.ia Unchanged. Note: the ia64 linux kernel never sets this bit. -======= ======================================================================= - -Using fast system calls -======================= - -To use fast system calls, userspace applications need simply call -__kernel_syscall_via_epc(). For example - --- example fgettimeofday() call -- - --- fgettimeofday.S -- - -:: - - #include <asm/asmmacro.h> - - GLOBAL_ENTRY(fgettimeofday) - .prologue - .save ar.pfs, r11 - mov r11 = ar.pfs - .body - - mov r2 = 0xa000000000020660;; // gate address - // found by inspection of System.map for the - // __kernel_syscall_via_epc() function. See - // below for how to do this for real. - - mov b7 = r2 - mov r15 = 1087 // gettimeofday syscall - ;; - br.call.sptk.many b6 = b7 - ;; - - .restore sp - - mov ar.pfs = r11 - br.ret.sptk.many rp;; // return to caller - END(fgettimeofday) - --- end fgettimeofday.S -- - -In reality, getting the gate address is accomplished by two extra -values passed via the ELF auxiliary vector (include/asm-ia64/elf.h) - - * AT_SYSINFO : is the address of __kernel_syscall_via_epc() - * AT_SYSINFO_EHDR : is the address of the kernel gate ELF DSO - -The ELF DSO is a pre-linked library that is mapped in by the kernel at -the gate page. It is a proper ELF shared object so, with a dynamic -loader that recognises the library, you should be able to make calls to -the exported functions within it as with any other shared library. -AT_SYSINFO points into the kernel DSO at the -__kernel_syscall_via_epc() function for historical reasons (it was -used before the kernel DSO) and as a convenience. diff --git a/Documentation/arch/ia64/ia64.rst b/Documentation/arch/ia64/ia64.rst deleted file mode 100644 index b725019a9492..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arch/ia64/ia64.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -=========================================== -Linux kernel release for the IA-64 Platform -=========================================== - - These are the release notes for Linux since version 2.4 for IA-64 - platform. This document provides information specific to IA-64 - ONLY, to get additional information about the Linux kernel also - read the original Linux README provided with the kernel. - -Installing the Kernel -===================== - - - IA-64 kernel installation is the same as the other platforms, see - original README for details. - - -Software Requirements -===================== - - Compiling and running this kernel requires an IA-64 compliant GCC - compiler. And various software packages also compiled with an - IA-64 compliant GCC compiler. - - -Configuring the Kernel -====================== - - Configuration is the same, see original README for details. - - -Compiling the Kernel: - - - Compiling this kernel doesn't differ from other platform so read - the original README for details BUT make sure you have an IA-64 - compliant GCC compiler. - -IA-64 Specifics -=============== - - - General issues: - - * Hardly any performance tuning has been done. Obvious targets - include the library routines (IP checksum, etc.). Less - obvious targets include making sure we don't flush the TLB - needlessly, etc. - - * SMP locks cleanup/optimization - - * IA32 support. Currently experimental. It mostly works. diff --git a/Documentation/arch/ia64/index.rst b/Documentation/arch/ia64/index.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 761f2154dfa2..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arch/ia64/index.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -================== -IA-64 Architecture -================== - -.. toctree:: - :maxdepth: 1 - - ia64 - aliasing - efirtc - err_inject - fsys - irq-redir - mca - serial - - features diff --git a/Documentation/arch/ia64/irq-redir.rst b/Documentation/arch/ia64/irq-redir.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 6bbbbe4f73ef..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arch/ia64/irq-redir.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -============================== -IRQ affinity on IA64 platforms -============================== - -07.01.2002, Erich Focht <efocht@ess.nec.de> - - -By writing to /proc/irq/IRQ#/smp_affinity the interrupt routing can be -controlled. The behavior on IA64 platforms is slightly different from -that described in Documentation/core-api/irq/irq-affinity.rst for i386 systems. - -Because of the usage of SAPIC mode and physical destination mode the -IRQ target is one particular CPU and cannot be a mask of several -CPUs. Only the first non-zero bit is taken into account. - - -Usage examples -============== - -The target CPU has to be specified as a hexadecimal CPU mask. The -first non-zero bit is the selected CPU. This format has been kept for -compatibility reasons with i386. - -Set the delivery mode of interrupt 41 to fixed and route the -interrupts to CPU #3 (logical CPU number) (2^3=0x08):: - - echo "8" >/proc/irq/41/smp_affinity - -Set the default route for IRQ number 41 to CPU 6 in lowest priority -delivery mode (redirectable):: - - echo "r 40" >/proc/irq/41/smp_affinity - -The output of the command:: - - cat /proc/irq/IRQ#/smp_affinity - -gives the target CPU mask for the specified interrupt vector. If the CPU -mask is preceded by the character "r", the interrupt is redirectable -(i.e. lowest priority mode routing is used), otherwise its route is -fixed. - - - -Initialization and default behavior -=================================== - -If the platform features IRQ redirection (info provided by SAL) all -IO-SAPIC interrupts are initialized with CPU#0 as their default target -and the routing is the so called "lowest priority mode" (actually -fixed SAPIC mode with hint). The XTP chipset registers are used as hints -for the IRQ routing. Currently in Linux XTP registers can have three -values: - - - minimal for an idle task, - - normal if any other task runs, - - maximal if the CPU is going to be switched off. - -The IRQ is routed to the CPU with lowest XTP register value, the -search begins at the default CPU. Therefore most of the interrupts -will be handled by CPU #0. - -If the platform doesn't feature interrupt redirection IOSAPIC fixed -routing is used. The target CPUs are distributed in a round robin -manner. IRQs will be routed only to the selected target CPUs. Check -with:: - - cat /proc/interrupts - - - -Comments -======== - -On large (multi-node) systems it is recommended to route the IRQs to -the node to which the corresponding device is connected. -For systems like the NEC AzusA we get IRQ node-affinity for free. This -is because usually the chipsets on each node redirect the interrupts -only to their own CPUs (as they cannot see the XTP registers on the -other nodes). diff --git a/Documentation/arch/ia64/mca.rst b/Documentation/arch/ia64/mca.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 08270bba44a4..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arch/ia64/mca.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -============================================================= -An ad-hoc collection of notes on IA64 MCA and INIT processing -============================================================= - -Feel free to update it with notes about any area that is not clear. - ---- - -MCA/INIT are completely asynchronous. They can occur at any time, when -the OS is in any state. Including when one of the cpus is already -holding a spinlock. Trying to get any lock from MCA/INIT state is -asking for deadlock. Also the state of structures that are protected -by locks is indeterminate, including linked lists. - ---- - -The complicated ia64 MCA process. All of this is mandated by Intel's -specification for ia64 SAL, error recovery and unwind, it is not as -if we have a choice here. - -* MCA occurs on one cpu, usually due to a double bit memory error. - This is the monarch cpu. - -* SAL sends an MCA rendezvous interrupt (which is a normal interrupt) - to all the other cpus, the slaves. - -* Slave cpus that receive the MCA interrupt call down into SAL, they - end up spinning disabled while the MCA is being serviced. - -* If any slave cpu was already spinning disabled when the MCA occurred - then it cannot service the MCA interrupt. SAL waits ~20 seconds then - sends an unmaskable INIT event to the slave cpus that have not - already rendezvoused. - -* Because MCA/INIT can be delivered at any time, including when the cpu - is down in PAL in physical mode, the registers at the time of the - event are _completely_ undefined. In particular the MCA/INIT - handlers cannot rely on the thread pointer, PAL physical mode can - (and does) modify TP. It is allowed to do that as long as it resets - TP on return. However MCA/INIT events expose us to these PAL - internal TP changes. Hence curr_task(). - -* If an MCA/INIT event occurs while the kernel was running (not user - space) and the kernel has called PAL then the MCA/INIT handler cannot - assume that the kernel stack is in a fit state to be used. Mainly - because PAL may or may not maintain the stack pointer internally. - Because the MCA/INIT handlers cannot trust the kernel stack, they - have to use their own, per-cpu stacks. The MCA/INIT stacks are - preformatted with just enough task state to let the relevant handlers - do their job. - -* Unlike most other architectures, the ia64 struct task is embedded in - the kernel stack[1]. So switching to a new kernel stack means that - we switch to a new task as well. Because various bits of the kernel - assume that current points into the struct task, switching to a new - stack also means a new value for current. - -* Once all slaves have rendezvoused and are spinning disabled, the - monarch is entered. The monarch now tries to diagnose the problem - and decide if it can recover or not. - -* Part of the monarch's job is to look at the state of all the other - tasks. The only way to do that on ia64 is to call the unwinder, - as mandated by Intel. - -* The starting point for the unwind depends on whether a task is - running or not. That is, whether it is on a cpu or is blocked. The - monarch has to determine whether or not a task is on a cpu before it - knows how to start unwinding it. The tasks that received an MCA or - INIT event are no longer running, they have been converted to blocked - tasks. But (and its a big but), the cpus that received the MCA - rendezvous interrupt are still running on their normal kernel stacks! - -* To distinguish between these two cases, the monarch must know which - tasks are on a cpu and which are not. Hence each slave cpu that - switches to an MCA/INIT stack, registers its new stack using - set_curr_task(), so the monarch can tell that the _original_ task is - no longer running on that cpu. That gives us a decent chance of - getting a valid backtrace of the _original_ task. - -* MCA/INIT can be nested, to a depth of 2 on any cpu. In the case of a - nested error, we want diagnostics on the MCA/INIT handler that - failed, not on the task that was originally running. Again this - requires set_curr_task() so the MCA/INIT handlers can register their - own stack as running on that cpu. Then a recursive error gets a - trace of the failing handler's "task". - -[1] - My (Keith Owens) original design called for ia64 to separate its - struct task and the kernel stacks. Then the MCA/INIT data would be - chained stacks like i386 interrupt stacks. But that required - radical surgery on the rest of ia64, plus extra hard wired TLB - entries with its associated performance degradation. David - Mosberger vetoed that approach. Which meant that separate kernel - stacks meant separate "tasks" for the MCA/INIT handlers. - ---- - -INIT is less complicated than MCA. Pressing the nmi button or using -the equivalent command on the management console sends INIT to all -cpus. SAL picks one of the cpus as the monarch and the rest are -slaves. All the OS INIT handlers are entered at approximately the same -time. The OS monarch prints the state of all tasks and returns, after -which the slaves return and the system resumes. - -At least that is what is supposed to happen. Alas there are broken -versions of SAL out there. Some drive all the cpus as monarchs. Some -drive them all as slaves. Some drive one cpu as monarch, wait for that -cpu to return from the OS then drive the rest as slaves. Some versions -of SAL cannot even cope with returning from the OS, they spin inside -SAL on resume. The OS INIT code has workarounds for some of these -broken SAL symptoms, but some simply cannot be fixed from the OS side. - ---- - -The scheduler hooks used by ia64 (curr_task, set_curr_task) are layer -violations. Unfortunately MCA/INIT start off as massive layer -violations (can occur at _any_ time) and they build from there. - -At least ia64 makes an attempt at recovering from hardware errors, but -it is a difficult problem because of the asynchronous nature of these -errors. When processing an unmaskable interrupt we sometimes need -special code to cope with our inability to take any locks. - ---- - -How is ia64 MCA/INIT different from x86 NMI? - -* x86 NMI typically gets delivered to one cpu. MCA/INIT gets sent to - all cpus. - -* x86 NMI cannot be nested. MCA/INIT can be nested, to a depth of 2 - per cpu. - -* x86 has a separate struct task which points to one of multiple kernel - stacks. ia64 has the struct task embedded in the single kernel - stack, so switching stack means switching task. - -* x86 does not call the BIOS so the NMI handler does not have to worry - about any registers having changed. MCA/INIT can occur while the cpu - is in PAL in physical mode, with undefined registers and an undefined - kernel stack. - -* i386 backtrace is not very sensitive to whether a process is running - or not. ia64 unwind is very, very sensitive to whether a process is - running or not. - ---- - -What happens when MCA/INIT is delivered what a cpu is running user -space code? - -The user mode registers are stored in the RSE area of the MCA/INIT on -entry to the OS and are restored from there on return to SAL, so user -mode registers are preserved across a recoverable MCA/INIT. Since the -OS has no idea what unwind data is available for the user space stack, -MCA/INIT never tries to backtrace user space. Which means that the OS -does not bother making the user space process look like a blocked task, -i.e. the OS does not copy pt_regs and switch_stack to the user space -stack. Also the OS has no idea how big the user space RSE and memory -stacks are, which makes it too risky to copy the saved state to a user -mode stack. - ---- - -How do we get a backtrace on the tasks that were running when MCA/INIT -was delivered? - -mca.c:::ia64_mca_modify_original_stack(). That identifies and -verifies the original kernel stack, copies the dirty registers from -the MCA/INIT stack's RSE to the original stack's RSE, copies the -skeleton struct pt_regs and switch_stack to the original stack, fills -in the skeleton structures from the PAL minstate area and updates the -original stack's thread.ksp. That makes the original stack look -exactly like any other blocked task, i.e. it now appears to be -sleeping. To get a backtrace, just start with thread.ksp for the -original task and unwind like any other sleeping task. - ---- - -How do we identify the tasks that were running when MCA/INIT was -delivered? - -If the previous task has been verified and converted to a blocked -state, then sos->prev_task on the MCA/INIT stack is updated to point to -the previous task. You can look at that field in dumps or debuggers. -To help distinguish between the handler and the original tasks, -handlers have _TIF_MCA_INIT set in thread_info.flags. - -The sos data is always in the MCA/INIT handler stack, at offset -MCA_SOS_OFFSET. You can get that value from mca_asm.h or calculate it -as KERNEL_STACK_SIZE - sizeof(struct pt_regs) - sizeof(struct -ia64_sal_os_state), with 16 byte alignment for all structures. - -Also the comm field of the MCA/INIT task is modified to include the pid -of the original task, for humans to use. For example, a comm field of -'MCA 12159' means that pid 12159 was running when the MCA was -delivered. diff --git a/Documentation/arch/ia64/serial.rst b/Documentation/arch/ia64/serial.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 1de70c305a79..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arch/ia64/serial.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ -============== -Serial Devices -============== - -Serial Device Naming -==================== - - As of 2.6.10, serial devices on ia64 are named based on the - order of ACPI and PCI enumeration. The first device in the - ACPI namespace (if any) becomes /dev/ttyS0, the second becomes - /dev/ttyS1, etc., and PCI devices are named sequentially - starting after the ACPI devices. - - Prior to 2.6.10, there were confusing exceptions to this: - - - Firmware on some machines (mostly from HP) provides an HCDP - table[1] that tells the kernel about devices that can be used - as a serial console. If the user specified "console=ttyS0" - or the EFI ConOut path contained only UART devices, the - kernel registered the device described by the HCDP as - /dev/ttyS0. - - - If there was no HCDP, we assumed there were UARTs at the - legacy COM port addresses (I/O ports 0x3f8 and 0x2f8), so - the kernel registered those as /dev/ttyS0 and /dev/ttyS1. - - Any additional ACPI or PCI devices were registered sequentially - after /dev/ttyS0 as they were discovered. - - With an HCDP, device names changed depending on EFI configuration - and "console=" arguments. Without an HCDP, device names didn't - change, but we registered devices that might not really exist. - - For example, an HP rx1600 with a single built-in serial port - (described in the ACPI namespace) plus an MP[2] (a PCI device) has - these ports: - - ========== ========== ============ ============ ======= - Type MMIO pre-2.6.10 pre-2.6.10 2.6.10+ - address - (EFI console (EFI console - on builtin) on MP port) - ========== ========== ============ ============ ======= - builtin 0xff5e0000 ttyS0 ttyS1 ttyS0 - MP UPS 0xf8031000 ttyS1 ttyS2 ttyS1 - MP Console 0xf8030000 ttyS2 ttyS0 ttyS2 - MP 2 0xf8030010 ttyS3 ttyS3 ttyS3 - MP 3 0xf8030038 ttyS4 ttyS4 ttyS4 - ========== ========== ============ ============ ======= - -Console Selection -================= - - EFI knows what your console devices are, but it doesn't tell the - kernel quite enough to actually locate them. The DIG64 HCDP - table[1] does tell the kernel where potential serial console - devices are, but not all firmware supplies it. Also, EFI supports - multiple simultaneous consoles and doesn't tell the kernel which - should be the "primary" one. - - So how do you tell Linux which console device to use? - - - If your firmware supplies the HCDP, it is simplest to - configure EFI with a single device (either a UART or a VGA - card) as the console. Then you don't need to tell Linux - anything; the kernel will automatically use the EFI console. - - (This works only in 2.6.6 or later; prior to that you had - to specify "console=ttyS0" to get a serial console.) - - - Without an HCDP, Linux defaults to a VGA console unless you - specify a "console=" argument. - - NOTE: Don't assume that a serial console device will be /dev/ttyS0. - It might be ttyS1, ttyS2, etc. Make sure you have the appropriate - entries in /etc/inittab (for getty) and /etc/securetty (to allow - root login). - -Early Serial Console -==================== - - The kernel can't start using a serial console until it knows where - the device lives. Normally this happens when the driver enumerates - all the serial devices, which can happen a minute or more after the - kernel starts booting. - - 2.6.10 and later kernels have an "early uart" driver that works - very early in the boot process. The kernel will automatically use - this if the user supplies an argument like "console=uart,io,0x3f8", - or if the EFI console path contains only a UART device and the - firmware supplies an HCDP. - -Troubleshooting Serial Console Problems -======================================= - - No kernel output after elilo prints "Uncompressing Linux... done": - - - You specified "console=ttyS0" but Linux changed the device - to which ttyS0 refers. Configure exactly one EFI console - device[3] and remove the "console=" option. - - - The EFI console path contains both a VGA device and a UART. - EFI and elilo use both, but Linux defaults to VGA. Remove - the VGA device from the EFI console path[3]. - - - Multiple UARTs selected as EFI console devices. EFI and - elilo use all selected devices, but Linux uses only one. - Make sure only one UART is selected in the EFI console - path[3]. - - - You're connected to an HP MP port[2] but have a non-MP UART - selected as EFI console device. EFI uses the MP as a - console device even when it isn't explicitly selected. - Either move the console cable to the non-MP UART, or change - the EFI console path[3] to the MP UART. - - Long pause (60+ seconds) between "Uncompressing Linux... done" and - start of kernel output: - - - No early console because you used "console=ttyS<n>". Remove - the "console=" option if your firmware supplies an HCDP. - - - If you don't have an HCDP, the kernel doesn't know where - your console lives until the driver discovers serial - devices. Use "console=uart,io,0x3f8" (or appropriate - address for your machine). - - Kernel and init script output works fine, but no "login:" prompt: - - - Add getty entry to /etc/inittab for console tty. Look for - the "Adding console on ttyS<n>" message that tells you which - device is the console. - - "login:" prompt, but can't login as root: - - - Add entry to /etc/securetty for console tty. - - No ACPI serial devices found in 2.6.17 or later: - - - Turn on CONFIG_PNP and CONFIG_PNPACPI. Prior to 2.6.17, ACPI - serial devices were discovered by 8250_acpi. In 2.6.17, - 8250_acpi was replaced by the combination of 8250_pnp and - CONFIG_PNPACPI. - - - -[1] - http://www.dig64.org/specifications/agreement - The table was originally defined as the "HCDP" for "Headless - Console/Debug Port." The current version is the "PCDP" for - "Primary Console and Debug Port Devices." - -[2] - The HP MP (management processor) is a PCI device that provides - several UARTs. One of the UARTs is often used as a console; the - EFI Boot Manager identifies it as "Acpi(HWP0002,700)/Pci(...)/Uart". - The external connection is usually a 25-pin connector, and a - special dongle converts that to three 9-pin connectors, one of - which is labelled "Console." - -[3] - EFI console devices are configured using the EFI Boot Manager - "Boot option maintenance" menu. You may have to interrupt the - boot sequence to use this menu, and you will have to reset the - box after changing console configuration. diff --git a/Documentation/arch/index.rst b/Documentation/arch/index.rst index 84b80255b851..3f9962e45c09 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/index.rst @@ -12,15 +12,14 @@ implementation. arc/index arm/index arm64/index - ia64/index loongarch/index m68k/index mips/index nios2/index openrisc/index parisc/index - ../powerpc/index - ../riscv/index + powerpc/index + riscv/index s390/index sh/index sparc/index diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/associativity.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/associativity.rst index 4d01c7368561..4d01c7368561 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/associativity.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/associativity.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/booting.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/booting.rst index 11aa440f98cc..11aa440f98cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/booting.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/booting.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/bootwrapper.rst index cdfa2bc8425f..cdfa2bc8425f 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/bootwrapper.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/cpu_families.rst index eb7e60649b43..eb7e60649b43 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/cpu_families.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/cpu_features.rst index b7bcdd2f41bb..b7bcdd2f41bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/cpu_features.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/cxl.rst index d2d77057610e..d2d77057610e 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/cxl.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/cxlflash.rst index cea67931b3b9..e8f488acfa41 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/cxlflash.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/cxlflash.rst @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Introduction responsible for the initialization of the adapter, setting up the special path for user space access, and performing error recovery. It communicates directly the Flash Accelerator Functional Unit (AFU) - as described in Documentation/powerpc/cxl.rst. + as described in Documentation/arch/powerpc/cxl.rst. The cxlflash driver supports two, mutually exclusive, modes of operation at the device (LUN) level: diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dawr-power9.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/dawr-power9.rst index 310f2e0cea81..310f2e0cea81 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/dawr-power9.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/dawr-power9.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dexcr.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/dexcr.rst index 615a631f51fa..615a631f51fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/dexcr.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/dexcr.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/dscr.rst index f735ec5375d5..f735ec5375d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/dscr.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/dscr.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst index d6643a91bdf8..d6643a91bdf8 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/elf_hwcaps.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/elf_hwcaps.rst index 3366e5b18e67..4c896cf077c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/elf_hwcaps.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/elf_hwcaps.rst @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ PPC_FEATURE2_VEC_CRYPTO PPC_FEATURE2_HTM_NOSC System calls fail if called in a transactional state, see - Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst + Documentation/arch/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst PPC_FEATURE2_ARCH_3_00 The processor supports the v3.0B / v3.0C userlevel architecture. Processors @@ -217,11 +217,11 @@ PPC_FEATURE2_DARN PPC_FEATURE2_SCV The scv 0 instruction may be used for system calls, see - Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst. + Documentation/arch/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst. PPC_FEATURE2_HTM_NO_SUSPEND A limited Transactional Memory facility that does not support suspend is - available, see Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.rst. + available, see Documentation/arch/powerpc/transactional_memory.rst. PPC_FEATURE2_ARCH_3_1 The processor supports the v3.1 userlevel architecture. Processors diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/elfnote.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/elfnote.rst index 3ec8d61e9a33..3ec8d61e9a33 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/elfnote.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/elfnote.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/features.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/features.rst index aeae73df86b0..aeae73df86b0 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/features.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/features.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst index e363fc48529a..e363fc48529a 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/hvcs.rst index 6808acde672f..6808acde672f 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/hvcs.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/imc.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/imc.rst index 633bcee7dc85..633bcee7dc85 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/imc.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/imc.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/index.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/index.rst index a50834798454..a50834798454 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/index.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/isa-versions.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/isa-versions.rst index a8d6b6028b3e..a8d6b6028b3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/isa-versions.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/isa-versions.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/kasan.txt b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/kasan.txt index a4f647e4fffa..a4f647e4fffa 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/kasan.txt +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/kasan.txt diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/kaslr-booke32.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/kaslr-booke32.rst index 5681c1d1b65b..5681c1d1b65b 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/kaslr-booke32.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/kaslr-booke32.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/mpc52xx.rst index 5243b1763fad..5243b1763fad 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/mpc52xx.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst index 80d2c0aadab5..80d2c0aadab5 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.rst index f5a5793e1613..f5a5793e1613 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/pmu-ebb.rst index 4f474758eb55..4f474758eb55 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/pmu-ebb.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/ptrace.rst index 5629edf4d56e..5629edf4d56e 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/ptrace.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst index a358f152b7e7..a358f152b7e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/qe_firmware.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst index 56490c4c0c07..56490c4c0c07 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/transactional_memory.rst index 040a20675fd1..040a20675fd1 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/transactional_memory.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/ultravisor.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/ultravisor.rst index ba6b1bf1cc44..ba6b1bf1cc44 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/ultravisor.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/ultravisor.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/vas-api.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/vas-api.rst index a9625a2fa0c6..a9625a2fa0c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/vas-api.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/vas-api.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/vcpudispatch_stats.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/vcpudispatch_stats.rst index 5704657a5987..5704657a5987 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/vcpudispatch_stats.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/vcpudispatch_stats.rst diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/vmemmap_dedup.rst b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/vmemmap_dedup.rst index dc4db59fdf87..dc4db59fdf87 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/vmemmap_dedup.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/powerpc/vmemmap_dedup.rst diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/acpi.rst b/Documentation/arch/riscv/acpi.rst index 9870a282815b..9870a282815b 100644 --- a/Documentation/riscv/acpi.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/riscv/acpi.rst diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/boot-image-header.rst b/Documentation/arch/riscv/boot-image-header.rst index df2ffc173e80..df2ffc173e80 100644 --- a/Documentation/riscv/boot-image-header.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/riscv/boot-image-header.rst diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/boot.rst b/Documentation/arch/riscv/boot.rst index 6077b587a842..6077b587a842 100644 --- a/Documentation/riscv/boot.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/riscv/boot.rst diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/features.rst b/Documentation/arch/riscv/features.rst index c70ef6ac2368..c70ef6ac2368 100644 --- a/Documentation/riscv/features.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/riscv/features.rst diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/hwprobe.rst b/Documentation/arch/riscv/hwprobe.rst index a52996b22f75..a52996b22f75 100644 --- a/Documentation/riscv/hwprobe.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/riscv/hwprobe.rst diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/index.rst b/Documentation/arch/riscv/index.rst index 4dab0cb4b900..4dab0cb4b900 100644 --- a/Documentation/riscv/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/riscv/index.rst diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst b/Documentation/arch/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst index 634aa222b410..634aa222b410 100644 --- a/Documentation/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/uabi.rst b/Documentation/arch/riscv/uabi.rst index 8960fac42c40..8960fac42c40 100644 --- a/Documentation/riscv/uabi.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/riscv/uabi.rst diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/vector.rst b/Documentation/arch/riscv/vector.rst index 75dd88a62e1d..75dd88a62e1d 100644 --- a/Documentation/riscv/vector.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/riscv/vector.rst diff --git a/Documentation/riscv/vm-layout.rst b/Documentation/arch/riscv/vm-layout.rst index 69ff6da1dbf8..69ff6da1dbf8 100644 --- a/Documentation/riscv/vm-layout.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/riscv/vm-layout.rst diff --git a/Documentation/arch/sh/index.rst b/Documentation/arch/sh/index.rst index c64776738cf6..01fce7c131f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/sh/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/sh/index.rst @@ -43,12 +43,6 @@ mach-x3proto Busses ====== -SuperHyway ----------- - -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/sh/superhyway/superhyway.c - :export: - Maple ----- diff --git a/Documentation/arch/x86/amd-memory-encryption.rst b/Documentation/arch/x86/amd-memory-encryption.rst index 934310ce7258..07caa8fff852 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/x86/amd-memory-encryption.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/x86/amd-memory-encryption.rst @@ -130,4 +130,4 @@ SNP feature support. More details in AMD64 APM[1] Vol 2: 15.34.10 SEV_STATUS MSR -[1] https://www.amd.com/system/files/TechDocs/40332.pdf +[1] https://www.amd.com/content/dam/amd/en/documents/processor-tech-docs/programmer-references/24593.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/arch/x86/amd_hsmp.rst b/Documentation/arch/x86/amd_hsmp.rst index 440e4b645a1c..c92bfd55359f 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/x86/amd_hsmp.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/x86/amd_hsmp.rst @@ -41,6 +41,24 @@ In-kernel integration: * Locking across callers is taken care by the driver. +HSMP sysfs interface +==================== + +1. Metrics table binary sysfs + +AMD MI300A MCM provides GET_METRICS_TABLE message to retrieve +most of the system management information from SMU in one go. + +The metrics table is made available as hexadecimal sysfs binary file +under per socket sysfs directory created at +/sys/devices/platform/amd_hsmp/socket%d/metrics_bin + +Note: lseek() is not supported as entire metrics table is read. + +Metrics table definitions will be documented as part of Public PPR. +The same is defined in the amd_hsmp.h header. + + An example ========== diff --git a/Documentation/arch/x86/iommu.rst b/Documentation/arch/x86/iommu.rst index 42c7a6faa39a..41fbadfe2221 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/x86/iommu.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/x86/iommu.rst @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ x86 IOMMU Support The architecture specs can be obtained from the below locations. - Intel: http://www.intel.com/content/dam/www/public/us/en/documents/product-specifications/vt-directed-io-spec.pdf -- AMD: https://www.amd.com/system/files/TechDocs/48882_IOMMU.pdf +- AMD: https://www.amd.com/content/dam/amd/en/documents/processor-tech-docs/specifications/48882_3_07_PUB.pdf This guide gives a quick cheat sheet for some basic understanding. diff --git a/Documentation/arch/x86/resctrl.rst b/Documentation/arch/x86/resctrl.rst index cb05d90111b4..a6279df64a9d 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/x86/resctrl.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/x86/resctrl.rst @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ about the feature from resctrl's info directory. To use the feature mount the file system:: - # mount -t resctrl resctrl [-o cdp[,cdpl2][,mba_MBps]] /sys/fs/resctrl + # mount -t resctrl resctrl [-o cdp[,cdpl2][,mba_MBps][,debug]] /sys/fs/resctrl mount options are: @@ -46,6 +46,9 @@ mount options are: "mba_MBps": Enable the MBA Software Controller(mba_sc) to specify MBA bandwidth in MBps +"debug": + Make debug files accessible. Available debug files are annotated with + "Available only with debug option". L2 and L3 CDP are controlled separately. @@ -124,6 +127,13 @@ related to allocation: "P": Corresponding region is pseudo-locked. No sharing allowed. +"sparse_masks": + Indicates if non-contiguous 1s value in CBM is supported. + + "0": + Only contiguous 1s value in CBM is supported. + "1": + Non-contiguous 1s value in CBM is supported. Memory bandwidth(MB) subdirectory contains the following files with respect to allocation: @@ -299,7 +309,14 @@ All groups contain the following files: "tasks": Reading this file shows the list of all tasks that belong to this group. Writing a task id to the file will add a task to the - group. If the group is a CTRL_MON group the task is removed from + group. Multiple tasks can be added by separating the task ids + with commas. Tasks will be assigned sequentially. Multiple + failures are not supported. A single failure encountered while + attempting to assign a task will cause the operation to abort and + already added tasks before the failure will remain in the group. + Failures will be logged to /sys/fs/resctrl/info/last_cmd_status. + + If the group is a CTRL_MON group the task is removed from whichever previous CTRL_MON group owned the task and also from any MON group that owned the task. If the group is a MON group, then the task must already belong to the CTRL_MON parent of this @@ -342,6 +359,10 @@ When control is enabled all CTRL_MON groups will also contain: file. On successful pseudo-locked region creation the mode will automatically change to "pseudo-locked". +"ctrl_hw_id": + Available only with debug option. The identifier used by hardware + for the control group. On x86 this is the CLOSID. + When monitoring is enabled all MON groups will also contain: "mon_data": @@ -355,6 +376,10 @@ When monitoring is enabled all MON groups will also contain: the sum for all tasks in the CTRL_MON group and all tasks in MON groups. Please see example section for more details on usage. +"mon_hw_id": + Available only with debug option. The identifier used by hardware + for the monitor group. On x86 this is the RMID. + Resource allocation rules ------------------------- @@ -445,12 +470,13 @@ For cache resources we describe the portion of the cache that is available for allocation using a bitmask. The maximum value of the mask is defined by each cpu model (and may be different for different cache levels). It is found using CPUID, but is also provided in the "info" directory of -the resctrl file system in "info/{resource}/cbm_mask". Intel hardware +the resctrl file system in "info/{resource}/cbm_mask". Some Intel hardware requires that these masks have all the '1' bits in a contiguous block. So 0x3, 0x6 and 0xC are legal 4-bit masks with two bits set, but 0x5, 0x9 -and 0xA are not. On a system with a 20-bit mask each bit represents 5% -of the capacity of the cache. You could partition the cache into four -equal parts with masks: 0x1f, 0x3e0, 0x7c00, 0xf8000. +and 0xA are not. Check /sys/fs/resctrl/info/{resource}/sparse_masks +if non-contiguous 1s value is supported. On a system with a 20-bit mask +each bit represents 5% of the capacity of the cache. You could partition +the cache into four equal parts with masks: 0x1f, 0x3e0, 0x7c00, 0xf8000. Memory bandwidth Allocation and monitoring ========================================== diff --git a/Documentation/arch/x86/topology.rst b/Documentation/arch/x86/topology.rst index 7f58010ea86a..08ebf9edbfc1 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/x86/topology.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/x86/topology.rst @@ -55,19 +55,19 @@ Package-related topology information in the kernel: The number of dies in a package. This information is retrieved via CPUID. - - cpuinfo_x86.cpu_die_id: + - cpuinfo_x86.topo.die_id: The physical ID of the die. This information is retrieved via CPUID. - - cpuinfo_x86.phys_proc_id: + - cpuinfo_x86.topo.pkg_id: The physical ID of the package. This information is retrieved via CPUID and deduced from the APIC IDs of the cores in the package. Modern systems use this value for the socket. There may be multiple - packages within a socket. This value may differ from cpu_die_id. + packages within a socket. This value may differ from topo.die_id. - - cpuinfo_x86.logical_proc_id: + - cpuinfo_x86.topo.logical_pkg_id: The logical ID of the package. As we do not trust BIOSes to enumerate the packages in a consistent way, we introduced the concept of logical package @@ -79,9 +79,7 @@ Package-related topology information in the kernel: The maximum possible number of packages in the system. Helpful for per package facilities to preallocate per package information. - - cpu_llc_id: - - A per-CPU variable containing: + - cpuinfo_x86.topo.llc_id: - On Intel, the first APIC ID of the list of CPUs sharing the Last Level Cache diff --git a/Documentation/block/blk-mq.rst b/Documentation/block/blk-mq.rst index 31f52f326971..fc06761b6ea9 100644 --- a/Documentation/block/blk-mq.rst +++ b/Documentation/block/blk-mq.rst @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ sent to the software queue. Then, after the requests are processed by software queues, they will be placed at the hardware queue, a second stage queue where the hardware has direct access to process those requests. However, if the hardware does not have enough -resources to accept more requests, blk-mq will places requests on a temporary +resources to accept more requests, blk-mq will place requests on a temporary queue, to be sent in the future, when the hardware is able. Software staging queues diff --git a/Documentation/block/ioprio.rst b/Documentation/block/ioprio.rst index f72b0de65af7..a25c6d5df87b 100644 --- a/Documentation/block/ioprio.rst +++ b/Documentation/block/ioprio.rst @@ -80,9 +80,6 @@ ionice.c tool:: #elif defined(__x86_64__) #define __NR_ioprio_set 251 #define __NR_ioprio_get 252 - #elif defined(__ia64__) - #define __NR_ioprio_set 1274 - #define __NR_ioprio_get 1275 #else #error "Unsupported arch" #endif diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/libbpf/program_types.rst b/Documentation/bpf/libbpf/program_types.rst index ad4d4d5eecb0..63bb88846e50 100644 --- a/Documentation/bpf/libbpf/program_types.rst +++ b/Documentation/bpf/libbpf/program_types.rst @@ -56,6 +56,16 @@ described in more detail in the footnotes. | | ``BPF_CGROUP_UDP6_RECVMSG`` | ``cgroup/recvmsg6`` | | + +----------------------------------------+----------------------------------+-----------+ | | ``BPF_CGROUP_UDP6_SENDMSG`` | ``cgroup/sendmsg6`` | | +| +----------------------------------------+----------------------------------+-----------+ +| | ``BPF_CGROUP_UNIX_CONNECT`` | ``cgroup/connect_unix`` | | +| +----------------------------------------+----------------------------------+-----------+ +| | ``BPF_CGROUP_UNIX_SENDMSG`` | ``cgroup/sendmsg_unix`` | | +| +----------------------------------------+----------------------------------+-----------+ +| | ``BPF_CGROUP_UNIX_RECVMSG`` | ``cgroup/recvmsg_unix`` | | +| +----------------------------------------+----------------------------------+-----------+ +| | ``BPF_CGROUP_UNIX_GETPEERNAME`` | ``cgroup/getpeername_unix`` | | +| +----------------------------------------+----------------------------------+-----------+ +| | ``BPF_CGROUP_UNIX_GETSOCKNAME`` | ``cgroup/getsockname_unix`` | | +-------------------------------------------+----------------------------------------+----------------------------------+-----------+ | ``BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK`` | ``BPF_CGROUP_INET4_POST_BIND`` | ``cgroup/post_bind4`` | | + +----------------------------------------+----------------------------------+-----------+ diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/prog_flow_dissector.rst b/Documentation/bpf/prog_flow_dissector.rst index 4d86780ab0f1..f24270b8b034 100644 --- a/Documentation/bpf/prog_flow_dissector.rst +++ b/Documentation/bpf/prog_flow_dissector.rst @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Flags used by ``eth_get_headlen`` to estimate length of all headers for GRO. * ``BPF_FLOW_DISSECTOR_F_STOP_AT_FLOW_LABEL`` - tells BPF flow dissector to stop parsing as soon as it reaches IPv6 flow label; used by - ``___skb_get_hash`` and ``__skb_get_hash_symmetric`` to get flow hash. + ``___skb_get_hash`` to get flow hash. * ``BPF_FLOW_DISSECTOR_F_STOP_AT_ENCAP`` - tells BPF flow dissector to stop parsing as soon as it reaches encapsulated headers; used by routing infrastructure. diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/standardization/instruction-set.rst b/Documentation/bpf/standardization/instruction-set.rst index c5d53a6e8c79..245b6defc298 100644 --- a/Documentation/bpf/standardization/instruction-set.rst +++ b/Documentation/bpf/standardization/instruction-set.rst @@ -283,6 +283,14 @@ For signed operations (``BPF_SDIV`` and ``BPF_SMOD``), for ``BPF_ALU``, is first :term:`sign extended<Sign Extend>` from 32 to 64 bits, and then interpreted as a 64-bit signed value. +Note that there are varying definitions of the signed modulo operation +when the dividend or divisor are negative, where implementations often +vary by language such that Python, Ruby, etc. differ from C, Go, Java, +etc. This specification requires that signed modulo use truncated division +(where -13 % 3 == -1) as implemented in C, Go, etc.: + + a % n = a - n * trunc(a / n) + The ``BPF_MOVSX`` instruction does a move operation with sign extension. ``BPF_ALU | BPF_MOVSX`` :term:`sign extends<Sign Extend>` 8-bit and 16-bit operands into 32 bit operands, and zeroes the remaining upper 32 bits. diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/cpu_hotplug.rst b/Documentation/core-api/cpu_hotplug.rst index 9511e405aabd..dcb0e379e5e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/cpu_hotplug.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/cpu_hotplug.rst @@ -40,12 +40,6 @@ Command Line Switches supplied here is lower than the number of physically available CPUs, then those CPUs can not be brought online later. -``additional_cpus=n`` - Use this to limit hotpluggable CPUs. This option sets - ``cpu_possible_mask = cpu_present_mask + additional_cpus`` - - This option is limited to the IA64 architecture. - ``possible_cpus=n`` This option sets ``possible_cpus`` bits in ``cpu_possible_mask``. diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst b/Documentation/core-api/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst index 981ad4f89fd3..cb3d3228dfc8 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/debugging-via-ohci1394.rst @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ Retrieving a full system memory dump is also possible over the FireWire, using data transfer rates in the order of 10MB/s or more. With most FireWire controllers, memory access is limited to the low 4 GB -of physical address space. This can be a problem on IA64 machines where -memory is located mostly above that limit, but it is rarely a problem on -more common hardware such as x86, x86-64 and PowerPC. +of physical address space. This can be a problem on machines where memory is +located mostly above that limit, but it is rarely a problem on more common +hardware such as x86, x86-64 and PowerPC. At least LSI FW643e and FW643e2 controllers are known to support access to physical addresses above 4 GB, but this feature is currently not enabled by diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/maple_tree.rst b/Documentation/core-api/maple_tree.rst index 45defcf15da7..96f3d5f076b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/maple_tree.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/maple_tree.rst @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ will return the previous entry which occurs before the entry at index. mas_find() will find the first entry which exists at or above index on the first call, and the next entry from every subsequent calls. -mas_find_rev() will find the fist entry which exists at or below the last on +mas_find_rev() will find the first entry which exists at or below the last on the first call, and the previous entry from every subsequent calls. If the user needs to yield the lock during an operation, then the maple state diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/devel-algos.rst b/Documentation/crypto/devel-algos.rst index 3506899ef83e..9b7782f4f6e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/crypto/devel-algos.rst +++ b/Documentation/crypto/devel-algos.rst @@ -235,6 +235,4 @@ Specifics Of Asynchronous HASH Transformation Some of the drivers will want to use the Generic ScatterWalk in case the implementation needs to be fed separate chunks of the scatterlist which -contains the input data. The buffer containing the resulting hash will -always be properly aligned to .cra_alignmask so there is no need to -worry about this. +contains the input data. diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst index 382818a7197a..858c77fe7dc4 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst @@ -1,5 +1,8 @@ -The Kernel Address Sanitizer (KASAN) -==================================== +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. Copyright (C) 2023, Google LLC. + +Kernel Address Sanitizer (KASAN) +================================ Overview -------- diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kcsan.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kcsan.rst index 3ae866dcc924..94b6802ab0ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kcsan.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kcsan.rst @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 .. Copyright (C) 2019, Google LLC. -The Kernel Concurrency Sanitizer (KCSAN) -======================================== +Kernel Concurrency Sanitizer (KCSAN) +==================================== The Kernel Concurrency Sanitizer (KCSAN) is a dynamic race detector, which relies on compile-time instrumentation, and uses a watchpoint-based sampling diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kmsan.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kmsan.rst index 55fa82212eb2..323eedad53cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kmsan.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kmsan.rst @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 .. Copyright (C) 2022, Google LLC. -=================================== -The Kernel Memory Sanitizer (KMSAN) -=================================== +=============================== +Kernel Memory Sanitizer (KMSAN) +=============================== KMSAN is a dynamic error detector aimed at finding uses of uninitialized values. It is based on compiler instrumentation, and is quite similar to the diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst index deede972f254..ab376b316c36 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ You can specify multiple tests to skip:: You can also specify a restricted list of tests to run together with a dedicated skiplist:: - $ make TARGETS="bpf breakpoints size timers" SKIP_TARGETS=bpf kselftest + $ make TARGETS="breakpoints size timers" SKIP_TARGETS=size kselftest See the top-level tools/testing/selftests/Makefile for the list of all possible targets. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ To see the list of available tests, the `-l` option can be used:: The `-c` option can be used to run all the tests from a test collection, or the `-t` option for specific single tests. Either can be used multiple times:: - $ ./run_kselftest.sh -c bpf -c seccomp -t timers:posix_timers -t timer:nanosleep + $ ./run_kselftest.sh -c size -c seccomp -t timers:posix_timers -t timer:nanosleep For other features see the script usage output, seen with the `-h` option. @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ option is supported, such as:: tests by using variables specified in `Running a subset of selftests`_ section:: - $ make -C tools/testing/selftests gen_tar TARGETS="bpf" FORMAT=.xz + $ make -C tools/testing/selftests gen_tar TARGETS="size" FORMAT=.xz .. _tar's auto-compress: https://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/html_node/gzip.html#auto_002dcompress diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/ubsan.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/ubsan.rst index 1be6618e232d..2de7c63415da 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/ubsan.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/ubsan.rst @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -The Undefined Behavior Sanitizer - UBSAN -======================================== +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +Undefined Behavior Sanitizer - UBSAN +==================================== UBSAN is a runtime undefined behaviour checker. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile index 8b395893bd85..3e886194b043 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ DT_MK_SCHEMA ?= dt-mk-schema DT_SCHEMA_LINT = $(shell which yamllint || \ echo "warning: python package 'yamllint' not installed, skipping" >&2) -DT_SCHEMA_MIN_VERSION = 2022.3 +DT_SCHEMA_MIN_VERSION = 2023.9 PHONY += check_dtschema_version check_dtschema_version: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amd,pensando.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amd,pensando.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e5c2591834a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amd,pensando.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/amd,pensando.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: AMD Pensando SoC Platforms + +maintainers: + - Brad Larson <blarson@amd.com> + +properties: + $nodename: + const: "/" + compatible: + oneOf: + + - description: Boards with Pensando Elba SoC + items: + - enum: + - amd,pensando-elba-ortano + - const: amd,pensando-elba + +additionalProperties: true + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml index 1c1094cd6b77..caab7ceeda45 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml @@ -155,6 +155,7 @@ properties: - enum: - bananapi,bpi-m2s - khadas,vim3 + - libretech,aml-a311d-cc - radxa,zero2 - const: amlogic,a311d - const: amlogic,g12b @@ -196,6 +197,7 @@ properties: - hardkernel,odroid-hc4 - haochuangyi,h96-max - khadas,vim3l + - libretech,aml-s905d3-cc - seirobotics,sei610 - const: amlogic,sm1 @@ -203,6 +205,7 @@ properties: items: - enum: - amlogic,ad401 + - amlogic,ad402 - const: amlogic,a1 - description: Boards with the Amlogic C3 C302X/C308L SoC diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,coresight-cti.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,coresight-cti.yaml index 6216cfb0a188..2d5545a2b49c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,coresight-cti.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,coresight-cti.yaml @@ -92,11 +92,8 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 cpu: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle description: - Handle to cpu this device is associated with. This must appear in the - base cti node if compatible string arm,coresight-cti-v8-arch is used, - or may appear in a trig-conns child node when appropriate. + Handle to cpu this CTI is associated with. power-domains: maxItems: 1 @@ -113,12 +110,12 @@ properties: description: defines a phandle reference to an associated CoreSight trace device. When the associated trace device is enabled, then the respective CTI - will be enabled. Use in a trig-conns node, or in CTI base node when - compatible string arm,coresight-cti-v8-arch used. If the associated - device has not been registered then the node name will be stored as - the connection name for later resolution. If the associated device is - not a CoreSight device or not registered then the node name will remain - the connection name and automatic enabling will not occur. + will be enabled. Use in CTI base node when compatible string + arm,coresight-cti-v8-arch used. If the associated device has not been + registered then the node name will be stored as the connection name for + later resolution. If the associated device is not a CoreSight device or + not registered then the node name will remain the connection name and + automatic enabling will not occur. # size cells and address cells required if trig-conns node present. "#size-cells": @@ -130,6 +127,8 @@ properties: patternProperties: '^trig-conns@([0-9]+)$': type: object + additionalProperties: false + description: A trigger connections child node which describes the trigger signals between this CTI and another hardware device. This device may be a CPU, @@ -141,6 +140,21 @@ patternProperties: reg: maxItems: 1 + cpu: + description: + Handle to cpu this trigger connection is associated with. + + arm,cs-dev-assoc: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + defines a phandle reference to an associated CoreSight trace device. + When the associated trace device is enabled, then the respective CTI + will be enabled. If the associated device has not been registered + then the node name will be stored as the connection name for later + resolution. If the associated device is not a CoreSight device or + not registered then the node name will remain the connection name + and automatic enabling will not occur. + arm,trig-in-sigs: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array minItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,integrator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,integrator.yaml index 98ff5698ae1f..1bdbd1b7ee38 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,integrator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,integrator.yaml @@ -40,45 +40,6 @@ properties: items: - const: arm,integrator-sp - core-module@10000000: - type: object - description: the root node in the Integrator platforms must contain - a core module child node. They are always at physical address - 0x10000000 in all the Integrator variants. - properties: - compatible: - items: - - const: arm,core-module-integrator - - const: syscon - - const: simple-mfd - reg: - maxItems: 1 - - required: - - compatible - - reg - -patternProperties: - "^syscon@[0-9a-f]+$": - description: All Integrator boards must provide a system controller as a - node in the root of the device tree. - type: object - properties: - compatible: - items: - - enum: - - arm,integrator-ap-syscon - - arm,integrator-cp-syscon - - arm,integrator-sp-syscon - - const: syscon - reg: - maxItems: 1 - - required: - - compatible - - reg - - required: - compatible - core-module@10000000 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,realview.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,realview.yaml index 8d3ed2e4ed31..d1bdee98f9af 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,realview.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,realview.yaml @@ -75,43 +75,6 @@ properties: type: object description: All RealView boards must provide a syscon system controller node inside the soc node. - properties: - compatible: - oneOf: - - items: - - const: arm,realview-eb11mp-revb-syscon - - const: arm,realview-eb-syscon - - const: syscon - - const: simple-mfd - - items: - - const: arm,realview-eb11mp-revc-syscon - - const: arm,realview-eb-syscon - - const: syscon - - const: simple-mfd - - items: - - const: arm,realview-eb-syscon - - const: syscon - - const: simple-mfd - - items: - - const: arm,realview-pb1176-syscon - - const: syscon - - const: simple-mfd - - items: - - const: arm,realview-pb11mp-syscon - - const: syscon - - const: simple-mfd - - items: - - const: arm,realview-pba8-syscon - - const: syscon - - const: simple-mfd - - items: - - const: arm,realview-pbx-syscon - - const: syscon - - const: simple-mfd - - required: - - compatible - - reg required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,versatile.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,versatile.yaml index 13e52ba92060..7a3caf6af200 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,versatile.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,versatile.yaml @@ -14,6 +14,14 @@ description: |+ with various pluggable interface boards, in essence the Versatile PB version is a superset of the Versatile AB version. + The root node in the Versatile platforms must contain a core module child + node. They are always at physical address 0x10000000 in all the Versatile + variants. + + When fitted with the IB2 Interface Board, the Versatile AB will present an + optional system controller node which controls the extra peripherals on the + interface board. + properties: $nodename: const: '/' @@ -32,38 +40,6 @@ properties: items: - const: arm,versatile-pb - core-module@10000000: - type: object - description: the root node in the Versatile platforms must contain - a core module child node. They are always at physical address - 0x10000000 in all the Versatile variants. - properties: - compatible: - items: - - const: arm,core-module-versatile - - const: syscon - - const: simple-mfd - reg: - maxItems: 1 - - required: - - compatible - - reg - -patternProperties: - "^syscon@[0-9a-f]+$": - type: object - description: When fitted with the IB2 Interface Board, the Versatile - AB will present an optional system controller node which controls the - extra peripherals on the interface board. - properties: - compatible: - contains: - const: arm,versatile-ib2-syscon - required: - - compatible - - reg - required: - compatible - core-module@10000000 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/aspeed/aspeed.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/aspeed/aspeed.yaml index 68f717670f78..749ee54a3ff8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/aspeed/aspeed.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/aspeed/aspeed.yaml @@ -79,6 +79,7 @@ properties: - facebook,elbert-bmc - facebook,fuji-bmc - facebook,greatlakes-bmc + - facebook,minerva-cmc - facebook,yosemite4-bmc - ibm,everest-bmc - ibm,rainier-bmc diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.yaml index dfb8fd089197..89d75fbb1de4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.yaml @@ -79,6 +79,13 @@ properties: - const: atmel,sama5d2 - const: atmel,sama5 + - description: Microchip SAMA5D29 Curiosity + items: + - const: microchip,sama5d29-curiosity + - const: atmel,sama5d29 + - const: atmel,sama5d2 + - const: atmel,sama5 + - items: - const: atmel,sama5d27 - const: atmel,sama5d2 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml index 0d17cbad9778..ffd526363fda 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml @@ -190,6 +190,7 @@ properties: - qcom,kryo280 - qcom,kryo360 - qcom,kryo385 + - qcom,kryo465 - qcom,kryo468 - qcom,kryo485 - qcom,kryo560 @@ -308,7 +309,9 @@ properties: power-domains property. For PSCI based platforms, the name corresponding to the index of the PSCI - PM domain provider, must be "psci". + PM domain provider, must be "psci". For SCMI based platforms, the name + corresponding to the index of an SCMI performance domain provider, must be + "perf". qcom,saw: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml index 9450b2c8a678..32b195852a75 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml @@ -25,8 +25,11 @@ properties: - description: i.MX23 based Boards items: - enum: + - creative,x-fi3 - fsl,imx23-evk + - fsl,stmp378x-devb - olimex,imx23-olinuxino + - sandisk,sansa_fuze_plus - const: fsl,imx23 - description: i.MX25 Product Development Kit @@ -385,6 +388,12 @@ properties: - const: toradex,apalis_imx6q - const: fsl,imx6q + - description: i.MX6Q Variscite VAR-SOM-MX6 Boards + items: + - const: variscite,mx6customboard + - const: variscite,var-som-imx6q + - const: fsl,imx6q + - description: TQ-Systems TQMa6Q SoM (variant A) on MBa6x items: - const: tq,imx6q-mba6x-a @@ -975,7 +984,9 @@ properties: - description: PHYTEC phyCORE-i.MX8MM SoM based boards items: - - const: phytec,imx8mm-phyboard-polis-rdk # phyBOARD-Polis RDK + - enum: + - phytec,imx8mm-phyboard-polis-rdk # phyBOARD-Polis RDK + - phytec,imx8mm-phygate-tauri-l # phyGATE-Tauri-L Gateway - const: phytec,imx8mm-phycore-som # phyCORE-i.MX8MM SoM - const: fsl,imx8mm @@ -1389,6 +1400,13 @@ properties: - fsl,ls1043a-qds - const: fsl,ls1043a + - description: TQ-Systems LS1043A based Boards + items: + - enum: + - tq,ls1043a-tqmls1043a-mbls10xxa + - const: tq,ls1043a-tqmls1043a + - const: fsl,ls1043a + - description: LS1046A based Boards items: - enum: @@ -1397,6 +1415,13 @@ properties: - fsl,ls1046a-rdb - const: fsl,ls1046a + - description: TQ-Systems LS1046A based Boards + items: + - enum: + - tq,ls1046a-tqmls1046a-mbls10xxa + - const: tq,ls1046a-tqmls1046a + - const: fsl,ls1046a + - description: LS1088A based Boards items: - enum: @@ -1404,6 +1429,13 @@ properties: - fsl,ls1088a-rdb - const: fsl,ls1088a + - description: TQ-Systems LS1088A based Boards + items: + - enum: + - tq,ls1088a-tqmls1088a-mbls10xxa + - const: tq,ls1088a-tqmls1088a + - const: fsl,ls1088a + - description: LS2080A based Boards items: - enum: @@ -1429,7 +1461,7 @@ properties: - fsl,lx2162a-qds - const: fsl,lx2160a - - description: SolidRun LX2160A based Boards + - description: SolidRun LX2160A CEX-7 based Boards items: - enum: - solidrun,clearfog-cx @@ -1437,6 +1469,13 @@ properties: - const: solidrun,lx2160a-cex7 - const: fsl,lx2160a + - description: SolidRun LX2162A SoM based Boards + items: + - enum: + - solidrun,lx2162a-clearfog + - const: solidrun,lx2162a-som + - const: fsl,lx2160a + - description: S32G2 based Boards items: - enum: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/intel-ixp4xx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/intel-ixp4xx.yaml index 553dcbc70e35..d60792b1d995 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/intel-ixp4xx.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/intel-ixp4xx.yaml @@ -16,12 +16,28 @@ properties: oneOf: - items: - enum: + - adieng,coyote + - arcom,vulcan + - dlink,dsm-g600-a + - freecom,fsg-3 + - gateway,7001 + - gateworks,gw2348 + - goramo,multilink-router + - intel,ixdp425 + - intel,ixdpg425 + - iom,nas-100d - linksys,nslu2 + - netgear,wg302v1 + - netgear,wg302v2 + - usr,8200 - welltech,epbx100 + - linksys,wrv54g + - gemtek,gtwx5715 - const: intel,ixp42x - items: - enum: - gateworks,gw2358 + - intel,kixrp435 - const: intel,ixp43x additionalProperties: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml index ae12b1cab9fb..a5999b3afc35 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml @@ -133,11 +133,22 @@ properties: - enum: - mediatek,mt8183-evb - const: mediatek,mt8183 + - description: Google Hayato rev5 + items: + - const: google,hayato-rev5-sku2 + - const: google,hayato-sku2 + - const: google,hayato + - const: mediatek,mt8192 - description: Google Hayato items: - const: google,hayato-rev1 - const: google,hayato - const: mediatek,mt8192 + - description: Google Spherion rev4 (Acer Chromebook 514) + items: + - const: google,spherion-rev4 + - const: google,spherion + - const: mediatek,mt8192 - description: Google Spherion (Acer Chromebook 514) items: - const: google,spherion-rev3 @@ -250,6 +261,11 @@ properties: - const: mediatek,mt8365 - items: - enum: + - mediatek,mt8395-evk + - const: mediatek,mt8395 + - const: mediatek,mt8195 + - items: + - enum: - mediatek,mt8516-pumpkin - const: mediatek,mt8516 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mt7622-wed.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mt7622-wed.yaml index 28ded09d72e3..e7720caf31b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mt7622-wed.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mt7622-wed.yaml @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt7622-wed - mediatek,mt7981-wed - mediatek,mt7986-wed + - mediatek,mt7988-wed - const: syscon reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.yaml index 0c5381e081bd..cbb012e217ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.yaml @@ -101,6 +101,7 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^power-domain-": $ref: /schemas/power/power-domain.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false type: object description: | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml index adbfaea32343..7f80f48a0954 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ description: | msm8998 qcs404 qcm2290 + qcm6490 qdu1000 qrb2210 qrb4210 @@ -79,6 +80,7 @@ description: | sm6125 sm6350 sm6375 + sm7125 sm7225 sm8150 sm8250 @@ -189,6 +191,7 @@ properties: - items: - enum: + - longcheer,l9100 - samsung,a7 - sony,kanuti-tulip - square,apq8039-t2 @@ -391,6 +394,11 @@ properties: - const: qcom,qrb2210 - const: qcom,qcm2290 + - items: + - enum: + - fairphone,fp5 + - const: qcom,qcm6490 + - description: Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. Distributed Unit 1000 platform items: - enum: @@ -479,6 +487,11 @@ properties: - const: google,lazor-rev8 - const: qcom,sc7180 + - description: Acer Chromebook Spin 513 (rev9) + items: + - const: google,lazor-rev9 + - const: qcom,sc7180 + - description: Acer Chromebook Spin 513 (newest rev) items: - const: google,lazor @@ -500,6 +513,11 @@ properties: - const: google,lazor-rev8-sku2 - const: qcom,sc7180 + - description: Acer Chromebook Spin 513 with KB Backlight (rev9) + items: + - const: google,lazor-rev9-sku2 + - const: qcom,sc7180 + - description: Acer Chromebook Spin 513 with KB Backlight (newest rev) items: - const: google,lazor-sku2 @@ -521,9 +539,16 @@ properties: - const: google,lazor-rev8-sku0 - const: qcom,sc7180 + - description: Acer Chromebook Spin 513 with LTE (rev9) + items: + - const: google,lazor-rev9-sku0 + - const: google,lazor-rev9-sku10 + - const: qcom,sc7180 + - description: Acer Chromebook Spin 513 with LTE (newest rev) items: - const: google,lazor-sku0 + - const: google,lazor-sku10 - const: qcom,sc7180 - description: Acer Chromebook 511 (rev4 - rev8) @@ -535,9 +560,16 @@ properties: - const: google,lazor-rev8-sku4 - const: qcom,sc7180 + - description: Acer Chromebook 511 (rev9) + items: + - const: google,lazor-rev9-sku4 + - const: google,lazor-rev9-sku15 + - const: qcom,sc7180 + - description: Acer Chromebook 511 (newest rev) items: - const: google,lazor-sku4 + - const: google,lazor-sku15 - const: qcom,sc7180 - description: Acer Chromebook 511 without Touchscreen (rev4) @@ -554,9 +586,16 @@ properties: - const: google,lazor-rev8-sku6 - const: qcom,sc7180 + - description: Acer Chromebook 511 without Touchscreen (rev9) + items: + - const: google,lazor-rev9-sku6 + - const: google,lazor-rev9-sku18 + - const: qcom,sc7180 + - description: Acer Chromebook 511 without Touchscreen (newest rev) items: - const: google,lazor-sku6 + - const: google,lazor-sku18 - const: qcom,sc7180 - description: Google Mrbland with AUO panel (rev0) @@ -945,6 +984,11 @@ properties: - items: - enum: + - xiaomi,joyeuse + - const: qcom,sm7125 + + - items: + - enum: - fairphone,fp4 - const: qcom,sm7225 @@ -1086,6 +1130,7 @@ allOf: - qcom,sm6115 - qcom,sm6125 - qcom,sm6350 + - qcom,sm7125 - qcom,sm7225 - qcom,sm8150 - qcom,sm8250 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml index ca5389862887..5f7c6c4aad8f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml @@ -660,6 +660,11 @@ properties: - pine64,quartz64-b - const: rockchip,rk3566 + - description: Pine64 QuartzPro64 + items: + - const: pine64,quartzpro64 + - const: rockchip,rk3588 + - description: Pine64 SoQuartz SoM items: - enum: @@ -669,6 +674,11 @@ properties: - const: pine64,soquartz - const: rockchip,rk3566 + - description: Powkiddy RGB30 + items: + - const: powkiddy,rgb30 + - const: rockchip,rk3566 + - description: Radxa Compute Module 3(CM3) items: - enum: @@ -870,6 +880,16 @@ properties: - const: tronsmart,orion-r68-meta - const: rockchip,rk3368 + - description: Turing RK1 + items: + - const: turing,rk1 + - const: rockchip,rk3588 + + - description: Xunlong Orange Pi 5 Plus + items: + - const: xunlong,orangepi-5-plus + - const: rockchip,rk3588 + - description: Xunlong Orange Pi R1 Plus / LTS items: - enum: @@ -877,6 +897,11 @@ properties: - xunlong,orangepi-r1-plus-lts - const: rockchip,rk3328 + - description: Xunlong Orange Pi 5 + items: + - const: xunlong,orangepi-5 + - const: rockchip,rk3588s + - description: Zkmagic A95X Z2 items: - const: zkmagic,a95x-z2 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.yaml index 3ca054c64377..842def3e3f2b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.yaml @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) %YAML 1.2 --- $id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/sti.yaml# @@ -13,13 +13,20 @@ properties: $nodename: const: '/' compatible: - items: - - enum: - - st,stih415 - - st,stih416 - - st,stih407 - - st,stih410 - - st,stih418 + oneOf: + - items: + - const: st,stih407-b2120 + - const: st,stih407 + - items: + - enum: + - st,stih410-b2120 + - st,stih410-b2260 + - const: st,stih410 + - items: + - enum: + - st,stih418-b2199 + - st,stih418-b2264 + - const: st,stih418 additionalProperties: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32/stm32.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32/stm32.yaml index 4bf28e717a56..df087c81c69e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32/stm32.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32/stm32.yaml @@ -146,6 +146,7 @@ properties: - lxa,stm32mp157c-mc1 # Linux Automation MC-1 - lxa,stm32mp157c-tac-gen1 # Linux Automation TAC (Generation 1) - lxa,stm32mp157c-tac-gen2 # Linux Automation TAC (Generation 2) + - oct,stm32mp157c-osd32-red # Octavo OSD32MP1 RED board - const: oct,stm32mp15xx-osd32 - enum: - st,stm32mp157 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml index e4dd678f4212..11c5ce941dd7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml @@ -51,6 +51,11 @@ properties: - const: allwinner,parrot - const: allwinner,sun8i-a33 + - description: Anbernic RG-Nano + items: + - const: anbernic,rg-nano + - const: allwinner,sun8i-v3s + - description: Amarula A64 Relic items: - const: amarula,a64-relic @@ -151,6 +156,17 @@ properties: - const: roofull,beelink-x2 - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3 + - description: BigTreeTech Manta M4/8P + items: + - const: bigtreetech,cb1-manta + - const: bigtreetech,cb1 + - const: allwinner,sun50i-h616 + + - description: BigTreeTech Pi + items: + - const: bigtreetech,pi + - const: allwinner,sun50i-h616 + - description: Chuwi V7 CW0825 items: - const: chuwi,v7-cw0825 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index 89191cfdf619..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,393 +0,0 @@ -# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 -%YAML 1.2 ---- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.yaml# -$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# - -title: Tegra Power Management Controller (PMC) - -maintainers: - - Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@gmail.com> - - Jonathan Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com> - -properties: - compatible: - enum: - - nvidia,tegra20-pmc - - nvidia,tegra30-pmc - - nvidia,tegra114-pmc - - nvidia,tegra124-pmc - - nvidia,tegra210-pmc - - reg: - maxItems: 1 - description: - Offset and length of the register set for the device. - - clock-names: - items: - - const: pclk - - const: clk32k_in - description: - Must includes entries pclk and clk32k_in. - pclk is the Tegra clock of that name and clk32k_in is 32KHz clock - input to Tegra. - - clocks: - maxItems: 2 - description: - Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. - See ../clocks/clocks-bindings.txt for details. - - '#clock-cells': - const: 1 - description: - Tegra PMC has clk_out_1, clk_out_2, and clk_out_3. - PMC also has blink control which allows 32Khz clock output to - Tegra blink pad. - Consumer of PMC clock should specify the desired clock by having - the clock ID in its "clocks" phandle cell with pmc clock provider. - See include/dt-bindings/soc/tegra-pmc.h for the list of Tegra PMC - clock IDs. - - '#interrupt-cells': - const: 2 - description: - Specifies number of cells needed to encode an interrupt source. - The value must be 2. - - interrupt-controller: true - - nvidia,invert-interrupt: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag - description: Inverts the PMU interrupt signal. - The PMU is an external Power Management Unit, whose interrupt output - signal is fed into the PMC. This signal is optionally inverted, and - then fed into the ARM GIC. The PMC is not involved in the detection - or handling of this interrupt signal, merely its inversion. - - nvidia,core-power-req-active-high: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag - description: Core power request active-high. - - nvidia,sys-clock-req-active-high: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag - description: System clock request active-high. - - nvidia,combined-power-req: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag - description: combined power request for CPU and Core. - - nvidia,cpu-pwr-good-en: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag - description: - CPU power good signal from external PMIC to PMC is enabled. - - nvidia,suspend-mode: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - enum: [0, 1, 2] - description: - The suspend mode that the platform should use. - Mode 0 is for LP0, CPU + Core voltage off and DRAM in self-refresh - Mode 1 is for LP1, CPU voltage off and DRAM in self-refresh - Mode 2 is for LP2, CPU voltage off - - nvidia,cpu-pwr-good-time: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: CPU power good time in uSec. - - nvidia,cpu-pwr-off-time: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: CPU power off time in uSec. - - nvidia,core-pwr-good-time: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array - description: - <Oscillator-stable-time Power-stable-time> - Core power good time in uSec. - - nvidia,core-pwr-off-time: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: Core power off time in uSec. - - nvidia,lp0-vec: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array - description: - <start length> Starting address and length of LP0 vector. - The LP0 vector contains the warm boot code that is executed - by AVP when resuming from the LP0 state. - The AVP (Audio-Video Processor) is an ARM7 processor and - always being the first boot processor when chip is power on - or resume from deep sleep mode. When the system is resumed - from the deep sleep mode, the warm boot code will restore - some PLLs, clocks and then brings up CPU0 for resuming the - system. - - core-supply: - description: - Phandle to voltage regulator connected to the SoC Core power rail. - - core-domain: - type: object - description: | - The vast majority of hardware blocks of Tegra SoC belong to a - Core power domain, which has a dedicated voltage rail that powers - the blocks. - - properties: - operating-points-v2: - description: - Should contain level, voltages and opp-supported-hw property. - The supported-hw is a bitfield indicating SoC speedo or process - ID mask. - - "#power-domain-cells": - const: 0 - - required: - - operating-points-v2 - - "#power-domain-cells" - - additionalProperties: false - - i2c-thermtrip: - type: object - description: - On Tegra30, Tegra114 and Tegra124 if i2c-thermtrip subnode exists, - hardware-triggered thermal reset will be enabled. - - properties: - nvidia,i2c-controller-id: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: - ID of I2C controller to send poweroff command to PMU. - Valid values are described in section 9.2.148 - "APBDEV_PMC_SCRATCH53_0" of the Tegra K1 Technical Reference - Manual. - - nvidia,bus-addr: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: Bus address of the PMU on the I2C bus. - - nvidia,reg-addr: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: PMU I2C register address to issue poweroff command. - - nvidia,reg-data: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: Poweroff command to write to PMU. - - nvidia,pinmux-id: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: - Pinmux used by the hardware when issuing Poweroff command. - Defaults to 0. Valid values are described in section 12.5.2 - "Pinmux Support" of the Tegra4 Technical Reference Manual. - - required: - - nvidia,i2c-controller-id - - nvidia,bus-addr - - nvidia,reg-addr - - nvidia,reg-data - - additionalProperties: false - - powergates: - type: object - description: | - This node contains a hierarchy of power domain nodes, which should - match the powergates on the Tegra SoC. Each powergate node - represents a power-domain on the Tegra SoC that can be power-gated - by the Tegra PMC. - Hardware blocks belonging to a power domain should contain - "power-domains" property that is a phandle pointing to corresponding - powergate node. - The name of the powergate node should be one of the below. Note that - not every powergate is applicable to all Tegra devices and the following - list shows which powergates are applicable to which devices. - Please refer to Tegra TRM for mode details on the powergate nodes to - use for each power-gate block inside Tegra. - Name Description Devices Applicable - 3d 3D Graphics Tegra20/114/124/210 - 3d0 3D Graphics 0 Tegra30 - 3d1 3D Graphics 1 Tegra30 - aud Audio Tegra210 - dfd Debug Tegra210 - dis Display A Tegra114/124/210 - disb Display B Tegra114/124/210 - heg 2D Graphics Tegra30/114/124/210 - iram Internal RAM Tegra124/210 - mpe MPEG Encode All - nvdec NVIDIA Video Decode Engine Tegra210 - nvjpg NVIDIA JPEG Engine Tegra210 - pcie PCIE Tegra20/30/124/210 - sata SATA Tegra30/124/210 - sor Display interfaces Tegra124/210 - ve2 Video Encode Engine 2 Tegra210 - venc Video Encode Engine All - vdec Video Decode Engine Tegra20/30/114/124 - vic Video Imaging Compositor Tegra124/210 - xusba USB Partition A Tegra114/124/210 - xusbb USB Partition B Tegra114/124/210 - xusbc USB Partition C Tegra114/124/210 - - patternProperties: - "^[a-z0-9]+$": - type: object - additionalProperties: false - - properties: - clocks: - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 8 - description: - Must contain an entry for each clock required by the PMC - for controlling a power-gate. - See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt document for more details. - - resets: - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 8 - description: - Must contain an entry for each reset required by the PMC - for controlling a power-gate. - See ../reset/reset.txt for more details. - - power-domains: - maxItems: 1 - - '#power-domain-cells': - const: 0 - description: Must be 0. - - required: - - clocks - - resets - - '#power-domain-cells' - - additionalProperties: false - -patternProperties: - "^[a-f0-9]+-[a-f0-9]+$": - type: object - description: - This is a Pad configuration node. On Tegra SOCs a pad is a set of - pins which are configured as a group. The pin grouping is a fixed - attribute of the hardware. The PMC can be used to set pad power state - and signaling voltage. A pad can be either in active or power down mode. - The support for power state and signaling voltage configuration varies - depending on the pad in question. 3.3V and 1.8V signaling voltages - are supported on pins where software controllable signaling voltage - switching is available. - - The pad configuration state nodes are placed under the pmc node and they - are referred to by the pinctrl client properties. For more information - see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt. - The pad name should be used as the value of the pins property in pin - configuration nodes. - - The following pads are present on Tegra124 and Tegra132 - audio, bb, cam, comp, csia, csb, cse, dsi, dsib, dsic, dsid, hdmi, hsic, - hv, lvds, mipi-bias, nand, pex-bias, pex-clk1, pex-clk2, pex-cntrl, - sdmmc1, sdmmc3, sdmmc4, sys_ddc, uart, usb0, usb1, usb2, usb_bias. - - The following pads are present on Tegra210 - audio, audio-hv, cam, csia, csib, csic, csid, csie, csif, dbg, - debug-nonao, dmic, dp, dsi, dsib, dsic, dsid, emmc, emmc2, gpio, hdmi, - hsic, lvds, mipi-bias, pex-bias, pex-clk1, pex-clk2, pex-cntrl, sdmmc1, - sdmmc3, spi, spi-hv, uart, usb0, usb1, usb2, usb3, usb-bias. - - properties: - pins: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string - description: Must contain name of the pad(s) to be configured. - - low-power-enable: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag - description: Configure the pad into power down mode. - - low-power-disable: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag - description: Configure the pad into active mode. - - power-source: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: - Must contain either TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8 or - TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3 to select between signaling voltages. - The values are defined in - include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra-io-pad.h. - Power state can be configured on all Tegra124 and Tegra132 - pads. None of the Tegra124 or Tegra132 pads support signaling - voltage switching. - All of the listed Tegra210 pads except pex-cntrl support power - state configuration. Signaling voltage switching is supported - on below Tegra210 pads. - audio, audio-hv, cam, dbg, dmic, gpio, pex-cntrl, sdmmc1, - sdmmc3, spi, spi-hv, and uart. - - required: - - pins - - additionalProperties: false - -required: - - compatible - - reg - - clock-names - - clocks - - '#clock-cells' - -additionalProperties: false - -dependencies: - "nvidia,suspend-mode": ["nvidia,core-pwr-off-time", "nvidia,cpu-pwr-off-time"] - "nvidia,core-pwr-off-time": ["nvidia,core-pwr-good-time"] - "nvidia,cpu-pwr-off-time": ["nvidia,cpu-pwr-good-time"] - -examples: - - | - - #include <dt-bindings/clock/tegra210-car.h> - #include <dt-bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra-io-pad.h> - #include <dt-bindings/soc/tegra-pmc.h> - - tegra_pmc: pmc@7000e400 { - compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-pmc"; - reg = <0x7000e400 0x400>; - core-supply = <®ulator>; - clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_PCLK>, <&clk32k_in>; - clock-names = "pclk", "clk32k_in"; - #clock-cells = <1>; - - nvidia,invert-interrupt; - nvidia,suspend-mode = <0>; - nvidia,cpu-pwr-good-time = <0>; - nvidia,cpu-pwr-off-time = <0>; - nvidia,core-pwr-good-time = <4587 3876>; - nvidia,core-pwr-off-time = <39065>; - nvidia,core-power-req-active-high; - nvidia,sys-clock-req-active-high; - - pd_core: core-domain { - operating-points-v2 = <&core_opp_table>; - #power-domain-cells = <0>; - }; - - powergates { - pd_audio: aud { - clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_APE>, - <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_APB2APE>; - resets = <&tegra_car 198>; - power-domains = <&pd_core>; - #power-domain-cells = <0>; - }; - - pd_xusbss: xusba { - clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_XUSB_SS>; - resets = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_XUSB_SS>; - power-domains = <&pd_core>; - #power-domain-cells = <0>; - }; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/nvidia,tegra-ahci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/nvidia,tegra-ahci.yaml index 3c7a2425f3e6..a17297cbefcb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/nvidia,tegra-ahci.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/nvidia,tegra-ahci.yaml @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ allOf: - interconnects - power-domains -additionalProperties: true +additionalProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cache/qcom,llcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cache/qcom,llcc.yaml index 44892aa589fd..580f9a97ddf7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cache/qcom,llcc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cache/qcom,llcc.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ description: | properties: compatible: enum: + - qcom,qdu1000-llcc - qcom,sc7180-llcc - qcom,sc7280-llcc - qcom,sc8180x-llcc @@ -44,6 +45,14 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 + nvmem-cells: + items: + - description: Reference to an nvmem node for multi channel DDR + + nvmem-cell-names: + items: + - const: multi-chan-ddr + required: - compatible - reg @@ -92,6 +101,7 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: + - qcom,qdu1000-llcc - qcom,sc8180x-llcc - qcom,sc8280xp-llcc then: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,s4-peripherals-clkc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,s4-peripherals-clkc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c229e4f0c1d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,s4-peripherals-clkc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (C) 2022-2023 Amlogic, Inc. All rights reserved +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/amlogic,s4-peripherals-clkc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Amlogic S4 Peripherals Clock Controller + +maintainers: + - Yu Tu <yu.tu@amlogic.com> + +properties: + compatible: + const: amlogic,s4-peripherals-clkc + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + minItems: 14 + items: + - description: input fixed pll div2 + - description: input fixed pll div2p5 + - description: input fixed pll div3 + - description: input fixed pll div4 + - description: input fixed pll div5 + - description: input fixed pll div7 + - description: input hifi pll + - description: input gp0 pll + - description: input mpll0 + - description: input mpll1 + - description: input mpll2 + - description: input mpll3 + - description: input hdmi pll + - description: input oscillator (usually at 24MHz) + - description: input external 32kHz reference (optional) + + clock-names: + minItems: 14 + items: + - const: fclk_div2 + - const: fclk_div2p5 + - const: fclk_div3 + - const: fclk_div4 + - const: fclk_div5 + - const: fclk_div7 + - const: hifi_pll + - const: gp0_pll + - const: mpll0 + - const: mpll1 + - const: mpll2 + - const: mpll3 + - const: hdmi_pll + - const: xtal + - const: ext_32k + + "#clock-cells": + const: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + - "#clock-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/amlogic,s4-peripherals-clkc.h> + + clkc_periphs: clock-controller@fe000000 { + compatible = "amlogic,s4-peripherals-clkc"; + reg = <0xfe000000 0x49c>; + clocks = <&clkc_pll 3>, + <&clkc_pll 13>, + <&clkc_pll 5>, + <&clkc_pll 7>, + <&clkc_pll 9>, + <&clkc_pll 11>, + <&clkc_pll 17>, + <&clkc_pll 15>, + <&clkc_pll 25>, + <&clkc_pll 27>, + <&clkc_pll 29>, + <&clkc_pll 31>, + <&clkc_pll 20>, + <&xtal>; + clock-names = "fclk_div2", "fclk_div2p5", "fclk_div3", "fclk_div4", + "fclk_div5", "fclk_div7", "hifi_pll", "gp0_pll", + "mpll0", "mpll1", "mpll2", "mpll3", "hdmi_pll", "xtal"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,s4-pll-clkc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,s4-pll-clkc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d8932ec26ca8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,s4-pll-clkc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (C) 2022-2023 Amlogic, Inc. All rights reserved +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/amlogic,s4-pll-clkc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Amlogic S4 PLL Clock Controller + +maintainers: + - Yu Tu <yu.tu@amlogic.com> + +properties: + compatible: + const: amlogic,s4-pll-clkc + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + clock-names: + items: + - const: xtal + + "#clock-cells": + const: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + - "#clock-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + clkc_pll: clock-controller@fe008000 { + compatible = "amlogic,s4-pll-clkc"; + reg = <0xfe008000 0x1e8>; + clocks = <&xtal>; + clock-names = "xtal"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,hfpll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,hfpll.txt index ec02a024424c..5769cbbe76be 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,hfpll.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,hfpll.txt @@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ PROPERTIES "qcom,hfpll-apq8064", "qcom,hfpll" "qcom,hfpll-msm8974", "qcom,hfpll" "qcom,hfpll-msm8960", "qcom,hfpll" + "qcom,msm8976-hfpll-a53", "qcom,hfpll" + "qcom,msm8976-hfpll-a72", "qcom,hfpll" + "qcom,msm8976-hfpll-cci", "qcom,hfpll" - reg: Usage: required diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmhcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmhcc.yaml index fd14d18309a8..4eb5e59f6772 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmhcc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmhcc.yaml @@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sdx55-rpmh-clk - qcom,sdx65-rpmh-clk - qcom,sdx75-rpmh-clk + - qcom,sm4450-rpmh-clk - qcom,sm6350-rpmh-clk - qcom,sm8150-rpmh-clk - qcom,sm8250-rpmh-clk diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm4450-gcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm4450-gcc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5953c8d92436 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm4450-gcc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/qcom,sm4450-gcc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Global Clock & Reset Controller on SM4450 + +maintainers: + - Ajit Pandey <quic_ajipan@quicinc.com> + - Taniya Das <quic_tdas@quicinc.com> + +description: | + Qualcomm global clock control module provides the clocks, resets and power + domains on SM4450 + + See also:: include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sm4450-gcc.h + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm4450-gcc + + clocks: + items: + - description: Board XO source + - description: Sleep clock source + - description: UFS Phy Rx symbol 0 clock source + - description: UFS Phy Rx symbol 1 clock source + - description: UFS Phy Tx symbol 0 clock source + - description: USB3 Phy wrapper pipe clock source + +required: + - compatible + - clocks + +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,gcc.yaml# + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/qcom,rpmh.h> + clock-controller@100000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm4450-gcc"; + reg = <0x00100000 0x001f4200>; + clocks = <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>, <&sleep_clk>, + <&ufs_mem_phy 0>, <&ufs_mem_phy 1>, + <&ufs_mem_phy 2>, <&usb_1_qmpphy>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-camcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-camcc.yaml index 8178c35bc348..dc3c18e4ead7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-camcc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-camcc.yaml @@ -13,11 +13,15 @@ description: | Qualcomm camera clock control module provides the clocks, resets and power domains on SM8450. - See also:: include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-camcc.h + See also:: + include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-camcc.h + include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sm8550-camcc.h properties: compatible: - const: qcom,sm8450-camcc + enum: + - qcom,sm8450-camcc + - qcom,sm8550-camcc clocks: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rzg2l-cpg.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rzg2l-cpg.yaml index fe2fba18ae84..80a8c7114c31 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rzg2l-cpg.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rzg2l-cpg.yaml @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ properties: - renesas,r9a07g043-cpg # RZ/G2UL{Type-1,Type-2} and RZ/Five - renesas,r9a07g044-cpg # RZ/G2{L,LC} - renesas,r9a07g054-cpg # RZ/V2L + - renesas,r9a08g045-cpg # RZ/G3S - renesas,r9a09g011-cpg # RZ/V2M reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-qcom-hw.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-qcom-hw.yaml index c1d225fcf2d5..56fc71d6a081 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-qcom-hw.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-qcom-hw.yaml @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ properties: - enum: - qcom,qcm2290-cpufreq-hw - qcom,sc7180-cpufreq-hw + - qcom,sdm670-cpufreq-hw - qcom,sdm845-cpufreq-hw - qcom,sm6115-cpufreq-hw - qcom,sm6350-cpufreq-hw @@ -36,11 +37,13 @@ properties: - qcom,sa8775p-cpufreq-epss - qcom,sc7280-cpufreq-epss - qcom,sc8280xp-cpufreq-epss + - qcom,sdx75-cpufreq-epss - qcom,sm6375-cpufreq-epss - qcom,sm8250-cpufreq-epss - qcom,sm8350-cpufreq-epss - qcom,sm8450-cpufreq-epss - qcom,sm8550-cpufreq-epss + - qcom,sm8650-cpufreq-epss - const: qcom,cpufreq-epss reg: @@ -128,6 +131,7 @@ allOf: - qcom,qdu1000-cpufreq-epss - qcom,sc7180-cpufreq-hw - qcom,sc8280xp-cpufreq-epss + - qcom,sdm670-cpufreq-hw - qcom,sdm845-cpufreq-hw - qcom,sm6115-cpufreq-hw - qcom,sm6350-cpufreq-hw diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/qcom-cpufreq-nvmem.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/qcom-cpufreq-nvmem.yaml index 7e1bb992ce90..547265b8b118 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/qcom-cpufreq-nvmem.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/qcom-cpufreq-nvmem.yaml @@ -27,8 +27,12 @@ select: enum: - qcom,apq8064 - qcom,apq8096 + - qcom,ipq5332 + - qcom,ipq6018 - qcom,ipq8064 - qcom,ipq8074 + - qcom,ipq9574 + - qcom,msm8909 - qcom,msm8939 - qcom,msm8960 - qcom,msm8974 @@ -43,7 +47,9 @@ patternProperties: - if: properties: compatible: - const: operating-points-v2-kryo-cpu + enum: + - operating-points-v2-krait-cpu + - operating-points-v2-kryo-cpu then: $ref: /schemas/opp/opp-v2-kryo-cpu.yaml# diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.yaml index d531f3af3ea4..41df80bcdcd9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.yaml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ $id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.yaml# $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# -title: Freescale SAHARA Cryptographic Accelerator included in some i.MX chips +title: Freescale SAHARA Cryptographic Accelerator maintainers: - Steffen Trumtrar <s.trumtrar@pengutronix.de> @@ -19,19 +19,56 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 interrupts: - maxItems: 1 + items: + - description: SAHARA Interrupt for Host 0 + - description: SAHARA Interrupt for Host 1 + minItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: Sahara IPG clock + - description: Sahara AHB clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: ipg + - const: ahb required: - compatible - reg - interrupts + - clocks + - clock-names + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - fsl,imx53-sahara + then: + properties: + interrupts: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 2 + else: + properties: + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 additionalProperties: false examples: - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/imx27-clock.h> + crypto@10025000 { compatible = "fsl,imx27-sahara"; - reg = < 0x10025000 0x800>; + reg = <0x10025000 0x800>; interrupts = <75>; + clocks = <&clks IMX27_CLK_SAHARA_IPG_GATE>, + <&clks IMX27_CLK_SAHARA_AHB_GATE>; + clock-names = "ipg", "ahb"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,inline-crypto-engine.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,inline-crypto-engine.yaml index 7da9aa82d837..ca4f7d1cefaa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,inline-crypto-engine.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,inline-crypto-engine.yaml @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ properties: compatible: items: - enum: + - qcom,sa8775p-inline-crypto-engine - qcom,sm8450-inline-crypto-engine - qcom,sm8550-inline-crypto-engine - const: qcom,inline-crypto-engine diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,prng.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,prng.yaml index bb42f4588b40..13070db0f70c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,prng.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,prng.yaml @@ -11,9 +11,17 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - enum: - - qcom,prng # 8916 etc. - - qcom,prng-ee # 8996 and later using EE + oneOf: + - enum: + - qcom,prng # 8916 etc. + - qcom,prng-ee # 8996 and later using EE + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,sa8775p-trng + - qcom,sc7280-trng + - qcom,sm8450-trng + - qcom,sm8550-trng + - const: qcom,trng reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -28,8 +36,18 @@ properties: required: - compatible - reg - - clocks - - clock-names + +allOf: + - if: + not: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: qcom,trng + then: + required: + - clocks + - clock-names additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/devfreq/event/rockchip,dfi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/devfreq/event/rockchip,dfi.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..50d3fabe958d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/devfreq/event/rockchip,dfi.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/devfreq/event/rockchip,dfi.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Rockchip DFI + +maintainers: + - Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de> + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - rockchip,rk3399-dfi + - rockchip,rk3568-dfi + - rockchip,rk3588-dfi + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + clock-names: + items: + - const: pclk_ddr_mon + + interrupts: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 4 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + rockchip,pmu: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + Phandle to the syscon managing the "PMU general register files". + +required: + - compatible + - interrupts + - reg + +if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - rockchip,rk3399-dfi + +then: + required: + - clocks + - clock-names + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/clock/rk3308-cru.h> + + bus { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + dfi: dfi@ff630000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-dfi"; + reg = <0x00 0xff630000 0x00 0x4000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 131 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 0>; + rockchip,pmu = <&pmugrf>; + clocks = <&cru PCLK_DDR_MON>; + clock-names = "pclk_ddr_mon"; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/devfreq/event/rockchip-dfi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/devfreq/event/rockchip-dfi.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 148191b0fc15..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/devfreq/event/rockchip-dfi.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ - -* Rockchip rk3399 DFI device - -Required properties: -- compatible: Must be "rockchip,rk3399-dfi". -- reg: physical base address of each DFI and length of memory mapped region -- rockchip,pmu: phandle to the syscon managing the "pmu general register files" -- clocks: phandles for clock specified in "clock-names" property -- clock-names : the name of clock used by the DFI, must be "pclk_ddr_mon"; - -Example: - dfi: dfi@ff630000 { - compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-dfi"; - reg = <0x00 0xff630000 0x00 0x4000>; - rockchip,pmu = <&pmugrf>; - clocks = <&cru PCLK_DDR_MON>; - clock-names = "pclk_ddr_mon"; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix,anx7814.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix,anx7814.yaml index 4a5e5d9d6f90..4509c496731b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix,anx7814.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix,anx7814.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ properties: - analogix,anx7808 - analogix,anx7812 - analogix,anx7814 + - analogix,anx7816 - analogix,anx7818 reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/fsl,imx93-mipi-dsi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/fsl,imx93-mipi-dsi.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d6e51d0cf546 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/fsl,imx93-mipi-dsi.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/bridge/fsl,imx93-mipi-dsi.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Freescale i.MX93 specific extensions to Synopsys Designware MIPI DSI + +maintainers: + - Liu Ying <victor.liu@nxp.com> + +description: | + There is a Synopsys Designware MIPI DSI Host Controller and a Synopsys + Designware MIPI DPHY embedded in Freescale i.MX93 SoC. Some configurations + and extensions to them are controlled by i.MX93 media blk-ctrl. + +allOf: + - $ref: snps,dw-mipi-dsi.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: fsl,imx93-mipi-dsi + + clocks: + items: + - description: apb clock + - description: pixel clock + - description: PHY configuration clock + - description: PHY reference clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: pclk + - const: pix + - const: phy_cfg + - const: phy_ref + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + fsl,media-blk-ctrl: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + i.MX93 media blk-ctrl, as a syscon, controls pixel component bit map + configurations from LCDIF display controller to the MIPI DSI host + controller and MIPI DPHY PLL related configurations through PLL SoC + interface. + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - interrupts + - fsl,media-blk-ctrl + - power-domains + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/imx93-clock.h> + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/power/fsl,imx93-power.h> + + dsi@4ae10000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx93-mipi-dsi"; + reg = <0x4ae10000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 177 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&clk IMX93_CLK_MIPI_DSI_GATE>, + <&clk IMX93_CLK_MEDIA_DISP_PIX>, + <&clk IMX93_CLK_MIPI_PHY_CFG>, + <&clk IMX93_CLK_24M>; + clock-names = "pclk", "pix", "phy_cfg", "phy_ref"; + fsl,media-blk-ctrl = <&media_blk_ctrl>; + power-domains = <&media_blk_ctrl IMX93_MEDIABLK_PD_MIPI_DSI>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + panel@0 { + compatible = "raydium,rm67191"; + reg = <0>; + reset-gpios = <&adp5585gpio 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + dsi-lanes = <4>; + video-mode = <2>; + + port { + panel_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi_out>; + }; + }; + }; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + + dsi_to_lcdif: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&lcdif_to_dsi>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + + dsi_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&panel_in>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ilitek,ili9486.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ilitek,ili9486.yaml index 1f8f2182e2f1..9cc1fd0751cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ilitek,ili9486.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ilitek,ili9486.yaml @@ -50,10 +50,6 @@ examples: - | #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> - backlight: backlight { - compatible = "gpio-backlight"; - gpios = <&gpio 22 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; - }; spi { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/lvds-data-mapping.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/lvds-data-mapping.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d68982fe2e9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/lvds-data-mapping.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/lvds-data-mapping.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: LVDS Data Mapping + +maintainers: + - Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart+renesas@ideasonboard.com> + - Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@gmail.com> + +description: | + LVDS is a physical layer specification defined in ANSI/TIA/EIA-644-A. Multiple + incompatible data link layers have been used over time to transmit image data + to LVDS devices. This bindings supports devices compatible with the following + specifications. + + [JEIDA] "Digital Interface Standards for Monitor", JEIDA-59-1999, February + 1999 (Version 1.0), Japan Electronic Industry Development Association (JEIDA) + [LDI] "Open LVDS Display Interface", May 1999 (Version 0.95), National + Semiconductor + [VESA] "VESA Notebook Panel Standard", October 2007 (Version 1.0), Video + Electronics Standards Association (VESA) + + Device compatible with those specifications have been marketed under the + FPD-Link and FlatLink brands. + +properties: + data-mapping: + enum: + - jeida-18 + - jeida-24 + - vesa-24 + description: | + The color signals mapping order. + + LVDS data mappings are defined as follows. + + - "jeida-18" - 18-bit data mapping compatible with the [JEIDA], [LDI] and + [VESA] specifications. Data are transferred as follows on 3 LVDS lanes. + + Slot 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 + ________________ _________________ + Clock \_______________________/ + ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ + DATA0 ><__G0__><__R5__><__R4__><__R3__><__R2__><__R1__><__R0__>< + DATA1 ><__B1__><__B0__><__G5__><__G4__><__G3__><__G2__><__G1__>< + DATA2 ><_CTL2_><_CTL1_><_CTL0_><__B5__><__B4__><__B3__><__B2__>< + + - "jeida-24" - 24-bit data mapping compatible with the [DSIM] and [LDI] + specifications. Data are transferred as follows on 4 LVDS lanes. + + Slot 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 + ________________ _________________ + Clock \_______________________/ + ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ + DATA0 ><__G2__><__R7__><__R6__><__R5__><__R4__><__R3__><__R2__>< + DATA1 ><__B3__><__B2__><__G7__><__G6__><__G5__><__G4__><__G3__>< + DATA2 ><_CTL2_><_CTL1_><_CTL0_><__B7__><__B6__><__B5__><__B4__>< + DATA3 ><_CTL3_><__B1__><__B0__><__G1__><__G0__><__R1__><__R0__>< + + - "vesa-24" - 24-bit data mapping compatible with the [VESA] specification. + Data are transferred as follows on 4 LVDS lanes. + + Slot 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 + ________________ _________________ + Clock \_______________________/ + ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ + DATA0 ><__G0__><__R5__><__R4__><__R3__><__R2__><__R1__><__R0__>< + DATA1 ><__B1__><__B0__><__G5__><__G4__><__G3__><__G2__><__G1__>< + DATA2 ><_CTL2_><_CTL1_><_CTL0_><__B5__><__B4__><__B3__><__B2__>< + DATA3 ><_CTL3_><__B7__><__B6__><__G7__><__G6__><__R7__><__R6__>< + + Control signals are mapped as follows. + + CTL0: HSync + CTL1: VSync + CTL2: Data Enable + CTL3: 0 + +additionalProperties: true + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/lvds.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/lvds.yaml index 7cd2ce7e9c33..224db4932011 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/lvds.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/lvds.yaml @@ -6,83 +6,24 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: LVDS Display Common Properties +allOf: + - $ref: lvds-data-mapping.yaml# + maintainers: - Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart+renesas@ideasonboard.com> - Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@gmail.com> -description: |+ - LVDS is a physical layer specification defined in ANSI/TIA/EIA-644-A. Multiple - incompatible data link layers have been used over time to transmit image data - to LVDS devices. This bindings supports devices compatible with the following - specifications. - - [JEIDA] "Digital Interface Standards for Monitor", JEIDA-59-1999, February - 1999 (Version 1.0), Japan Electronic Industry Development Association (JEIDA) - [LDI] "Open LVDS Display Interface", May 1999 (Version 0.95), National - Semiconductor - [VESA] "VESA Notebook Panel Standard", October 2007 (Version 1.0), Video - Electronics Standards Association (VESA) - - Device compatible with those specifications have been marketed under the - FPD-Link and FlatLink brands. +description: + This binding extends the data mapping defined in lvds-data-mapping.yaml. + It supports reversing the bit order on the formats defined there in order + to accomodate for even more specialized data formats, since a variety of + data formats and layouts is used to drive LVDS displays. properties: - data-mapping: - enum: - - jeida-18 - - jeida-24 - - vesa-24 - description: | - The color signals mapping order. - - LVDS data mappings are defined as follows. - - - "jeida-18" - 18-bit data mapping compatible with the [JEIDA], [LDI] and - [VESA] specifications. Data are transferred as follows on 3 LVDS lanes. - - Slot 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 - ________________ _________________ - Clock \_______________________/ - ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ - DATA0 ><__G0__><__R5__><__R4__><__R3__><__R2__><__R1__><__R0__>< - DATA1 ><__B1__><__B0__><__G5__><__G4__><__G3__><__G2__><__G1__>< - DATA2 ><_CTL2_><_CTL1_><_CTL0_><__B5__><__B4__><__B3__><__B2__>< - - - "jeida-24" - 24-bit data mapping compatible with the [DSIM] and [LDI] - specifications. Data are transferred as follows on 4 LVDS lanes. - - Slot 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 - ________________ _________________ - Clock \_______________________/ - ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ - DATA0 ><__G2__><__R7__><__R6__><__R5__><__R4__><__R3__><__R2__>< - DATA1 ><__B3__><__B2__><__G7__><__G6__><__G5__><__G4__><__G3__>< - DATA2 ><_CTL2_><_CTL1_><_CTL0_><__B7__><__B6__><__B5__><__B4__>< - DATA3 ><_CTL3_><__B1__><__B0__><__G1__><__G0__><__R1__><__R0__>< - - - "vesa-24" - 24-bit data mapping compatible with the [VESA] specification. - Data are transferred as follows on 4 LVDS lanes. - - Slot 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 - ________________ _________________ - Clock \_______________________/ - ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ - DATA0 ><__G0__><__R5__><__R4__><__R3__><__R2__><__R1__><__R0__>< - DATA1 ><__B1__><__B0__><__G5__><__G4__><__G3__><__G2__><__G1__>< - DATA2 ><_CTL2_><_CTL1_><_CTL0_><__B5__><__B4__><__B3__><__B2__>< - DATA3 ><_CTL3_><__B7__><__B6__><__G7__><__G6__><__R7__><__R6__>< - - Control signals are mapped as follows. - - CTL0: HSync - CTL1: VSync - CTL2: Data Enable - CTL3: 0 - data-mirror: type: boolean description: - If set, reverse the bit order described in the data mappings below on all + If set, reverse the bit order described in the data mappings on all data lanes, transmitting bits for slots 6 to 0 instead of 0 to 6. additionalProperties: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dp.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dp.yaml index ff781f2174a0..2aef1eb32e11 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dp.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dp.yaml @@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ description: | properties: compatible: enum: + - mediatek,mt8188-dp-tx + - mediatek,mt8188-edp-tx - mediatek,mt8195-dp-tx - mediatek,mt8195-edp-tx diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.yaml index 12441b937684..537e5304b730 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.yaml @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt8173-dsi - mediatek,mt8183-dsi - mediatek,mt8186-dsi + - mediatek,mt8188-dsi - items: - enum: - mediatek,mt6795-dsi diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dp-controller.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dp-controller.yaml index f12558960cd8..dbe398f84ffb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dp-controller.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dp-controller.yaml @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ properties: port@1: $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false description: Output endpoint of the controller properties: endpoint: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gmu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gmu.yaml index d65926b4f054..4e1c25b42908 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gmu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gmu.yaml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ properties: compatible: oneOf: - items: - - pattern: '^qcom,adreno-gmu-6[0-9][0-9]\.[0-9]$' + - pattern: '^qcom,adreno-gmu-[67][0-9][0-9]\.[0-9]$' - const: qcom,adreno-gmu - const: qcom,adreno-gmu-wrapper @@ -64,6 +64,10 @@ properties: iommus: maxItems: 1 + qcom,qmp: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: Reference to the AOSS side-channel message RAM + operating-points-v2: true opp-table: @@ -217,6 +221,47 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: contains: + enum: + - qcom,adreno-gmu-730.1 + - qcom,adreno-gmu-740.1 + then: + properties: + reg: + items: + - description: Core GMU registers + - description: Resource controller registers + - description: GMU PDC registers + reg-names: + items: + - const: gmu + - const: rscc + - const: gmu_pdc + clocks: + items: + - description: GPU AHB clock + - description: GMU clock + - description: GPU CX clock + - description: GPU AXI clock + - description: GPU MEMNOC clock + - description: GMU HUB clock + - description: GPUSS DEMET clock + clock-names: + items: + - const: ahb + - const: gmu + - const: cxo + - const: axi + - const: memnoc + - const: hub + - const: demet + + required: + - qcom,qmp + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: const: qcom,adreno-gmu-wrapper then: properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gpu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gpu.yaml index 56b9b247e8c2..b019db954793 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gpu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gpu.yaml @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ properties: The driver is parsing the compat string for Adreno to figure out the gpu-id and patch level. items: - - pattern: '^qcom,adreno-[3-6][0-9][0-9]\.[0-9]$' + - pattern: '^qcom,adreno-[3-7][0-9][0-9]\.[0-9]$' - const: qcom,adreno - description: | The driver is parsing the compat string for Imageon to @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: contains: - pattern: '^qcom,adreno-6[0-9][0-9]\.[0-9]$' + pattern: '^qcom,adreno-[67][0-9][0-9]\.[0-9]$' then: # Starting with A6xx, the clocks are usually defined in the GMU node properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,msm8998-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,msm8998-mdss.yaml index e320ab1de6de..2d9edab5a30d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,msm8998-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,msm8998-mdss.yaml @@ -38,12 +38,16 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,msm8998-dpu "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -52,6 +56,8 @@ patternProperties: "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,dsi-phy-10nm-8998 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,qcm2290-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,qcm2290-mdss.yaml index 4184b84d4c21..5ad155612b6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,qcm2290-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,qcm2290-mdss.yaml @@ -44,18 +44,24 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,qcm2290-dpu "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,dsi-ctrl-6g-qcm2290 "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,dsi-phy-14nm-2290 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7180-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7180-mdss.yaml index 3b9c103e504a..3432a2407caa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7180-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7180-mdss.yaml @@ -44,18 +44,24 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sc7180-dpu "^displayport-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sc7180-dp "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -64,6 +70,8 @@ patternProperties: "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,dsi-phy-10nm diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7280-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7280-mdss.yaml index 43500dad66e7..bbb727831fca 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7280-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7280-mdss.yaml @@ -44,18 +44,24 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sc7280-dpu "^displayport-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sc7280-dp "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -64,12 +70,16 @@ patternProperties: "^edp@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sc7280-edp "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: enum: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc8280xp-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc8280xp-mdss.yaml index db680fb12b6a..af79406e1604 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc8280xp-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc8280xp-mdss.yaml @@ -34,12 +34,16 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sc8280xp-dpu "^displayport-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: enum: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm845-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm845-mdss.yaml index d6d7ac1b2ef8..6e8b69e5ec62 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm845-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm845-mdss.yaml @@ -42,18 +42,24 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sdm845-dpu "^displayport-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sdm845-dp "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -62,6 +68,8 @@ patternProperties: "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,dsi-phy-10nm diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6115-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6115-mdss.yaml index 17221b62a642..dde5c2acead5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6115-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6115-mdss.yaml @@ -32,12 +32,16 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm6115-dpu "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: oneOf: @@ -50,6 +54,8 @@ patternProperties: "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,dsi-phy-14nm-2290 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6125-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6125-mdss.yaml index 57f0e3647711..671c2c2aa896 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6125-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6125-mdss.yaml @@ -43,12 +43,16 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm6125-dpu "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -57,6 +61,8 @@ patternProperties: "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm6125-dsi-phy-14nm diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6350-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6350-mdss.yaml index db255b1f4c20..e1dcb453762e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6350-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6350-mdss.yaml @@ -43,12 +43,16 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm6350-dpu "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -57,6 +61,8 @@ patternProperties: "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,dsi-phy-10nm diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6375-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6375-mdss.yaml index 30d36fffaedb..b15c3950f09d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6375-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6375-mdss.yaml @@ -43,12 +43,16 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm6375-dpu "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -57,6 +61,8 @@ patternProperties: "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm6375-dsi-phy-7nm diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8150-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8150-mdss.yaml index 54cdaa827cd3..a2a8be7f64a9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8150-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8150-mdss.yaml @@ -47,12 +47,16 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm8150-dpu "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -61,6 +65,8 @@ patternProperties: "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,dsi-phy-7nm diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8250-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8250-mdss.yaml index e887f031b8be..994975909fea 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8250-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8250-mdss.yaml @@ -46,12 +46,16 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm8250-dpu "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -60,6 +64,8 @@ patternProperties: "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,dsi-phy-7nm diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8350-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8350-mdss.yaml index 60d4aae1131b..163fc83c1e80 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8350-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8350-mdss.yaml @@ -48,18 +48,24 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm8350-dpu "^displayport-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm8350-dp "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -68,6 +74,8 @@ patternProperties: "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm8350-dsi-phy-5nm diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8450-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8450-mdss.yaml index bb22940b9385..001b26e65301 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8450-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8450-mdss.yaml @@ -38,12 +38,16 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm8450-dpu "^displayport-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -52,6 +56,8 @@ patternProperties: "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -60,6 +66,8 @@ patternProperties: "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm8450-dsi-phy-5nm diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8550-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8550-mdss.yaml index 48aea8005c86..1ea50a2c7c8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8550-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8550-mdss.yaml @@ -38,12 +38,16 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm8550-dpu "^displayport-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -52,6 +56,8 @@ patternProperties: "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: items: @@ -60,6 +66,8 @@ patternProperties: "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm8550-dsi-phy-4nm diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9163.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9163.yaml index 90e323e19edb..3cabbba86581 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9163.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9163.yaml @@ -48,10 +48,6 @@ examples: - | #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> - backlight: backlight { - compatible = "gpio-backlight"; - gpios = <&gpio 22 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; - }; spi { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/jdi,lpm102a188a.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/jdi,lpm102a188a.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2f4d27a309a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/jdi,lpm102a188a.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/panel/jdi,lpm102a188a.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: JDI LPM102A188A 2560x1800 10.2" DSI Panel + +maintainers: + - Diogo Ivo <diogo.ivo@tecnico.ulisboa.pt> + +description: | + This panel requires a dual-channel DSI host to operate. It supports two modes: + - left-right: each channel drives the left or right half of the screen + - even-odd: each channel drives the even or odd lines of the screen + + Each of the DSI channels controls a separate DSI peripheral. The peripheral + driven by the first link (DSI-LINK1) is considered the primary peripheral + and controls the device. The 'link2' property contains a phandle to the + peripheral driven by the second link (DSI-LINK2). + +allOf: + - $ref: panel-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: jdi,lpm102a188a + + reg: true + enable-gpios: true + reset-gpios: true + power-supply: true + backlight: true + + ddi-supply: + description: The regulator that provides IOVCC (1.8V). + + link2: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: | + phandle to the DSI peripheral on the secondary link. Note that the + presence of this property marks the containing node as DSI-LINK1. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +if: + required: + - link2 +then: + required: + - power-supply + - ddi-supply + - enable-gpios + - reset-gpios + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/tegra-gpio.h> + + dsia: dsi@54300000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x0 0x54300000 0x0 0x00040000>; + + link2: panel@0 { + compatible = "jdi,lpm102a188a"; + reg = <0>; + }; + }; + + dsib: dsi@54400000{ + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x0 0x54400000 0x0 0x00040000>; + nvidia,ganged-mode = <&dsia>; + + link1: panel@0 { + compatible = "jdi,lpm102a188a"; + reg = <0>; + power-supply = <&pplcd_vdd>; + ddi-supply = <&pp1800_lcdio>; + enable-gpios = <&gpio TEGRA_GPIO(V, 1) GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio TEGRA_GPIO(V, 2) GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + link2 = <&link2>; + backlight = <&backlight>; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/leadtek,ltk050h3146w.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/leadtek,ltk050h3146w.yaml index 3f6efbb942da..a40ab887ada7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/leadtek,ltk050h3146w.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/leadtek,ltk050h3146w.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ properties: enum: - leadtek,ltk050h3146w - leadtek,ltk050h3146w-a2 + - leadtek,ltk050h3148w reg: true backlight: true reset-gpios: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/newvision,nv3051d.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/newvision,nv3051d.yaml index 116c1b6030a2..cce775a87f87 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/newvision,nv3051d.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/newvision,nv3051d.yaml @@ -7,9 +7,7 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: NewVision NV3051D based LCD panel description: | - The NewVision NV3051D is a driver chip used to drive DSI panels. For now, - this driver only supports the 640x480 panels found in the Anbernic RG353 - based devices. + The NewVision NV3051D is a driver chip used to drive DSI panels. maintainers: - Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com> @@ -21,6 +19,7 @@ properties: compatible: items: - enum: + - anbernic,rg351v-panel - anbernic,rg353p-panel - anbernic,rg353v-panel - const: newvision,nv3051d diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple-lvds-dual-ports.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple-lvds-dual-ports.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a5a596ff8e75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple-lvds-dual-ports.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/panel/panel-simple-lvds-dual-ports.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Simple LVDS panels with one power supply and dual LVDS ports + +maintainers: + - Liu Ying <victor.liu@nxp.com> + - Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@gmail.com> + - Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org> + +description: | + This binding file is a collection of the LVDS panels that + has dual LVDS ports and requires only a single power-supply. + The first port receives odd pixels, and the second port receives even pixels. + There are optionally a backlight and an enable GPIO. + The panel may use an OF graph binding for the association to the display, + or it may be a direct child node of the display. + + If the panel is more advanced a dedicated binding file is required. + +allOf: + - $ref: panel-common.yaml# + +properties: + + compatible: + enum: + # compatible must be listed in alphabetical order, ordered by compatible. + # The description in the comment is mandatory for each compatible. + + # AU Optronics Corporation 13.3" FHD (1920x1080) TFT LCD panel + - auo,g133han01 + # AU Optronics Corporation 18.5" FHD (1920x1080) TFT LCD panel + - auo,g185han01 + # AU Optronics Corporation 19.0" (1280x1024) TFT LCD panel + - auo,g190ean01 + # Kaohsiung Opto-Electronics Inc. 10.1" WUXGA (1920 x 1200) LVDS TFT LCD panel + - koe,tx26d202vm0bwa + # NLT Technologies, Ltd. 15.6" FHD (1920x1080) LVDS TFT LCD panel + - nlt,nl192108ac18-02d + + ports: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + + properties: + port@0: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: The first sink port. + + properties: + dual-lvds-odd-pixels: + type: boolean + description: The first sink port for odd pixels. + + required: + - dual-lvds-odd-pixels + + port@1: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: The second sink port. + + properties: + dual-lvds-even-pixels: + type: boolean + description: The second sink port for even pixels. + + required: + - dual-lvds-even-pixels + + required: + - port@0 + - port@1 + + backlight: true + enable-gpios: true + power-supply: true + +additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - ports + - power-supply + +examples: + - | + panel: panel-lvds { + compatible = "koe,tx26d202vm0bwa"; + power-supply = <&vdd_lcd_reg>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + dual-lvds-odd-pixels; + reg = <0>; + + panel_lvds0_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&lvds0_out>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + dual-lvds-even-pixels; + reg = <1>; + + panel_lvds1_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&lvds1_out>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple.yaml index 25b4589d4a58..3ec9ee95045f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple.yaml @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ description: | allOf: - $ref: panel-common.yaml# + - $ref: ../lvds-data-mapping.yaml# properties: - compatible: enum: # compatible must be listed in alphabetical order, ordered by compatible. @@ -65,14 +65,8 @@ properties: - auo,g104sn02 # AU Optronics Corporation 12.1" (1280x800) TFT LCD panel - auo,g121ean01 - # AU Optronics Corporation 13.3" FHD (1920x1080) TFT LCD panel - - auo,g133han01 # AU Optronics Corporation 15.6" (1366x768) TFT LCD panel - auo,g156xtn01 - # AU Optronics Corporation 18.5" FHD (1920x1080) TFT LCD panel - - auo,g185han01 - # AU Optronics Corporation 19.0" (1280x1024) TFT LCD panel - - auo,g190ean01 # AU Optronics Corporation 31.5" FHD (1920x1080) TFT LCD panel - auo,p320hvn03 # AU Optronics Corporation 21.5" FHD (1920x1080) color TFT LCD panel @@ -204,8 +198,6 @@ properties: - kingdisplay,kd116n21-30nv-a010 # Kaohsiung Opto-Electronics Inc. 5.7" QVGA (320 x 240) TFT LCD panel - koe,tx14d24vm1bpa - # Kaohsiung Opto-Electronics Inc. 10.1" WUXGA (1920 x 1200) LVDS TFT LCD panel - - koe,tx26d202vm0bwa # Kaohsiung Opto-Electronics. TX31D200VM0BAA 12.3" HSXGA LVDS panel - koe,tx31d200vm0baa # Kyocera Corporation 7" WVGA (800x480) transmissive color TFT @@ -238,6 +230,8 @@ properties: - logictechno,lttd800480070-l6wh-rt # Mitsubishi "AA070MC01 7.0" WVGA TFT LCD panel - mitsubishi,aa070mc01-ca1 + # Mitsubishi AA084XE01 8.4" XGA TFT LCD panel + - mitsubishi,aa084xe01 # Multi-Inno Technology Co.,Ltd MI0700S4T-6 7" 800x480 TFT Resistive Touch Module - multi-inno,mi0700s4t-6 # Multi-Inno Technology Co.,Ltd MI0800FT-9 8" 800x600 TFT Resistive Touch Module @@ -254,8 +248,6 @@ properties: - neweast,wjfh116008a # Newhaven Display International 480 x 272 TFT LCD panel - newhaven,nhd-4.3-480272ef-atxl - # NLT Technologies, Ltd. 15.6" FHD (1920x1080) LVDS TFT LCD panel - - nlt,nl192108ac18-02d # New Vision Display 7.0" 800 RGB x 480 TFT LCD panel - nvd,9128 # OKAYA Electric America, Inc. RS800480T-7X0GP 7" WVGA LCD panel @@ -357,6 +349,17 @@ properties: power-supply: true no-hpd: true hpd-gpios: true + data-mapping: true + +if: + not: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: innolux,g101ice-l01 +then: + properties: + data-mapping: false additionalProperties: false @@ -376,3 +379,16 @@ examples: }; }; }; + - | + panel_lvds: panel-lvds { + compatible = "innolux,g101ice-l01"; + power-supply = <&vcc_lcd_reg>; + + data-mapping = "jeida-24"; + + port { + panel_in_lvds: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <<dc_out_lvds>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/raydium,rm692e5.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/raydium,rm692e5.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f436ba6738ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/raydium,rm692e5.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/panel/raydium,rm692e5.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Raydium RM692E5 based DSI display panels + +maintainers: + - Konrad Dybcio <konradybcio@kernel.org> + +description: + The Raydium RM692E5 is a generic DSI Panel IC used to control + AMOLED panels. + +allOf: + - $ref: panel-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - const: fairphone,fp5-rm692e5-boe + - const: raydium,rm692e5 + + dvdd-supply: + description: Digital voltage rail + + vci-supply: + description: Analog voltage rail + + vddio-supply: + description: I/O voltage rail + + reg: true + port: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reset-gpios + - dvdd-supply + - vci-supply + - vddio-supply + - port + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + + dsi { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + panel@0 { + compatible = "fairphone,fp5-rm692e5-boe", "raydium,rm692e5"; + reg = <0>; + + reset-gpios = <&tlmm 44 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + dvdd-supply = <&vreg_oled_vci>; + vci-supply = <&vreg_l12c>; + vddio-supply = <&vreg_oled_dvdd>; + + port { + panel_in_0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi0_out>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/rocktech,jh057n00900.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/rocktech,jh057n00900.yaml index 5ea74426b1d5..97cccd8a8479 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/rocktech,jh057n00900.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/rocktech,jh057n00900.yaml @@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ properties: enum: # Anberic RG353V-V2 5.0" 640x480 TFT LCD panel - anbernic,rg353v-panel-v2 + # Powkiddy RGB30 3.0" 720x720 TFT LCD panel + - powkiddy,rgb30-panel # Rocktech JH057N00900 5.5" 720x1440 TFT LCD panel - rocktech,jh057n00900 # Xingbangda XBD599 5.99" 720x1440 TFT LCD panel diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,dw-mipi-dsi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,dw-mipi-dsi.yaml index 8e8a40879140..ccf79e738fa1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,dw-mipi-dsi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,dw-mipi-dsi.yaml @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ properties: - rockchip,rk3288-mipi-dsi - rockchip,rk3399-mipi-dsi - rockchip,rk3568-mipi-dsi + - rockchip,rv1126-mipi-dsi - const: snps,dw-mipi-dsi interrupts: @@ -77,6 +78,7 @@ allOf: enum: - rockchip,px30-mipi-dsi - rockchip,rk3568-mipi-dsi + - rockchip,rv1126-mipi-dsi then: properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.yaml index df61cb5f5c54..b339b7e708c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.yaml @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ properties: - rockchip,rk3368-vop - rockchip,rk3399-vop-big - rockchip,rk3399-vop-lit + - rockchip,rv1126-vop reg: minItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sitronix,st7735r.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sitronix,st7735r.yaml index 621f27148419..3b0ebc0db8e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sitronix,st7735r.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sitronix,st7735r.yaml @@ -54,11 +54,6 @@ examples: - | #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> - backlight: backlight { - compatible = "gpio-backlight"; - gpios = <&gpio 44 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; - }; - spi { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/solomon,ssd-common.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/solomon,ssd-common.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3e6998481a75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/solomon,ssd-common.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/solomon,ssd-common.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Common properties for Solomon OLED Display Controllers + +maintainers: + - Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com> + +properties: + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + # Only required for SPI + dc-gpios: + description: + GPIO connected to the controller's D/C# (Data/Command) pin, + that is needed for 4-wire SPI to tell the controller if the + data sent is for a command register or the display data RAM + maxItems: 1 + + solomon,height: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: + Height in pixel of the screen driven by the controller. + The default value is controller-dependent. + + solomon,width: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: + Width in pixel of the screen driven by the controller. + The default value is controller-dependent. + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/spi/spi-peripheral-props.yaml# + +additionalProperties: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/solomon,ssd1307fb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/solomon,ssd1307fb.yaml index 20e2bd15d4d2..3afbb52d1b7f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/solomon,ssd1307fb.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/solomon,ssd1307fb.yaml @@ -27,38 +27,12 @@ properties: - solomon,ssd1307 - solomon,ssd1309 - reg: - maxItems: 1 - pwms: maxItems: 1 - reset-gpios: - maxItems: 1 - - # Only required for SPI - dc-gpios: - description: - GPIO connected to the controller's D/C# (Data/Command) pin, - that is needed for 4-wire SPI to tell the controller if the - data sent is for a command register or the display data RAM - maxItems: 1 - vbat-supply: description: The supply for VBAT - solomon,height: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: - Height in pixel of the screen driven by the controller. - The default value is controller-dependent. - - solomon,width: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: - Width in pixel of the screen driven by the controller. - The default value is controller-dependent. - solomon,page-offset: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 default: 1 @@ -148,7 +122,7 @@ required: - reg allOf: - - $ref: /schemas/spi/spi-peripheral-props.yaml# + - $ref: solomon,ssd-common.yaml# - if: properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/solomon,ssd132x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/solomon,ssd132x.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0aa41bd9ddca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/solomon,ssd132x.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/solomon,ssd132x.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Solomon SSD132x OLED Display Controllers + +maintainers: + - Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com> + +properties: + compatible: + - enum: + - solomon,ssd1322 + - solomon,ssd1325 + - solomon,ssd1327 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +allOf: + - $ref: solomon,ssd-common.yaml# + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: solomon,ssd1322 + then: + properties: + width: + default: 480 + height: + default: 128 + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: solomon,ssd1325 + then: + properties: + width: + default: 128 + height: + default: 80 + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: solomon,ssd1327 + then: + properties: + width: + default: 128 + height: + default: 128 + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + oled@3c { + compatible = "solomon,ssd1327"; + reg = <0x3c>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio2 7>; + }; + + }; + - | + spi { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + oled@0 { + compatible = "solomon,ssd1327"; + reg = <0x0>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio2 7>; + dc-gpios = <&gpio2 8>; + spi-max-frequency = <10000000>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/arm,scmi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/arm,scmi.yaml index b138f3d23df8..4591523b51a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/arm,scmi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/arm,scmi.yaml @@ -38,6 +38,9 @@ properties: with shmem address(4KB-page, offset) as parameters items: - const: arm,scmi-smc-param + - description: SCMI compliant firmware with Qualcomm SMC/HVC transport + items: + - const: qcom,scmi-smc - description: SCMI compliant firmware with SCMI Virtio transport. The virtio transport only supports a single device. items: @@ -149,8 +152,15 @@ properties: '#clock-cells': const: 1 - required: - - '#clock-cells' + '#power-domain-cells': + const: 1 + + oneOf: + - required: + - '#clock-cells' + + - required: + - '#power-domain-cells' protocol@14: $ref: '#/$defs/protocol-node' @@ -306,6 +316,7 @@ else: enum: - arm,scmi-smc - arm,scmi-smc-param + - qcom,scmi-smc then: required: - arm,smc-id diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.yaml index 4233ea839bfc..0613a37a851a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.yaml @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ properties: - qcom,scm-apq8064 - qcom,scm-apq8084 - qcom,scm-ipq4019 + - qcom,scm-ipq5018 - qcom,scm-ipq5332 - qcom,scm-ipq6018 - qcom,scm-ipq806x @@ -56,6 +57,7 @@ properties: - qcom,scm-sm6125 - qcom,scm-sm6350 - qcom,scm-sm6375 + - qcom,scm-sm7150 - qcom,scm-sm8150 - qcom,scm-sm8250 - qcom,scm-sm8350 @@ -89,6 +91,14 @@ properties: protocol to handle sleeping SCM calls. maxItems: 1 + qcom,sdi-enabled: + description: + Indicates that the SDI (Secure Debug Image) has been enabled by TZ + by default and it needs to be disabled. + If not disabled WDT assertion or reboot will cause the board to hang + in the debug mode. + type: boolean + qcom,dload-mode: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/fsl-imx-gpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/fsl-imx-gpio.yaml index d0ca2af89f1e..918776d16ef3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/fsl-imx-gpio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/fsl-imx-gpio.yaml @@ -19,10 +19,18 @@ properties: - fsl,imx35-gpio - fsl,imx7d-gpio - items: + - enum: + - fsl,imx27-gpio + - const: fsl,imx21-gpio + - items: - const: fsl,imx35-gpio - const: fsl,imx31-gpio - items: - enum: + - fsl,imx25-gpio + - const: fsl,imx35-gpio + - items: + - enum: - fsl,imx50-gpio - fsl,imx51-gpio - fsl,imx53-gpio diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.yaml index 7c2d152e8617..a27f92950257 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ description: | properties: compatible: oneOf: + - const: fsl,imx8ulp-gpio - const: fsl,vf610-gpio - items: - const: fsl,imx7ulp-gpio @@ -27,16 +28,18 @@ properties: - items: - enum: - fsl,imx93-gpio - - fsl,imx8ulp-gpio - - const: fsl,imx7ulp-gpio + - fsl,imx95-gpio + - const: fsl,imx8ulp-gpio reg: - description: The first reg tuple represents the PORT module, the second tuple - represents the GPIO module. + minItems: 1 maxItems: 2 interrupts: - maxItems: 1 + items: + - description: GPIO Trustzone non-secure interrupt number + - description: GPIO Trustzone secure interrupt number + minItems: 1 interrupt-controller: true @@ -59,7 +62,8 @@ properties: - const: port gpio-ranges: - maxItems: 1 + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 4 patternProperties: "^.+-hog(-[0-9]+)?$": @@ -77,6 +81,30 @@ required: - "#gpio-cells" - gpio-controller +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - fsl,vf610-gpio + - fsl,imx7ulp-gpio + then: + properties: + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + reg: + items: + - description: PORT register base address + - description: GPIO register base address + else: + properties: + interrupts: + minItems: 2 + reg: + items: + - description: GPIO register base address + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/intel,ixp4xx-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/intel,ixp4xx-gpio.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8dc41ed99685..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/intel,ixp4xx-gpio.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -Intel IXP4xx XScale Networking Processors GPIO - -This GPIO controller is found in the Intel IXP4xx processors. -It supports 16 GPIO lines. - -The interrupt portions of the GPIO controller is hierarchical: -the synchronous edge detector is part of the GPIO block, but the -actual enabling/disabling of the interrupt line is done in the -main IXP4xx interrupt controller which has a 1:1 mapping for -the first 12 GPIO lines to 12 system interrupts. - -The remaining 4 GPIO lines can not be used for receiving -interrupts. - -The interrupt parent of this GPIO controller must be the -IXP4xx interrupt controller. - -Required properties: - -- compatible : Should be - "intel,ixp4xx-gpio" -- reg : Should contain registers location and length -- gpio-controller : marks this as a GPIO controller -- #gpio-cells : Should be 2, see gpio/gpio.txt -- interrupt-controller : marks this as an interrupt controller -- #interrupt-cells : a standard two-cell interrupt, see - interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt - -Example: - -gpio0: gpio@c8004000 { - compatible = "intel,ixp4xx-gpio"; - reg = <0xc8004000 0x1000>; - gpio-controller; - #gpio-cells = <2>; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/intel,ixp4xx-gpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/intel,ixp4xx-gpio.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bfcb1f364c3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/intel,ixp4xx-gpio.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/gpio/intel,ixp4xx-gpio.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Intel IXP4xx XScale Networking Processors GPIO Controller + +description: | + This GPIO controller is found in the Intel IXP4xx + processors. It supports 16 GPIO lines. + The interrupt portions of the GPIO controller is hierarchical. + The synchronous edge detector is part of the GPIO block, but the + actual enabling/disabling of the interrupt line is done in the + main IXP4xx interrupt controller which has a 1-to-1 mapping for + the first 12 GPIO lines to 12 system interrupts. + The remaining 4 GPIO lines can not be used for receiving + interrupts. + The interrupt parent of this GPIO controller must be the + IXP4xx interrupt controller. + GPIO 14 and 15 can be used as clock outputs rather than GPIO, + and this can be enabled by a special flag. + +maintainers: + - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> + +properties: + compatible: + const: intel,ixp4xx-gpio + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + gpio-controller: true + + "#gpio-cells": + const: 2 + + interrupt-controller: true + + "#interrupt-cells": + const: 2 + + intel,ixp4xx-gpio14-clkout: + description: If defined, enables clock output on GPIO 14 + instead of GPIO. + type: boolean + + intel,ixp4xx-gpio15-clkout: + description: If defined, enables clock output on GPIO 15 + instead of GPIO. + type: boolean + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - "#gpio-cells" + - interrupt-controller + - "#interrupt-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + gpio@c8004000 { + compatible = "intel,ixp4xx-gpio"; + reg = <0xc8004000 0x1000>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/loongson,ls-gpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/loongson,ls-gpio.yaml index fb86e8ce6349..cf3b1b270aa8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/loongson,ls-gpio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/loongson,ls-gpio.yaml @@ -11,9 +11,22 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - enum: - - loongson,ls2k-gpio - - loongson,ls7a-gpio + oneOf: + - enum: + - loongson,ls2k-gpio + - loongson,ls2k0500-gpio0 + - loongson,ls2k0500-gpio1 + - loongson,ls2k2000-gpio0 + - loongson,ls2k2000-gpio1 + - loongson,ls2k2000-gpio2 + - loongson,ls3a5000-gpio + - loongson,ls7a-gpio + - items: + - const: loongson,ls2k1000-gpio + - const: loongson,ls2k-gpio + - items: + - const: loongson,ls7a1000-gpio + - const: loongson,ls7a-gpio reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -49,7 +62,7 @@ examples: #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> gpio0: gpio@1fe00500 { - compatible = "loongson,ls2k-gpio"; + compatible = "loongson,ls2k1000-gpio", "loongson,ls2k-gpio"; reg = <0x1fe00500 0x38>; ngpios = <64>; #gpio-cells = <2>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adi,ltc2991.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adi,ltc2991.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..011e5b65c79c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adi,ltc2991.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- + +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/hwmon/adi,ltc2991.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Analog Devices LTC2991 Octal I2C Voltage, Current and Temperature Monitor + +maintainers: + - Antoniu Miclaus <antoniu.miclaus@analog.com> + +description: | + The LTC2991 is used to monitor system temperatures, voltages and currents. + Through the I2C serial interface, the eight monitors can individually measure + supply voltages and can be paired for differential measurements of current + sense resistors or temperature sensing transistors. + + Datasheet: + https://www.analog.com/en/products/ltc2991.html + +properties: + compatible: + const: adi,ltc2991 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + '#address-cells': + const: 1 + + '#size-cells': + const: 0 + + vcc-supply: true + +patternProperties: + "^channel@[0-3]$": + type: object + description: + Represents the differential/temperature channels. + + properties: + reg: + description: + The channel number. LTC2991 can monitor 4 currents/temperatures. + items: + minimum: 0 + maximum: 3 + + shunt-resistor-micro-ohms: + description: + The value of curent sense resistor in micro ohms. Pin configuration is + set for differential input pair. + + adi,temperature-enable: + description: + Enables temperature readings. Pin configuration is set for remote + diode temperature measurement. + type: boolean + + required: + - reg + + allOf: + - if: + required: + - shunt-resistor-micro-ohms + then: + properties: + adi,temperature-enable: false + + additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - vcc-supply + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + hwmon@48 { + compatible = "adi,ltc2991"; + reg = <0x48>; + vcc-supply = <&vcc>; + }; + }; + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + hwmon@48 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + compatible = "adi,ltc2991"; + reg = <0x48>; + vcc-supply = <&vcc>; + + channel@0 { + reg = <0x0>; + shunt-resistor-micro-ohms = <100000>; + }; + + channel@1 { + reg = <0x1>; + shunt-resistor-micro-ohms = <100000>; + }; + + channel@2 { + reg = <0x2>; + adi,temperature-enable; + }; + + channel@3 { + reg = <0x3>; + adi,temperature-enable; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adi,max31827.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adi,max31827.yaml index 2dc8b07b4d3b..f60e06ab7d0a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adi,max31827.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adi,max31827.yaml @@ -32,6 +32,68 @@ properties: Must have values in the interval (1.6V; 3.6V) in order for the device to function correctly. + adi,comp-int: + description: + If present interrupt mode is used. If not present comparator mode is used + (default). + type: boolean + + adi,alarm-pol: + description: + Sets the alarms active state. + - 0 = active low + - 1 = active high + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [0, 1] + + adi,fault-q: + description: + Select how many consecutive temperature faults must occur before + overtemperature or undertemperature faults are indicated in the + corresponding status bits. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [1, 2, 4, 8] + + adi,timeout-enable: + description: + Enables timeout. Bus timeout resets the I2C-compatible interface when SCL + is low for more than 30ms (nominal). + type: boolean + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: adi,max31829 + + then: + properties: + adi,alarm-pol: + default: 1 + + else: + properties: + adi,alarm-pol: + default: 0 + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: adi,max31827 + + then: + properties: + adi,fault-q: + default: 1 + + else: + properties: + adi,fault-q: + default: 4 + + required: - compatible - reg @@ -49,6 +111,10 @@ examples: compatible = "adi,max31827"; reg = <0x42>; vref-supply = <®_vdd>; + adi,comp-int; + adi,alarm-pol = <0>; + adi,fault-q = <1>; + adi,timeout-enable; }; }; ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ina3221.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ina3221.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fa63b6171407..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ina3221.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -Texas Instruments INA3221 Device Tree Bindings - -1) ina3221 node - Required properties: - - compatible: Must be "ti,ina3221" - - reg: I2C address - - Optional properties: - - ti,single-shot: This chip has two power modes: single-shot (chip takes one - measurement and then shuts itself down) and continuous ( - chip takes continuous measurements). The continuous mode is - more reliable and suitable for hardware monitor type device, - but the single-shot mode is more power-friendly and useful - for battery-powered device which cares power consumptions - while still needs some measurements occasionally. - If this property is present, the single-shot mode will be - used, instead of the default continuous one for monitoring. - - = The node contains optional child nodes for three channels = - = Each child node describes the information of input source = - - - #address-cells: Required only if a child node is present. Must be 1. - - #size-cells: Required only if a child node is present. Must be 0. - -2) child nodes - Required properties: - - reg: Must be 0, 1 or 2, corresponding to IN1, IN2 or IN3 port of INA3221 - - Optional properties: - - label: Name of the input source - - shunt-resistor-micro-ohms: Shunt resistor value in micro-Ohm - -Example: - -ina3221@40 { - compatible = "ti,ina3221"; - reg = <0x40>; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - input@0 { - reg = <0x0>; - status = "disabled"; - }; - input@1 { - reg = <0x1>; - shunt-resistor-micro-ohms = <5000>; - }; - input@2 { - reg = <0x2>; - label = "VDD_5V"; - shunt-resistor-micro-ohms = <5000>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/npcm750-pwm-fan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/npcm750-pwm-fan.txt index 8523777f560c..18095ba87a5a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/npcm750-pwm-fan.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/npcm750-pwm-fan.txt @@ -1,12 +1,16 @@ -Nuvoton NPCM7xx PWM and Fan Tacho controller device +Nuvoton NPCM PWM and Fan Tacho controller device The Nuvoton BMC NPCM7XX supports 8 Pulse-width modulation (PWM) controller outputs and 16 Fan tachometer controller inputs. +The Nuvoton BMC NPCM8XX supports 12 Pulse-width modulation (PWM) +controller outputs and 16 Fan tachometer controller inputs. + Required properties for pwm-fan node - #address-cells : should be 1. - #size-cells : should be 0. - compatible : "nuvoton,npcm750-pwm-fan" for Poleg NPCM7XX. + : "nuvoton,npcm845-pwm-fan" for Arbel NPCM8XX. - reg : specifies physical base address and size of the registers. - reg-names : must contain: * "pwm" for the PWM registers. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pmbus/infineon,tda38640.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pmbus/infineon,tda38640.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ded1c115764b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pmbus/infineon,tda38640.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- + +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/hwmon/pmbus/infineon,tda38640.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Infineon TDA38640 Synchronous Buck Regulator with SVID and I2C + +maintainers: + - Naresh Solanki <naresh.solanki@9elements.com> + +description: | + The Infineon TDA38640 is a 40A Single-voltage Synchronous Buck + Regulator with SVID and I2C designed for Industrial use. + + Datasheet: https://www.infineon.com/dgdl/Infineon-TDA38640-0000-DataSheet-v02_04-EN.pdf?fileId=8ac78c8c80027ecd018042f2337f00c9 + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - infineon,tda38640 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + infineon,en-pin-fixed-level: + description: + Indicates that the chip EN pin is at fixed level or left + unconnected(has internal pull-down). + type: boolean + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + tda38640@40 { + compatible = "infineon,tda38640"; + reg = <0x40>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,ina2xx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,ina2xx.yaml index 8648877d2d01..378d1f6aeeb3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,ina2xx.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,ina2xx.yaml @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ properties: - ti,ina226 - ti,ina230 - ti,ina231 + - ti,ina237 - ti,ina238 reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,ina3221.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,ina3221.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5f10f1207d69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,ina3221.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/hwmon/ti,ina3221.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Texas Instruments INA3221 Current and Voltage Monitor + +maintainers: + - Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.com> + - Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> + +properties: + compatible: + const: ti,ina3221 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + ti,single-shot: + description: | + This chip has two power modes: single-shot (chip takes one measurement + and then shuts itself down) and continuous (chip takes continuous + measurements). The continuous mode is more reliable and suitable for + hardware monitor type device, but the single-shot mode is more power- + friendly and useful for battery-powered device which cares power + consumptions while still needs some measurements occasionally. + + If this property is present, the single-shot mode will be used, instead + of the default continuous one for monitoring. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + + "#address-cells": + description: Required only if a child node is present. + const: 1 + + "#size-cells": + description: Required only if a child node is present. + const: 0 + +patternProperties: + "^input@[0-2]$": + description: The node contains optional child nodes for three channels. + Each child node describes the information of input source. Input channels + default to enabled in the chip. Unless channels are explicitly disabled + in device-tree, input channels will be enabled. + type: object + additionalProperties: false + properties: + reg: + description: Must be 0, 1 and 2, corresponding to the IN1, IN2 or IN3 + ports of the INA3221, respectively. + enum: [ 0, 1, 2 ] + + label: + description: name of the input source + + shunt-resistor-micro-ohms: + description: shunt resistor value in micro-Ohm + + ti,summation-disable: + description: | + The INA3221 has a critical alert pin that can be controlled by the + summation control function. This function adds the single + shunt-voltage conversions for the desired channels in order to + compare the combined sum to the programmed limit. The Shunt-Voltage + Sum Limit register contains the programmed value that is compared + to the value in the Shunt-Voltage Sum register in order to + determine if the total summed limit is exceeded. If the + shunt-voltage sum limit value is exceeded, the critical alert pin + is asserted. + + For the summation limit to have a meaningful value, it is necessary + to use the same shunt-resistor value on all enabled channels. If + this is not the case or if a channel should not be used for + triggering the critical alert pin, then this property can be used + exclude specific channels from the summation control function. + type: boolean + + required: + - reg + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + power-sensor@40 { + compatible = "ti,ina3221"; + reg = <0x40>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + input@0 { + reg = <0x0>; + /* + * Input channels are enabled by default in the device and so + * to disable, must be explicitly disabled in device-tree. + */ + status = "disabled"; + }; + + input@1 { + reg = <0x1>; + shunt-resistor-micro-ohms = <5000>; + }; + + input@2 { + reg = <0x2>; + label = "VDD_5V"; + shunt-resistor-micro-ohms = <5000>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.yaml index ab69f4115de4..d9483fbd2454 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.yaml @@ -55,6 +55,12 @@ properties: May not be supported by all controllers. + mctp-controller: + type: boolean + description: | + Indicates that the system is accessible via this bus as an endpoint for + MCTP over I3C transport. + required: - "#address-cells" - "#size-cells" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/addac/adi,ad74115.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/addac/adi,ad74115.yaml index 2594fa192f93..2a04906531fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/addac/adi,ad74115.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/addac/adi,ad74115.yaml @@ -32,7 +32,8 @@ properties: spi-cpol: true - reset-gpios: true + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 interrupts: minItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5758.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5758.yaml index 4e508bfcc9d8..5121685337b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5758.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5758.yaml @@ -78,7 +78,8 @@ properties: - const: -1000 - const: 22000 - reset-gpios: true + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 adi,dc-dc-ilim-microamp: enum: [150000, 200000, 250000, 300000, 350000, 400000] diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/ti,afe4403.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/ti,afe4403.yaml index b9b5beac33b2..5b6cde86b5a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/ti,afe4403.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/ti,afe4403.yaml @@ -23,7 +23,8 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 description: Connected to ADC_RDY pin. - reset-gpios: true + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/ti,afe4404.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/ti,afe4404.yaml index 2958c4ca75b4..167d10bd60af 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/ti,afe4404.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/ti,afe4404.yaml @@ -23,7 +23,8 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 description: Connected to ADC_RDY pin. - reset-gpios: true + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8921-keypad.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8921-keypad.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..88764adcd696 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8921-keypad.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/input/qcom,pm8921-keypad.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm PM8921 PMIC KeyPad + +maintainers: + - Dmitry Baryshkov <dmitry.baryshkov@linaro.org> + +allOf: + - $ref: input.yaml# + - $ref: matrix-keymap.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,pm8058-keypad + - qcom,pm8921-keypad + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + items: + - description: key sense + - description: key stuck + + wakeup-source: + type: boolean + description: use any event on keypad as wakeup event + + linux,keypad-wakeup: + type: boolean + deprecated: true + description: legacy version of the wakeup-source property + + debounce: + description: + Time in microseconds that key must be pressed or + released for state change interrupt to trigger. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + + scan-delay: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: time in microseconds to pause between successive scans of the + matrix array + + row-hold: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: time in nanoseconds to pause between scans of each row in the + matrix array. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - linux,keymap + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/input/input.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + pmic { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + keypad@148 { + compatible = "qcom,pm8921-keypad"; + reg = <0x148>; + interrupt-parent = <&pmicintc>; + interrupts = <74 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, <75 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + linux,keymap = < + MATRIX_KEY(0, 0, KEY_VOLUMEUP) + MATRIX_KEY(0, 1, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN) + MATRIX_KEY(0, 2, KEY_CAMERA_FOCUS) + MATRIX_KEY(0, 3, KEY_CAMERA) + >; + keypad,num-rows = <1>; + keypad,num-columns = <5>; + debounce = <15>; + scan-delay = <32>; + row-hold = <91500>; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-keypad.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4a9dc6ba96b1..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-keypad.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -Qualcomm PM8xxx PMIC Keypad - -PROPERTIES - -- compatible: - Usage: required - Value type: <string> - Definition: must be one of: - "qcom,pm8058-keypad" - "qcom,pm8921-keypad" - -- reg: - Usage: required - Value type: <prop-encoded-array> - Definition: address of keypad control register - -- interrupts: - Usage: required - Value type: <prop-encoded-array> - Definition: the first interrupt specifies the key sense interrupt - and the second interrupt specifies the key stuck interrupt. - The format of the specifier is defined by the binding - document describing the node's interrupt parent. - -- linux,keymap: - Usage: required - Value type: <prop-encoded-array> - Definition: the linux keymap. More information can be found in - input/matrix-keymap.txt. - -- linux,keypad-no-autorepeat: - Usage: optional - Value type: <bool> - Definition: don't enable autorepeat feature. - -- wakeup-source: - Usage: optional - Value type: <bool> - Definition: use any event on keypad as wakeup event. - (Legacy property supported: "linux,keypad-wakeup") - -- keypad,num-rows: - Usage: required - Value type: <u32> - Definition: number of rows in the keymap. More information can be found - in input/matrix-keymap.txt. - -- keypad,num-columns: - Usage: required - Value type: <u32> - Definition: number of columns in the keymap. More information can be - found in input/matrix-keymap.txt. - -- debounce: - Usage: optional - Value type: <u32> - Definition: time in microseconds that key must be pressed or release - for key sense interrupt to trigger. - -- scan-delay: - Usage: optional - Value type: <u32> - Definition: time in microseconds to pause between successive scans - of the matrix array. - -- row-hold: - Usage: optional - Value type: <u32> - Definition: time in nanoseconds to pause between scans of each row in - the matrix array. - -EXAMPLE - - keypad@148 { - compatible = "qcom,pm8921-keypad"; - reg = <0x148>; - interrupt-parent = <&pmicintc>; - interrupts = <74 1>, <75 1>; - linux,keymap = < - MATRIX_KEY(0, 0, KEY_VOLUMEUP) - MATRIX_KEY(0, 1, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN) - MATRIX_KEY(0, 2, KEY_CAMERA_FOCUS) - MATRIX_KEY(0, 3, KEY_CAMERA) - >; - keypad,num-rows = <1>; - keypad,num-columns = <5>; - debounce = <15>; - scan-delay = <32>; - row-hold = <91500>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/syna,rmi4.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/syna,rmi4.yaml index 4d4e1a8e36be..b522c8d3ce0d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/syna,rmi4.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/syna,rmi4.yaml @@ -164,6 +164,8 @@ patternProperties: "^rmi4-f[0-9a-f]+@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + description: Other functions, not documented yet. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl4030-pwrbutton.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl4030-pwrbutton.txt index f5021214edec..6c201a2ba8ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl4030-pwrbutton.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl4030-pwrbutton.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Texas Instruments TWL family (twl4030) pwrbutton module This module is part of the TWL4030. For more details about the whole -chip see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl-family.txt. +chip see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,twl.yaml. This module provides a simple power button event via an Interrupt. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.yaml index 4847b04be1a1..86d61896f591 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.yaml @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sdm845-pdc - qcom,sdx55-pdc - qcom,sdx65-pdc + - qcom,sm4450-pdc - qcom,sm6350-pdc - qcom,sm8150-pdc - qcom,sm8250-pdc diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.yaml index dc1f28e55266..0c07e8dda445 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.yaml @@ -65,6 +65,8 @@ properties: - items: - enum: - allwinner,sun20i-d1-plic + - sophgo,cv1800b-plic + - sophgo,sg2042-plic - thead,th1520-plic - const: thead,c900-plic - items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/thead,c900-aclint-mswi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/thead,c900-aclint-mswi.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..065f2544b63b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/thead,c900-aclint-mswi.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/interrupt-controller/thead,c900-aclint-mswi.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Sophgo sg2042 CLINT Machine-level Software Interrupt Device + +maintainers: + - Inochi Amaoto <inochiama@outlook.com> + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - sophgo,sg2042-aclint-mswi + - const: thead,c900-aclint-mswi + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts-extended: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 4095 + +additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts-extended + +examples: + - | + interrupt-controller@94000000 { + compatible = "sophgo,sg2042-aclint-mswi", "thead,c900-aclint-mswi"; + interrupts-extended = <&cpu1intc 3>, + <&cpu2intc 3>, + <&cpu3intc 3>, + <&cpu4intc 3>; + reg = <0x94000000 0x00010000>; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/common.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/common.yaml index 3b60afbab68b..e0983e44934c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/common.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/common.yaml @@ -33,4 +33,21 @@ properties: due to restrictions in a specific system, such as mounting conditions. $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + brightness-levels: + description: + Array of distinct brightness levels. The levels must be in the range + accepted by the underlying LED device. Typically these are in the range + from 0 to 255, but any range starting at 0 will do, as long as they are + accepted by the LED. + The 0 value means a 0% of brightness (darkest/off), while the last value + in the array represents a full 100% brightness (brightest). + If this array is not provided, the driver default mapping is used. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + + default-brightness-level: + description: + The default brightness level (index into the array defined by the + "brightness-levels" property). + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + additionalProperties: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/led-backlight.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/led-backlight.yaml index d7b78198abc2..f5554da6bc6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/led-backlight.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/led-backlight.yaml @@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ description: can also be used to describe a backlight device controlled by the output of a LED driver. +allOf: + - $ref: common.yaml# + properties: compatible: const: led-backlight @@ -26,25 +29,11 @@ properties: items: maxItems: 1 - brightness-levels: - description: - Array of distinct brightness levels. The levels must be in the range - accepted by the underlying LED devices. This is used to translate a - backlight brightness level into a LED brightness level. If it is not - provided, the identity mapping is used. - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array - - default-brightness-level: - description: - The default brightness level (index into the array defined by the - "brightness-levels" property). - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - required: - compatible - leds -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/max8925-backlight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/max8925-backlight.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b4cffdaa4137..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/max8925-backlight.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -88pm860x-backlight bindings - -Optional properties: - - maxim,max8925-dual-string: whether support dual string - -Example: - - backlights { - maxim,max8925-dual-string = <0>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/mps,mp3309c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/mps,mp3309c.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4191e33626f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/mps,mp3309c.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/leds/backlight/mps,mp3309c.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MPS MP3309C backlight + +maintainers: + - Flavio Suligoi <f.suligoi@asem.it> + +description: | + The Monolithic Power (MPS) MP3309C is a WLED step-up converter, featuring a + programmable switching frequency to optimize efficiency. + It supports two different dimming modes: + + - analog mode, via I2C commands (default) + - PWM controlled mode. + + The datasheet is available at: + https://www.monolithicpower.com/en/mp3309c.html + +allOf: + - $ref: common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: mps,mp3309c + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + pwms: + description: if present, the backlight is controlled in PWM mode. + maxItems: 1 + + enable-gpios: + description: GPIO used to enable the backlight in "analog-i2c" dimming mode. + maxItems: 1 + + mps,overvoltage-protection-microvolt: + description: Overvoltage protection (13.5V, 24V or 35.5V). + enum: [ 13500000, 24000000, 35500000 ] + default: 35500000 + + mps,no-sync-mode: + description: disable synchronous rectification mode + type: boolean + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - max-brightness + - default-brightness + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + /* Backlight with PWM control */ + backlight_pwm: backlight@17 { + compatible = "mps,mp3309c"; + reg = <0x17>; + pwms = <&pwm1 0 3333333 0>; /* 300 Hz --> (1/f) * 1*10^9 */ + max-brightness = <100>; + default-brightness = <80>; + mps,overvoltage-protection-microvolt = <24000000>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/pwm-backlight.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/pwm-backlight.yaml index 535690288990..b71f6454a4ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/pwm-backlight.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/pwm-backlight.yaml @@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ maintainers: - Daniel Thompson <daniel.thompson@linaro.org> - Jingoo Han <jingoohan1@gmail.com> +allOf: + - $ref: common.yaml# + properties: compatible: const: pwm-backlight @@ -39,21 +42,6 @@ properties: Delay in ms between disabling the backlight using GPIO and setting PWM value to 0. - brightness-levels: - description: - Array of distinct brightness levels. Typically these are in the range - from 0 to 255, but any range starting at 0 will do. The actual brightness - level (PWM duty cycle) will be interpolated from these values. 0 means a - 0% duty cycle (darkest/off), while the last value in the array represents - a 100% duty cycle (brightest). - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array - - default-brightness-level: - description: - The default brightness level (index into the array defined by the - "brightness-levels" property). - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - num-interpolated-steps: description: Number of interpolated steps between each value of brightness-levels @@ -69,7 +57,7 @@ required: - compatible - pwms -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.yaml index 5fb7007f3618..c8d0ba5f2327 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.yaml @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ properties: LED_COLOR_ID available, add a new one. $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 minimum: 0 - maximum: 9 + maximum: 14 function-enumerator: description: @@ -191,6 +191,8 @@ properties: each of them having its own LED assigned (assuming they are not hardwired). In such cases this property should contain phandle(s) of related source device(s). + Another example is a GPIO line that will be monitored and mirror the + state of the line (with or without inversion flags) to the LED. In many cases LED can be related to more than one device (e.g. one USB LED vs. multiple USB ports). Each source should be represented by a node in the device tree and be referenced by a phandle and a set of phandle diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/kinetic,ktd202x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/kinetic,ktd202x.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..832c030a5acf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/kinetic,ktd202x.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/leds/kinetic,ktd202x.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Kinetic KTD2026/7 RGB/White LED Driver + +maintainers: + - André Apitzsch <git@apitzsch.eu> + +description: | + The KTD2026/7 is a RGB/White LED driver with I2C interface. + + The data sheet can be found at: + https://www.kinet-ic.com/uploads/KTD2026-7-04h.pdf + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - kinetic,ktd2026 + - kinetic,ktd2027 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + vin-supply: + description: Regulator providing power to the "VIN" pin. + + vio-supply: + description: Regulator providing power for pull-up of the I/O lines. + Note that this regulator does not directly connect to KTD2026, but is + needed for the correct operation of the status ("ST") and I2C lines. + + "#address-cells": + const: 1 + + "#size-cells": + const: 0 + + multi-led: + type: object + $ref: leds-class-multicolor.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + "#address-cells": + const: 1 + + "#size-cells": + const: 0 + + patternProperties: + "^led@[0-3]$": + type: object + $ref: common.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + reg: + description: Index of the LED. + minimum: 0 + maximum: 3 + + required: + - reg + - color + + required: + - "#address-cells" + - "#size-cells" + +patternProperties: + "^led@[0-3]$": + type: object + $ref: common.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + reg: + description: Index of the LED. + minimum: 0 + maximum: 3 + + required: + - reg + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - "#address-cells" + - "#size-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/leds/common.h> + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + led-controller@30 { + compatible = "kinetic,ktd2026"; + reg = <0x30>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + vin-supply = <&pm8916_l17>; + vio-supply = <&pm8916_l6>; + + led@0 { + reg = <0>; + function = LED_FUNCTION_STATUS; + color = <LED_COLOR_ID_RED>; + }; + + led@1 { + reg = <1>; + function = LED_FUNCTION_STATUS; + color = <LED_COLOR_ID_GREEN>; + }; + + led@2 { + reg = <2>; + function = LED_FUNCTION_STATUS; + color = <LED_COLOR_ID_BLUE>; + }; + }; + }; + - | + #include <dt-bindings/leds/common.h> + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + led-controller@30 { + compatible = "kinetic,ktd2026"; + reg = <0x30>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + vin-supply = <&pm8916_l17>; + vio-supply = <&pm8916_l6>; + + multi-led { + color = <LED_COLOR_ID_RGB>; + function = LED_FUNCTION_STATUS; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + led@0 { + reg = <0>; + color = <LED_COLOR_ID_RED>; + }; + + led@1 { + reg = <1>; + color = <LED_COLOR_ID_GREEN>; + }; + + led@2 { + reg = <2>; + color = <LED_COLOR_ID_BLUE>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/register-bit-led.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/register-bit-led.yaml index ed26ec19ecbd..20930d327ae9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/register-bit-led.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/register-bit-led.yaml @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ examples: - | syscon@10000000 { - compatible = "arm,realview-pb1176-syscon", "syscon"; + compatible = "arm,realview-pb1176-syscon", "syscon", "simple-mfd"; reg = <0x10000000 0x1000>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <1>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ti,ds90ub960.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ti,ds90ub960.yaml index 289737721c2c..0b71e6f911a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ti,ds90ub960.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ti,ds90ub960.yaml @@ -69,6 +69,7 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 i2c-alias: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: The I2C address used for the serializer. Transactions to this address on the I2C bus where the deserializer resides are diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,nemc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,nemc.yaml index b40cec0eb651..ee74a362f4ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,nemc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,nemc.yaml @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ patternProperties: ".*@[0-9]+$": type: object $ref: mc-peripheral-props.yaml# + additionalProperties: true required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,rpc-if.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,rpc-if.yaml index 56e62cd0b36a..25f3bb9890ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,rpc-if.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,rpc-if.yaml @@ -80,6 +80,8 @@ properties: patternProperties: "flash@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: compatible: contains: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/rockchip,rk3399-dmc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/rockchip,rk3399-dmc.yaml index 4e4af3cfc0fe..1f58ee99be28 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/rockchip,rk3399-dmc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/rockchip,rk3399-dmc.yaml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ properties: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle description: Node to get DDR loading. Refer to - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/devfreq/event/rockchip-dfi.txt. + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/devfreq/event/rockchip,dfi.yaml. clocks: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti,gpmc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti,gpmc.yaml index b049837ee669..c7a8a041da50 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti,gpmc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti,gpmc.yaml @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ patternProperties: bus. The device can be a NAND chip, SRAM device, NOR device or an ASIC. $ref: ti,gpmc-child.yaml - + additionalProperties: true required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/xlnx,versal-ddrmc-edac.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/xlnx,versal-ddrmc-edac.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..12f8e9f350bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/xlnx,versal-ddrmc-edac.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/memory-controllers/xlnx,versal-ddrmc-edac.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Xilinx Versal DDRMC (Integrated DDR Memory Controller) + +maintainers: + - Shubhrajyoti Datta <shubhrajyoti.datta@amd.com> + - Sai Krishna Potthuri <sai.krishna.potthuri@amd.com> + +description: + The integrated DDR Memory Controllers (DDRMCs) support both DDR4 and LPDDR4/ + 4X memory interfaces. Versal DDR memory controller has an optional ECC support + which correct single bit ECC errors and detect double bit ECC errors. + +properties: + compatible: + const: xlnx,versal-ddrmc + + reg: + items: + - description: DDR Memory Controller registers + - description: NOC registers corresponding to DDR Memory Controller + + reg-names: + items: + - const: base + - const: noc + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reg-names + - interrupts + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + + bus { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + memory-controller@f6150000 { + compatible = "xlnx,versal-ddrmc"; + reg = <0x0 0xf6150000 0x0 0x2000>, <0x0 0xf6070000 0x0 0x20000>; + reg-names = "base", "noc"; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 147 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arm,dev-platforms-syscon.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arm,dev-platforms-syscon.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..46b164ae0831 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arm,dev-platforms-syscon.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mfd/arm,dev-platforms-syscon.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Arm Ltd Developer Platforms System Controllers + +maintainers: + - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> + +description: + The Arm Ltd Integrator, Realview, and Versatile families of developer + platforms are contain various system controller blocks. Often these blocks + are part of a daughterboard or motherboard module. + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - arm,integrator-ap-syscon + - arm,integrator-cp-syscon + - arm,integrator-sp-syscon + - arm,im-pd1-syscon + - const: syscon + - items: + - enum: + - arm,core-module-integrator + - arm,integrator-ap-syscon + - arm,integrator-cp-syscon + - arm,integrator-sp-syscon + - arm,realview-eb-syscon + - arm,realview-pb1176-syscon + - arm,realview-pb11mp-syscon + - arm,realview-pba8-syscon + - arm,realview-pbx-syscon + - arm,versatile-ib2-syscon + - const: syscon + - const: simple-mfd + - items: + - enum: + - arm,realview-eb11mp-revb-syscon + - arm,realview-eb11mp-revc-syscon + - const: arm,realview-eb-syscon + - const: syscon + - const: simple-mfd + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + ranges: true + + '#address-cells': + const: 1 + + '#size-cells': + const: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: + type: object + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8925.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8925.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4f0dc6638e5e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8925.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -* Maxim max8925 Power Management IC - -Required parent device properties: -- compatible : "maxim,max8925" -- reg : the I2C slave address for the max8925 chip -- interrupts : IRQ line for the max8925 chip -- interrupt-controller: describes the max8925 as an interrupt - controller (has its own domain) -- #interrupt-cells : should be 1. - - The cell is the max8925 local IRQ number - -Optional parent device properties: -- maxim,tsc-irq: there are 2 IRQ lines for max8925, one is indicated in - interrupts property, the other is indicated here. - -max8925 consists of a large and varied group of sub-devices: - -Device Supply Names Description ------- ------------ ----------- -max8925-onkey : : On key -max8925-rtc : : RTC -max8925-regulator : : Regulators -max8925-backlight : : Backlight -max8925-touch : : Touchscreen -max8925-power : : Charger - -Example: - - pmic: max8925@3c { - compatible = "maxim,max8925"; - reg = <0x3c>; - interrupts = <1>; - interrupt-parent = <&intcmux4>; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <1>; - maxim,tsc-irq = <0>; - - regulators { - SDV1 { - regulator-min-microvolt = <637500>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1425000>; - regulator-boot-on; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - LDO1 { - regulator-min-microvolt = <750000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3900000>; - regulator-boot-on; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - }; - backlight { - maxim,max8925-dual-string = <0>; - }; - charger { - batt-detect = <0>; - topoff-threshold = <1>; - fast-charge = <7>; - no-temp-support = <0>; - no-insert-detect = <0>; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8998.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8998.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4ed52184d081..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8998.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,125 +0,0 @@ -* Maxim MAX8998, National/TI LP3974 multi-function device - -The Maxim MAX8998 is a multi-function device which includes voltage/current -regulators, real time clock, battery charging controller and several -other sub-blocks. It is interfaced using an I2C interface. Each sub-block -is addressed by the host system using different i2c slave address. - -PMIC sub-block --------------- - -The PMIC sub-block contains a number of voltage and current regulators, -with controllable parameters and dynamic voltage scaling capability. -In addition, it includes a real time clock and battery charging controller -as well. It is accessible at I2C address 0x66. - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be one of the following: - - "maxim,max8998" for Maxim MAX8998 - - "national,lp3974" or "ti,lp3974" for National/TI LP3974. -- reg: Specifies the i2c slave address of the pmic block. It should be 0x66. - -Optional properties: -- interrupts: Interrupt specifiers for two interrupt sources. - - First interrupt specifier is for main interrupt. - - Second interrupt specifier is for power-on/-off interrupt. -- max8998,pmic-buck1-dvs-gpios: GPIO specifiers for two host gpios used - for buck 1 dvs. The format of the gpio specifier depends on the gpio - controller. -- max8998,pmic-buck2-dvs-gpio: GPIO specifier for host gpio used - for buck 2 dvs. The format of the gpio specifier depends on the gpio - controller. -- max8998,pmic-buck1-default-dvs-idx: Default voltage setting selected from - the possible 4 options selectable by the dvs gpios. The value of this - property should be 0, 1, 2 or 3. If not specified or out of range, - a default value of 0 is taken. -- max8998,pmic-buck2-default-dvs-idx: Default voltage setting selected from - the possible 2 options selectable by the dvs gpios. The value of this - property should be 0 or 1. If not specified or out of range, a default - value of 0 is taken. -- max8998,pmic-buck-voltage-lock: If present, disallows changing of - preprogrammed buck dvfs voltages. - -Additional properties required if max8998,pmic-buck1-dvs-gpios is defined: -- max8998,pmic-buck1-dvs-voltage: An array of 4 voltage values in microvolts - for buck1 regulator that can be selected using dvs gpio. - -Additional properties required if max8998,pmic-buck2-dvs-gpio is defined: -- max8998,pmic-buck2-dvs-voltage: An array of 2 voltage values in microvolts - for buck2 regulator that can be selected using dvs gpio. - -Regulators: All the regulators of MAX8998 to be instantiated shall be -listed in a child node named 'regulators'. Each regulator is represented -by a child node of the 'regulators' node. - - regulator-name { - /* standard regulator bindings here */ - }; - -Following regulators of the MAX8998 PMIC block are supported. Note that -the 'n' in regulator name, as in LDOn or BUCKn, represents the LDO or BUCK -number as described in MAX8998 datasheet. - - - LDOn - - valid values for n are 2 to 17 - - Example: LDO2, LDO10, LDO17 - - BUCKn - - valid values for n are 1 to 4. - - Example: BUCK1, BUCK2, BUCK3, BUCK4 - - - ENVICHG: Battery Charging Current Monitor Output. This is a fixed - voltage type regulator - - - ESAFEOUT1: (ldo19) - - ESAFEOUT2: (ld020) - - - CHARGER: main battery charger current control - -Standard regulator bindings are used inside regulator subnodes. Check - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt -for more details. - -Example: - - pmic@66 { - compatible = "maxim,max8998-pmic"; - reg = <0x66>; - interrupt-parent = <&wakeup_eint>; - interrupts = <4 0>, <3 0>; - - /* Buck 1 DVS settings */ - max8998,pmic-buck1-default-dvs-idx = <0>; - max8998,pmic-buck1-dvs-gpios = <&gpx0 0 1 0 0>, /* SET1 */ - <&gpx0 1 1 0 0>; /* SET2 */ - max8998,pmic-buck1-dvs-voltage = <1350000>, <1300000>, - <1000000>, <950000>; - - /* Buck 2 DVS settings */ - max8998,pmic-buck2-default-dvs-idx = <0>; - max8998,pmic-buck2-dvs-gpio = <&gpx0 0 3 0 0>; /* SET3 */ - max8998,pmic-buck2-dvs-voltage = <1350000>, <1300000>; - - /* Regulators to instantiate */ - regulators { - ldo2_reg: LDO2 { - regulator-name = "VDD_ALIVE_1.1V"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1100000>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - buck1_reg: BUCK1 { - regulator-name = "VDD_ARM_1.2V"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <950000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>; - regulator-always-on; - regulator-boot-on; - }; - - charger_reg: CHARGER { - regulator-name = "CHARGER"; - regulator-min-microamp = <90000>; - regulator-max-microamp = <800000>; - }; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/maxim,max5970.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/maxim,max5970.yaml index da67742c5aa9..0da5cae3852e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/maxim,max5970.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/maxim,max5970.yaml @@ -45,8 +45,13 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^led@[0-3]$": $ref: /schemas/leds/common.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false type: object + properties: + reg: + maximum: 3 + additionalProperties: false vss1-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/maxim,max8925.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/maxim,max8925.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..86dd810851ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/maxim,max8925.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mfd/maxim,max8925.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MAX8925 PMIC from Maxim Integrated. + +maintainers: + - Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> + +properties: + compatible: + const: maxim,max8925 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupt-controller: true + + "#interrupt-cells": + const: 1 + description: + The cell is the IRQ number + + maxim,tsc-irq: + description: second interrupt from max8925 + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + + regulators: + type: object + + patternProperties: + "^SDV[1-3]$|^LDO[1-9]$|^LDO1[0-9]$|^LDO20$": + description: regulator configuration for SDV1-3 and LDO1-20 + $ref: /schemas/regulator/regulator.yaml + unevaluatedProperties: false + + additionalProperties: false + + backlight: + type: object + properties: + maxim,max8925-dual-string: + description: set to 1 to support dual string + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [0, 1] + default: 0 + + additionalProperties: false + + charger: + type: object + properties: + batt-detect: + description: set to 1 if battery detection via ID pin is supported + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [0, 1] + default: 0 + + topoff-threshold: + description: charging current in topoff mode, configures bits 5-6 in CHG_CNTL1 + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 3 + default: 0 + + fast-charge: + description: set charging current in fast mode, configures bits 0-3 in CHG_CNTL1 + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 7 + default: 0 + + no-temp-support: + description: set to 1 if temperature sensing is not supported + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [0, 1] + default: 0 + + no-insert-detect: + description: set to 1 if AC detection is not supported + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [0, 1] + default: 0 + + additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - interrupt-controller + - "#interrupt-cells" + - regulators + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + pmic@3c { + compatible = "maxim,max8925"; + reg = <0x3c>; + interrupts = <1>; + interrupt-parent = <&intcmux4>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + maxim,tsc-irq = <0>; + + regulators { + SDV1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <637500>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1425000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + LDO1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <750000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3900000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + }; + + backlight { + maxim,max8925-dual-string = <0>; + }; + + charger { + batt-detect = <0>; + topoff-threshold = <1>; + fast-charge = <7>; + no-temp-support = <0>; + no-insert-detect = <0>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/maxim,max8998.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/maxim,max8998.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f3c3f64fd012 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/maxim,max8998.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mfd/maxim,max8998.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Maxim MAX8998, National/TI LP3974 Power Management IC + +maintainers: + - Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> + +description: + The Maxim MAX8998 is a Power Management IC which includes voltage/current + regulators, real time clock, battery charging controller and several other + sub-blocks. It is interfaced using an I2C interface. Each sub-block is + addressed by the host system using different i2c slave address. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - maxim,max8998 + - national,lp3974 + - ti,lp3974 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + minItems: 1 + items: + - description: Main interrupt + - description: Power-on/-off interrupt + + max8998,pmic-buck1-dvs-gpios: + maxItems: 2 + description: + Two host gpios used for buck1 DVS. + + max8998,pmic-buck2-dvs-gpio: + maxItems: 1 + description: + Host gpio used for buck2 DVS. + + max8998,pmic-buck1-default-dvs-idx: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [0, 1, 2, 3] + default: 0 + description: + Default voltage setting selected from the possible 4 options selectable + by the DVS gpios. + + max8998,pmic-buck2-default-dvs-idx: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [0, 1] + default: 0 + description: + Default voltage setting selected from the possible 2 options selectable + by the DVS GPIOs. + + max8998,pmic-buck-voltage-lock: + type: boolean + description: + If present, disallows changing of preprogrammed buck DVS voltages. + + max8998,pmic-buck1-dvs-voltage: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + maxItems: 4 + description: + Four voltage values in microvolts for buck1 regulator that can be + selected using DVS GPIO. + + max8998,pmic-buck2-dvs-voltage: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + maxItems: 2 + description: + Two voltage values in microvolts for buck2 regulator that can be + selected using DVS GPIO. + + regulators: + type: object + additionalProperties: false + + properties: + CHARGER: + type: object + $ref: /schemas/regulator/regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: + CHARGER is main battery charger current control, wrongly represented + as regulator. + + properties: + regulator-min-microamp: + minimum: 90000 + maximum: 800000 + + regulator-max-microamp: + minimum: 90000 + maximum: 800000 + + regulator-min-microvolt: false + regulator-max-microvolt: false + + required: + - regulator-name + + patternProperties: + "^(LDO([2-9]|1[0-7])|BUCK[1-4])$": + type: object + $ref: /schemas/regulator/regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + + required: + - regulator-name + + "^(EN32KHz-AP|EN32KHz-CP|ENVICHG|ESAFEOUT[12])$": + type: object + $ref: /schemas/regulator/regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: | + EN32KHz-AP and EN32KHz-CP are 32768 Hz clocks, wrongly represented as + regulators. + ENVICHG is a Battery Charging Current Monitor Output. + + properties: + regulator-min-microvolt: false + regulator-max-microvolt: false + + required: + - regulator-name + +dependencies: + max8998,pmic-buck1-dvs-gpios: [ "max8998,pmic-buck1-dvs-voltage" ] + max8998,pmic-buck2-dvs-gpio: [ "max8998,pmic-buck2-dvs-voltage" ] + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - regulators + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + pmic@66 { + compatible = "national,lp3974"; + reg = <0x66>; + interrupts-extended = <&gpx0 7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>, + <&gpx2 7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&lp3974_irq>; + + max8998,pmic-buck1-default-dvs-idx = <0>; + max8998,pmic-buck1-dvs-gpios = <&gpx0 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>, + <&gpx0 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + max8998,pmic-buck1-dvs-voltage = <1100000>, <1000000>, + <1100000>, <1000000>; + max8998,pmic-buck2-default-dvs-idx = <0>; + max8998,pmic-buck2-dvs-gpio = <&gpe2 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + max8998,pmic-buck2-dvs-voltage = <1200000>, <1100000>; + + regulators { + LDO2 { + regulator-name = "VALIVE_1.2V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + LDO3 { + regulator-name = "VUSB+MIPI_1.1V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1100000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + LDO4 { + regulator-name = "VADC_3.3V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + + LDO5 { + regulator-name = "VTF_2.8V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>; + }; + + LDO6 { + regulator-name = "LDO6"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2000000>; + }; + + LDO7 { + regulator-name = "VLCD+VMIPI_1.8V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; + }; + + LDO8 { + regulator-name = "VUSB+VDAC_3.3V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + LDO9 { + regulator-name = "VCC_2.8V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + LDO10 { + regulator-name = "VPLL_1.1V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1100000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + LDO11 { + regulator-name = "CAM_AF_3.3V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + + LDO12 { + regulator-name = "PS_2.8V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>; + }; + + LDO13 { + regulator-name = "VHIC_1.2V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>; + }; + + LDO14 { + regulator-name = "CAM_I_HOST_1.8V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; + }; + + LDO15 { + regulator-name = "CAM_S_DIG+FM33_CORE_1.2V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>; + }; + + LDO16 { + regulator-name = "CAM_S_ANA_2.8V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>; + }; + + LDO17 { + regulator-name = "VCC_3.0V_LCD"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <3000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>; + }; + + BUCK1 { + regulator-name = "VINT_1.1V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <750000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + BUCK2 { + regulator-name = "VG3D_1.1V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <750000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>; + regulator-boot-on; + }; + + BUCK3 { + regulator-name = "VCC_1.8V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + BUCK4 { + regulator-name = "VMEM_1.2V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + EN32KHz-AP { + regulator-name = "32KHz AP"; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + EN32KHz-CP { + regulator-name = "32KHz CP"; + }; + + ENVICHG { + regulator-name = "VICHG"; + }; + + ESAFEOUT1 { + regulator-name = "SAFEOUT1"; + }; + + ESAFEOUT2 { + regulator-name = "SAFEOUT2"; + regulator-boot-on; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mediatek,mt6357.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mediatek,mt6357.yaml index fc2a53148e1c..37423c2e0fdf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mediatek,mt6357.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mediatek,mt6357.yaml @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ properties: regulators: type: object $ref: /schemas/regulator/mediatek,mt6357-regulator.yaml + unevaluatedProperties: false description: List of MT6357 BUCKs and LDOs regulators. @@ -59,6 +60,7 @@ properties: keys: type: object $ref: /schemas/input/mediatek,pmic-keys.yaml + unevaluatedProperties: false description: MT6357 power and home keys. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt index 294693a8906c..10540aa7afa1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt @@ -22,8 +22,9 @@ compatible: "mediatek,mt6323" for PMIC MT6323 "mediatek,mt6331" for PMIC MT6331 and MT6332 "mediatek,mt6357" for PMIC MT6357 - "mediatek,mt6358" for PMIC MT6358 and MT6366 + "mediatek,mt6358" for PMIC MT6358 "mediatek,mt6359" for PMIC MT6359 + "mediatek,mt6366", "mediatek,mt6358" for PMIC MT6366 "mediatek,mt6397" for PMIC MT6397 Optional subnodes: @@ -40,6 +41,7 @@ Optional subnodes: - compatible: "mediatek,mt6323-regulator" see ../regulator/mt6323-regulator.txt - compatible: "mediatek,mt6358-regulator" + - compatible: "mediatek,mt6366-regulator", "mediatek-mt6358-regulator" see ../regulator/mt6358-regulator.txt - compatible: "mediatek,mt6397-regulator" see ../regulator/mt6397-regulator.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.yaml index 9f03436b1cdc..9fa568603930 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.yaml @@ -58,6 +58,7 @@ properties: - qcom,pm8350 - qcom,pm8350b - qcom,pm8350c + - qcom,pm8450 - qcom,pm8550 - qcom,pm8550b - qcom,pm8550ve @@ -168,6 +169,10 @@ patternProperties: type: object $ref: /schemas/thermal/qcom,spmi-temp-alarm.yaml# + "^typec@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + $ref: /schemas/usb/qcom,pmic-typec.yaml# + "^usb-detect@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object $ref: /schemas/extcon/qcom,pm8941-misc.yaml# @@ -234,13 +239,13 @@ examples: interrupt-controller; #interrupt-cells = <4>; - pmi8998_lsid0: pmic@2 { + pmic@2 { compatible = "qcom,pmi8998", "qcom,spmi-pmic"; reg = <0x2 SPMI_USID>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; - pmi8998_gpio: gpio@c000 { + gpio@c000 { compatible = "qcom,pmi8998-gpio", "qcom,spmi-gpio"; reg = <0xc000>; gpio-controller; @@ -325,7 +330,7 @@ examples: }; }; - pm6150_gpio: gpio@c000 { + gpio@c000 { compatible = "qcom,pm6150-gpio", "qcom,spmi-gpio"; reg = <0xc000>; gpio-controller; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.yaml index 5ad9d5deaaf8..33c3d023a106 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.yaml @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sdm845-tcsr - qcom,sdx55-tcsr - qcom,sdx65-tcsr + - qcom,sm4450-tcsr - qcom,sm8150-tcsr - qcom,sm8450-tcsr - qcom,tcsr-apq8064 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-pm8xxx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-pm8xxx.yaml index 9c51c1b19067..7fe3875a5996 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-pm8xxx.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-pm8xxx.yaml @@ -43,13 +43,37 @@ properties: interrupt-controller: true patternProperties: + "gpio@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.yaml# + + "keypad@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + $ref: /schemas/input/qcom,pm8921-keypad.yaml# + "led@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object $ref: /schemas/leds/qcom,pm8058-led.yaml# + "mpps@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.yaml# + + "pwrkey@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + $ref: /schemas/input/qcom,pm8921-pwrkey.yaml# + "rtc@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object - $ref: ../rtc/qcom-pm8xxx-rtc.yaml + $ref: /schemas/rtc/qcom-pm8xxx-rtc.yaml# + + "vibrator@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + $ref: /schemas/input/qcom,pm8xxx-vib.yaml# + + "xoadc@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + $ref: /schemas/iio/adc/qcom,pm8018-adc.yaml# required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk805.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk805.yaml index 4992f71b6fc3..44f8188360dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk805.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk805.yaml @@ -42,9 +42,12 @@ properties: rockchip,system-power-controller: type: boolean + deprecated: true description: Telling whether or not this PMIC is controlling the system power. + system-power-controller: true + wakeup-source: type: boolean description: @@ -80,6 +83,7 @@ properties: "^(DCDC_REG[1-4]|LDO_REG[1-3])$": type: object $ref: ../regulator/regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false unevaluatedProperties: false allOf: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk806.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk806.yaml index cf2500f2e9a0..3c2b06629b75 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk806.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk806.yaml @@ -29,6 +29,8 @@ properties: '#gpio-cells': const: 2 + system-power-controller: true + vcc1-supply: description: The input supply for dcdc-reg1. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk808.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk808.yaml index f5908fa01a61..d2ac6fbd5ce6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk808.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk808.yaml @@ -37,9 +37,12 @@ properties: rockchip,system-power-controller: type: boolean + deprecated: true description: Telling whether or not this PMIC is controlling the system power. + system-power-controller: true + wakeup-source: type: boolean description: @@ -107,6 +110,7 @@ properties: "^(DCDC_REG[1-4]|LDO_REG[1-8]|SWITCH_REG[1-2])$": type: object $ref: ../regulator/regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false unevaluatedProperties: false required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk809.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk809.yaml index 7fb849ac74a7..839c0521f1e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk809.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk809.yaml @@ -37,9 +37,12 @@ properties: rockchip,system-power-controller: type: boolean + deprecated: true description: Telling whether or not this PMIC is controlling the system power. + system-power-controller: true + wakeup-source: type: boolean description: @@ -86,7 +89,8 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^(LDO_REG[1-9]|DCDC_REG[1-5]|SWITCH_REG[1-2])$": type: object - $ref: ../regulator/regulator.yaml# + $ref: /schemas/regulator/regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false unevaluatedProperties: false allOf: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk817.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk817.yaml index 269fb85b2027..92b1592e8942 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk817.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk817.yaml @@ -38,9 +38,12 @@ properties: rockchip,system-power-controller: type: boolean + deprecated: true description: Telling whether or not this PMIC is controlling the system power. + system-power-controller: true + wakeup-source: type: boolean description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk818.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk818.yaml index b57c4b005cf4..fd4b9de364aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk818.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rockchip,rk818.yaml @@ -37,9 +37,12 @@ properties: rockchip,system-power-controller: type: boolean + deprecated: true description: Telling whether or not this PMIC is controlling the system power. + system-power-controller: true + wakeup-source: type: boolean description: @@ -99,6 +102,7 @@ properties: "^(DCDC_REG[1-4]|DCDC_BOOST|LDO_REG[1-9]|SWITCH_REG|HDMI_SWITCH|OTG_SWITCH)$": type: object $ref: ../regulator/regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false unevaluatedProperties: false required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stericsson,db8500-prcmu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stericsson,db8500-prcmu.yaml index 5e0002f099e4..cb2a42caabb5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stericsson,db8500-prcmu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stericsson,db8500-prcmu.yaml @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ properties: unevaluatedProperties: false db8500_varm: - description: The voltage for the ARM Cortex A-9 CPU. + description: The voltage for the ARM Cortex-A9 CPU. type: object $ref: ../regulator/regulator.yaml# unevaluatedProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.yaml index 8103154bbb52..084b5c2a2a3c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.yaml @@ -49,6 +49,8 @@ properties: - hisilicon,peri-subctrl - hpe,gxp-sysreg - intel,lgm-syscon + - loongson,ls1b-syscon + - loongson,ls1c-syscon - marvell,armada-3700-usb2-host-misc - mediatek,mt8135-pctl-a-syscfg - mediatek,mt8135-pctl-b-syscfg @@ -61,6 +63,7 @@ properties: - rockchip,px30-qos - rockchip,rk3036-qos - rockchip,rk3066-qos + - rockchip,rk3128-qos - rockchip,rk3228-qos - rockchip,rk3288-qos - rockchip,rk3368-qos @@ -69,6 +72,7 @@ properties: - rockchip,rk3588-qos - rockchip,rv1126-qos - starfive,jh7100-sysmain + - ti,am654-dss-oldi-io-ctrl - const: syscon diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,lp87524-q1.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,lp87524-q1.yaml index f6cac4b1079c..ae149eb8593d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,lp87524-q1.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,lp87524-q1.yaml @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ properties: "^buck[0123]$": type: object $ref: /schemas/regulator/regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false required: - buck0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,lp87561-q1.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,lp87561-q1.yaml index dc5a29b5ef7d..5167d6eb904a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,lp87561-q1.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,lp87561-q1.yaml @@ -41,6 +41,7 @@ properties: buck3210: type: object $ref: /schemas/regulator/regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false required: - buck3210 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,lp87565-q1.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,lp87565-q1.yaml index 012d25111054..eca430edf608 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,lp87565-q1.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,lp87565-q1.yaml @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ properties: "^buck(10|23)$": type: object $ref: /schemas/regulator/regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false required: - buck10 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,twl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,twl.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c04d57ba22b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,twl.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mfd/ti,twl.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Texas Instruments TWL family + +maintainers: + - Andreas Kemnade <andreas@kemnade.info> + +description: | + The TWLs are Integrated Power Management Chips. + Some version might contain much more analog function like + USB transceiver or Audio amplifier. + These chips are connected to an i2c bus. + +properties: + compatible: + description: + TWL4030 for integrated power-management/audio CODEC device used in OMAP3 + based boards + TWL6030/32 for integrated power-management used in OMAP4 based boards + enum: + - ti,twl4030 + - ti,twl6030 + - ti,twl6032 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupt-controller: true + + "#interrupt-cells": + const: 1 + + "#clock-cells": + const: 1 + +additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - interrupt-controller + - "#interrupt-cells" + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + pmic@48 { + compatible = "ti,twl6030"; + reg = <0x48>; + interrupts = <39>; /* IRQ_SYS_1N cascaded to gic */ + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + }; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl-family.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl-family.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c2f9302965de..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl-family.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -Texas Instruments TWL family - -The TWLs are Integrated Power Management Chips. -Some version might contain much more analog function like -USB transceiver or Audio amplifier. -These chips are connected to an i2c bus. - - -Required properties: -- compatible : Must be "ti,twl4030"; - For Integrated power-management/audio CODEC device used in OMAP3 - based boards -- compatible : Must be "ti,twl6030"; - For Integrated power-management used in OMAP4 based boards -- interrupts : This i2c device has an IRQ line connected to the main SoC -- interrupt-controller : Since the twl support several interrupts internally, - it is considered as an interrupt controller cascaded to the SoC one. -- #interrupt-cells = <1>; - -Optional node: -- Child nodes contain in the twl. The twl family is made of several variants - that support a different number of features. - The children nodes will thus depend of the capability of the variant. - - -Example: -/* - * Integrated Power Management Chip - * https://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/twl6030.pdf - */ -twl@48 { - compatible = "ti,twl6030"; - reg = <0x48>; - interrupts = <39>; /* IRQ_SYS_1N cascaded to gic */ - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <1>; - interrupt-parent = <&gic>; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - twl_rtc { - compatible = "ti,twl_rtc"; - interrupts = <11>; - reg = <0>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/x-powers,axp152.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/x-powers,axp152.yaml index 9ad55746133b..06f1779835a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/x-powers,axp152.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/x-powers,axp152.yaml @@ -67,7 +67,10 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: contains: - const: x-powers,axp305 + enum: + - x-powers,axp15060 + - x-powers,axp305 + - x-powers,axp313a then: required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/npcm,sdhci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/npcm,sdhci.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..196fdbfa16ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/npcm,sdhci.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mmc/npcm,sdhci.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: NPCM SDHCI Controller + +maintainers: + - Tomer Maimon <tmaimon77@gmail.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: mmc-controller.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - nuvoton,npcm750-sdhci + - nuvoton,npcm845-sdhci + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - clocks + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + mmc@f0840000 { + compatible = "nuvoton,npcm750-sdhci"; + reg = <0xf0840000 0x200>; + interrupts = <0 27 4>; + clocks = <&clk 4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,sdhi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,sdhi.yaml index 7756a8687eaf..94e228787630 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,sdhi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,sdhi.yaml @@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ properties: - renesas,sdhi-r9a07g043 # RZ/G2UL - renesas,sdhi-r9a07g044 # RZ/G2{L,LC} - renesas,sdhi-r9a07g054 # RZ/V2L + - renesas,sdhi-r9a08g045 # RZ/G3S - renesas,sdhi-r9a09g011 # RZ/V2M - const: renesas,rcar-gen3-sdhi # R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2 - items: @@ -122,6 +123,7 @@ allOf: - renesas,sdhi-r9a07g043 - renesas,sdhi-r9a07g044 - renesas,sdhi-r9a07g054 + - renesas,sdhi-r9a08g045 - renesas,sdhi-r9a09g011 then: properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.yaml index 10f34aa8ba8a..86fae733d9a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.yaml @@ -58,6 +58,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8350-sdhci - qcom,sm8450-sdhci - qcom,sm8550-sdhci + - qcom,sm8650-sdhci - const: qcom,sdhci-msm-v5 # for sdcc version 5.0 reg: @@ -85,10 +86,10 @@ properties: - const: iface - const: core - const: xo - - const: ice - - const: bus - - const: cal - - const: sleep + - enum: [ice, bus, cal, sleep] + - enum: [ice, bus, cal, sleep] + - enum: [ice, bus, cal, sleep] + - enum: [ice, bus, cal, sleep] dma-coherent: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/starfive,jh7110-mmc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/starfive,jh7110-mmc.yaml index 51e1b04e799f..553a75195c2e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/starfive,jh7110-mmc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/starfive,jh7110-mmc.yaml @@ -55,7 +55,6 @@ required: - clocks - clock-names - interrupts - - starfive,sysreg unevaluatedProperties: false @@ -73,5 +72,4 @@ examples: fifo-depth = <32>; fifo-watermark-aligned; data-addr = <0>; - starfive,sysreg = <&sys_syscon 0x14 0x1a 0x7c000000>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-emac.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-emac.yaml index 4bfac9186886..7fe0352dff0f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-emac.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-emac.yaml @@ -158,6 +158,8 @@ allOf: patternProperties: "^ethernet-phy@[0-9a-f]$": type: object + $ref: ethernet-phy.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false description: Integrated PHY node diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,asp-v2.0.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,asp-v2.0.yaml index aa3162c74833..75d8138298fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,asp-v2.0.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,asp-v2.0.yaml @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ properties: const: 0 patternProperties: - "^port@[0-9]+$": + "^port@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object $ref: ethernet-controller.yaml# diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/brcm,sf2.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/brcm,sf2.yaml index b06c416893ff..f21bdd0f408d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/brcm,sf2.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/brcm,sf2.yaml @@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ properties: ports: type: object + additionalProperties: true patternProperties: '^port@[0-9a-f]$': diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.yaml index ec74a660beda..6107189d276a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.yaml @@ -40,17 +40,8 @@ $defs: patternProperties: "^(ethernet-)?ports$": - type: object - additionalProperties: false - - properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - '#size-cells': - const: 0 - patternProperties: - "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-9]+$": + "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-9a-f]+$": description: Ethernet switch ports $ref: dsa-port.yaml# unevaluatedProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mediatek,mt7530.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mediatek,mt7530.yaml index e532c6b795f4..1c2444121e60 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mediatek,mt7530.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mediatek,mt7530.yaml @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ description: | Check out example 6. - - Port 5 can be wired to an external phy. Port 5 becomes a DSA slave. + - Port 5 can be wired to an external phy. Port 5 becomes a DSA user port. For the multi-chip module MT7530, the external phy must be wired TX to TX to gmac1 of the SoC for this to work. Ubiquiti EdgeRouter X SFP is wired @@ -154,10 +154,12 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^(ethernet-)?ports$": type: object + additionalProperties: true patternProperties: - "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-9]+$": + "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-6]$": type: object + additionalProperties: true properties: reg: @@ -184,7 +186,7 @@ $defs: patternProperties: "^(ethernet-)?ports$": patternProperties: - "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-9]+$": + "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-6]$": if: required: [ ethernet ] then: @@ -210,7 +212,7 @@ $defs: patternProperties: "^(ethernet-)?ports$": patternProperties: - "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-9]+$": + "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-6]$": if: required: [ ethernet ] then: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/microchip,ksz.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/microchip,ksz.yaml index 03b5567be389..b3029c64d0d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/microchip,ksz.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/microchip,ksz.yaml @@ -38,6 +38,8 @@ properties: Should be a gpio specifier for a reset line. maxItems: 1 + wakeup-source: true + microchip,synclko-125: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag description: @@ -49,6 +51,26 @@ properties: Set if the output SYNCLKO clock should be disabled. Do not mix with microchip,synclko-125. + microchip,io-drive-strength-microamp: + description: + IO Pad Drive Strength + enum: [8000, 16000] + default: 16000 + + microchip,hi-drive-strength-microamp: + description: + High Speed Drive Strength. Controls drive strength of GMII / RGMII / + MII / RMII (except TX_CLK/REFCLKI, COL and CRS) and CLKO_25_125 lines. + enum: [2000, 4000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000] + default: 24000 + + microchip,lo-drive-strength-microamp: + description: + Low Speed Drive Strength. Controls drive strength of TX_CLK / REFCLKI, + COL, CRS, LEDs, PME_N, NTRP_N, SDO and SDI/SDA/MDIO lines. + enum: [2000, 4000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000] + default: 8000 + interrupts: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/microchip,lan937x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/microchip,lan937x.yaml index 8d7e878b84dc..9973d64f15a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/microchip,lan937x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/microchip,lan937x.yaml @@ -37,8 +37,9 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^(ethernet-)?ports$": + additionalProperties: true patternProperties: - "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-9]+$": + "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-7]$": allOf: - if: properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/nxp,sja1105.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/nxp,sja1105.yaml index 4d5f5cc6d031..9432565f4f5d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/nxp,sja1105.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/nxp,sja1105.yaml @@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ properties: # PHY 1. mdios: type: object + additionalProperties: false properties: '#address-cells': @@ -74,8 +75,9 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^(ethernet-)?ports$": + additionalProperties: true patternProperties: - "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-9]+$": + "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-9]$": allOf: - if: properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/qca8k.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/qca8k.yaml index df64eebebe18..167398ab253a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/qca8k.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/qca8k.yaml @@ -73,6 +73,7 @@ $ref: dsa.yaml# patternProperties: "^(ethernet-)?ports$": type: object + additionalProperties: true patternProperties: "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-6]$": type: object diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/realtek.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/realtek.yaml index cfd69c2604ea..cce692f57b08 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/realtek.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/realtek.yaml @@ -68,6 +68,8 @@ properties: interrupt-controller: type: object + additionalProperties: false + description: | This defines an interrupt controller with an IRQ line (typically a GPIO) that will demultiplex and handle the interrupt from the single diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/renesas,rzn1-a5psw.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/renesas,rzn1-a5psw.yaml index 833d2f68daa1..ea285ef3e64f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/renesas,rzn1-a5psw.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/renesas,rzn1-a5psw.yaml @@ -61,17 +61,11 @@ properties: ethernet-ports: type: object - properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - '#size-cells': - const: 0 - + additionalProperties: true patternProperties: "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-4]$": type: object - description: Ethernet switch ports - + additionalProperties: true properties: pcs-handle: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/engleder,tsnep.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/engleder,tsnep.yaml index 82a5d7927ca4..34fd24ff6a71 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/engleder,tsnep.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/engleder,tsnep.yaml @@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ properties: mdio: type: object $ref: mdio.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false description: optional node for embedded MDIO controller required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-switch.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-switch.yaml index f1b9075dc7fb..72ac67ca3415 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-switch.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-switch.yaml @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ patternProperties: const: 0 patternProperties: - "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-9]+$": + "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object description: Ethernet switch ports @@ -53,14 +53,16 @@ oneOf: additionalProperties: true $defs: - base: + ethernet-ports: description: An ethernet switch without any extra port properties $ref: '#' patternProperties: - "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-9]+$": - description: Ethernet switch ports - $ref: ethernet-switch-port.yaml# - unevaluatedProperties: false + "^(ethernet-)?ports$": + patternProperties: + "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-9a-f]+$": + description: Ethernet switch ports + $ref: ethernet-switch-port.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl,fec.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl,fec.yaml index b494e009326e..8948a11c994e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl,fec.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl,fec.yaml @@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ properties: - const: fsl,imx6sx-fec - items: - enum: + - fsl,imx8dxl-fec - fsl,imx8qxp-fec - const: fsl,imx8qm-fec - const: fsl,imx6sx-fec diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/loongson,ls1b-gmac.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/loongson,ls1b-gmac.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c4f3224bad38 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/loongson,ls1b-gmac.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/loongson,ls1b-gmac.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Loongson-1B Gigabit Ethernet MAC Controller + +maintainers: + - Keguang Zhang <keguang.zhang@gmail.com> + +description: | + Loongson-1B Gigabit Ethernet MAC Controller is based on + Synopsys DesignWare MAC (version 3.50a). + + Main features + - Dual 10/100/1000Mbps GMAC controllers + - Full-duplex operation (IEEE 802.3x flow control automatic transmission) + - Half-duplex operation (CSMA/CD Protocol and back-pressure support) + - RX Checksum Offload + - TX Checksum insertion + - MII interface + - RGMII interface + +select: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - loongson,ls1b-gmac + required: + - compatible + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - loongson,ls1b-gmac + - const: snps,dwmac-3.50a + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + clock-names: + items: + - const: stmmaceth + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: macirq + + loongson,ls1-syscon: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + Phandle to the syscon containing some extra configurations + including PHY interface mode. + + phy-mode: + enum: + - mii + - rgmii-id + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + - interrupts + - interrupt-names + - loongson,ls1-syscon + +allOf: + - $ref: snps,dwmac.yaml# + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/loongson,ls1x-clk.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + + gmac0: ethernet@1fe10000 { + compatible = "loongson,ls1b-gmac", "snps,dwmac-3.50a"; + reg = <0x1fe10000 0x10000>; + + clocks = <&clkc LS1X_CLKID_AHB>; + clock-names = "stmmaceth"; + + interrupt-parent = <&intc1>; + interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "macirq"; + + loongson,ls1-syscon = <&syscon>; + + phy-handle = <&phy0>; + phy-mode = "mii"; + snps,pbl = <1>; + + mdio { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "snps,dwmac-mdio"; + + phy0: ethernet-phy@0 { + reg = <0x0>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/loongson,ls1c-emac.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/loongson,ls1c-emac.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..99001b940b83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/loongson,ls1c-emac.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/loongson,ls1c-emac.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Loongson-1C Ethernet MAC Controller + +maintainers: + - Keguang Zhang <keguang.zhang@gmail.com> + +description: | + Loongson-1C Ethernet MAC Controller is based on + Synopsys DesignWare MAC (version 3.50a). + + Main features + - 10/100Mbps + - Full-duplex operation (IEEE 802.3x flow control automatic transmission) + - Half-duplex operation (CSMA/CD Protocol and back-pressure support) + - IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag detection for reception frames + - MII interface + - RMII interface + +select: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - loongson,ls1c-emac + required: + - compatible + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - loongson,ls1c-emac + - const: snps,dwmac-3.50a + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + clock-names: + items: + - const: stmmaceth + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: macirq + + loongson,ls1-syscon: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + Phandle to the syscon containing some extra configurations + including PHY interface mode. + + phy-mode: + enum: + - mii + - rmii + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + - interrupts + - interrupt-names + - loongson,ls1-syscon + +allOf: + - $ref: snps,dwmac.yaml# + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/loongson,ls1x-clk.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + + emac: ethernet@1fe10000 { + compatible = "loongson,ls1c-emac", "snps,dwmac-3.50a"; + reg = <0x1fe10000 0x10000>; + + clocks = <&clkc LS1X_CLKID_AHB>; + clock-names = "stmmaceth"; + + interrupt-parent = <&intc1>; + interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "macirq"; + + loongson,ls1-syscon = <&syscon>; + + phy-handle = <&phy0>; + phy-mode = "mii"; + snps,pbl = <1>; + + mdio { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "snps,dwmac-mdio"; + + phy0: ethernet-phy@13 { + reg = <0x13>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/microchip,lan95xx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/microchip,lan95xx.yaml index 77c9bbf987e1..accff93d38f8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/microchip,lan95xx.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/microchip,lan95xx.yaml @@ -44,6 +44,8 @@ properties: local-mac-address: true mac-address: true + nvmem-cells: true + nvmem-cell-names: true required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mscc,vsc7514-switch.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mscc,vsc7514-switch.yaml index 8ee2c7d7ff42..86a9c3fc76c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mscc,vsc7514-switch.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mscc,vsc7514-switch.yaml @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ allOf: compatible: const: mscc,vsc7514-switch then: - $ref: ethernet-switch.yaml# + $ref: ethernet-switch.yaml#/$defs/ethernet-ports required: - interrupts - interrupt-names @@ -33,28 +33,18 @@ allOf: minItems: 21 reg-names: minItems: 21 - ethernet-ports: - patternProperties: - "^port@[0-9a-f]+$": - $ref: ethernet-switch-port.yaml# - unevaluatedProperties: false - if: properties: compatible: const: mscc,vsc7512-switch then: - $ref: /schemas/net/dsa/dsa.yaml# + $ref: /schemas/net/dsa/dsa.yaml#/$defs/ethernet-ports properties: reg: maxItems: 20 reg-names: maxItems: 20 - ethernet-ports: - patternProperties: - "^port@[0-9a-f]+$": - $ref: /schemas/net/dsa/dsa-port.yaml# - unevaluatedProperties: false properties: compatible: @@ -185,7 +175,7 @@ examples: }; # VSC7512 (DSA) - | - ethernet-switch@1{ + ethernet-switch@1 { compatible = "mscc,vsc7512-switch"; reg = <0x71010000 0x10000>, <0x71030000 0x10000>, @@ -212,22 +202,22 @@ examples: "port7", "port8", "port9", "port10", "qsys", "ana", "s0", "s1", "s2"; - ethernet-ports { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - port@0 { - reg = <0>; - ethernet = <&mac_sw>; - phy-handle = <&phy0>; - phy-mode = "internal"; - }; - port@1 { - reg = <1>; - phy-handle = <&phy1>; - phy-mode = "internal"; - }; + ethernet-ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + ethernet = <&mac_sw>; + phy-handle = <&phy0>; + phy-mode = "internal"; + }; + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + phy-handle = <&phy1>; + phy-mode = "internal"; }; }; + }; ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nxp,tja11xx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nxp,tja11xx.yaml index ab8867e6939b..85bfa45f5122 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nxp,tja11xx.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nxp,tja11xx.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ allOf: patternProperties: "^ethernet-phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: false description: | Some packages have multiple PHYs. Secondary PHY should be defines as subnode of the first (parent) PHY. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ether.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ether.yaml index 06b38c9bc6ec..29355ab98569 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ether.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ether.yaml @@ -81,9 +81,8 @@ properties: active-high patternProperties: - "^ethernet-phy@[0-9a-f]$": + "@[0-9a-f]$": type: object - $ref: ethernet-phy.yaml# required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,etheravb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,etheravb.yaml index 3f41294f5997..5d074f27d462 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,etheravb.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,etheravb.yaml @@ -109,9 +109,8 @@ properties: enum: [0, 2000] patternProperties: - "^ethernet-phy@[0-9a-f]$": + "@[0-9a-f]$": type: object - $ref: ethernet-phy.yaml# required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/snps,dwmac.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/snps,dwmac.yaml index ddf9522a5dc2..5c2769dc689a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/snps,dwmac.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/snps,dwmac.yaml @@ -394,6 +394,11 @@ properties: When a PFC frame is received with priorities matching the bitmask, the queue is blocked from transmitting for the pause time specified in the PFC frame. + + snps,coe-unsupported: + type: boolean + description: TX checksum offload is unsupported by the TX queue. + allOf: - if: required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,cpsw-switch.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,cpsw-switch.yaml index b04ac4966608..f07ae3173b03 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,cpsw-switch.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,cpsw-switch.yaml @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ properties: const: 0 patternProperties: - "^port@[0-9]+$": + "^port@[12]$": type: object description: CPSW external ports diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,icssg-prueth.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,icssg-prueth.yaml index 311c570165f9..229c8f32019f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,icssg-prueth.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,icssg-prueth.yaml @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: enum: + - ti,am642-icssg-prueth # for AM64x SoC family - ti,am654-icssg-prueth # for AM65x SoC family sram: @@ -106,6 +107,13 @@ properties: phandle to system controller node and register offset to ICSSG control register for RGMII transmit delay + ti,half-duplex-capable: + type: boolean + description: + Indicates that the PHY output pin COL is routed to ICSSG GPIO pin + (PRGx_PRU0/1_GPIO10) as input so that the ICSSG MII port is + capable of half duplex operations. + required: - reg anyOf: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sun4i-a10-sid.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sun4i-a10-sid.yaml index 296001e7f498..0928ec408170 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sun4i-a10-sid.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sun4i-a10-sid.yaml @@ -23,7 +23,9 @@ properties: - const: allwinner,sun20i-d1-sid - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64-sid - items: - - const: allwinner,sun50i-a100-sid + - enum: + - allwinner,sun50i-a100-sid + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-sid - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64-sid - const: allwinner,sun50i-h5-sid - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6-sid diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp-v2-kryo-cpu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp-v2-kryo-cpu.yaml index bbbad31ae4ca..fd04d060c1de 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp-v2-kryo-cpu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp-v2-kryo-cpu.yaml @@ -26,7 +26,9 @@ description: | properties: compatible: - const: operating-points-v2-kryo-cpu + enum: + - operating-points-v2-krait-cpu + - operating-points-v2-kryo-cpu nvmem-cells: description: | @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ patternProperties: opp-microvolt: true + opp-peak-kBps: true + opp-supported-hw: description: | A single 32 bit bitmap value, representing compatible HW. @@ -63,14 +67,22 @@ patternProperties: 5: MSM8996SG, speedbin 1 6: MSM8996SG, speedbin 2 7-31: unused - enum: [0x1, 0x2, 0x3, 0x4, 0x5, 0x6, 0x7, - 0x9, 0xd, 0xe, 0xf, - 0x10, 0x20, 0x30, 0x70] + + Bitmap for IPQ806x SoC: + 0: IPQ8062 + 1: IPQ8064/IPQ8066/IPQ8068 + 2: IPQ8065/IPQ8069 + 3-31: unused + + Other platforms use bits directly corresponding to speedbin index. clock-latency-ns: true required-opps: true + patternProperties: + '^opp-microvolt-speed[0-9]+-pvs[0-9]+$': true + required: - opp-hz @@ -256,6 +268,22 @@ examples: }; }; + /* Dummy opp table to give example for named opp-microvolt */ + opp-table-2 { + compatible = "operating-points-v2-krait-cpu"; + nvmem-cells = <&speedbin_efuse>; + + opp-384000000 { + opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <384000000>; + opp-microvolt-speed0-pvs0 = <1000000 950000 1050000>; + opp-microvolt-speed0-pvs1 = <925000 878750 971250>; + opp-microvolt-speed0-pvs2 = <875000 831250 918750>; + opp-microvolt-speed0-pvs3 = <800000 760000 840000>; + opp-supported-hw = <0x7>; + clock-latency-ns = <100000>; + }; + }; + smem { compatible = "qcom,smem"; memory-region = <&smem_mem>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-gen4-pci-ep.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-gen4-pci-ep.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fe38f62da066 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-gen4-pci-ep.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (C) 2022-2023 Renesas Electronics Corp. +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pci/rcar-gen4-pci-ep.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Renesas R-Car Gen4 PCIe Endpoint + +maintainers: + - Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: snps,dw-pcie-ep.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - const: renesas,r8a779f0-pcie-ep # R-Car S4-8 + - const: renesas,rcar-gen4-pcie-ep # R-Car Gen4 + + reg: + maxItems: 7 + + reg-names: + items: + - const: dbi + - const: dbi2 + - const: atu + - const: dma + - const: app + - const: phy + - const: addr_space + + interrupts: + maxItems: 3 + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: dma + - const: sft_ce + - const: app + + clocks: + maxItems: 2 + + clock-names: + items: + - const: core + - const: ref + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-names: + items: + - const: pwr + + max-link-speed: + maximum: 4 + + num-lanes: + maximum: 4 + + max-functions: + maximum: 2 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reg-names + - interrupts + - interrupt-names + - clocks + - clock-names + - power-domains + - resets + - reset-names + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/r8a779f0-cpg-mssr.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/power/r8a779f0-sysc.h> + + soc { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + pcie0_ep: pcie-ep@e65d0000 { + compatible = "renesas,r8a779f0-pcie-ep", "renesas,rcar-gen4-pcie-ep"; + reg = <0 0xe65d0000 0 0x2000>, <0 0xe65d2000 0 0x1000>, + <0 0xe65d3000 0 0x2000>, <0 0xe65d5000 0 0x1200>, + <0 0xe65d6200 0 0x0e00>, <0 0xe65d7000 0 0x0400>, + <0 0xfe000000 0 0x400000>; + reg-names = "dbi", "dbi2", "atu", "dma", "app", "phy", "addr_space"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 417 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 418 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 422 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "dma", "sft_ce", "app"; + clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 624>, <&pcie0_clkref>; + clock-names = "core", "ref"; + power-domains = <&sysc R8A779F0_PD_ALWAYS_ON>; + resets = <&cpg 624>; + reset-names = "pwr"; + max-link-speed = <4>; + num-lanes = <2>; + max-functions = /bits/ 8 <2>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-gen4-pci-host.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-gen4-pci-host.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ffb34339b637 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-gen4-pci-host.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (C) 2022-2023 Renesas Electronics Corp. +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pci/rcar-gen4-pci-host.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Renesas R-Car Gen4 PCIe Host + +maintainers: + - Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: snps,dw-pcie.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - const: renesas,r8a779f0-pcie # R-Car S4-8 + - const: renesas,rcar-gen4-pcie # R-Car Gen4 + + reg: + maxItems: 7 + + reg-names: + items: + - const: dbi + - const: dbi2 + - const: atu + - const: dma + - const: app + - const: phy + - const: config + + interrupts: + maxItems: 4 + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: msi + - const: dma + - const: sft_ce + - const: app + + clocks: + maxItems: 2 + + clock-names: + items: + - const: core + - const: ref + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-names: + items: + - const: pwr + + max-link-speed: + maximum: 4 + + num-lanes: + maximum: 4 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reg-names + - interrupts + - interrupt-names + - clocks + - clock-names + - power-domains + - resets + - reset-names + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/r8a779f0-cpg-mssr.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/power/r8a779f0-sysc.h> + + soc { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + pcie: pcie@e65d0000 { + compatible = "renesas,r8a779f0-pcie", "renesas,rcar-gen4-pcie"; + reg = <0 0xe65d0000 0 0x1000>, <0 0xe65d2000 0 0x0800>, + <0 0xe65d3000 0 0x2000>, <0 0xe65d5000 0 0x1200>, + <0 0xe65d6200 0 0x0e00>, <0 0xe65d7000 0 0x0400>, + <0 0xfe000000 0 0x400000>; + reg-names = "dbi", "dbi2", "atu", "dma", "app", "phy", "config"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 416 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 417 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 418 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 422 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "msi", "dma", "sft_ce", "app"; + clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 624>, <&pcie0_clkref>; + clock-names = "core", "ref"; + power-domains = <&sysc R8A779F0_PD_ALWAYS_ON>; + resets = <&cpg 624>; + reset-names = "pwr"; + max-link-speed = <4>; + num-lanes = <2>; + #address-cells = <3>; + #size-cells = <2>; + bus-range = <0x00 0xff>; + device_type = "pci"; + ranges = <0x01000000 0 0x00000000 0 0xfe000000 0 0x00400000>, + <0x02000000 0 0x30000000 0 0x30000000 0 0x10000000>; + dma-ranges = <0x42000000 0 0x00000000 0 0x00000000 1 0x00000000>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 7>; + interrupt-map = <0 0 0 1 &gic GIC_SPI 416 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 0 0 2 &gic GIC_SPI 416 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 0 0 3 &gic GIC_SPI 416 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 0 0 4 &gic GIC_SPI 416 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + snps,enable-cdm-check; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/snps,dw-pcie-common.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/snps,dw-pcie-common.yaml index d87e13496834..dc05761c5cf9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/snps,dw-pcie-common.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/snps,dw-pcie-common.yaml @@ -33,11 +33,11 @@ properties: specific for each activated function, while the rest of the sub-spaces are common for all of them (if there are more than one). minItems: 2 - maxItems: 6 + maxItems: 7 reg-names: minItems: 2 - maxItems: 6 + maxItems: 7 interrupts: description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/snps,dw-pcie-ep.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/snps,dw-pcie-ep.yaml index 8fc2151691a4..bbdb01d22848 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/snps,dw-pcie-ep.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/snps,dw-pcie-ep.yaml @@ -33,11 +33,11 @@ properties: normal controller functioning. iATU memory IO region is also required if the space is unrolled (IP-core version >= 4.80a). minItems: 2 - maxItems: 5 + maxItems: 7 reg-names: minItems: 2 - maxItems: 5 + maxItems: 7 items: oneOf: - description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/snps,dw-pcie.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/snps,dw-pcie.yaml index 8bbdeb8821f8..022055edbf9e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/snps,dw-pcie.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/snps,dw-pcie.yaml @@ -42,11 +42,11 @@ properties: are required for the normal controller work. iATU memory IO region is also required if the space is unrolled (IP-core version >= 4.80a). minItems: 2 - maxItems: 5 + maxItems: 7 reg-names: minItems: 2 - maxItems: 5 + maxItems: 7 items: oneOf: - description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xlnx,nwl-pcie.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xlnx,nwl-pcie.yaml index 897602559b37..426f90a47f35 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xlnx,nwl-pcie.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xlnx,nwl-pcie.yaml @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ examples: compatible = "xlnx,nwl-pcie-2.11"; reg = <0x0 0xfd0e0000 0x0 0x1000>, <0x0 0xfd480000 0x0 0x1000>, - <0x80 0x00000000 0x0 0x1000000>; + <0x80 0x00000000 0x0 0x10000000>; reg-names = "breg", "pcireg", "cfg"; ranges = <0x02000000 0x0 0xe0000000 0x0 0xe0000000 0x0 0x10000000>, <0x43000000 0x00000006 0x0 0x00000006 0x0 0x00000002 0x0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xlnx,xdma-host.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xlnx,xdma-host.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0aa00b8e49b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xlnx,xdma-host.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pci/xlnx,xdma-host.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Xilinx XDMA PL PCIe Root Port Bridge + +maintainers: + - Thippeswamy Havalige <thippeswamy.havalige@amd.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/pci/pci-bus.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: xlnx,xdma-host-3.00 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + ranges: + maxItems: 2 + + interrupts: + items: + - description: interrupt asserted when miscellaneous interrupt is received. + - description: msi0 interrupt asserted when an MSI is received. + - description: msi1 interrupt asserted when an MSI is received. + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: misc + - const: msi0 + - const: msi1 + + interrupt-map-mask: + items: + - const: 0 + - const: 0 + - const: 0 + - const: 7 + + interrupt-map: + maxItems: 4 + + "#interrupt-cells": + const: 1 + + interrupt-controller: + description: identifies the node as an interrupt controller + type: object + properties: + interrupt-controller: true + + "#address-cells": + const: 0 + + "#interrupt-cells": + const: 1 + + required: + - interrupt-controller + - "#address-cells" + - "#interrupt-cells" + + additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - ranges + - interrupts + - interrupt-map + - interrupt-map-mask + - "#interrupt-cells" + - interrupt-controller + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + + soc { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + pcie@a0000000 { + compatible = "xlnx,xdma-host-3.00"; + reg = <0x0 0xa0000000 0x0 0x10000000>; + ranges = <0x2000000 0x0 0xb0000000 0x0 0xb0000000 0x0 0x1000000>, + <0x43000000 0x5 0x0 0x5 0x0 0x0 0x1000000>; + #address-cells = <3>; + #size-cells = <2>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + device_type = "pci"; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 89 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <GIC_SPI 90 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 91 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "misc", "msi0", "msi1"; + interrupt-map-mask = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x7>; + interrupt-map = <0 0 0 1 &pcie_intc_0 0>, + <0 0 0 2 &pcie_intc_0 1>, + <0 0 0 3 &pcie_intc_0 2>, + <0 0 0 4 &pcie_intc_0 3>; + pcie_intc_0: interrupt-controller { + #address-cells = <0>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-controller; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/amlogic,meson-sec-pwrc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/amlogic,meson-sec-pwrc.yaml index d80bbedfe3aa..dab3d92bc273 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/amlogic,meson-sec-pwrc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/amlogic,meson-sec-pwrc.yaml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ maintainers: - Jianxin Pan <jianxin.pan@amlogic.com> description: |+ - Secure Power Domains used in Meson A1/C1/S4 & C3 SoCs, and should be the child node + Secure Power Domains used in Meson A1/C1/S4 & C3/T7 SoCs, and should be the child node of secure-monitor. properties: @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ properties: - amlogic,meson-a1-pwrc - amlogic,meson-s4-pwrc - amlogic,c3-pwrc + - amlogic,t7-pwrc "#power-domain-cells": const: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/mediatek,power-controller.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/mediatek,power-controller.yaml index c9acef80f452..8985e2df8a56 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/mediatek,power-controller.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/mediatek,power-controller.yaml @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt8188-power-controller - mediatek,mt8192-power-controller - mediatek,mt8195-power-controller + - mediatek,mt8365-power-controller '#power-domain-cells': const: 1 @@ -88,6 +89,7 @@ $defs: "include/dt-bindings/power/mediatek,mt8188-power.h" - for MT8188 type power domain. "include/dt-bindings/power/mt8192-power.h" - for MT8192 type power domain. "include/dt-bindings/power/mt8195-power.h" - for MT8195 type power domain. + "include/dt-bindings/power/mediatek,mt8365-power.h" - for MT8365 type power domain. maxItems: 1 clocks: @@ -115,6 +117,10 @@ $defs: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle description: phandle to the device containing the INFRACFG register range. + mediatek,infracfg-nao: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: phandle to the device containing the INFRACFG-NAO register range. + mediatek,smi: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle description: phandle to the device containing the SMI register range. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power-domain.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power-domain.yaml index d1235e562041..8fdb529d560b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power-domain.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power-domain.yaml @@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ maintainers: description: |+ System on chip designs are often divided into multiple PM domains that can be - used for power gating of selected IP blocks for power saving by reduced leakage - current. + used for power gating of selected IP blocks for power saving by reduced + leakage current. Moreover, in some cases the similar PM domains may also be + capable of scaling performance for a group of IP blocks. This device tree binding can be used to bind PM domain consumer devices with their PM domains provided by PM domain providers. A PM domain provider can be @@ -25,7 +26,7 @@ description: |+ properties: $nodename: - pattern: "^(power-controller|power-domain)([@-].*)?$" + pattern: "^(power-controller|power-domain|performance-domain)([@-].*)?$" domain-idle-states: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array @@ -44,11 +45,11 @@ properties: operating-points-v2: description: - Phandles to the OPP tables of power domains provided by a power domain - provider. If the provider provides a single power domain only or all - the power domains provided by the provider have identical OPP tables, - then this shall contain a single phandle. Refer to ../opp/opp-v2-base.yaml - for more information. + Phandles to the OPP tables of power domains that are capable of scaling + performance, provided by a power domain provider. If the provider provides + a single power domain only or all the power domains provided by the + provider have identical OPP tables, then this shall contain a single + phandle. Refer to ../opp/opp-v2-base.yaml for more information. "#power-domain-cells": description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.yaml index 9b03c41d3604..da9c5846f4e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.yaml @@ -15,42 +15,52 @@ description: properties: compatible: - enum: - - qcom,mdm9607-rpmpd - - qcom,msm8226-rpmpd - - qcom,msm8909-rpmpd - - qcom,msm8916-rpmpd - - qcom,msm8939-rpmpd - - qcom,msm8953-rpmpd - - qcom,msm8976-rpmpd - - qcom,msm8994-rpmpd - - qcom,msm8996-rpmpd - - qcom,msm8998-rpmpd - - qcom,qcm2290-rpmpd - - qcom,qcs404-rpmpd - - qcom,qdu1000-rpmhpd - - qcom,sa8155p-rpmhpd - - qcom,sa8540p-rpmhpd - - qcom,sa8775p-rpmhpd - - qcom,sdm660-rpmpd - - qcom,sc7180-rpmhpd - - qcom,sc7280-rpmhpd - - qcom,sc8180x-rpmhpd - - qcom,sc8280xp-rpmhpd - - qcom,sdm670-rpmhpd - - qcom,sdm845-rpmhpd - - qcom,sdx55-rpmhpd - - qcom,sdx65-rpmhpd - - qcom,sdx75-rpmhpd - - qcom,sm6115-rpmpd - - qcom,sm6125-rpmpd - - qcom,sm6350-rpmhpd - - qcom,sm6375-rpmpd - - qcom,sm8150-rpmhpd - - qcom,sm8250-rpmhpd - - qcom,sm8350-rpmhpd - - qcom,sm8450-rpmhpd - - qcom,sm8550-rpmhpd + oneOf: + - enum: + - qcom,mdm9607-rpmpd + - qcom,msm8226-rpmpd + - qcom,msm8909-rpmpd + - qcom,msm8916-rpmpd + - qcom,msm8917-rpmpd + - qcom,msm8939-rpmpd + - qcom,msm8953-rpmpd + - qcom,msm8976-rpmpd + - qcom,msm8994-rpmpd + - qcom,msm8996-rpmpd + - qcom,msm8998-rpmpd + - qcom,qcm2290-rpmpd + - qcom,qcs404-rpmpd + - qcom,qdu1000-rpmhpd + - qcom,qm215-rpmpd + - qcom,sa8155p-rpmhpd + - qcom,sa8540p-rpmhpd + - qcom,sa8775p-rpmhpd + - qcom,sc7180-rpmhpd + - qcom,sc7280-rpmhpd + - qcom,sc8180x-rpmhpd + - qcom,sc8280xp-rpmhpd + - qcom,sc8380xp-rpmhpd + - qcom,sdm660-rpmpd + - qcom,sdm670-rpmhpd + - qcom,sdm845-rpmhpd + - qcom,sdx55-rpmhpd + - qcom,sdx65-rpmhpd + - qcom,sdx75-rpmhpd + - qcom,sm6115-rpmpd + - qcom,sm6125-rpmpd + - qcom,sm6350-rpmhpd + - qcom,sm6375-rpmpd + - qcom,sm7150-rpmhpd + - qcom,sm8150-rpmhpd + - qcom,sm8250-rpmhpd + - qcom,sm8350-rpmhpd + - qcom,sm8450-rpmhpd + - qcom,sm8550-rpmhpd + - qcom,sm8650-rpmhpd + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,msm8937-rpmpd + - const: qcom,msm8917-rpmpd '#power-domain-cells': const: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gpio-poweroff.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gpio-poweroff.yaml index b54ec003a1e0..a4b437fce37c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gpio-poweroff.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gpio-poweroff.yaml @@ -18,6 +18,9 @@ description: > Finally the operating system assumes the power off failed if the system is still running after waiting some time (timeout-ms). +allOf: + - $ref: restart-handler.yaml# + properties: compatible: const: gpio-poweroff @@ -40,6 +43,9 @@ properties: default: 100 description: Delay to wait after driving gpio inactive + priority: + default: 0 + timeout-ms: default: 3000 description: Time to wait before assuming the power off sequence failed. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.yaml index 3412fe7e1e80..d342b113fca2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.yaml @@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ description: |+ defined by the register map pointed by syscon reference plus the offset with the value and mask defined in the poweroff node. Default will be little endian mode, 32 bit access only. + The SYSCON register map is normally retrieved from the parental dt-node. So + the SYSCON poweroff node should be represented as a sub-node of a "syscon", + "simple-mfd" node. properties: compatible: @@ -30,7 +33,10 @@ properties: regmap: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle - description: Phandle to the register map node. + deprecated: true + description: + Phandle to the register map node. This property is deprecated in favor of + the syscon-poweroff node being a child of a system controller node. value: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 @@ -38,7 +44,6 @@ properties: required: - compatible - - regmap - offset additionalProperties: false @@ -56,7 +61,6 @@ examples: - | poweroff { compatible = "syscon-poweroff"; - regmap = <®mapnode>; offset = <0x0>; mask = <0x7a>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/max8925_battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/max8925_battery.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d7e3e0c0f71d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/max8925_battery.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -max8925-battery bindings -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Optional properties : - - batt-detect: whether support battery detect - - topoff-threshold: set charging current in topoff mode - - fast-charge: set charging current in fast mode - - no-temp-support: whether support temperature protection detect - - no-insert-detect: whether support insert detect - -Example: - charger { - batt-detect = <0>; - topoff-threshold = <1>; - fast-charge = <7>; - no-temp-support = <0>; - no-insert-detect = <0>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/maxim,max17040.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/maxim,max17040.yaml index 2627cd3eed83..377cbb2c2c1f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/maxim,max17040.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/maxim,max17040.yaml @@ -55,6 +55,14 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 + io-channels: + items: + - description: battery temperature + + io-channel-names: + items: + - const: temp + wakeup-source: type: boolean description: | @@ -95,3 +103,26 @@ examples: wakeup-source; }; }; + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + fuel-gauge@36 { + compatible = "maxim,max17043"; + reg = <0x36>; + + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <144 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + + monitored-battery = <&battery>; + power-supplies = <&charger>; + + io-channels = <&adc 8>; + io-channel-names = "temp"; + + maxim,alert-low-soc-level = <10>; + wakeup-source; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/mitsumi,mm8013.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/mitsumi,mm8013.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6865640cbdfa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/mitsumi,mm8013.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/power/supply/mitsumi,mm8013.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Mitsumi MM8013 fuel gauge + +maintainers: + - Konrad Dybcio <konradybcio@kernel.org> + +allOf: + - $ref: power-supply.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: mitsumi,mm8013 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + fuel-gauge@55 { + compatible = "mitsumi,mm8013"; + reg = <0x55>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/qcom,pm8916-bms-vm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/qcom,pm8916-bms-vm.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ad764e69ab57 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/qcom,pm8916-bms-vm.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/power/supply/qcom,pm8916-bms-vm.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Voltage Mode BMS + +maintainers: + - Nikita Travkin <nikita@trvn.ru> + +description: + Voltage Mode BMS is a hardware block found in some Qualcomm PMICs + such as pm8916. This block performs battery voltage monitoring. + +allOf: + - $ref: power-supply.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,pm8916-bms-vm + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + items: + - description: BMS FSM left S3 mode + - description: BMS FSM entered S2 mode + - description: OCV measured in S3 mode + - description: OCV below threshold + - description: FIFO update done + - description: BMS FSM switched state + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: cv_leave + - const: cv_enter + - const: ocv_good + - const: ocv_thr + - const: fifo + - const: state_chg + + monitored-battery: true + + power-supplies: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - interrupt-names + - monitored-battery + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + pmic { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + battery@4000 { + compatible = "qcom,pm8916-bms-vm"; + reg = <0x4000>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x40 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, + <0x0 0x40 1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, + <0x0 0x40 2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, + <0x0 0x40 3 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, + <0x0 0x40 4 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, + <0x0 0x40 5 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + interrupt-names = "cv_leave", + "cv_enter", + "ocv_good", + "ocv_thr", + "fifo", + "state_chg"; + + monitored-battery = <&battery>; + power-supplies = <&pm8916_charger>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/qcom,pm8916-lbc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/qcom,pm8916-lbc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cdf14e5ed119 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/qcom,pm8916-lbc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/power/supply/qcom,pm8916-lbc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Linear Battery Charger + +maintainers: + - Nikita Travkin <nikita@trvn.ru> + +description: + Linear Battery Charger hardware block, found in some Qualcomm PMICs + such as pm8916. Implements a simple, autonomous CC/CV charger. + +allOf: + - $ref: power-supply.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,pm8916-lbc + + reg: + items: + - description: Charger + - description: Battery + - description: USB + - description: MISC + + reg-names: + items: + - const: chgr + - const: bat_if + - const: usb + - const: misc + + interrupts: + items: + - description: Battery detection + - description: Fast charging + - description: Charging failed + - description: Charging done + - description: Battery present + - description: Battery temperature OK + - description: USB coarse detection + - description: USB IN valid + - description: Charger gone + - description: Overtemperature + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: vbat_det + - const: fast_chg + - const: chg_fail + - const: chg_done + - const: bat_pres + - const: temp_ok + - const: coarse_det + - const: usb_vbus + - const: chg_gone + - const: overtemp + + qcom,fast-charge-safe-voltage: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 4000000 + maximum: 4775000 + description: + Maximum safe battery voltage in uV; May be pre-set by bootloader, + in which case, setting this will harmlessly fail. + + qcom,fast-charge-safe-current: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 90000 + maximum: 1440000 + description: + Maximum safe battery charge current in uA; May be pre-set by + bootloader, in which case setting this will harmlessly fail. + + monitored-battery: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - interrupt-names + - qcom,fast-charge-safe-voltage + - qcom,fast-charge-safe-current + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + pmic { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + charger@1000 { + compatible = "qcom,pm8916-lbc"; + reg = <0x1000>, <0x1200>, <0x1300>, <0x1600>; + reg-names = "chgr", "bat_if", "usb", "misc"; + + interrupts = <0x0 0x10 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x10 5 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x10 6 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x10 7 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x12 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x12 1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x13 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x13 1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x13 2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x13 4 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>; + interrupt-names = "vbat_det", + "fast_chg", + "chg_fail", + "chg_done", + "bat_pres", + "temp_ok", + "coarse_det", + "usb_vbus", + "chg_gone", + "overtemp"; + monitored-battery = <&battery>; + + qcom,fast-charge-safe-current = <900000>; + qcom,fast-charge-safe-voltage = <4300000>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sbs,sbs-manager.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sbs,sbs-manager.yaml index f255f3858d08..2e21846463ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sbs,sbs-manager.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sbs,sbs-manager.yaml @@ -47,6 +47,12 @@ patternProperties: "^i2c@[1-4]$": type: object $ref: /schemas/i2c/i2c-controller.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + reg: + minimum: 1 + maximum: 4 examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/stericsson,ab8500-battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/stericsson,ab8500-battery.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ee125cb0e46d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/stericsson,ab8500-battery.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -AB85000 PMIC contains a node, which contains shared -information about the battery connected to the PMIC. -The node has no compatible property. - -Properties of this node are: - -thermistor-on-batctrl: - A boolean value indicating thermistor interface to battery - - Note: - 'btemp' and 'batctrl' are the pins interfaced for battery temperature - measurement, 'btemp' signal is used when NTC(negative temperature - coefficient) resister is interfaced external to battery whereas - 'batctrl' pin is used when NTC resister is internal to battery. - - Example: - ab8500_battery: ab8500_battery { - thermistor-on-batctrl; - }; - indicates: NTC resister is internal to battery, 'batctrl' is used - for thermal measurement. - - The absence of property 'thermal-on-batctrl' indicates - NTC resister is external to battery and 'btemp' signal is used - for thermal measurement. - -battery-type: - This shall be the battery manufacturing technology type, - allowed types are: - "UNKNOWN" "NiMH" "LION" "LIPO" "LiFe" "NiCd" "LiMn" - Example: - ab8500_battery: ab8500_battery { - stericsson,battery-type = "LIPO"; - } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-rockchip.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-rockchip.yaml index f2d1dc7e7b3f..65bfb492b3a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-rockchip.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-rockchip.yaml @@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ properties: - rockchip,rk3308-pwm - rockchip,rk3568-pwm - rockchip,rk3588-pwm + - rockchip,rv1126-pwm - const: rockchip,rk3328-pwm reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/adi,max77503-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/adi,max77503-regulator.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..aa581e550be2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/adi,max77503-regulator.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (c) 2023 Analog Devices, Inc. +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/regulator/adi,max77503-regulator.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Analog Devices MAX77503 Buck Converter + +maintainers: + - Gokhan Celik <Gokhan.Celik@analog.com> + +description: | + The Analog Devices MAX77503 is a single channel 14V input, 1.5A + high-efficiency buck converter. This converter has 94% efficiency + for 2-Cell/3-Cell battery applications. + +allOf: + - $ref: regulator.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - adi,max77503 + + reg: + description: I2C address of the device + items: + - enum: [0x1e, 0x24, 0x37] + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + regulator@1e { + compatible = "adi,max77503"; + reg = <0x1e>; + + regulator-min-microvolt = <800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <5000000>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/da9210.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/da9210.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 58065ca9e3b4..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/da9210.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -* Dialog Semiconductor DA9210 Multi-phase 12A DCDC BUCK Converter - -Required properties: - -- compatible: must be "dlg,da9210" -- reg: the i2c slave address of the regulator. It should be 0x68. - -Optional properties: - -- interrupts: a reference to the DA9210 interrupt, if available. - -Any standard regulator properties can be used to configure the single da9210 -DCDC. - -Example: - - da9210@68 { - compatible = "dlg,da9210"; - reg = <0x68>; - - interrupt-parent = <...>; - interrupts = <...>; - - regulator-min-microvolt = <300000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1570000>; - regulator-min-microamp = <1600000>; - regulator-max-microamp = <4600000>; - regulator-boot-on; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/dlg,da9210.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/dlg,da9210.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..81f23de36de4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/dlg,da9210.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/regulator/dlg,da9210.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Dialog Semiconductor DA9210 Multi-Phase 12A DC-DC Buck Converter + +maintainers: + - Support Opensource <support.opensource@diasemi.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: regulator.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: dlg,da9210 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + regulator@68 { + compatible = "dlg,da9210"; + reg = <0x68>; + + interrupt-parent = <&irqc0>; + interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + + regulator-min-microvolt = <300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1570000>; + regulator-min-microamp = <1600000>; + regulator-max-microamp = <4600000>; + regulator-boot-on; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml index ac0281b1cceb..ce7751b9129c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml @@ -100,6 +100,11 @@ properties: vin-supply: description: Input supply phandle. + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + description: + Interrupt signaling a critical under-voltage event. + required: - compatible - regulator-name diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/maxim,max20086.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/maxim,max20086.yaml index 05f72391185e..7394c0a339c5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/maxim,max20086.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/maxim,max20086.yaml @@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ properties: "^OUT[1-4]$": type: object $ref: regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/maxim,max77826.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/maxim,max77826.yaml index 78c0b63243f7..6d6bbfbd26d4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/maxim,max77826.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/maxim,max77826.yaml @@ -30,10 +30,12 @@ properties: "^LDO([1-9]|1[0-5])$": type: object $ref: regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false "^BUCK|BUCKBOOST$": type: object $ref: regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mediatek,mt6358-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mediatek,mt6358-regulator.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c50402fcba72 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mediatek,mt6358-regulator.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/regulator/mediatek,mt6358-regulator.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek MT6358 Regulator + +maintainers: + - Zhiyong Tao <zhiyong.tao@mediatek.com> + +description: + Regulator node of the PMIC. This node should under the PMIC's device node. + All voltage regulators provided by the PMIC are described as sub-nodes of + this node. + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - const: mediatek,mt6358-regulator + - items: + - const: mediatek,mt6366-regulator + - const: mediatek,mt6358-regulator + + vsys-ldo1-supply: + description: Supply for LDOs vfe28, vxo22, vcn28, vaux18, vaud28, vsim1, vusb, vbif28 + vsys-ldo2-supply: + description: Supply for LDOs vldo28 (MT6358 only), vio28, vmc, vmch, vsim2 + vsys-ldo3-supply: + description: Supply for LDOs vcn33, vcama[12] (MT6358 only), vemc, vibr + vsys-vcore-supply: + description: Supply for buck regulator vcore + vsys-vdram1-supply: + description: Supply for buck regulator vdram1 + vsys-vgpu-supply: + description: Supply for buck regulator vgpu + vsys-vmodem-supply: + description: Supply for buck regulator vmodem + vsys-vpa-supply: + description: Supply for buck regulator vpa + vsys-vproc11-supply: + description: Supply for buck regulator vproc11 + vsys-vproc12-supply: + description: Supply for buck regulator vproc12 + vsys-vs1-supply: + description: Supply for buck regulator vs1 + vsys-vs2-supply: + description: Supply for buck regulator vs2 + vs1-ldo1-supply: + description: + Supply for LDOs vrf18, vefuse, vcn18, vcamio (MT6358 only), vio18, vm18 (MT6366 only) + vs2-ldo1-supply: + description: Supply for LDOs vdram2, vmddr (MT6366 only) + vs2-ldo2-supply: + description: Supply for LDOs vrf12, va12 + vs2-ldo3-supply: + description: + Supply for LDOs vsram-core (MT6366 only), vsram-gpu, vsram-others, vsram-proc11, vsram-proc12 + vs2-ldo4-supply: + description: Supply for LDO vcamd + +patternProperties: + "^(buck_)?v(core|dram1|gpu|modem|pa|proc1[12]|s[12])$": + description: Buck regulators + type: object + $ref: regulator.yaml# + properties: + regulator-allowed-modes: + description: | + Buck regulatpr operating modes allowed. Valid values below. + Users should use the macros from dt-bindings/regulator/mediatek,mt6397-regulator.h + 0 (MT6397_BUCK_MODE_AUTO): Auto PFM/PWM mode + 1 (MT6397_BUCK_MODE_FORCE_PWM): Forced PWM mode + items: + enum: [0, 1] + unevaluatedProperties: false + + "^(ldo_)?v(a|rf)12$": + description: LDOs with fixed 1.2V output and 0~100/10mV tuning + type: object + $ref: regulator.yaml# + properties: + regulator-allowed-modes: false + unevaluatedProperties: false + + "^(ldo_)?v((aux|cn|io|rf)18|camio)$": + description: + LDOs with fixed 1.8V output and 0~100/10mV tuning (vcn18 on MT6366 has variable output) + type: object + $ref: regulator.yaml# + properties: + regulator-allowed-modes: false + unevaluatedProperties: false + + "^(ldo_)?vxo22$": + description: LDOs with fixed 2.2V output and 0~100/10mV tuning + type: object + $ref: regulator.yaml# + properties: + regulator-allowed-modes: false + unevaluatedProperties: false + + "^(ldo_)?v(aud|bif|cn|fe|io)28$": + description: LDOs with fixed 2.8V output and 0~100/10mV tuning + type: object + $ref: regulator.yaml# + properties: + regulator-allowed-modes: false + unevaluatedProperties: false + + "^(ldo_)?vusb$": + description: LDOs with fixed 3.0V output and 0~100/10mV tuning + type: object + $ref: regulator.yaml# + properties: + regulator-allowed-modes: false + unevaluatedProperties: false + + "^(ldo_)?vsram[_-](core|gpu|others|proc1[12])$": + description: LDOs with variable output + type: object + $ref: regulator.yaml# + properties: + regulator-allowed-modes: false + unevaluatedProperties: false + + "^(ldo_)?v(cama[12]|camd|cn33|dram2|efuse|emc|ibr|ldo28|m18|mc|mch|mddr|sim[12])$": + description: LDOs with variable output and 0~100/10mV tuning + type: object + $ref: regulator.yaml# + properties: + regulator-allowed-modes: false + unevaluatedProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + +additionalProperties: false + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + const: mediatek,mt6358-regulator + then: + patternProperties: + # Old regulator node name scheme (with prefix and underscores) only + # ([^y-] is used to avoid matching -supply + "^(?<!buck_)(?<!ldo_)v.*[^y-](?!-supply)$": false + "^ldo_vsram-": false + # vsram_core regulator doesn't exist on MT6358 + "^ldo_vsram[-_]core$": false + + properties: + # vm18 and vmddr regulators don't exist on MT6358 + ldo_vm18: false + ldo_vmddr: false + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: mediatek,mt6366-regulator + then: + patternProperties: + # Prefer cleaned up regulator node names + "^(buck|ldo)_": false + # Don't allow underscores + "^vsram_": false + # vcam* regulators don't exist on MT6366 + "^vcam": false + + properties: + # vldo28 regulator doesn't exist on MT6366 + vldo28: false + # vs2_ldo4 supply pin doesn't exist on MT6366 + vs2-ldo4-supply: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/regulator/mediatek,mt6397-regulator.h> + + regulator { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6358-regulator"; + + buck_vgpu { + regulator-name = "vgpu"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <625000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <900000>; + regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; + regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <200>; + regulator-allowed-modes = <MT6397_BUCK_MODE_AUTO + MT6397_BUCK_MODE_FORCE_PWM>; + }; + + ldo_vsram_gpu { + regulator-name = "vsram_gpu"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <850000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; + regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <240>; + }; + }; + + - | + #include <dt-bindings/regulator/mediatek,mt6397-regulator.h> + + regulator { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6366-regulator", "mediatek,mt6358-regulator"; + + vdram1 { + regulator-name = "pp1125_emi_vdd2"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1125000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1125000>; + regulator-ramp-delay = <12500>; + regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <0>; + regulator-allowed-modes = <MT6397_BUCK_MODE_AUTO + MT6397_BUCK_MODE_FORCE_PWM>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vproc11 { + regulator-name = "ppvar_dvdd_proc_bc_mt6366"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <600000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>; + regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; + regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <200>; + regulator-allowed-modes = <MT6397_BUCK_MODE_AUTO + MT6397_BUCK_MODE_FORCE_PWM>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vmddr { + regulator-name = "pm0750_emi_vmddr"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <700000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <750000>; + regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <325>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vsram-proc11 { + regulator-name = "pp0900_dvdd_sram_bc"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <850000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1120000>; + regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; + regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <240>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mps,mpq2286.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mps,mpq2286.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1296f9b30862 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mps,mpq2286.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/regulator/mps,mpq2286.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Monolithic Power System MPQ2286 PMIC + +maintainers: + - Saravanan Sekar <saravanan@linumiz.com> + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - mps,mpq2286 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + regulators: + type: object + + properties: + buck: + type: object + $ref: regulator.yaml# + + unevaluatedProperties: false + + additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - regulators + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + pmic@3 { + compatible = "mps,mpq2286"; + reg = <0x3>; + + regulators { + buck { + regulator-name = "buck"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1600000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-boot-on; + }; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6358-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6358-regulator.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b6384306db5c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6358-regulator.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,350 +0,0 @@ -MediaTek MT6358 Regulator - -All voltage regulators provided by the MT6358 PMIC are described as the -subnodes of the MT6358 regulators node. Each regulator is named according -to its regulator type, buck_<name> and ldo_<name>. The definition for each -of these nodes is defined using the standard binding for regulators at -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt. - -The valid names for regulators are:: -BUCK: - buck_vdram1, buck_vcore, buck_vpa, buck_vproc11, buck_vproc12, buck_vgpu, - buck_vs2, buck_vmodem, buck_vs1 -LDO: - ldo_vdram2, ldo_vsim1, ldo_vibr, ldo_vrf12, ldo_vio18, ldo_vusb, ldo_vcamio, - ldo_vcamd, ldo_vcn18, ldo_vfe28, ldo_vsram_proc11, ldo_vcn28, ldo_vsram_others, - ldo_vsram_gpu, ldo_vxo22, ldo_vefuse, ldo_vaux18, ldo_vmch, ldo_vbif28, - ldo_vsram_proc12, ldo_vcama1, ldo_vemc, ldo_vio28, ldo_va12, ldo_vrf18, - ldo_vcn33, ldo_vcama2, ldo_vmc, ldo_vldo28, ldo_vaud28, ldo_vsim2 - -Example: - - pmic { - compatible = "mediatek,mt6358"; - - mt6358regulator: mt6358regulator { - compatible = "mediatek,mt6358-regulator"; - - mt6358_vdram1_reg: buck_vdram1 { - regulator-compatible = "buck_vdram1"; - regulator-name = "vdram1"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <2087500>; - regulator-ramp-delay = <12500>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <0>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vcore_reg: buck_vcore { - regulator-name = "vcore"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>; - regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <200>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vpa_reg: buck_vpa { - regulator-name = "vpa"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3650000>; - regulator-ramp-delay = <50000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <250>; - }; - - mt6358_vproc11_reg: buck_vproc11 { - regulator-name = "vproc11"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>; - regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <200>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vproc12_reg: buck_vproc12 { - regulator-name = "vproc12"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>; - regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <200>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vgpu_reg: buck_vgpu { - regulator-name = "vgpu"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>; - regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <200>; - }; - - mt6358_vs2_reg: buck_vs2 { - regulator-name = "vs2"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <2087500>; - regulator-ramp-delay = <12500>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <0>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vmodem_reg: buck_vmodem { - regulator-name = "vmodem"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>; - regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <900>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vs1_reg: buck_vs1 { - regulator-name = "vs1"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <2587500>; - regulator-ramp-delay = <12500>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <0>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vdram2_reg: ldo_vdram2 { - regulator-name = "vdram2"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <600000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <3300>; - }; - - mt6358_vsim1_reg: ldo_vsim1 { - regulator-name = "vsim1"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1700000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3100000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <540>; - }; - - mt6358_vibr_reg: ldo_vibr { - regulator-name = "vibr"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <60>; - }; - - mt6358_vrf12_reg: ldo_vrf12 { - compatible = "regulator-fixed"; - regulator-name = "vrf12"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <120>; - }; - - mt6358_vio18_reg: ldo_vio18 { - compatible = "regulator-fixed"; - regulator-name = "vio18"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <2700>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vusb_reg: ldo_vusb { - regulator-name = "vusb"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <3000000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3100000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vcamio_reg: ldo_vcamio { - compatible = "regulator-fixed"; - regulator-name = "vcamio"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_vcamd_reg: ldo_vcamd { - regulator-name = "vcamd"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <900000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_vcn18_reg: ldo_vcn18 { - compatible = "regulator-fixed"; - regulator-name = "vcn18"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_vfe28_reg: ldo_vfe28 { - compatible = "regulator-fixed"; - regulator-name = "vfe28"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_vsram_proc11_reg: ldo_vsram_proc11 { - regulator-name = "vsram_proc11"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>; - regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <240>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vcn28_reg: ldo_vcn28 { - compatible = "regulator-fixed"; - regulator-name = "vcn28"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_vsram_others_reg: ldo_vsram_others { - regulator-name = "vsram_others"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>; - regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <240>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vsram_gpu_reg: ldo_vsram_gpu { - regulator-name = "vsram_gpu"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>; - regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <240>; - }; - - mt6358_vxo22_reg: ldo_vxo22 { - compatible = "regulator-fixed"; - regulator-name = "vxo22"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <2200000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <2200000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <120>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vefuse_reg: ldo_vefuse { - regulator-name = "vefuse"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1700000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1900000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_vaux18_reg: ldo_vaux18 { - compatible = "regulator-fixed"; - regulator-name = "vaux18"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_vmch_reg: ldo_vmch { - regulator-name = "vmch"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <2900000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <60>; - }; - - mt6358_vbif28_reg: ldo_vbif28 { - compatible = "regulator-fixed"; - regulator-name = "vbif28"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_vsram_proc12_reg: ldo_vsram_proc12 { - regulator-name = "vsram_proc12"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1293750>; - regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <240>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vcama1_reg: ldo_vcama1 { - regulator-name = "vcama1"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_vemc_reg: ldo_vemc { - regulator-name = "vemc"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <2900000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <60>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vio28_reg: ldo_vio28 { - compatible = "regulator-fixed"; - regulator-name = "vio28"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_va12_reg: ldo_va12 { - compatible = "regulator-fixed"; - regulator-name = "va12"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - mt6358_vrf18_reg: ldo_vrf18 { - compatible = "regulator-fixed"; - regulator-name = "vrf18"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <120>; - }; - - mt6358_vcn33_reg: ldo_vcn33 { - regulator-name = "vcn33"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3500000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_vcama2_reg: ldo_vcama2 { - regulator-name = "vcama2"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_vmc_reg: ldo_vmc { - regulator-name = "vmc"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <60>; - }; - - mt6358_vldo28_reg: ldo_vldo28 { - regulator-name = "vldo28"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_vaud28_reg: ldo_vaud28 { - compatible = "regulator-fixed"; - regulator-name = "vaud28"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <270>; - }; - - mt6358_vsim2_reg: ldo_vsim2 { - regulator-name = "vsim2"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1700000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3100000>; - regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <540>; - }; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/onnn,fan53880.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/onnn,fan53880.yaml index eb61e04ef852..b5181719daa1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/onnn,fan53880.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/onnn,fan53880.yaml @@ -48,10 +48,12 @@ properties: "^LDO[1-4]$": type: object $ref: regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false "^BUCK|BOOST$": type: object $ref: regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.yaml index 127a6f39b7f0..acd37f28ef53 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.yaml @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ description: | For PM8550, smps1 - smps6, ldo1 - ldo17, bob1 - bob2 For PM8998, smps1 - smps13, ldo1 - ldo28, lvs1 - lvs2 For PMI8998, bob + For PMC8380, smps1 - smps8, ldo1 - lodo3 For PMR735A, smps1 - smps3, ldo1 - ldo7 For PMX55, smps1 - smps7, ldo1 - ldo16 For PMX65, smps1 - smps8, ldo1 - ldo21 @@ -78,6 +79,7 @@ properties: - qcom,pm8998-rpmh-regulators - qcom,pmc8180-rpmh-regulators - qcom,pmc8180c-rpmh-regulators + - qcom,pmc8380-rpmh-regulators - qcom,pmg1110-rpmh-regulators - qcom,pmi8998-rpmh-regulators - qcom,pmm8155au-rpmh-regulators @@ -368,6 +370,16 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: enum: + - qcom,pmc8380-rpmh-regulators + then: + patternProperties: + "^vdd-l[1-3]-supply$": true + "^vdd-s[1-8]-supply$": true + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: - qcom,pmg1110-rpmh-regulators then: properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.yaml index bdf34c2de96b..7a1b7d2abbd4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.yaml @@ -17,12 +17,15 @@ properties: - qcom,pm660l-regulators - qcom,pm8004-regulators - qcom,pm8005-regulators + - qcom,pm8019-regulators - qcom,pm8226-regulators - qcom,pm8841-regulators + - qcom,pm8909-regulators - qcom,pm8916-regulators - qcom,pm8941-regulators - qcom,pm8950-regulators - qcom,pm8994-regulators + - qcom,pma8084-regulators - qcom,pmi8994-regulators - qcom,pmp8074-regulators - qcom,pms405-regulators @@ -32,7 +35,7 @@ properties: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle patternProperties: - "^(5vs[1-2]|(l|s)[1-9][0-9]?|lvs[1-3])$": + "^(5vs[1-2]|(l|s)[1-9][0-9]?|lvs[1-4])$": description: List of regulators and its properties type: object $ref: regulator.yaml# @@ -181,6 +184,25 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: + - qcom,pm8019-regulators + then: + properties: + vdd_l1-supply: true + vdd_l2_l3-supply: true + vdd_l4_l5_l6-supply: true + vdd_l7_l8_l11-supply: true + vdd_l9-supply: true + vdd_l10-supply: true + vdd_l12-supply: true + vdd_l13_l14-supply: true + patternProperties: + "^vdd_s[1-4]-supply$": true + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: - qcom,pm8226-regulators then: properties: @@ -211,6 +233,24 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: + - qcom,pm8909-regulators + then: + properties: + vdd_s1-supply: true + vdd_s2-supply: true + vdd_l1-supply: true + vdd_l2_l5-supply: true + vdd_l3_l6_l10-supply: true + vdd_l4_l7-supply: true + vdd_l8_l11_l15_l18-supply: true + vdd_l9_l12_l14_l17-supply: true + vdd_l13-supply: true + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: - qcom,pm8916-regulators then: properties: @@ -300,6 +340,32 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: + - qcom,pma8084-regulators + then: + properties: + vdd_l1_l11-supply: true + vdd_l2_l3_l4_l27-supply: true + vdd_l5_l7-supply: true + vdd_l6_l12_l14_l15_l26-supply: true + vdd_l8-supply: true + vdd_l9_l10_l13_l20_l23_l24-supply: true + vdd_l16_l25-supply: true + vdd_l17-supply: true + vdd_l18-supply: true + vdd_l19-supply: true + vdd_l21-supply: true + vdd_l22-supply: true + vdd_lvs1_2-supply: true + vdd_lvs3_4-supply: true + vdd_5vs1-supply: true + patternProperties: + "^vdd_s([1-9]|1[0-2])-supply$": true + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: - qcom,pmi8994-regulators then: properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/renesas,rcar-rproc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/renesas,rcar-rproc.yaml index 4bea679a0f61..5c280117dc93 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/renesas,rcar-rproc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/renesas,rcar-rproc.yaml @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ properties: remoteproc device. This is variable and describes the memories shared with the remote processor (e.g. remoteproc firmware and carveouts, rpmsg vrings, ...). - (see ../reserved-memory/reserved-memory.yaml) + (see reserved-memory/reserved-memory.yaml in dtschema project) required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/framebuffer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/framebuffer.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index 851ec24d6142..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/framebuffer.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) -%YAML 1.2 ---- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/reserved-memory/framebuffer.yaml# -$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# - -title: /reserved-memory framebuffer node - -maintainers: - - devicetree-spec@vger.kernel.org - -allOf: - - $ref: reserved-memory.yaml - -properties: - compatible: - const: framebuffer - description: > - This indicates a region of memory meant to be used as a framebuffer for - a set of display devices. It can be used by an operating system to keep - the framebuffer from being overwritten and use it as the backing memory - for a display device (such as simple-framebuffer). - -unevaluatedProperties: false - -examples: - - | - / { - compatible = "foo"; - model = "foo"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <1>; - - chosen { - framebuffer { - compatible = "simple-framebuffer"; - memory-region = <&fb>; - }; - }; - - reserved-memory { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <1>; - ranges; - - fb: framebuffer@80000000 { - compatible = "framebuffer"; - reg = <0x80000000 0x007e9000>; - }; - }; - }; -... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/memory-region.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/memory-region.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index 592f180e6b0d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/memory-region.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) -%YAML 1.2 ---- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/reserved-memory/memory-region.yaml# -$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# - -title: Reserved Memory Region - -maintainers: - - devicetree-spec@vger.kernel.org - -description: | - Regions in the /reserved-memory node may be referenced by other device - nodes by adding a memory-region property to the device node. - -select: true - -properties: - memory-region: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array - description: > - Phandle to a /reserved-memory child node assigned to the device. - - memory-region-names: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string-array - description: > - A list of names, one for each corresponding entry in the - memory-region property - -additionalProperties: true - -examples: - - | - fb0: video@12300000 { - /* ... */ - reg = <0x12300000 0x1000>; - memory-region = <&display_reserved>; - }; - -... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/qcom,rmtfs-mem.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/qcom,rmtfs-mem.yaml index bab982f00485..46407e9c1d4f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/qcom,rmtfs-mem.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/qcom,rmtfs-mem.yaml @@ -26,6 +26,17 @@ properties: description: > identifier of the client to use this region for buffers + qcom,use-guard-pages: + type: boolean + description: > + Indicates that the firmware, or hardware, does not gracefully handle + memory protection of this region when placed adjacent to other protected + memory regions, and that padding around the used portion of the memory + region is necessary. + + When this is set, the first and last page should be left unused, and the + effective size of the region will thereby shrink with two pages. + qcom,vmid: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array description: > diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt index 1810701a8509..8ce72996d500 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt @@ -1 +1 @@ -This file has been moved to reserved-memory.yaml. +This file has been moved to reserved-memory.yaml in the dtschema repository. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index c680e397cfd2..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) -%YAML 1.2 ---- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.yaml# -$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# - -title: /reserved-memory Child Node Common - -maintainers: - - devicetree-spec@vger.kernel.org - -description: > - Reserved memory is specified as a node under the /reserved-memory node. The - operating system shall exclude reserved memory from normal usage one can - create child nodes describing particular reserved (excluded from normal use) - memory regions. Such memory regions are usually designed for the special - usage by various device drivers. - - Each child of the reserved-memory node specifies one or more regions - of reserved memory. Each child node may either use a 'reg' property to - specify a specific range of reserved memory, or a 'size' property with - optional constraints to request a dynamically allocated block of - memory. - - Following the generic-names recommended practice, node names should - reflect the purpose of the node (ie. "framebuffer" or "dma-pool"). - Unit address (@<address>) should be appended to the name if the node - is a static allocation. - -properties: - reg: true - - size: - oneOf: - - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint64 - description: > - Length based on parent's \#size-cells. Size in bytes of memory to - reserve. - - alignment: - oneOf: - - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint64 - description: > - Length based on parent's \#size-cells. Address boundary for - alignment of allocation. - - alloc-ranges: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array - description: > - Address and Length pairs. Specifies regions of memory that are - acceptable to allocate from. - - iommu-addresses: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array - description: > - A list of phandle and specifier pairs that describe static IO virtual - address space mappings and carveouts associated with a given reserved - memory region. The phandle in the first cell refers to the device for - which the mapping or carveout is to be created. - - The specifier consists of an address/size pair and denotes the IO - virtual address range of the region for the given device. The exact - format depends on the values of the "#address-cells" and "#size-cells" - properties of the device referenced via the phandle. - - When used in combination with a "reg" property, an IOVA mapping is to - be established for this memory region. One example where this can be - useful is to create an identity mapping for physical memory that the - firmware has configured some hardware to access (such as a bootsplash - framebuffer). - - If no "reg" property is specified, the "iommu-addresses" property - defines carveout regions in the IOVA space for the given device. This - can be useful if a certain memory region should not be mapped through - the IOMMU. - - no-map: - type: boolean - description: > - Indicates the operating system must not create a virtual mapping - of the region as part of its standard mapping of system memory, - nor permit speculative access to it under any circumstances other - than under the control of the device driver using the region. - - reusable: - type: boolean - description: > - The operating system can use the memory in this region with the - limitation that the device driver(s) owning the region need to be - able to reclaim it back. Typically that means that the operating - system can use that region to store volatile or cached data that - can be otherwise regenerated or migrated elsewhere. - -allOf: - - if: - required: - - no-map - - then: - not: - required: - - reusable - - - if: - required: - - reusable - - then: - not: - required: - - no-map - -oneOf: - - oneOf: - - required: - - reg - - - required: - - size - - - oneOf: - # IOMMU reservations - - required: - - iommu-addresses - - # IOMMU mappings - - required: - - reg - - iommu-addresses - -additionalProperties: true - -examples: - - | - / { - compatible = "foo"; - model = "foo"; - - #address-cells = <2>; - #size-cells = <2>; - - reserved-memory { - #address-cells = <2>; - #size-cells = <2>; - ranges; - - adsp_resv: reservation-adsp { - /* - * Restrict IOVA mappings for ADSP buffers to the 512 MiB region - * from 0x40000000 - 0x5fffffff. Anything outside is reserved by - * the ADSP for I/O memory and private memory allocations. - */ - iommu-addresses = <&adsp 0x0 0x00000000 0x00 0x40000000>, - <&adsp 0x0 0x60000000 0xff 0xa0000000>; - }; - - fb: framebuffer@90000000 { - reg = <0x0 0x90000000 0x0 0x00800000>; - iommu-addresses = <&dc0 0x0 0x90000000 0x0 0x00800000>; - }; - }; - - bus@0 { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <1>; - ranges = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x40000000>; - - adsp: adsp@2990000 { - reg = <0x2990000 0x2000>; - memory-region = <&adsp_resv>; - }; - - dc0: display@15200000 { - reg = <0x15200000 0x10000>; - memory-region = <&fb>; - }; - }; - }; -... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/shared-dma-pool.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/shared-dma-pool.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index 457de0920cd1..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/shared-dma-pool.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) -%YAML 1.2 ---- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/reserved-memory/shared-dma-pool.yaml# -$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# - -title: /reserved-memory DMA pool - -maintainers: - - devicetree-spec@vger.kernel.org - -allOf: - - $ref: reserved-memory.yaml - -properties: - compatible: - oneOf: - - const: shared-dma-pool - description: > - This indicates a region of memory meant to be used as a shared - pool of DMA buffers for a set of devices. It can be used by an - operating system to instantiate the necessary pool management - subsystem if necessary. - - - const: restricted-dma-pool - description: > - This indicates a region of memory meant to be used as a pool - of restricted DMA buffers for a set of devices. The memory - region would be the only region accessible to those devices. - When using this, the no-map and reusable properties must not - be set, so the operating system can create a virtual mapping - that will be used for synchronization. The main purpose for - restricted DMA is to mitigate the lack of DMA access control - on systems without an IOMMU, which could result in the DMA - accessing the system memory at unexpected times and/or - unexpected addresses, possibly leading to data leakage or - corruption. The feature on its own provides a basic level of - protection against the DMA overwriting buffer contents at - unexpected times. However, to protect against general data - leakage and system memory corruption, the system needs to - provide way to lock down the memory access, e.g., MPU. Note - that since coherent allocation needs remapping, one must set - up another device coherent pool by shared-dma-pool and use - dma_alloc_from_dev_coherent instead for atomic coherent - allocation. - - linux,cma-default: - type: boolean - description: > - If this property is present, then Linux will use the region for - the default pool of the contiguous memory allocator. - - linux,dma-default: - type: boolean - description: > - If this property is present, then Linux will use the region for - the default pool of the consistent DMA allocator. - -if: - properties: - compatible: - contains: - const: restricted-dma-pool -then: - properties: - no-map: false - reusable: false - -unevaluatedProperties: false - -examples: - - | - reserved-memory { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <1>; - ranges; - - /* global autoconfigured region for contiguous allocations */ - linux,cma { - compatible = "shared-dma-pool"; - reusable; - size = <0x4000000>; - alignment = <0x2000>; - linux,cma-default; - }; - - display_reserved: framebuffer@78000000 { - reg = <0x78000000 0x800000>; - }; - - restricted_dma_reserved: restricted-dma-pool@50000000 { - compatible = "restricted-dma-pool"; - reg = <0x50000000 0x4000000>; - }; - }; - -... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml index 97e8441eda1c..f392e367d673 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ properties: - sifive,u74-mc - thead,c906 - thead,c910 + - thead,c920 - const: riscv - items: - enum: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/extensions.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/extensions.yaml index cc1f546fdbdc..c91ab0e46648 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/extensions.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/extensions.yaml @@ -128,6 +128,12 @@ properties: changes to interrupts as frozen at commit ccbddab ("Merge pull request #42 from riscv/jhauser-2023-RC4") of riscv-aia. + - const: smstateen + description: | + The standard Smstateen extension for controlling access to CSRs + added by other RISC-V extensions in H/S/VS/U/VU modes and as + ratified at commit a28bfae (Ratified (#7)) of riscv-state-enable. + - const: ssaia description: | The standard Ssaia supervisor-level extension for the advanced @@ -212,6 +218,12 @@ properties: ratified in the 20191213 version of the unprivileged ISA specification. + - const: zicond + description: + The standard Zicond extension for conditional arithmetic and + conditional-select/move operations as ratified in commit 95cf1f9 + ("Add changes requested by Ved during signoff") of riscv-zicond. + - const: zicsr description: | The standard Zicsr extension for control and status register diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sophgo.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sophgo.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..86748c5390be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sophgo.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/riscv/sophgo.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Sophgo SoC-based boards + +maintainers: + - Chao Wei <chao.wei@sophgo.com> + - Chen Wang <unicorn_wang@outlook.com> + +description: + Sophgo SoC-based boards + +properties: + $nodename: + const: '/' + compatible: + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - milkv,duo + - const: sophgo,cv1800b + - items: + - enum: + - milkv,pioneer + - const: sophgo,sg2042 + +additionalProperties: true + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/amlogic,meson-rng.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/amlogic,meson-rng.yaml index 457a6e43d810..afa52af442a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/amlogic,meson-rng.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/amlogic,meson-rng.yaml @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - amlogic,meson-rng + - amlogic,meson-s4-rng reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,stm32-rng.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,stm32-rng.yaml index 187b172d0cca..717f6b321f88 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,stm32-rng.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,stm32-rng.yaml @@ -15,7 +15,9 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - const: st,stm32-rng + enum: + - st,stm32-rng + - st,stm32mp13-rng reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -30,11 +32,27 @@ properties: type: boolean description: If set enable the clock detection management + st,rng-lock-conf: + type: boolean + description: If set, the RNG configuration in RNG_CR, RNG_HTCR and + RNG_NSCR will be locked. + required: - compatible - reg - clocks +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - st,stm32-rng + then: + properties: + st,rng-lock-conf: false + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/cpm_qe/fsl,cpm1-scc-qmc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/cpm_qe/fsl,cpm1-scc-qmc.yaml index ec888f48cac8..e802e25923aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/cpm_qe/fsl,cpm1-scc-qmc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/cpm_qe/fsl,cpm1-scc-qmc.yaml @@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ patternProperties: description: A channel managed by this controller type: object + additionalProperties: false properties: reg: @@ -100,6 +101,32 @@ patternProperties: Channel assigned Rx time-slots within the Rx time-slots routed by the TSA to this cell. + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - fsl,mpc885-scc-qmc-hdlc + - fsl,mpc866-scc-qmc-hdlc + - const: fsl,cpm1-scc-qmc-hdlc + - const: fsl,qmc-hdlc + + fsl,framer: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + phandle to the framer node. The framer is in charge of an E1/T1 line + interface connected to the TDM bus. It can be used to get the E1/T1 line + status such as link up/down. + + allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + not: + contains: + const: fsl,qmc-hdlc + then: + properties: + fsl,framer: false + required: - reg - fsl,tx-ts-mask @@ -137,7 +164,7 @@ examples: channel@16 { /* Ch16 : First 4 even TS from all routed from TSA */ reg = <16>; - fsl,mode = "transparent"; + fsl,operational-mode = "transparent"; fsl,reverse-data; fsl,tx-ts-mask = <0x00000000 0x000000aa>; fsl,rx-ts-mask = <0x00000000 0x000000aa>; @@ -146,7 +173,7 @@ examples: channel@17 { /* Ch17 : First 4 odd TS from all routed from TSA */ reg = <17>; - fsl,mode = "transparent"; + fsl,operational-mode = "transparent"; fsl,reverse-data; fsl,tx-ts-mask = <0x00000000 0x00000055>; fsl,rx-ts-mask = <0x00000000 0x00000055>; @@ -154,9 +181,13 @@ examples: channel@19 { /* Ch19 : 8 TS (TS 8..15) from all routed from TSA */ + compatible = "fsl,mpc885-scc-qmc-hdlc", + "fsl,cpm1-scc-qmc-hdlc", + "fsl,qmc-hdlc"; reg = <19>; - fsl,mode = "hdlc"; + fsl,operational-mode = "hdlc"; fsl,tx-ts-mask = <0x00000000 0x0000ff00>; fsl,rx-ts-mask = <0x00000000 0x0000ff00>; + fsl,framer = <&framer>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mediatek,mt7986-wo-ccif.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mediatek,mt7986-wo-ccif.yaml index f0fa92b04b32..3b212f26abc5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mediatek,mt7986-wo-ccif.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mediatek,mt7986-wo-ccif.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ properties: items: - enum: - mediatek,mt7986-wo-ccif + - mediatek,mt7988-wo-ccif - const: syscon reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mtk-svs.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mtk-svs.yaml index f21eb907ee90..7eda63d5682f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mtk-svs.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mtk-svs.yaml @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - mediatek,mt8183-svs + - mediatek,mt8188-svs - mediatek,mt8192-svs reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,geni-se.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,geni-se.yaml index 8a4b7ba3aaf6..7b031ef09669 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,geni-se.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,geni-se.yaml @@ -52,6 +52,8 @@ properties: iommus: maxItems: 1 + dma-coherent: true + required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/renesas/renesas,rzg2l-sysc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/renesas/renesas,rzg2l-sysc.yaml index e52e176d8cb3..4386b2c3fa4d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/renesas/renesas,rzg2l-sysc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/renesas/renesas,rzg2l-sysc.yaml @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ properties: - renesas,r9a07g043-sysc # RZ/G2UL and RZ/Five - renesas,r9a07g044-sysc # RZ/G2{L,LC} - renesas,r9a07g054-sysc # RZ/V2L + - renesas,r9a08g045-sysc # RZ/G3S reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/renesas/renesas.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/renesas/renesas.yaml index 53b95f348f8e..16ca3ff7b1ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/renesas/renesas.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/renesas/renesas.yaml @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ properties: - description: R-Car E3 (R8A77990) items: - enum: - - renesas,ebisu # Ebisu (RTP0RC77990SEB0010S) + - renesas,ebisu # Ebisu (RTP0RC77990SEB0010S), Ebisu-4D (RTP0RC77990SEB0020S) - const: renesas,r8a77990 - description: R-Car D3 (R8A77995) @@ -335,6 +335,13 @@ properties: - const: renesas,spider-cpu - const: renesas,r8a779f0 + - description: R-Car S4-8 (R8A779F4) + items: + - enum: + - renesas,s4sk # R-Car S4 Starter Kit board (Y-ASK-RCAR-S4-1000BASE-T#WS12) + - const: renesas,r8a779f4 + - const: renesas,r8a779f0 + - description: R-Car V4H (R8A779G0) items: - enum: @@ -474,6 +481,25 @@ properties: - renesas,rzv2mevk2 # RZ/V2M Eval Board v2.0 - const: renesas,r9a09g011 + - description: RZ/G3S (R9A08G045) + items: + - enum: + - renesas,r9a08g045s33 # PCIe support + - const: renesas,r9a08g045 + + - description: RZ/G3S SMARC Module (SoM) + items: + - const: renesas,rzg3s-smarcm # RZ/G3S SMARC Module (SoM) + - const: renesas,r9a08g045s33 # PCIe support + - const: renesas,r9a08g045 + + - description: RZ SMARC Carrier-II Evaluation Kit + items: + - const: renesas,smarc2-evk # RZ SMARC Carrier-II EVK + - const: renesas,rzg3s-smarcm # RZ/G3S SMARC SoM + - const: renesas,r9a08g045s33 # PCIe support + - const: renesas,r9a08g045 + additionalProperties: true ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/sti/st,sti-syscon.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/sti/st,sti-syscon.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5f97d9ff17fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/sti/st,sti-syscon.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/soc/sti/st,sti-syscon.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: STMicroelectronics STi platform sysconfig + +maintainers: + - Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com> + +description: | + Binding for the various sysconfig nodes used within the STi + platform device-tree to point to some common configuration + registers used by other nodes. + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - st,stih407-core-syscfg + - st,stih407-flash-syscfg + - st,stih407-front-syscfg + - st,stih407-lpm-syscfg + - st,stih407-rear-syscfg + - st,stih407-sbc-reg-syscfg + - st,stih407-sbc-syscfg + - const: syscon + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + syscfg_sbc: syscon@9620000 { + compatible = "st,stih407-sbc-syscfg", "syscon"; + reg = <0x9620000 0x1000>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b86f6f53ca95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,416 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/soc/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Tegra Power Management Controller (PMC) + +maintainers: + - Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@gmail.com> + - Jonathan Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com> + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - nvidia,tegra20-pmc + - nvidia,tegra30-pmc + - nvidia,tegra114-pmc + - nvidia,tegra124-pmc + - nvidia,tegra210-pmc + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clock-names: + items: + # Tegra clock of the same name + - const: pclk + # 32 KHz clock input + - const: clk32k_in + + clocks: + maxItems: 2 + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + description: | + Tegra PMC has clk_out_1, clk_out_2, and clk_out_3. PMC also has blink + control which allows 32Khz clock output to Tegra blink pad. + + Consumer of PMC clock should specify the desired clock by having the + clock ID in its "clocks" phandle cell with PMC clock provider. See + include/dt-bindings/soc/tegra-pmc.h for the list of Tegra PMC clock IDs. + + '#interrupt-cells': + const: 2 + description: Specifies number of cells needed to encode an interrupt + source. + + interrupt-controller: true + + nvidia,invert-interrupt: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: Inverts the PMU interrupt signal. The PMU is an external Power + Management Unit, whose interrupt output signal is fed into the PMC. This + signal is optionally inverted, and then fed into the ARM GIC. The PMC is + not involved in the detection or handling of this interrupt signal, + merely its inversion. + + nvidia,core-power-req-active-high: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: core power request active-high + + nvidia,sys-clock-req-active-high: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: system clock request active-high + + nvidia,combined-power-req: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: combined power request for CPU and core + + nvidia,cpu-pwr-good-en: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: CPU power good signal from external PMIC to PMC is enabled + + nvidia,suspend-mode: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: the suspend mode that the platform should use + oneOf: + - description: LP0, CPU + Core voltage off and DRAM in self-refresh + const: 0 + - description: LP1, CPU voltage off and DRAM in self-refresh + const: 1 + - description: LP2, CPU voltage off + const: 2 + + nvidia,cpu-pwr-good-time: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: CPU power good time in microseconds + + nvidia,cpu-pwr-off-time: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: CPU power off time in microseconds + + nvidia,core-pwr-good-time: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + description: core power good time in microseconds + items: + - description: oscillator stable time + - description: power stable time + + nvidia,core-pwr-off-time: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: core power off time in microseconds + + nvidia,lp0-vec: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + description: | + Starting address and length of LP0 vector. The LP0 vector contains the + warm boot code that is executed by AVP when resuming from the LP0 state. + The AVP (Audio-Video Processor) is an ARM7 processor and always being + the first boot processor when chip is power on or resume from deep sleep + mode. When the system is resumed from the deep sleep mode, the warm boot + code will restore some PLLs, clocks and then brings up CPU0 for resuming + the system. + items: + - description: starting address of LP0 vector + - description: length of LP0 vector + + core-supply: + description: phandle to voltage regulator connected to the SoC core power + rail + + core-domain: + type: object + description: The vast majority of hardware blocks of Tegra SoC belong to a + core power domain, which has a dedicated voltage rail that powers the + blocks. + additionalProperties: false + properties: + operating-points-v2: + description: Should contain level, voltages and opp-supported-hw + property. The supported-hw is a bitfield indicating SoC speedo or + process ID mask. + + "#power-domain-cells": + const: 0 + + required: + - operating-points-v2 + - "#power-domain-cells" + + i2c-thermtrip: + type: object + description: On Tegra30, Tegra114 and Tegra124 if i2c-thermtrip subnode + exists, hardware-triggered thermal reset will be enabled. + additionalProperties: false + properties: + nvidia,i2c-controller-id: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: ID of I2C controller to send poweroff command to PMU. + Valid values are described in section 9.2.148 "APBDEV_PMC_SCRATCH53_0" + of the Tegra K1 Technical Reference Manual. + + nvidia,bus-addr: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: bus address of the PMU on the I2C bus + + nvidia,reg-addr: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: PMU I2C register address to issue poweroff command + + nvidia,reg-data: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: power-off command to write to PMU + + nvidia,pinmux-id: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: Pinmux used by the hardware when issuing power-off command. + Defaults to 0. Valid values are described in section 12.5.2 "Pinmux + Support" of the Tegra4 Technical Reference Manual. + + required: + - nvidia,i2c-controller-id + - nvidia,bus-addr + - nvidia,reg-addr + - nvidia,reg-data + + powergates: + type: object + additionalProperties: false + description: | + This node contains a hierarchy of power domain nodes, which should match + the powergates on the Tegra SoC. Each powergate node represents a power- + domain on the Tegra SoC that can be power-gated by the Tegra PMC. + + Hardware blocks belonging to a power domain should contain "power-domains" + property that is a phandle pointing to corresponding powergate node. + + The name of the powergate node should be one of the below. Note that not + every powergate is applicable to all Tegra devices and the following list + shows which powergates are applicable to which devices. + + Please refer to Tegra TRM for mode details on the powergate nodes to use + for each power-gate block inside Tegra. + + Name Description Devices Applicable + -------------------------------------------------------------- + 3d 3D Graphics Tegra20/114/124/210 + 3d0 3D Graphics 0 Tegra30 + 3d1 3D Graphics 1 Tegra30 + aud Audio Tegra210 + dfd Debug Tegra210 + dis Display A Tegra114/124/210 + disb Display B Tegra114/124/210 + heg 2D Graphics Tegra30/114/124/210 + iram Internal RAM Tegra124/210 + mpe MPEG Encode All + nvdec NVIDIA Video Decode Engine Tegra210 + nvjpg NVIDIA JPEG Engine Tegra210 + pcie PCIE Tegra20/30/124/210 + sata SATA Tegra30/124/210 + sor Display interfaces Tegra124/210 + ve2 Video Encode Engine 2 Tegra210 + venc Video Encode Engine All + vdec Video Decode Engine Tegra20/30/114/124 + vic Video Imaging Compositor Tegra124/210 + xusba USB Partition A Tegra114/124/210 + xusbb USB Partition B Tegra114/124/210 + xusbc USB Partition C Tegra114/124/210 + + patternProperties: + "^[a-z0-9]+$": + type: object + additionalProperties: false + properties: + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 10 + + resets: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 8 + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + + '#power-domain-cells': + const: 0 + description: Must be 0. + + required: + - clocks + - resets + - '#power-domain-cells' + + pinmux: + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: object + description: | + This is a pad configuration node. On Tegra SoCs a pad is a set of pins + which are configured as a group. The pin grouping is a fixed attribute + of the hardware. The PMC can be used to set pad power state and + signaling voltage. A pad can be either in active or power down mode. + The support for power state and signaling voltage configuration varies + depending on the pad in question. 3.3V and 1.8V signaling voltages are + supported on pins where software controllable signaling voltage + switching is available. + + The pad configuration state nodes are placed under the pmc node and + they are referred to by the pinctrl client properties. For more + information see: + + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt + + The pad name should be used as the value of the pins property in pin + configuration nodes. + + The following pads are present on Tegra124 and Tegra132: + + audio, bb, cam, comp, csia, csb, cse, dsi, dsib, dsic, dsid, hdmi, + hsic, hv, lvds, mipi-bias, nand, pex-bias, pex-clk1, pex-clk2, + pex-cntrl, sdmmc1, sdmmc3, sdmmc4, sys_ddc, uart, usb0, usb1, usb2, + usb_bias + + The following pads are present on Tegra210: + + audio, audio-hv, cam, csia, csib, csic, csid, csie, csif, dbg, + debug-nonao, dmic, dp, dsi, dsib, dsic, dsid, emmc, emmc2, gpio, + hdmi, hsic, lvds, mipi-bias, pex-bias, pex-clk1, pex-clk2, pex-cntrl, + sdmmc1, sdmmc3, spi, spi-hv, uart, usb0, usb1, usb2, usb3, usb-bias + additionalProperties: false + properties: + pins: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string-array + description: Must contain name of the pad(s) to be configured. + + low-power-enable: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: Configure the pad into power down mode. + + low-power-disable: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: Configure the pad into active mode. + + power-source: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: | + Must contain either TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8 or + TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3 to select between signaling voltages. The + values are defined in: + + include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra-io-pad.h + + Power state can be configured on all Tegra124 and Tegra132 pads. + None of the Tegra124 or Tegra132 pads support signaling voltage + switching. All of the listed Tegra210 pads except pex-cntrl support + power state configuration. Signaling voltage switching is supported + on the following Tegra210 pads: + + audio, audio-hv, cam, dbg, dmic, gpio, pex-cntrl, sdmmc1, sdmmc3, + spi, spi-hv, uart + + required: + - pins + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clock-names + - clocks + - '#clock-cells' + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: nvidia,tegra124-pmc + then: + properties: + pinmux: + additionalProperties: + type: object + properties: + pins: + items: + enum: [ audio, bb, cam, comp, csia, csb, cse, dsi, dsib, + dsic, dsid, hdmi, hsic, hv, lvds, mipi-bias, nand, + pex-bias, pex-clk1, pex-clk2, pex-cntrl, sdmmc1, + sdmmc3, sdmmc4, sys_ddc, uart, usb0, usb1, usb2, + usb_bias ] + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: nvidia,tegra210-pmc + then: + properties: + pinmux: + additionalProperties: + type: object + properties: + pins: + items: + enum: [ audio, audio-hv, cam, csia, csib, csic, csid, csie, + csif, dbg, debug-nonao, dmic, dp, dsi, dsib, dsic, + dsid, emmc, emmc2, gpio, hdmi, hsic, lvds, mipi-bias, + pex-bias, pex-clk1, pex-clk2, pex-cntrl, sdmmc1, + sdmmc3, spi, spi-hv, uart, usb0, usb1, usb2, usb3, + usb-bias ] + +additionalProperties: false + +dependencies: + "nvidia,suspend-mode": ["nvidia,core-pwr-off-time", "nvidia,cpu-pwr-off-time"] + "nvidia,core-pwr-off-time": ["nvidia,core-pwr-good-time"] + "nvidia,cpu-pwr-off-time": ["nvidia,cpu-pwr-good-time"] + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/tegra210-car.h> + #include <dt-bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra-io-pad.h> + #include <dt-bindings/soc/tegra-pmc.h> + + pmc@7000e400 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-pmc"; + reg = <0x7000e400 0x400>; + core-supply = <®ulator>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_PCLK>, <&clk32k_in>; + clock-names = "pclk", "clk32k_in"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + nvidia,invert-interrupt; + nvidia,suspend-mode = <0>; + nvidia,cpu-pwr-good-time = <0>; + nvidia,cpu-pwr-off-time = <0>; + nvidia,core-pwr-good-time = <4587 3876>; + nvidia,core-pwr-off-time = <39065>; + nvidia,core-power-req-active-high; + nvidia,sys-clock-req-active-high; + + pd_core: core-domain { + operating-points-v2 = <&core_opp_table>; + #power-domain-cells = <0>; + }; + + powergates { + pd_audio: aud { + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_APE>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_APB2APE>; + resets = <&tegra_car 198>; + power-domains = <&pd_core>; + #power-domain-cells = <0>; + }; + + pd_xusbss: xusba { + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_XUSB_SS>; + resets = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_XUSB_SS>; + power-domains = <&pd_core>; + #power-domain-cells = <0>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-port.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-port.yaml index fa9f9a853365..60b5e3fd1115 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-port.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-port.yaml @@ -13,19 +13,17 @@ select: false definitions: port-base: - $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + - $ref: /schemas/sound/dai-params.yaml# properties: - convert-rate: - $ref: /schemas/sound/dai-params.yaml#/$defs/dai-sample-rate - convert-channels: - $ref: /schemas/sound/dai-params.yaml#/$defs/dai-channels - convert-sample-format: - $ref: /schemas/sound/dai-params.yaml#/$defs/dai-sample-format mclk-fs: $ref: simple-card.yaml#/definitions/mclk-fs endpoint-base: - $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/endpoint-base + allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/endpoint-base + - $ref: /schemas/sound/dai-params.yaml# properties: mclk-fs: $ref: simple-card.yaml#/definitions/mclk-fs @@ -68,12 +66,6 @@ definitions: - pdm - msb - lsb - convert-rate: - $ref: /schemas/sound/dai-params.yaml#/$defs/dai-sample-rate - convert-channels: - $ref: /schemas/sound/dai-params.yaml#/$defs/dai-channels - convert-sample-format: - $ref: /schemas/sound/dai-params.yaml#/$defs/dai-sample-format dai-tdm-slot-num: description: Number of slots in use. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph.yaml index ed31e04ff6a6..71f52f7e55f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph.yaml @@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ title: Audio Graph maintainers: - Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com> +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/sound/dai-params.yaml# + properties: dais: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array @@ -30,12 +33,6 @@ properties: widget ("Microphone", "Line", "Headphone", "Speaker"), the second being the machine specific name for the widget. $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/non-unique-string-array - convert-rate: - $ref: /schemas/sound/dai-params.yaml#/$defs/dai-sample-rate - convert-channels: - $ref: /schemas/sound/dai-params.yaml#/$defs/dai-channels - convert-sample-format: - $ref: /schemas/sound/dai-params.yaml#/$defs/dai-sample-format pa-gpios: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/awinic,aw87390.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/awinic,aw87390.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ba9d8767c5d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/awinic,aw87390.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/awinic,aw87390.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Awinic Aw87390 Audio Amplifier + +maintainers: + - Weidong Wang <wangweidong.a@awinic.com> + +description: + The awinic aw87390 is specifically designed to improve + the musical output dynamic range, enhance the overall + sound quallity, which is a new high efficiency, low + noise, constant large volume, 6th Smart K audio amplifier. + +allOf: + - $ref: dai-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: awinic,aw87390 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + "#sound-dai-cells": + const: 0 + + awinic,audio-channel: + description: + It is used to distinguish multiple PA devices, so that different + configurations can be loaded to different PA devices + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 7 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - "#sound-dai-cells" + - awinic,audio-channel + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + audio-codec@58 { + compatible = "awinic,aw87390"; + reg = <0x58>; + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + awinic,audio-channel = <0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/awinic,aw88395.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/awinic,aw88395.yaml index 4051c2538caf..ac5f2e0f42cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/awinic,aw88395.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/awinic,aw88395.yaml @@ -14,14 +14,12 @@ description: digital Smart K audio amplifier with an integrated 10.25V smart boost convert. -allOf: - - $ref: dai-common.yaml# - properties: compatible: enum: - awinic,aw88395 - awinic,aw88261 + - awinic,aw88399 reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -32,11 +30,36 @@ properties: reset-gpios: maxItems: 1 + awinic,audio-channel: + description: + It is used to distinguish multiple PA devices, so that different + configurations can be loaded to different PA devices + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 7 + + awinic,sync-flag: + description: + Flag bit used to keep the phase synchronized in the case of multiple PA + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + required: - compatible - reg - '#sound-dai-cells' - - reset-gpios + - awinic,audio-channel + +allOf: + - $ref: dai-common.yaml# + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - awinic,aw88261 + then: + properties: + reset-gpios: false unevaluatedProperties: false @@ -51,5 +74,7 @@ examples: reg = <0x34>; #sound-dai-cells = <0>; reset-gpios = <&gpio 10 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + awinic,audio-channel = <0>; + awinic,sync-flag; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cirrus,cs42l43.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cirrus,cs42l43.yaml index 4118aa54bbd5..7f9d8c7a635a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cirrus,cs42l43.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cirrus,cs42l43.yaml @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ properties: Current at which the headset micbias sense clamp will engage, 0 to disable. enum: [ 0, 14, 24, 43, 52, 61, 71, 90, 99 ] - default: 0 + default: 14 cirrus,bias-ramp-ms: description: @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ properties: Time in microseconds the type detection will run for. Long values will cause more audible effects, but give more accurate detection. enum: [ 20, 100, 1000, 10000, 50000, 75000, 100000, 200000 ] - default: 10000 + default: 1000 cirrus,button-automute: type: boolean diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dai-params.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dai-params.yaml index f5fb71f9b603..cd8508175564 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dai-params.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dai-params.yaml @@ -11,15 +11,14 @@ maintainers: select: false -$defs: - - dai-channels: +properties: + convert-channels: description: Number of audio channels used by DAI $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 minimum: 1 maximum: 32 - dai-sample-format: + convert-sample-format: description: Audio sample format used by DAI $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string enum: @@ -29,12 +28,10 @@ $defs: - s24_3le - s32_le - dai-sample-rate: + convert-rate: description: Audio sample rate used by DAI $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 minimum: 8000 maximum: 192000 -properties: {} - additionalProperties: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dialog,da7219.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dialog,da7219.yaml index eb7d219e2c86..19137abdba3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dialog,da7219.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dialog,da7219.yaml @@ -89,6 +89,7 @@ properties: da7219_aad: type: object + additionalProperties: false description: Configuration of advanced accessory detection. properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,qmc-audio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,qmc-audio.yaml index ff5cd9241941..b522ed7dcc51 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,qmc-audio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,qmc-audio.yaml @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ patternProperties: description: A DAI managed by this controller type: object + additionalProperties: false properties: reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt8188-afe.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt8188-afe.yaml index 90520f89208b..77af276ed2a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt8188-afe.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt8188-afe.yaml @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 description: | Shared memory region for AFE memif. A "shared-dma-pool". - See ../reserved-memory/reserved-memory.yaml for details. + See dtschema reserved-memory/shared-dma-pool.yaml for details. mediatek,topckgen: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt8188-mt6359.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt8188-mt6359.yaml index 43b3b67bdf3b..4c8c95057ef7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt8188-mt6359.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt8188-mt6359.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ properties: enum: - mediatek,mt8188-mt6359-evb - mediatek,mt8188-nau8825 + - mediatek,mt8188-rt5682s audio-routing: description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8186-mt6366-rt1019-rt5682s.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8186-mt6366-rt1019-rt5682s.yaml index d80083df03eb..bdf7b0960533 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8186-mt6366-rt1019-rt5682s.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8186-mt6366-rt1019-rt5682s.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ properties: enum: - mediatek,mt8186-mt6366-rt1019-rt5682s-sound - mediatek,mt8186-mt6366-rt5682s-max98360-sound + - mediatek,mt8186-mt6366-rt5650-sound mediatek,platform: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nxp,tfa9879.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nxp,tfa9879.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..df26248573ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nxp,tfa9879.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/nxp,tfa9879.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: NXP TFA9879 class-D audio amplifier + +maintainers: + - Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> + +allOf: + - $ref: dai-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: nxp,tfa9879 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + "#sound-dai-cells": + const: 0 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - '#sound-dai-cells' + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c1 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + amplifier@6c { + compatible = "nxp,tfa9879"; + reg = <0x6c>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_i2c1>; + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm512x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm512x.txt index 3aae3b41bd8e..77006a4aec4a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm512x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm512x.txt @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -PCM512x audio CODECs +PCM512x and TAS575x audio CODECs/amplifiers These devices support both I2C and SPI (configured with pin strapping -on the board). +on the board). The TAS575x devices only support I2C. Required properties: - - compatible : One of "ti,pcm5121", "ti,pcm5122", "ti,pcm5141" or - "ti,pcm5142" + - compatible : One of "ti,pcm5121", "ti,pcm5122", "ti,pcm5141", + "ti,pcm5142", "ti,tas5754" or "ti,tas5756" - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C, the chip select number for SPI. @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ Optional properties: through <6>. The device will be configured for clock input on the given pll-in pin and PLL output on the given pll-out pin. An external connection from the pll-out pin to the SCLK pin is assumed. + Caution: the TAS-desvices only support gpios 1,2 and 3 Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-tx-macro.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-tx-macro.yaml index 4156981fe02b..962701e9eb42 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-tx-macro.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-tx-macro.yaml @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - qcom,sc7280-lpass-tx-macro + - qcom,sm6115-lpass-tx-macro - qcom,sm8250-lpass-tx-macro - qcom,sm8450-lpass-tx-macro - qcom,sm8550-lpass-tx-macro @@ -101,6 +102,23 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: enum: + - qcom,sm6115-lpass-tx-macro + then: + properties: + clocks: + minItems: 4 + maxItems: 4 + clock-names: + items: + - const: mclk + - const: npl + - const: dcodec + - const: fsgen + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: - qcom,sm8550-lpass-tx-macro then: properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,sm8250.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,sm8250.yaml index 262de7a60a73..e082a4fe095d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,sm8250.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,sm8250.yaml @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ properties: - qcom,apq8016-sbc-sndcard - qcom,msm8916-qdsp6-sndcard - qcom,qrb5165-rb5-sndcard + - qcom,sc7180-qdsp6-sndcard - qcom,sc8280xp-sndcard - qcom,sdm845-sndcard - qcom,sm8250-sndcard diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/realtek,rt5616.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/realtek,rt5616.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..248320804e5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/realtek,rt5616.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/realtek,rt5616.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Realtek rt5616 ALSA SoC audio codec driver + +description: | + Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes) for RT5616: + + * IN1P + * IN2P + * IN2N + * LOUTL + * LOUTR + * HPOL + * HPOR + +maintainers: + - Bard Liao <bardliao@realtek.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: dai-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: realtek,rt5616 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + audio-codec@1b { + compatible = "realtek,rt5616"; + reg = <0x1b>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/richtek,rtq9128.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/richtek,rtq9128.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d54686a19ab7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/richtek,rtq9128.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/richtek,rtq9128.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Richtek RTQ9128 Automative Audio Power Amplifier + +maintainers: + - ChiYuan Huang <cy_huang@richtek.com> + +description: + The RTQ9128 is a ultra-low output noise, high-efficiency, four-channel + class-D audio power amplifier and delivering 4x75W into 4OHm at 10% + THD+N from a 25V supply in automotive applications. + +allOf: + - $ref: dai-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - richtek,rtq9128 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + enable-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + richtek,tdm-input-data2-select: + type: boolean + description: + By default, if TDM mode is used, TDM data input will select 'DATA1' pin + as the data source. This option will configure TDM data input source from + 'DATA1' to 'DATA2' pin. + + '#sound-dai-cells': + const: 0 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - '#sound-dai-cells' + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + speaker@1a { + compatible = "richtek,rtq9128"; + reg = <0x1a>; + enable-gpios = <&gpio 26 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5616.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5616.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 540a4bf252e4..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5616.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -RT5616 audio CODEC - -This device supports I2C only. - -Required properties: - -- compatible : "realtek,rt5616". - -- reg : The I2C address of the device. - -Optional properties: - -- clocks: The phandle of the master clock to the CODEC. - -- clock-names: Should be "mclk". - -Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes) for RT5616: - - * IN1P - * IN2P - * IN2N - * LOUTL - * LOUTR - * HPOL - * HPOR - -Example: - -rt5616: codec@1b { - compatible = "realtek,rt5616"; - reg = <0x1b>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/starfive,jh7110-pwmdac.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/starfive,jh7110-pwmdac.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e2b4db6aa2fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/starfive,jh7110-pwmdac.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/starfive,jh7110-pwmdac.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: StarFive JH7110 PWM-DAC Controller + +description: + The PWM-DAC Controller uses PWM square wave generators plus RC filters to + form a DAC for audio play in StarFive JH7110 SoC. This audio play controller + supports 16 bit audio format, up to 48K sampling frequency, up to left and + right dual channels. + +maintainers: + - Hal Feng <hal.feng@starfivetech.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: dai-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: starfive,jh7110-pwmdac + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: PWMDAC APB + - description: PWMDAC CORE + + clock-names: + items: + - const: apb + - const: core + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + description: PWMDAC APB + + dmas: + maxItems: 1 + description: TX DMA Channel + + dma-names: + const: tx + + "#sound-dai-cells": + const: 0 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + - resets + - dmas + - dma-names + - "#sound-dai-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + pwmdac@100b0000 { + compatible = "starfive,jh7110-pwmdac"; + reg = <0x100b0000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&syscrg 157>, + <&syscrg 158>; + clock-names = "apb", "core"; + resets = <&syscrg 96>; + dmas = <&dma 22>; + dma-names = "tx"; + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas5805m.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas5805m.yaml index 63edf52f061c..12c41974274e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas5805m.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas5805m.yaml @@ -37,6 +37,8 @@ properties: generated from TI's PPC3 tool. $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string +additionalProperties: false + examples: - | i2c { @@ -52,5 +54,4 @@ examples: ti,dsp-config-name = "mono_pbtl_48khz"; }; }; - -additionalProperties: true +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tfa9879.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tfa9879.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1620e6848436..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tfa9879.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -NXP TFA9879 class-D audio amplifier - -Required properties: - -- compatible : "nxp,tfa9879" - -- reg : the I2C address of the device - -- #sound-dai-cells : must be 0. - -Example: - -&i2c1 { - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_i2c1>; - - amp: amp@6c { - #sound-dai-cells = <0>; - compatible = "nxp,tfa9879"; - reg = <0x6c>; - }; -}; - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,pcm3168a.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,pcm3168a.yaml index b6a4360ab845..0b4f003989a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,pcm3168a.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,pcm3168a.yaml @@ -60,6 +60,7 @@ properties: ports: $ref: audio-graph-port.yaml#/definitions/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: port@0: $ref: audio-graph-port.yaml# diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8782.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8782.txt index 256cdec6ec4d..1a28f3280972 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8782.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8782.txt @@ -8,10 +8,17 @@ Required properties: - Vdda-supply : phandle to a regulator for the analog power supply (2.7V - 5.5V) - Vdd-supply : phandle to a regulator for the digital power supply (2.7V - 3.6V) +Optional properties: + + - wlf,fsampen: + FSAMPEN pin value, 0 for low, 1 for high, 2 for disconnected. + Defaults to 0 if left unspecified. + Example: wm8782: stereo-adc { compatible = "wlf,wm8782"; Vdda-supply = <&vdda_supply>; Vdd-supply = <&vdd_supply>; + wlf,fsampen = <2>; /* 192KHz */ }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soundwire/qcom,soundwire.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soundwire/qcom,soundwire.yaml index 7d60a9654912..3591c8c49bfe 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soundwire/qcom,soundwire.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soundwire/qcom,soundwire.yaml @@ -209,17 +209,6 @@ properties: label: maxItems: 1 -patternProperties: - "^.*@[0-9a-f],[0-9a-f]$": - type: object - additionalProperties: true - description: - Child nodes for a standalone audio codec or speaker amplifier IC. - It has RX and TX Soundwire secondary devices. - properties: - compatible: - pattern: "^sdw[0-9a-f]{1}[0-9a-f]{4}[0-9a-f]{4}[0-9a-f]{2}$" - required: - compatible - reg @@ -240,7 +229,10 @@ oneOf: - required: - qcom,ports-sinterval -additionalProperties: false +allOf: + - $ref: soundwire-controller.yaml# + +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/allwinner,sun4i-a10-spi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/allwinner,sun4i-a10-spi.yaml index a6f34bdd1d3c..e1ab3f523ad6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/allwinner,sun4i-a10-spi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/allwinner,sun4i-a10-spi.yaml @@ -46,6 +46,8 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^.*@[0-9a-f]+": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: reg: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/allwinner,sun6i-a31-spi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/allwinner,sun6i-a31-spi.yaml index 28b8ace63044..3b47b68b92cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/allwinner,sun6i-a31-spi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/allwinner,sun6i-a31-spi.yaml @@ -68,6 +68,8 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^.*@[0-9a-f]+": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: reg: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/arm,pl022-peripheral-props.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/arm,pl022-peripheral-props.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bb8b6863b109 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/arm,pl022-peripheral-props.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/spi/arm,pl022-peripheral-props.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Peripheral-specific properties for Arm PL022 SPI controller + +maintainers: + - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> + +select: false + +properties: + pl022,interface: + description: SPI interface type + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: + - 0 # SPI + - 1 # Texas Instruments Synchronous Serial Frame Format + - 2 # Microwire (Half Duplex) + + pl022,com-mode: + description: Specifies the transfer mode + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: + - 0 # interrupt mode + - 1 # polling mode + - 2 # DMA mode + default: 1 + + pl022,rx-level-trig: + description: Rx FIFO watermark level + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 4 + + pl022,tx-level-trig: + description: Tx FIFO watermark level + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 4 + + pl022,ctrl-len: + description: Microwire interface - Control length + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0x03 + maximum: 0x1f + + pl022,wait-state: + description: Microwire interface - Wait state + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [0, 1] + + pl022,duplex: + description: Microwire interface - Full/Half duplex + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [0, 1] + +additionalProperties: true +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra210-quad.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra210-quad.yaml index 9ae1611175f2..48e97e240265 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra210-quad.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra210-quad.yaml @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ properties: patternProperties: "@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true properties: spi-rx-bus-width: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.yaml index 93f14dd01afc..88be13268962 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.yaml @@ -44,9 +44,17 @@ properties: - const: tx - const: rx + interconnects: + maxItems: 1 + interrupts: maxItems: 1 + operating-points-v2: true + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -62,7 +70,9 @@ unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | #include <dt-bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-msm8996.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interconnect/qcom,msm8996.h> #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/power/qcom-rpmpd.h> spi@7575000 { compatible = "qcom,spi-qup-v2.2.1"; @@ -76,6 +86,9 @@ examples: pinctrl-1 = <&blsp1_spi1_sleep>; dmas = <&blsp1_dma 12>, <&blsp1_dma 13>; dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + power-domains = <&rpmpd MSM8996_VDDCX>; + operating-points-v2 = <&spi_opp_table>; + interconnects = <&pnoc MASTER_BLSP_1 &bimc SLAVE_EBI_CH0>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rzv2m-csi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rzv2m-csi.yaml index e59183e53690..bed829837df1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rzv2m-csi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rzv2m-csi.yaml @@ -39,6 +39,12 @@ properties: power-domains: maxItems: 1 + renesas,csi-no-ss: + type: boolean + description: + The CSI Slave Selection (SS) pin won't be used to enable transmission and + reception. Only available when in target mode. + required: - compatible - reg @@ -50,6 +56,9 @@ required: - '#address-cells' - '#size-cells' +dependencies: + renesas,csi-no-ss: [ spi-slave ] + unevaluatedProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/rockchip-sfc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/rockchip-sfc.yaml index 339fb39529f3..ac1503de0478 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/rockchip-sfc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/rockchip-sfc.yaml @@ -47,6 +47,8 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^flash@[0-3]$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: reg: minimum: 0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.yaml index a47cb144b09f..6348a387a21c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.yaml @@ -160,6 +160,8 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^.*@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object + additionalProperties: true + properties: reg: minimum: 0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-peripheral-props.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-peripheral-props.yaml index 782a014b63a7..15938f81fdce 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-peripheral-props.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-peripheral-props.yaml @@ -113,8 +113,14 @@ properties: minItems: 2 maxItems: 4 + st,spi-midi-ns: + description: | + Only for STM32H7, (Master Inter-Data Idleness) minimum time + delay in nanoseconds inserted between two consecutive data frames. + # The controller specific properties go here. allOf: + - $ref: arm,pl022-peripheral-props.yaml# - $ref: cdns,qspi-nor-peripheral-props.yaml# - $ref: samsung,spi-peripheral-props.yaml# - $ref: nvidia,tegra210-quad-peripheral-props.yaml# diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-pl022.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-pl022.yaml index 5e5a704a766e..7f174b7d0a26 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-pl022.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-pl022.yaml @@ -74,57 +74,6 @@ properties: resets: maxItems: 1 -patternProperties: - "^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9,+\\-._]{0,63}@[0-9a-f]+$": - type: object - # SPI slave nodes must be children of the SPI master node and can - # contain the following properties. - properties: - pl022,interface: - description: SPI interface type - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - enum: - - 0 # SPI - - 1 # Texas Instruments Synchronous Serial Frame Format - - 2 # Microwire (Half Duplex) - - pl022,com-mode: - description: Specifies the transfer mode - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - enum: - - 0 # interrupt mode - - 1 # polling mode - - 2 # DMA mode - default: 1 - - pl022,rx-level-trig: - description: Rx FIFO watermark level - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - minimum: 0 - maximum: 4 - - pl022,tx-level-trig: - description: Tx FIFO watermark level - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - minimum: 0 - maximum: 4 - - pl022,ctrl-len: - description: Microwire interface - Control length - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - minimum: 0x03 - maximum: 0x1f - - pl022,wait-state: - description: Microwire interface - Wait state - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - enum: [0, 1] - - pl022,duplex: - description: Microwire interface - Full/Half duplex - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - enum: [0, 1] - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/st,stm32-spi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/st,stm32-spi.yaml index 9ca1a843c820..ae0f082bd377 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/st,stm32-spi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/st,stm32-spi.yaml @@ -18,15 +18,6 @@ maintainers: allOf: - $ref: spi-controller.yaml# - - if: - properties: - compatible: - contains: - const: st,stm32f4-spi - - then: - properties: - st,spi-midi-ns: false properties: compatible: @@ -59,17 +50,6 @@ properties: - const: rx - const: tx -patternProperties: - "^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9,+\\-._]{0,63}@[0-9a-f]+$": - type: object - # SPI slave nodes must be children of the SPI master node and can - # contain the following properties. - properties: - st,spi-midi-ns: - description: | - Only for STM32H7, (Master Inter-Data Idleness) minimum time - delay in nanoseconds inserted between two consecutive data frames. - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/fsl,scu-thermal.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/fsl,scu-thermal.yaml index 3721c8c8ec64..e02d04d4f71e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/fsl,scu-thermal.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/fsl,scu-thermal.yaml @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: items: - - const: fsl,imx8qxp-sc-thermal + - enum: + - fsl,imx8dxl-sc-thermal + - fsl,imx8qxp-sc-thermal - const: fsl,imx-sc-thermal '#thermal-sensor-cells': diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.yaml index 3aecea77869f..808d987bd8d1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.yaml @@ -60,6 +60,9 @@ properties: clocks: maxItems: 1 + "#thermal-sensor-cells": + const: 0 + required: - compatible - interrupts @@ -67,6 +70,9 @@ required: - nvmem-cells - nvmem-cell-names +allOf: + - $ref: thermal-sensor.yaml# + additionalProperties: false examples: @@ -104,5 +110,6 @@ examples: nvmem-cells = <&tempmon_calib>, <&tempmon_temp_grade>; nvmem-cell-names = "calib", "temp_grade"; clocks = <&clks IMX6SX_CLK_PLL3_USB_OTG>; + #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek,lvts-thermal.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek,lvts-thermal.yaml index fe9ae4c425c0..e6665af52ee6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek,lvts-thermal.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek,lvts-thermal.yaml @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ description: | properties: compatible: enum: + - mediatek,mt7988-lvts-ap - mediatek,mt8192-lvts-ap - mediatek,mt8192-lvts-mcu - mediatek,mt8195-lvts-ap diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/nvidia,tegra124-soctherm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/nvidia,tegra124-soctherm.yaml index 04a2ba1aa946..b0237d236021 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/nvidia,tegra124-soctherm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/nvidia,tegra124-soctherm.yaml @@ -68,7 +68,12 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^(light|heavy|oc1)$": type: object + additionalProperties: false + properties: + "#cooling-cells": + const: 2 + nvidia,priority: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 minimum: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-tsens.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-tsens.yaml index 27e9e16e6455..437b74732886 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-tsens.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-tsens.yaml @@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ properties: - qcom,msm8996-tsens - qcom,msm8998-tsens - qcom,qcm2290-tsens + - qcom,sa8775p-tsens - qcom,sc7180-tsens - qcom,sc7280-tsens - qcom,sc8180x-tsens diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-zones.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-zones.yaml index 4f3acdc4dec0..4a8dabc48170 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-zones.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-zones.yaml @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/base.yaml# title: Thermal zone maintainers: - - Amit Kucheria <amitk@kernel.org> + - Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@linaro.org> description: | Thermal management is achieved in devicetree by describing the sensor hardware diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cirrus,ep9301-timer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cirrus,ep9301-timer.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e463e11e259d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cirrus,ep9301-timer.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/timer/cirrus,ep9301-timer.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Cirrus Logic EP93xx timer + +maintainers: + - Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@gmail.com> + - Nikita Shubin <nikita.shubin@maquefel.me> + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - const: cirrus,ep9301-timer + - items: + - enum: + - cirrus,ep9302-timer + - cirrus,ep9307-timer + - cirrus,ep9312-timer + - cirrus,ep9315-timer + - const: cirrus,ep9301-timer + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + timer@80810000 { + compatible = "cirrus,ep9301-timer"; + reg = <0x80810000 0x100>; + interrupt-parent = <&vic1>; + interrupts = <19>; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/fsl,imxgpt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/fsl,imxgpt.yaml index dbe1267af06a..e2607377cbae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/fsl,imxgpt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/fsl,imxgpt.yaml @@ -36,7 +36,9 @@ properties: - fsl,imxrt1170-gpt - const: fsl,imx6dl-gpt - items: - - const: fsl,imx6ul-gpt + - enum: + - fsl,imx6ul-gpt + - fsl,imx7d-gpt - const: fsl,imx6sx-gpt reg: @@ -46,14 +48,18 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 clocks: + minItems: 2 items: - description: SoC GPT ipg clock - description: SoC GPT per clock + - description: SoC GPT osc per clock clock-names: + minItems: 2 items: - const: ipg - const: per + - const: osc_per required: - compatible @@ -62,6 +68,29 @@ required: - clocks - clock-names +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - fsl,imx6dl-gpt + - fsl,imx6q-gpt + then: + properties: + clocks: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 3 + clock-names: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 3 + else: + properties: + clocks: + maxItems: 2 + clock-names: + maxItems: 2 + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,rz-mtu3.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,rz-mtu3.yaml index bffdab0b0185..3931054b42fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,rz-mtu3.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,rz-mtu3.yaml @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ maintainers: description: | This hardware block consists of eight 16-bit timer channels and one - 32- bit timer channel. It supports the following specifications: - - Pulse input/output: 28 lines max. + 32-bit timer channel. It supports the following specifications: + - Pulse input/output: 28 lines max - Pulse input 3 lines - Count clock 11 clocks for each channel (14 clocks for MTU0, 12 clocks for MTU2, and 10 clocks for MTU5, four clocks for MTU1-MTU2 combination @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ description: | - Input capture function (noise filter setting available) - Counter-clearing operation - Simultaneous writing to multiple timer counters (TCNT) - (excluding MTU8). + (excluding MTU8) - Simultaneous clearing on compare match or input capture - (excluding MTU8). + (excluding MTU8) - Simultaneous input and output to registers in synchronization with - counter operations (excluding MTU8). + counter operations (excluding MTU8) - Up to 12-phase PWM output in combination with synchronous operation (excluding MTU8) - [MTU0 MTU3, MTU4, MTU6, MTU7, and MTU8] @@ -40,26 +40,26 @@ description: | - [MTU3, MTU4, MTU6, and MTU7] - Through interlocked operation of MTU3/4 and MTU6/7, the positive and negative signals in six phases (12 phases in total) can be output in - complementary PWM and reset-synchronized PWM operation. + complementary PWM and reset-synchronized PWM operation - In complementary PWM mode, values can be transferred from buffer registers to temporary registers at crests and troughs of the timer- counter values or when the buffer registers (TGRD registers in MTU4 - and MTU7) are written to. - - Double-buffering selectable in complementary PWM mode. + and MTU7) are written to + - Double-buffering selectable in complementary PWM mode - [MTU3 and MTU4] - Through interlocking with MTU0, a mode for driving AC synchronous motors (brushless DC motors) by using complementary PWM output and reset-synchronized PWM output is settable and allows the selection - of two types of waveform output (chopping or level). + of two types of waveform output (chopping or level) - [MTU5] - - Capable of operation as a dead-time compensation counter. + - Capable of operation as a dead-time compensation counter - [MTU0/MTU5, MTU1, MTU2, and MTU8] - 32-bit phase counting mode specifiable by combining MTU1 and MTU2 and - through interlocked operation with MTU0/MTU5 and MTU8. + through interlocked operation with MTU0/MTU5 and MTU8 - Interrupt-skipping function - In complementary PWM mode, interrupts on crests and troughs of counter values and triggers to start conversion by the A/D converter can be - skipped. + skipped - Interrupt sources: 43 sources. - Buffer operation: - Automatic transfer of register data (transfer from the buffer @@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ description: | - A/D converter start triggers can be generated - A/D converter start request delaying function enables A/D converter to be started with any desired timing and to be synchronized with - PWM output. + PWM output - Low power consumption function - - The MTU3a can be placed in the module-stop state. + - The MTU3a can be placed in the module-stop state There are two phase counting modes. 16-bit phase counting mode in which MTU1 and MTU2 operate independently, and cascade connection 32-bit phase @@ -109,6 +109,7 @@ properties: compatible: items: - enum: + - renesas,r9a07g043-mtu3 # RZ/{G2UL,Five} - renesas,r9a07g044-mtu3 # RZ/G2{L,LC} - renesas,r9a07g054-mtu3 # RZ/V2L - const: renesas,rz-mtu3 @@ -169,27 +170,27 @@ properties: - const: tgib0 - const: tgic0 - const: tgid0 - - const: tgiv0 + - const: tciv0 - const: tgie0 - const: tgif0 - const: tgia1 - const: tgib1 - - const: tgiv1 - - const: tgiu1 + - const: tciv1 + - const: tciu1 - const: tgia2 - const: tgib2 - - const: tgiv2 - - const: tgiu2 + - const: tciv2 + - const: tciu2 - const: tgia3 - const: tgib3 - const: tgic3 - const: tgid3 - - const: tgiv3 + - const: tciv3 - const: tgia4 - const: tgib4 - const: tgic4 - const: tgid4 - - const: tgiv4 + - const: tciv4 - const: tgiu5 - const: tgiv5 - const: tgiw5 @@ -197,18 +198,18 @@ properties: - const: tgib6 - const: tgic6 - const: tgid6 - - const: tgiv6 + - const: tciv6 - const: tgia7 - const: tgib7 - const: tgic7 - const: tgid7 - - const: tgiv7 + - const: tciv7 - const: tgia8 - const: tgib8 - const: tgic8 - const: tgid8 - - const: tgiv8 - - const: tgiu8 + - const: tciv8 + - const: tciu8 clocks: maxItems: 1 @@ -285,16 +286,16 @@ examples: <GIC_SPI 211 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, <GIC_SPI 212 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, <GIC_SPI 213 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; - interrupt-names = "tgia0", "tgib0", "tgic0", "tgid0", "tgiv0", "tgie0", + interrupt-names = "tgia0", "tgib0", "tgic0", "tgid0", "tciv0", "tgie0", "tgif0", - "tgia1", "tgib1", "tgiv1", "tgiu1", - "tgia2", "tgib2", "tgiv2", "tgiu2", - "tgia3", "tgib3", "tgic3", "tgid3", "tgiv3", - "tgia4", "tgib4", "tgic4", "tgid4", "tgiv4", + "tgia1", "tgib1", "tciv1", "tciu1", + "tgia2", "tgib2", "tciv2", "tciu2", + "tgia3", "tgib3", "tgic3", "tgid3", "tciv3", + "tgia4", "tgib4", "tgic4", "tgid4", "tciv4", "tgiu5", "tgiv5", "tgiw5", - "tgia6", "tgib6", "tgic6", "tgid6", "tgiv6", - "tgia7", "tgib7", "tgic7", "tgid7", "tgiv7", - "tgia8", "tgib8", "tgic8", "tgid8", "tgiv8", "tgiu8"; + "tgia6", "tgib6", "tgic6", "tgid6", "tciv6", + "tgia7", "tgib7", "tgic7", "tgid7", "tciv7", + "tgia8", "tgib8", "tgic8", "tgid8", "tciv8", "tciu8"; clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD R9A07G044_MTU_X_MCK_MTU3>; power-domains = <&cpg>; resets = <&cpg R9A07G044_MTU_X_PRESET_MTU3>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/sifive,clint.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/sifive,clint.yaml index a0185e15a42f..e8be6c470364 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/sifive,clint.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/sifive,clint.yaml @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ properties: - items: - enum: - allwinner,sun20i-d1-clint + - sophgo,cv1800b-clint - thead,th1520-clint - const: thead,c900-clint - items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/thead,c900-aclint-mtimer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/thead,c900-aclint-mtimer.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fbd235650e52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/thead,c900-aclint-mtimer.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/timer/thead,c900-aclint-mtimer.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Sophgo CLINT Timer + +maintainers: + - Inochi Amaoto <inochiama@outlook.com> + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - sophgo,sg2042-aclint-mtimer + - const: thead,c900-aclint-mtimer + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts-extended: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 4095 + +additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts-extended + +examples: + - | + timer@ac000000 { + compatible = "sophgo,sg2042-aclint-mtimer", "thead,c900-aclint-mtimer"; + interrupts-extended = <&cpu1intc 7>, + <&cpu2intc 7>, + <&cpu3intc 7>, + <&cpu4intc 7>; + reg = <0xac000000 0x00010000>; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml index 430a814f64a5..9a1443ec3aaa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml @@ -151,8 +151,6 @@ properties: - infineon,slb9645tt # Infineon SLB9673 I2C TPM 2.0 - infineon,slb9673 - # Infineon TDA38640 Voltage Regulator - - infineon,tda38640 # Infineon TLV493D-A1B6 I2C 3D Magnetic Sensor - infineon,tlv493d-a1b6 # Infineon Multi-phase Digital VR Controller xdpe11280 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufs-common.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufs-common.yaml index bbaee4f5f7b2..985ea8f64de8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufs-common.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufs-common.yaml @@ -20,11 +20,25 @@ properties: items: - description: Minimum frequency for given clock in Hz - description: Maximum frequency for given clock in Hz + deprecated: true description: | + Preferred is operating-points-v2. + Array of <min max> operating frequencies in Hz stored in the same order - as the clocks property. If this property is not defined or a value in the - array is "0" then it is assumed that the frequency is set by the parent - clock or a fixed rate clock source. + as the clocks property. If either this property or operating-points-v2 is + not defined or a value in the array is "0" then it is assumed that the + frequency is set by the parent clock or a fixed rate clock source. + + operating-points-v2: + description: + Preferred over freq-table-hz. + If present, each OPP must contain array of frequencies stored in the same + order for each clock. If clock frequency in the array is "0" then it is + assumed that the frequency is set by the parent clock or a fixed rate + clock source. + + opp-table: + type: object interrupts: maxItems: 1 @@ -75,8 +89,23 @@ properties: dependencies: freq-table-hz: [ clocks ] + operating-points-v2: [ clocks, clock-names ] required: - interrupts +allOf: + - if: + required: + - freq-table-hz + then: + properties: + operating-points-v2: false + - if: + required: + - operating-points-v2 + then: + properties: + freq-table-hz: false + additionalProperties: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/rockchip,dwc3.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/rockchip,dwc3.yaml index 291844c8f3e1..c983dfe0f629 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/rockchip,dwc3.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/rockchip,dwc3.yaml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ description: Phy documentation is provided in the following places. USB2.0 PHY - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-inno-usb2.yaml + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip,inno-usb2phy.yaml Type-C PHY Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-typec.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,tps6598x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,tps6598x.yaml index 5497a60cddbc..6ab674dea4c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,tps6598x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,tps6598x.yaml @@ -32,11 +32,14 @@ properties: items: - const: irq + connector: + $ref: /schemas/connector/usb-connector.yaml# + required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: true +additionalProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml index 573578db9509..309b94c328c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml @@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ patternProperties: description: AD Holdings Plc. "^adi,.*": description: Analog Devices, Inc. + "^adieng,.*": + description: ADI Engineering, Inc. "^advantech,.*": description: Advantech Corporation "^aeroflexgaisler,.*": @@ -127,6 +129,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Arasan Chip Systems "^archermind,.*": description: ArcherMind Technology (Nanjing) Co., Ltd. + "^arcom,.*": + description: Arcom Controllers "^arctic,.*": description: Arctic Sand "^arcx,.*": @@ -194,6 +198,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Shanghai Belling Co., Ltd. "^bhf,.*": description: Beckhoff Automation GmbH & Co. KG + "^bigtreetech,.*": + description: Shenzhen BigTree Tech Co., LTD "^bitmain,.*": description: Bitmain Technologies "^blutek,.*": @@ -484,6 +490,8 @@ patternProperties: description: FocalTech Systems Co.,Ltd "^forlinx,.*": description: Baoding Forlinx Embedded Technology Co., Ltd. + "^freecom,.*": + description: Freecom Gmbh "^frida,.*": description: Shenzhen Frida LCD Co., Ltd. "^friendlyarm,.*": @@ -496,6 +504,8 @@ patternProperties: description: FX Technology Ltd. "^gardena,.*": description: GARDENA GmbH + "^gateway,.*": + description: Gateway Communications "^gateworks,.*": description: Gateworks Corporation "^gcw,.*": @@ -510,6 +520,8 @@ patternProperties: description: GE Fanuc Intelligent Platforms Embedded Systems, Inc. "^gemei,.*": description: Gemei Digital Technology Co., Ltd. + "^gemtek,.*": + description: Gemtek Technology Co., Ltd. "^genesys,.*": description: Genesys Logic, Inc. "^geniatech,.*": @@ -530,6 +542,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Shenzhen Huiding Technology Co., Ltd. "^google,.*": description: Google, Inc. + "^goramo,.*": + description: Goramo Gorecki "^gplus,.*": description: GPLUS "^grinn,.*": @@ -805,6 +819,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Mantix Display Technology Co.,Ltd. "^mapleboard,.*": description: Mapleboard.org + "^marantec,.*": + description: Marantec electronics GmbH "^marvell,.*": description: Marvell Technology Group Ltd. "^maxbotix,.*": @@ -863,6 +879,8 @@ patternProperties: description: MikroElektronika d.o.o. "^mikrotik,.*": description: MikroTik + "^milkv,.*": + description: MilkV Technology Co., Ltd "^miniand,.*": description: Miniand Tech "^minix,.*": @@ -871,6 +889,8 @@ patternProperties: description: MiraMEMS Sensing Technology Co., Ltd. "^mitsubishi,.*": description: Mitsubishi Electric Corporation + "^mitsumi,.*": + description: Mitsumi Electric Co., Ltd. "^mixel,.*": description: Mixel, Inc. "^miyoo,.*": @@ -1081,6 +1101,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Powertip Tech. Corp. "^powervr,.*": description: PowerVR (deprecated, use img) + "^powkiddy,.*": + description: Powkiddy "^primux,.*": description: Primux Trading, S.L. "^probox2,.*": @@ -1273,6 +1295,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Solomon Systech Limited "^sony,.*": description: Sony Corporation + "^sophgo,.*": + description: Sophgo Technology Inc. "^sourceparts,.*": description: Source Parts Inc. "^spansion,.*": @@ -1420,6 +1444,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Truly Semiconductors Limited "^tsd,.*": description: Theobroma Systems Design und Consulting GmbH + "^turing,.*": + description: Turing Machines, Inc. "^tyan,.*": description: Tyan Computer Corporation "^u-blox,.*": @@ -1444,6 +1470,8 @@ patternProperties: description: United Radiant Technology Corporation "^usi,.*": description: Universal Scientific Industrial Co., Ltd. + "^usr,.*": + description: U.S. Robotics Corporation "^utoo,.*": description: Aigo Digital Technology Co., Ltd. "^v3,.*": diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel,at91rm9200-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel,at91rm9200-wdt.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7af3571d89f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel,at91rm9200-wdt.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/watchdog/atmel,at91rm9200-wdt.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Atmel AT91RM9200 System Timer Watchdog + +maintainers: + - Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: atmel,at91rm9200-wdt + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + watchdog@fffffd00 { + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-wdt"; + reg = <0xfffffd00 0x10>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-at91rm9200-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-at91rm9200-wdt.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d4d86cf8f9eb..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-at91rm9200-wdt.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -Atmel AT91RM9200 System Timer Watchdog - -Required properties: -- compatible: must be "atmel,at91sam9260-wdt". - -Example: - watchdog@fffffd00 { - compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-wdt"; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/cnxt,cx92755-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/cnxt,cx92755-wdt.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1844d7e026fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/cnxt,cx92755-wdt.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/watchdog/cnxt,cx92755-wdt.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Conexant Digicolor SoCs Watchdog timer + +description: | + The watchdog functionality in Conexant Digicolor SoCs relies on the so called + "Agent Communication" block. This block includes the eight programmable system + timer counters. The first timer (called "Timer A") is the only one that can be + used as watchdog. + +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + +maintainers: + - Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il> + +properties: + compatible: + const: cnxt,cx92755-wdt + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + watchdog@f0000fc0 { + compatible = "cnxt,cx92755-wdt"; + reg = <0xf0000fc0 0x8>; + clocks = <&main_clk>; + timeout-sec = <15>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/da9062-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/da9062-wdt.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 354314d854ef..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/da9062-wdt.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -* Dialog Semiconductor DA9062/61 Watchdog Timer - -Required properties: - -- compatible: should be one of the following valid compatible string lines: - "dlg,da9061-watchdog", "dlg,da9062-watchdog" - "dlg,da9062-watchdog" - -Optional properties: -- dlg,use-sw-pm: Add this property to disable the watchdog during suspend. - Only use this option if you can't use the watchdog automatic suspend - function during a suspend (see register CONTROL_B). -- dlg,wdt-sd: Set what happens on watchdog timeout. If this bit is set the - watchdog timeout triggers SHUTDOWN, if cleared the watchdog triggers - POWERDOWN. Can be 0 or 1. Only use this option if you want to change the - default chip's OTP setting for WATCHDOG_SD bit. If this property is NOT - set the WATCHDOG_SD bit and on timeout watchdog behavior will match the - chip's OTP settings. - -Example: DA9062 - - pmic0: da9062@58 { - watchdog { - compatible = "dlg,da9062-watchdog"; - }; - }; - -Example: DA9061 using a fall-back compatible for the DA9062 watchdog driver - - pmic0: da9061@58 { - watchdog { - compatible = "dlg,da9061-watchdog", "dlg,da9062-watchdog"; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/digicolor-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/digicolor-wdt.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a882967e17d4..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/digicolor-wdt.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -Conexant Digicolor SoCs Watchdog timer - -The watchdog functionality in Conexant Digicolor SoCs relies on the so called -"Agent Communication" block. This block includes the eight programmable system -timer counters. The first timer (called "Timer A") is the only one that can be -used as watchdog. - -Required properties: - -- compatible : Should be "cnxt,cx92755-wdt" -- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers -- clocks : phandle; specifies the clock that drives the timer - -Optional properties: - -- timeout-sec : Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds - -Example: - - watchdog@f0000fc0 { - compatible = "cnxt,cx92755-wdt"; - reg = <0xf0000fc0 0x8>; - clocks = <&main_clk>; - timeout-sec = <15>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/dlg,da9062-watchdog.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/dlg,da9062-watchdog.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f058628bb632 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/dlg,da9062-watchdog.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/watchdog/dlg,da9062-watchdog.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Dialog Semiconductor DA9062/61 Watchdog Timer + +maintainers: + - Steve Twiss <stwiss.opensource@diasemi.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - dlg,da9061-watchdog + - dlg,da9062-watchdog + + dlg,use-sw-pm: + type: boolean + description: + Add this property to disable the watchdog during suspend. + Only use this option if you can't use the watchdog automatic suspend + function during a suspend (see register CONTROL_B). + + dlg,wdt-sd: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [0, 1] + description: + Set what happens on watchdog timeout. If this bit is set the + watchdog timeout triggers SHUTDOWN, if cleared the watchdog triggers + POWERDOWN. Can be 0 or 1. Only use this option if you want to change the + default chip's OTP setting for WATCHDOG_SD bit. If this property is NOT + set the WATCHDOG_SD bit and on timeout watchdog behavior will match the + chip's OTP settings. + +required: + - compatible + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + watchdog { + compatible = "dlg,da9062-watchdog"; + dlg,use-sw-pm; + dlg,wdt-sd = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl,scu-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl,scu-wdt.yaml index 47701248cd8d..8b7aa922249b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl,scu-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl,scu-wdt.yaml @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: items: - - const: fsl,imx8qxp-sc-wdt + - enum: + - fsl,imx8dxl-sc-wdt + - fsl,imx8qxp-sc-wdt - const: fsl,imx-sc-wdt required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/writing-schema.rst b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/writing-schema.rst index 4a381d20f2b4..0a6cf19a1459 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/writing-schema.rst +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/writing-schema.rst @@ -159,11 +159,14 @@ It is possible to run both in a single command:: make dt_binding_check dtbs_check It is also possible to run checks with a subset of matching schema files by -setting the ``DT_SCHEMA_FILES`` variable to a specific schema file or pattern. +setting the ``DT_SCHEMA_FILES`` variable to 1 or more specific schema files or +patterns (partial match of a fixed string). Each file or pattern should be +separated by ':'. :: make dt_binding_check DT_SCHEMA_FILES=trivial-devices.yaml + make dt_binding_check DT_SCHEMA_FILES=trivial-devices.yaml:rtc.yaml make dt_binding_check DT_SCHEMA_FILES=/gpio/ make dtbs_check DT_SCHEMA_FILES=trivial-devices.yaml diff --git a/Documentation/doc-guide/contributing.rst b/Documentation/doc-guide/contributing.rst index d4793826ad9a..662c7a840cd5 100644 --- a/Documentation/doc-guide/contributing.rst +++ b/Documentation/doc-guide/contributing.rst @@ -138,6 +138,10 @@ times, but it's highly important. If we can actually eliminate warnings from the documentation build, then we can start expecting developers to avoid adding new ones. +In addition to warnings from the regular documentation build, you can also +run ``make refcheckdocs`` to find references to nonexistent documentation +files. + Languishing kerneldoc comments ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/80211/mac80211.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/80211/mac80211.rst index 67d2e58b45e4..e38a220401f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/80211/mac80211.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/80211/mac80211.rst @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ functions/definitions ieee80211_rx ieee80211_rx_ni ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - ieee80211_tx_status + ieee80211_tx_status_skb ieee80211_tx_status_ni ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe ieee80211_rts_get diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/dma-buf.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/dma-buf.rst index f92a32d095d9..0c153d79ccc4 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/dma-buf.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/dma-buf.rst @@ -5,14 +5,30 @@ The dma-buf subsystem provides the framework for sharing buffers for hardware (DMA) access across multiple device drivers and subsystems, and for synchronizing asynchronous hardware access. -This is used, for example, by drm "prime" multi-GPU support, but is of -course not limited to GPU use cases. - -The three main components of this are: (1) dma-buf, representing a -sg_table and exposed to userspace as a file descriptor to allow passing -between devices, (2) fence, which provides a mechanism to signal when -one device has finished access, and (3) reservation, which manages the -shared or exclusive fence(s) associated with the buffer. +As an example, it is used extensively by the DRM subsystem to exchange +buffers between processes, contexts, library APIs within the same +process, and also to exchange buffers with other subsystems such as +V4L2. + +This document describes the way in which kernel subsystems can use and +interact with the three main primitives offered by dma-buf: + + - dma-buf, representing a sg_table and exposed to userspace as a file + descriptor to allow passing between processes, subsystems, devices, + etc; + - dma-fence, providing a mechanism to signal when an asynchronous + hardware operation has completed; and + - dma-resv, which manages a set of dma-fences for a particular dma-buf + allowing implicit (kernel-ordered) synchronization of work to + preserve the illusion of coherent access + + +Userspace API principles and use +-------------------------------- + +For more details on how to design your subsystem's API for dma-buf use, please +see Documentation/userspace-api/dma-buf-alloc-exchange.rst. + Shared DMA Buffers ------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/dpll.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/dpll.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e3d593841aa7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/dpll.rst @@ -0,0 +1,551 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +=============================== +The Linux kernel dpll subsystem +=============================== + +DPLL +==== + +PLL - Phase Locked Loop is an electronic circuit which syntonizes clock +signal of a device with an external clock signal. Effectively enabling +device to run on the same clock signal beat as provided on a PLL input. + +DPLL - Digital Phase Locked Loop is an integrated circuit which in +addition to plain PLL behavior incorporates a digital phase detector +and may have digital divider in the loop. As a result, the frequency on +DPLL's input and output may be configurable. + +Subsystem +========= + +The main purpose of dpll subsystem is to provide general interface +to configure devices that use any kind of Digital PLL and could use +different sources of input signal to synchronize to, as well as +different types of outputs. +The main interface is NETLINK_GENERIC based protocol with an event +monitoring multicast group defined. + +Device object +============= + +Single dpll device object means single Digital PLL circuit and bunch of +connected pins. +It reports the supported modes of operation and current status to the +user in response to the `do` request of netlink command +``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_GET`` and list of dplls registered in the subsystem +with `dump` netlink request of the same command. +Changing the configuration of dpll device is done with `do` request of +netlink ``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_SET`` command. +A device handle is ``DPLL_A_ID``, it shall be provided to get or set +configuration of particular device in the system. It can be obtained +with a ``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_GET`` `dump` request or +a ``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_ID_GET`` `do` request, where the one must provide +attributes that result in single device match. + +Pin object +========== + +A pin is amorphic object which represents either input or output, it +could be internal component of the device, as well as externally +connected. +The number of pins per dpll vary, but usually multiple pins shall be +provided for a single dpll device. +Pin's properties, capabilities and status is provided to the user in +response to `do` request of netlink ``DPLL_CMD_PIN_GET`` command. +It is also possible to list all the pins that were registered in the +system with `dump` request of ``DPLL_CMD_PIN_GET`` command. +Configuration of a pin can be changed by `do` request of netlink +``DPLL_CMD_PIN_SET`` command. +Pin handle is a ``DPLL_A_PIN_ID``, it shall be provided to get or set +configuration of particular pin in the system. It can be obtained with +``DPLL_CMD_PIN_GET`` `dump` request or ``DPLL_CMD_PIN_ID_GET`` `do` +request, where user provides attributes that result in single pin match. + +Pin selection +============= + +In general, selected pin (the one which signal is driving the dpll +device) can be obtained from ``DPLL_A_PIN_STATE`` attribute, and only +one pin shall be in ``DPLL_PIN_STATE_CONNECTED`` state for any dpll +device. + +Pin selection can be done either manually or automatically, depending +on hardware capabilities and active dpll device work mode +(``DPLL_A_MODE`` attribute). The consequence is that there are +differences for each mode in terms of available pin states, as well as +for the states the user can request for a dpll device. + +In manual mode (``DPLL_MODE_MANUAL``) the user can request or receive +one of following pin states: + +- ``DPLL_PIN_STATE_CONNECTED`` - the pin is used to drive dpll device +- ``DPLL_PIN_STATE_DISCONNECTED`` - the pin is not used to drive dpll + device + +In automatic mode (``DPLL_MODE_AUTOMATIC``) the user can request or +receive one of following pin states: + +- ``DPLL_PIN_STATE_SELECTABLE`` - the pin shall be considered as valid + input for automatic selection algorithm +- ``DPLL_PIN_STATE_DISCONNECTED`` - the pin shall be not considered as + a valid input for automatic selection algorithm + +In automatic mode (``DPLL_MODE_AUTOMATIC``) the user can only receive +pin state ``DPLL_PIN_STATE_CONNECTED`` once automatic selection +algorithm locks a dpll device with one of the inputs. + +Shared pins +=========== + +A single pin object can be attached to multiple dpll devices. +Then there are two groups of configuration knobs: + +1) Set on a pin - the configuration affects all dpll devices pin is + registered to (i.e., ``DPLL_A_PIN_FREQUENCY``), +2) Set on a pin-dpll tuple - the configuration affects only selected + dpll device (i.e., ``DPLL_A_PIN_PRIO``, ``DPLL_A_PIN_STATE``, + ``DPLL_A_PIN_DIRECTION``). + +MUX-type pins +============= + +A pin can be MUX-type, it aggregates child pins and serves as a pin +multiplexer. One or more pins are registered with MUX-type instead of +being directly registered to a dpll device. +Pins registered with a MUX-type pin provide user with additional nested +attribute ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_PIN`` for each parent they were registered +with. +If a pin was registered with multiple parent pins, they behave like a +multiple output multiplexer. In this case output of a +``DPLL_CMD_PIN_GET`` would contain multiple pin-parent nested +attributes with current state related to each parent, like:: + + 'pin': [{{ + 'clock-id': 282574471561216, + 'module-name': 'ice', + 'capabilities': 4, + 'id': 13, + 'parent-pin': [ + {'parent-id': 2, 'state': 'connected'}, + {'parent-id': 3, 'state': 'disconnected'} + ], + 'type': 'synce-eth-port' + }}] + +Only one child pin can provide its signal to the parent MUX-type pin at +a time, the selection is done by requesting change of a child pin state +on desired parent, with the use of ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT`` nested +attribute. Example of netlink `set state on parent pin` message format: + + ========================== ============================================= + ``DPLL_A_PIN_ID`` child pin id + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_PIN`` nested attribute for requesting configuration + related to parent pin + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_ID`` parent pin id + ``DPLL_A_PIN_STATE`` requested pin state on parent + ========================== ============================================= + +Pin priority +============ + +Some devices might offer a capability of automatic pin selection mode +(enum value ``DPLL_MODE_AUTOMATIC`` of ``DPLL_A_MODE`` attribute). +Usually, automatic selection is performed on the hardware level, which +means only pins directly connected to the dpll can be used for automatic +input pin selection. +In automatic selection mode, the user cannot manually select a input +pin for the device, instead the user shall provide all directly +connected pins with a priority ``DPLL_A_PIN_PRIO``, the device would +pick a highest priority valid signal and use it to control the DPLL +device. Example of netlink `set priority on parent pin` message format: + + ============================ ============================================= + ``DPLL_A_PIN_ID`` configured pin id + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_DEVICE`` nested attribute for requesting configuration + related to parent dpll device + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_ID`` parent dpll device id + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PRIO`` requested pin prio on parent dpll + ============================ ============================================= + +Child pin of MUX-type pin is not capable of automatic input pin selection, +in order to configure active input of a MUX-type pin, the user needs to +request desired pin state of the child pin on the parent pin, +as described in the ``MUX-type pins`` chapter. + +Phase offset measurement and adjustment +======================================== + +Device may provide ability to measure a phase difference between signals +on a pin and its parent dpll device. If pin-dpll phase offset measurement +is supported, it shall be provided with ``DPLL_A_PIN_PHASE_OFFSET`` +attribute for each parent dpll device. + +Device may also provide ability to adjust a signal phase on a pin. +If pin phase adjustment is supported, minimal and maximal values that pin +handle shall be provide to the user on ``DPLL_CMD_PIN_GET`` respond +with ``DPLL_A_PIN_PHASE_ADJUST_MIN`` and ``DPLL_A_PIN_PHASE_ADJUST_MAX`` +attributes. Configured phase adjust value is provided with +``DPLL_A_PIN_PHASE_ADJUST`` attribute of a pin, and value change can be +requested with the same attribute with ``DPLL_CMD_PIN_SET`` command. + + =============================== ====================================== + ``DPLL_A_PIN_ID`` configured pin id + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PHASE_ADJUST_MIN`` attr minimum value of phase adjustment + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PHASE_ADJUST_MAX`` attr maximum value of phase adjustment + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PHASE_ADJUST`` attr configured value of phase + adjustment on parent dpll device + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_DEVICE`` nested attribute for requesting + configuration on given parent dpll + device + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_ID`` parent dpll device id + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PHASE_OFFSET`` attr measured phase difference + between a pin and parent dpll device + =============================== ====================================== + +All phase related values are provided in pico seconds, which represents +time difference between signals phase. The negative value means that +phase of signal on pin is earlier in time than dpll's signal. Positive +value means that phase of signal on pin is later in time than signal of +a dpll. + +Phase adjust (also min and max) values are integers, but measured phase +offset values are fractional with 3-digit decimal places and shell be +divided with ``DPLL_PIN_PHASE_OFFSET_DIVIDER`` to get integer part and +modulo divided to get fractional part. + +Configuration commands group +============================ + +Configuration commands are used to get information about registered +dpll devices (and pins), as well as set configuration of device or pins. +As dpll devices must be abstracted and reflect real hardware, +there is no way to add new dpll device via netlink from user space and +each device should be registered by its driver. + +All netlink commands require ``GENL_ADMIN_PERM``. This is to prevent +any spamming/DoS from unauthorized userspace applications. + +List of netlink commands with possible attributes +================================================= + +Constants identifying command types for dpll device uses a +``DPLL_CMD_`` prefix and suffix according to command purpose. +The dpll device related attributes use a ``DPLL_A_`` prefix and +suffix according to attribute purpose. + + ==================================== ================================= + ``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_ID_GET`` command to get device ID + ``DPLL_A_MODULE_NAME`` attr module name of registerer + ``DPLL_A_CLOCK_ID`` attr Unique Clock Identifier + (EUI-64), as defined by the + IEEE 1588 standard + ``DPLL_A_TYPE`` attr type of dpll device + ==================================== ================================= + + ==================================== ================================= + ``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_GET`` command to get device info or + dump list of available devices + ``DPLL_A_ID`` attr unique dpll device ID + ``DPLL_A_MODULE_NAME`` attr module name of registerer + ``DPLL_A_CLOCK_ID`` attr Unique Clock Identifier + (EUI-64), as defined by the + IEEE 1588 standard + ``DPLL_A_MODE`` attr selection mode + ``DPLL_A_MODE_SUPPORTED`` attr available selection modes + ``DPLL_A_LOCK_STATUS`` attr dpll device lock status + ``DPLL_A_TEMP`` attr device temperature info + ``DPLL_A_TYPE`` attr type of dpll device + ==================================== ================================= + + ==================================== ================================= + ``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_SET`` command to set dpll device config + ``DPLL_A_ID`` attr internal dpll device index + ``DPLL_A_MODE`` attr selection mode to configure + ==================================== ================================= + +Constants identifying command types for pins uses a +``DPLL_CMD_PIN_`` prefix and suffix according to command purpose. +The pin related attributes use a ``DPLL_A_PIN_`` prefix and suffix +according to attribute purpose. + + ==================================== ================================= + ``DPLL_CMD_PIN_ID_GET`` command to get pin ID + ``DPLL_A_PIN_MODULE_NAME`` attr module name of registerer + ``DPLL_A_PIN_CLOCK_ID`` attr Unique Clock Identifier + (EUI-64), as defined by the + IEEE 1588 standard + ``DPLL_A_PIN_BOARD_LABEL`` attr pin board label provided + by registerer + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PANEL_LABEL`` attr pin panel label provided + by registerer + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PACKAGE_LABEL`` attr pin package label provided + by registerer + ``DPLL_A_PIN_TYPE`` attr type of a pin + ==================================== ================================= + + ==================================== ================================== + ``DPLL_CMD_PIN_GET`` command to get pin info or dump + list of available pins + ``DPLL_A_PIN_ID`` attr unique a pin ID + ``DPLL_A_PIN_MODULE_NAME`` attr module name of registerer + ``DPLL_A_PIN_CLOCK_ID`` attr Unique Clock Identifier + (EUI-64), as defined by the + IEEE 1588 standard + ``DPLL_A_PIN_BOARD_LABEL`` attr pin board label provided + by registerer + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PANEL_LABEL`` attr pin panel label provided + by registerer + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PACKAGE_LABEL`` attr pin package label provided + by registerer + ``DPLL_A_PIN_TYPE`` attr type of a pin + ``DPLL_A_PIN_FREQUENCY`` attr current frequency of a pin + ``DPLL_A_PIN_FREQUENCY_SUPPORTED`` nested attr provides supported + frequencies + ``DPLL_A_PIN_ANY_FREQUENCY_MIN`` attr minimum value of frequency + ``DPLL_A_PIN_ANY_FREQUENCY_MAX`` attr maximum value of frequency + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PHASE_ADJUST_MIN`` attr minimum value of phase + adjustment + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PHASE_ADJUST_MAX`` attr maximum value of phase + adjustment + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PHASE_ADJUST`` attr configured value of phase + adjustment on parent device + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_DEVICE`` nested attr for each parent device + the pin is connected with + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_ID`` attr parent dpll device id + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PRIO`` attr priority of pin on the + dpll device + ``DPLL_A_PIN_STATE`` attr state of pin on the parent + dpll device + ``DPLL_A_PIN_DIRECTION`` attr direction of a pin on the + parent dpll device + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PHASE_OFFSET`` attr measured phase difference + between a pin and parent dpll + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_PIN`` nested attr for each parent pin + the pin is connected with + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_ID`` attr parent pin id + ``DPLL_A_PIN_STATE`` attr state of pin on the parent + pin + ``DPLL_A_PIN_CAPABILITIES`` attr bitmask of pin capabilities + ==================================== ================================== + + ==================================== ================================= + ``DPLL_CMD_PIN_SET`` command to set pins configuration + ``DPLL_A_PIN_ID`` attr unique a pin ID + ``DPLL_A_PIN_FREQUENCY`` attr requested frequency of a pin + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PHASE_ADJUST`` attr requested value of phase + adjustment on parent device + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_DEVICE`` nested attr for each parent dpll + device configuration request + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_ID`` attr parent dpll device id + ``DPLL_A_PIN_DIRECTION`` attr requested direction of a pin + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PRIO`` attr requested priority of pin on + the dpll device + ``DPLL_A_PIN_STATE`` attr requested state of pin on + the dpll device + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_PIN`` nested attr for each parent pin + configuration request + ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_ID`` attr parent pin id + ``DPLL_A_PIN_STATE`` attr requested state of pin on + parent pin + ==================================== ================================= + +Netlink dump requests +===================== + +The ``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_GET`` and ``DPLL_CMD_PIN_GET`` commands are +capable of dump type netlink requests, in which case the response is in +the same format as for their ``do`` request, but every device or pin +registered in the system is returned. + +SET commands format +=================== + +``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_SET`` - to target a dpll device, the user provides +``DPLL_A_ID``, which is unique identifier of dpll device in the system, +as well as parameter being configured (``DPLL_A_MODE``). + +``DPLL_CMD_PIN_SET`` - to target a pin user must provide a +``DPLL_A_PIN_ID``, which is unique identifier of a pin in the system. +Also configured pin parameters must be added. +If ``DPLL_A_PIN_FREQUENCY`` is configured, this affects all the dpll +devices that are connected with the pin, that is why frequency attribute +shall not be enclosed in ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_DEVICE``. +Other attributes: ``DPLL_A_PIN_PRIO``, ``DPLL_A_PIN_STATE`` or +``DPLL_A_PIN_DIRECTION`` must be enclosed in +``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_DEVICE`` as their configuration relates to only one +of parent dplls, targeted by ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_ID`` attribute which is +also required inside that nest. +For MUX-type pins the ``DPLL_A_PIN_STATE`` attribute is configured in +similar way, by enclosing required state in ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_PIN`` +nested attribute and targeted parent pin id in ``DPLL_A_PIN_PARENT_ID``. + +In general, it is possible to configure multiple parameters at once, but +internally each parameter change will be invoked separately, where order +of configuration is not guaranteed by any means. + +Configuration pre-defined enums +=============================== + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/linux/dpll.h + +Notifications +============= + +dpll device can provide notifications regarding status changes of the +device, i.e. lock status changes, input/output changes or other alarms. +There is one multicast group that is used to notify user-space apps via +netlink socket: ``DPLL_MCGRP_MONITOR`` + +Notifications messages: + + ============================== ===================================== + ``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_CREATE_NTF`` dpll device was created + ``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_DELETE_NTF`` dpll device was deleted + ``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_CHANGE_NTF`` dpll device has changed + ``DPLL_CMD_PIN_CREATE_NTF`` dpll pin was created + ``DPLL_CMD_PIN_DELETE_NTF`` dpll pin was deleted + ``DPLL_CMD_PIN_CHANGE_NTF`` dpll pin has changed + ============================== ===================================== + +Events format is the same as for the corresponding get command. +Format of ``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_`` events is the same as response of +``DPLL_CMD_DEVICE_GET``. +Format of ``DPLL_CMD_PIN_`` events is same as response of +``DPLL_CMD_PIN_GET``. + +Device driver implementation +============================ + +Device is allocated by dpll_device_get() call. Second call with the +same arguments will not create new object but provides pointer to +previously created device for given arguments, it also increases +refcount of that object. +Device is deallocated by dpll_device_put() call, which first +decreases the refcount, once refcount is cleared the object is +destroyed. + +Device should implement set of operations and register device via +dpll_device_register() at which point it becomes available to the +users. Multiple driver instances can obtain reference to it with +dpll_device_get(), as well as register dpll device with their own +ops and priv. + +The pins are allocated separately with dpll_pin_get(), it works +similarly to dpll_device_get(). Function first creates object and then +for each call with the same arguments only the object refcount +increases. Also dpll_pin_put() works similarly to dpll_device_put(). + +A pin can be registered with parent dpll device or parent pin, depending +on hardware needs. Each registration requires registerer to provide set +of pin callbacks, and private data pointer for calling them: + +- dpll_pin_register() - register pin with a dpll device, +- dpll_pin_on_pin_register() - register pin with another MUX type pin. + +Notifications of adding or removing dpll devices are created within +subsystem itself. +Notifications about registering/deregistering pins are also invoked by +the subsystem. +Notifications about status changes either of dpll device or a pin are +invoked in two ways: + +- after successful change was requested on dpll subsystem, the subsystem + calls corresponding notification, +- requested by device driver with dpll_device_change_ntf() or + dpll_pin_change_ntf() when driver informs about the status change. + +The device driver using dpll interface is not required to implement all +the callback operation. Nevertheless, there are few required to be +implemented. +Required dpll device level callback operations: + +- ``.mode_get``, +- ``.lock_status_get``. + +Required pin level callback operations: + +- ``.state_on_dpll_get`` (pins registered with dpll device), +- ``.state_on_pin_get`` (pins registered with parent pin), +- ``.direction_get``. + +Every other operation handler is checked for existence and +``-EOPNOTSUPP`` is returned in case of absence of specific handler. + +The simplest implementation is in the OCP TimeCard driver. The ops +structures are defined like this: + +.. code-block:: c + + static const struct dpll_device_ops dpll_ops = { + .lock_status_get = ptp_ocp_dpll_lock_status_get, + .mode_get = ptp_ocp_dpll_mode_get, + .mode_supported = ptp_ocp_dpll_mode_supported, + }; + + static const struct dpll_pin_ops dpll_pins_ops = { + .frequency_get = ptp_ocp_dpll_frequency_get, + .frequency_set = ptp_ocp_dpll_frequency_set, + .direction_get = ptp_ocp_dpll_direction_get, + .direction_set = ptp_ocp_dpll_direction_set, + .state_on_dpll_get = ptp_ocp_dpll_state_get, + }; + +The registration part is then looks like this part: + +.. code-block:: c + + clkid = pci_get_dsn(pdev); + bp->dpll = dpll_device_get(clkid, 0, THIS_MODULE); + if (IS_ERR(bp->dpll)) { + err = PTR_ERR(bp->dpll); + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "dpll_device_alloc failed\n"); + goto out; + } + + err = dpll_device_register(bp->dpll, DPLL_TYPE_PPS, &dpll_ops, bp); + if (err) + goto out; + + for (i = 0; i < OCP_SMA_NUM; i++) { + bp->sma[i].dpll_pin = dpll_pin_get(clkid, i, THIS_MODULE, &bp->sma[i].dpll_prop); + if (IS_ERR(bp->sma[i].dpll_pin)) { + err = PTR_ERR(bp->dpll); + goto out_dpll; + } + + err = dpll_pin_register(bp->dpll, bp->sma[i].dpll_pin, &dpll_pins_ops, + &bp->sma[i]); + if (err) { + dpll_pin_put(bp->sma[i].dpll_pin); + goto out_dpll; + } + } + +In the error path we have to rewind every allocation in the reverse order: + +.. code-block:: c + + while (i) { + --i; + dpll_pin_unregister(bp->dpll, bp->sma[i].dpll_pin, &dpll_pins_ops, &bp->sma[i]); + dpll_pin_put(bp->sma[i].dpll_pin); + } + dpll_device_put(bp->dpll); + +More complex example can be found in Intel's ICE driver or nVidia's mlx5 driver. + +SyncE enablement +================ +For SyncE enablement it is required to allow control over dpll device +for a software application which monitors and configures the inputs of +dpll device in response to current state of a dpll device and its +inputs. +In such scenario, dpll device input signal shall be also configurable +to drive dpll with signal recovered from the PHY netdevice. +This is done by exposing a pin to the netdevice - attaching pin to the +netdevice itself with +``netdev_dpll_pin_set(struct net_device *dev, struct dpll_pin *dpll_pin)``. +Exposed pin id handle ``DPLL_A_PIN_ID`` is then identifiable by the user +as it is attached to rtnetlink respond to get ``RTM_NEWLINK`` command in +nested attribute ``IFLA_DPLL_PIN``. diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/driver-model/devres.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/driver-model/devres.rst index 8be086b3f829..c5f99d834ec5 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/driver-model/devres.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/driver-model/devres.rst @@ -322,10 +322,8 @@ IOMAP devm_platform_ioremap_resource_byname() devm_platform_get_and_ioremap_resource() devm_iounmap() - pcim_iomap() - pcim_iomap_regions() : do request_region() and iomap() on multiple BARs - pcim_iomap_table() : array of mapped addresses indexed by BAR - pcim_iounmap() + + Note: For the PCI devices the specific pcim_*() functions may be used, see below. IRQ devm_free_irq() @@ -392,8 +390,16 @@ PCI devm_pci_alloc_host_bridge() : managed PCI host bridge allocation devm_pci_remap_cfgspace() : ioremap PCI configuration space devm_pci_remap_cfg_resource() : ioremap PCI configuration space resource + pcim_enable_device() : after success, all PCI ops become managed + pcim_iomap() : do iomap() on a single BAR + pcim_iomap_regions() : do request_region() and iomap() on multiple BARs + pcim_iomap_regions_request_all() : do request_region() on all and iomap() on multiple BARs + pcim_iomap_table() : array of mapped addresses indexed by BAR + pcim_iounmap() : do iounmap() on a single BAR + pcim_iounmap_regions() : do iounmap() and release_region() on multiple BARs pcim_pin_device() : keep PCI device enabled after release + pcim_set_mwi() : enable Memory-Write-Invalidate PCI transaction PHY devm_usb_get_phy() diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/consumer.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/consumer.rst index de6fc79ad6f0..3e588b9d678c 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/consumer.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/consumer.rst @@ -29,6 +29,10 @@ warnings. These stubs are used for two use cases: will use it under other compile-time configurations. In this case the consumer must make sure not to call into these functions, or the user will be met with console warnings that may be perceived as intimidating. + Combining truly optional GPIOLIB usage with calls to + ``[devm_]gpiod_get_optional()`` is a *bad idea*, and will result in weird + error messages. Use the ordinary getter functions with optional GPIOLIB: + some open coding of error handling should be expected when you do this. All the functions that work with the descriptor-based GPIO interface are prefixed with ``gpiod_``. The ``gpio_`` prefix is used for the legacy diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst index 1e16a40da3ba..f549a68951d7 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ available subsections can be seen below. zorro hte/index wmi + dpll .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pps.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pps.rst index 2d6b99766ee8..78dded03e5d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/pps.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pps.rst @@ -200,11 +200,17 @@ Generators Sometimes one needs to be able not only to catch PPS signals but to produce them also. For example, running a distributed simulation, which requires -computers' clock to be synchronized very tightly. One way to do this is to -invent some complicated hardware solutions but it may be neither necessary -nor affordable. The cheap way is to load a PPS generator on one of the -computers (master) and PPS clients on others (slaves), and use very simple -cables to deliver signals using parallel ports, for example. +computers' clock to be synchronized very tightly. + + +Parallel port generator +------------------------ + +One way to do this is to invent some complicated hardware solutions but it +may be neither necessary nor affordable. The cheap way is to load a PPS +generator on one of the computers (master) and PPS clients on others +(slaves), and use very simple cables to deliver signals using parallel +ports, for example. Parallel port cable pinout:: diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pwm.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pwm.rst index 3fdc95f7a1d1..bb264490a87a 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/pwm.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pwm.rst @@ -111,13 +111,13 @@ channel that was exported. The following properties will then be available: duty_cycle The active time of the PWM signal (read/write). - Value is in nanoseconds and must be less than the period. + Value is in nanoseconds and must be less than or equal to the period. polarity Changes the polarity of the PWM signal (read/write). Writes to this property only work if the PWM chip supports changing - the polarity. The polarity can only be changed if the PWM is not - enabled. Value is the string "normal" or "inversed". + the polarity. + Value is the string "normal" or "inversed". enable Enable/disable the PWM signal (read/write). diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/thermal/intel_dptf.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/thermal/intel_dptf.rst index 9ab4316322a1..8fb8c5b2d685 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/thermal/intel_dptf.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/thermal/intel_dptf.rst @@ -164,6 +164,16 @@ ABI. ``power_limit_1_tmax_us`` (RO) Maximum powercap sysfs constraint_1_time_window_us for Intel RAPL +``power_floor_status`` (RO) + When set to 1, the power floor of the system in the current + configuration has been reached. It needs to be reconfigured to allow + power to be reduced any further. + +``power_floor_enable`` (RW) + When set to 1, enable reading and notification of the power floor + status. Notifications are triggered for the power_floor_status + attribute value changes. + :file:`/sys/bus/pci/devices/0000\:00\:04.0/` ``tcc_offset_degree_celsius`` (RW) @@ -315,3 +325,57 @@ DPTF Fan Control ---------------------------------------- Refer to Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/fan_performance_states.rst + +Workload Type Hints +---------------------------------------- + +The firmware in Meteor Lake processor generation is capable of identifying +workload type and passing hints regarding it to the OS. A special sysfs +interface is provided to allow user space to obtain workload type hints from +the firmware and control the rate at which they are provided. + +User space can poll attribute "workload_type_index" for the current hint or +can receive a notification whenever the value of this attribute is updated. + +file:`/sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:04.0/workload_hint/` +Segment 0, bus 0, device 4, function 0 is reserved for the processor thermal +device on all Intel client processors. So, the above path doesn't change +based on the processor generation. + +``workload_hint_enable`` (RW) + Enable firmware to send workload type hints to user space. + +``notification_delay_ms`` (RW) + Minimum delay in milliseconds before firmware will notify OS. This is + for the rate control of notifications. This delay is between changing + the workload type prediction in the firmware and notifying the OS about + the change. The default delay is 1024 ms. The delay of 0 is invalid. + The delay is rounded up to the nearest power of 2 to simplify firmware + programming of the delay value. The read of notification_delay_ms + attribute shows the effective value used. + +``workload_type_index`` (RO) + Predicted workload type index. User space can get notification of + change via existing sysfs attribute change notification mechanism. + + The supported index values and their meaning for the Meteor Lake + processor generation are as follows: + + 0 - Idle: System performs no tasks, power and idle residency are + consistently low for long periods of time. + + 1 – Battery Life: Power is relatively low, but the processor may + still be actively performing a task, such as video playback for + a long period of time. + + 2 – Sustained: Power level that is relatively high for a long period + of time, with very few to no periods of idleness, which will + eventually exhaust RAPL Power Limit 1 and 2. + + 3 – Bursty: Consumes a relatively constant average amount of power, but + periods of relative idleness are interrupted by bursts of + activity. The bursts are relatively short and the periods of + relative idleness between them typically prevent RAPL Power + Limit 1 from being exhausted. + + 4 – Unknown: Can't classify. diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/cBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/cBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt index 0a1f5bb7eeb9..937840080de7 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/cBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/cBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/eBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/eBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt index 6c0f3d759e6a..7434b43c2ff8 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/eBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/eBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt index 0b94099cf6ac..0735cb5367b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | ok | - | ia64: | ok | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt index 94d9dece580f..ccada815569f 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/thread-info-in-task/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/thread-info-in-task/arch-support.txt index 97c65ed2ac23..2afeb6bf6e64 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/thread-info-in-task/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/thread-info-in-task/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt index aed5679da651..a72330e25542 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | ok | - | ia64: | ok | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt index c4581c2edb28..39c6e78c0cbe 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/debug-vm-pgtable/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/debug-vm-pgtable/arch-support.txt index 9ec5d13f4939..bbf029f095cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/debug-vm-pgtable/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/debug-vm-pgtable/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt index dc4014f7e1f8..63494bddc263 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kcov/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kcov/arch-support.txt index de84cefbcdd3..4449e1f55cd8 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kcov/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kcov/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt index 5e91ec78c80b..f287f16ce0ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | ok | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kmemleak/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kmemleak/arch-support.txt index 4e205ef70363..f45149cfa313 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kmemleak/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kmemleak/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt index 38a0a54b79f5..02febc883588 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt index aad83b57587a..1ea27aedd098 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | ok | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt index 61380010a4a7..022be42e64f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | ok | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt index 83a4639a5c0a..92f5d0f444fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt index 4c64c5d596f7..de8f43f2e5d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt index 24c8423b0abc..0c698003ce9c 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt index 059110a5fa6e..3e431767581d 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt index bfe0921a3853..3c6ce35d704f 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt index 68329e96dffa..2c3a4b91f16d 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt index a36e231670d7..b6b00469f7d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | ok | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt index 5deb845477e4..b286a5fff283 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt index 2d3961bfef5d..22f2990392ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt index 641a7d2ff2a3..713a69fcd697 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | ok | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt index 33866eb242c1..09431518b0e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt index c8e4c7c65012..f9db4dd8ef79 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt index 23260ca44946..d96b778b87ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt @@ -35,7 +35,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt index 532cc67cdf92..984601c7c479 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | .. | | hexagon: | .. | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | .. | | microblaze: | .. | diff --git a/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt index 3a7237b989cd..13feb679649e 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | ok | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt index 9bffac80019e..ccba965e8d07 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt index 625160048f68..4d4bfac52970 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | ok | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt index 72bc5bad0348..891be9f61903 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt index ceb036610d09..3d10075a8a8a 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | .. | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt index c063dffd5261..21f11d47ef72 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | ok | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt index 47909c3dd602..57406c0d5353 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt @@ -13,7 +13,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | ok | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt index 5acd64b97dba..5a7508b8c967 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | ok | | loongarch: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt index 9dd7d75d0465..b4a5ce16940d 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | .. | | hexagon: | .. | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | .. | | microblaze: | .. | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt index 76208db88f3b..8fd22073a847 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | TODO | | m68k: | .. | | microblaze: | .. | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt index 34647d9bdca4..2d6de7b04538 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt index a24149e59d73..1638c2cb17f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt index d2b22a06945e..3f777f8b67d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ | arm64: | ok | | csky: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | - | ia64: | TODO | | loongarch: | ok | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/erofs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/erofs.rst index f200d7874495..57c6ae23b3fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/erofs.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/erofs.rst @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ may not. All metadatas can be now observed in two different spaces (views): | | |__________________| 64 bytes - Xattrs, extents, data inline are followed by the corresponding inode with + Xattrs, extents, data inline are placed after the corresponding inode with proper alignment, and they could be optional for different data mappings. _currently_ total 5 data layouts are supported: diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/files.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/files.rst index bcf84459917f..9e38e4c221ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/files.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/files.rst @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ the fdtable structure - be held. 4. To look up the file structure given an fd, a reader - must use either lookup_fd_rcu() or files_lookup_fd_rcu() APIs. These + must use either lookup_fdget_rcu() or files_lookup_fdget_rcu() APIs. These take care of barrier requirements due to lock-free lookup. An example:: @@ -70,43 +70,22 @@ the fdtable structure - struct file *file; rcu_read_lock(); - file = lookup_fd_rcu(fd); - if (file) { - ... - } - .... + file = lookup_fdget_rcu(fd); rcu_read_unlock(); - -5. Handling of the file structures is special. Since the look-up - of the fd (fget()/fget_light()) are lock-free, it is possible - that look-up may race with the last put() operation on the - file structure. This is avoided using atomic_long_inc_not_zero() - on ->f_count:: - - rcu_read_lock(); - file = files_lookup_fd_rcu(files, fd); if (file) { - if (atomic_long_inc_not_zero(&file->f_count)) - *fput_needed = 1; - else - /* Didn't get the reference, someone's freed */ - file = NULL; + ... + fput(file); } - rcu_read_unlock(); .... - return file; - - atomic_long_inc_not_zero() detects if refcounts is already zero or - goes to zero during increment. If it does, we fail - fget()/fget_light(). -6. Since both fdtable and file structures can be looked up +5. Since both fdtable and file structures can be looked up lock-free, they must be installed using rcu_assign_pointer() API. If they are looked up lock-free, rcu_dereference() must be used. However it is advisable to use files_fdtable() - and lookup_fd_rcu()/files_lookup_fd_rcu() which take care of these issues. + and lookup_fdget_rcu()/files_lookup_fdget_rcu() which take care of these + issues. -7. While updating, the fdtable pointer must be looked up while +6. While updating, the fdtable pointer must be looked up while holding files->file_lock. If ->file_lock is dropped, then another thread expand the files thereby creating a new fdtable and making the earlier fdtable pointer stale. @@ -126,3 +105,19 @@ the fdtable structure - Since locate_fd() can drop ->file_lock (and reacquire ->file_lock), the fdtable pointer (fdt) must be loaded after locate_fd(). +On newer kernels rcu based file lookup has been switched to rely on +SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU instead of call_rcu(). It isn't sufficient anymore +to just acquire a reference to the file in question under rcu using +atomic_long_inc_not_zero() since the file might have already been +recycled and someone else might have bumped the reference. In other +words, callers might see reference count bumps from newer users. For +this is reason it is necessary to verify that the pointer is the same +before and after the reference count increment. This pattern can be seen +in get_file_rcu() and __files_get_rcu(). + +In addition, it isn't possible to access or check fields in struct file +without first aqcuiring a reference on it under rcu lookup. Not doing +that was always very dodgy and it was only usable for non-pointer data +in struct file. With SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU it is necessary that callers +either first acquire a reference or they must hold the files_lock of the +fdtable. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst index a624e92f2687..1b84f818e574 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst @@ -261,9 +261,9 @@ DIRECT_KEY policies The Adiantum encryption mode (see `Encryption modes and usage`_) is suitable for both contents and filenames encryption, and it accepts -long IVs --- long enough to hold both an 8-byte logical block number -and a 16-byte per-file nonce. Also, the overhead of each Adiantum key -is greater than that of an AES-256-XTS key. +long IVs --- long enough to hold both an 8-byte data unit index and a +16-byte per-file nonce. Also, the overhead of each Adiantum key is +greater than that of an AES-256-XTS key. Therefore, to improve performance and save memory, for Adiantum a "direct key" configuration is supported. When the user has enabled @@ -300,8 +300,8 @@ IV_INO_LBLK_32 policies IV_INO_LBLK_32 policies work like IV_INO_LBLK_64, except that for IV_INO_LBLK_32, the inode number is hashed with SipHash-2-4 (where the -SipHash key is derived from the master key) and added to the file -logical block number mod 2^32 to produce a 32-bit IV. +SipHash key is derived from the master key) and added to the file data +unit index mod 2^32 to produce a 32-bit IV. This format is optimized for use with inline encryption hardware compliant with the eMMC v5.2 standard, which supports only 32 IV bits @@ -451,31 +451,62 @@ acceleration is recommended: Contents encryption ------------------- -For file contents, each filesystem block is encrypted independently. -Starting from Linux kernel 5.5, encryption of filesystems with block -size less than system's page size is supported. - -Each block's IV is set to the logical block number within the file as -a little endian number, except that: - -- With CBC mode encryption, ESSIV is also used. Specifically, each IV - is encrypted with AES-256 where the AES-256 key is the SHA-256 hash - of the file's data encryption key. - -- With `DIRECT_KEY policies`_, the file's nonce is appended to the IV. - Currently this is only allowed with the Adiantum encryption mode. - -- With `IV_INO_LBLK_64 policies`_, the logical block number is limited - to 32 bits and is placed in bits 0-31 of the IV. The inode number - (which is also limited to 32 bits) is placed in bits 32-63. - -- With `IV_INO_LBLK_32 policies`_, the logical block number is limited - to 32 bits and is placed in bits 0-31 of the IV. The inode number - is then hashed and added mod 2^32. - -Note that because file logical block numbers are included in the IVs, -filesystems must enforce that blocks are never shifted around within -encrypted files, e.g. via "collapse range" or "insert range". +For contents encryption, each file's contents is divided into "data +units". Each data unit is encrypted independently. The IV for each +data unit incorporates the zero-based index of the data unit within +the file. This ensures that each data unit within a file is encrypted +differently, which is essential to prevent leaking information. + +Note: the encryption depending on the offset into the file means that +operations like "collapse range" and "insert range" that rearrange the +extent mapping of files are not supported on encrypted files. + +There are two cases for the sizes of the data units: + +* Fixed-size data units. This is how all filesystems other than UBIFS + work. A file's data units are all the same size; the last data unit + is zero-padded if needed. By default, the data unit size is equal + to the filesystem block size. On some filesystems, users can select + a sub-block data unit size via the ``log2_data_unit_size`` field of + the encryption policy; see `FS_IOC_SET_ENCRYPTION_POLICY`_. + +* Variable-size data units. This is what UBIFS does. Each "UBIFS + data node" is treated as a crypto data unit. Each contains variable + length, possibly compressed data, zero-padded to the next 16-byte + boundary. Users cannot select a sub-block data unit size on UBIFS. + +In the case of compression + encryption, the compressed data is +encrypted. UBIFS compression works as described above. f2fs +compression works a bit differently; it compresses a number of +filesystem blocks into a smaller number of filesystem blocks. +Therefore a f2fs-compressed file still uses fixed-size data units, and +it is encrypted in a similar way to a file containing holes. + +As mentioned in `Key hierarchy`_, the default encryption setting uses +per-file keys. In this case, the IV for each data unit is simply the +index of the data unit in the file. However, users can select an +encryption setting that does not use per-file keys. For these, some +kind of file identifier is incorporated into the IVs as follows: + +- With `DIRECT_KEY policies`_, the data unit index is placed in bits + 0-63 of the IV, and the file's nonce is placed in bits 64-191. + +- With `IV_INO_LBLK_64 policies`_, the data unit index is placed in + bits 0-31 of the IV, and the file's inode number is placed in bits + 32-63. This setting is only allowed when data unit indices and + inode numbers fit in 32 bits. + +- With `IV_INO_LBLK_32 policies`_, the file's inode number is hashed + and added to the data unit index. The resulting value is truncated + to 32 bits and placed in bits 0-31 of the IV. This setting is only + allowed when data unit indices and inode numbers fit in 32 bits. + +The byte order of the IV is always little endian. + +If the user selects FSCRYPT_MODE_AES_128_CBC for the contents mode, an +ESSIV layer is automatically included. In this case, before the IV is +passed to AES-128-CBC, it is encrypted with AES-256 where the AES-256 +key is the SHA-256 hash of the file's contents encryption key. Filenames encryption -------------------- @@ -544,7 +575,8 @@ follows:: __u8 contents_encryption_mode; __u8 filenames_encryption_mode; __u8 flags; - __u8 __reserved[4]; + __u8 log2_data_unit_size; + __u8 __reserved[3]; __u8 master_key_identifier[FSCRYPT_KEY_IDENTIFIER_SIZE]; }; @@ -586,6 +618,29 @@ This structure must be initialized as follows: The DIRECT_KEY, IV_INO_LBLK_64, and IV_INO_LBLK_32 flags are mutually exclusive. +- ``log2_data_unit_size`` is the log2 of the data unit size in bytes, + or 0 to select the default data unit size. The data unit size is + the granularity of file contents encryption. For example, setting + ``log2_data_unit_size`` to 12 causes file contents be passed to the + underlying encryption algorithm (such as AES-256-XTS) in 4096-byte + data units, each with its own IV. + + Not all filesystems support setting ``log2_data_unit_size``. ext4 + and f2fs support it since Linux v6.7. On filesystems that support + it, the supported nonzero values are 9 through the log2 of the + filesystem block size, inclusively. The default value of 0 selects + the filesystem block size. + + The main use case for ``log2_data_unit_size`` is for selecting a + data unit size smaller than the filesystem block size for + compatibility with inline encryption hardware that only supports + smaller data unit sizes. ``/sys/block/$disk/queue/crypto/`` may be + useful for checking which data unit sizes are supported by a + particular system's inline encryption hardware. + + Leave this field zeroed unless you are certain you need it. Using + an unnecessarily small data unit size reduces performance. + - For v2 encryption policies, ``__reserved`` must be zeroed. - For v1 encryption policies, ``master_key_descriptor`` specifies how @@ -1079,8 +1134,8 @@ The caller must zero all input fields, then fill in ``key_spec``: On success, 0 is returned and the kernel fills in the output fields: - ``status`` indicates whether the key is absent, present, or - incompletely removed. Incompletely removed means that the master - secret has been removed, but some files are still in use; i.e., + incompletely removed. Incompletely removed means that removal has + been initiated, but some files are still in use; i.e., `FS_IOC_REMOVE_ENCRYPTION_KEY`_ returned 0 but set the informational status flag FSCRYPT_KEY_REMOVAL_STATUS_FLAG_FILES_BUSY. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/exporting.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/exporting.rst index 4b30daee399a..198d805d611c 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/exporting.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/exporting.rst @@ -241,3 +241,10 @@ following flags are defined: all of an inode's dirty data on last close. Exports that behave this way should set EXPORT_OP_FLUSH_ON_CLOSE so that NFSD knows to skip waiting for writeback when closing such files. + + EXPORT_OP_ASYNC_LOCK - Indicates a capable filesystem to do async lock + requests from lockd. Only set EXPORT_OP_ASYNC_LOCK if the filesystem has + it's own ->lock() functionality as core posix_lock_file() implementation + has no async lock request handling yet. For more information about how to + indicate an async lock request from a ->lock() file_operations struct, see + fs/locks.c and comment for the function vfs_lock_file(). diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst index 4d05b9862451..d69f59700a23 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst @@ -1045,3 +1045,10 @@ filesystem type is now moved to a later point when the devices are closed: As this is a VFS level change it has no practical consequences for filesystems other than that all of them must use one of the provided kill_litter_super(), kill_anon_super(), or kill_block_super() helpers. + +--- + +**mandatory** + +Lock ordering has been changed so that s_umount ranks above open_mutex again. +All places where s_umount was taken under open_mutex have been fixed up. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst index 2b59cff8be17..49ef12df631b 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst @@ -689,9 +689,15 @@ files are there, and which are missing. File Content ============ =============================================================== apm Advanced power management info + bootconfig Kernel command line obtained from boot config, + and, if there were kernel parameters from the + boot loader, a "# Parameters from bootloader:" + line followed by a line containing those + parameters prefixed by "# ". (5.5) buddyinfo Kernel memory allocator information (see text) (2.5) bus Directory containing bus specific information - cmdline Kernel command line + cmdline Kernel command line, both from bootloader and embedded + in the kernel image cpuinfo Info about the CPU devices Available devices (block and character) dma Used DMS channels diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst index 1625d1131093..a0678101a7d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst @@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ The transaction sequence looks like this: 2. The second transaction contains a physical update to the free space btrees of AG 3 to release the former BMBT block and a second physical update to the free space btrees of AG 7 to release the unmapped file space. - Observe that the the physical updates are resequenced in the correct order + Observe that the physical updates are resequenced in the correct order when possible. Attached to the transaction is a an extent free done (EFD) log item. The EFD contains a pointer to the EFI logged in transaction #1 so that log diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/enumeration.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/enumeration.rst index 56d9913a3370..d79f69390991 100644 --- a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/enumeration.rst +++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/enumeration.rst @@ -64,6 +64,49 @@ If the driver needs to perform more complex initialization like getting and configuring GPIOs it can get its ACPI handle and extract this information from ACPI tables. +ACPI device objects +=================== + +Generally speaking, there are two categories of devices in a system in which +ACPI is used as an interface between the platform firmware and the OS: Devices +that can be discovered and enumerated natively, through a protocol defined for +the specific bus that they are on (for example, configuration space in PCI), +without the platform firmware assistance, and devices that need to be described +by the platform firmware so that they can be discovered. Still, for any device +known to the platform firmware, regardless of which category it falls into, +there can be a corresponding ACPI device object in the ACPI Namespace in which +case the Linux kernel will create a struct acpi_device object based on it for +that device. + +Those struct acpi_device objects are never used for binding drivers to natively +discoverable devices, because they are represented by other types of device +objects (for example, struct pci_dev for PCI devices) that are bound to by +device drivers (the corresponding struct acpi_device object is then used as +an additional source of information on the configuration of the given device). +Moreover, the core ACPI device enumeration code creates struct platform_device +objects for the majority of devices that are discovered and enumerated with the +help of the platform firmware and those platform device objects can be bound to +by platform drivers in direct analogy with the natively enumerable devices +case. Therefore it is logically inconsistent and so generally invalid to bind +drivers to struct acpi_device objects, including drivers for devices that are +discovered with the help of the platform firmware. + +Historically, ACPI drivers that bound directly to struct acpi_device objects +were implemented for some devices enumerated with the help of the platform +firmware, but this is not recommended for any new drivers. As explained above, +platform device objects are created for those devices as a rule (with a few +exceptions that are not relevant here) and so platform drivers should be used +for handling them, even though the corresponding ACPI device objects are the +only source of device configuration information in that case. + +For every device having a corresponding struct acpi_device object, the pointer +to it is returned by the ACPI_COMPANION() macro, so it is always possible to +get to the device configuration information stored in the ACPI device object +this way. Accordingly, struct acpi_device can be regarded as a part of the +interface between the kernel and the ACPI Namespace, whereas device objects of +other types (for example, struct pci_dev or struct platform_device) are used +for interacting with the rest of the system. + DMA support =========== diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/driver-misc.rst b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/driver-misc.rst index 4321c38fef21..e40e15f89fd3 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/driver-misc.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/driver-misc.rst @@ -26,12 +26,30 @@ serial_number .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/amdgpu_fru_eeprom.c :doc: serial_number +fru_id +------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/amdgpu_fru_eeprom.c + :doc: fru_id + +manufacturer +------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/amdgpu_fru_eeprom.c + :doc: manufacturer + unique_id --------- .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/pm/amdgpu_pm.c :doc: unique_id +board_info +---------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/amdgpu_device.c + :doc: board_info + Accelerated Processing Units (APU) Info --------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/thermal.rst b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/thermal.rst index 5e27e4eb3959..2f6166f81e6a 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/thermal.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/thermal.rst @@ -64,6 +64,36 @@ gpu_metrics .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/pm/amdgpu_pm.c :doc: gpu_metrics +fan_curve +--------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/pm/amdgpu_pm.c + :doc: fan_curve + +acoustic_limit_rpm_threshold +---------------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/pm/amdgpu_pm.c + :doc: acoustic_limit_rpm_threshold + +acoustic_target_rpm_threshold +----------------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/pm/amdgpu_pm.c + :doc: acoustic_target_rpm_threshold + +fan_target_temperature +---------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/pm/amdgpu_pm.c + :doc: fan_target_temperature + +fan_minimum_pwm +--------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/pm/amdgpu_pm.c + :doc: fan_minimum_pwm + GFXOFF ====== diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/automated_testing.rst b/Documentation/gpu/automated_testing.rst index 469b6fb65c30..240e29d5ba68 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/automated_testing.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/automated_testing.rst @@ -67,6 +67,19 @@ Lists the tests that for a given driver on a specific hardware revision are known to behave unreliably. These tests won't cause a job to fail regardless of the result. They will still be run. +Each new flake entry must be associated with a link to the email reporting the +bug to the author of the affected driver, the board name or Device Tree name of +the board, the first kernel version affected, and an approximation of the +failure rate. + +They should be provided under the following format:: + + # Bug Report: $LORE_OR_PATCHWORK_URL + # Board Name: broken-board.dtb + # Version: 6.6-rc1 + # Failure Rate: 100 + flaky-test + drivers/gpu/drm/ci/${DRIVER_NAME}-${HW_REVISION}-skips.txt ----------------------------------------------------------- @@ -86,10 +99,13 @@ https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/janedoe/linux/-/settings/ci_cd), change the CI/CD configuration file from .gitlab-ci.yml to drivers/gpu/drm/ci/gitlab-ci.yml. -3. Next time you push to this repository, you will see a CI pipeline being +3. Request to be added to the drm/ci-ok group so that your user has the +necessary privileges to run the CI on https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/drm/ci-ok + +4. Next time you push to this repository, you will see a CI pipeline being created (eg. https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/janedoe/linux/-/pipelines) -4. The various jobs will be run and when the pipeline is finished, all jobs +5. The various jobs will be run and when the pipeline is finished, all jobs should be green unless a regression has been found. diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst index 3a52f48215a3..45a12e552091 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ GPU Driver Documentation xen-front afbc komeda-kms + panfrost .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst index a0c83fc48126..270d320407c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst @@ -360,6 +360,8 @@ Format Functions Reference .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_fourcc.c :export: +.. _kms_dumb_buffer_objects: + Dumb Buffer Objects =================== diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst index c19b34b1c0ed..602010cb6894 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst @@ -466,40 +466,40 @@ DRM MM Range Allocator Function References .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c :export: -DRM GPU VA Manager -================== +DRM GPUVM +========= Overview -------- -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_gpuva_mgr.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_gpuvm.c :doc: Overview Split and Merge --------------- -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_gpuva_mgr.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_gpuvm.c :doc: Split and Merge Locking ------- -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_gpuva_mgr.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_gpuvm.c :doc: Locking Examples -------- -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_gpuva_mgr.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_gpuvm.c :doc: Examples -DRM GPU VA Manager Function References --------------------------------------- +DRM GPUVM Function References +----------------------------- -.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_gpuva_mgr.h +.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_gpuvm.h :internal: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_gpuva_mgr.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_gpuvm.c :export: DRM Buddy Allocator diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-uapi.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-uapi.rst index 65fb3036a580..370d820be248 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-uapi.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-uapi.rst @@ -285,6 +285,83 @@ for GPU1 and GPU2 from different vendors, and a third handler for mmapped regular files. Threads cause additional pain with signal handling as well. +Device reset +============ + +The GPU stack is really complex and is prone to errors, from hardware bugs, +faulty applications and everything in between the many layers. Some errors +require resetting the device in order to make the device usable again. This +section describes the expectations for DRM and usermode drivers when a +device resets and how to propagate the reset status. + +Device resets can not be disabled without tainting the kernel, which can lead to +hanging the entire kernel through shrinkers/mmu_notifiers. Userspace role in +device resets is to propagate the message to the application and apply any +special policy for blocking guilty applications, if any. Corollary is that +debugging a hung GPU context require hardware support to be able to preempt such +a GPU context while it's stopped. + +Kernel Mode Driver +------------------ + +The KMD is responsible for checking if the device needs a reset, and to perform +it as needed. Usually a hang is detected when a job gets stuck executing. KMD +should keep track of resets, because userspace can query any time about the +reset status for a specific context. This is needed to propagate to the rest of +the stack that a reset has happened. Currently, this is implemented by each +driver separately, with no common DRM interface. Ideally this should be properly +integrated at DRM scheduler to provide a common ground for all drivers. After a +reset, KMD should reject new command submissions for affected contexts. + +User Mode Driver +---------------- + +After command submission, UMD should check if the submission was accepted or +rejected. After a reset, KMD should reject submissions, and UMD can issue an +ioctl to the KMD to check the reset status, and this can be checked more often +if the UMD requires it. After detecting a reset, UMD will then proceed to report +it to the application using the appropriate API error code, as explained in the +section below about robustness. + +Robustness +---------- + +The only way to try to keep a graphical API context working after a reset is if +it complies with the robustness aspects of the graphical API that it is using. + +Graphical APIs provide ways to applications to deal with device resets. However, +there is no guarantee that the app will use such features correctly, and a +userspace that doesn't support robust interfaces (like a non-robust +OpenGL context or API without any robustness support like libva) leave the +robustness handling entirely to the userspace driver. There is no strong +community consensus on what the userspace driver should do in that case, +since all reasonable approaches have some clear downsides. + +OpenGL +~~~~~~ + +Apps using OpenGL should use the available robust interfaces, like the +extension ``GL_ARB_robustness`` (or ``GL_EXT_robustness`` for OpenGL ES). This +interface tells if a reset has happened, and if so, all the context state is +considered lost and the app proceeds by creating new ones. There's no consensus +on what to do to if robustness is not in use. + +Vulkan +~~~~~~ + +Apps using Vulkan should check for ``VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST`` for submissions. +This error code means, among other things, that a device reset has happened and +it needs to recreate the contexts to keep going. + +Reporting causes of resets +-------------------------- + +Apart from propagating the reset through the stack so apps can recover, it's +really useful for driver developers to learn more about what caused the reset in +the first place. DRM devices should make use of devcoredump to store relevant +information about the reset, so this information can be added to user bug +reports. + .. _drm_driver_ioctl: IOCTL Support on Device Nodes @@ -450,12 +527,12 @@ VBlank event handling The DRM core exposes two vertical blank related ioctls: -DRM_IOCTL_WAIT_VBLANK +:c:macro:`DRM_IOCTL_WAIT_VBLANK` This takes a struct drm_wait_vblank structure as its argument, and it is used to block or request a signal when a specified vblank event occurs. -DRM_IOCTL_MODESET_CTL +:c:macro:`DRM_IOCTL_MODESET_CTL` This was only used for user-mode-settind drivers around modesetting changes to allow the kernel to update the vblank interrupt after mode setting, since on many devices the vertical blank counter is @@ -478,11 +555,18 @@ The index is used in cases where a densely packed identifier for a CRTC is needed, for instance a bitmask of CRTC's. The member possible_crtcs of struct drm_mode_get_plane is an example. -DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETRESOURCES populates a structure with an array of CRTC ID's, -and the CRTC index is its position in this array. +:c:macro:`DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETRESOURCES` populates a structure with an array of +CRTC ID's, and the CRTC index is its position in this array. .. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/drm.h :internal: .. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/drm_mode.h :internal: + + +dma-buf interoperability +======================== + +Please see Documentation/userspace-api/dma-buf-alloc-exchange.rst for +information on how dma-buf is integrated and exposed within DRM. diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-usage-stats.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-usage-stats.rst index 044e6b2ed1be..7aca5c7a7b1d 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-usage-stats.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-usage-stats.rst @@ -169,3 +169,4 @@ Driver specific implementations ------------------------------- :ref:`i915-usage-stats` +:ref:`panfrost-usage-stats` diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-vm-bind-async.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-vm-bind-async.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3d709d02099c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-vm-bind-async.rst @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +==================== +Asynchronous VM_BIND +==================== + +Nomenclature: +============= + +* ``VRAM``: On-device memory. Sometimes referred to as device local memory. + +* ``gpu_vm``: A virtual GPU address space. Typically per process, but + can be shared by multiple processes. + +* ``VM_BIND``: An operation or a list of operations to modify a gpu_vm using + an IOCTL. The operations include mapping and unmapping system- or + VRAM memory. + +* ``syncobj``: A container that abstracts synchronization objects. The + synchronization objects can be either generic, like dma-fences or + driver specific. A syncobj typically indicates the type of the + underlying synchronization object. + +* ``in-syncobj``: Argument to a VM_BIND IOCTL, the VM_BIND operation waits + for these before starting. + +* ``out-syncobj``: Argument to a VM_BIND_IOCTL, the VM_BIND operation + signals these when the bind operation is complete. + +* ``dma-fence``: A cross-driver synchronization object. A basic + understanding of dma-fences is required to digest this + document. Please refer to the ``DMA Fences`` section of the + :doc:`dma-buf doc </driver-api/dma-buf>`. + +* ``memory fence``: A synchronization object, different from a dma-fence. + A memory fence uses the value of a specified memory location to determine + signaled status. A memory fence can be awaited and signaled by both + the GPU and CPU. Memory fences are sometimes referred to as + user-fences, userspace-fences or gpu futexes and do not necessarily obey + the dma-fence rule of signaling within a "reasonable amount of time". + The kernel should thus avoid waiting for memory fences with locks held. + +* ``long-running workload``: A workload that may take more than the + current stipulated dma-fence maximum signal delay to complete and + which therefore needs to set the gpu_vm or the GPU execution context in + a certain mode that disallows completion dma-fences. + +* ``exec function``: An exec function is a function that revalidates all + affected gpu_vmas, submits a GPU command batch and registers the + dma_fence representing the GPU command's activity with all affected + dma_resvs. For completeness, although not covered by this document, + it's worth mentioning that an exec function may also be the + revalidation worker that is used by some drivers in compute / + long-running mode. + +* ``bind context``: A context identifier used for the VM_BIND + operation. VM_BIND operations that use the same bind context can be + assumed, where it matters, to complete in order of submission. No such + assumptions can be made for VM_BIND operations using separate bind contexts. + +* ``UMD``: User-mode driver. + +* ``KMD``: Kernel-mode driver. + + +Synchronous / Asynchronous VM_BIND operation +============================================ + +Synchronous VM_BIND +___________________ +With Synchronous VM_BIND, the VM_BIND operations all complete before the +IOCTL returns. A synchronous VM_BIND takes neither in-fences nor +out-fences. Synchronous VM_BIND may block and wait for GPU operations; +for example swap-in or clearing, or even previous binds. + +Asynchronous VM_BIND +____________________ +Asynchronous VM_BIND accepts both in-syncobjs and out-syncobjs. While the +IOCTL may return immediately, the VM_BIND operations wait for the in-syncobjs +before modifying the GPU page-tables, and signal the out-syncobjs when +the modification is done in the sense that the next exec function that +awaits for the out-syncobjs will see the change. Errors are reported +synchronously. +In low-memory situations the implementation may block, performing the +VM_BIND synchronously, because there might not be enough memory +immediately available for preparing the asynchronous operation. + +If the VM_BIND IOCTL takes a list or an array of operations as an argument, +the in-syncobjs needs to signal before the first operation starts to +execute, and the out-syncobjs signal after the last operation +completes. Operations in the operation list can be assumed, where it +matters, to complete in order. + +Since asynchronous VM_BIND operations may use dma-fences embedded in +out-syncobjs and internally in KMD to signal bind completion, any +memory fences given as VM_BIND in-fences need to be awaited +synchronously before the VM_BIND ioctl returns, since dma-fences, +required to signal in a reasonable amount of time, can never be made +to depend on memory fences that don't have such a restriction. + +The purpose of an Asynchronous VM_BIND operation is for user-mode +drivers to be able to pipeline interleaved gpu_vm modifications and +exec functions. For long-running workloads, such pipelining of a bind +operation is not allowed and any in-fences need to be awaited +synchronously. The reason for this is twofold. First, any memory +fences gated by a long-running workload and used as in-syncobjs for the +VM_BIND operation will need to be awaited synchronously anyway (see +above). Second, any dma-fences used as in-syncobjs for VM_BIND +operations for long-running workloads will not allow for pipelining +anyway since long-running workloads don't allow for dma-fences as +out-syncobjs, so while theoretically possible the use of them is +questionable and should be rejected until there is a valuable use-case. +Note that this is not a limitation imposed by dma-fence rules, but +rather a limitation imposed to keep KMD implementation simple. It does +not affect using dma-fences as dependencies for the long-running +workload itself, which is allowed by dma-fence rules, but rather for +the VM_BIND operation only. + +An asynchronous VM_BIND operation may take substantial time to +complete and signal the out_fence. In particular if the operation is +deeply pipelined behind other VM_BIND operations and workloads +submitted using exec functions. In that case, UMD might want to avoid a +subsequent VM_BIND operation to be queued behind the first one if +there are no explicit dependencies. In order to circumvent such a queue-up, a +VM_BIND implementation may allow for VM_BIND contexts to be +created. For each context, VM_BIND operations will be guaranteed to +complete in the order they were submitted, but that is not the case +for VM_BIND operations executing on separate VM_BIND contexts. Instead +KMD will attempt to execute such VM_BIND operations in parallel but +leaving no guarantee that they will actually be executed in +parallel. There may be internal implicit dependencies that only KMD knows +about, for example page-table structure changes. A way to attempt +to avoid such internal dependencies is to have different VM_BIND +contexts use separate regions of a VM. + +Also for VM_BINDS for long-running gpu_vms the user-mode driver should typically +select memory fences as out-fences since that gives greater flexibility for +the kernel mode driver to inject other operations into the bind / +unbind operations. Like for example inserting breakpoints into batch +buffers. The workload execution can then easily be pipelined behind +the bind completion using the memory out-fence as the signal condition +for a GPU semaphore embedded by UMD in the workload. + +There is no difference in the operations supported or in +multi-operation support between asynchronous VM_BIND and synchronous VM_BIND. + +Multi-operation VM_BIND IOCTL error handling and interrupts +=========================================================== + +The VM_BIND operations of the IOCTL may error for various reasons, for +example due to lack of resources to complete and due to interrupted +waits. +In these situations UMD should preferably restart the IOCTL after +taking suitable action. +If UMD has over-committed a memory resource, an -ENOSPC error will be +returned, and UMD may then unbind resources that are not used at the +moment and rerun the IOCTL. On -EINTR, UMD should simply rerun the +IOCTL and on -ENOMEM user-space may either attempt to free known +system memory resources or fail. In case of UMD deciding to fail a +bind operation, due to an error return, no additional action is needed +to clean up the failed operation, and the VM is left in the same state +as it was before the failing IOCTL. +Unbind operations are guaranteed not to return any errors due to +resource constraints, but may return errors due to, for example, +invalid arguments or the gpu_vm being banned. +In the case an unexpected error happens during the asynchronous bind +process, the gpu_vm will be banned, and attempts to use it after banning +will return -ENOENT. + +Example: The Xe VM_BIND uAPI +============================ + +Starting with the VM_BIND operation struct, the IOCTL call can take +zero, one or many such operations. A zero number means only the +synchronization part of the IOCTL is carried out: an asynchronous +VM_BIND updates the syncobjects, whereas a sync VM_BIND waits for the +implicit dependencies to be fulfilled. + +.. code-block:: c + + struct drm_xe_vm_bind_op { + /** + * @obj: GEM object to operate on, MBZ for MAP_USERPTR, MBZ for UNMAP + */ + __u32 obj; + + /** @pad: MBZ */ + __u32 pad; + + union { + /** + * @obj_offset: Offset into the object for MAP. + */ + __u64 obj_offset; + + /** @userptr: user virtual address for MAP_USERPTR */ + __u64 userptr; + }; + + /** + * @range: Number of bytes from the object to bind to addr, MBZ for UNMAP_ALL + */ + __u64 range; + + /** @addr: Address to operate on, MBZ for UNMAP_ALL */ + __u64 addr; + + /** + * @tile_mask: Mask for which tiles to create binds for, 0 == All tiles, + * only applies to creating new VMAs + */ + __u64 tile_mask; + + /* Map (parts of) an object into the GPU virtual address range. + #define XE_VM_BIND_OP_MAP 0x0 + /* Unmap a GPU virtual address range */ + #define XE_VM_BIND_OP_UNMAP 0x1 + /* + * Map a CPU virtual address range into a GPU virtual + * address range. + */ + #define XE_VM_BIND_OP_MAP_USERPTR 0x2 + /* Unmap a gem object from the VM. */ + #define XE_VM_BIND_OP_UNMAP_ALL 0x3 + /* + * Make the backing memory of an address range resident if + * possible. Note that this doesn't pin backing memory. + */ + #define XE_VM_BIND_OP_PREFETCH 0x4 + + /* Make the GPU map readonly. */ + #define XE_VM_BIND_FLAG_READONLY (0x1 << 16) + /* + * Valid on a faulting VM only, do the MAP operation immediately rather + * than deferring the MAP to the page fault handler. + */ + #define XE_VM_BIND_FLAG_IMMEDIATE (0x1 << 17) + /* + * When the NULL flag is set, the page tables are setup with a special + * bit which indicates writes are dropped and all reads return zero. In + * the future, the NULL flags will only be valid for XE_VM_BIND_OP_MAP + * operations, the BO handle MBZ, and the BO offset MBZ. This flag is + * intended to implement VK sparse bindings. + */ + #define XE_VM_BIND_FLAG_NULL (0x1 << 18) + /** @op: Operation to perform (lower 16 bits) and flags (upper 16 bits) */ + __u32 op; + + /** @mem_region: Memory region to prefetch VMA to, instance not a mask */ + __u32 region; + + /** @reserved: Reserved */ + __u64 reserved[2]; + }; + + +The VM_BIND IOCTL argument itself, looks like follows. Note that for +synchronous VM_BIND, the num_syncs and syncs fields must be zero. Here +the ``exec_queue_id`` field is the VM_BIND context discussed previously +that is used to facilitate out-of-order VM_BINDs. + +.. code-block:: c + + struct drm_xe_vm_bind { + /** @extensions: Pointer to the first extension struct, if any */ + __u64 extensions; + + /** @vm_id: The ID of the VM to bind to */ + __u32 vm_id; + + /** + * @exec_queue_id: exec_queue_id, must be of class DRM_XE_ENGINE_CLASS_VM_BIND + * and exec queue must have same vm_id. If zero, the default VM bind engine + * is used. + */ + __u32 exec_queue_id; + + /** @num_binds: number of binds in this IOCTL */ + __u32 num_binds; + + /* If set, perform an async VM_BIND, if clear a sync VM_BIND */ + #define XE_VM_BIND_IOCTL_FLAG_ASYNC (0x1 << 0) + + /** @flag: Flags controlling all operations in this ioctl. */ + __u32 flags; + + union { + /** @bind: used if num_binds == 1 */ + struct drm_xe_vm_bind_op bind; + + /** + * @vector_of_binds: userptr to array of struct + * drm_xe_vm_bind_op if num_binds > 1 + */ + __u64 vector_of_binds; + }; + + /** @num_syncs: amount of syncs to wait for or to signal on completion. */ + __u32 num_syncs; + + /** @pad2: MBZ */ + __u32 pad2; + + /** @syncs: pointer to struct drm_xe_sync array */ + __u64 syncs; + + /** @reserved: Reserved */ + __u64 reserved[2]; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/i915.rst b/Documentation/gpu/i915.rst index 378e825754d5..0ca1550fd9dc 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/i915.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/i915.rst @@ -267,19 +267,22 @@ i915 driver. Intel GPU Basics ---------------- -An Intel GPU has multiple engines. There are several engine types. - -- RCS engine is for rendering 3D and performing compute, this is named - `I915_EXEC_RENDER` in user space. -- BCS is a blitting (copy) engine, this is named `I915_EXEC_BLT` in user - space. -- VCS is a video encode and decode engine, this is named `I915_EXEC_BSD` - in user space -- VECS is video enhancement engine, this is named `I915_EXEC_VEBOX` in user - space. -- The enumeration `I915_EXEC_DEFAULT` does not refer to specific engine; - instead it is to be used by user space to specify a default rendering - engine (for 3D) that may or may not be the same as RCS. +An Intel GPU has multiple engines. There are several engine types: + +- Render Command Streamer (RCS). An engine for rendering 3D and + performing compute. +- Blitting Command Streamer (BCS). An engine for performing blitting and/or + copying operations. +- Video Command Streamer. An engine used for video encoding and decoding. Also + sometimes called 'BSD' in hardware documentation. +- Video Enhancement Command Streamer (VECS). An engine for video enhancement. + Also sometimes called 'VEBOX' in hardware documentation. +- Compute Command Streamer (CCS). An engine that has access to the media and + GPGPU pipelines, but not the 3D pipeline. +- Graphics Security Controller (GSCCS). A dedicated engine for internal + communication with GSC controller on security related tasks like + High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP), Protected Xe Path (PXP), + and HuC firmware authentication. The Intel GPU family is a family of integrated GPU's using Unified Memory Access. For having the GPU "do work", user space will feed the diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/implementation_guidelines.rst b/Documentation/gpu/implementation_guidelines.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..138e637dcc6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/implementation_guidelines.rst @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +=========================================================== +Misc DRM driver uAPI- and feature implementation guidelines +=========================================================== + +.. toctree:: + + drm-vm-bind-async diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/index.rst b/Documentation/gpu/index.rst index e45ff0915246..37e383ccf73f 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/index.rst @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ GPU Driver Developer's Guide vga-switcheroo vgaarbiter automated_testing + implementation_guidelines todo rfc/index diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/panfrost.rst b/Documentation/gpu/panfrost.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b80e41f4b2c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/panfrost.rst @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ + +========================= + drm/Panfrost Mali Driver +========================= + +.. _panfrost-usage-stats: + +Panfrost DRM client usage stats implementation +============================================== + +The drm/Panfrost driver implements the DRM client usage stats specification as +documented in :ref:`drm-client-usage-stats`. + +Example of the output showing the implemented key value pairs and entirety of +the currently possible format options: + +:: + pos: 0 + flags: 02400002 + mnt_id: 27 + ino: 531 + drm-driver: panfrost + drm-client-id: 14 + drm-engine-fragment: 1846584880 ns + drm-cycles-fragment: 1424359409 + drm-maxfreq-fragment: 799999987 Hz + drm-curfreq-fragment: 799999987 Hz + drm-engine-vertex-tiler: 71932239 ns + drm-cycles-vertex-tiler: 52617357 + drm-maxfreq-vertex-tiler: 799999987 Hz + drm-curfreq-vertex-tiler: 799999987 Hz + drm-total-memory: 290 MiB + drm-shared-memory: 0 MiB + drm-active-memory: 226 MiB + drm-resident-memory: 36496 KiB + drm-purgeable-memory: 128 KiB + +Possible `drm-engine-` key names are: `fragment`, and `vertex-tiler`. +`drm-curfreq-` values convey the current operating frequency for that engine. diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/rfc/xe.rst b/Documentation/gpu/rfc/xe.rst index 2516fe141db6..c29113a0ac30 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/rfc/xe.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/rfc/xe.rst @@ -67,14 +67,8 @@ platforms. When the time comes for Xe, the protection will be lifted on Xe and kept in i915. -Xe driver will be protected with both STAGING Kconfig and force_probe. Changes in -the uAPI are expected while the driver is behind these protections. STAGING will -be removed when the driver uAPI gets to a mature state where we can guarantee the -‘no regression’ rule. Then force_probe will be lifted only for future platforms -that will be productized with Xe driver, but not with i915. - -Xe – Pre-Merge Goals -==================== +Xe – Pre-Merge Goals - Work-in-Progress +======================================= Drm_scheduler ------------- @@ -94,41 +88,6 @@ depend on any other patch touching drm_scheduler itself that was not yet merged through drm-misc. This, by itself, already includes the reach of an agreement for uniform 1 to 1 relationship implementation / usage across drivers. -GPU VA ------- -Two main goals of Xe are meeting together here: - -1) Have an uAPI that aligns with modern UMD needs. - -2) Early upstream engagement. - -RedHat engineers working on Nouveau proposed a new DRM feature to handle keeping -track of GPU virtual address mappings. This is still not merged upstream, but -this aligns very well with our goals and with our VM_BIND. The engagement with -upstream and the port of Xe towards GPUVA is already ongoing. - -As a key measurable result, Xe needs to be aligned with the GPU VA and working in -our tree. Missing Nouveau patches should *not* block Xe and any needed GPUVA -related patch should be independent and present on dri-devel or acked by -maintainers to go along with the first Xe pull request towards drm-next. - -DRM_VM_BIND ------------ -Nouveau, and Xe are all implementing ‘VM_BIND’ and new ‘Exec’ uAPIs in order to -fulfill the needs of the modern uAPI. Xe merge should *not* be blocked on the -development of a common new drm_infrastructure. However, the Xe team needs to -engage with the community to explore the options of a common API. - -As a key measurable result, the DRM_VM_BIND needs to be documented in this file -below, or this entire block deleted if the consensus is for independent drivers -vm_bind ioctls. - -Although having a common DRM level IOCTL for VM_BIND is not a requirement to get -Xe merged, it is mandatory to enforce the overall locking scheme for all major -structs and list (so vm and vma). So, a consensus is needed, and possibly some -common helpers. If helpers are needed, they should be also documented in this -document. - ASYNC VM_BIND ------------- Although having a common DRM level IOCTL for VM_BIND is not a requirement to get @@ -138,8 +97,8 @@ memory fences. Ideally with helper support so people don't get it wrong in all possible ways. As a key measurable result, the benefits of ASYNC VM_BIND and a discussion of -various flavors, error handling and a sample API should be documented here or in -a separate document pointed to by this document. +various flavors, error handling and sample API suggestions are documented in +:doc:`The ASYNC VM_BIND document </gpu/drm-vm-bind-async>`. Userptr integration and vm_bind ------------------------------- @@ -212,6 +171,14 @@ This item ties into the GPUVA, VM_BIND, and even long-running compute support. As a key measurable result, we need to have a community consensus documented in this document and the Xe driver prepared for the changes, if necessary. +Xe – uAPI high level overview +============================= + +...Warning: To be done in follow up patches after/when/where the main consensus in various items are individually reached. + +Xe – Pre-Merge Goals - Completed +================================ + Dev_coredump ------------ @@ -229,7 +196,37 @@ infrastructure with overall possible improvements, like multiple file support for better organization of the dumps, snapshot support, dmesg extra print, and whatever may make sense and help the overall infrastructure. -Xe – uAPI high level overview -============================= +DRM_VM_BIND +----------- +Nouveau, and Xe are all implementing ‘VM_BIND’ and new ‘Exec’ uAPIs in order to +fulfill the needs of the modern uAPI. Xe merge should *not* be blocked on the +development of a common new drm_infrastructure. However, the Xe team needs to +engage with the community to explore the options of a common API. -...Warning: To be done in follow up patches after/when/where the main consensus in various items are individually reached. +As a key measurable result, the DRM_VM_BIND needs to be documented in this file +below, or this entire block deleted if the consensus is for independent drivers +vm_bind ioctls. + +Although having a common DRM level IOCTL for VM_BIND is not a requirement to get +Xe merged, it is mandatory to enforce the overall locking scheme for all major +structs and list (so vm and vma). So, a consensus is needed, and possibly some +common helpers. If helpers are needed, they should be also documented in this +document. + +GPU VA +------ +Two main goals of Xe are meeting together here: + +1) Have an uAPI that aligns with modern UMD needs. + +2) Early upstream engagement. + +RedHat engineers working on Nouveau proposed a new DRM feature to handle keeping +track of GPU virtual address mappings. This is still not merged upstream, but +this aligns very well with our goals and with our VM_BIND. The engagement with +upstream and the port of Xe towards GPUVA is already ongoing. + +As a key measurable result, Xe needs to be aligned with the GPU VA and working in +our tree. Missing Nouveau patches should *not* block Xe and any needed GPUVA +related patch should be independent and present on dri-devel or acked by +maintainers to go along with the first Xe pull request towards drm-next. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7475.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7475.rst index ef3ea1ea9bc1..f90f769d82d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7475.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7475.rst @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ ADT7476: ADT7490: * 6 voltage inputs - * 1 Imon input (not implemented) + * 1 Imon input * PECI support (not implemented) * 2 GPIO pins (not implemented) * system acoustics optimizations (not implemented) @@ -107,6 +107,7 @@ in2 VCC (4) VCC (4) VCC (4) VCC (3) in3 5VIN (20) 5VIN (20) in4 12VIN (21) 12VIN (21) in5 VTT (8) +in6 Imon (19) ==== =========== =========== ========= ========== Special Features diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/aquacomputer_d5next.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/aquacomputer_d5next.rst index 94dc2d93d180..cb073c79479c 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/aquacomputer_d5next.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/aquacomputer_d5next.rst @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ Supported devices: * Aquacomputer Aquastream XT watercooling pump * Aquacomputer Aquastream Ultimate watercooling pump * Aquacomputer Poweradjust 3 fan controller +* Aquacomputer High Flow USB flow meter +* Aquacomputer MPS Flow devices Author: Aleksa Savic @@ -73,6 +75,11 @@ It also exposes pressure and flow speed readings. The Poweradjust 3 controller exposes a single external temperature sensor. +The High Flow USB exposes an internal and external temperature sensor, and a flow meter. + +The MPS Flow devices expose the same entries as the High Flow USB because they have +the same USB product ID and report sensors equivalently. + Depending on the device, not all sysfs and debugfs entries will be available. Writing to virtual temperature sensors is not currently supported. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/asus_ec_sensors.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/asus_ec_sensors.rst index 7e3cd5b6686f..0bf99ba406dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/asus_ec_sensors.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/asus_ec_sensors.rst @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ Supported boards: * ROG CROSSHAIR VIII HERO * ROG CROSSHAIR VIII IMPACT * ROG CROSSHAIR X670E HERO + * ROG CROSSHAIR X670E GENE * ROG MAXIMUS XI HERO * ROG MAXIMUS XI HERO (WI-FI) * ROG STRIX B550-E GAMING diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst index 88dadea85cfc..72f4e6065bae 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst @@ -121,6 +121,7 @@ Hardware Monitoring Kernel Drivers ltc2947 ltc2978 ltc2990 + ltc2991 ltc3815 ltc4151 ltc4215 @@ -178,6 +179,7 @@ Hardware Monitoring Kernel Drivers peci-cputemp peci-dimmtemp pmbus + powerz powr1220 pxe1610 pwm-fan diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2991.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2991.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..15d8b4d7e471 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2991.rst @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +Kernel driver ltc2991 +===================== + +Supported chips: + + * Analog Devices LTC2991 + + Prefix: 'ltc2991' + + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4f + + Datasheet: https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/2991ff.pdf + +Authors: + + - Antoniu Miclaus <antoniu.miclaus@analog.com> + + +Description +----------- + +This driver supports hardware monitoring for Analog Devices LTC2991 Octal I2C +Voltage, Current and Temperature Monitor. + +The LTC2991 is used to monitor system temperatures, voltages and currents. +Through the I2C serial interface, the eight monitors can individually measure +supply voltages and can be paired for differential measurements of current sense +resistors or temperature sensing transistors. Additional measurements include +internal temperatureand internal VCC. + + +sysfs-Interface +--------------- + +The following attributes are supported. Limits are read-only. + +=============== ================= +inX_input: voltage input +currX_input: current input +tempX_input: temperature input +=============== ================= diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max31827.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/max31827.rst index b0971d05b8a4..9a1055a007cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max31827.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max31827.rst @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ the conversion frequency to 1 conv/s. The conversion time varies depending on the resolution. The conversion time doubles with every bit of increased resolution. For 10 bit resolution 35ms are needed, while for 12 bit resolution (default) 140ms. When chip is in shutdown mode and a read operation is -requested, one-shot is triggered, the device waits for 140 (conversion time) + 1 -(error) ms, and only after that is the temperature value register read. +requested, one-shot is triggered, the device waits for 140 (conversion time) ms, +and only after that is the temperature value register read. The LSB of the temperature values is 0.0625 degrees Celsius, but the values of the temperatures are displayed in milli-degrees. This means, that some data is diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/nct6683.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/nct6683.rst index 2e1408d174bd..3e7f6ee779c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/nct6683.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/nct6683.rst @@ -62,5 +62,6 @@ Intel DH87RL NCT6683D EC firmware version 1.0 build 04/03/13 Intel DH87MC NCT6683D EC firmware version 1.0 build 04/03/13 Intel DB85FL NCT6683D EC firmware version 1.0 build 04/03/13 ASRock X570 NCT6683D EC firmware version 1.0 build 06/28/19 +ASRock X670E NCT6686D EC firmware version 1.0 build 05/19/22 MSI B550 NCT6687D EC firmware version 1.0 build 05/07/20 =============== =============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/powerz.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/powerz.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..317084e0b76b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/powerz.rst @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later + +Kernel driver POWERZ +==================== + +Supported chips: + + * ChargerLAB POWER-Z KM003C + + Prefix: 'powerz' + + Addresses scanned: - + +Author: + + - Thomas Weißschuh <linux@weissschuh.net> + +Description +----------- + +This driver implements support for the ChargerLAB POWER-Z USB-C power testing +family. + +The device communicates with the custom protocol over USB. + +The channel labels exposed via hwmon match the labels used by the on-device +display and the official POWER-Z PC software. + +As current can flow in both directions through the tester the sign of the +channel "curr1_input" (label "IBUS") indicates the direction. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627.rst index ecb4fc84d045..8639dff234fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627.rst @@ -33,3 +33,13 @@ The hardware monitoring part of the SMSC SCH5627 is accessed by talking through an embedded microcontroller. An application note describing the protocol for communicating with the microcontroller is available upon request. Please mail me if you want a copy. + + +Controlling fan speed +--------------------- + +The SCH5627 allows for partially controlling the fan speed. If a temperature +channel excedes tempX_max, all fans are forced to maximum speed. The same is not +true for tempX_crit, presumably some other measures to cool down the system are +take in this case. +In which way the value of fanX_min affects the fan speed is currently unknown. diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.rst b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.rst index e67eb261c9b0..47a29a36b12b 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.rst +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.rst @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ knowledge about the kernel Makefiles, plus detailed knowledge about the public interface for kbuild. *Arch developers* are people who work on an entire architecture, such -as sparc or ia64. Arch developers need to know about the arch Makefile +as sparc or x86. Arch developers need to know about the arch Makefile as well as kbuild Makefiles. *Kbuild developers* are people who work on the kernel build system itself. diff --git a/Documentation/maintainer/maintainer-entry-profile.rst b/Documentation/maintainer/maintainer-entry-profile.rst index 6b64072d4bf2..7ad4bfc2cc03 100644 --- a/Documentation/maintainer/maintainer-entry-profile.rst +++ b/Documentation/maintainer/maintainer-entry-profile.rst @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ to do something different in the near future. ../doc-guide/maintainer-profile ../nvdimm/maintainer-entry-profile - ../riscv/patch-acceptance + ../arch/riscv/patch-acceptance ../driver-api/media/maintainer-entry-profile ../driver-api/vfio-pci-device-specific-driver-acceptance ../nvme/feature-and-quirk-policy diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt index 06e14efd8662..d414e145f912 100644 --- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt +++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt @@ -396,6 +396,10 @@ Memory barriers come in four basic varieties: (2) Address-dependency barriers (historical). + [!] This section is marked as HISTORICAL: For more up-to-date + information, including how compiler transformations related to pointer + comparisons can sometimes cause problems, see + Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.rst. An address-dependency barrier is a weaker form of read barrier. In the case where two loads are performed such that the second depends on the @@ -556,6 +560,9 @@ There are certain things that the Linux kernel memory barriers do not guarantee: ADDRESS-DEPENDENCY BARRIERS (HISTORICAL) ---------------------------------------- +[!] This section is marked as HISTORICAL: For more up-to-date information, +including how compiler transformations related to pointer comparisons can +sometimes cause problems, see Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.rst. As of v4.15 of the Linux kernel, an smp_mb() was added to READ_ONCE() for DEC Alpha, which means that about the only people who need to pay attention diff --git a/Documentation/mm/damon/design.rst b/Documentation/mm/damon/design.rst index a20383d01a95..1f7e0586b5fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/mm/damon/design.rst +++ b/Documentation/mm/damon/design.rst @@ -154,6 +154,8 @@ The monitoring overhead of this mechanism will arbitrarily increase as the size of the target workload grows. +.. _damon_design_region_based_sampling: + Region Based Sampling ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -163,9 +165,10 @@ assumption (pages in a region have the same access frequencies) is kept, only one page in the region is required to be checked. Thus, for each ``sampling interval``, DAMON randomly picks one page in each region, waits for one ``sampling interval``, checks whether the page is accessed meanwhile, and -increases the access frequency of the region if so. Therefore, the monitoring -overhead is controllable by setting the number of regions. DAMON allows users -to set the minimum and the maximum number of regions for the trade-off. +increases the access frequency counter of the region if so. The counter is +called ``nr_regions`` of the region. Therefore, the monitoring overhead is +controllable by setting the number of regions. DAMON allows users to set the +minimum and the maximum number of regions for the trade-off. This scheme, however, cannot preserve the quality of the output if the assumption is not guaranteed. @@ -190,6 +193,8 @@ In this way, DAMON provides its best-effort quality and minimal overhead while keeping the bounds users set for their trade-off. +.. _damon_design_age_tracking: + Age Tracking ~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -254,7 +259,8 @@ works, DAMON provides a feature called Data Access Monitoring-based Operation Schemes (DAMOS). It lets users specify their desired schemes at a high level. For such specifications, DAMON starts monitoring, finds regions having the access pattern of interest, and applies the user-desired operation actions -to the regions as soon as found. +to the regions, for every user-specified time interval called +``apply_interval``. .. _damon_design_damos_action: @@ -471,3 +477,15 @@ modules for proactive reclamation and LRU lists manipulation are provided. For more detail, please read the usage documents for those (:doc:`/admin-guide/mm/damon/reclaim` and :doc:`/admin-guide/mm/damon/lru_sort`). + + +.. _damon_design_execution_model_and_data_structures: + +Execution Model and Data Structures +=================================== + +The monitoring-related information including the monitoring request +specification and DAMON-based operation schemes are stored in a data structure +called DAMON ``context``. DAMON executes each context with a kernel thread +called ``kdamond``. Multiple kdamonds could run in parallel, for different +types of monitoring. diff --git a/Documentation/mm/overcommit-accounting.rst b/Documentation/mm/overcommit-accounting.rst index a4895d6fc1c2..e2263477f6d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/mm/overcommit-accounting.rst +++ b/Documentation/mm/overcommit-accounting.rst @@ -8,8 +8,7 @@ The Linux kernel supports the following overcommit handling modes Heuristic overcommit handling. Obvious overcommits of address space are refused. Used for a typical system. It ensures a seriously wild allocation fails while allowing overcommit to - reduce swap usage. root is allowed to allocate slightly more - memory in this mode. This is the default. + reduce swap usage. This is the default. 1 Always overcommit. Appropriate for some scientific diff --git a/Documentation/mm/page_tables.rst b/Documentation/mm/page_tables.rst index 7840c1891751..be47b192a596 100644 --- a/Documentation/mm/page_tables.rst +++ b/Documentation/mm/page_tables.rst @@ -152,3 +152,130 @@ Page table handling code that wishes to be architecture-neutral, such as the virtual memory manager, will need to be written so that it traverses all of the currently five levels. This style should also be preferred for architecture-specific code, so as to be robust to future changes. + + +MMU, TLB, and Page Faults +========================= + +The `Memory Management Unit (MMU)` is a hardware component that handles virtual +to physical address translations. It may use relatively small caches in hardware +called `Translation Lookaside Buffers (TLBs)` and `Page Walk Caches` to speed up +these translations. + +When CPU accesses a memory location, it provides a virtual address to the MMU, +which checks if there is the existing translation in the TLB or in the Page +Walk Caches (on architectures that support them). If no translation is found, +MMU uses the page walks to determine the physical address and create the map. + +The dirty bit for a page is set (i.e., turned on) when the page is written to. +Each page of memory has associated permission and dirty bits. The latter +indicate that the page has been modified since it was loaded into memory. + +If nothing prevents it, eventually the physical memory can be accessed and the +requested operation on the physical frame is performed. + +There are several reasons why the MMU can't find certain translations. It could +happen because the CPU is trying to access memory that the current task is not +permitted to, or because the data is not present into physical memory. + +When these conditions happen, the MMU triggers page faults, which are types of +exceptions that signal the CPU to pause the current execution and run a special +function to handle the mentioned exceptions. + +There are common and expected causes of page faults. These are triggered by +process management optimization techniques called "Lazy Allocation" and +"Copy-on-Write". Page faults may also happen when frames have been swapped out +to persistent storage (swap partition or file) and evicted from their physical +locations. + +These techniques improve memory efficiency, reduce latency, and minimize space +occupation. This document won't go deeper into the details of "Lazy Allocation" +and "Copy-on-Write" because these subjects are out of scope as they belong to +Process Address Management. + +Swapping differentiates itself from the other mentioned techniques because it's +undesirable since it's performed as a means to reduce memory under heavy +pressure. + +Swapping can't work for memory mapped by kernel logical addresses. These are a +subset of the kernel virtual space that directly maps a contiguous range of +physical memory. Given any logical address, its physical address is determined +with simple arithmetic on an offset. Accesses to logical addresses are fast +because they avoid the need for complex page table lookups at the expenses of +frames not being evictable and pageable out. + +If the kernel fails to make room for the data that must be present in the +physical frames, the kernel invokes the out-of-memory (OOM) killer to make room +by terminating lower priority processes until pressure reduces under a safe +threshold. + +Additionally, page faults may be also caused by code bugs or by maliciously +crafted addresses that the CPU is instructed to access. A thread of a process +could use instructions to address (non-shared) memory which does not belong to +its own address space, or could try to execute an instruction that want to write +to a read-only location. + +If the above-mentioned conditions happen in user-space, the kernel sends a +`Segmentation Fault` (SIGSEGV) signal to the current thread. That signal usually +causes the termination of the thread and of the process it belongs to. + +This document is going to simplify and show an high altitude view of how the +Linux kernel handles these page faults, creates tables and tables' entries, +check if memory is present and, if not, requests to load data from persistent +storage or from other devices, and updates the MMU and its caches. + +The first steps are architecture dependent. Most architectures jump to +`do_page_fault()`, whereas the x86 interrupt handler is defined by the +`DEFINE_IDTENTRY_RAW_ERRORCODE()` macro which calls `handle_page_fault()`. + +Whatever the routes, all architectures end up to the invocation of +`handle_mm_fault()` which, in turn, (likely) ends up calling +`__handle_mm_fault()` to carry out the actual work of allocating the page +tables. + +The unfortunate case of not being able to call `__handle_mm_fault()` means +that the virtual address is pointing to areas of physical memory which are not +permitted to be accessed (at least from the current context). This +condition resolves to the kernel sending the above-mentioned SIGSEGV signal +to the process and leads to the consequences already explained. + +`__handle_mm_fault()` carries out its work by calling several functions to +find the entry's offsets of the upper layers of the page tables and allocate +the tables that it may need. + +The functions that look for the offset have names like `*_offset()`, where the +"*" is for pgd, p4d, pud, pmd, pte; instead the functions to allocate the +corresponding tables, layer by layer, are called `*_alloc`, using the +above-mentioned convention to name them after the corresponding types of tables +in the hierarchy. + +The page table walk may end at one of the middle or upper layers (PMD, PUD). + +Linux supports larger page sizes than the usual 4KB (i.e., the so called +`huge pages`). When using these kinds of larger pages, higher level pages can +directly map them, with no need to use lower level page entries (PTE). Huge +pages contain large contiguous physical regions that usually span from 2MB to +1GB. They are respectively mapped by the PMD and PUD page entries. + +The huge pages bring with them several benefits like reduced TLB pressure, +reduced page table overhead, memory allocation efficiency, and performance +improvement for certain workloads. However, these benefits come with +trade-offs, like wasted memory and allocation challenges. + +At the very end of the walk with allocations, if it didn't return errors, +`__handle_mm_fault()` finally calls `handle_pte_fault()`, which via `do_fault()` +performs one of `do_read_fault()`, `do_cow_fault()`, `do_shared_fault()`. +"read", "cow", "shared" give hints about the reasons and the kind of fault it's +handling. + +The actual implementation of the workflow is very complex. Its design allows +Linux to handle page faults in a way that is tailored to the specific +characteristics of each architecture, while still sharing a common overall +structure. + +To conclude this high altitude view of how Linux handles page faults, let's +add that the page faults handler can be disabled and enabled respectively with +`pagefault_disable()` and `pagefault_enable()`. + +Several code path make use of the latter two functions because they need to +disable traps into the page faults handler, mostly to prevent deadlocks. diff --git a/Documentation/mm/vmemmap_dedup.rst b/Documentation/mm/vmemmap_dedup.rst index 59891f72420e..593ede6d314b 100644 --- a/Documentation/mm/vmemmap_dedup.rst +++ b/Documentation/mm/vmemmap_dedup.rst @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ the device (altmap). The following page sizes are supported in DAX: PAGE_SIZE (4K on x86_64), PMD_SIZE (2M on x86_64) and PUD_SIZE (1G on x86_64). -For powerpc equivalent details see Documentation/powerpc/vmemmap_dedup.rst +For powerpc equivalent details see Documentation/arch/powerpc/vmemmap_dedup.rst The differences with HugeTLB are relatively minor. diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/genetlink-c.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/genetlink-c.yaml index 9806c44f604c..c58f7153fcf8 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/genetlink-c.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/genetlink-c.yaml @@ -13,6 +13,11 @@ $defs: type: [ string, integer ] pattern: ^[0-9A-Za-z_]+( - 1)?$ minimum: 0 + len-or-limit: + # literal int or limit based on fixed-width type e.g. u8-min, u16-max, etc. + type: [ string, integer ] + pattern: ^[su](8|16|32|64)-(min|max)$ + minimum: 0 # Schema for specs title: Protocol @@ -26,10 +31,6 @@ properties: type: string doc: type: string - version: - description: Generic Netlink family version. Default is 1. - type: integer - minimum: 1 protocol: description: Schema compatibility level. Default is "genetlink". enum: [ genetlink, genetlink-c ] @@ -46,6 +47,12 @@ properties: max-by-define: description: Makes the number of attributes and commands be specified by a define, not an enum value. type: boolean + cmd-max-name: + description: Name of the define for the last operation in the list. + type: string + cmd-cnt-name: + description: The explicit name for constant holding the count of operations (last operation + 1). + type: string # End genetlink-c definitions: @@ -142,13 +149,14 @@ properties: type: array items: type: object - required: [ name, type ] + required: [ name ] additionalProperties: False properties: name: type: string type: &attr-type - enum: [ unused, pad, flag, binary, u8, u16, u32, u64, s32, s64, + enum: [ unused, pad, flag, binary, + uint, sint, u8, u16, u32, u64, s32, s64, string, nest, array-nest, nest-type-value ] doc: description: Documentation of the attribute. @@ -187,13 +195,19 @@ properties: type: string min: description: Min value for an integer attribute. - type: integer + $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-limit' + max: + description: Max value for an integer attribute. + $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-limit' min-len: description: Min length for a binary attribute. $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-define' max-len: description: Max length for a string or a binary attribute. $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-define' + exact-len: + description: Exact length for a string or a binary attribute. + $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-define' sub-type: *attr-type display-hint: &display-hint description: | @@ -215,6 +229,18 @@ properties: not: required: [ name-prefix ] + # type property is only required if not in subset definition + if: + properties: + subset-of: + not: + type: string + then: + properties: + attributes: + items: + required: [ type ] + operations: description: Operations supported by the protocol. type: object @@ -275,6 +301,11 @@ properties: type: array items: enum: [ strict, dump, dump-strict ] + config-cond: + description: | + Name of the kernel config option gating the presence of + the operation, without the 'CONFIG_' prefix. + type: string do: &subop-type description: Main command handler. type: object diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/genetlink-legacy.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/genetlink-legacy.yaml index 12a0a045605d..938703088306 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/genetlink-legacy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/genetlink-legacy.yaml @@ -13,6 +13,11 @@ $defs: type: [ string, integer ] pattern: ^[0-9A-Za-z_]+( - 1)?$ minimum: 0 + len-or-limit: + # literal int or limit based on fixed-width type e.g. u8-min, u16-max, etc. + type: [ string, integer ] + pattern: ^[su](8|16|32|64)-(min|max)$ + minimum: 0 # Schema for specs title: Protocol @@ -26,10 +31,6 @@ properties: type: string doc: type: string - version: - description: Generic Netlink family version. Default is 1. - type: integer - minimum: 1 protocol: description: Schema compatibility level. Default is "genetlink". enum: [ genetlink, genetlink-c, genetlink-legacy ] # Trim @@ -46,6 +47,12 @@ properties: max-by-define: description: Makes the number of attributes and commands be specified by a define, not an enum value. type: boolean + cmd-max-name: + description: Name of the define for the last operation in the list. + type: string + cmd-cnt-name: + description: The explicit name for constant holding the count of operations (last operation + 1). + type: string # End genetlink-c # Start genetlink-legacy kernel-policy: @@ -53,6 +60,10 @@ properties: Defines if the input policy in the kernel is global, per-operation, or split per operation type. Default is split. enum: [ split, per-op, global ] + version: + description: Generic Netlink family version. Default is 1. + type: integer + minimum: 1 # End genetlink-legacy definitions: @@ -180,14 +191,15 @@ properties: type: array items: type: object - required: [ name, type ] + required: [ name ] additionalProperties: False properties: name: type: string type: &attr-type description: The netlink attribute type - enum: [ unused, pad, flag, binary, u8, u16, u32, u64, s32, s64, + enum: [ unused, pad, flag, binary, bitfield32, + uint, sint, u8, u16, u32, u64, s32, s64, string, nest, array-nest, nest-type-value ] doc: description: Documentation of the attribute. @@ -226,13 +238,19 @@ properties: type: string min: description: Min value for an integer attribute. - type: integer + $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-limit' + max: + description: Max value for an integer attribute. + $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-limit' min-len: description: Min length for a binary attribute. $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-define' max-len: description: Max length for a string or a binary attribute. $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-define' + exact-len: + description: Exact length for a string or a binary attribute. + $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-define' sub-type: *attr-type display-hint: *display-hint # Start genetlink-c @@ -254,6 +272,18 @@ properties: not: required: [ name-prefix ] + # type property is only required if not in subset definition + if: + properties: + subset-of: + not: + type: string + then: + properties: + attributes: + items: + required: [ type ] + operations: description: Operations supported by the protocol. type: object @@ -316,12 +346,17 @@ properties: description: Command flags. type: array items: - enum: [ admin-perm ] + enum: [ admin-perm, uns-admin-perm ] dont-validate: description: Kernel attribute validation flags. type: array items: enum: [ strict, dump, dump-strict ] + config-cond: + description: | + Name of the kernel config option gating the presence of + the operation, without the 'CONFIG_' prefix. + type: string # Start genetlink-legacy fixed-header: *fixed-header # End genetlink-legacy diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/genetlink.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/genetlink.yaml index 3d338c48bf21..3283bf458ff1 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/genetlink.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/genetlink.yaml @@ -13,6 +13,11 @@ $defs: type: [ string, integer ] pattern: ^[0-9A-Za-z_]+( - 1)?$ minimum: 0 + len-or-limit: + # literal int or limit based on fixed-width type e.g. u8-min, u16-max, etc. + type: [ string, integer ] + pattern: ^[su](8|16|32|64)-(min|max)$ + minimum: 0 # Schema for specs title: Protocol @@ -26,10 +31,6 @@ properties: type: string doc: type: string - version: - description: Generic Netlink family version. Default is 1. - type: integer - minimum: 1 protocol: description: Schema compatibility level. Default is "genetlink". enum: [ genetlink ] @@ -115,13 +116,14 @@ properties: type: array items: type: object - required: [ name, type ] + required: [ name ] additionalProperties: False properties: name: type: string type: &attr-type - enum: [ unused, pad, flag, binary, u8, u16, u32, u64, s32, s64, + enum: [ unused, pad, flag, binary, + uint, sint, u8, u16, u32, u64, s32, s64, string, nest, array-nest, nest-type-value ] doc: description: Documentation of the attribute. @@ -160,13 +162,19 @@ properties: type: string min: description: Min value for an integer attribute. - type: integer + $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-limit' + max: + description: Max value for an integer attribute. + $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-limit' min-len: description: Min length for a binary attribute. $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-define' max-len: description: Max length for a string or a binary attribute. $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-define' + exact-len: + description: Exact length for a string or a binary attribute. + $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-define' sub-type: *attr-type display-hint: &display-hint description: | @@ -184,6 +192,18 @@ properties: not: required: [ name-prefix ] + # type property is only required if not in subset definition + if: + properties: + subset-of: + not: + type: string + then: + properties: + attributes: + items: + required: [ type ] + operations: description: Operations supported by the protocol. type: object @@ -244,6 +264,11 @@ properties: type: array items: enum: [ strict, dump, dump-strict ] + config-cond: + description: | + Name of the kernel config option gating the presence of + the operation, without the 'CONFIG_' prefix. + type: string do: &subop-type description: Main command handler. type: object diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/netlink-raw.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/netlink-raw.yaml index 896797876414..775cce8c548a 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/netlink-raw.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/netlink-raw.yaml @@ -47,6 +47,12 @@ properties: max-by-define: description: Makes the number of attributes and commands be specified by a define, not an enum value. type: boolean + cmd-max-name: + description: Name of the define for the last operation in the list. + type: string + cmd-cnt-name: + description: The explicit name for constant holding the count of operations (last operation + 1). + type: string # End genetlink-c # Start genetlink-legacy kernel-policy: @@ -187,7 +193,7 @@ properties: type: array items: type: object - required: [ name, type ] + required: [ name ] additionalProperties: False properties: name: @@ -240,6 +246,9 @@ properties: max-len: description: Max length for a string or a binary attribute. $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-define' + exact-len: + description: Exact length for a string or a binary attribute. + $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-define' sub-type: *attr-type display-hint: *display-hint # Start genetlink-c @@ -261,6 +270,18 @@ properties: not: required: [ name-prefix ] + # type property is only required if not in subset definition + if: + properties: + subset-of: + not: + type: string + then: + properties: + attributes: + items: + required: [ type ] + operations: description: Operations supported by the protocol. type: object diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml index 065661acb878..c6ba4889575a 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml @@ -15,6 +15,161 @@ definitions: name: ingress - name: egress + - + type: enum + name: port-type + entries: + - + name: notset + - + name: auto + - + name: eth + - + name: ib + - + type: enum + name: port-flavour + entries: + - + name: physical + - + name: cpu + - + name: dsa + - + name: pci_pf + - + name: pci_vf + - + name: virtual + - + name: unused + - + name: pci_sf + - + type: enum + name: port-fn-state + entries: + - + name: inactive + - + name: active + - + type: enum + name: port-fn-opstate + entries: + - + name: detached + - + name: attached + - + type: enum + name: port-fn-attr-cap + entries: + - + name: roce-bit + - + name: migratable-bit + - + type: enum + name: sb-threshold-type + entries: + - + name: static + - + name: dynamic + - + type: enum + name: eswitch-mode + entries: + - + name: legacy + - + name: switchdev + - + type: enum + name: eswitch-inline-mode + entries: + - + name: none + - + name: link + - + name: network + - + name: transport + - + type: enum + name: eswitch-encap-mode + entries: + - + name: none + - + name: basic + - + type: enum + name: dpipe-match-type + entries: + - + name: field-exact + - + type: enum + name: dpipe-action-type + entries: + - + name: field-modify + - + type: enum + name: dpipe-field-mapping-type + entries: + - + name: none + - + name: ifindex + - + type: enum + name: resource-unit + entries: + - + name: entry + - + type: enum + name: reload-action + entries: + - + name: driver-reinit + value: 1 + - + name: fw-activate + - + type: enum + name: param-cmode + entries: + - + name: runtime + - + name: driverinit + - + name: permanent + - + type: enum + name: flash-overwrite + entries: + - + name: settings-bit + - + name: identifiers-bit + - + type: enum + name: trap-action + entries: + - + name: drop + - + name: trap + - + name: mirror attribute-sets: - @@ -31,6 +186,17 @@ attribute-sets: - name: port-index type: u32 + - + name: port-type + type: u16 + enum: port-type + + # TODO: fill in the attributes in between + + - + name: port-split-count + type: u32 + value: 9 # TODO: fill in the attributes in between @@ -45,18 +211,224 @@ attribute-sets: name: sb-pool-index type: u16 value: 17 - - name: sb-pool-type type: u8 enum: sb-pool-type + - + name: sb-pool-size + type: u32 + - + name: sb-pool-threshold-type + type: u8 + enum: sb-threshold-type + - + name: sb-threshold + type: u32 + - + name: sb-tc-index + type: u16 + value: 22 # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - - name: sb-tc-index + name: eswitch-mode type: u16 - value: 22 + value: 25 + enum: eswitch-mode + + - + name: eswitch-inline-mode + type: u16 + enum: eswitch-inline-mode + - + name: dpipe-tables + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-tables + - + name: dpipe-table + type: nest + multi-attr: true + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-table + - + name: dpipe-table-name + type: string + - + name: dpipe-table-size + type: u64 + - + name: dpipe-table-matches + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-table-matches + - + name: dpipe-table-actions + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-table-actions + - + name: dpipe-table-counters-enabled + type: u8 + - + name: dpipe-entries + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-entries + - + name: dpipe-entry + type: nest + multi-attr: true + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-entry + - + name: dpipe-entry-index + type: u64 + - + name: dpipe-entry-match-values + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-entry-match-values + - + name: dpipe-entry-action-values + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-entry-action-values + - + name: dpipe-entry-counter + type: u64 + - + name: dpipe-match + type: nest + multi-attr: true + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-match + - + name: dpipe-match-value + type: nest + multi-attr: true + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-match-value + - + name: dpipe-match-type + type: u32 + enum: dpipe-match-type + - + name: dpipe-action + type: nest + multi-attr: true + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-action + - + name: dpipe-action-value + type: nest + multi-attr: true + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-action-value + - + name: dpipe-action-type + type: u32 + enum: dpipe-action-type + - + name: dpipe-value + type: binary + - + name: dpipe-value-mask + type: binary + - + name: dpipe-value-mapping + type: u32 + - + name: dpipe-headers + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-headers + - + name: dpipe-header + type: nest + multi-attr: true + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-header + - + name: dpipe-header-name + type: string + - + name: dpipe-header-id + type: u32 + - + name: dpipe-header-fields + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-header-fields + - + name: dpipe-header-global + type: u8 + - + name: dpipe-header-index + type: u32 + - + name: dpipe-field + type: nest + multi-attr: true + nested-attributes: dl-dpipe-field + - + name: dpipe-field-name + type: string + - + name: dpipe-field-id + type: u32 + - + name: dpipe-field-bitwidth + type: u32 + - + name: dpipe-field-mapping-type + type: u32 + enum: dpipe-field-mapping-type + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: eswitch-encap-mode + type: u8 + value: 62 + enum: eswitch-encap-mode + - + name: resource-list + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-resource-list + - + name: resource + type: nest + multi-attr: true + nested-attributes: dl-resource + - + name: resource-name + type: string + - + name: resource-id + type: u64 + - + name: resource-size + type: u64 + - + name: resource-size-new + type: u64 + - + name: resource-size-valid + type: u8 + - + name: resource-size-min + type: u64 + - + name: resource-size-max + type: u64 + - + name: resource-size-gran + type: u64 + - + name: resource-unit + type: u8 + enum: resource-unit + - + name: resource-occ + type: u64 + - + name: dpipe-table-resource-id + type: u64 + - + name: dpipe-table-resource-units + type: u64 + - + name: port-flavour + type: u16 + enum: port-flavour # TODO: fill in the attributes in between @@ -68,16 +440,40 @@ attribute-sets: # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + name: param-type + type: u8 + value: 83 + + # TODO: fill in the attributes in between + + - + name: param-value-cmode + type: u8 + enum: param-cmode + value: 87 + - name: region-name type: string - value: 88 # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + name: region-snapshot-id + type: u32 + value: 92 + + # TODO: fill in the attributes in between + + - + name: region-chunk-addr + type: u64 + value: 96 + - + name: region-chunk-len + type: u64 + - name: info-driver-name type: string - value: 98 - name: info-serial-number type: string @@ -106,6 +502,29 @@ attribute-sets: # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + name: fmsg + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-fmsg + value: 106 + - + name: fmsg-obj-nest-start + type: flag + - + name: fmsg-pair-nest-start + type: flag + - + name: fmsg-arr-nest-start + type: flag + - + name: fmsg-nest-end + type: flag + - + name: fmsg-obj-name + type: string + + # TODO: fill in the attributes in between + + - name: health-reporter-name type: string value: 115 @@ -113,9 +532,36 @@ attribute-sets: # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + name: health-reporter-graceful-period + type: u64 + value: 120 + - + name: health-reporter-auto-recover + type: u8 + - + name: flash-update-file-name + type: string + - + name: flash-update-component + type: string + + # TODO: fill in the attributes in between + + - + name: port-pci-pf-number + type: u16 + value: 127 + + # TODO: fill in the attributes in between + + - name: trap-name type: string value: 130 + - + name: trap-action + type: u8 + enum: trap-action # TODO: fill in the attributes in between @@ -131,23 +577,68 @@ attribute-sets: # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - - name: trap-policer-id + name: netns-fd + type: u32 + value: 138 + - + name: netns-pid + type: u32 + - + name: netns-id type: u32 - value: 142 # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - - name: reload-action + name: health-reporter-auto-dump type: u8 - value: 153 + value: 141 + - + name: trap-policer-id + type: u32 + - + name: trap-policer-rate + type: u64 + - + name: trap-policer-burst + type: u64 + - + name: port-function + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-port-function + + # TODO: fill in the attributes in between + + - + name: port-controller-number + type: u32 + value: 150 # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + name: flash-update-overwrite-mask + type: bitfield32 + enum: flash-overwrite + enum-as-flags: True + value: 152 + - + name: reload-action + type: u8 + enum: reload-action + - + name: reload-actions-performed + type: bitfield32 + enum: reload-action + enum-as-flags: True + - + name: reload-limits + type: bitfield32 + enum: reload-action + enum-as-flags: True + - name: dev-stats type: nest - value: 156 nested-attributes: dl-dev-stats - name: reload-stats @@ -182,9 +673,25 @@ attribute-sets: # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + name: port-pci-sf-number + type: u32 + value: 164 + + # TODO: fill in the attributes in between + + - + name: rate-tx-share + type: u64 + value: 166 + - + name: rate-tx-max + type: u64 + - name: rate-node-name type: string - value: 168 + - + name: rate-parent-node-name + type: string # TODO: fill in the attributes in between @@ -193,60 +700,329 @@ attribute-sets: type: u32 value: 171 + # TODO: fill in the attributes in between + + - + name: linecard-type + type: string + value: 173 + + # TODO: fill in the attributes in between + + - + name: selftests + type: nest + value: 176 + nested-attributes: dl-selftest-id + - + name: rate-tx-priority + type: u32 + - + name: rate-tx-weight + type: u32 + - + name: region-direct + type: flag + - name: dl-dev-stats subset-of: devlink attributes: - name: reload-stats - type: nest - name: remote-reload-stats - type: nest - name: dl-reload-stats subset-of: devlink attributes: - name: reload-action-info - type: nest - name: dl-reload-act-info subset-of: devlink attributes: - name: reload-action - type: u8 - name: reload-action-stats - type: nest - name: dl-reload-act-stats subset-of: devlink attributes: - name: reload-stats-entry - type: nest - name: dl-reload-stats-entry subset-of: devlink attributes: - name: reload-stats-limit - type: u8 - name: reload-stats-value - type: u32 - name: dl-info-version subset-of: devlink attributes: - name: info-version-name - type: string - name: info-version-value - type: string + - + name: dl-port-function + name-prefix: devlink-port-fn-attr- + attr-max-name: devlink-port-function-attr-max + attributes: + - + name-prefix: devlink-port-function-attr- + name: hw-addr + type: binary + value: 1 + - + name: state + type: u8 + enum: port-fn-state + - + name: opstate + type: u8 + enum: port-fn-opstate + - + name: caps + type: bitfield32 + enum: port-fn-attr-cap + enum-as-flags: True + + - + name: dl-dpipe-tables + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-table + + - + name: dl-dpipe-table + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-table-name + - + name: dpipe-table-size + - + name: dpipe-table-name + - + name: dpipe-table-size + - + name: dpipe-table-matches + - + name: dpipe-table-actions + - + name: dpipe-table-counters-enabled + - + name: dpipe-table-resource-id + - + name: dpipe-table-resource-units + + - + name: dl-dpipe-table-matches + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-match + + - + name: dl-dpipe-table-actions + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-action + + - + name: dl-dpipe-entries + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-entry + + - + name: dl-dpipe-entry + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-entry-index + - + name: dpipe-entry-match-values + - + name: dpipe-entry-action-values + - + name: dpipe-entry-counter + + - + name: dl-dpipe-entry-match-values + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-match-value + + - + name: dl-dpipe-entry-action-values + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-action-value + + - + name: dl-dpipe-match + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-match-type + - + name: dpipe-header-id + - + name: dpipe-header-global + - + name: dpipe-header-index + - + name: dpipe-field-id + + - + name: dl-dpipe-match-value + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-match + - + name: dpipe-value + - + name: dpipe-value-mask + - + name: dpipe-value-mapping + + - + name: dl-dpipe-action + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-action-type + - + name: dpipe-header-id + - + name: dpipe-header-global + - + name: dpipe-header-index + - + name: dpipe-field-id + + - + name: dl-dpipe-action-value + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-action + - + name: dpipe-value + - + name: dpipe-value-mask + - + name: dpipe-value-mapping + + - + name: dl-dpipe-headers + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-header + + - + name: dl-dpipe-header + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-header-name + - + name: dpipe-header-id + - + name: dpipe-header-global + - + name: dpipe-header-fields + + - + name: dl-dpipe-header-fields + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-field + + - + name: dl-dpipe-field + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: dpipe-field-name + - + name: dpipe-field-id + - + name: dpipe-field-bitwidth + - + name: dpipe-field-mapping-type + + - + name: dl-resource + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + # - + # name: resource-list + # This is currently unsupported due to circular dependency + - + name: resource-name + - + name: resource-id + - + name: resource-size + - + name: resource-size-new + - + name: resource-size-valid + - + name: resource-size-min + - + name: resource-size-max + - + name: resource-size-gran + - + name: resource-unit + - + name: resource-occ + + - + name: dl-resource-list + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: resource + + - + name: dl-fmsg + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: fmsg-obj-nest-start + - + name: fmsg-pair-nest-start + - + name: fmsg-arr-nest-start + - + name: fmsg-nest-end + - + name: fmsg-obj-name + + - + name: dl-selftest-id + name-prefix: devlink-attr-selftest-id- + attributes: + - + name: flash + type: flag operations: enum-model: directional @@ -255,10 +1031,7 @@ operations: name: get doc: Get devlink instances. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - - dump - + dont-validate: [ strict, dump ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -273,7 +1046,6 @@ operations: - bus-name - dev-name - reload-failed - - reload-action - dev-stats dump: reply: *get-reply @@ -282,9 +1054,7 @@ operations: name: port-get doc: Get devlink port instances. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - + dont-validate: [ strict ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -303,16 +1073,90 @@ operations: reply: value: 3 # due to a bug, port dump returns DEVLINK_CMD_NEW attributes: *port-id-attrs + - + name: port-set + doc: Set devlink port instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - port-index + - port-type + - port-function - # TODO: fill in the operations in between + - + name: port-new + doc: Create devlink port instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - port-index + - port-flavour + - port-pci-pf-number + - port-pci-sf-number + - port-controller-number + reply: + value: 7 + attributes: *port-id-attrs + + - + name: port-del + doc: Delete devlink port instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: *port-id-attrs + + - + name: port-split + doc: Split devlink port instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - port-index + - port-split-count + + - + name: port-unsplit + doc: Unplit devlink port instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: *port-id-attrs - name: sb-get doc: Get shared buffer instances. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - + dont-validate: [ strict ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -330,15 +1174,11 @@ operations: attributes: *dev-id-attrs reply: *sb-get-reply - # TODO: fill in the operations in between - - name: sb-pool-get doc: Get shared buffer pool instances. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - + dont-validate: [ strict ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -357,15 +1197,29 @@ operations: attributes: *dev-id-attrs reply: *sb-pool-get-reply - # TODO: fill in the operations in between + - + name: sb-pool-set + doc: Set shared buffer pool instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - sb-index + - sb-pool-index + - sb-pool-threshold-type + - sb-pool-size - name: sb-port-pool-get doc: Get shared buffer port-pool combinations and threshold. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - + dont-validate: [ strict ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -385,15 +1239,29 @@ operations: attributes: *dev-id-attrs reply: *sb-port-pool-get-reply - # TODO: fill in the operations in between + - + name: sb-port-pool-set + doc: Set shared buffer port-pool combinations and threshold. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - port-index + - sb-index + - sb-pool-index + - sb-threshold - name: sb-tc-pool-bind-get doc: Get shared buffer port-TC to pool bindings and threshold. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - + dont-validate: [ strict ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -414,41 +1282,264 @@ operations: attributes: *dev-id-attrs reply: *sb-tc-pool-bind-get-reply - # TODO: fill in the operations in between + - + name: sb-tc-pool-bind-set + doc: Set shared buffer port-TC to pool bindings and threshold. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - port-index + - sb-index + - sb-pool-index + - sb-pool-type + - sb-tc-index + - sb-threshold + + - + name: sb-occ-snapshot + doc: Take occupancy snapshot of shared buffer. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + value: 27 + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - sb-index + + - + name: sb-occ-max-clear + doc: Clear occupancy watermarks of shared buffer. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - sb-index + + - + name: eswitch-get + doc: Get eswitch attributes. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: *dev-id-attrs + reply: + value: 29 + attributes: &eswitch-attrs + - bus-name + - dev-name + - eswitch-mode + - eswitch-inline-mode + - eswitch-encap-mode + + - + name: eswitch-set + doc: Set eswitch attributes. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: *eswitch-attrs + + - + name: dpipe-table-get + doc: Get dpipe table attributes. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - dpipe-table-name + reply: + value: 31 + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - dpipe-tables + + - + name: dpipe-entries-get + doc: Get dpipe entries attributes. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - dpipe-table-name + reply: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - dpipe-entries + + - + name: dpipe-headers-get + doc: Get dpipe headers attributes. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + reply: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - dpipe-headers + + - + name: dpipe-table-counters-set + doc: Set dpipe counter attributes. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - dpipe-table-name + - dpipe-table-counters-enabled + + - + name: resource-set + doc: Set resource attributes. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - resource-id + - resource-size + + - + name: resource-dump + doc: Get resource attributes. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + reply: + value: 36 + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - resource-list + + - + name: reload + doc: Reload devlink. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - reload-action + - reload-limits + - netns-pid + - netns-fd + - netns-id + reply: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - reload-actions-performed - name: param-get doc: Get param instances. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - + dont-validate: [ strict ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit post: devlink-nl-post-doit request: - value: 38 attributes: ¶m-id-attrs - bus-name - dev-name - param-name reply: ¶m-get-reply - value: 38 attributes: *param-id-attrs dump: request: attributes: *dev-id-attrs reply: *param-get-reply - # TODO: fill in the operations in between + - + name: param-set + doc: Set param instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - param-name + - param-type + # param-value-data is missing here as the type is variable + - param-value-cmode - name: region-get doc: Get region instances. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - + dont-validate: [ strict ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port-optional post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -467,16 +1558,97 @@ operations: attributes: *dev-id-attrs reply: *region-get-reply - # TODO: fill in the operations in between + - + name: region-new + doc: Create region snapshot. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port-optional + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + value: 44 + attributes: ®ion-snapshot-id-attrs + - bus-name + - dev-name + - port-index + - region-name + - region-snapshot-id + reply: + value: 44 + attributes: *region-snapshot-id-attrs + + - + name: region-del + doc: Delete region snapshot. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port-optional + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: *region-snapshot-id-attrs + + - + name: region-read + doc: Read region data. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ dump-strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + dump: + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - port-index + - region-name + - region-snapshot-id + - region-direct + - region-chunk-addr + - region-chunk-len + reply: + value: 46 + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - port-index + - region-name + + - + name: port-param-get + doc: Get port param instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict, dump-strict ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: *port-id-attrs + reply: + attributes: *port-id-attrs + dump: + reply: + attributes: *port-id-attrs + + - + name: port-param-set + doc: Set port param instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: *port-id-attrs - name: info-get doc: Get device information, like driver name, hardware and firmware versions etc. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - - dump - + dont-validate: [ strict, dump ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -500,9 +1672,7 @@ operations: name: health-reporter-get doc: Get health reporter instances. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - + dont-validate: [ strict ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port-optional post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -519,15 +1689,97 @@ operations: attributes: *port-id-attrs reply: *health-reporter-get-reply - # TODO: fill in the operations in between + - + name: health-reporter-set + doc: Set health reporter instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port-optional + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - port-index + - health-reporter-name + - health-reporter-graceful-period + - health-reporter-auto-recover + - health-reporter-auto-dump + + - + name: health-reporter-recover + doc: Recover health reporter instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port-optional + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: *health-reporter-id-attrs + + - + name: health-reporter-diagnose + doc: Diagnose health reporter instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port-optional + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: *health-reporter-id-attrs + + - + name: health-reporter-dump-get + doc: Dump health reporter instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ dump-strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + dump: + request: + attributes: *health-reporter-id-attrs + reply: + value: 56 + attributes: + - fmsg + + - + name: health-reporter-dump-clear + doc: Clear dump of health reporter instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port-optional + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: *health-reporter-id-attrs + + - + name: flash-update + doc: Flash update devlink instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - flash-update-file-name + - flash-update-component + - flash-update-overwrite-mask - name: trap-get doc: Get trap instances. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - + dont-validate: [ strict ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -545,15 +1797,27 @@ operations: attributes: *dev-id-attrs reply: *trap-get-reply - # TODO: fill in the operations in between + - + name: trap-set + doc: Set trap instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - trap-name + - trap-action - name: trap-group-get doc: Get trap group instances. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - + dont-validate: [ strict ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -571,15 +1835,28 @@ operations: attributes: *dev-id-attrs reply: *trap-group-get-reply - # TODO: fill in the operations in between + - + name: trap-group-set + doc: Set trap group instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - trap-group-name + - trap-action + - trap-policer-id - name: trap-policer-get doc: Get trap policer instances. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - + dont-validate: [ strict ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -597,15 +1874,41 @@ operations: attributes: *dev-id-attrs reply: *trap-policer-get-reply - # TODO: fill in the operations in between + - + name: trap-policer-set + doc: Get trap policer instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - trap-policer-id + - trap-policer-rate + - trap-policer-burst + + - + name: health-reporter-test + doc: Test health reporter instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-port-optional + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + value: 73 + attributes: *health-reporter-id-attrs - name: rate-get doc: Get rate instances. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - + dont-validate: [ strict ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -624,15 +1927,66 @@ operations: attributes: *dev-id-attrs reply: *rate-get-reply - # TODO: fill in the operations in between + - + name: rate-set + doc: Set rate instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - rate-node-name + - rate-tx-share + - rate-tx-max + - rate-tx-priority + - rate-tx-weight + - rate-parent-node-name + + - + name: rate-new + doc: Create rate instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - rate-node-name + - rate-tx-share + - rate-tx-max + - rate-tx-priority + - rate-tx-weight + - rate-parent-node-name + + - + name: rate-del + doc: Delete rate instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - rate-node-name - name: linecard-get doc: Get line card instances. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - + dont-validate: [ strict ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -650,16 +2004,27 @@ operations: attributes: *dev-id-attrs reply: *linecard-get-reply - # TODO: fill in the operations in between + - + name: linecard-set + doc: Set line card instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - linecard-index + - linecard-type - name: selftests-get doc: Get device selftest instances. attribute-set: devlink - dont-validate: - - strict - - dump - + dont-validate: [ strict, dump ] do: pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit post: devlink-nl-post-doit @@ -671,3 +2036,18 @@ operations: attributes: *dev-id-attrs dump: reply: *selftests-get-reply + + - + name: selftests-run + doc: Run device selftest instances. + attribute-set: devlink + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ admin-perm ] + do: + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit + post: devlink-nl-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - selftests diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/dpll.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/dpll.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cf8abe1c0550 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/dpll.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,510 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) + +name: dpll + +doc: DPLL subsystem. + +definitions: + - + type: enum + name: mode + doc: | + working modes a dpll can support, differentiates if and how dpll selects + one of its inputs to syntonize with it, valid values for DPLL_A_MODE + attribute + entries: + - + name: manual + doc: input can be only selected by sending a request to dpll + value: 1 + - + name: automatic + doc: highest prio input pin auto selected by dpll + render-max: true + - + type: enum + name: lock-status + doc: | + provides information of dpll device lock status, valid values for + DPLL_A_LOCK_STATUS attribute + entries: + - + name: unlocked + doc: | + dpll was not yet locked to any valid input (or forced by setting + DPLL_A_MODE to DPLL_MODE_DETACHED) + value: 1 + - + name: locked + doc: | + dpll is locked to a valid signal, but no holdover available + - + name: locked-ho-acq + doc: | + dpll is locked and holdover acquired + - + name: holdover + doc: | + dpll is in holdover state - lost a valid lock or was forced + by disconnecting all the pins (latter possible only + when dpll lock-state was already DPLL_LOCK_STATUS_LOCKED_HO_ACQ, + if dpll lock-state was not DPLL_LOCK_STATUS_LOCKED_HO_ACQ, the + dpll's lock-state shall remain DPLL_LOCK_STATUS_UNLOCKED) + render-max: true + - + type: const + name: temp-divider + value: 1000 + doc: | + temperature divider allowing userspace to calculate the + temperature as float with three digit decimal precision. + Value of (DPLL_A_TEMP / DPLL_TEMP_DIVIDER) is integer part of + temperature value. + Value of (DPLL_A_TEMP % DPLL_TEMP_DIVIDER) is fractional part of + temperature value. + - + type: enum + name: type + doc: type of dpll, valid values for DPLL_A_TYPE attribute + entries: + - + name: pps + doc: dpll produces Pulse-Per-Second signal + value: 1 + - + name: eec + doc: dpll drives the Ethernet Equipment Clock + render-max: true + - + type: enum + name: pin-type + doc: | + defines possible types of a pin, valid values for DPLL_A_PIN_TYPE + attribute + entries: + - + name: mux + doc: aggregates another layer of selectable pins + value: 1 + - + name: ext + doc: external input + - + name: synce-eth-port + doc: ethernet port PHY's recovered clock + - + name: int-oscillator + doc: device internal oscillator + - + name: gnss + doc: GNSS recovered clock + render-max: true + - + type: enum + name: pin-direction + doc: | + defines possible direction of a pin, valid values for + DPLL_A_PIN_DIRECTION attribute + entries: + - + name: input + doc: pin used as a input of a signal + value: 1 + - + name: output + doc: pin used to output the signal + render-max: true + - + type: const + name: pin-frequency-1-hz + value: 1 + - + type: const + name: pin-frequency-10-khz + value: 10000 + - + type: const + name: pin-frequency-77_5-khz + value: 77500 + - + type: const + name: pin-frequency-10-mhz + value: 10000000 + - + type: enum + name: pin-state + doc: | + defines possible states of a pin, valid values for + DPLL_A_PIN_STATE attribute + entries: + - + name: connected + doc: pin connected, active input of phase locked loop + value: 1 + - + name: disconnected + doc: pin disconnected, not considered as a valid input + - + name: selectable + doc: pin enabled for automatic input selection + render-max: true + - + type: flags + name: pin-capabilities + doc: | + defines possible capabilities of a pin, valid flags on + DPLL_A_PIN_CAPABILITIES attribute + entries: + - + name: direction-can-change + doc: pin direction can be changed + - + name: priority-can-change + doc: pin priority can be changed + - + name: state-can-change + doc: pin state can be changed + - + type: const + name: phase-offset-divider + value: 1000 + doc: | + phase offset divider allows userspace to calculate a value of + measured signal phase difference between a pin and dpll device + as a fractional value with three digit decimal precision. + Value of (DPLL_A_PHASE_OFFSET / DPLL_PHASE_OFFSET_DIVIDER) is an + integer part of a measured phase offset value. + Value of (DPLL_A_PHASE_OFFSET % DPLL_PHASE_OFFSET_DIVIDER) is a + fractional part of a measured phase offset value. + +attribute-sets: + - + name: dpll + enum-name: dpll_a + attributes: + - + name: id + type: u32 + - + name: module-name + type: string + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: clock-id + type: u64 + - + name: mode + type: u32 + enum: mode + - + name: mode-supported + type: u32 + enum: mode + multi-attr: true + - + name: lock-status + type: u32 + enum: lock-status + - + name: temp + type: s32 + - + name: type + type: u32 + enum: type + - + name: pin + enum-name: dpll_a_pin + attributes: + - + name: id + type: u32 + - + name: parent-id + type: u32 + - + name: module-name + type: string + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: clock-id + type: u64 + - + name: board-label + type: string + - + name: panel-label + type: string + - + name: package-label + type: string + - + name: type + type: u32 + enum: pin-type + - + name: direction + type: u32 + enum: pin-direction + - + name: frequency + type: u64 + - + name: frequency-supported + type: nest + multi-attr: true + nested-attributes: frequency-range + - + name: frequency-min + type: u64 + - + name: frequency-max + type: u64 + - + name: prio + type: u32 + - + name: state + type: u32 + enum: pin-state + - + name: capabilities + type: u32 + - + name: parent-device + type: nest + multi-attr: true + nested-attributes: pin-parent-device + - + name: parent-pin + type: nest + multi-attr: true + nested-attributes: pin-parent-pin + - + name: phase-adjust-min + type: s32 + - + name: phase-adjust-max + type: s32 + - + name: phase-adjust + type: s32 + - + name: phase-offset + type: s64 + - + name: pin-parent-device + subset-of: pin + attributes: + - + name: parent-id + - + name: direction + - + name: prio + - + name: state + - + name: phase-offset + - + name: pin-parent-pin + subset-of: pin + attributes: + - + name: parent-id + - + name: state + - + name: frequency-range + subset-of: pin + attributes: + - + name: frequency-min + - + name: frequency-max + +operations: + enum-name: dpll_cmd + list: + - + name: device-id-get + doc: | + Get id of dpll device that matches given attributes + attribute-set: dpll + flags: [ admin-perm ] + + do: + pre: dpll-lock-doit + post: dpll-unlock-doit + request: + attributes: + - module-name + - clock-id + - type + reply: + attributes: + - id + + - + name: device-get + doc: | + Get list of DPLL devices (dump) or attributes of a single dpll device + attribute-set: dpll + flags: [ admin-perm ] + + do: + pre: dpll-pre-doit + post: dpll-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - id + reply: &dev-attrs + attributes: + - id + - module-name + - mode + - mode-supported + - lock-status + - temp + - clock-id + - type + + dump: + pre: dpll-lock-dumpit + post: dpll-unlock-dumpit + reply: *dev-attrs + + - + name: device-set + doc: Set attributes for a DPLL device + attribute-set: dpll + flags: [ admin-perm ] + + do: + pre: dpll-pre-doit + post: dpll-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - id + - + name: device-create-ntf + doc: Notification about device appearing + notify: device-get + mcgrp: monitor + - + name: device-delete-ntf + doc: Notification about device disappearing + notify: device-get + mcgrp: monitor + - + name: device-change-ntf + doc: Notification about device configuration being changed + notify: device-get + mcgrp: monitor + - + name: pin-id-get + doc: | + Get id of a pin that matches given attributes + attribute-set: pin + flags: [ admin-perm ] + + do: + pre: dpll-lock-doit + post: dpll-unlock-doit + request: + attributes: + - module-name + - clock-id + - board-label + - panel-label + - package-label + - type + reply: + attributes: + - id + + - + name: pin-get + doc: | + Get list of pins and its attributes. + - dump request without any attributes given - list all the pins in the + system + - dump request with target dpll - list all the pins registered with + a given dpll device + - do request with target dpll and target pin - single pin attributes + attribute-set: pin + flags: [ admin-perm ] + + do: + pre: dpll-pin-pre-doit + post: dpll-pin-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - id + reply: &pin-attrs + attributes: + - id + - board-label + - panel-label + - package-label + - type + - frequency + - frequency-supported + - capabilities + - parent-device + - parent-pin + - phase-adjust-min + - phase-adjust-max + - phase-adjust + + dump: + pre: dpll-lock-dumpit + post: dpll-unlock-dumpit + request: + attributes: + - id + reply: *pin-attrs + + - + name: pin-set + doc: Set attributes of a target pin + attribute-set: pin + flags: [ admin-perm ] + + do: + pre: dpll-pin-pre-doit + post: dpll-pin-post-doit + request: + attributes: + - id + - frequency + - direction + - prio + - state + - parent-device + - parent-pin + - phase-adjust + - + name: pin-create-ntf + doc: Notification about pin appearing + notify: pin-get + mcgrp: monitor + - + name: pin-delete-ntf + doc: Notification about pin disappearing + notify: pin-get + mcgrp: monitor + - + name: pin-change-ntf + doc: Notification about pin configuration being changed + notify: pin-get + mcgrp: monitor + +mcast-groups: + list: + - + name: monitor diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/ethtool.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/ethtool.yaml index 837b565577ca..5c7a65b009b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/specs/ethtool.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/ethtool.yaml @@ -818,13 +818,10 @@ attribute-sets: attributes: - name: hist-bkt-low - type: u32 - name: hist-bkt-hi - type: u32 - name: hist-val - type: u64 - name: stats attributes: diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/handshake.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/handshake.yaml index 6d89e30f5fd5..b934cc513e3d 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/specs/handshake.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/handshake.yaml @@ -34,16 +34,16 @@ attribute-sets: attributes: - name: cert - type: u32 + type: s32 - name: privkey - type: u32 + type: s32 - name: accept attributes: - name: sockfd - type: u32 + type: s32 - name: handler-class type: u32 @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ attribute-sets: type: u32 - name: sockfd - type: u32 + type: s32 - name: remote-auth type: u32 diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/mptcp.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/mptcp.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..49f90cfb4698 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/mptcp.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,393 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) + +name: mptcp_pm +protocol: genetlink-legacy +doc: Multipath TCP. + +c-family-name: mptcp-pm-name +c-version-name: mptcp-pm-ver +max-by-define: true +kernel-policy: per-op +cmd-cnt-name: --mptcp-pm-cmd-after-last + +definitions: + - + type: enum + name: event-type + enum-name: mptcp-event-type + name-prefix: mptcp-event- + entries: + - + name: unspec + doc: unused event + - + name: created + doc: + token, family, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, dport + A new MPTCP connection has been created. It is the good time to + allocate memory and send ADD_ADDR if needed. Depending on the + traffic-patterns it can take a long time until the + MPTCP_EVENT_ESTABLISHED is sent. + - + name: established + doc: + token, family, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, dport + A MPTCP connection is established (can start new subflows). + - + name: closed + doc: + token + A MPTCP connection has stopped. + - + name: announced + value: 6 + doc: + token, rem_id, family, daddr4 | daddr6 [, dport] + A new address has been announced by the peer. + - + name: removed + doc: + token, rem_id + An address has been lost by the peer. + - + name: sub-established + value: 10 + doc: + token, family, loc_id, rem_id, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, + dport, backup, if_idx [, error] + A new subflow has been established. 'error' should not be set. + - + name: sub-closed + doc: + token, family, loc_id, rem_id, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, + dport, backup, if_idx [, error] + A subflow has been closed. An error (copy of sk_err) could be set if an + error has been detected for this subflow. + - + name: sub-priority + value: 13 + doc: + token, family, loc_id, rem_id, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, + dport, backup, if_idx [, error] + The priority of a subflow has changed. 'error' should not be set. + - + name: listener-created + value: 15 + doc: + family, sport, saddr4 | saddr6 + A new PM listener is created. + - + name: listener-closed + doc: + family, sport, saddr4 | saddr6 + A PM listener is closed. + +attribute-sets: + - + name: address + name-prefix: mptcp-pm-addr-attr- + attributes: + - + name: unspec + type: unused + value: 0 + - + name: family + type: u16 + - + name: id + type: u8 + - + name: addr4 + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: addr6 + type: binary + checks: + exact-len: 16 + - + name: port + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: flags + type: u32 + - + name: if-idx + type: s32 + - + name: subflow-attribute + name-prefix: mptcp-subflow-attr- + attributes: + - + name: unspec + type: unused + value: 0 + - + name: token-rem + type: u32 + - + name: token-loc + type: u32 + - + name: relwrite-seq + type: u32 + - + name: map-seq + type: u64 + - + name: map-sfseq + type: u32 + - + name: ssn-offset + type: u32 + - + name: map-datalen + type: u16 + - + name: flags + type: u32 + - + name: id-rem + type: u8 + - + name: id-loc + type: u8 + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: endpoint + name-prefix: mptcp-pm-endpoint- + attributes: + - + name: addr + type: nest + nested-attributes: address + - + name: attr + name-prefix: mptcp-pm-attr- + attr-cnt-name: --mptcp-attr-after-last + attributes: + - + name: unspec + type: unused + value: 0 + - + name: addr + type: nest + nested-attributes: address + - + name: rcv-add-addrs + type: u32 + - + name: subflows + type: u32 + - + name: token + type: u32 + - + name: loc-id + type: u8 + - + name: addr-remote + type: nest + nested-attributes: address + - + name: event-attr + enum-name: mptcp-event-attr + name-prefix: mptcp-attr- + attributes: + - + name: unspec + type: unused + value: 0 + - + name: token + type: u32 + - + name: family + type: u16 + - + name: loc-id + type: u8 + - + name: rem-id + type: u8 + - + name: saddr4 + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: saddr6 + type: binary + checks: + min-len: 16 + - + name: daddr4 + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: daddr6 + type: binary + checks: + min-len: 16 + - + name: sport + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: dport + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: backup + type: u8 + - + name: error + type: u8 + - + name: flags + type: u16 + - + name: timeout + type: u32 + - + name: if_idx + type: u32 + - + name: reset-reason + type: u32 + - + name: reset-flags + type: u32 + - + name: server-side + type: u8 + +operations: + list: + - + name: unspec + doc: unused + value: 0 + - + name: add-addr + doc: Add endpoint + attribute-set: endpoint + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: &add-addr-attrs + request: + attributes: + - addr + - + name: del-addr + doc: Delete endpoint + attribute-set: endpoint + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: *add-addr-attrs + - + name: get-addr + doc: Get endpoint information + attribute-set: endpoint + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: &get-addr-attrs + request: + attributes: + - addr + reply: + attributes: + - addr + dump: + reply: + attributes: + - addr + - + name: flush-addrs + doc: flush addresses + attribute-set: endpoint + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: *add-addr-attrs + - + name: set-limits + doc: Set protocol limits + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: &mptcp-limits + request: + attributes: + - rcv-add-addrs + - subflows + - + name: get-limits + doc: Get protocol limits + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + do: &mptcp-get-limits + request: + attributes: + - rcv-add-addrs + - subflows + reply: + attributes: + - rcv-add-addrs + - subflows + - + name: set-flags + doc: Change endpoint flags + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: &mptcp-set-flags + request: + attributes: + - addr + - token + - addr-remote + - + name: announce + doc: announce new sf + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: &announce-add + request: + attributes: + - addr + - token + - + name: remove + doc: announce removal + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: + request: + attributes: + - token + - loc-id + - + name: subflow-create + doc: todo + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: &sf-create + request: + attributes: + - addr + - token + - addr-remote + - + name: subflow-destroy + doc: todo + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: *sf-create diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/netdev.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/netdev.yaml index 1c7284fd535b..14511b13f305 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/specs/netdev.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/netdev.yaml @@ -42,6 +42,19 @@ definitions: doc: This feature informs if netdev implements non-linear XDP buffer support in ndo_xdp_xmit callback. + - + type: flags + name: xdp-rx-metadata + render-max: true + entries: + - + name: timestamp + doc: + Device is capable of exposing receive HW timestamp via bpf_xdp_metadata_rx_timestamp(). + - + name: hash + doc: + Device is capable of exposing receive packet hash via bpf_xdp_metadata_rx_hash(). attribute-sets: - @@ -61,13 +74,18 @@ attribute-sets: doc: Bitmask of enabled xdp-features. type: u64 enum: xdp-act - enum-as-flags: true - name: xdp-zc-max-segs doc: max fragment count supported by ZC driver type: u32 checks: min: 1 + - + name: xdp-rx-metadata-features + doc: Bitmask of supported XDP receive metadata features. + See Documentation/networking/xdp-rx-metadata.rst for more details. + type: u64 + enum: xdp-rx-metadata operations: list: @@ -84,6 +102,7 @@ operations: - ifindex - xdp-features - xdp-zc-max-segs + - xdp-rx-metadata-features dump: reply: *dev-all - diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/nfsd.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/nfsd.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..05acc73e2e33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/nfsd.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) + +name: nfsd +protocol: genetlink +uapi-header: linux/nfsd_netlink.h + +doc: NFSD configuration over generic netlink. + +attribute-sets: + - + name: rpc-status + attributes: + - + name: xid + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: flags + type: u32 + - + name: prog + type: u32 + - + name: version + type: u8 + - + name: proc + type: u32 + - + name: service_time + type: s64 + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: saddr4 + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: daddr4 + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: saddr6 + type: binary + display-hint: ipv6 + - + name: daddr6 + type: binary + display-hint: ipv6 + - + name: sport + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: dport + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: compound-ops + type: u32 + multi-attr: true + +operations: + list: + - + name: rpc-status-get + doc: dump pending nfsd rpc + attribute-set: rpc-status + dump: + pre: nfsd-nl-rpc-status-get-start + post: nfsd-nl-rpc-status-get-done + reply: + attributes: + - xid + - flags + - prog + - version + - proc + - service_time + - saddr4 + - daddr4 + - saddr6 + - daddr6 + - sport + - dport + - compound-ops diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/appletalk/cops.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/appletalk/cops.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 964ba80599a9..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/appletalk/cops.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -======================================== -The COPS LocalTalk Linux driver (cops.c) -======================================== - -By Jay Schulist <jschlst@samba.org> - -This driver has two modes and they are: Dayna mode and Tangent mode. -Each mode corresponds with the type of card. It has been found -that there are 2 main types of cards and all other cards are -the same and just have different names or only have minor differences -such as more IO ports. As this driver is tested it will -become more clear exactly what cards are supported. - -Right now these cards are known to work with the COPS driver. The -LT-200 cards work in a somewhat more limited capacity than the -DL200 cards, which work very well and are in use by many people. - -TANGENT driver mode: - - Tangent ATB-II, Novell NL-1000, Daystar Digital LT-200 - -DAYNA driver mode: - - Dayna DL2000/DaynaTalk PC (Half Length), COPS LT-95, - - Farallon PhoneNET PC III, Farallon PhoneNET PC II - -Other cards possibly supported mode unknown though: - - Dayna DL2000 (Full length) - -The COPS driver defaults to using Dayna mode. To change the driver's -mode if you built a driver with dual support use board_type=1 or -board_type=2 for Dayna or Tangent with insmod. - -Operation/loading of the driver -=============================== - -Use modprobe like this: /sbin/modprobe cops.o (IO #) (IRQ #) -If you do not specify any options the driver will try and use the IO = 0x240, -IRQ = 5. As of right now I would only use IRQ 5 for the card, if autoprobing. - -To load multiple COPS driver Localtalk cards you can do one of the following:: - - insmod cops io=0x240 irq=5 - insmod -o cops2 cops io=0x260 irq=3 - -Or in lilo.conf put something like this:: - - append="ether=5,0x240,lt0 ether=3,0x260,lt1" - -Then bring up the interface with ifconfig. It will look something like this:: - - lt0 Link encap:UNSPEC HWaddr 00-00-00-00-00-00-00-F7-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00 - inet addr:192.168.1.2 Bcast:192.168.1.255 Mask:255.255.255.0 - UP BROADCAST RUNNING NOARP MULTICAST MTU:600 Metric:1 - RX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 - TX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 coll:0 - -Netatalk Configuration -====================== - -You will need to configure atalkd with something like the following to make -it work with the cops.c driver. - -* For single LTalk card use:: - - dummy -seed -phase 2 -net 2000 -addr 2000.10 -zone "1033" - lt0 -seed -phase 1 -net 1000 -addr 1000.50 -zone "1033" - -* For multiple cards, Ethernet and LocalTalk:: - - eth0 -seed -phase 2 -net 3000 -addr 3000.20 -zone "1033" - lt0 -seed -phase 1 -net 1000 -addr 1000.50 -zone "1033" - -* For multiple LocalTalk cards, and an Ethernet card. - -* Order seems to matter here, Ethernet last:: - - lt0 -seed -phase 1 -net 1000 -addr 1000.10 -zone "LocalTalk1" - lt1 -seed -phase 1 -net 2000 -addr 2000.20 -zone "LocalTalk2" - eth0 -seed -phase 2 -net 3000 -addr 3000.30 -zone "EtherTalk" diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/appletalk/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/appletalk/index.rst deleted file mode 100644 index c196baeb0856..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/appletalk/index.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) - -AppleTalk Device Drivers -======================== - -Contents: - -.. toctree:: - :maxdepth: 2 - - cops - -.. only:: subproject and html - - Indices - ======= - - * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/index.rst index 9827e816084b..43de285b8a92 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/index.rst @@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ Contents: intel/e1000 intel/e1000e intel/fm10k + intel/idpf intel/igb intel/igbvf intel/ixgbe diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/intel/idpf.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/intel/idpf.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..adb16e2abd21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/intel/idpf.rst @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ + +========================================================================== +idpf Linux* Base Driver for the Intel(R) Infrastructure Data Path Function +========================================================================== + +Intel idpf Linux driver. +Copyright(C) 2023 Intel Corporation. + +.. contents:: + +The idpf driver serves as both the Physical Function (PF) and Virtual Function +(VF) driver for the Intel(R) Infrastructure Data Path Function. + +Driver information can be obtained using ethtool, lspci, and ip. + +For questions related to hardware requirements, refer to the documentation +supplied with your Intel adapter. All hardware requirements listed apply to use +with Linux. + + +Identifying Your Adapter +======================== +For information on how to identify your adapter, and for the latest Intel +network drivers, refer to the Intel Support website: +http://www.intel.com/support + + +Additional Features and Configurations +====================================== + +ethtool +------- +The driver utilizes the ethtool interface for driver configuration and +diagnostics, as well as displaying statistical information. The latest ethtool +version is required for this functionality. If you don't have one yet, you can +obtain it at: +https://kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ + + +Viewing Link Messages +--------------------- +Link messages will not be displayed to the console if the distribution is +restricting system messages. In order to see network driver link messages on +your console, set dmesg to eight by entering the following:: + + # dmesg -n 8 + +.. note:: + This setting is not saved across reboots. + + +Jumbo Frames +------------ +Jumbo Frames support is enabled by changing the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) +to a value larger than the default value of 1500. + +Use the ip command to increase the MTU size. For example, enter the following +where <ethX> is the interface number:: + + # ip link set mtu 9000 dev <ethX> + # ip link set up dev <ethX> + +.. note:: + The maximum MTU setting for jumbo frames is 9706. This corresponds to the + maximum jumbo frame size of 9728 bytes. + +.. note:: + This driver will attempt to use multiple page sized buffers to receive + each jumbo packet. This should help to avoid buffer starvation issues when + allocating receive packets. + +.. note:: + Packet loss may have a greater impact on throughput when you use jumbo + frames. If you observe a drop in performance after enabling jumbo frames, + enabling flow control may mitigate the issue. + + +Performance Optimization +======================== +Driver defaults are meant to fit a wide variety of workloads, but if further +optimization is required, we recommend experimenting with the following +settings. + + +Interrupt Rate Limiting +----------------------- +This driver supports an adaptive interrupt throttle rate (ITR) mechanism that +is tuned for general workloads. The user can customize the interrupt rate +control for specific workloads, via ethtool, adjusting the number of +microseconds between interrupts. + +To set the interrupt rate manually, you must disable adaptive mode:: + + # ethtool -C <ethX> adaptive-rx off adaptive-tx off + +For lower CPU utilization: + - Disable adaptive ITR and lower Rx and Tx interrupts. The examples below + affect every queue of the specified interface. + + - Setting rx-usecs and tx-usecs to 80 will limit interrupts to about + 12,500 interrupts per second per queue:: + + # ethtool -C <ethX> adaptive-rx off adaptive-tx off rx-usecs 80 + tx-usecs 80 + +For reduced latency: + - Disable adaptive ITR and ITR by setting rx-usecs and tx-usecs to 0 + using ethtool:: + + # ethtool -C <ethX> adaptive-rx off adaptive-tx off rx-usecs 0 + tx-usecs 0 + +Per-queue interrupt rate settings: + - The following examples are for queues 1 and 3, but you can adjust other + queues. + + - To disable Rx adaptive ITR and set static Rx ITR to 10 microseconds or + about 100,000 interrupts/second, for queues 1 and 3:: + + # ethtool --per-queue <ethX> queue_mask 0xa --coalesce adaptive-rx off + rx-usecs 10 + + - To show the current coalesce settings for queues 1 and 3:: + + # ethtool --per-queue <ethX> queue_mask 0xa --show-coalesce + + + +Virtualized Environments +------------------------ +In addition to the other suggestions in this section, the following may be +helpful to optimize performance in VMs. + + - Using the appropriate mechanism (vcpupin) in the VM, pin the CPUs to + individual LCPUs, making sure to use a set of CPUs included in the + device's local_cpulist: /sys/class/net/<ethX>/device/local_cpulist. + + - Configure as many Rx/Tx queues in the VM as available. (See the idpf driver + documentation for the number of queues supported.) For example:: + + # ethtool -L <virt_interface> rx <max> tx <max> + + +Support +======= +For general information, go to the Intel support website at: +http://www.intel.com/support/ + +If an issue is identified with the released source code on a supported kernel +with a supported adapter, email the specific information related to the issue +to intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org. + + +Trademarks +========== +Intel is a trademark or registered trademark of Intel Corporation or its +subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries. + +* Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/kconfig.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/kconfig.rst index 0a42c3395ffa..20d3b7e87049 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/kconfig.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/kconfig.rst @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Enabling the driver and kconfig options | Enables :ref:`IPSec XFRM cryptography-offload acceleration <xfrm_device>`. -**CONFIG_MLX5_EN_MACSEC=(y/n)** +**CONFIG_MLX5_MACSEC=(y/n)** | Build support for MACsec cryptography-offload acceleration in the NIC. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/neterion/s2io.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/neterion/s2io.rst index c5673ec4559b..d731b5a98561 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/neterion/s2io.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/neterion/s2io.rst @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ c. Multi-buffer receive mode. Scattering of packet across multiple IBM xSeries). d. MSI/MSI-X. Can be enabled on platforms which support this feature - (IA64, Xeon) resulting in noticeable performance improvement(up to 7% - on certain platforms). + resulting in noticeable performance improvement (up to 7% on certain + platforms). e. Statistics. Comprehensive MAC-level and software statistics displayed using "ethtool -S" option. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst index 601eacaf12f3..2f0285a5bc80 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst @@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ Contents: .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 2 - appletalk/index atm/index cable/index can/index diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink/i40e.rst b/Documentation/networking/devlink/i40e.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d3cb5bb5197e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink/i40e.rst @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +==================== +i40e devlink support +==================== + +This document describes the devlink features implemented by the ``i40e`` +device driver. + +Info versions +============= + +The ``i40e`` driver reports the following versions + +.. list-table:: devlink info versions implemented + :widths: 5 5 5 90 + + * - Name + - Type + - Example + - Description + * - ``board.id`` + - fixed + - K15190-000 + - The Product Board Assembly (PBA) identifier of the board. + * - ``fw.mgmt`` + - running + - 9.130 + - 2-digit version number of the management firmware that controls the + PHY, link, etc. + * - ``fw.mgmt.api`` + - running + - 1.15 + - 2-digit version number of the API exported over the AdminQ by the + management firmware. Used by the driver to identify what commands + are supported. + * - ``fw.mgmt.build`` + - running + - 73618 + - Build number of the source for the management firmware. + * - ``fw.undi`` + - running + - 1.3429.0 + - Version of the Option ROM containing the UEFI driver. The version is + reported in ``major.minor.patch`` format. The major version is + incremented whenever a major breaking change occurs, or when the + minor version would overflow. The minor version is incremented for + non-breaking changes and reset to 1 when the major version is + incremented. The patch version is normally 0 but is incremented when + a fix is delivered as a patch against an older base Option ROM. + * - ``fw.psid.api`` + - running + - 9.30 + - Version defining the format of the flash contents. + * - ``fw.bundle_id`` + - running + - 0x8000e5f3 + - Unique identifier of the firmware image file that was loaded onto + the device. Also referred to as the EETRACK identifier of the NVM. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/devlink/index.rst index b49749e2b9a6..e14d7a701b72 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/devlink/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink/index.rst @@ -18,6 +18,34 @@ netlink commands. Drivers are encouraged to use the devlink instance lock for their own needs. +Drivers need to be cautious when taking devlink instance lock and +taking RTNL lock at the same time. Devlink instance lock needs to be taken +first, only after that RTNL lock could be taken. + +Nested instances +---------------- + +Some objects, like linecards or port functions, could have another +devlink instances created underneath. In that case, drivers should make +sure to respect following rules: + + - Lock ordering should be maintained. If driver needs to take instance + lock of both nested and parent instances at the same time, devlink + instance lock of the parent instance should be taken first, only then + instance lock of the nested instance could be taken. + - Driver should use object-specific helpers to setup the + nested relationship: + + - ``devl_nested_devlink_set()`` - called to setup devlink -> nested + devlink relationship (could be user for multiple nested instances. + - ``devl_port_fn_devlink_set()`` - called to setup port function -> + nested devlink relationship. + - ``devlink_linecard_nested_dl_set()`` - called to setup linecard -> + nested devlink relationship. + +The nested devlink info is exposed to the userspace over object-specific +attributes of devlink netlink. + Interface documentation ----------------------- @@ -52,6 +80,7 @@ parameters, info versions, and other features it supports. bnxt etas_es58x hns3 + i40e ionic ice mlx4 diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dsa/b53.rst b/Documentation/networking/dsa/b53.rst index b41637cdb82b..1cb3ff648f88 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dsa/b53.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/dsa/b53.rst @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ VLAN programming would basically change the CPU port's default PVID and make it untagged, undesirable. In difference to the configuration described in :ref:`dsa-vlan-configuration` -the default VLAN 1 has to be removed from the slave interface configuration in +the default VLAN 1 has to be removed from the user interface configuration in single port and gateway configuration, while there is no need to add an extra VLAN configuration in the bridge showcase. @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ By default packages are tagged with vid 1: ip link add link eth0 name eth0.2 type vlan id 2 ip link add link eth0 name eth0.3 type vlan id 3 - # The master interface needs to be brought up before the slave ports. + # The conduit interface needs to be brought up before the user ports. ip link set eth0 up ip link set eth0.1 up ip link set eth0.2 up ip link set eth0.3 up - # bring up the slave interfaces + # bring up the user interfaces ip link set wan up ip link set lan1 up ip link set lan2 up @@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ bridge # tag traffic on CPU port ip link add link eth0 name eth0.1 type vlan id 1 - # The master interface needs to be brought up before the slave ports. + # The conduit interface needs to be brought up before the user ports. ip link set eth0 up ip link set eth0.1 up - # bring up the slave interfaces + # bring up the user interfaces ip link set wan up ip link set lan1 up ip link set lan2 up @@ -149,12 +149,12 @@ gateway ip link add link eth0 name eth0.1 type vlan id 1 ip link add link eth0 name eth0.2 type vlan id 2 - # The master interface needs to be brought up before the slave ports. + # The conduit interface needs to be brought up before the user ports. ip link set eth0 up ip link set eth0.1 up ip link set eth0.2 up - # bring up the slave interfaces + # bring up the user interfaces ip link set wan up ip link set lan1 up ip link set lan2 up diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dsa/bcm_sf2.rst b/Documentation/networking/dsa/bcm_sf2.rst index dee234039e1e..d2571435696f 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dsa/bcm_sf2.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/dsa/bcm_sf2.rst @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ MDIO indirect accesses ---------------------- Due to a limitation in how Broadcom switches have been designed, external -Broadcom switches connected to a SF2 require the use of the DSA slave MDIO bus +Broadcom switches connected to a SF2 require the use of the DSA user MDIO bus in order to properly configure them. By default, the SF2 pseudo-PHY address, and an external switch pseudo-PHY address will both be snooping for incoming MDIO transactions, since they are at the same address (30), resulting in some kind of diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dsa/configuration.rst b/Documentation/networking/dsa/configuration.rst index d2934c40f0f1..6cc4ded3cc23 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dsa/configuration.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/dsa/configuration.rst @@ -31,38 +31,38 @@ at https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/net/iproute2/ Through DSA every port of a switch is handled like a normal linux Ethernet interface. The CPU port is the switch port connected to an Ethernet MAC chip. -The corresponding linux Ethernet interface is called the master interface. -All other corresponding linux interfaces are called slave interfaces. +The corresponding linux Ethernet interface is called the conduit interface. +All other corresponding linux interfaces are called user interfaces. -The slave interfaces depend on the master interface being up in order for them -to send or receive traffic. Prior to kernel v5.12, the state of the master +The user interfaces depend on the conduit interface being up in order for them +to send or receive traffic. Prior to kernel v5.12, the state of the conduit interface had to be managed explicitly by the user. Starting with kernel v5.12, the behavior is as follows: -- when a DSA slave interface is brought up, the master interface is +- when a DSA user interface is brought up, the conduit interface is automatically brought up. -- when the master interface is brought down, all DSA slave interfaces are +- when the conduit interface is brought down, all DSA user interfaces are automatically brought down. In this documentation the following Ethernet interfaces are used: *eth0* - the master interface + the conduit interface *eth1* - another master interface + another conduit interface *lan1* - a slave interface + a user interface *lan2* - another slave interface + another user interface *lan3* - a third slave interface + a third user interface *wan* - A slave interface dedicated for upstream traffic + A user interface dedicated for upstream traffic Further Ethernet interfaces can be configured similar. The configured IPs and networks are: @@ -96,11 +96,11 @@ without using a VLAN based configuration. ip addr add 192.0.2.5/30 dev lan2 ip addr add 192.0.2.9/30 dev lan3 - # For kernels earlier than v5.12, the master interface needs to be - # brought up manually before the slave ports. + # For kernels earlier than v5.12, the conduit interface needs to be + # brought up manually before the user ports. ip link set eth0 up - # bring up the slave interfaces + # bring up the user interfaces ip link set lan1 up ip link set lan2 up ip link set lan3 up @@ -108,11 +108,11 @@ without using a VLAN based configuration. *bridge* .. code-block:: sh - # For kernels earlier than v5.12, the master interface needs to be - # brought up manually before the slave ports. + # For kernels earlier than v5.12, the conduit interface needs to be + # brought up manually before the user ports. ip link set eth0 up - # bring up the slave interfaces + # bring up the user interfaces ip link set lan1 up ip link set lan2 up ip link set lan3 up @@ -134,11 +134,11 @@ without using a VLAN based configuration. *gateway* .. code-block:: sh - # For kernels earlier than v5.12, the master interface needs to be - # brought up manually before the slave ports. + # For kernels earlier than v5.12, the conduit interface needs to be + # brought up manually before the user ports. ip link set eth0 up - # bring up the slave interfaces + # bring up the user interfaces ip link set wan up ip link set lan1 up ip link set lan2 up @@ -178,14 +178,14 @@ configuration. ip link add link eth0 name eth0.2 type vlan id 2 ip link add link eth0 name eth0.3 type vlan id 3 - # For kernels earlier than v5.12, the master interface needs to be - # brought up manually before the slave ports. + # For kernels earlier than v5.12, the conduit interface needs to be + # brought up manually before the user ports. ip link set eth0 up ip link set eth0.1 up ip link set eth0.2 up ip link set eth0.3 up - # bring up the slave interfaces + # bring up the user interfaces ip link set lan1 up ip link set lan2 up ip link set lan3 up @@ -221,12 +221,12 @@ configuration. # tag traffic on CPU port ip link add link eth0 name eth0.1 type vlan id 1 - # For kernels earlier than v5.12, the master interface needs to be - # brought up manually before the slave ports. + # For kernels earlier than v5.12, the conduit interface needs to be + # brought up manually before the user ports. ip link set eth0 up ip link set eth0.1 up - # bring up the slave interfaces + # bring up the user interfaces ip link set lan1 up ip link set lan2 up ip link set lan3 up @@ -261,13 +261,13 @@ configuration. ip link add link eth0 name eth0.1 type vlan id 1 ip link add link eth0 name eth0.2 type vlan id 2 - # For kernels earlier than v5.12, the master interface needs to be - # brought up manually before the slave ports. + # For kernels earlier than v5.12, the conduit interface needs to be + # brought up manually before the user ports. ip link set eth0 up ip link set eth0.1 up ip link set eth0.2 up - # bring up the slave interfaces + # bring up the user interfaces ip link set wan up ip link set lan1 up ip link set lan2 up @@ -380,22 +380,22 @@ affinities according to the available CPU ports. Secondly, it is possible to perform load balancing between CPU ports on a per packet basis, rather than statically assigning user ports to CPU ports. -This can be achieved by placing the DSA masters under a LAG interface (bonding +This can be achieved by placing the DSA conduits under a LAG interface (bonding or team). DSA monitors this operation and creates a mirror of this software LAG -on the CPU ports facing the physical DSA masters that constitute the LAG slave +on the CPU ports facing the physical DSA conduits that constitute the LAG slave devices. To make use of multiple CPU ports, the firmware (device tree) description of -the switch must mark all the links between CPU ports and their DSA masters +the switch must mark all the links between CPU ports and their DSA conduits using the ``ethernet`` reference/phandle. At startup, only a single CPU port -and DSA master will be used - the numerically first port from the firmware +and DSA conduit will be used - the numerically first port from the firmware description which has an ``ethernet`` property. It is up to the user to -configure the system for the switch to use other masters. +configure the system for the switch to use other conduits. DSA uses the ``rtnl_link_ops`` mechanism (with a "dsa" ``kind``) to allow -changing the DSA master of a user port. The ``IFLA_DSA_MASTER`` u32 netlink -attribute contains the ifindex of the master device that handles each slave -device. The DSA master must be a valid candidate based on firmware node +changing the DSA conduit of a user port. The ``IFLA_DSA_CONDUIT`` u32 netlink +attribute contains the ifindex of the conduit device that handles each user +device. The DSA conduit must be a valid candidate based on firmware node information, or a LAG interface which contains only slaves which are valid candidates. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Using iproute2, the following manipulations are possible: .. code-block:: sh - # See the DSA master in current use + # See the DSA conduit in current use ip -d link show dev swp0 (...) dsa master eth0 @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Using iproute2, the following manipulations are possible: ip link set swp2 type dsa master eth1 ip link set swp3 type dsa master eth0 - # CPU ports in LAG, using explicit assignment of the DSA master + # CPU ports in LAG, using explicit assignment of the DSA conduit ip link add bond0 type bond mode balance-xor && ip link set bond0 up ip link set eth1 down && ip link set eth1 master bond0 ip link set swp0 type dsa master bond0 @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Using iproute2, the following manipulations are possible: (...) dsa master bond0 - # CPU ports in LAG, relying on implicit migration of the DSA master + # CPU ports in LAG, relying on implicit migration of the DSA conduit ip link add bond0 type bond mode balance-xor && ip link set bond0 up ip link set eth0 down && ip link set eth0 master bond0 ip link set eth1 down && ip link set eth1 master bond0 @@ -435,24 +435,24 @@ Using iproute2, the following manipulations are possible: dsa master bond0 Notice that in the case of CPU ports under a LAG, the use of the -``IFLA_DSA_MASTER`` netlink attribute is not strictly needed, but rather, DSA -reacts to the ``IFLA_MASTER`` attribute change of its present master (``eth0``) +``IFLA_DSA_CONDUIT`` netlink attribute is not strictly needed, but rather, DSA +reacts to the ``IFLA_MASTER`` attribute change of its present conduit (``eth0``) and migrates all user ports to the new upper of ``eth0``, ``bond0``. Similarly, when ``bond0`` is destroyed using ``RTM_DELLINK``, DSA migrates the user ports -that were assigned to this interface to the first physical DSA master which is +that were assigned to this interface to the first physical DSA conduit which is eligible, based on the firmware description (it effectively reverts to the startup configuration). In a setup with more than 2 physical CPU ports, it is therefore possible to mix -static user to CPU port assignment with LAG between DSA masters. It is not -possible to statically assign a user port towards a DSA master that has any -upper interfaces (this includes LAG devices - the master must always be the LAG +static user to CPU port assignment with LAG between DSA conduits. It is not +possible to statically assign a user port towards a DSA conduit that has any +upper interfaces (this includes LAG devices - the conduit must always be the LAG in this case). -Live changing of the DSA master (and thus CPU port) affinity of a user port is +Live changing of the DSA conduit (and thus CPU port) affinity of a user port is permitted, in order to allow dynamic redistribution in response to traffic. -Physical DSA masters are allowed to join and leave at any time a LAG interface -used as a DSA master; however, DSA will reject a LAG interface as a valid -candidate for being a DSA master unless it has at least one physical DSA master +Physical DSA conduits are allowed to join and leave at any time a LAG interface +used as a DSA conduit; however, DSA will reject a LAG interface as a valid +candidate for being a DSA conduit unless it has at least one physical DSA conduit as a slave device. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.rst b/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.rst index a94ddf83348a..7b2e69cd7ef0 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.rst @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ presence of a management port connected to an Ethernet controller capable of receiving Ethernet frames from the switch. This is a very common setup for all kinds of Ethernet switches found in Small Home and Office products: routers, gateways, or even top-of-rack switches. This host Ethernet controller will -be later referred to as "master" and "cpu" in DSA terminology and code. +be later referred to as "conduit" and "cpu" in DSA terminology and code. The D in DSA stands for Distributed, because the subsystem has been designed with the ability to configure and manage cascaded switches on top of each other @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ of multiple switches connected to each other is called a "switch tree". For each front-panel port, DSA creates specialized network devices which are used as controlling and data-flowing endpoints for use by the Linux networking -stack. These specialized network interfaces are referred to as "slave" network +stack. These specialized network interfaces are referred to as "user" network interfaces in DSA terminology and code. The ideal case for using DSA is when an Ethernet switch supports a "switch tag" @@ -56,12 +56,16 @@ Note that DSA does not currently create network interfaces for the "cpu" and - the "cpu" port is the Ethernet switch facing side of the management controller, and as such, would create a duplication of feature, since you - would get two interfaces for the same conduit: master netdev, and "cpu" netdev + would get two interfaces for the same conduit: conduit netdev, and "cpu" netdev - the "dsa" port(s) are just conduits between two or more switches, and as such cannot really be used as proper network interfaces either, only the downstream, or the top-most upstream interface makes sense with that model +NB: for the past 15 years, the DSA subsystem had been making use of the terms +"master" (rather than "conduit") and "slave" (rather than "user"). These terms +have been removed from the DSA codebase and phased out of the uAPI. + Switch tagging protocols ------------------------ @@ -80,14 +84,14 @@ methods of the ``struct dsa_device_ops`` structure, which are detailed below. Tagging protocols generally fall in one of three categories: 1. The switch-specific frame header is located before the Ethernet header, - shifting to the right (from the perspective of the DSA master's frame + shifting to the right (from the perspective of the DSA conduit's frame parser) the MAC DA, MAC SA, EtherType and the entire L2 payload. 2. The switch-specific frame header is located before the EtherType, keeping - the MAC DA and MAC SA in place from the DSA master's perspective, but + the MAC DA and MAC SA in place from the DSA conduit's perspective, but shifting the 'real' EtherType and L2 payload to the right. 3. The switch-specific frame header is located at the tail of the packet, keeping all frame headers in place and not altering the view of the packet - that the DSA master's frame parser has. + that the DSA conduit's frame parser has. A tagging protocol may tag all packets with switch tags of the same length, or the tag length might vary (for example packets with PTP timestamps might @@ -95,7 +99,7 @@ require an extended switch tag, or there might be one tag length on TX and a different one on RX). Either way, the tagging protocol driver must populate the ``struct dsa_device_ops::needed_headroom`` and/or ``struct dsa_device_ops::needed_tailroom`` with the length in octets of the longest switch frame header/trailer. The DSA -framework will automatically adjust the MTU of the master interface to +framework will automatically adjust the MTU of the conduit interface to accommodate for this extra size in order for DSA user ports to support the standard MTU (L2 payload length) of 1500 octets. The ``needed_headroom`` and ``needed_tailroom`` properties are also used to request from the network stack, @@ -140,18 +144,18 @@ adding or removing the ``ETH_P_EDSA`` EtherType and some padding octets). It is possible to construct cascaded setups of DSA switches even if their tagging protocols are not compatible with one another. In this case, there are no DSA links in this fabric, and each switch constitutes a disjoint DSA switch -tree. The DSA links are viewed as simply a pair of a DSA master (the out-facing +tree. The DSA links are viewed as simply a pair of a DSA conduit (the out-facing port of the upstream DSA switch) and a CPU port (the in-facing port of the downstream DSA switch). The tagging protocol of the attached DSA switch tree can be viewed through the -``dsa/tagging`` sysfs attribute of the DSA master:: +``dsa/tagging`` sysfs attribute of the DSA conduit:: cat /sys/class/net/eth0/dsa/tagging If the hardware and driver are capable, the tagging protocol of the DSA switch tree can be changed at runtime. This is done by writing the new tagging -protocol name to the same sysfs device attribute as above (the DSA master and +protocol name to the same sysfs device attribute as above (the DSA conduit and all attached switch ports must be down while doing this). It is desirable that all tagging protocols are testable with the ``dsa_loop`` @@ -159,7 +163,7 @@ mockup driver, which can be attached to any network interface. The goal is that any network interface should be capable of transmitting the same packet in the same way, and the tagger should decode the same received packet in the same way regardless of the driver used for the switch control path, and the driver used -for the DSA master. +for the DSA conduit. The transmission of a packet goes through the tagger's ``xmit`` function. The passed ``struct sk_buff *skb`` has ``skb->data`` pointing at @@ -183,44 +187,44 @@ virtual DSA user network interface corresponding to the physical front-facing switch port that the packet was received on. Since tagging protocols in category 1 and 2 break software (and most often also -hardware) packet dissection on the DSA master, features such as RPS (Receive -Packet Steering) on the DSA master would be broken. The DSA framework deals +hardware) packet dissection on the DSA conduit, features such as RPS (Receive +Packet Steering) on the DSA conduit would be broken. The DSA framework deals with this by hooking into the flow dissector and shifting the offset at which -the IP header is to be found in the tagged frame as seen by the DSA master. +the IP header is to be found in the tagged frame as seen by the DSA conduit. This behavior is automatic based on the ``overhead`` value of the tagging protocol. If not all packets are of equal size, the tagger can implement the ``flow_dissect`` method of the ``struct dsa_device_ops`` and override this default behavior by specifying the correct offset incurred by each individual RX packet. Tail taggers do not cause issues to the flow dissector. -Checksum offload should work with category 1 and 2 taggers when the DSA master +Checksum offload should work with category 1 and 2 taggers when the DSA conduit driver declares NETIF_F_HW_CSUM in vlan_features and looks at csum_start and csum_offset. For those cases, DSA will shift the checksum start and offset by -the tag size. If the DSA master driver still uses the legacy NETIF_F_IP_CSUM +the tag size. If the DSA conduit driver still uses the legacy NETIF_F_IP_CSUM or NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM in vlan_features, the offload might only work if the offload hardware already expects that specific tag (perhaps due to matching -vendors). DSA slaves inherit those flags from the master port, and it is up to +vendors). DSA user ports inherit those flags from the conduit, and it is up to the driver to correctly fall back to software checksum when the IP header is not where the hardware expects. If that check is ineffective, the packets might go to the network without a proper checksum (the checksum field will have the pseudo IP header sum). For category 3, when the offload hardware does not already expect the switch tag in use, the checksum must be calculated before any -tag is inserted (i.e. inside the tagger). Otherwise, the DSA master would +tag is inserted (i.e. inside the tagger). Otherwise, the DSA conduit would include the tail tag in the (software or hardware) checksum calculation. Then, when the tag gets stripped by the switch during transmission, it will leave an incorrect IP checksum in place. Due to various reasons (most common being category 1 taggers being associated -with DSA-unaware masters, mangling what the master perceives as MAC DA), the -tagging protocol may require the DSA master to operate in promiscuous mode, to +with DSA-unaware conduits, mangling what the conduit perceives as MAC DA), the +tagging protocol may require the DSA conduit to operate in promiscuous mode, to receive all frames regardless of the value of the MAC DA. This can be done by -setting the ``promisc_on_master`` property of the ``struct dsa_device_ops``. -Note that this assumes a DSA-unaware master driver, which is the norm. +setting the ``promisc_on_conduit`` property of the ``struct dsa_device_ops``. +Note that this assumes a DSA-unaware conduit driver, which is the norm. -Master network devices ----------------------- +Conduit network devices +----------------------- -Master network devices are regular, unmodified Linux network device drivers for +Conduit network devices are regular, unmodified Linux network device drivers for the CPU/management Ethernet interface. Such a driver might occasionally need to know whether DSA is enabled (e.g.: to enable/disable specific offload features), but the DSA subsystem has been proven to work with industry standard drivers: @@ -232,14 +236,14 @@ Ethernet switch. Networking stack hooks ---------------------- -When a master netdev is used with DSA, a small hook is placed in the +When a conduit netdev is used with DSA, a small hook is placed in the networking stack is in order to have the DSA subsystem process the Ethernet switch specific tagging protocol. DSA accomplishes this by registering a specific (and fake) Ethernet type (later becoming ``skb->protocol``) with the networking stack, this is also known as a ``ptype`` or ``packet_type``. A typical Ethernet Frame receive sequence looks like this: -Master network device (e.g.: e1000e): +Conduit network device (e.g.: e1000e): 1. Receive interrupt fires: @@ -269,16 +273,16 @@ Master network device (e.g.: e1000e): - inspect and strip switch tag protocol to determine originating port - locate per-port network device - - invoke ``eth_type_trans()`` with the DSA slave network device + - invoke ``eth_type_trans()`` with the DSA user network device - invoked ``netif_receive_skb()`` -Past this point, the DSA slave network devices get delivered regular Ethernet +Past this point, the DSA user network devices get delivered regular Ethernet frames that can be processed by the networking stack. -Slave network devices ---------------------- +User network devices +-------------------- -Slave network devices created by DSA are stacked on top of their master network +User network devices created by DSA are stacked on top of their conduit network device, each of these network interfaces will be responsible for being a controlling and data-flowing end-point for each front-panel port of the switch. These interfaces are specialized in order to: @@ -289,31 +293,31 @@ These interfaces are specialized in order to: Wake-on-LAN, register dumps... - manage external/internal PHY: link, auto-negotiation, etc. -These slave network devices have custom net_device_ops and ethtool_ops function +These user network devices have custom net_device_ops and ethtool_ops function pointers which allow DSA to introduce a level of layering between the networking stack/ethtool and the switch driver implementation. -Upon frame transmission from these slave network devices, DSA will look up which +Upon frame transmission from these user network devices, DSA will look up which switch tagging protocol is currently registered with these network devices and invoke a specific transmit routine which takes care of adding the relevant switch tag in the Ethernet frames. -These frames are then queued for transmission using the master network device +These frames are then queued for transmission using the conduit network device ``ndo_start_xmit()`` function. Since they contain the appropriate switch tag, the Ethernet switch will be able to process these incoming frames from the management interface and deliver them to the physical switch port. When using multiple CPU ports, it is possible to stack a LAG (bonding/team) -device between the DSA slave devices and the physical DSA masters. The LAG -device is thus also a DSA master, but the LAG slave devices continue to be DSA -masters as well (just with no user port assigned to them; this is needed for -recovery in case the LAG DSA master disappears). Thus, the data path of the LAG -DSA master is used asymmetrically. On RX, the ``ETH_P_XDSA`` handler, which -calls ``dsa_switch_rcv()``, is invoked early (on the physical DSA master; -LAG slave). Therefore, the RX data path of the LAG DSA master is not used. -On the other hand, TX takes place linearly: ``dsa_slave_xmit`` calls -``dsa_enqueue_skb``, which calls ``dev_queue_xmit`` towards the LAG DSA master. -The latter calls ``dev_queue_xmit`` towards one physical DSA master or the +device between the DSA user devices and the physical DSA conduits. The LAG +device is thus also a DSA conduit, but the LAG slave devices continue to be DSA +conduits as well (just with no user port assigned to them; this is needed for +recovery in case the LAG DSA conduit disappears). Thus, the data path of the LAG +DSA conduit is used asymmetrically. On RX, the ``ETH_P_XDSA`` handler, which +calls ``dsa_switch_rcv()``, is invoked early (on the physical DSA conduit; +LAG slave). Therefore, the RX data path of the LAG DSA conduit is not used. +On the other hand, TX takes place linearly: ``dsa_user_xmit`` calls +``dsa_enqueue_skb``, which calls ``dev_queue_xmit`` towards the LAG DSA conduit. +The latter calls ``dev_queue_xmit`` towards one physical DSA conduit or the other, and in both cases, the packet exits the system through a hardware path towards the switch. @@ -352,11 +356,11 @@ perspective:: || swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 || ++------+-+------+-+------+-+------++ -Slave MDIO bus --------------- +User MDIO bus +------------- -In order to be able to read to/from a switch PHY built into it, DSA creates a -slave MDIO bus which allows a specific switch driver to divert and intercept +In order to be able to read to/from a switch PHY built into it, DSA creates an +user MDIO bus which allows a specific switch driver to divert and intercept MDIO reads/writes towards specific PHY addresses. In most MDIO-connected switches, these functions would utilize direct or indirect PHY addressing mode to return standard MII registers from the switch builtin PHYs, allowing the PHY @@ -364,7 +368,7 @@ library and/or to return link status, link partner pages, auto-negotiation results, etc. For Ethernet switches which have both external and internal MDIO buses, the -slave MII bus can be utilized to mux/demux MDIO reads and writes towards either +user MII bus can be utilized to mux/demux MDIO reads and writes towards either internal or external MDIO devices this switch might be connected to: internal PHYs, external PHYs, or even external switches. @@ -381,10 +385,10 @@ DSA data structures are defined in ``include/net/dsa.h`` as well as - ``dsa_platform_data``: platform device configuration data which can reference a collection of dsa_chip_data structures if multiple switches are cascaded, - the master network device this switch tree is attached to needs to be + the conduit network device this switch tree is attached to needs to be referenced -- ``dsa_switch_tree``: structure assigned to the master network device under +- ``dsa_switch_tree``: structure assigned to the conduit network device under ``dsa_ptr``, this structure references a dsa_platform_data structure as well as the tagging protocol supported by the switch tree, and which receive/transmit function hooks should be invoked, information about the directly attached @@ -392,7 +396,7 @@ DSA data structures are defined in ``include/net/dsa.h`` as well as referenced to address individual switches in the tree. - ``dsa_switch``: structure describing a switch device in the tree, referencing - a ``dsa_switch_tree`` as a backpointer, slave network devices, master network + a ``dsa_switch_tree`` as a backpointer, user network devices, conduit network device, and a reference to the backing``dsa_switch_ops`` - ``dsa_switch_ops``: structure referencing function pointers, see below for a @@ -404,7 +408,7 @@ Design limitations Lack of CPU/DSA network devices ------------------------------- -DSA does not currently create slave network devices for the CPU or DSA ports, as +DSA does not currently create user network devices for the CPU or DSA ports, as described before. This might be an issue in the following cases: - inability to fetch switch CPU port statistics counters using ethtool, which @@ -419,7 +423,7 @@ described before. This might be an issue in the following cases: Common pitfalls using DSA setups -------------------------------- -Once a master network device is configured to use DSA (dev->dsa_ptr becomes +Once a conduit network device is configured to use DSA (dev->dsa_ptr becomes non-NULL), and the switch behind it expects a tagging protocol, this network interface can only exclusively be used as a conduit interface. Sending packets directly through this interface (e.g.: opening a socket using this interface) @@ -440,7 +444,7 @@ DSA currently leverages the following subsystems: MDIO/PHY library ---------------- -Slave network devices exposed by DSA may or may not be interfacing with PHY +User network devices exposed by DSA may or may not be interfacing with PHY devices (``struct phy_device`` as defined in ``include/linux/phy.h)``, but the DSA subsystem deals with all possible combinations: @@ -450,7 +454,7 @@ subsystem deals with all possible combinations: - special, non-autonegotiated or non MDIO-managed PHY devices: SFPs, MoCA; a.k.a fixed PHYs -The PHY configuration is done by the ``dsa_slave_phy_setup()`` function and the +The PHY configuration is done by the ``dsa_user_phy_setup()`` function and the logic basically looks like this: - if Device Tree is used, the PHY device is looked up using the standard @@ -463,7 +467,7 @@ logic basically looks like this: and connected transparently using the special fixed MDIO bus driver - finally, if the PHY is built into the switch, as is very common with - standalone switch packages, the PHY is probed using the slave MII bus created + standalone switch packages, the PHY is probed using the user MII bus created by DSA @@ -472,7 +476,7 @@ SWITCHDEV DSA directly utilizes SWITCHDEV when interfacing with the bridge layer, and more specifically with its VLAN filtering portion when configuring VLANs on top -of per-port slave network devices. As of today, the only SWITCHDEV objects +of per-port user network devices. As of today, the only SWITCHDEV objects supported by DSA are the FDB and VLAN objects. Devlink @@ -589,8 +593,8 @@ is torn down when the first switch unregisters. It is mandatory for DSA switch drivers to implement the ``shutdown()`` callback of their respective bus, and call ``dsa_switch_shutdown()`` from it (a minimal version of the full teardown performed by ``dsa_unregister_switch()``). -The reason is that DSA keeps a reference on the master net device, and if the -driver for the master device decides to unbind on shutdown, DSA's reference +The reason is that DSA keeps a reference on the conduit net device, and if the +driver for the conduit device decides to unbind on shutdown, DSA's reference will block that operation from finalizing. Either ``dsa_switch_shutdown()`` or ``dsa_unregister_switch()`` must be called, @@ -615,7 +619,7 @@ Switch configuration tag formats. - ``change_tag_protocol``: when the default tagging protocol has compatibility - problems with the master or other issues, the driver may support changing it + problems with the conduit or other issues, the driver may support changing it at runtime, either through a device tree property or through sysfs. In that case, further calls to ``get_tag_protocol`` should report the protocol in current use. @@ -643,22 +647,22 @@ Switch configuration PHY cannot be found. In this case, probing of the DSA switch continues without that particular port. -- ``port_change_master``: method through which the affinity (association used +- ``port_change_conduit``: method through which the affinity (association used for traffic termination purposes) between a user port and a CPU port can be changed. By default all user ports from a tree are assigned to the first available CPU port that makes sense for them (most of the times this means the user ports of a tree are all assigned to the same CPU port, except for H topologies as described in commit 2c0b03258b8b). The ``port`` argument - represents the index of the user port, and the ``master`` argument represents - the new DSA master ``net_device``. The CPU port associated with the new - master can be retrieved by looking at ``struct dsa_port *cpu_dp = - master->dsa_ptr``. Additionally, the master can also be a LAG device where - all the slave devices are physical DSA masters. LAG DSA masters also have a - valid ``master->dsa_ptr`` pointer, however this is not unique, but rather a - duplicate of the first physical DSA master's (LAG slave) ``dsa_ptr``. In case - of a LAG DSA master, a further call to ``port_lag_join`` will be emitted + represents the index of the user port, and the ``conduit`` argument represents + the new DSA conduit ``net_device``. The CPU port associated with the new + conduit can be retrieved by looking at ``struct dsa_port *cpu_dp = + conduit->dsa_ptr``. Additionally, the conduit can also be a LAG device where + all the slave devices are physical DSA conduits. LAG DSA also have a + valid ``conduit->dsa_ptr`` pointer, however this is not unique, but rather a + duplicate of the first physical DSA conduit's (LAG slave) ``dsa_ptr``. In case + of a LAG DSA conduit, a further call to ``port_lag_join`` will be emitted separately for the physical CPU ports associated with the physical DSA - masters, requesting them to create a hardware LAG associated with the LAG + conduits, requesting them to create a hardware LAG associated with the LAG interface. PHY devices and link management @@ -670,16 +674,16 @@ PHY devices and link management should return a 32-bit bitmask of "flags" that is private between the switch driver and the Ethernet PHY driver in ``drivers/net/phy/\*``. -- ``phy_read``: Function invoked by the DSA slave MDIO bus when attempting to read +- ``phy_read``: Function invoked by the DSA user MDIO bus when attempting to read the switch port MDIO registers. If unavailable, return 0xffff for each read. For builtin switch Ethernet PHYs, this function should allow reading the link status, auto-negotiation results, link partner pages, etc. -- ``phy_write``: Function invoked by the DSA slave MDIO bus when attempting to write +- ``phy_write``: Function invoked by the DSA user MDIO bus when attempting to write to the switch port MDIO registers. If unavailable return a negative error code. -- ``adjust_link``: Function invoked by the PHY library when a slave network device +- ``adjust_link``: Function invoked by the PHY library when a user network device is attached to a PHY device. This function is responsible for appropriately configuring the switch port link parameters: speed, duplex, pause based on what the ``phy_device`` is providing. @@ -698,14 +702,14 @@ Ethtool operations typically return statistics strings, private flags strings, etc. - ``get_ethtool_stats``: ethtool function used to query per-port statistics and - return their values. DSA overlays slave network devices general statistics: + return their values. DSA overlays user network devices general statistics: RX/TX counters from the network device, with switch driver specific statistics per port - ``get_sset_count``: ethtool function used to query the number of statistics items - ``get_wol``: ethtool function used to obtain Wake-on-LAN settings per-port, this - function may for certain implementations also query the master network device + function may for certain implementations also query the conduit network device Wake-on-LAN settings if this interface needs to participate in Wake-on-LAN - ``set_wol``: ethtool function used to configure Wake-on-LAN settings per-port, @@ -747,13 +751,13 @@ Power management should resume all Ethernet switch activities and re-configure the switch to be in a fully active state -- ``port_enable``: function invoked by the DSA slave network device ndo_open +- ``port_enable``: function invoked by the DSA user network device ndo_open function when a port is administratively brought up, this function should fully enable a given switch port. DSA takes care of marking the port with ``BR_STATE_BLOCKING`` if the port is a bridge member, or ``BR_STATE_FORWARDING`` if it was not, and propagating these changes down to the hardware -- ``port_disable``: function invoked by the DSA slave network device ndo_close +- ``port_disable``: function invoked by the DSA user network device ndo_close function when a port is administratively brought down, this function should fully disable a given switch port. DSA takes care of marking the port with ``BR_STATE_DISABLED`` and propagating changes to the hardware if this port is diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dsa/lan9303.rst b/Documentation/networking/dsa/lan9303.rst index e3c820db28ad..ab81b4e0139e 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dsa/lan9303.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/dsa/lan9303.rst @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ LAN9303 Ethernet switch driver The LAN9303 is a three port 10/100 Mbps ethernet switch with integrated phys for the two external ethernet ports. The third port is an RMII/MII interface to a -host master network interface (e.g. fixed link). +host conduit network interface (e.g. fixed link). Driver details diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dsa/sja1105.rst b/Documentation/networking/dsa/sja1105.rst index e0219c1452ab..8ab60eef07d4 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dsa/sja1105.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/dsa/sja1105.rst @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ The hardware tags all traffic internally with a port-based VLAN (pvid), or it decodes the VLAN information from the 802.1Q tag. Advanced VLAN classification is not possible. Once attributed a VLAN tag, frames are checked against the port's membership rules and dropped at ingress if they don't match any VLAN. -This behavior is available when switch ports are enslaved to a bridge with +This behavior is available when switch ports join a bridge with ``vlan_filtering 1``. Normally the hardware is not configurable with respect to VLAN awareness, but @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ on egress. Using ``vlan_filtering=1``, the behavior is the other way around: offloaded flows can be steered to TX queues based on the VLAN PCP, but the DSA net devices are no longer able to do that. To inject frames into a hardware TX queue with VLAN awareness active, it is necessary to create a VLAN -sub-interface on the DSA master port, and send normal (0x8100) VLAN-tagged +sub-interface on the DSA conduit port, and send normal (0x8100) VLAN-tagged towards the switch, with the VLAN PCP bits set appropriately. Management traffic (having DMAC 01-80-C2-xx-xx-xx or 01-19-1B-xx-xx-xx) is the @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ MDIO bus and PHY management The SJA1105 does not have an MDIO bus and does not perform in-band AN either. Therefore there is no link state notification coming from the switch device. A board would need to hook up the PHYs connected to the switch to any other -MDIO bus available to Linux within the system (e.g. to the DSA master's MDIO +MDIO bus available to Linux within the system (e.g. to the DSA conduit's MDIO bus). Link state management then works by the driver manually keeping in sync (over SPI commands) the MAC link speed with the settings negotiated by the PHY. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/filter.rst b/Documentation/networking/filter.rst index f69da5074860..7d8c5380492f 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/filter.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/filter.rst @@ -650,8 +650,8 @@ before a conversion to the new layout is being done behind the scenes! Currently, the classic BPF format is being used for JITing on most 32-bit architectures, whereas x86-64, aarch64, s390x, powerpc64, -sparc64, arm32, riscv64, riscv32 perform JIT compilation from eBPF -instruction set. +sparc64, arm32, riscv64, riscv32, loongarch64 perform JIT compilation +from eBPF instruction set. Testing ------- diff --git a/Documentation/networking/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/index.rst index 5b75c3f7a137..683eb42309cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/index.rst @@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ Contents: gtp ila ioam6-sysctl - ipddp ip_dynaddr ipsec ip-sysctl @@ -107,6 +106,7 @@ Contents: sysfs-tagging tc-actions-env-rules tc-queue-filters + tcp_ao tcp-thin team timestamping diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.rst b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.rst index a66054d0763a..4dfe0d9a57bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.rst @@ -745,6 +745,13 @@ tcp_comp_sack_nr - INTEGER Default : 44 +tcp_backlog_ack_defer - BOOLEAN + If set, user thread processing socket backlog tries sending + one ACK for the whole queue. This helps to avoid potential + long latencies at end of a TCP socket syscall. + + Default : true + tcp_slow_start_after_idle - BOOLEAN If set, provide RFC2861 behavior and time out the congestion window after an idle period. An idle period is defined at @@ -1176,6 +1183,19 @@ tcp_plb_cong_thresh - INTEGER Default: 128 +tcp_pingpong_thresh - INTEGER + The number of estimated data replies sent for estimated incoming data + requests that must happen before TCP considers that a connection is a + "ping-pong" (request-response) connection for which delayed + acknowledgments can provide benefits. + + This threshold is 1 by default, but some applications may need a higher + threshold for optimal performance. + + Possible Values: 1 - 255 + + Default: 1 + UDP variables ============= @@ -2304,6 +2324,17 @@ accept_ra_pinfo - BOOLEAN - enabled if accept_ra is enabled. - disabled if accept_ra is disabled. +ra_honor_pio_life - BOOLEAN + Whether to use RFC4862 Section 5.5.3e to determine the valid + lifetime of an address matching a prefix sent in a Router + Advertisement Prefix Information Option. + + - If enabled, the PIO valid lifetime will always be honored. + - If disabled, RFC4862 section 5.5.3e is used to determine + the valid lifetime of the address. + + Default: 0 (disabled) + accept_ra_rt_info_min_plen - INTEGER Minimum prefix length of Route Information in RA. @@ -2471,12 +2502,18 @@ use_tempaddr - INTEGER * -1 (for point-to-point devices and loopback devices) temp_valid_lft - INTEGER - valid lifetime (in seconds) for temporary addresses. + valid lifetime (in seconds) for temporary addresses. If less than the + minimum required lifetime (typically 5 seconds), temporary addresses + will not be created. Default: 172800 (2 days) temp_prefered_lft - INTEGER - Preferred lifetime (in seconds) for temporary addresses. + Preferred lifetime (in seconds) for temporary addresses. If + temp_prefered_lft is less than the minimum required lifetime (typically + 5 seconds), the preferred lifetime is the minimum required. If + temp_prefered_lft is greater than temp_valid_lft, the preferred lifetime + is temp_valid_lft. Default: 86400 (1 day) diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ipddp.rst b/Documentation/networking/ipddp.rst deleted file mode 100644 index be7091b77927..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/networking/ipddp.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -========================================================= -AppleTalk-IP Decapsulation and AppleTalk-IP Encapsulation -========================================================= - -Documentation ipddp.c - -This file is written by Jay Schulist <jschlst@samba.org> - -Introduction ------------- - -AppleTalk-IP (IPDDP) is the method computers connected to AppleTalk -networks can use to communicate via IP. AppleTalk-IP is simply IP datagrams -inside AppleTalk packets. - -Through this driver you can either allow your Linux box to communicate -IP over an AppleTalk network or you can provide IP gatewaying functions -for your AppleTalk users. - -You can currently encapsulate or decapsulate AppleTalk-IP on LocalTalk, -EtherTalk and PPPTalk. The only limit on the protocol is that of what -kernel AppleTalk layer and drivers are available. - -Each mode requires its own user space software. - -Compiling AppleTalk-IP Decapsulation/Encapsulation -================================================== - -AppleTalk-IP decapsulation needs to be compiled into your kernel. You -will need to turn on AppleTalk-IP driver support. Then you will need to -select ONE of the two options; IP to AppleTalk-IP encapsulation support or -AppleTalk-IP to IP decapsulation support. If you compile the driver -statically you will only be able to use the driver for the function you have -enabled in the kernel. If you compile the driver as a module you can -select what mode you want it to run in via a module loading param. -ipddp_mode=1 for AppleTalk-IP encapsulation and ipddp_mode=2 for -AppleTalk-IP to IP decapsulation. - -Basic instructions for user space tools -======================================= - -I will briefly describe the operation of the tools, but you will -need to consult the supporting documentation for each set of tools. - -Decapsulation - You will need to download a software package called -MacGate. In this distribution there will be a tool called MacRoute -which enables you to add routes to the kernel for your Macs by hand. -Also the tool MacRegGateWay is included to register the -proper IP Gateway and IP addresses for your machine. Included in this -distribution is a patch to netatalk-1.4b2+asun2.0a17.2 (available from -ftp.u.washington.edu/pub/user-supported/asun/) this patch is optional -but it allows automatic adding and deleting of routes for Macs. (Handy -for locations with large Mac installations) - -Encapsulation - You will need to download a software daemon called ipddpd. -This software expects there to be an AppleTalk-IP gateway on the network. -You will also need to add the proper routes to route your Linux box's IP -traffic out the ipddp interface. - -Common Uses of ipddp.c ----------------------- -Of course AppleTalk-IP decapsulation and encapsulation, but specifically -decapsulation is being used most for connecting LocalTalk networks to -IP networks. Although it has been used on EtherTalk networks to allow -Macs that are only able to tunnel IP over EtherTalk. - -Encapsulation has been used to allow a Linux box stuck on a LocalTalk -network to use IP. It should work equally well if you are stuck on an -EtherTalk only network. - -Further Assistance -------------------- -You can contact me (Jay Schulist <jschlst@samba.org>) with any -questions regarding decapsulation or encapsulation. Bradford W. Johnson -<johns393@maroon.tc.umn.edu> originally wrote the ipddp.c driver for IP -encapsulation in AppleTalk. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/mptcp-sysctl.rst b/Documentation/networking/mptcp-sysctl.rst index 15f1919d640c..69975ce25a02 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/mptcp-sysctl.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/mptcp-sysctl.rst @@ -25,6 +25,17 @@ add_addr_timeout - INTEGER (seconds) Default: 120 +close_timeout - INTEGER (seconds) + Set the make-after-break timeout: in absence of any close or + shutdown syscall, MPTCP sockets will maintain the status + unchanged for such time, after the last subflow removal, before + moving to TCP_CLOSE. + + The default value matches TCP_TIMEWAIT_LEN. This is a per-namespace + sysctl. + + Default: 60 + checksum_enabled - BOOLEAN Control whether DSS checksum can be enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/msg_zerocopy.rst b/Documentation/networking/msg_zerocopy.rst index b3ea96af9b49..78fb70e748b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/msg_zerocopy.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/msg_zerocopy.rst @@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ Intro ===== The MSG_ZEROCOPY flag enables copy avoidance for socket send calls. -The feature is currently implemented for TCP and UDP sockets. +The feature is currently implemented for TCP, UDP and VSOCK (with +virtio transport) sockets. Opportunity and Caveats @@ -174,7 +175,9 @@ read_notification() call in the previous snippet. A notification is encoded in the standard error format, sock_extended_err. The level and type fields in the control data are protocol family -specific, IP_RECVERR or IPV6_RECVERR. +specific, IP_RECVERR or IPV6_RECVERR (for TCP or UDP socket). +For VSOCK socket, cmsg_level will be SOL_VSOCK and cmsg_type will be +VSOCK_RECVERR. Error origin is the new type SO_EE_ORIGIN_ZEROCOPY. ee_errno is zero, as explained before, to avoid blocking read and write system calls on @@ -235,12 +238,15 @@ Implementation Loopback -------- +For TCP and UDP: Data sent to local sockets can be queued indefinitely if the receive process does not read its socket. Unbound notification latency is not acceptable. For this reason all packets generated with MSG_ZEROCOPY that are looped to a local socket will incur a deferred copy. This includes looping onto packet sockets (e.g., tcpdump) and tun devices. +For VSOCK: +Data path sent to local sockets is the same as for non-local sockets. Testing ======= @@ -254,3 +260,6 @@ instance when run with msg_zerocopy.sh between a veth pair across namespaces, the test will not show any improvement. For testing, the loopback restriction can be temporarily relaxed by making skb_orphan_frags_rx identical to skb_orphan_frags. + +For VSOCK type of socket example can be found in +tools/testing/vsock/vsock_test_zerocopy.c. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.rst b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.rst index 7a9de0568e84..390730a74332 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.rst @@ -99,9 +99,6 @@ Dynamic reconfiguration: Dynamic reconfigurability is a useful addition to netconsole that enables remote logging targets to be dynamically added, removed, or have their parameters reconfigured at runtime from a configfs-based userspace interface. -[ Note that the parameters of netconsole targets that were specified/created -from the boot/module option are not exposed via this interface, and hence -cannot be modified dynamically. ] To include this feature, select CONFIG_NETCONSOLE_DYNAMIC when building the netconsole module (or kernel, if netconsole is built-in). @@ -155,6 +152,25 @@ You can also update the local interface dynamically. This is especially useful if you want to use interfaces that have newly come up (and may not have existed when netconsole was loaded / initialized). +Netconsole targets defined at boot time (or module load time) with the +`netconsole=` param are assigned the name `cmdline<index>`. For example, the +first target in the parameter is named `cmdline0`. You can control and modify +these targets by creating configfs directories with the matching name. + +Let's suppose you have two netconsole targets defined at boot time:: + + netconsole=4444@10.0.0.1/eth1,9353@10.0.0.2/12:34:56:78:9a:bc;4444@10.0.0.1/eth1,9353@10.0.0.3/12:34:56:78:9a:bc + +You can modify these targets in runtime by creating the following targets:: + + mkdir cmdline0 + cat cmdline0/remote_ip + 10.0.0.2 + + mkdir cmdline1 + cat cmdline1/remote_ip + 10.0.0.3 + Extended console: ================= diff --git a/Documentation/networking/page_pool.rst b/Documentation/networking/page_pool.rst index 215ebc92752c..60993cb56b32 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/page_pool.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/page_pool.rst @@ -58,7 +58,9 @@ a page will cause no race conditions is enough. .. kernel-doc:: include/net/page_pool/helpers.h :identifiers: page_pool_put_page page_pool_put_full_page - page_pool_recycle_direct page_pool_dev_alloc_pages + page_pool_recycle_direct page_pool_free_va + page_pool_dev_alloc_pages page_pool_dev_alloc_frag + page_pool_dev_alloc page_pool_dev_alloc_va page_pool_get_dma_addr page_pool_get_dma_dir .. kernel-doc:: net/core/page_pool.c diff --git a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.rst b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.rst index 1225f0f63ff0..c945218946e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.rst @@ -178,6 +178,7 @@ Examples:: IPSEC # IPsec encapsulation (needs CONFIG_XFRM) NODE_ALLOC # node specific memory allocation NO_TIMESTAMP # disable timestamping + SHARED # enable shared SKB pgset 'flag ![name]' Clear a flag to determine behaviour. Note that you might need to use single quote in interactive mode, so that your shell wouldn't expand @@ -288,6 +289,16 @@ To avoid breaking existing testbed scripts for using AH type and tunnel mode, you can use "pgset spi SPI_VALUE" to specify which transformation mode to employ. +Disable shared SKB +================== +By default, SKBs sent by pktgen are shared (user count > 1). +To test with non-shared SKBs, remove the "SHARED" flag by simply setting:: + + pg_set "flag !SHARED" + +However, if the "clone_skb" or "burst" parameters are configured, the skb +still needs to be held by pktgen for further access. Hence the skb must be +shared. Current commands and configuration options ========================================== @@ -357,6 +368,7 @@ Current commands and configuration options IPSEC NODE_ALLOC NO_TIMESTAMP + SHARED spi (ipsec) diff --git a/Documentation/networking/scaling.rst b/Documentation/networking/scaling.rst index 92c9fb46d6a2..03ae19a689fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/scaling.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/scaling.rst @@ -105,6 +105,48 @@ a separate CPU. For interrupt handling, HT has shown no benefit in initial tests, so limit the number of queues to the number of CPU cores in the system. +Dedicated RSS contexts +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Modern NICs support creating multiple co-existing RSS configurations +which are selected based on explicit matching rules. This can be very +useful when application wants to constrain the set of queues receiving +traffic for e.g. a particular destination port or IP address. +The example below shows how to direct all traffic to TCP port 22 +to queues 0 and 1. + +To create an additional RSS context use:: + + # ethtool -X eth0 hfunc toeplitz context new + New RSS context is 1 + +Kernel reports back the ID of the allocated context (the default, always +present RSS context has ID of 0). The new context can be queried and +modified using the same APIs as the default context:: + + # ethtool -x eth0 context 1 + RX flow hash indirection table for eth0 with 13 RX ring(s): + 0: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + 8: 8 9 10 11 12 0 1 2 + [...] + # ethtool -X eth0 equal 2 context 1 + # ethtool -x eth0 context 1 + RX flow hash indirection table for eth0 with 13 RX ring(s): + 0: 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 + 8: 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 + [...] + +To make use of the new context direct traffic to it using an n-tuple +filter:: + + # ethtool -N eth0 flow-type tcp6 dst-port 22 context 1 + Added rule with ID 1023 + +When done, remove the context and the rule:: + + # ethtool -N eth0 delete 1023 + # ethtool -X eth0 context 1 delete + RPS: Receive Packet Steering ============================ diff --git a/Documentation/networking/sfp-phylink.rst b/Documentation/networking/sfp-phylink.rst index 55b65f607a64..8054d33f449f 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/sfp-phylink.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/sfp-phylink.rst @@ -200,10 +200,12 @@ this documentation. when the in-band link state changes - otherwise the link will never come up. - The :c:func:`validate` method should mask the supplied supported mask, - and ``state->advertising`` with the supported ethtool link modes. - These are the new ethtool link modes, so bitmask operations must be - used. For an example, see ``drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c``. + The :c:func:`mac_get_caps` method is optional, and if provided should + return the phylink MAC capabilities that are supported for the passed + ``interface`` mode. In general, there is no need to implement this method. + Phylink will use these capabilities in combination with permissible + capabilities for ``interface`` to determine the allowable ethtool link + modes. The :c:func:`mac_link_state` method is used to read the link state from the MAC, and report back the settings that the MAC is currently diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tcp_ao.rst b/Documentation/networking/tcp_ao.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cfa5bf1cc542 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/tcp_ao.rst @@ -0,0 +1,444 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +======================================================== +TCP Authentication Option Linux implementation (RFC5925) +======================================================== + +TCP Authentication Option (TCP-AO) provides a TCP extension aimed at verifying +segments between trusted peers. It adds a new TCP header option with +a Message Authentication Code (MAC). MACs are produced from the content +of a TCP segment using a hashing function with a password known to both peers. +The intent of TCP-AO is to deprecate TCP-MD5 providing better security, +key rotation and support for variety of hashing algorithms. + +1. Introduction +=============== + +.. table:: Short and Limited Comparison of TCP-AO and TCP-MD5 + + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + | | TCP-MD5 | TCP-AO | + +======================+========================+=======================+ + |Supported hashing |MD5 |Must support HMAC-SHA1 | + |algorithms |(cryptographically weak)|(chosen-prefix attacks)| + | | |and CMAC-AES-128 (only | + | | |side-channel attacks). | + | | |May support any hashing| + | | |algorithm. | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + |Length of MACs (bytes)|16 |Typically 12-16. | + | | |Other variants that fit| + | | |TCP header permitted. | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + |Number of keys per |1 |Many | + |TCP connection | | | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + |Possibility to change |Non-practical (both |Supported by protocol | + |an active key |peers have to change | | + | |them during MSL) | | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + |Protection against |No |Yes: ignoring them | + |ICMP 'hard errors' | |by default on | + | | |established connections| + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + |Protection against |No |Yes: pseudo-header | + |traffic-crossing | |includes TCP ports. | + |attack | | | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + |Protection against |No |Sequence Number | + |replayed TCP segments | |Extension (SNE) and | + | | |Initial Sequence | + | | |Numbers (ISNs) | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + |Supports |Yes |No. ISNs+SNE are needed| + |Connectionless Resets | |to correctly sign RST. | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + |Standards |RFC 2385 |RFC 5925, RFC 5926 | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + + +1.1 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) with references to RFC 5925 +---------------------------------------------------------------- + +Q: Can either SendID or RecvID be non-unique for the same 4-tuple +(srcaddr, srcport, dstaddr, dstport)? + +A: No [3.1]:: + + >> The IDs of MKTs MUST NOT overlap where their TCP connection + identifiers overlap. + +Q: Can Master Key Tuple (MKT) for an active connection be removed? + +A: No, unless it's copied to Transport Control Block (TCB) [3.1]:: + + It is presumed that an MKT affecting a particular connection cannot + be destroyed during an active connection -- or, equivalently, that + its parameters are copied to an area local to the connection (i.e., + instantiated) and so changes would affect only new connections. + +Q: If an old MKT needs to be deleted, how should it be done in order +to not remove it for an active connection? (As it can be still in use +at any moment later) + +A: Not specified by RFC 5925, seems to be a problem for key management +to ensure that no one uses such MKT before trying to remove it. + +Q: Can an old MKT exist forever and be used by another peer? + +A: It can, it's a key management task to decide when to remove an old key [6.1]:: + + Deciding when to start using a key is a performance issue. Deciding + when to remove an MKT is a security issue. Invalid MKTs are expected + to be removed. TCP-AO provides no mechanism to coordinate their removal, + as we consider this a key management operation. + +also [6.1]:: + + The only way to avoid reuse of previously used MKTs is to remove the MKT + when it is no longer considered permitted. + +Linux TCP-AO will try its best to prevent you from removing a key that's +being used, considering it a key management failure. But sine keeping +an outdated key may become a security issue and as a peer may +unintentionally prevent the removal of an old key by always setting +it as RNextKeyID - a forced key removal mechanism is provided, where +userspace has to supply KeyID to use instead of the one that's being removed +and the kernel will atomically delete the old key, even if the peer is +still requesting it. There are no guarantees for force-delete as the peer +may yet not have the new key - the TCP connection may just break. +Alternatively, one may choose to shut down the socket. + +Q: What happens when a packet is received on a new connection with no known +MKT's RecvID? + +A: RFC 5925 specifies that by default it is accepted with a warning logged, but +the behaviour can be configured by the user [7.5.1.a]:: + + If the segment is a SYN, then this is the first segment of a new + connection. Find the matching MKT for this segment, using the segment's + socket pair and its TCP-AO KeyID, matched against the MKT's TCP connection + identifier and the MKT's RecvID. + + i. If there is no matching MKT, remove TCP-AO from the segment. + Proceed with further TCP handling of the segment. + NOTE: this presumes that connections that do not match any MKT + should be silently accepted, as noted in Section 7.3. + +[7.3]:: + + >> A TCP-AO implementation MUST allow for configuration of the behavior + of segments with TCP-AO but that do not match an MKT. The initial default + of this configuration SHOULD be to silently accept such connections. + If this is not the desired case, an MKT can be included to match such + connections, or the connection can indicate that TCP-AO is required. + Alternately, the configuration can be changed to discard segments with + the AO option not matching an MKT. + +[10.2.b]:: + + Connections not matching any MKT do not require TCP-AO. Further, incoming + segments with TCP-AO are not discarded solely because they include + the option, provided they do not match any MKT. + +Note that Linux TCP-AO implementation differs in this aspect. Currently, TCP-AO +segments with unknown key signatures are discarded with warnings logged. + +Q: Does the RFC imply centralized kernel key management in any way? +(i.e. that a key on all connections MUST be rotated at the same time?) + +A: Not specified. MKTs can be managed in userspace, the only relevant part to +key changes is [7.3]:: + + >> All TCP segments MUST be checked against the set of MKTs for matching + TCP connection identifiers. + +Q: What happens when RNextKeyID requested by a peer is unknown? Should +the connection be reset? + +A: It should not, no action needs to be performed [7.5.2.e]:: + + ii. If they differ, determine whether the RNextKeyID MKT is ready. + + 1. If the MKT corresponding to the segment’s socket pair and RNextKeyID + is not available, no action is required (RNextKeyID of a received + segment needs to match the MKT’s SendID). + +Q: How current_key is set and when does it change? It is a user-triggered +change, or is it by a request from the remote peer? Is it set by the user +explicitly, or by a matching rule? + +A: current_key is set by RNextKeyID [6.1]:: + + Rnext_key is changed only by manual user intervention or MKT management + protocol operation. It is not manipulated by TCP-AO. Current_key is updated + by TCP-AO when processing received TCP segments as discussed in the segment + processing description in Section 7.5. Note that the algorithm allows + the current_key to change to a new MKT, then change back to a previously + used MKT (known as "backing up"). This can occur during an MKT change when + segments are received out of order, and is considered a feature of TCP-AO, + because reordering does not result in drops. + +[7.5.2.e.ii]:: + + 2. If the matching MKT corresponding to the segment’s socket pair and + RNextKeyID is available: + + a. Set current_key to the RNextKeyID MKT. + +Q: If both peers have multiple MKTs matching the connection's socket pair +(with different KeyIDs), how should the sender/receiver pick KeyID to use? + +A: Some mechanism should pick the "desired" MKT [3.3]:: + + Multiple MKTs may match a single outgoing segment, e.g., when MKTs + are being changed. Those MKTs cannot have conflicting IDs (as noted + elsewhere), and some mechanism must determine which MKT to use for each + given outgoing segment. + + >> An outgoing TCP segment MUST match at most one desired MKT, indicated + by the segment’s socket pair. The segment MAY match multiple MKTs, provided + that exactly one MKT is indicated as desired. Other information in + the segment MAY be used to determine the desired MKT when multiple MKTs + match; such information MUST NOT include values in any TCP option fields. + +Q: Can TCP-MD5 connection migrate to TCP-AO (and vice-versa): + +A: No [1]:: + + TCP MD5-protected connections cannot be migrated to TCP-AO because TCP MD5 + does not support any changes to a connection’s security algorithm + once established. + +Q: If all MKTs are removed on a connection, can it become a non-TCP-AO signed +connection? + +A: [7.5.2] doesn't have the same choice as SYN packet handling in [7.5.1.i] +that would allow accepting segments without a sign (which would be insecure). +While switching to non-TCP-AO connection is not prohibited directly, it seems +what the RFC means. Also, there's a requirement for TCP-AO connections to +always have one current_key [3.3]:: + + TCP-AO requires that every protected TCP segment match exactly one MKT. + +[3.3]:: + + >> An incoming TCP segment including TCP-AO MUST match exactly one MKT, + indicated solely by the segment’s socket pair and its TCP-AO KeyID. + +[4.4]:: + + One or more MKTs. These are the MKTs that match this connection’s + socket pair. + +Q: Can a non-TCP-AO connection become a TCP-AO-enabled one? + +A: No: for already established non-TCP-AO connection it would be impossible +to switch using TCP-AO as the traffic key generation requires the initial +sequence numbers. Paraphrasing, starting using TCP-AO would require +re-establishing the TCP connection. + +2. In-kernel MKTs database vs database in userspace +=================================================== + +Linux TCP-AO support is implemented using ``setsockopt()s``, in a similar way +to TCP-MD5. It means that a userspace application that wants to use TCP-AO +should perform ``setsockopt()`` on a TCP socket when it wants to add, +remove or rotate MKTs. This approach moves the key management responsibility +to userspace as well as decisions on corner cases, i.e. what to do if +the peer doesn't respect RNextKeyID; moving more code to userspace, especially +responsible for the policy decisions. Besides, it's flexible and scales well +(with less locking needed than in the case of an in-kernel database). One also +should keep in mind that mainly intended users are BGP processes, not any +random applications, which means that compared to IPsec tunnels, +no transparency is really needed and modern BGP daemons already have +``setsockopt()s`` for TCP-MD5 support. + +.. table:: Considered pros and cons of the approaches + + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + | | ``setsockopt()`` | in-kernel DB | + +======================+========================+=======================+ + | Extendability | ``setsockopt()`` | Netlink messages are | + | | commands should be | simple and extendable | + | | extendable syscalls | | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + | Required userspace | BGP or any application | could be transparent | + | changes | that wants TCP-AO needs| as tunnels, providing | + | | to perform | something like | + | | ``setsockopt()s`` | ``ip tcpao add key`` | + | | and do key management | (delete/show/rotate) | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + |MKTs removal or adding| harder for userspace | harder for kernel | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + | Dump-ability | ``getsockopt()`` | Netlink .dump() | + | | | callback | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + | Limits on kernel | equal | + | resources/memory | | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + | Scalability | contention on | contention on | + | | ``TCP_LISTEN`` sockets | the whole database | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + | Monitoring & warnings| ``TCP_DIAG`` | same Netlink socket | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + | Matching of MKTs | half-problem: only | hard | + | | listen sockets | | + +----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------+ + + +3. uAPI +======= + +Linux provides a set of ``setsockopt()s`` and ``getsockopt()s`` that let +userspace manage TCP-AO on a per-socket basis. In order to add/delete MKTs +``TCP_AO_ADD_KEY`` and ``TCP_AO_DEL_KEY`` TCP socket options must be used +It is not allowed to add a key on an established non-TCP-AO connection +as well as to remove the last key from TCP-AO connection. + +``setsockopt(TCP_AO_DEL_KEY)`` command may specify ``tcp_ao_del::current_key`` ++ ``tcp_ao_del::set_current`` and/or ``tcp_ao_del::rnext`` ++ ``tcp_ao_del::set_rnext`` which makes such delete "forced": it +provides userspace a way to delete a key that's being used and atomically set +another one instead. This is not intended for normal use and should be used +only when the peer ignores RNextKeyID and keeps requesting/using an old key. +It provides a way to force-delete a key that's not trusted but may break +the TCP-AO connection. + +The usual/normal key-rotation can be performed with ``setsockopt(TCP_AO_INFO)``. +It also provides a uAPI to change per-socket TCP-AO settings, such as +ignoring ICMPs, as well as clear per-socket TCP-AO packet counters. +The corresponding ``getsockopt(TCP_AO_INFO)`` can be used to get those +per-socket TCP-AO settings. + +Another useful command is ``getsockopt(TCP_AO_GET_KEYS)``. One can use it +to list all MKTs on a TCP socket or use a filter to get keys for a specific +peer and/or sndid/rcvid, VRF L3 interface or get current_key/rnext_key. + +To repair TCP-AO connections ``setsockopt(TCP_AO_REPAIR)`` is available, +provided that the user previously has checkpointed/dumped the socket with +``getsockopt(TCP_AO_REPAIR)``. + +A tip here for scaled TCP_LISTEN sockets, that may have some thousands TCP-AO +keys, is: use filters in ``getsockopt(TCP_AO_GET_KEYS)`` and asynchronous +delete with ``setsockopt(TCP_AO_DEL_KEY)``. + +Linux TCP-AO also provides a bunch of segment counters that can be helpful +with troubleshooting/debugging issues. Every MKT has good/bad counters +that reflect how many packets passed/failed verification. +Each TCP-AO socket has the following counters: +- for good segments (properly signed) +- for bad segments (failed TCP-AO verification) +- for segments with unknown keys +- for segments where an AO signature was expected, but wasn't found +- for the number of ignored ICMPs + +TCP-AO per-socket counters are also duplicated with per-netns counters, +exposed with SNMP. Those are ``TCPAOGood``, ``TCPAOBad``, ``TCPAOKeyNotFound``, +``TCPAORequired`` and ``TCPAODroppedIcmps``. + +RFC 5925 very permissively specifies how TCP port matching can be done for +MKTs:: + + TCP connection identifier. A TCP socket pair, i.e., a local IP + address, a remote IP address, a TCP local port, and a TCP remote port. + Values can be partially specified using ranges (e.g., 2-30), masks + (e.g., 0xF0), wildcards (e.g., "*"), or any other suitable indication. + +Currently Linux TCP-AO implementation doesn't provide any TCP port matching. +Probably, port ranges are the most flexible for uAPI, but so far +not implemented. + +4. ``setsockopt()`` vs ``accept()`` race +======================================== + +In contrast with TCP-MD5 established connection which has just one key, +TCP-AO connections may have many keys, which means that accepted connections +on a listen socket may have any amount of keys as well. As copying all those +keys on a first properly signed SYN would make the request socket bigger, that +would be undesirable. Currently, the implementation doesn't copy keys +to request sockets, but rather look them up on the "parent" listener socket. + +The result is that when userspace removes TCP-AO keys, that may break +not-yet-established connections on request sockets as well as not removing +keys from sockets that were already established, but not yet ``accept()``'ed, +hanging in the accept queue. + +The reverse is valid as well: if userspace adds a new key for a peer on +a listener socket, the established sockets in accept queue won't +have the new keys. + +At this moment, the resolution for the two races: +``setsockopt(TCP_AO_ADD_KEY)`` vs ``accept()`` +and ``setsockopt(TCP_AO_DEL_KEY)`` vs ``accept()`` is delegated to userspace. +This means that it's expected that userspace would check the MKTs on the socket +that was returned by ``accept()`` to verify that any key rotation that +happened on listen socket is reflected on the newly established connection. + +This is a similar "do-nothing" approach to TCP-MD5 from the kernel side and +may be changed later by introducing new flags to ``tcp_ao_add`` +and ``tcp_ao_del``. + +Note that this race is rare for it needs TCP-AO key rotation to happen +during the 3-way handshake for the new TCP connection. + +5. Interaction with TCP-MD5 +=========================== + +A TCP connection can not migrate between TCP-AO and TCP-MD5 options. The +established sockets that have either AO or MD5 keys are restricted for +adding keys of the other option. + +For listening sockets the picture is different: BGP server may want to receive +both TCP-AO and (deprecated) TCP-MD5 clients. As a result, both types of keys +may be added to TCP_CLOSED or TCP_LISTEN sockets. It's not allowed to add +different types of keys for the same peer. + +6. SNE Linux implementation +=========================== + +RFC 5925 [6.2] describes the algorithm of how to extend TCP sequence numbers +with SNE. In short: TCP has to track the previous sequence numbers and set +sne_flag when the current SEQ number rolls over. The flag is cleared when +both current and previous SEQ numbers cross 0x7fff, which is 32Kb. + +In times when sne_flag is set, the algorithm compares SEQ for each packet with +0x7fff and if it's higher than 32Kb, it assumes that the packet should be +verified with SNE before the increment. As a result, there's +this [0; 32Kb] window, when packets with (SNE - 1) can be accepted. + +Linux implementation simplifies this a bit: as the network stack already tracks +the first SEQ byte that ACK is wanted for (snd_una) and the next SEQ byte that +is wanted (rcv_nxt) - that's enough information for a rough estimation +on where in the 4GB SEQ number space both sender and receiver are. +When they roll over to zero, the corresponding SNE gets incremented. + +tcp_ao_compute_sne() is called for each TCP-AO segment. It compares SEQ numbers +from the segment with snd_una or rcv_nxt and fits the result into a 2GB window around them, +detecting SEQ numbers rolling over. That simplifies the code a lot and only +requires SNE numbers to be stored on every TCP-AO socket. + +The 2GB window at first glance seems much more permissive compared to +RFC 5926. But that is only used to pick the correct SNE before/after +a rollover. It allows more TCP segment replays, but yet all regular +TCP checks in tcp_sequence() are applied on the verified segment. +So, it trades a bit more permissive acceptance of replayed/retransmitted +segments for the simplicity of the algorithm and what seems better behaviour +for large TCP windows. + +7. Links +======== + +RFC 5925 The TCP Authentication Option + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/pdfrfc/rfc5925.txt.pdf + +RFC 5926 Cryptographic Algorithms for the TCP Authentication Option (TCP-AO) + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/pdfrfc/rfc5926.txt.pdf + +Draft "SHA-2 Algorithm for the TCP Authentication Option (TCP-AO)" + https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/draft-nayak-tcp-sha2-03 + +RFC 2385 Protection of BGP Sessions via the TCP MD5 Signature Option + https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/pdfrfc/rfc2385.txt.pdf + +:Author: Dmitry Safonov <dima@arista.com> diff --git a/Documentation/networking/xdp-rx-metadata.rst b/Documentation/networking/xdp-rx-metadata.rst index 25ce72af81c2..205696780b78 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/xdp-rx-metadata.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/xdp-rx-metadata.rst @@ -105,6 +105,13 @@ bpf_tail_call Adding programs that access metadata kfuncs to the ``BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY`` is currently not supported. +Supported Devices +================= + +It is possible to query which kfunc the particular netdev implements via +netlink. See ``xdp-rx-metadata-features`` attribute set in +``Documentation/netlink/specs/netdev.yaml``. + Example ======= diff --git a/Documentation/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst b/Documentation/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst index bf7cbfb4caa5..43291704338e 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst @@ -146,6 +146,7 @@ pull. The git request-pull command can be helpful in this regard; it will format the request as other developers expect, and will also check to be sure that you have remembered to push those changes to the public server. +.. _development_advancedtopics_reviews: Reviewing patches ----------------- @@ -167,6 +168,12 @@ comments as questions rather than criticisms. Asking "how does the lock get released in this path?" will always work better than stating "the locking here is wrong." +Another technique that is useful in case of a disagreement is to ask for others +to chime in. If a discussion reaches a stalemate after a few exchanges, +then call for opinions of other reviewers or maintainers. Often those in +agreement with a reviewer remain silent unless called upon. +The opinion of multiple people carries exponentially more weight. + Different developers will review code from different points of view. Some are mostly concerned with coding style and whether code lines have trailing white space. Others will focus primarily on whether the change implemented @@ -176,3 +183,14 @@ security issues, duplication of code found elsewhere, adequate documentation, adverse effects on performance, user-space ABI changes, etc. All types of review, if they lead to better code going into the kernel, are welcome and worthwhile. + +There is no strict requirement to use specific tags like ``Reviewed-by``. +In fact reviews in plain English are more informative and encouraged +even when a tag is provided, e.g. "I looked at aspects A, B and C of this +submission and it looks good to me." +Some form of a review message or reply is obviously necessary otherwise +maintainers will not know that the reviewer has looked at the patch at all! + +Last but not least patch review may become a negative process, focused +on pointing out problems. Please throw in a compliment once in a while, +particularly for newbies! diff --git a/Documentation/process/backporting.rst b/Documentation/process/backporting.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e1a6ea0a1e8a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/process/backporting.rst @@ -0,0 +1,604 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +=================================== +Backporting and conflict resolution +=================================== + +:Author: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@oracle.com> + +.. contents:: + :local: + :depth: 3 + :backlinks: none + +Introduction +============ + +Some developers may never really have to deal with backporting patches, +merging branches, or resolving conflicts in their day-to-day work, so +when a merge conflict does pop up, it can be daunting. Luckily, +resolving conflicts is a skill like any other, and there are many useful +techniques you can use to make the process smoother and increase your +confidence in the result. + +This document aims to be a comprehensive, step-by-step guide to +backporting and conflict resolution. + +Applying the patch to a tree +============================ + +Sometimes the patch you are backporting already exists as a git commit, +in which case you just cherry-pick it directly using +``git cherry-pick``. However, if the patch comes from an email, as it +often does for the Linux kernel, you will need to apply it to a tree +using ``git am``. + +If you've ever used ``git am``, you probably already know that it is +quite picky about the patch applying perfectly to your source tree. In +fact, you've probably had nightmares about ``.rej`` files and trying to +edit the patch to make it apply. + +It is strongly recommended to instead find an appropriate base version +where the patch applies cleanly and *then* cherry-pick it over to your +destination tree, as this will make git output conflict markers and let +you resolve conflicts with the help of git and any other conflict +resolution tools you might prefer to use. For example, if you want to +apply a patch that just arrived on LKML to an older stable kernel, you +can apply it to the most recent mainline kernel and then cherry-pick it +to your older stable branch. + +It's generally better to use the exact same base as the one the patch +was generated from, but it doesn't really matter that much as long as it +applies cleanly and isn't too far from the original base. The only +problem with applying the patch to the "wrong" base is that it may pull +in more unrelated changes in the context of the diff when cherry-picking +it to the older branch. + +A good reason to prefer ``git cherry-pick`` over ``git am`` is that git +knows the precise history of an existing commit, so it will know when +code has moved around and changed the line numbers; this in turn makes +it less likely to apply the patch to the wrong place (which can result +in silent mistakes or messy conflicts). + +If you are using `b4`_. and you are applying the patch directly from an +email, you can use ``b4 am`` with the options ``-g``/``--guess-base`` +and ``-3``/``--prep-3way`` to do some of this automatically (see the +`b4 presentation`_ for more information). However, the rest of this +article will assume that you are doing a plain ``git cherry-pick``. + +.. _b4: https://people.kernel.org/monsieuricon/introducing-b4-and-patch-attestation +.. _b4 presentation: https://youtu.be/mF10hgVIx9o?t=2996 + +Once you have the patch in git, you can go ahead and cherry-pick it into +your source tree. Don't forget to cherry-pick with ``-x`` if you want a +written record of where the patch came from! + +Note that if you are submiting a patch for stable, the format is +slightly different; the first line after the subject line needs tobe +either:: + + commit <upstream commit> upstream + +or:: + + [ Upstream commit <upstream commit> ] + +Resolving conflicts +=================== + +Uh-oh; the cherry-pick failed with a vaguely threatening message:: + + CONFLICT (content): Merge conflict + +What to do now? + +In general, conflicts appear when the context of the patch (i.e., the +lines being changed and/or the lines surrounding the changes) doesn't +match what's in the tree you are trying to apply the patch *to*. + +For backports, what likely happened was that the branch you are +backporting from contains patches not in the branch you are backporting +to. However, the reverse is also possible. In any case, the result is a +conflict that needs to be resolved. + +If your attempted cherry-pick fails with a conflict, git automatically +edits the files to include so-called conflict markers showing you where +the conflict is and how the two branches have diverged. Resolving the +conflict typically means editing the end result in such a way that it +takes into account these other commits. + +Resolving the conflict can be done either by hand in a regular text +editor or using a dedicated conflict resolution tool. + +Many people prefer to use their regular text editor and edit the +conflict directly, as it may be easier to understand what you're doing +and to control the final result. There are definitely pros and cons to +each method, and sometimes there's value in using both. + +We will not cover using dedicated merge tools here beyond providing some +pointers to various tools that you could use: + +- `Emacs Ediff mode <https://www.emacswiki.org/emacs/EdiffMode>`__ +- `vimdiff/gvimdiff <https://linux.die.net/man/1/vimdiff>`__ +- `KDiff3 <http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net/>`__ +- `TortoiseMerge <https://tortoisesvn.net/TortoiseMerge.html>`__ +- `Meld <https://meldmerge.org/help/>`__ +- `P4Merge <https://www.perforce.com/products/helix-core-apps/merge-diff-tool-p4merge>`__ +- `Beyond Compare <https://www.scootersoftware.com/>`__ +- `IntelliJ <https://www.jetbrains.com/help/idea/resolve-conflicts.html>`__ +- `VSCode <https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/versioncontrol>`__ + +To configure git to work with these, see ``git mergetool --help`` or +the official `git-mergetool documentation`_. + +.. _git-mergetool documentation: https://git-scm.com/docs/git-mergetool + +Prerequisite patches +-------------------- + +Most conflicts happen because the branch you are backporting to is +missing some patches compared to the branch you are backporting *from*. +In the more general case (such as merging two independent branches), +development could have happened on either branch, or the branches have +simply diverged -- perhaps your older branch had some other backports +applied to it that themselves needed conflict resolutions, causing a +divergence. + +It's important to always identify the commit or commits that caused the +conflict, as otherwise you cannot be confident in the correctness of +your resolution. As an added bonus, especially if the patch is in an +area you're not that famliar with, the changelogs of these commits will +often give you the context to understand the code and potential problems +or pitfalls with your conflict resolution. + +git log +~~~~~~~ + +A good first step is to look at ``git log`` for the file that has the +conflict -- this is usually sufficient when there aren't a lot of +patches to the file, but may get confusing if the file is big and +frequently patched. You should run ``git log`` on the range of commits +between your currently checked-out branch (``HEAD``) and the parent of +the patch you are picking (``<commit>``), i.e.:: + + git log HEAD..<commit>^ -- <path> + +Even better, if you want to restrict this output to a single function +(because that's where the conflict appears), you can use the following +syntax:: + + git log -L:'\<function\>':<path> HEAD..<commit>^ + +.. note:: + The ``\<`` and ``\>`` around the function name ensure that the + matches are anchored on a word boundary. This is important, as this + part is actually a regex and git only follows the first match, so + if you use ``-L:thread_stack:kernel/fork.c`` it may only give you + results for the function ``try_release_thread_stack_to_cache`` even + though there are many other functions in that file containing the + string ``thread_stack`` in their names. + +Another useful option for ``git log`` is ``-G``, which allows you to +filter on certain strings appearing in the diffs of the commits you are +listing:: + + git log -G'regex' HEAD..<commit>^ -- <path> + +This can also be a handy way to quickly find when something (e.g. a +function call or a variable) was changed, added, or removed. The search +string is a regular expression, which means you can potentially search +for more specific things like assignments to a specific struct member:: + + git log -G'\->index\>.*=' + +git blame +~~~~~~~~~ + +Another way to find prerequisite commits (albeit only the most recent +one for a given conflict) is to run ``git blame``. In this case, you +need to run it against the parent commit of the patch you are +cherry-picking and the file where the conflict appared, i.e.:: + + git blame <commit>^ -- <path> + +This command also accepts the ``-L`` argument (for restricting the +output to a single function), but in this case you specify the filename +at the end of the command as usual:: + + git blame -L:'\<function\>' <commit>^ -- <path> + +Navigate to the place where the conflict occurred. The first column of +the blame output is the commit ID of the patch that added a given line +of code. + +It might be a good idea to ``git show`` these commits and see if they +look like they might be the source of the conflict. Sometimes there will +be more than one of these commits, either because multiple commits +changed different lines of the same conflict area *or* because multiple +subsequent patches changed the same line (or lines) multiple times. In +the latter case, you may have to run ``git blame`` again and specify the +older version of the file to look at in order to dig further back in +the history of the file. + +Prerequisite vs. incidental patches +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Having found the patch that caused the conflict, you need to determine +whether it is a prerequisite for the patch you are backporting or +whether it is just incidental and can be skipped. An incidental patch +would be one that touches the same code as the patch you are +backporting, but does not change the semantics of the code in any +material way. For example, a whitespace cleanup patch is completely +incidental -- likewise, a patch that simply renames a function or a +variable would be incidental as well. On the other hand, if the function +being changed does not even exist in your current branch then this would +not be incidental at all and you need to carefully consider whether the +patch adding the function should be cherry-picked first. + +If you find that there is a necessary prerequisite patch, then you need +to stop and cherry-pick that instead. If you've already resolved some +conflicts in a different file and don't want to do it again, you can +create a temporary copy of that file. + +To abort the current cherry-pick, go ahead and run +``git cherry-pick --abort``, then restart the cherry-picking process +with the commit ID of the prerequisite patch instead. + +Understanding conflict markers +------------------------------ + +Combined diffs +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Let's say you've decided against picking (or reverting) additional +patches and you just want to resolve the conflict. Git will have +inserted conflict markers into your file. Out of the box, this will look +something like:: + + <<<<<<< HEAD + this is what's in your current tree before cherry-picking + ======= + this is what the patch wants it to be after cherry-picking + >>>>>>> <commit>... title + +This is what you would see if you opened the file in your editor. +However, if you were to run ``git diff`` without any arguments, the +output would look something like this:: + + $ git diff + [...] + ++<<<<<<<< HEAD + +this is what's in your current tree before cherry-picking + ++======== + + this is what the patch wants it to be after cherry-picking + ++>>>>>>>> <commit>... title + +When you are resolving a conflict, the behavior of ``git diff`` differs +from its normal behavior. Notice the two columns of diff markers +instead of the usual one; this is a so-called "`combined diff`_", here +showing the 3-way diff (or diff-of-diffs) between + +#. the current branch (before cherry-picking) and the current working + directory, and +#. the current branch (before cherry-picking) and the file as it looks + after the original patch has been applied. + +.. _combined diff: https://git-scm.com/docs/diff-format#_combined_diff_format + + +Better diffs +~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +3-way combined diffs include all the other changes that happened to the +file between your current branch and the branch you are cherry-picking +from. While this is useful for spotting other changes that you need to +take into account, this also makes the output of ``git diff`` somewhat +intimidating and difficult to read. You may instead prefer to run +``git diff HEAD`` (or ``git diff --ours``) which shows only the diff +between the current branch before cherry-picking and the current working +directory. It looks like this:: + + $ git diff HEAD + [...] + +<<<<<<<< HEAD + this is what's in your current tree before cherry-picking + +======== + +this is what the patch wants it to be after cherry-picking + +>>>>>>>> <commit>... title + +As you can see, this reads just like any other diff and makes it clear +which lines are in the current branch and which lines are being added +because they are part of the merge conflict or the patch being +cherry-picked. + +Merge styles and diff3 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The default conflict marker style shown above is known as the ``merge`` +style. There is also another style available, known as the ``diff3`` +style, which looks like this:: + + <<<<<<< HEAD + this is what is in your current tree before cherry-picking + ||||||| parent of <commit> (title) + this is what the patch expected to find there + ======= + this is what the patch wants it to be after being applied + >>>>>>> <commit> (title) + +As you can see, this has 3 parts instead of 2, and includes what git +expected to find there but didn't. It is *highly recommended* to use +this conflict style as it makes it much clearer what the patch actually +changed; i.e., it allows you to compare the before-and-after versions +of the file for the commit you are cherry-picking. This allows you to +make better decisions about how to resolve the conflict. + +To change conflict marker styles, you can use the following command:: + + git config merge.conflictStyle diff3 + +There is a third option, ``zdiff3``, introduced in `Git 2.35`_, +which has the same 3 sections as ``diff3``, but where common lines have +been trimmed off, making the conflict area smaller in some cases. + +.. _Git 2.35: https://github.blog/2022-01-24-highlights-from-git-2-35/ + +Iterating on conflict resolutions +--------------------------------- + +The first step in any conflict resolution process is to understand the +patch you are backporting. For the Linux kernel this is especially +important, since an incorrect change can lead to the whole system +crashing -- or worse, an undetected security vulnerability. + +Understanding the patch can be easy or difficult depending on the patch +itself, the changelog, and your familiarity with the code being changed. +However, a good question for every change (or every hunk of the patch) +might be: "Why is this hunk in the patch?" The answers to these +questions will inform your conflict resolution. + +Resolution process +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Sometimes the easiest thing to do is to just remove all but the first +part of the conflict, leaving the file essentially unchanged, and apply +the changes by hand. Perhaps the patch is changing a function call +argument from ``0`` to ``1`` while a conflicting change added an +entirely new (and insignificant) parameter to the end of the parameter +list; in that case, it's easy enough to change the argument from ``0`` +to ``1`` by hand and leave the rest of the arguments alone. This +technique of manually applying changes is mostly useful if the conflict +pulled in a lot of unrelated context that you don't really need to care +about. + +For particularly nasty conflicts with many conflict markers, you can use +``git add`` or ``git add -i`` to selectively stage your resolutions to +get them out of the way; this also lets you use ``git diff HEAD`` to +always see what remains to be resolved or ``git diff --cached`` to see +what your patch looks like so far. + +Dealing with file renames +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +One of the most annoying things that can happen while backporting a +patch is discovering that one of the files being patched has been +renamed, as that typically means git won't even put in conflict markers, +but will just throw up its hands and say (paraphrased): "Unmerged path! +You do the work..." + +There are generally a few ways to deal with this. If the patch to the +renamed file is small, like a one-line change, the easiest thing is to +just go ahead and apply the change by hand and be done with it. On the +other hand, if the change is big or complicated, you definitely don't +want to do it by hand. + +As a first pass, you can try something like this, which will lower the +rename detection threshold to 30% (by default, git uses 50%, meaning +that two files need to have at least 50% in common for it to consider +an add-delete pair to be a potential rename):: + + git cherry-pick -strategy=recursive -Xrename-threshold=30 + +Sometimes the right thing to do will be to also backport the patch that +did the rename, but that's definitely not the most common case. Instead, +what you can do is to temporarily rename the file in the branch you're +backporting to (using ``git mv`` and committing the result), restart the +attempt to cherry-pick the patch, rename the file back (``git mv`` and +committing again), and finally squash the result using ``git rebase -i`` +(see the `rebase tutorial`_) so it appears as a single commit when you +are done. + +.. _rebase tutorial: https://medium.com/@slamflipstrom/a-beginners-guide-to-squashing-commits-with-git-rebase-8185cf6e62ec + +Gotchas +------- + +Function arguments +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Pay attention to changing function arguments! It's easy to gloss over +details and think that two lines are the same but actually they differ +in some small detail like which variable was passed as an argument +(especially if the two variables are both a single character that look +the same, like i and j). + +Error handling +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +If you cherry-pick a patch that includes a ``goto`` statement (typically +for error handling), it is absolutely imperative to double check that +the target label is still correct in the branch you are backporting to. +The same goes for added ``return``, ``break``, and ``continue`` +statements. + +Error handling is typically located at the bottom of the function, so it +may not be part of the conflict even though could have been changed by +other patches. + +A good way to ensure that you review the error paths is to always use +``git diff -W`` and ``git show -W`` (AKA ``--function-context``) when +inspecting your changes. For C code, this will show you the whole +function that's being changed in a patch. One of the things that often +go wrong during backports is that something else in the function changed +on either of the branches that you're backporting from or to. By +including the whole function in the diff you get more context and can +more easily spot problems that might otherwise go unnoticed. + +Refactored code +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Something that happens quite often is that code gets refactored by +"factoring out" a common code sequence or pattern into a helper +function. When backporting patches to an area where such a refactoring +has taken place, you effectively need to do the reverse when +backporting: a patch to a single location may need to be applied to +multiple locations in the backported version. (One giveaway for this +scenario is that a function was renamed -- but that's not always the +case.) + +To avoid incomplete backports, it's worth trying to figure out if the +patch fixes a bug that appears in more than one place. One way to do +this would be to use ``git grep``. (This is actually a good idea to do +in general, not just for backports.) If you do find that the same kind +of fix would apply to other places, it's also worth seeing if those +places exist upstream -- if they don't, it's likely the patch may need +to be adjusted. ``git log`` is your friend to figure out what happened +to these areas as ``git blame`` won't show you code that has been +removed. + +If you do find other instances of the same pattern in the upstream tree +and you're not sure whether it's also a bug, it may be worth asking the +patch author. It's not uncommon to find new bugs during backporting! + +Verifying the result +==================== + +colordiff +--------- + +Having committed a conflict-free new patch, you can now compare your +patch to the original patch. It is highly recommended that you use a +tool such as `colordiff`_ that can show two files side by side and color +them according to the changes between them:: + + colordiff -yw -W 200 <(git diff -W <upstream commit>^-) <(git diff -W HEAD^-) | less -SR + +.. _colordiff: https://www.colordiff.org/ + +Here, ``-y`` means to do a side-by-side comparison; ``-w`` ignores +whitespace, and ``-W 200`` sets the width of the output (as otherwise it +will use 130 by default, which is often a bit too little). + +The ``rev^-`` syntax is a handy shorthand for ``rev^..rev``, essentially +giving you just the diff for that single commit; also see +the official `git rev-parse documentation`_. + +.. _git rev-parse documentation: https://git-scm.com/docs/git-rev-parse#_other_rev_parent_shorthand_notations + +Again, note the inclusion of ``-W`` for ``git diff``; this ensures that +you will see the full function for any function that has changed. + +One incredibly important thing that colordiff does is to highlight lines +that are different. For example, if an error-handling ``goto`` has +changed labels between the original and backported patch, colordiff will +show these side-by-side but highlighted in a different color. Thus, it +is easy to see that the two ``goto`` statements are jumping to different +labels. Likewise, lines that were not modified by either patch but +differ in the context will also be highlighted and thus stand out during +a manual inspection. + +Of course, this is just a visual inspection; the real test is building +and running the patched kernel (or program). + +Build testing +------------- + +We won't cover runtime testing here, but it can be a good idea to build +just the files touched by the patch as a quick sanity check. For the +Linux kernel you can build single files like this, assuming you have the +``.config`` and build environment set up correctly:: + + make path/to/file.o + +Note that this won't discover linker errors, so you should still do a +full build after verifying that the single file compiles. By compiling +the single file first you can avoid having to wait for a full build *in +case* there are compiler errors in any of the files you've changed. + +Runtime testing +--------------- + +Even a successful build or boot test is not necessarily enough to rule +out a missing dependency somewhere. Even though the chances are small, +there could be code changes where two independent changes to the same +file result in no conflicts, no compile-time errors, and runtime errors +only in exceptional cases. + +One concrete example of this was a pair of patches to the system call +entry code where the first patch saved/restored a register and a later +patch made use of the same register somewhere in the middle of this +sequence. Since there was no overlap between the changes, one could +cherry-pick the second patch, have no conflicts, and believe that +everything was fine, when in fact the code was now scribbling over an +unsaved register. + +Although the vast majority of errors will be caught during compilation +or by superficially exercising the code, the only way to *really* verify +a backport is to review the final patch with the same level of scrutiny +as you would (or should) give to any other patch. Having unit tests and +regression tests or other types of automatic testing can help increase +the confidence in the correctness of a backport. + +Submitting backports to stable +============================== + +As the stable maintainers try to cherry-pick mainline fixes onto their +stable kernels, they may send out emails asking for backports when when +encountering conflicts, see e.g. +<https://lore.kernel.org/stable/2023101528-jawed-shelving-071a@gregkh/>. +These emails typically include the exact steps you need to cherry-pick +the patch to the correct tree and submit the patch. + +One thing to make sure is that your changelog conforms to the expected +format:: + + <original patch title> + + [ Upstream commit <mainline rev> ] + + <rest of the original changelog> + [ <summary of the conflicts and their resolutions> ] + Signed-off-by: <your name and email> + +The "Upstream commit" line is sometimes slightly different depending on +the stable version. Older version used this format:: + + commit <mainline rev> upstream. + +It is most common to indicate the kernel version the patch applies to +in the email subject line (using e.g. +``git send-email --subject-prefix='PATCH 6.1.y'``), but you can also put +it in the Signed-off-by:-area or below the ``---`` line. + +The stable maintainers expect separate submissions for each active +stable version, and each submission should also be tested separately. + +A few final words of advice +=========================== + +1) Approach the backporting process with humility. +2) Understand the patch you are backporting; this means reading both + the changelog and the code. +3) Be honest about your confidence in the result when submitting the + patch. +4) Ask relevant maintainers for explicit acks. + +Examples +======== + +The above shows roughly the idealized process of backporting a patch. +For a more concrete example, see this video tutorial where two patches +are backported from mainline to stable: +`Backporting Linux Kernel Patches`_. + +.. _Backporting Linux Kernel Patches: https://youtu.be/sBR7R1V2FeA diff --git a/Documentation/process/changes.rst b/Documentation/process/changes.rst index b48da698d6f2..bb96ca0f774b 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/changes.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/changes.rst @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ you probably needn't concern yourself with pcmciautils. ====================== =============== ======================================== GNU C 5.1 gcc --version Clang/LLVM (optional) 11.0.0 clang --version -Rust (optional) 1.71.1 rustc --version +Rust (optional) 1.73.0 rustc --version bindgen (optional) 0.65.1 bindgen --version GNU make 3.82 make --version bash 4.2 bash --version diff --git a/Documentation/process/index.rst b/Documentation/process/index.rst index b501cd977053..a1daa309b58d 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/index.rst @@ -66,12 +66,13 @@ lack of a better place. :maxdepth: 1 applying-patches + backporting adding-syscalls magic-number volatile-considered-harmful botching-up-ioctls clang-format - ../riscv/patch-acceptance + ../arch/riscv/patch-acceptance ../core-api/unaligned-memory-access .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/process/maintainer-netdev.rst b/Documentation/process/maintainer-netdev.rst index 09dcf6377c27..7feacc20835e 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/maintainer-netdev.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/maintainer-netdev.rst @@ -441,6 +441,21 @@ in a way which would break what would normally be considered uAPI. new ``netdevsim`` features must be accompanied by selftests under ``tools/testing/selftests/``. +Reviewer guidance +----------------- + +Reviewing other people's patches on the list is highly encouraged, +regardless of the level of expertise. For general guidance and +helpful tips please see :ref:`development_advancedtopics_reviews`. + +It's safe to assume that netdev maintainers know the community and the level +of expertise of the reviewers. The reviewers should not be concerned about +their comments impeding or derailing the patch flow. + +Less experienced reviewers are highly encouraged to do more in-depth +review of submissions and not focus exclusively on trivial or subjective +matters like code formatting, tags etc. + Testimonials / feedback ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst b/Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst index efac910e2659..86d346bcb8ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst @@ -327,6 +327,8 @@ politely and address the problems they have pointed out. When sending a next version, add a ``patch changelog`` to the cover letter or to individual patches explaining difference against previous submission (see :ref:`the_canonical_patch_format`). +Notify people that commented on your patch about new versions by adding them to +the patches CC list. See Documentation/process/email-clients.rst for recommendations on email clients and mailing list etiquette. @@ -366,10 +368,10 @@ busy people and may not get to your patch right away. Once upon a time, patches used to disappear into the void without comment, but the development process works more smoothly than that now. You should -receive comments within a week or so; if that does not happen, make sure -that you have sent your patches to the right place. Wait for a minimum of -one week before resubmitting or pinging reviewers - possibly longer during -busy times like merge windows. +receive comments within a few weeks (typically 2-3); if that does not +happen, make sure that you have sent your patches to the right place. +Wait for a minimum of one week before resubmitting or pinging reviewers +- possibly longer during busy times like merge windows. It's also ok to resend the patch or the patch series after a couple of weeks with the word "RESEND" added to the subject line:: diff --git a/Documentation/rust/index.rst b/Documentation/rust/index.rst index e599be2cec9b..965f2db529e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/rust/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/rust/index.rst @@ -6,6 +6,25 @@ Rust Documentation related to Rust within the kernel. To start using Rust in the kernel, please read the quick-start.rst guide. + +The Rust experiment +------------------- + +The Rust support was merged in v6.1 into mainline in order to help in +determining whether Rust as a language was suitable for the kernel, i.e. worth +the tradeoffs. + +Currently, the Rust support is primarily intended for kernel developers and +maintainers interested in the Rust support, so that they can start working on +abstractions and drivers, as well as helping the development of infrastructure +and tools. + +If you are an end user, please note that there are currently no in-tree +drivers/modules suitable or intended for production use, and that the Rust +support is still in development/experimental, especially for certain kernel +configurations. + + .. only:: rustdoc and html You can also browse `rustdoc documentation <rustdoc/kernel/index.html>`_. diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-arch.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-arch.rst index 505cd27f9a92..ed07efea7d02 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-arch.rst +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-arch.rst @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Context switch By default, the switch_to arch function is called with the runqueue locked. This is usually not a problem unless switch_to may need to take the runqueue lock. This is usually due to a wake up operation in -the context switch. See arch/ia64/include/asm/switch_to.h for an example. +the context switch. To request the scheduler call switch_to with the runqueue unlocked, you must `#define __ARCH_WANT_UNLOCKED_CTXSW` in a header file @@ -68,7 +68,5 @@ Possible arch/ problems Possible arch problems I found (and either tried to fix or didn't): -ia64 - is safe_halt call racy vs interrupts? (does it sleep?) (See #4a) - sparc - IRQs on at this point(?), change local_irq_save to _disable. - TODO: needs secondary CPUs to disable preempt (See #1) diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-capacity.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-capacity.rst index e2c1cf743158..de414b33dd2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-capacity.rst +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-capacity.rst @@ -39,14 +39,15 @@ per Hz, leading to:: ------------------- Two different capacity values are used within the scheduler. A CPU's -``capacity_orig`` is its maximum attainable capacity, i.e. its maximum -attainable performance level. A CPU's ``capacity`` is its ``capacity_orig`` to -which some loss of available performance (e.g. time spent handling IRQs) is -subtracted. +``original capacity`` is its maximum attainable capacity, i.e. its maximum +attainable performance level. This original capacity is returned by +the function arch_scale_cpu_capacity(). A CPU's ``capacity`` is its ``original +capacity`` to which some loss of available performance (e.g. time spent +handling IRQs) is subtracted. Note that a CPU's ``capacity`` is solely intended to be used by the CFS class, -while ``capacity_orig`` is class-agnostic. The rest of this document will use -the term ``capacity`` interchangeably with ``capacity_orig`` for the sake of +while ``original capacity`` is class-agnostic. The rest of this document will use +the term ``capacity`` interchangeably with ``original capacity`` for the sake of brevity. 1.3 Platform examples diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-energy.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-energy.rst index fc853c8cc346..70e2921ef725 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-energy.rst +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-energy.rst @@ -359,32 +359,9 @@ in milli-Watts or in an 'abstract scale'. 6.3 - Energy Model complexity ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -The task wake-up path is very latency-sensitive. When the EM of a platform is -too complex (too many CPUs, too many performance domains, too many performance -states, ...), the cost of using it in the wake-up path can become prohibitive. -The energy-aware wake-up algorithm has a complexity of: - - C = Nd * (Nc + Ns) - -with: Nd the number of performance domains; Nc the number of CPUs; and Ns the -total number of OPPs (ex: for two perf. domains with 4 OPPs each, Ns = 8). - -A complexity check is performed at the root domain level, when scheduling -domains are built. EAS will not start on a root domain if its C happens to be -higher than the completely arbitrary EM_MAX_COMPLEXITY threshold (2048 at the -time of writing). - -If you really want to use EAS but the complexity of your platform's Energy -Model is too high to be used with a single root domain, you're left with only -two possible options: - - 1. split your system into separate, smaller, root domains using exclusive - cpusets and enable EAS locally on each of them. This option has the - benefit to work out of the box but the drawback of preventing load - balance between root domains, which can result in an unbalanced system - overall; - 2. submit patches to reduce the complexity of the EAS wake-up algorithm, - hence enabling it to cope with larger EMs in reasonable time. +EAS does not impose any complexity limit on the number of PDs/OPPs/CPUs but +restricts the number of CPUs to EM_MAX_NUM_CPUS to prevent overflows during +the energy estimation. 6.4 - Schedutil governor diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.rst index 655a096ec8fb..d685609ed3d7 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.rst +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.rst @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ Most notable: 1.1 The problem --------------- -Realtime scheduling is all about determinism, a group has to be able to rely on +Real-time scheduling is all about determinism, a group has to be able to rely on the amount of bandwidth (eg. CPU time) being constant. In order to schedule -multiple groups of realtime tasks, each group must be assigned a fixed portion -of the CPU time available. Without a minimum guarantee a realtime group can +multiple groups of real-time tasks, each group must be assigned a fixed portion +of the CPU time available. Without a minimum guarantee a real-time group can obviously fall short. A fuzzy upper limit is of no use since it cannot be relied upon. Which leaves us with just the single fixed portion. @@ -50,14 +50,14 @@ relied upon. Which leaves us with just the single fixed portion. ---------------- CPU time is divided by means of specifying how much time can be spent running -in a given period. We allocate this "run time" for each realtime group which -the other realtime groups will not be permitted to use. +in a given period. We allocate this "run time" for each real-time group which +the other real-time groups will not be permitted to use. -Any time not allocated to a realtime group will be used to run normal priority +Any time not allocated to a real-time group will be used to run normal priority tasks (SCHED_OTHER). Any allocated run time not used will also be picked up by SCHED_OTHER. -Let's consider an example: a frame fixed realtime renderer must deliver 25 +Let's consider an example: a frame fixed real-time renderer must deliver 25 frames a second, which yields a period of 0.04s per frame. Now say it will also have to play some music and respond to input, leaving it with around 80% CPU time dedicated for the graphics. We can then give this group a run time of 0.8 @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ needs only about 3% CPU time to do so, it can do with a 0.03 * 0.005s = of 0.00015s. The remaining CPU time will be used for user input and other tasks. Because -realtime tasks have explicitly allocated the CPU time they need to perform +real-time tasks have explicitly allocated the CPU time they need to perform their tasks, buffer underruns in the graphics or audio can be eliminated. NOTE: the above example is not fully implemented yet. We still @@ -87,18 +87,20 @@ lack an EDF scheduler to make non-uniform periods usable. The system wide settings are configured under the /proc virtual file system: /proc/sys/kernel/sched_rt_period_us: - The scheduling period that is equivalent to 100% CPU bandwidth + The scheduling period that is equivalent to 100% CPU bandwidth. /proc/sys/kernel/sched_rt_runtime_us: - A global limit on how much time realtime scheduling may use. Even without - CONFIG_RT_GROUP_SCHED enabled, this will limit time reserved to realtime - processes. With CONFIG_RT_GROUP_SCHED it signifies the total bandwidth - available to all realtime groups. + A global limit on how much time real-time scheduling may use. This is always + less or equal to the period_us, as it denotes the time allocated from the + period_us for the real-time tasks. Even without CONFIG_RT_GROUP_SCHED enabled, + this will limit time reserved to real-time processes. With + CONFIG_RT_GROUP_SCHED=y it signifies the total bandwidth available to all + real-time groups. * Time is specified in us because the interface is s32. This gives an operating range from 1us to about 35 minutes. * sched_rt_period_us takes values from 1 to INT_MAX. - * sched_rt_runtime_us takes values from -1 to (INT_MAX - 1). + * sched_rt_runtime_us takes values from -1 to sched_rt_period_us. * A run time of -1 specifies runtime == period, ie. no limit. @@ -108,7 +110,7 @@ The system wide settings are configured under the /proc virtual file system: The default values for sched_rt_period_us (1000000 or 1s) and sched_rt_runtime_us (950000 or 0.95s). This gives 0.05s to be used by SCHED_OTHER (non-RT tasks). These defaults were chosen so that a run-away -realtime tasks will not lock up the machine but leave a little time to recover +real-time tasks will not lock up the machine but leave a little time to recover it. By setting runtime to -1 you'd get the old behaviour back. By default all bandwidth is assigned to the root group and new groups get the @@ -116,10 +118,10 @@ period from /proc/sys/kernel/sched_rt_period_us and a run time of 0. If you want to assign bandwidth to another group, reduce the root group's bandwidth and assign some or all of the difference to another group. -Realtime group scheduling means you have to assign a portion of total CPU -bandwidth to the group before it will accept realtime tasks. Therefore you will -not be able to run realtime tasks as any user other than root until you have -done that, even if the user has the rights to run processes with realtime +Real-time group scheduling means you have to assign a portion of total CPU +bandwidth to the group before it will accept real-time tasks. Therefore you will +not be able to run real-time tasks as any user other than root until you have +done that, even if the user has the rights to run processes with real-time priority! diff --git a/Documentation/security/index.rst b/Documentation/security/index.rst index 6ed8d2fa6f9e..59f8fc106cb0 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/security/index.rst @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Security Documentation :maxdepth: 1 credentials + snp-tdx-threat-model IMA-templates keys/index lsm diff --git a/Documentation/security/snp-tdx-threat-model.rst b/Documentation/security/snp-tdx-threat-model.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ec66f2ed80c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/security/snp-tdx-threat-model.rst @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +====================================================== +Confidential Computing in Linux for x86 virtualization +====================================================== + +.. contents:: :local: + +By: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com> and Carlos Bilbao <carlos.bilbao@amd.com> + +Motivation +========== + +Kernel developers working on confidential computing for virtualized +environments in x86 operate under a set of assumptions regarding the Linux +kernel threat model that differ from the traditional view. Historically, +the Linux threat model acknowledges attackers residing in userspace, as +well as a limited set of external attackers that are able to interact with +the kernel through various networking or limited HW-specific exposed +interfaces (USB, thunderbolt). The goal of this document is to explain +additional attack vectors that arise in the confidential computing space +and discuss the proposed protection mechanisms for the Linux kernel. + +Overview and terminology +======================== + +Confidential Computing (CoCo) is a broad term covering a wide range of +security technologies that aim to protect the confidentiality and integrity +of data in use (vs. data at rest or data in transit). At its core, CoCo +solutions provide a Trusted Execution Environment (TEE), where secure data +processing can be performed and, as a result, they are typically further +classified into different subtypes depending on the SW that is intended +to be run in TEE. This document focuses on a subclass of CoCo technologies +that are targeting virtualized environments and allow running Virtual +Machines (VM) inside TEE. From now on in this document will be referring +to this subclass of CoCo as 'Confidential Computing (CoCo) for the +virtualized environments (VE)'. + +CoCo, in the virtualization context, refers to a set of HW and/or SW +technologies that allow for stronger security guarantees for the SW running +inside a CoCo VM. Namely, confidential computing allows its users to +confirm the trustworthiness of all SW pieces to include in its reduced +Trusted Computing Base (TCB) given its ability to attest the state of these +trusted components. + +While the concrete implementation details differ between technologies, all +available mechanisms aim to provide increased confidentiality and +integrity for the VM's guest memory and execution state (vCPU registers), +more tightly controlled guest interrupt injection, as well as some +additional mechanisms to control guest-host page mapping. More details on +the x86-specific solutions can be found in +:doc:`Intel Trust Domain Extensions (TDX) </arch/x86/tdx>` and +`AMD Memory Encryption <https://www.amd.com/system/files/techdocs/sev-snp-strengthening-vm-isolation-with-integrity-protection-and-more.pdf>`_. + +The basic CoCo guest layout includes the host, guest, the interfaces that +communicate guest and host, a platform capable of supporting CoCo VMs, and +a trusted intermediary between the guest VM and the underlying platform +that acts as a security manager. The host-side virtual machine monitor +(VMM) typically consists of a subset of traditional VMM features and +is still in charge of the guest lifecycle, i.e. create or destroy a CoCo +VM, manage its access to system resources, etc. However, since it +typically stays out of CoCo VM TCB, its access is limited to preserve the +security objectives. + +In the following diagram, the "<--->" lines represent bi-directional +communication channels or interfaces between the CoCo security manager and +the rest of the components (data flow for guest, host, hardware) :: + + +-------------------+ +-----------------------+ + | CoCo guest VM |<---->| | + +-------------------+ | | + | Interfaces | | CoCo security manager | + +-------------------+ | | + | Host VMM |<---->| | + +-------------------+ | | + | | + +--------------------+ | | + | CoCo platform |<--->| | + +--------------------+ +-----------------------+ + +The specific details of the CoCo security manager vastly diverge between +technologies. For example, in some cases, it will be implemented in HW +while in others it may be pure SW. + +Existing Linux kernel threat model +================================== + +The overall components of the current Linux kernel threat model are:: + + +-----------------------+ +-------------------+ + | |<---->| Userspace | + | | +-------------------+ + | External attack | | Interfaces | + | vectors | +-------------------+ + | |<---->| Linux Kernel | + | | +-------------------+ + +-----------------------+ +-------------------+ + | Bootloader/BIOS | + +-------------------+ + +-------------------+ + | HW platform | + +-------------------+ + +There is also communication between the bootloader and the kernel during +the boot process, but this diagram does not represent it explicitly. The +"Interfaces" box represents the various interfaces that allow +communication between kernel and userspace. This includes system calls, +kernel APIs, device drivers, etc. + +The existing Linux kernel threat model typically assumes execution on a +trusted HW platform with all of the firmware and bootloaders included on +its TCB. The primary attacker resides in the userspace, and all of the data +coming from there is generally considered untrusted, unless userspace is +privileged enough to perform trusted actions. In addition, external +attackers are typically considered, including those with access to enabled +external networks (e.g. Ethernet, Wireless, Bluetooth), exposed hardware +interfaces (e.g. USB, Thunderbolt), and the ability to modify the contents +of disks offline. + +Regarding external attack vectors, it is interesting to note that in most +cases external attackers will try to exploit vulnerabilities in userspace +first, but that it is possible for an attacker to directly target the +kernel; particularly if the host has physical access. Examples of direct +kernel attacks include the vulnerabilities CVE-2019-19524, CVE-2022-0435 +and CVE-2020-24490. + +Confidential Computing threat model and its security objectives +=============================================================== + +Confidential Computing adds a new type of attacker to the above list: a +potentially misbehaving host (which can also include some part of a +traditional VMM or all of it), which is typically placed outside of the +CoCo VM TCB due to its large SW attack surface. It is important to note +that this doesn’t imply that the host or VMM are intentionally +malicious, but that there exists a security value in having a small CoCo +VM TCB. This new type of adversary may be viewed as a more powerful type +of external attacker, as it resides locally on the same physical machine +(in contrast to a remote network attacker) and has control over the guest +kernel communication with most of the HW:: + + +------------------------+ + | CoCo guest VM | + +-----------------------+ | +-------------------+ | + | |<--->| | Userspace | | + | | | +-------------------+ | + | External attack | | | Interfaces | | + | vectors | | +-------------------+ | + | |<--->| | Linux Kernel | | + | | | +-------------------+ | + +-----------------------+ | +-------------------+ | + | | Bootloader/BIOS | | + +-----------------------+ | +-------------------+ | + | |<--->+------------------------+ + | | | Interfaces | + | | +------------------------+ + | CoCo security |<--->| Host/Host-side VMM | + | manager | +------------------------+ + | | +------------------------+ + | |<--->| CoCo platform | + +-----------------------+ +------------------------+ + +While traditionally the host has unlimited access to guest data and can +leverage this access to attack the guest, the CoCo systems mitigate such +attacks by adding security features like guest data confidentiality and +integrity protection. This threat model assumes that those features are +available and intact. + +The **Linux kernel CoCo VM security objectives** can be summarized as follows: + +1. Preserve the confidentiality and integrity of CoCo guest's private +memory and registers. + +2. Prevent privileged escalation from a host into a CoCo guest Linux kernel. +While it is true that the host (and host-side VMM) requires some level of +privilege to create, destroy, or pause the guest, part of the goal of +preventing privileged escalation is to ensure that these operations do not +provide a pathway for attackers to gain access to the guest's kernel. + +The above security objectives result in two primary **Linux kernel CoCo +VM assets**: + +1. Guest kernel execution context. +2. Guest kernel private memory. + +The host retains full control over the CoCo guest resources, and can deny +access to them at any time. Examples of resources include CPU time, memory +that the guest can consume, network bandwidth, etc. Because of this, the +host Denial of Service (DoS) attacks against CoCo guests are beyond the +scope of this threat model. + +The **Linux CoCo VM attack surface** is any interface exposed from a CoCo +guest Linux kernel towards an untrusted host that is not covered by the +CoCo technology SW/HW protection. This includes any possible +side-channels, as well as transient execution side channels. Examples of +explicit (not side-channel) interfaces include accesses to port I/O, MMIO +and DMA interfaces, access to PCI configuration space, VMM-specific +hypercalls (towards Host-side VMM), access to shared memory pages, +interrupts allowed to be injected into the guest kernel by the host, as +well as CoCo technology-specific hypercalls, if present. Additionally, the +host in a CoCo system typically controls the process of creating a CoCo +guest: it has a method to load into a guest the firmware and bootloader +images, the kernel image together with the kernel command line. All of this +data should also be considered untrusted until its integrity and +authenticity is established via attestation. + +The table below shows a threat matrix for the CoCo guest Linux kernel but +does not discuss potential mitigation strategies. The matrix refers to +CoCo-specific versions of the guest, host and platform. + +.. list-table:: CoCo Linux guest kernel threat matrix + :widths: auto + :align: center + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Threat name + - Threat description + + * - Guest malicious configuration + - A misbehaving host modifies one of the following guest's + configuration: + + 1. Guest firmware or bootloader + + 2. Guest kernel or module binaries + + 3. Guest command line parameters + + This allows the host to break the integrity of the code running + inside a CoCo guest, and violates the CoCo security objectives. + + * - CoCo guest data attacks + - A misbehaving host retains full control of the CoCo guest's data + in-transit between the guest and the host-managed physical or + virtual devices. This allows any attack against confidentiality, + integrity or freshness of such data. + + * - Malformed runtime input + - A misbehaving host injects malformed input via any communication + interface used by the guest's kernel code. If the code is not + prepared to handle this input correctly, this can result in a host + --> guest kernel privilege escalation. This includes traditional + side-channel and/or transient execution attack vectors. + + * - Malicious runtime input + - A misbehaving host injects a specific input value via any + communication interface used by the guest's kernel code. The + difference with the previous attack vector (malformed runtime input) + is that this input is not malformed, but its value is crafted to + impact the guest's kernel security. Examples of such inputs include + providing a malicious time to the guest or the entropy to the guest + random number generator. Additionally, the timing of such events can + be an attack vector on its own, if it results in a particular guest + kernel action (i.e. processing of a host-injected interrupt). + resistant to supplied host input. + diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/codec-to-codec.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/codec-to-codec.rst index 4eaa9a0c41fc..0418521b6e03 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/soc/codec-to-codec.rst +++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/codec-to-codec.rst @@ -70,7 +70,8 @@ file: .dai_fmt = SND_SOC_DAIFMT_I2S | SND_SOC_DAIFMT_NB_NF | SND_SOC_DAIFMT_CBM_CFM, .ignore_suspend = 1, - .params = &dsp_codec_params, + .c2c_params = &dsp_codec_params, + .num_c2c_params = 1, }, { .name = "DSP-CODEC", @@ -81,12 +82,13 @@ file: .dai_fmt = SND_SOC_DAIFMT_I2S | SND_SOC_DAIFMT_NB_NF | SND_SOC_DAIFMT_CBM_CFM, .ignore_suspend = 1, - .params = &dsp_codec_params, + .c2c_params = &dsp_codec_params, + .num_c2c_params = 1, }, Above code snippet is motivated from sound/soc/samsung/speyside.c. -Note the "params" callback which lets the dapm know that this +Note the "c2c_params" callback which lets the dapm know that this dai_link is a codec to codec connection. In dapm core a route is created between cpu_dai playback widget diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/dpcm.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/dpcm.rst index 77f67ded53de..2d7ad1d91504 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/soc/dpcm.rst +++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/dpcm.rst @@ -368,7 +368,8 @@ The machine driver sets some additional parameters to the DAI link i.e. .codec_name = "modem", .dai_fmt = SND_SOC_DAIFMT_I2S | SND_SOC_DAIFMT_NB_NF | SND_SOC_DAIFMT_CBM_CFM, - .params = &dai_params, + .c2c_params = &dai_params, + .num_c2c_params = 1, } < ... more DAI links here ... > diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py b/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py index a99716bf44b5..4eb150bf509c 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ def markup_ctype_refs(match): # RE_expr = re.compile(r':c:(expr|texpr):`([^\`]+)`') def markup_c_expr(match): - return '\ ``' + match.group(2) + '``\ ' + return '\\ ``' + match.group(2) + '``\\ ' # # Parse Sphinx 3.x C markups, replacing them by backward-compatible ones @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ class CObject(Base_CObject): def handle_func_like_macro(self, sig, signode): u"""Handles signatures of function-like macros. - If the objtype is 'function' and the the signature ``sig`` is a + If the objtype is 'function' and the signature ``sig`` is a function-like macro, the name of the macro is returned. Otherwise ``False`` is returned. """ diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_abi.py b/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_abi.py index b5feb5b1d905..49797c55479c 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_abi.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_abi.py @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ class KernelCmd(Directive): code_block += "\n " + l lines = code_block + "\n\n" - line_regex = re.compile("^\.\. LINENO (\S+)\#([0-9]+)$") + line_regex = re.compile(r"^\.\. LINENO (\S+)\#([0-9]+)$") ln = 0 n = 0 f = fname diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_feat.py b/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_feat.py index 27b701ed3681..b5fa2f0542a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_feat.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_feat.py @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ class KernelFeat(Directive): lines = self.runCmd(cmd, shell=True, cwd=cwd, env=shell_env) - line_regex = re.compile("^\.\. FILE (\S+)$") + line_regex = re.compile(r"^\.\. FILE (\S+)$") out_lines = "" diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/kerneldoc.py b/Documentation/sphinx/kerneldoc.py index 9395892c7ba3..7acf09963daa 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/kerneldoc.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/kerneldoc.py @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ class KernelDocDirective(Directive): result = ViewList() lineoffset = 0; - line_regex = re.compile("^\.\. LINENO ([0-9]+)$") + line_regex = re.compile(r"^\.\. LINENO ([0-9]+)$") for line in lines: match = line_regex.search(line) if match: @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ class KernelDocDirective(Directive): lineoffset = int(match.group(1)) - 1 # we must eat our comments since the upset the markup else: - doc = env.srcdir + "/" + env.docname + ":" + str(self.lineno) + doc = str(env.srcdir) + "/" + env.docname + ":" + str(self.lineno) result.append(line, doc + ": " + filename, lineoffset) lineoffset += 1 diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py b/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py index cefdbb7e7523..13e885bbd499 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ def convert_image(img_node, translator, src_fname=None): if dst_fname: # the builder needs not to copy one more time, so pop it if exists. translator.builder.images.pop(img_node['uri'], None) - _name = dst_fname[len(translator.builder.outdir) + 1:] + _name = dst_fname[len(str(translator.builder.outdir)) + 1:] if isNewer(dst_fname, src_fname): kernellog.verbose(app, diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/maintainers_include.py b/Documentation/sphinx/maintainers_include.py index 328b3631a585..dcad0fff4723 100755 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/maintainers_include.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/maintainers_include.py @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class MaintainersInclude(Include): line = line.rstrip() # Linkify all non-wildcard refs to ReST files in Documentation/. - pat = '(Documentation/([^\s\?\*]*)\.rst)' + pat = r'(Documentation/([^\s\?\*]*)\.rst)' m = re.search(pat, line) if m: # maintainers.rst is in a subdirectory, so include "../". @@ -90,11 +90,11 @@ class MaintainersInclude(Include): output = "| %s" % (line.replace("\\", "\\\\")) # Look for and record field letter to field name mappings: # R: Designated *reviewer*: FullName <address@domain> - m = re.search("\s(\S):\s", line) + m = re.search(r"\s(\S):\s", line) if m: field_letter = m.group(1) if field_letter and not field_letter in fields: - m = re.search("\*([^\*]+)\*", line) + m = re.search(r"\*([^\*]+)\*", line) if m: fields[field_letter] = m.group(1) elif subsystems: @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ class MaintainersInclude(Include): field_content = "" # Collapse whitespace in subsystem name. - heading = re.sub("\s+", " ", line) + heading = re.sub(r"\s+", " ", line) output = output + "%s\n%s" % (heading, "~" * len(heading)) field_prev = "" else: diff --git a/Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst b/Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst index 90a0535a932a..930dc23998a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst +++ b/Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ Human interfaces sound/index gpu/index fb/index + leds/index Networking interfaces --------------------- @@ -70,7 +71,6 @@ Storage interfaces fpga/index i2c/index iio/index - leds/index pcmcia/index spi/index w1/index diff --git a/Documentation/trace/kprobes.rst b/Documentation/trace/kprobes.rst index fc7ce76eab65..f825970a1495 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/kprobes.rst +++ b/Documentation/trace/kprobes.rst @@ -315,7 +315,6 @@ architectures: - i386 (Supports jump optimization) - x86_64 (AMD-64, EM64T) (Supports jump optimization) - ppc64 -- ia64 (Does not support probes on instruction slot1.) - sparc64 (Return probes not yet implemented.) - arm - ppc diff --git a/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl b/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl index e24c009789a0..048dc0dbce64 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl +++ b/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl @@ -107,14 +107,14 @@ GetOptions( ); # Defaults for dynamically discovered regex's -my $regex_direct_begin_default = 'order=([0-9]*) may_writepage=([0-9]*) gfp_flags=([A-Z_|]*)'; +my $regex_direct_begin_default = 'order=([0-9]*) gfp_flags=([A-Z_|]*)'; my $regex_direct_end_default = 'nr_reclaimed=([0-9]*)'; my $regex_kswapd_wake_default = 'nid=([0-9]*) order=([0-9]*)'; my $regex_kswapd_sleep_default = 'nid=([0-9]*)'; -my $regex_wakeup_kswapd_default = 'nid=([0-9]*) zid=([0-9]*) order=([0-9]*) gfp_flags=([A-Z_|]*)'; -my $regex_lru_isolate_default = 'isolate_mode=([0-9]*) classzone_idx=([0-9]*) order=([0-9]*) nr_requested=([0-9]*) nr_scanned=([0-9]*) nr_skipped=([0-9]*) nr_taken=([0-9]*) lru=([a-z_]*)'; +my $regex_wakeup_kswapd_default = 'nid=([0-9]*) order=([0-9]*) gfp_flags=([A-Z_|]*)'; +my $regex_lru_isolate_default = 'classzone=([0-9]*) order=([0-9]*) nr_requested=([0-9]*) nr_scanned=([0-9]*) nr_skipped=([0-9]*) nr_taken=([0-9]*) lru=([a-z_]*)'; my $regex_lru_shrink_inactive_default = 'nid=([0-9]*) nr_scanned=([0-9]*) nr_reclaimed=([0-9]*) nr_dirty=([0-9]*) nr_writeback=([0-9]*) nr_congested=([0-9]*) nr_immediate=([0-9]*) nr_activate_anon=([0-9]*) nr_activate_file=([0-9]*) nr_ref_keep=([0-9]*) nr_unmap_fail=([0-9]*) priority=([0-9]*) flags=([A-Z_|]*)'; -my $regex_lru_shrink_active_default = 'lru=([A-Z_]*) nr_scanned=([0-9]*) nr_rotated=([0-9]*) priority=([0-9]*)'; +my $regex_lru_shrink_active_default = 'lru=([A-Z_]*) nr_taken=([0-9]*) nr_active=([0-9]*) nr_deactivated=([0-9]*) nr_referenced=([0-9]*) priority=([0-9]*) flags=([A-Z_|]*)' ; my $regex_writepage_default = 'page=([0-9a-f]*) pfn=([0-9]*) flags=([A-Z_|]*)'; # Dyanically discovered regex @@ -184,8 +184,7 @@ sub generate_traceevent_regex { $regex_direct_begin = generate_traceevent_regex( "vmscan/mm_vmscan_direct_reclaim_begin", $regex_direct_begin_default, - "order", "may_writepage", - "gfp_flags"); + "order", "gfp_flags"); $regex_direct_end = generate_traceevent_regex( "vmscan/mm_vmscan_direct_reclaim_end", $regex_direct_end_default, @@ -201,11 +200,11 @@ $regex_kswapd_sleep = generate_traceevent_regex( $regex_wakeup_kswapd = generate_traceevent_regex( "vmscan/mm_vmscan_wakeup_kswapd", $regex_wakeup_kswapd_default, - "nid", "zid", "order", "gfp_flags"); + "nid", "order", "gfp_flags"); $regex_lru_isolate = generate_traceevent_regex( "vmscan/mm_vmscan_lru_isolate", $regex_lru_isolate_default, - "isolate_mode", "classzone_idx", "order", + "classzone", "order", "nr_requested", "nr_scanned", "nr_skipped", "nr_taken", "lru"); $regex_lru_shrink_inactive = generate_traceevent_regex( @@ -218,11 +217,10 @@ $regex_lru_shrink_inactive = generate_traceevent_regex( $regex_lru_shrink_active = generate_traceevent_regex( "vmscan/mm_vmscan_lru_shrink_active", $regex_lru_shrink_active_default, - "nid", "zid", - "lru", - "nr_scanned", "nr_rotated", "priority"); + "nid", "nr_taken", "nr_active", "nr_deactivated", "nr_referenced", + "priority", "flags"); $regex_writepage = generate_traceevent_regex( - "vmscan/mm_vmscan_writepage", + "vmscan/mm_vmscan_write_folio", $regex_writepage_default, "page", "pfn", "flags"); @@ -371,7 +369,7 @@ EVENT_PROCESS: print " $regex_wakeup_kswapd\n"; next; } - my $order = $3; + my $order = $2; $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WAKEUP_KSWAPD_PERORDER}[$order]++; } elsif ($tracepoint eq "mm_vmscan_lru_isolate") { $details = $6; @@ -381,18 +379,14 @@ EVENT_PROCESS: print " $regex_lru_isolate/o\n"; next; } - my $isolate_mode = $1; - my $nr_scanned = $5; - my $file = $8; - - # To closer match vmstat scanning statistics, only count isolate_both - # and isolate_inactive as scanning. isolate_active is rotation - # isolate_inactive == 1 - # isolate_active == 2 - # isolate_both == 3 - if ($isolate_mode != 2) { + my $nr_scanned = $4; + my $lru = $7; + + # To closer match vmstat scanning statistics, only count + # inactive lru as scanning + if ($lru =~ /inactive_/) { $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_SCANNED} += $nr_scanned; - if ($file =~ /_file/) { + if ($lru =~ /_file/) { $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_FILE_SCANNED} += $nr_scanned; } else { $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_ANON_SCANNED} += $nr_scanned; diff --git a/Documentation/trace/user_events.rst b/Documentation/trace/user_events.rst index f9530d0ac5d3..d8f12442aaa6 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/user_events.rst +++ b/Documentation/trace/user_events.rst @@ -14,6 +14,11 @@ Programs can view status of the events via /sys/kernel/tracing/user_events_status and can both register and write data out via /sys/kernel/tracing/user_events_data. +Programs can also use /sys/kernel/tracing/dynamic_events to register and +delete user based events via the u: prefix. The format of the command to +dynamic_events is the same as the ioctl with the u: prefix applied. This +requires CAP_PERFMON due to the event persisting, otherwise -EPERM is returned. + Typically programs will register a set of events that they wish to expose to tools that can read trace_events (such as ftrace and perf). The registration process tells the kernel which address and bit to reflect if any tool has @@ -45,7 +50,7 @@ This command takes a packed struct user_reg as an argument:: /* Input: Enable size in bytes at address */ __u8 enable_size; - /* Input: Flags for future use, set to 0 */ + /* Input: Flags to use, if any */ __u16 flags; /* Input: Address to update when enabled */ @@ -69,7 +74,7 @@ The struct user_reg requires all the above inputs to be set appropriately. This must be 4 (32-bit) or 8 (64-bit). 64-bit values are only allowed to be used on 64-bit kernels, however, 32-bit can be used on all kernels. -+ flags: The flags to use, if any. For the initial version this must be 0. ++ flags: The flags to use, if any. Callers should first attempt to use flags and retry without flags to ensure support for lower versions of the kernel. If a flag is not supported -EINVAL is returned. @@ -80,6 +85,13 @@ The struct user_reg requires all the above inputs to be set appropriately. + name_args: The name and arguments to describe the event, see command format for details. +The following flags are currently supported. + ++ USER_EVENT_REG_PERSIST: The event will not delete upon the last reference + closing. Callers may use this if an event should exist even after the + process closes or unregisters the event. Requires CAP_PERFMON otherwise + -EPERM is returned. + Upon successful registration the following is set. + write_index: The index to use for this file descriptor that represents this @@ -141,7 +153,10 @@ event (in both user and kernel space). User programs should use a separate file to request deletes than the one used for registration due to this. **NOTE:** By default events will auto-delete when there are no references left -to the event. Flags in the future may change this logic. +to the event. If programs do not want auto-delete, they must use the +USER_EVENT_REG_PERSIST flag when registering the event. Once that flag is used +the event exists until DIAG_IOCSDEL is invoked. Both register and delete of an +event that persists requires CAP_PERFMON, otherwise -EPERM is returned. Unregistering ------------- diff --git a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst index edf67252b3fb..2d7afb1f6959 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .. include:: ../disclaimer-ita.rst -:Original: :doc:`../../../riscv/patch-acceptance` +:Original: :doc:`../../../arch/riscv/patch-acceptance` :Translator: Federico Vaga <federico.vaga@vaga.pv.it> arch/riscv linee guida alla manutenzione per gli sviluppatori diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c261b428b3f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. include:: ../disclaimer-sp.rst + +:Original: Documentation/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst +:Translator: Avadhut Naik <avadhut.naik@amd.com> + +Problemas de hardware embargados +================================ + +Alcance +------- + +Los problemas de hardware que resultan en problemas de seguridad son una +categoría diferente de errores de seguridad que los errores de software +puro que solo afectan al kernel de Linux. + +Los problemas de hardware como Meltdown, Spectre, L1TF, etc. deben +tratarse de manera diferente porque usualmente afectan a todos los +sistemas operativos (“OS”) y, por lo tanto, necesitan coordinación entre +vendedores diferentes de OS, distribuciones, vendedores de hardware y +otras partes. Para algunos de los problemas, las mitigaciones de software +pueden depender de actualizaciones de microcódigo o firmware, los cuales +necesitan una coordinación adicional. + +.. _Contacto: + +Contacto +-------- + +El equipo de seguridad de hardware del kernel de Linux es separado del +equipo regular de seguridad del kernel de Linux. + +El equipo solo maneja la coordinación de los problemas de seguridad de +hardware embargados. Los informes de errores de seguridad de software puro +en el kernel de Linux no son manejados por este equipo y el "reportero" +(quien informa del error) será guiado a contactar el equipo de seguridad +del kernel de Linux (:doc:`errores de seguridad <security-bugs>`) en su +lugar. + +El equipo puede contactar por correo electrónico en +<hardware-security@kernel.org>. Esta es una lista privada de oficiales de +seguridad que lo ayudarán a coordinar un problema de acuerdo con nuestro +proceso documentado. + +La lista esta encriptada y el correo electrónico a la lista puede ser +enviado por PGP o S/MIME encriptado y debe estar firmado con la llave de +PGP del reportero o el certificado de S/MIME. La llave de PGP y el +certificado de S/MIME de la lista están disponibles en las siguientes +URLs: + + - PGP: https://www.kernel.org/static/files/hardware-security.asc + - S/MIME: https://www.kernel.org/static/files/hardware-security.crt + +Si bien los problemas de seguridad del hardware a menudo son manejados por +el vendedor de hardware afectado, damos la bienvenida al contacto de +investigadores o individuos que hayan identificado una posible falla de +hardware. + +Oficiales de seguridad de hardware +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +El equipo actual de oficiales de seguridad de hardware: + + - Linus Torvalds (Linux Foundation Fellow) + - Greg Kroah-Hartman (Linux Foundation Fellow) + - Thomas Gleixner (Linux Foundation Fellow) + +Operación de listas de correo +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Las listas de correo encriptadas que se utilizan en nuestro proceso están +alojados en la infraestructura de IT de la Fundación Linux. Al proporcionar +este servicio, los miembros del personal de operaciones de IT de la +Fundación Linux técnicamente tienen la capacidad de acceder a la +información embargada, pero están obligados a la confidencialidad por su +contrato de trabajo. El personal de IT de la Fundación Linux también es +responsable para operar y administrar el resto de la infraestructura de +kernel.org. + +El actual director de infraestructura de proyecto de IT de la Fundación +Linux es Konstantin Ryabitsev. + +Acuerdos de no divulgación +-------------------------- + +El equipo de seguridad de hardware del kernel de Linux no es un organismo +formal y, por lo tanto, no puede firmar cualquier acuerdo de no +divulgación. La comunidad del kernel es consciente de la naturaleza +delicada de tales problemas y ofrece un Memorando de Entendimiento en su +lugar. + +Memorando de Entendimiento +-------------------------- + +La comunidad del kernel de Linux tiene una comprensión profunda del +requisito de mantener los problemas de seguridad de hardware bajo embargo +para la coordinación entre diferentes vendedores de OS, distribuidores, +vendedores de hardware y otras partes. + +La comunidad del kernel de Linux ha manejado con éxito los problemas de +seguridad del hardware en el pasado y tiene los mecanismos necesarios para +permitir el desarrollo compatible con la comunidad bajo restricciones de +embargo. + +La comunidad del kernel de Linux tiene un equipo de seguridad de hardware +dedicado para el contacto inicial, el cual supervisa el proceso de manejo +de tales problemas bajo las reglas de embargo. + +El equipo de seguridad de hardware identifica a los desarrolladores +(expertos en dominio) que formarán el equipo de respuesta inicial para un +problema en particular. El equipo de respuesta inicial puede involucrar +más desarrolladores (expertos en dominio) para abordar el problema de la +mejor manera técnica. + +Todos los desarrolladores involucrados se comprometen a adherirse a las +reglas del embargo y a mantener confidencial la información recibida. La +violación de la promesa conducirá a la exclusión inmediata del problema +actual y la eliminación de todas las listas de correo relacionadas. +Además, el equipo de seguridad de hardware también excluirá al +delincuente de problemas futuros. El impacto de esta consecuencia es un +elemento de disuasión altamente efectivo en nuestra comunidad. En caso de +que ocurra una violación, el equipo de seguridad de hardware informará a +las partes involucradas inmediatamente. Si usted o alguien tiene +conocimiento de una posible violación, por favor, infórmelo inmediatamente +a los oficiales de seguridad de hardware. + +Proceso +^^^^^^^ + +Debido a la naturaleza distribuida globalmente del desarrollo del kernel +de Linux, las reuniones cara a cara hacen imposible abordar los +problemas de seguridad del hardware. Las conferencias telefónicas son +difíciles de coordinar debido a las zonas horarias y otros factores y +solo deben usarse cuando sea absolutamente necesario. El correo +electrónico encriptado ha demostrado ser el método de comunicación más +efectivo y seguro para estos tipos de problemas. + +Inicio de la divulgación +"""""""""""""""""""""""" + +La divulgación comienza contactado al equipo de seguridad de hardware del +kernel de Linux por correo electrónico. Este contacto inicial debe +contener una descripción del problema y una lista de cualquier hardware +afectado conocido. Si su organización fabrica o distribuye el hardware +afectado, le animamos a considerar también que otro hardware podría estar +afectado. + +El equipo de seguridad de hardware proporcionará una lista de correo +encriptada específica para el incidente que se utilizará para la discusión +inicial con el reportero, la divulgación adicional y la coordinación. + +El equipo de seguridad de hardware proporcionará a la parte reveladora una +lista de desarrolladores (expertos de dominios) a quienes se debe informar +inicialmente sobre el problema después de confirmar con los +desarrolladores que se adherirán a este Memorando de Entendimiento y al +proceso documentado. Estos desarrolladores forman el equipo de respuesta +inicial y serán responsables de manejar el problema después del contacto +inicial. El equipo de seguridad de hardware apoyará al equipo de +respuesta, pero no necesariamente involucrandose en el proceso de desarrollo +de mitigación. + +Si bien los desarrolladores individuales pueden estar cubiertos por un +acuerdo de no divulgación a través de su empleador, no pueden firmar +acuerdos individuales de no divulgación en su papel de desarrolladores +del kernel de Linux. Sin embargo, aceptarán adherirse a este proceso +documentado y al Memorando de Entendimiento. + +La parte reveladora debe proporcionar una lista de contactos para todas +las demás entidades ya que han sido, o deberían ser, informadas sobre el +problema. Esto sirve para varios propósitos: + + - La lista de entidades divulgadas permite la comunicación en toda la + industria, por ejemplo, otros vendedores de OS, vendedores de HW, etc. + + - Las entidades divulgadas pueden ser contactadas para nombrar a expertos + que deben participar en el desarrollo de la mitigación. + + - Si un experto que se requiere para manejar un problema es empleado por + una entidad cotizada o un miembro de una entidad cotizada, los equipos + de respuesta pueden solicitar la divulgación de ese experto a esa + entidad. Esto asegura que el experto también forme parte del equipo de + respuesta de la entidad. + +Divulgación +""""""""""" + +La parte reveladora proporcionará información detallada al equipo de +respuesta inicial a través de la lista de correo encriptada especifica. + +Según nuestra experiencia, la documentación técnica de estos problemas +suele ser un punto de partida suficiente y es mejor hacer aclaraciones +técnicas adicionales a través del correo electrónico. + +Desarrollo de la mitigación +""""""""""""""""""""""""""" + +El equipo de respuesta inicial configura una lista de correo encriptada o +reutiliza una existente si es apropiada. + +El uso de una lista de correo está cerca del proceso normal de desarrollo +de Linux y se ha utilizado con éxito en el desarrollo de mitigación para +varios problemas de seguridad de hardware en el pasado. + +La lista de correo funciona en la misma manera que el desarrollo normal de +Linux. Los parches se publican, discuten y revisan y, si se acuerda, se +aplican a un repositorio git no público al que solo pueden acceder los +desarrolladores participantes a través de una conexión segura. El +repositorio contiene la rama principal de desarrollo en comparación con +el kernel principal y las ramas backport para versiones estables del +kernel según sea necesario. + +El equipo de respuesta inicial identificará a más expertos de la +comunidad de desarrolladores del kernel de Linux según sea necesario. La +incorporación de expertos puede ocurrir en cualquier momento del proceso +de desarrollo y debe manejarse de manera oportuna. + +Si un experto es empleado por o es miembro de una entidad en la lista de +divulgación proporcionada por la parte reveladora, entonces se solicitará +la participación de la entidad pertinente. + +Si no es así, entonces se informará a la parte reveladora sobre la +participación de los expertos. Los expertos están cubiertos por el +Memorando de Entendimiento y se solicita a la parte reveladora que +reconozca la participación. En caso de que la parte reveladora tenga una +razón convincente para objetar, entonces esta objeción debe plantearse +dentro de los cinco días laborables y resolverse con el equipo de +incidente inmediatamente. Si la parte reveladora no reacciona dentro de +los cinco días laborables, esto se toma como un reconocimiento silencioso. + +Después del reconocimiento o la resolución de una objeción, el experto es +revelado por el equipo de incidente y se incorpora al proceso de +desarrollo. + +Lanzamiento coordinado +"""""""""""""""""""""" + +Las partes involucradas negociarán la fecha y la hora en la que termina el +embargo. En ese momento, las mitigaciones preparadas se integran en los +árboles de kernel relevantes y se publican. + +Si bien entendemos que los problemas de seguridad del hardware requieren +un tiempo de embargo coordinado, el tiempo de embargo debe limitarse al +tiempo mínimo que se requiere para que todas las partes involucradas +desarrollen, prueben y preparen las mitigaciones. Extender el tiempo de +embargo artificialmente para cumplir con las fechas de discusión de la +conferencia u otras razones no técnicas está creando más trabajo y carga +para los desarrolladores y los equipos de respuesta involucrados, ya que +los parches necesitan mantenerse actualizados para seguir el desarrollo en +curso del kernel upstream, lo cual podría crear cambios conflictivos. + +Asignación de CVE +""""""""""""""""" + +Ni el equipo de seguridad de hardware ni el equipo de respuesta inicial +asignan CVEs, ni se requieren para el proceso de desarrollo. Si los CVEs +son proporcionados por la parte reveladora, pueden usarse con fines de +documentación. + +Embajadores del proceso +----------------------- + +Para obtener asistencia con este proceso, hemos establecido embajadores +en varias organizaciones, que pueden responder preguntas o proporcionar +orientación sobre el proceso de reporte y el manejo posterior. Los +embajadores no están involucrados en la divulgación de un problema en +particular, a menos que lo solicite un equipo de respuesta o una parte +revelada involucrada. La lista de embajadores actuales: + + ============= ======================================================== + AMD Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com> + Ampere Darren Hart <darren@os.amperecomputing.com> + ARM Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com> + IBM Power Anton Blanchard <anton@linux.ibm.com> + IBM Z Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com> + Intel Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com> + Qualcomm Trilok Soni <tsoni@codeaurora.org> + Samsung Javier González <javier.gonz@samsung.com> + + Microsoft James Morris <jamorris@linux.microsoft.com> + Xen Andrew Cooper <andrew.cooper3@citrix.com> + + Canonical John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com> + Debian Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> + Oracle Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> + Red Hat Josh Poimboeuf <jpoimboe@redhat.com> + SUSE Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz> + + Google Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> + + LLVM Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com> + ============= ======================================================== + +Si quiere que su organización se añada a la lista de embajadores, por +favor póngase en contacto con el equipo de seguridad de hardware. El +embajador nominado tiene que entender y apoyar nuestro proceso +completamente y está idealmente bien conectado en la comunidad del kernel +de Linux. + +Listas de correo encriptadas +---------------------------- + +Usamos listas de correo encriptadas para la comunicación. El principio de +funcionamiento de estas listas es que el correo electrónico enviado a la +lista se encripta con la llave PGP de la lista o con el certificado S/MIME +de la lista. El software de lista de correo descifra el correo electrónico +y lo vuelve a encriptar individualmente para cada suscriptor con la llave +PGP del suscriptor o el certificado S/MIME. Los detalles sobre el software +de la lista de correo y la configuración que se usa para asegurar la +seguridad de las listas y la protección de los datos se pueden encontrar +aquí: https://korg.wiki.kernel.org/userdoc/remail. + +Llaves de lista +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Para el contacto inicial, consulte :ref:`Contacto`. Para las listas de +correo especificas de incidentes, la llave y el certificado S/MIME se +envían a los suscriptores por correo electrónico desde la lista +especifica. + +Suscripción a listas específicas de incidentes +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +La suscripción es manejada por los equipos de respuesta. Las partes +reveladas que quieren participar en la comunicación envían una lista de +suscriptores potenciales al equipo de respuesta para que el equipo de +respuesta pueda validar las solicitudes de suscripción. + +Cada suscriptor necesita enviar una solicitud de suscripción al equipo de +respuesta por correo electrónico. El correo electrónico debe estar firmado +con la llave PGP del suscriptor o el certificado S/MIME. Si se usa una +llave PGP, debe estar disponible desde un servidor de llave publica y esta +idealmente conectada a la red de confianza PGP del kernel de Linux. Véase +también: https://www.kernel.org/signature.html. + +El equipo de respuesta verifica que la solicitud del suscriptor sea válida +y añade al suscriptor a la lista. Después de la suscripción, el suscriptor +recibirá un correo electrónico de la lista que está firmado con la llave +PGP de la lista o el certificado S/MIME de la lista. El cliente de correo +electrónico del suscriptor puede extraer la llave PGP o el certificado +S/MIME de la firma, de modo que el suscriptor pueda enviar correo +electrónico encriptado a la lista. diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/index.rst index 09bfece0f52f..d6f3ccfb160e 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/index.rst @@ -22,3 +22,5 @@ adding-syscalls researcher-guidelines contribution-maturity-model + security-bugs + embargoed-hardware-issues diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/security-bugs.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/security-bugs.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d07c7e579b52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/security-bugs.rst @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. include:: ../disclaimer-sp.rst + +:Original: Documentation/process/security-bugs.rst +:Translator: Avadhut Naik <avadhut.naik@amd.com> + +Errores de seguridad +==================== + +Los desarrolladores del kernel de Linux se toman la seguridad muy en +serio. Como tal, nos gustaría saber cuándo se encuentra un error de +seguridad para que pueda ser corregido y divulgado lo más rápido posible. +Por favor, informe sobre los errores de seguridad al equipo de seguridad +del kernel de Linux. + +Contacto +-------- + +El equipo de seguridad del kernel de Linux puede ser contactado por correo +electrónico en <security@kernel.org>. Esta es una lista privada de +oficiales de seguridad que ayudarán a verificar el informe del error y +desarrollarán y publicarán una corrección. Si ya tiene una corrección, por +favor, inclúyala con su informe, ya que eso puede acelerar considerablemente +el proceso. Es posible que el equipo de seguridad traiga ayuda adicional +de mantenedores del área para comprender y corregir la vulnerabilidad de +seguridad. + +Como ocurre con cualquier error, cuanta más información se proporcione, +más fácil será diagnosticarlo y corregirlo. Por favor, revise el +procedimiento descrito en 'Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst' +si no tiene claro que información es útil. Cualquier código de explotación +es muy útil y no será divulgado sin el consentimiento del "reportero" (el +que envia el error) a menos que ya se haya hecho público. + +Por favor, envíe correos electrónicos en texto plano sin archivos +adjuntos cuando sea posible. Es mucho más difícil tener una discusión +citada en contexto sobre un tema complejo si todos los detalles están +ocultos en archivos adjuntos. Piense en ello como un +:doc:`envío de parche regular <submitting-patches>` (incluso si no tiene +un parche todavía) describa el problema y el impacto, enumere los pasos +de reproducción, y sígalo con una solución propuesta, todo en texto plano. + + +Divulgación e información embargada +----------------------------------- + +La lista de seguridad no es un canal de divulgación. Para eso, ver +Coordinación debajo. Una vez que se ha desarrollado una solución robusta, +comienza el proceso de lanzamiento. Las soluciones para errores conocidos +públicamente se lanzan inmediatamente. + +Aunque nuestra preferencia es lanzar soluciones para errores no divulgados +públicamente tan pronto como estén disponibles, esto puede postponerse a +petición del reportero o una parte afectada por hasta 7 días calendario +desde el inicio del proceso de lanzamiento, con una extensión excepcional +a 14 días de calendario si se acuerda que la criticalidad del error requiere +más tiempo. La única razón válida para aplazar la publicación de una +solución es para acomodar la logística de QA y los despliegues a gran +escala que requieren coordinación de lanzamiento. + +Si bien la información embargada puede compartirse con personas de +confianza para desarrollar una solución, dicha información no se publicará +junto con la solución o en cualquier otro canal de divulgación sin el +permiso del reportero. Esto incluye, pero no se limita al informe original +del error y las discusiones de seguimiento (si las hay), exploits, +información sobre CVE o la identidad del reportero. + +En otras palabras, nuestro único interés es solucionar los errores. Toda +otra información presentada a la lista de seguridad y cualquier discusión +de seguimiento del informe se tratan confidencialmente incluso después de +que se haya levantado el embargo, en perpetuidad. + +Coordinación con otros grupos +----------------------------- + +El equipo de seguridad del kernel recomienda encarecidamente que los +reporteros de posibles problemas de seguridad NUNCA contacten la lista +de correo “linux-distros” hasta DESPUES de discutirlo con el equipo de +seguridad del kernel. No Cc: ambas listas a la vez. Puede ponerse en +contacto con la lista de correo linux-distros después de que se haya +acordado una solución y comprenda completamente los requisitos que al +hacerlo le impondrá a usted y la comunidad del kernel. + +Las diferentes listas tienen diferentes objetivos y las reglas de +linux-distros no contribuyen en realidad a solucionar ningún problema de +seguridad potencial. + +Asignación de CVE +----------------- + +El equipo de seguridad no asigna CVEs, ni los requerimos para informes o +correcciones, ya que esto puede complicar innecesariamente el proceso y +puede retrasar el manejo de errores. Si un reportero desea que se le +asigne un identificador CVE, debe buscar uno por sí mismo, por ejemplo, +poniéndose en contacto directamente con MITRE. Sin embargo, en ningún +caso se retrasará la inclusión de un parche para esperar a que llegue un +identificador CVE. + +Acuerdos de no divulgación +-------------------------- + +El equipo de seguridad del kernel de Linux no es un organismo formal y, +por lo tanto, no puede firmar cualquier acuerdo de no divulgación. diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/index.rst index e3d273d7d599..71186d9df7c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/index.rst @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ mips/index arm64/index - ../riscv/index + ../arch/riscv/index openrisc/index parisc/index loongarch/index @@ -18,7 +18,6 @@ TODOList: * arm/index -* ia64/index * m68k/index * nios2/index * powerpc/index diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/riscv/boot-image-header.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/boot-image-header.rst index 0234c28a7114..779b5172fe24 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/riscv/boot-image-header.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/boot-image-header.rst @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst -:Original: Documentation/riscv/boot-image-header.rst +:Original: Documentation/arch/riscv/boot-image-header.rst :翻译: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/riscv/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/index.rst index 131e405aa857..3b041c116169 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/riscv/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/index.rst @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 -.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst -:Original: Documentation/riscv/index.rst +:Original: Documentation/arch/riscv/index.rst :翻译: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst index d180d24717bf..c8eb230ca8ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 -.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst -:Original: Documentation/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst +:Original: Documentation/arch/riscv/patch-acceptance.rst :翻译: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/riscv/vm-layout.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/vm-layout.rst index 91884e2dfff8..4b9f4dcf6c19 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/riscv/vm-layout.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/vm-layout.rst @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 -.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst -:Original: Documentation/riscv/vm-layout.rst +:Original: Documentation/arch/riscv/vm-layout.rst :翻译: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/core-api/cpu_hotplug.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/core-api/cpu_hotplug.rst index 4772a900c37a..bc0d7ea6d834 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/core-api/cpu_hotplug.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/core-api/cpu_hotplug.rst @@ -49,12 +49,6 @@ CPU热拔插支持的一个更新颖的用途是它在SMP的暂停恢复支持 限制内核将支持的CPU总量。如果这里提供的数量低于实际可用的CPU数量，那么其他CPU 以后就不能上线了。 -``additional_cpus=n`` - 使用它来限制可热插拔的CPU。该选项设置 - ``cpu_possible_mask = cpu_present_mask + additional_cpus`` - - 这个选项只限于IA64架构。 - ``possible_cpus=n`` 这个选项设置 ``cpu_possible_mask`` 中的 ``possible_cpus`` 位。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/index.rst index 299704c0818d..6ccec9657cc6 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/index.rst @@ -52,12 +52,9 @@ core-api/index driver-api/index + subsystem-apis 内核中的锁 <locking/index> -TODOList: - -* subsystem-apis - 开发工具和流程 -------------- diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/maintainer/maintainer-entry-profile.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/maintainer/maintainer-entry-profile.rst index a1ee99c4786e..0f5acfb1012e 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/maintainer/maintainer-entry-profile.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/maintainer/maintainer-entry-profile.rst @@ -89,4 +89,4 @@ ../doc-guide/maintainer-profile ../../../nvdimm/maintainer-entry-profile - ../../../riscv/patch-acceptance + ../../../arch/riscv/patch-acceptance diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/scheduler/sched-arch.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/scheduler/sched-arch.rst index ce3f39d9b3cb..b2ac3c743a3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/scheduler/sched-arch.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/scheduler/sched-arch.rst @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ ========== 1. 运行队列锁 默认情况下，switch_to arch函数在调用时锁定了运行队列。这通常不是一个问题，除非 -switch_to可能需要获取运行队列锁。这通常是由于上下文切换中的唤醒操作造成的。见 -arch/ia64/include/asm/switch_to.h的例子。 +switch_to可能需要获取运行队列锁。这通常是由于上下文切换中的唤醒操作造成的。 为了要求调度器在运行队列解锁的情况下调用switch_to，你必须在头文件 中`#define __ARCH_WANT_UNLOCKED_CTXSW`(通常是定义switch_to的那个文件）。 @@ -68,7 +67,5 @@ arch/x86/kernel/process.c有轮询和睡眠空闲函数的例子。 我发现的可能的arch问题（并试图解决或没有解决）。: -ia64 - safe_halt的调用与中断相比，是否很荒谬？ (它睡眠了吗) (参考 #4a) - sparc - 在这一点上，IRQ是开着的（？），把local_irq_save改为_disable。 - 待办事项: 需要第二个CPU来禁用抢占 (参考 #1) diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/subsystem-apis.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/subsystem-apis.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..47780bb0772f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/subsystem-apis.rst @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ./disclaimer-zh_CN.rst + +:Original: Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst + +:翻译: + + 唐艺舟 Tang Yizhou <tangyeechou@gmail.com> + +============== +内核子系统文档 +============== + +这些书籍从内核开发者的角度，详细介绍了特定内核子系统 +的如何工作。这里的大部分信息直接取自内核源代码，并 +根据需要添加了补充材料（或者至少是我们设法添加的 - 可 +能 *不是* 所有的材料都有需要）。 + +核心子系统 +---------- + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + core-api/index + driver-api/index + mm/index + power/index + scheduler/index + locking/index + +TODOList: + +* timers/index + +人机接口 +-------- + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + sound/index + +TODOList: + +* input/index +* hid/index +* gpu/index +* fb/index + +网络接口 +-------- + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + infiniband/index + +TODOList: + +* networking/index +* netlabel/index +* isdn/index +* mhi/index + +存储接口 +-------- + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + filesystems/index + +TODOList: + +* block/index +* cdrom/index +* scsi/index +* target/index + +**Fixme**: 这里还需要更多的分类组织工作。 + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + accounting/index + cpu-freq/index + iio/index + virt/index + PCI/index + peci/index + +TODOList: + +* fpga/index +* i2c/index +* leds/index +* pcmcia/index +* spi/index +* w1/index +* watchdog/index +* hwmon/index +* accel/index +* security/index +* crypto/index +* bpf/index +* usb/index +* misc-devices/index +* wmi/index diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/README.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/README.rst index 7fc56e1e3348..4cb581f5994a 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/README.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/README.rst @@ -9,16 +9,16 @@ 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn> 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> -Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> +Linux內核6.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> ========================================= -以下是Linux版本5的發行註記。仔細閱讀它們， +以下是Linux版本6的發行註記。仔細閱讀它們， 它們會告訴你這些都是什麼，解釋如何安裝內核，以及遇到問題時該如何做。 什麼是Linux？ --------------- - Linux是Unix作業系統的克隆版本，由Linus Torvalds在一個鬆散的網絡黑客 + Linux是Unix操作系統的克隆版本，由Linus Torvalds在一個鬆散的網絡黑客 （Hacker，無貶義）團隊的幫助下從頭開始編寫。它旨在實現兼容POSIX和 單一UNIX規範。 @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> Linux在GNU通用公共許可證，版本2（GNU GPLv2）下分發，詳見隨附的COPYING文件。 -它能在什麼樣的硬體上運行？ +它能在什麼樣的硬件上運行？ ----------------------------- 雖然Linux最初是爲32位的x86 PC機（386或更高版本）開發的，但今天它也能運行在 @@ -40,16 +40,16 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> 單元（PMMU）和一個移植的GNU C編譯器（gcc；GNU Compiler Collection，GCC的一 部分）。Linux也被移植到許多沒有PMMU的體系架構中，儘管功能顯然受到了一定的 限制。 - Linux也被移植到了其自己上。現在可以將內核作爲用戶空間應用程式運行——這被 + Linux也被移植到了其自己上。現在可以將內核作爲用戶空間應用程序運行——這被 稱爲用戶模式Linux（UML）。 文檔 ----- -網際網路上和書籍上都有大量的電子文檔，既有Linux專屬文檔，也有與一般UNIX問題相關 +因特網上和書籍上都有大量的電子文檔，既有Linux專屬文檔，也有與一般UNIX問題相關 的文檔。我建議在任何Linux FTP站點上查找LDP（Linux文檔項目）書籍的文檔子目錄。 本自述文件並不是關於系統的文檔：有更好的可用資源。 - - 網際網路上和書籍上都有大量的（電子）文檔，既有Linux專屬文檔，也有與普通 + - 因特網上和書籍上都有大量的（電子）文檔，既有Linux專屬文檔，也有與普通 UNIX問題相關的文檔。我建議在任何有LDP（Linux文檔項目）書籍的Linux FTP 站點上查找文檔子目錄。本自述文件並不是關於系統的文檔：有更好的可用資源。 @@ -58,33 +58,33 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> :ref:`Documentation/process/changes.rst <changes>` 文件，它包含了升級內核 可能會導致的問題的相關信息。 -安裝內核原始碼 +安裝內核源代碼 --------------- - - 如果您要安裝完整的原始碼，請把內核tar檔案包放在您有權限的目錄中（例如您 + - 如果您要安裝完整的源代碼，請把內核tar檔案包放在您有權限的目錄中（例如您 的主目錄）並將其解包:: - xz -cd linux-5.x.tar.xz | tar xvf - + xz -cd linux-6.x.tar.xz | tar xvf - - 將「X」替換成最新內核的版本號。 + 將“X”替換成最新內核的版本號。 - 【不要】使用 /usr/src/linux 目錄！這裡有一組庫頭文件使用的內核頭文件 + 【不要】使用 /usr/src/linux 目錄！這裏有一組庫頭文件使用的內核頭文件 （通常是不完整的）。它們應該與庫匹配，而不是被內核的變化搞得一團糟。 - - 您還可以通過打補丁在5.x版本之間升級。補丁以xz格式分發。要通過打補丁進行 - 安裝，請獲取所有較新的補丁文件，進入內核原始碼（linux-5.x）的目錄並 + - 您還可以通過打補丁在6.x版本之間升級。補丁以xz格式分發。要通過打補丁進行 + 安裝，請獲取所有較新的補丁文件，進入內核源代碼（linux-6.x）的目錄並 執行:: - xz -cd ../patch-5.x.xz | patch -p1 + xz -cd ../patch-6.x.xz | patch -p1 - 請【按順序】替換所有大於當前原始碼樹版本的「x」，這樣就可以了。您可能想要 + 請【按順序】替換所有大於當前源代碼樹版本的“x”，這樣就可以了。您可能想要 刪除備份文件（文件名類似xxx~ 或 xxx.orig)，並確保沒有失敗的補丁（文件名 類似xxx# 或 xxx.rej）。如果有，不是你就是我犯了錯誤。 - 與5.x內核的補丁不同，5.x.y內核（也稱爲穩定版內核）的補丁不是增量的，而是 - 直接應用於基本的5.x內核。例如，如果您的基本內核是5.0，並且希望應用5.0.3 - 補丁，則不應先應用5.0.1和5.0.2的補丁。類似地，如果您運行的是5.0.2內核， - 並且希望跳轉到5.0.3，那麼在應用5.0.3補丁之前，必須首先撤銷5.0.2補丁 + 與6.x內核的補丁不同，6.x.y內核（也稱爲穩定版內核）的補丁不是增量的，而是 + 直接應用於基本的6.x內核。例如，如果您的基本內核是6.0，並且希望應用6.0.3 + 補丁，則不應先應用6.0.1和6.0.2的補丁。類似地，如果您運行的是6.0.2內核， + 並且希望跳轉到6.0.3，那麼在應用6.0.3補丁之前，必須首先撤銷6.0.2補丁 （即patch -R）。更多關於這方面的內容，請閱讀 :ref:`Documentation/process/applying-patches.rst <applying_patches>` 。 @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> linux/scripts/patch-kernel linux - 上面命令中的第一個參數是內核原始碼的位置。補丁是在當前目錄應用的，但是 + 上面命令中的第一個參數是內核源代碼的位置。補丁是在當前目錄應用的，但是 可以將另一個目錄指定爲第二個參數。 - 確保沒有過時的 .o 文件和依賴項:: @@ -101,30 +101,30 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> cd linux make mrproper - 現在您應該已經正確安裝了原始碼。 + 現在您應該已經正確安裝了源代碼。 -軟體要求 +軟件要求 --------- - 編譯和運行5.x內核需要各種軟體包的最新版本。請參考 + 編譯和運行6.x內核需要各種軟件包的最新版本。請參考 :ref:`Documentation/process/changes.rst <changes>` - 來了解最低版本要求以及如何升級軟體包。請注意，使用過舊版本的這些包可能會 + 來了解最低版本要求以及如何升級軟件包。請注意，使用過舊版本的這些包可能會 導致很難追蹤的間接錯誤，因此不要以爲在生成或操作過程中出現明顯問題時可以 只更新包。 爲內核建立目錄 --------------- - 編譯內核時，默認情況下所有輸出文件都將與內核原始碼放在一起。使用 + 編譯內核時，默認情況下所有輸出文件都將與內核源代碼放在一起。使用 ``make O=output/dir`` 選項可以爲輸出文件（包括 .config）指定備用位置。 例如:: - kernel source code: /usr/src/linux-5.x + kernel source code: /usr/src/linux-6.x build directory: /home/name/build/kernel 要配置和構建內核，請使用:: - cd /usr/src/linux-5.x + cd /usr/src/linux-6.x make O=/home/name/build/kernel menuconfig make O=/home/name/build/kernel sudo make O=/home/name/build/kernel modules_install install @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> 即使只升級一個小版本，也不要跳過此步驟。每個版本中都會添加新的配置選項， 如果配置文件沒有按預定設置，就會出現奇怪的問題。如果您想以最少的工作量 - 將現有配置升級到新版本，請使用 ``makeoldconfig`` ，它只會詢問您新配置 + 將現有配置升級到新版本，請使用 ``make oldconfig`` ，它只會詢問您新配置 選項的答案。 - 其他配置命令包括:: @@ -164,17 +164,17 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> "make ${PLATFORM}_defconfig" 使用arch/$arch/configs/${PLATFORM}_defconfig中 的默認選項值創建一個./.config文件。 - 用「makehelp」來獲取您體系架構中所有可用平台的列表。 + 用“make help”來獲取您體系架構中所有可用平臺的列表。 "make allyesconfig" - 通過儘可能將選項值設置爲「y」，創建一個 + 通過儘可能將選項值設置爲“y”，創建一個 ./.config文件。 "make allmodconfig" - 通過儘可能將選項值設置爲「m」，創建一個 + 通過儘可能將選項值設置爲“m”，創建一個 ./.config文件。 - "make allnoconfig" 通過儘可能將選項值設置爲「n」，創建一個 + "make allnoconfig" 通過儘可能將選項值設置爲“n”，創建一個 ./.config文件。 "make randconfig" 通過隨機設置選項值來創建./.config文件。 @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> "make localmodconfig" 基於當前配置和加載的模塊（lsmod）創建配置。禁用 已加載的模塊不需要的任何模塊選項。 - 要爲另一台計算機創建localmodconfig，請將該計算機 + 要爲另一臺計算機創建localmodconfig，請將該計算機 的lsmod存儲到一個文件中，並將其作爲lsmod參數傳入。 此外，通過在參數LMC_KEEP中指定模塊的路徑，可以將 @@ -200,9 +200,10 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> "make localyesconfig" 與localmodconfig類似，只是它會將所有模塊選項轉換 爲內置（=y）。你可以同時通過LMC_KEEP保留模塊。 - "make kvmconfig" 爲kvm客體內核支持啓用其他選項。 + "make kvm_guest.config" + 爲kvm客戶機內核支持啓用其他選項。 - "make xenconfig" 爲xen dom0客體內核支持啓用其他選項。 + "make xen.config" 爲xen dom0客戶機內核支持啓用其他選項。 "make tinyconfig" 配置儘可能小的內核。 @@ -218,10 +219,10 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> 這種情況下，數學仿真永遠不會被使用。內核會稍微大一點，但不管 是否有數學協處理器，都可以在不同的機器上工作。 - - 「kernel hacking」配置細節通常會導致更大或更慢的內核（或兩者 + - “kernel hacking”配置細節通常會導致更大或更慢的內核（或兩者 兼而有之），甚至可以通過配置一些例程來主動嘗試破壞壞代碼以發現 內核問題，從而降低內核的穩定性（kmalloc()）。因此，您可能應該 - 用於研究「開發」、「實驗」或「調試」特性相關問題。 + 用於研究“開發”、“實驗”或“調試”特性相關問題。 編譯內核 --------- @@ -229,10 +230,8 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> - 確保您至少有gcc 5.1可用。 有關更多信息，請參閱 :ref:`Documentation/process/changes.rst <changes>` 。 - 請注意，您仍然可以使用此內核運行a.out用戶程序。 - - 執行 ``make`` 來創建壓縮內核映像。如果您安裝了lilo以適配內核makefile， - 那麼也可以進行 ``makeinstall`` ，但是您可能需要先檢查特定的lilo設置。 + 那麼也可以進行 ``make install`` ，但是您可能需要先檢查特定的lilo設置。 實際安裝必須以root身份執行，但任何正常構建都不需要。 無須徒然使用root身份。 @@ -242,8 +241,8 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> - 詳細的內核編譯/生成輸出： 通常，內核構建系統在相當安靜的模式下運行（但不是完全安靜）。但是有時您或 - 其他內核開發人員需要看到編譯、連結或其他命令的執行過程。爲此，可使用 - 「verbose（詳細）」構建模式。 + 其他內核開發人員需要看到編譯、鏈接或其他命令的執行過程。爲此，可使用 + “verbose（詳細）”構建模式。 向 ``make`` 命令傳遞 ``V=1`` 來實現，例如:: make V=1 all @@ -255,15 +254,15 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> 與工作內核版本號相同的新內核，請在進行 ``make modules_install`` 安裝 之前備份modules目錄。 - 或者，在編譯之前，使用內核配置選項「LOCALVERSION」向常規內核版本附加 - 一個唯一的後綴。LOCALVERSION可以在「General Setup」菜單中設置。 + 或者，在編譯之前，使用內核配置選項“LOCALVERSION”向常規內核版本附加 + 一個唯一的後綴。LOCALVERSION可以在“General Setup”菜單中設置。 - 爲了引導新內核，您需要將內核映像（例如編譯後的 .../linux/arch/x86/boot/bzImage）複製到常規可引導內核的位置。 - 不再支持在沒有LILO等啓動裝載程序幫助的情況下直接從軟盤引導內核。 - 如果從硬碟引導Linux，很可能使用LILO，它使用/etc/lilo.conf文件中 + 如果從硬盤引導Linux，很可能使用LILO，它使用/etc/lilo.conf文件中 指定的內核映像文件。內核映像文件通常是/vmlinuz、/boot/vmlinuz、 /bzImage或/boot/bzImage。使用新內核前，請保存舊映像的副本，並複製 新映像覆蓋舊映像。然後您【必須重新運行LILO】來更新加載映射！否則， @@ -284,68 +283,13 @@ Linux內核5.x版本 <http://kernel.org/> 若遇到問題 ----------- - - 如果您發現了一些可能由於內核缺陷所導致的問題，請檢查MAINTAINERS（維護者） - 文件看看是否有人與令您遇到麻煩的內核部分相關。如果無人在此列出，那麼第二 - 個最好的方案就是把它們發給我（torvalds@linux-foundation.org），也可能發送 - 到任何其他相關的郵件列表或新聞組。 - - - 在所有的缺陷報告中，【請】告訴我們您在說什麼內核，如何復現問題，以及您的 - 設置是什麼的（使用您的常識）。如果問題是新的，請告訴我；如果問題是舊的， - 請嘗試告訴我您什麼時候首次注意到它。 - - - 如果缺陷導致如下消息:: - - unable to handle kernel paging request at address C0000010 - Oops: 0002 - EIP: 0010:XXXXXXXX - eax: xxxxxxxx ebx: xxxxxxxx ecx: xxxxxxxx edx: xxxxxxxx - esi: xxxxxxxx edi: xxxxxxxx ebp: xxxxxxxx - ds: xxxx es: xxxx fs: xxxx gs: xxxx - Pid: xx, process nr: xx - xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx - - 或者類似的內核調試信息顯示在屏幕上或在系統日誌里，請【如實】複製它。 - 可能對你來說轉儲（dump）看起來不可理解，但它確實包含可能有助於調試問題的 - 信息。轉儲上方的文本也很重要：它說明了內核轉儲代碼的原因（在上面的示例中， - 是由於內核指針錯誤）。更多關於如何理解轉儲的信息，請參見 - Documentation/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst。 - - - 如果使用 CONFIG_KALLSYMS 編譯內核，則可以按原樣發送轉儲，否則必須使用 - ``ksymoops`` 程序來理解轉儲（但通常首選使用CONFIG_KALLSYMS編譯）。 - 此實用程序可從 - https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/ksymoops/ 下載。 - 或者，您可以手動執行轉儲查找： - - - 在調試像上面這樣的轉儲時，如果您可以查找EIP值的含義，這將非常有幫助。 - 十六進位值本身對我或其他任何人都沒有太大幫助：它會取決於特定的內核設置。 - 您應該做的是從EIP行獲取十六進位值（忽略 ``0010:`` ），然後在內核名字列表 - 中查找它，以查看哪個內核函數包含有問題的地址。 - - 要找到內核函數名，您需要找到與顯示症狀的內核相關聯的系統二進位文件。就是 - 文件「linux/vmlinux」。要提取名字列表並將其與內核崩潰中的EIP進行匹配， - 請執行:: - - nm vmlinux | sort | less - - 這將爲您提供一個按升序排序的內核地址列表，從中很容易找到包含有問題的地址 - 的函數。請注意，內核調試消息提供的地址不一定與函數地址完全匹配（事實上， - 這是不可能的），因此您不能只「grep」列表：不過列表將爲您提供每個內核函數 - 的起點，因此通過查找起始地址低於你正在搜索的地址，但後一個函數的高於的 - 函數，你會找到您想要的。實際上，在您的問題報告中加入一些「上下文」可能是 - 一個好主意，給出相關的上下幾行。 - - 如果您由於某些原因無法完成上述操作（如您使用預編譯的內核映像或類似的映像）， - 請儘可能多地告訴我您的相關設置信息，這會有所幫助。有關詳細信息請閱讀 - 『Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst』。 - - - 或者，您可以在正在運行的內核上使用gdb（只讀的；即不能更改值或設置斷點）。 - 爲此，請首先使用-g編譯內核；適當地編輯arch/x86/Makefile，然後執行 ``make - clean`` 。您還需要啓用CONFIG_PROC_FS（通過 ``make config`` ）。 - - 使用新內核重新啓動後，執行 ``gdb vmlinux /proc/kcore`` 。現在可以使用所有 - 普通的gdb命令。查找系統崩潰點的命令是 ``l *0xXXXXXXXX`` （將xxx替換爲EIP - 值）。 - - 用gdb無法調試一個當前未運行的內核是由於gdb（錯誤地）忽略了編譯內核的起始 - 偏移量。 +如果您發現了一些可能由於內核缺陷所導致的問題，請參閱： +Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst 。 + +想要理解內核錯誤報告，請參閱： +Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst 。 + +更多用GDB調試內核的信息，請參閱： +Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/gdb-kernel-debugging.rst +和 Documentation/dev-tools/kgdb.rst 。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bootconfig.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bootconfig.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..abac5aa60f67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bootconfig.rst @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/admin-guide/bootconfig.rst + +:譯者: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn> + +======== +引導配置 +======== + +:作者: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@kernel.org> + +概述 +==== + +引導配置擴展了現有的內核命令行，以一種更有效率的方式在引導內核時進一步支持 +鍵值數據。這允許管理員傳遞一份結構化關鍵字的配置文件。 + +配置文件語法 +============ + +引導配置文件的語法採用非常簡單的鍵值結構。每個關鍵字由點連接的單詞組成，鍵 +和值由 ``=`` 連接。值以分號（ ``;`` ）或換行符（ ``\n`` ）結尾。數組值中每 +個元素由逗號（ ``,`` ）分隔。:: + + KEY[.WORD[...]] = VALUE[, VALUE2[...]][;] + +與內核命令行語法不同，逗號和 ``=`` 周圍允許有空格。 + +關鍵字只允許包含字母、數字、連字符（ ``-`` ）和下劃線（ ``_`` ）。值可包含 +可打印字符和空格，但分號（ ``;`` ）、換行符（ ``\n`` ）、逗號（ ``,`` ）、 +井號（ ``#`` ）和右大括號（ ``}`` ）等分隔符除外。 + +如果你需要在值中使用這些分隔符，可以用雙引號（ ``"VALUE"`` ）或單引號 +（ ``'VALUE'`` ）括起來。注意，引號無法轉義。 + +鍵的值可以爲空或不存在。這些鍵用於檢查該鍵是否存在（類似布爾值）。 + +鍵值語法 +-------- + +引導配置文件語法允許用戶通過大括號合併鍵名部分相同的關鍵字。例如:: + + foo.bar.baz = value1 + foo.bar.qux.quux = value2 + +也可以寫成:: + + foo.bar { + baz = value1 + qux.quux = value2 + } + +或者更緊湊一些，寫成:: + + foo.bar { baz = value1; qux.quux = value2 } + +在這兩種樣式中，引導解析時相同的關鍵字都會自動合併。因此可以追加類似的樹或 +鍵值。 + +相同關鍵字的值 +-------------- + +禁止兩個或多個值或數組共享同一個關鍵字。例如:: + + foo = bar, baz + foo = qux # !錯誤! 我們不可以重定義相同的關鍵字 + +如果你想要更新值，必須顯式使用覆蓋操作符 ``:=`` 。例如:: + + foo = bar, baz + foo := qux + +這樣 ``foo`` 關鍵字的值就變成了 ``qux`` 。這對於通過添加（部分）自定義引導 +配置來覆蓋默認值非常有用，免於解析默認引導配置。 + +如果你想對現有關鍵字追加值作爲數組成員，可以使用 ``+=`` 操作符。例如:: + + foo = bar, baz + foo += qux + +這樣， ``foo`` 關鍵字就同時擁有了 ``bar`` ， ``baz`` 和 ``qux`` 。 + +此外，父關鍵字下可同時存在值和子關鍵字。 +例如，下列配置是可行的。:: + + foo = value1 + foo.bar = value2 + foo := value3 # 這會更新foo的值。 + +注意，裸值不能直接放進結構化關鍵字中，必須在大括號外定義它。例如:: + + foo { + bar = value1 + bar { + baz = value2 + qux = value3 + } + } + +同時，關鍵字下值節點的順序是固定的。如果值和子關鍵字同時存在，值永遠是該關 +鍵字的第一個子節點。因此如果用戶先指定子關鍵字，如:: + + foo.bar = value1 + foo = value2 + +則在程序（和/proc/bootconfig）中，它會按如下顯示:: + + foo = value2 + foo.bar = value1 + +註釋 +---- + +配置語法接受shell腳本風格的註釋。註釋以井號（ ``#`` ）開始，到換行符 +（ ``\n`` ）結束。 + +:: + + # comment line + foo = value # value is set to foo. + bar = 1, # 1st element + 2, # 2nd element + 3 # 3rd element + +會被解析爲:: + + foo = value + bar = 1, 2, 3 + +注意你不能把註釋放在值和分隔符（ ``,`` 或 ``;`` ）之間。如下配置語法是錯誤的:: + + key = 1 # comment + ,2 + + +/proc/bootconfig +================ + +/proc/bootconfig是引導配置的用戶空間接口。與/proc/cmdline不同，此文件內容以 +鍵值列表樣式顯示。 +每個鍵值對一行，樣式如下:: + + KEY[.WORDS...] = "[VALUE]"[,"VALUE2"...] + + +用引導配置引導內核 +================== + +用引導配置引導內核有兩種方法：將引導配置附加到initrd鏡像或直接嵌入內核中。 + +*initrd: initial RAM disk，初始內存磁盤* + +將引導配置附加到initrd +---------------------- + +由於默認情況下引導配置文件是用initrd加載的，因此它將被添加到initrd（initramfs） +鏡像文件的末尾，其中包含填充、大小、校驗值和12字節幻數，如下所示:: + + [initrd][bootconfig][padding][size(le32)][checksum(le32)][#BOOTCONFIG\n] + +大小和校驗值爲小端序存放的32位無符號值。 + +當引導配置被加到initrd鏡像時，整個文件大小會對齊到4字節。空字符（ ``\0`` ） +會填補對齊空隙。因此 ``size`` 就是引導配置文件的長度+填充的字節。 + +Linux內核在內存中解碼initrd鏡像的最後部分以獲取引導配置數據。由於這種“揹負式” +的方法，只要引導加載器傳遞了正確的initrd文件大小，就無需更改或更新引導加載器 +和內核鏡像本身。如果引導加載器意外傳遞了更長的大小，內核將無法找到引導配置數 +據。 + +Linux內核在tools/bootconfig下提供了 ``bootconfig`` 命令來完成此操作，管理員 +可以用它從initrd鏡像中刪除或追加配置文件。你可以用以下命令來構建它:: + + # make -C tools/bootconfig + +要向initrd鏡像添加你的引導配置文件，請按如下命令操作（舊數據會自動移除）:: + + # tools/bootconfig/bootconfig -a your-config /boot/initrd.img-X.Y.Z + +要從鏡像中移除配置，可以使用-d選項:: + + # tools/bootconfig/bootconfig -d /boot/initrd.img-X.Y.Z + +然後在內核命令行上添加 ``bootconfig`` 告訴內核去initrd文件末尾尋找內核配置。 + +將引導配置嵌入內核 +------------------ + +如果你不能使用initrd，也可以通過Kconfig選項將引導配置文件嵌入內核中。在此情 +況下，你需要用以下選項重新編譯內核:: + + CONFIG_BOOT_CONFIG_EMBED=y + CONFIG_BOOT_CONFIG_EMBED_FILE="/引導配置/文件/的/路徑" + +``CONFIG_BOOT_CONFIG_EMBED_FILE`` 需要從源碼樹或對象樹開始的引導配置文件的 +絕對/相對路徑。內核會將其嵌入作爲默認引導配置。 + +與將引導配置附加到initrd一樣，你也需要在內核命令行上添加 ``bootconfig`` 告訴 +內核去啓用內嵌的引導配置。 + +注意，即使你已經設置了此選項，仍可用附加到initrd的其他引導配置覆蓋內嵌的引導 +配置。 + +通過引導配置傳遞內核參數 +======================== + +除了內核命令行，引導配置也可以用於傳遞內核參數。所有 ``kernel`` 關鍵字下的鍵 +值對都將直接傳遞給內核命令行。此外， ``init`` 下的鍵值對將通過命令行傳遞給 +init進程。參數按以下順序與用戶給定的內核命令行字符串相連，因此命令行參數可以 +覆蓋引導配置參數（這取決於子系統如何處理參數，但通常前面的參數將被後面的參數 +覆蓋）:: + + [bootconfig params][cmdline params] -- [bootconfig init params][cmdline init params] + +如果引導配置文件給出的kernel/init參數是:: + + kernel { + root = 01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcd + } + init { + splash + } + +這將被複制到內核命令行字符串中，如下所示:: + + root="01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcd" -- splash + +如果用戶給出的其他命令行是:: + + ro bootconfig -- quiet + +則最後的內核命令行如下:: + + root="01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcd" ro bootconfig -- splash quiet + + +配置文件的限制 +============== + +當前最大的配置大小是32KB，關鍵字總數（不是鍵值條目）必須少於1024個節點。 +注意：這不是條目數而是節點數，條目必須消耗超過2個節點（一個關鍵字和一個值）。 +所以從理論上講最多512個鍵值對。如果關鍵字平均包含3個單詞，則可有256個鍵值對。 +在大多數情況下，配置項的數量將少於100個條目，小於8KB，因此這應該足夠了。如果 +節點數超過1024，解析器將返回錯誤，即使文件大小小於32KB。（請注意，此最大尺寸 +不包括填充的空字符。） +無論如何，因爲 ``bootconfig`` 命令在附加啓動配置到initrd映像時會驗證它，用戶 +可以在引導之前注意到它。 + + +引導配置API +=========== + +用戶可以查詢或遍歷鍵值對，也可以查找（前綴）根關鍵字節點，並在查找該節點下的 +鍵值。 + +如果您有一個關鍵字字符串，則可以直接使用 xbc_find_value() 查詢該鍵的值。如果 +你想知道引導配置裏有哪些關鍵字，可以使用 xbc_for_each_key_value() 迭代鍵值對。 +請注意，您需要使用 xbc_array_for_each_value() 訪問數組的值，例如:: + + vnode = NULL; + xbc_find_value("key.word", &vnode); + if (vnode && xbc_node_is_array(vnode)) + xbc_array_for_each_value(vnode, value) { + printk("%s ", value); + } + +如果您想查找具有前綴字符串的鍵，可以使用 xbc_find_node() 通過前綴字符串查找 +節點，然後用 xbc_node_for_each_key_value() 迭代前綴節點下的鍵。 + +但最典型的用法是獲取前綴下的命名值或前綴下的命名數組，例如:: + + root = xbc_find_node("key.prefix"); + value = xbc_node_find_value(root, "option", &vnode); + ... + xbc_node_for_each_array_value(root, "array-option", value, anode) { + ... + } + +這將訪問值“key.prefix.option”的值和“key.prefix.array-option”的數組。 + +鎖是不需要的，因爲在初始化之後配置只讀。如果需要修改，必須複製所有數據和關鍵字。 + + +函數與結構體 +============ + +相關定義的kernel-doc參見： + + - include/linux/bootconfig.h + - lib/bootconfig.c + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst index b448dbf5ac87..3f10a9f8f223 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@ 引言 ===== -始終嘗試由來自kernel.org的原始碼構建的最新內核。如果您沒有信心這樣做，請將 +始終嘗試由來自kernel.org的源代碼構建的最新內核。如果您沒有信心這樣做，請將 錯誤報告給您的發行版供應商，而不是內核開發人員。 找到缺陷（bug）並不總是那麼容易，不過仍然得去找。如果你找不到它，不要放棄。 -儘可能多的向相關維護人員報告您發現的信息。請參閱MAINTAINERS文件以了解您所 +儘可能多的向相關維護人員報告您發現的信息。請參閱MAINTAINERS文件以瞭解您所 關注的子系統的維護人員。 -在提交錯誤報告之前，請閱讀「Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst」。 +在提交錯誤報告之前，請閱讀“Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst”。 設備未出現（Devices not appearing） ==================================== @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ 操作步驟： -- 從git原始碼構建內核 +- 從git源代碼構建內核 - 以此開始二分 [#f1]_:: $ git bisect start @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 如需進一步參考，請閱讀： - ``git-bisect`` 的手冊頁 -- `Fighting regressions with git bisect（用git bisect解決回歸） +- `Fighting regressions with git bisect（用git bisect解決迴歸） <https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/git-bisect-lk2009.html>`_ - `Fully automated bisecting with "git bisect run"（使用git bisect run 來全自動二分） <https://lwn.net/Articles/317154>`_ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst index 9a3de3bff5e7..631fd2650929 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ [<c1549f43>] ? sysenter_past_esp+0x40/0x6a ---[ end trace 6ebc60ef3981792f ]--- -這樣的堆棧跟蹤提供了足夠的信息來識別內核原始碼中發生錯誤的那一行。根據問題的 -嚴重性，它還可能包含 **「Oops」** 一詞，比如:: +這樣的堆棧跟蹤提供了足夠的信息來識別內核源代碼中發生錯誤的那一行。根據問題的 +嚴重性，它還可能包含 **“Oops”** 一詞，比如:: BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null) IP: [<c06969d4>] iret_exc+0x7d0/0xa59 @@ -58,17 +58,17 @@ ... 儘管有 **Oops** 或其他類型的堆棧跟蹤，但通常需要找到出問題的行來識別和處理缺 -陷。在本章中，我們將參考「Oops」來了解需要分析的各種堆棧跟蹤。 +陷。在本章中，我們將參考“Oops”來了解需要分析的各種堆棧跟蹤。 如果內核是用 ``CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO`` 編譯的，那麼可以使用文件： `scripts/decode_stacktrace.sh` 。 -連結的模塊 +鏈接的模塊 ----------- -受到汙染或正在加載/卸載的模塊用「（…）」標記，汙染標誌在 -`Documentation/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst` 文件中進行了描述，「正在被加 -載」用「+」標註，「正在被卸載」用「-」標註。 +受到污染或正在加載/卸載的模塊用“（…）”標記，污染標誌在 +`Documentation/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst` 文件中進行了描述，“正在被加 +載”用“+”標註，“正在被卸載”用“-”標註。 Oops消息在哪？ @@ -81,19 +81,19 @@ syslog文件，通常是 ``/var/log/messages`` （取決於 ``/etc/syslog.conf`` 有時 ``klogd`` 會掛掉，這種情況下您可以運行 ``dmesg > file`` 從內核緩衝區 讀取數據並保存它。或者您可以 ``cat /proc/kmsg > file`` ，但是您必須適時 -中斷以停止傳輸，因爲 ``kmsg`` 是一個「永無止境的文件」。 +中斷以停止傳輸，因爲 ``kmsg`` 是一個“永無止境的文件”。 -如果機器嚴重崩潰，無法輸入命令或磁碟不可用，那還有三個選項： +如果機器嚴重崩潰，無法輸入命令或磁盤不可用，那還有三個選項： (1) 手動複製屏幕上的文本，並在機器重新啓動後輸入。很難受，但這是突然崩潰下 - 唯一的選擇。或者你可以用數位相機拍下屏幕——雖然不那麼好，但總比什麼都沒 - 有好。如果消息滾動超出控制台頂部，使用更高解析度（例如 ``vga=791`` ） - 引導啓動將允許您閱讀更多文本。（警告：這需要 ``vesafb`` ，因此對「早期」 + 唯一的選擇。或者你可以用數碼相機拍下屏幕——雖然不那麼好，但總比什麼都沒 + 有好。如果消息滾動超出控制檯頂部，使用更高分辨率（例如 ``vga=791`` ） + 引導啓動將允許您閱讀更多文本。（警告：這需要 ``vesafb`` ，因此對“早期” 的Oppses沒有幫助） (2) 從串口終端啓動（參見 :ref:`Documentation/admin-guide/serial-console.rst <serial_console>` ）， - 在另一台機器上運行數據機然後用你喜歡的通信程序捕獲輸出。 + 在另一臺機器上運行調制解調器然後用你喜歡的通信程序捕獲輸出。 Minicom運行良好。 (3) 使用Kdump（參閱 Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst ），使用 @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ syslog文件，通常是 ``/var/log/messages`` （取決於 ``/etc/syslog.conf`` 找到缺陷位置 ------------- -如果你能指出缺陷在內核原始碼中的位置，則報告缺陷的效果會非常好。這有兩種方法。 +如果你能指出缺陷在內核源代碼中的位置，則報告缺陷的效果會非常好。這有兩種方法。 通常來說使用 ``gdb`` 會比較容易，不過內核需要用調試信息來預編譯。 gdb @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ GNU 調試器（GNU debugger， ``gdb`` ）是從 ``vmlinux`` 文件中找出OOP objdump ^^^^^^^^ -要調試內核，請使用objdump並從崩潰輸出中查找十六進位偏移，以找到有效的代碼/匯 +要調試內核，請使用objdump並從崩潰輸出中查找十六進制偏移，以找到有效的代碼/匯 編行。如果沒有調試符號，您將看到所示例程的彙編程序代碼，但是如果內核有調試 符號，C代碼也將可見（調試符號可以在內核配置菜單的hacking項中啓用）。例如:: @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ objdump 您需要處於內核樹的頂層以便此獲得您的C文件。 -如果您無法訪問原始碼，仍然可以使用以下方法調試一些崩潰轉儲（如Dave Miller的 +如果您無法訪問源代碼，仍然可以使用以下方法調試一些崩潰轉儲（如Dave Miller的 示例崩潰轉儲輸出所示）:: EIP is at +0x14/0x4c0 @@ -234,9 +234,9 @@ objdump 報告缺陷 --------- -一旦你通過定位缺陷找到了其發生的地方，你可以嘗試自己修復它或者向上游報告它。 +一旦你通過定位缺陷找到了其發生的地方，你可以嘗試自己修復它或者向上遊報告它。 -爲了向上游報告，您應該找出用於開發受影響代碼的郵件列表。這可以使用 ``get_maintainer.pl`` 。 +爲了向上遊報告，您應該找出用於開發受影響代碼的郵件列表。這可以使用 ``get_maintainer.pl`` 。 例如，您在gspca的sonixj.c文件中發現一個缺陷，則可以通過以下方法找到它的維護者:: @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ objdump 請注意它將指出： -- 最後接觸原始碼的開發人員（如果這是在git樹中完成的）。在上面的例子中是Tejun +- 最後接觸源代碼的開發人員（如果這是在git樹中完成的）。在上面的例子中是Tejun 和Bhaktipriya（在這個特定的案例中，沒有人真正參與這個文件的開發）； - 驅動維護人員（Hans Verkuil）； - 子系統維護人員（Mauro Carvalho Chehab）； diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst index bd0c08aab8ea..6961006b4a2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ 清除 WARN_ONCE -------------- -WARN_ONCE / WARN_ON_ONCE / printk_once 僅僅列印一次消息. +WARN_ONCE / WARN_ON_ONCE / printk_once 僅僅打印一次消息. echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/clear_warn_once -可以清除這種狀態並且再次允許列印一次告警信息，這對於運行測試集後重現問題 +可以清除這種狀態並且再次允許打印一次告警信息，這對於運行測試集後重現問題 很有用。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst index 9e04aeac1a5c..cc046f3b7ffa 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ Linux通過``/proc/stat``和``/proc/uptime``導出各種信息，用戶空間工 ... -這裡系統認爲在默認採樣周期內有10.01%的時間工作在用戶空間，2.92%的時 +這裏系統認爲在默認採樣週期內有10.01%的時間工作在用戶空間，2.92%的時 間用在系統空間，總體上有81.63%的時間是空閒的。 大多數情況下``/proc/stat``的信息幾乎真實反映了系統信息，然而，由於內 核採集這些數據的方式/時間的特點，有時這些信息根本不可靠。 -那麼這些信息是如何被搜集的呢？每當時間中斷觸發時，內核查看此刻運行的 +那麼這些信息是如何被蒐集的呢？每當時間中斷觸發時，內核查看此刻運行的 進程類型，並增加與此類型/狀態進程對應的計數器的值。這種方法的問題是 在兩次時間中斷之間系統（進程）能夠在多種狀態之間切換多次，而計數器只 增加最後一種狀態下的計數。 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Linux通過``/proc/stat``和``/proc/uptime``導出各種信息，用戶空間工 舉例 --- -假設系統有一個進程以如下方式周期性地占用cpu:: +假設系統有一個進程以如下方式週期性地佔用cpu:: 兩個時鐘中斷之間的時間線 |-----------------------| @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Linux通過``/proc/stat``和``/proc/uptime``導出各種信息，用戶空間工 在上面的情況下，根據``/proc/stat``的信息（由於當系統處於空閒狀態時， 時間中斷經常會發生）系統的負載將會是0 -大家能夠想像內核的這種行爲會發生在許多情況下，這將導致``/proc/stat`` +大家能夠想象內核的這種行爲會發生在許多情況下，這將導致``/proc/stat`` 中存在相當古怪的信息:: /* gcc -o hog smallhog.c */ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cputopology.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cputopology.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5c46d1b3b065 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cputopology.rst @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst + +:翻譯: + + 唐藝舟 Tang Yizhou <tangyeechou@gmail.com> + +========================== +如何通過sysfs將CPU拓撲導出 +========================== + +CPU拓撲信息通過sysfs導出。顯示的項（屬性）和某些架構的/proc/cpuinfo輸出相似。它們位於 +/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/。請閱讀ABI文件： +Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu。 + +drivers/base/topology.c是體系結構中性的，它導出了這些屬性。然而，die、cluster、book、 +draw這些層次結構相關的文件僅在體系結構提供了下文描述的宏的條件下被創建。 + +對於支持這個特性的體系結構，它必須在include/asm-XXX/topology.h中定義這些宏中的一部分:: + + #define topology_physical_package_id(cpu) + #define topology_die_id(cpu) + #define topology_cluster_id(cpu) + #define topology_core_id(cpu) + #define topology_book_id(cpu) + #define topology_drawer_id(cpu) + #define topology_sibling_cpumask(cpu) + #define topology_core_cpumask(cpu) + #define topology_cluster_cpumask(cpu) + #define topology_die_cpumask(cpu) + #define topology_book_cpumask(cpu) + #define topology_drawer_cpumask(cpu) + +``**_id macros`` 的類型是int。 +``**_cpumask macros`` 的類型是 ``(const) struct cpumask *`` 。後者和恰當的 +``**_siblings`` sysfs屬性對應（除了topology_sibling_cpumask()，它和thread_siblings +對應）。 + +爲了在所有體系結構上保持一致，include/linux/topology.h提供了上述所有宏的默認定義，以防 +它們未在include/asm-XXX/topology.h中定義: + +1) topology_physical_package_id: -1 +2) topology_die_id: -1 +3) topology_cluster_id: -1 +4) topology_core_id: 0 +5) topology_book_id: -1 +6) topology_drawer_id: -1 +7) topology_sibling_cpumask: 僅入參CPU +8) topology_core_cpumask: 僅入參CPU +9) topology_cluster_cpumask: 僅入參CPU +10) topology_die_cpumask: 僅入參CPU +11) topology_book_cpumask: 僅入參CPU +12) topology_drawer_cpumask: 僅入參CPU + +此外，CPU拓撲信息由/sys/devices/system/cpu提供，包含下述文件。輸出對應的內部數據源放在 +方括號（"[]"）中。 + + =========== ================================================================== + kernel_max: 內核配置允許的最大CPU下標值。[NR_CPUS-1] + + offline: 由於熱插拔移除或者超過內核允許的CPU上限（上文描述的kernel_max） + 導致未上線的CPU。[~cpu_online_mask + cpus >= NR_CPUS] + + online: 在線的CPU，可供調度使用。[cpu_online_mask] + + possible: 已被分配資源的CPU，如果它們CPU實際存在，可以上線。 + [cpu_possible_mask] + + present: 被系統識別實際存在的CPU。[cpu_present_mask] + =========== ================================================================== + +上述輸出的格式和cpulist_parse()兼容[參見 <linux/cpumask.h>]。下面給些例子。 + +在本例中，系統中有64個CPU，但是CPU 32-63超過了kernel_max值，因爲NR_CPUS配置項是32， +取值範圍被限制爲0..31。此外注意CPU2和4-31未上線，但是可以上線，因爲它們同時存在於 +present和possible:: + + kernel_max: 31 + offline: 2,4-31,32-63 + online: 0-1,3 + possible: 0-31 + present: 0-31 + +在本例中，NR_CPUS配置項是128，但內核啓動時設置possible_cpus=144。系統中有4個CPU， +CPU2被手動設置下線（也是唯一一個可以上線的CPU）:: + + kernel_max: 127 + offline: 2,4-127,128-143 + online: 0-1,3 + possible: 0-127 + present: 0-3 + +閱讀Documentation/core-api/cpu_hotplug.rst可瞭解開機參數possible_cpus=NUM，同時還 +可以瞭解各種cpumask的信息。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/index.rst index 2804d619201d..aba8939351e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/index.rst @@ -3,13 +3,14 @@ .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst :Original: :doc:`../../../admin-guide/index` -:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> +:Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com> + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> Linux 內核用戶和管理員指南 ========================== 下面是一組隨時間添加到內核中的面向用戶的文檔的集合。到目前爲止，還沒有一個 -整體的順序或組織 - 這些材料不是一個單一的，連貫的文件！幸運的話，情況會隨著 +整體的順序或組織 - 這些材料不是一個單一的，連貫的文件！幸運的話，情況會隨着 時間的推移而迅速改善。 這個初始部分包含總體信息，包括描述內核的README， 關於內核參數的文檔等。 @@ -21,15 +22,15 @@ Linux 內核用戶和管理員指南 Todolist: - kernel-parameters - devices - sysctl/index +* kernel-parameters +* devices +* sysctl/index 本節介紹CPU漏洞及其緩解措施。 Todolist: - hw-vuln/index +* hw-vuln/index 下面的一組文檔，針對的是試圖跟蹤問題和bug的用戶。 @@ -37,6 +38,7 @@ Todolist: :maxdepth: 1 reporting-issues + reporting-regressions security-bugs bug-hunting bug-bisect @@ -45,18 +47,17 @@ Todolist: Todolist: - reporting-bugs - ramoops - dynamic-debug-howto - kdump/index - perf/index +* ramoops +* dynamic-debug-howto +* kdump/index +* perf/index -這是應用程式開發人員感興趣的章節的開始。可以在這裡找到涵蓋內核ABI各個 +這是應用程序開發人員感興趣的章節的開始。可以在這裏找到涵蓋內核ABI各個 方面的文檔。 Todolist: - sysfs-rules +* sysfs-rules 本手冊的其餘部分包括各種指南，介紹如何根據您的喜好配置內核的特定行爲。 @@ -64,67 +65,67 @@ Todolist: .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 + bootconfig clearing-warn-once cpu-load + cputopology + lockup-watchdogs unicode + sysrq + mm/index Todolist: - acpi/index - aoe/index - auxdisplay/index - bcache - binderfs - binfmt-misc - blockdev/index - bootconfig - braille-console - btmrvl - cgroup-v1/index - cgroup-v2 - cifs/index - cputopology - dell_rbu - device-mapper/index - edid - efi-stub - ext4 - nfs/index - gpio/index - highuid - hw_random - initrd - iostats - java - jfs - kernel-per-CPU-kthreads - laptops/index - lcd-panel-cgram - ldm - lockup-watchdogs - LSM/index - md - media/index - mm/index - module-signing - mono - namespaces/index - numastat - parport - perf-security - pm/index - pnp - rapidio - ras - rtc - serial-console - svga - sysrq - thunderbolt - ufs - vga-softcursor - video-output - xfs +* acpi/index +* aoe/index +* auxdisplay/index +* bcache +* binderfs +* binfmt-misc +* blockdev/index +* braille-console +* btmrvl +* cgroup-v1/index +* cgroup-v2 +* cifs/index +* dell_rbu +* device-mapper/index +* edid +* efi-stub +* ext4 +* nfs/index +* gpio/index +* highuid +* hw_random +* initrd +* iostats +* java +* jfs +* kernel-per-CPU-kthreads +* laptops/index +* lcd-panel-cgram +* ldm +* LSM/index +* md +* media/index +* module-signing +* mono +* namespaces/index +* numastat +* parport +* perf-security +* pm/index +* pnp +* rapidio +* ras +* rtc +* serial-console +* svga +* thunderbolt +* ufs +* vga-softcursor +* video-output +* xfs .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/init.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/init.rst index db3fdf611080..be6e34f5f7fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/init.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/init.rst @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn> 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> -解釋「No working init found.」啓動掛起消息 -========================================== +解釋“No working init found.”啓動掛起消息 +========================================= :作者: @@ -18,41 +18,41 @@ Cristian Souza <cristianmsbr at gmail period com> -本文檔提供了加載初始化二進位（init binary）失敗的一些高層級原因（大致按執行 +本文檔提供了加載初始化二進制（init binary）失敗的一些高層級原因（大致按執行 順序列出）。 -1) **無法掛載根文件系統Unable to mount root FS** ：請設置「debug」內核參數（在 +1) **無法掛載根文件系統Unable to mount root FS** ：請設置“debug”內核參數（在 引導加載程序bootloader配置文件或CONFIG_CMDLINE）以獲取更詳細的內核消息。 -2) **初始化二進位不存在於根文件系統上init binary doesn't exist on rootfs** ： +2) **初始化二進制不存在於根文件系統上init binary doesn't exist on rootfs** ： 確保您的根文件系統類型正確（並且 ``root=`` 內核參數指向正確的分區）；擁有 - 所需的驅動程序，例如SCSI或USB等存儲硬體；文件系統（ext3、jffs2等）是內建的 + 所需的驅動程序，例如SCSI或USB等存儲硬件；文件系統（ext3、jffs2等）是內建的 （或者作爲模塊由initrd預加載）。 -3) **控制台設備損壞Broken console device** ： ``console= setup`` 中可能存在 - 衝突 --> 初始控制台不可用（initial console unavailable）。例如，由於串行 - IRQ問題（如缺少基於中斷的配置）導致的某些串行控制台不可靠。嘗試使用不同的 +3) **控制檯設備損壞Broken console device** ： ``console= setup`` 中可能存在 + 衝突 --> 初始控制檯不可用（initial console unavailable）。例如，由於串行 + IRQ問題（如缺少基於中斷的配置）導致的某些串行控制檯不可靠。嘗試使用不同的 ``console= device`` 或像 ``netconsole=`` 。 -4) **二進位存在但依賴項不可用Binary exists but dependencies not available** ： - 例如初始化二進位的必需庫依賴項，像 ``/lib/ld-linux.so.2`` 丟失或損壞。使用 +4) **二進制存在但依賴項不可用Binary exists but dependencies not available** ： + 例如初始化二進制的必需庫依賴項，像 ``/lib/ld-linux.so.2`` 丟失或損壞。使用 ``readelf -d <INIT>|grep NEEDED`` 找出需要哪些庫。 -5) **無法加載二進位Binary cannot be loaded** ：請確保二進位的體系結構與您的 - 硬體匹配。例如i386不匹配x86_64，或者嘗試在ARM硬體上加載x86。如果您嘗試在 - 此處加載非二進位文件（shell腳本？），您應該確保腳本在其工作頭（shebang +5) **無法加載二進制Binary cannot be loaded** ：請確保二進制的體系結構與您的 + 硬件匹配。例如i386不匹配x86_64，或者嘗試在ARM硬件上加載x86。如果您嘗試在 + 此處加載非二進制文件（shell腳本？），您應該確保腳本在其工作頭（shebang header）行 ``#!/...`` 中指定能正常工作的解釋器（包括其庫依賴項）。在處理 - 腳本之前，最好先測試一個簡單的非腳本二進位文件，比如 ``/bin/sh`` ，並確認 + 腳本之前，最好先測試一個簡單的非腳本二進制文件，比如 ``/bin/sh`` ，並確認 它能成功執行。要了解更多信息，請將代碼添加到 ``init/main.c`` 以顯示 kernel_execve()的返回值。 -當您發現新的失敗原因時，請擴展本解釋（畢竟加載初始化二進位是一個 **關鍵** 且 +當您發現新的失敗原因時，請擴展本解釋（畢竟加載初始化二進制是一個 **關鍵** 且 艱難的過渡步驟，需要儘可能無痛地進行），然後向LKML提交一個補丁。 待辦事項： - 通過一個可以存儲 ``kernel_execve()`` 結果值的結構體數組實現各種 - ``run_init_process()`` 調用，並在失敗時通過疊代 **所有** 結果來記錄一切 + ``run_init_process()`` 調用，並在失敗時通過迭代 **所有** 結果來記錄一切 （非常重要的可用性修復）。 -- 試著使實現本身在一般情況下更有幫助，例如在受影響的地方提供額外的錯誤消息。 +- 試着使實現本身在一般情況下更有幫助，例如在受影響的地方提供額外的錯誤消息。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/lockup-watchdogs.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/lockup-watchdogs.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f65b0c96e8e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/lockup-watchdogs.rst @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/admin-guide/lockup-watchdogs.rst +:Translator: Hailong Liu <liu.hailong6@zte.com.cn> + +.. _tw_lockup-watchdogs: + + +================================================= +Softlockup與hardlockup檢測機制(又名:nmi_watchdog) +================================================= + +Linux中內核實現了一種用以檢測系統發生softlockup和hardlockup的看門狗機制。 + +Softlockup是一種會引發系統在內核態中一直循環超過20秒（詳見下面“實現”小節）導致 +其他任務沒有機會得到運行的BUG。一旦檢測到'softlockup'發生，默認情況下系統會打 +印當前堆棧跟蹤信息並進入鎖定狀態。也可配置使其在檢測到'softlockup'後進入panic +狀態；通過sysctl命令設置“kernel.softlockup_panic”、使用內核啓動參數 +“softlockup_panic”（詳見Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst）以及使 +能內核編譯選項“BOOTPARAM_SOFTLOCKUP_PANIC”都可實現這種配置。 + +而'hardlockup'是一種會引發系統在內核態一直循環超過10秒鐘（詳見"實現"小節）導致其 +他中斷沒有機會運行的缺陷。與'softlockup'情況類似，除了使用sysctl命令設置 +'hardlockup_panic'、使能內核選項“BOOTPARAM_HARDLOCKUP_PANIC”以及使用內核參數 +"nmi_watchdog"(詳見:”Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst“)外，一旦檢 +測到'hardlockup'默認情況下系統打印當前堆棧跟蹤信息，然後進入鎖定狀態。 + +這個panic選項也可以與panic_timeout結合使用（這個panic_timeout是通過稍具迷惑性的 +sysctl命令"kernel.panic"來設置），使系統在panic指定時間後自動重啓。 + +實現 +==== + +Softlockup和hardlockup分別建立在hrtimer(高精度定時器)和perf兩個子系統上而實現。 +這也就意味着理論上任何架構只要實現了這兩個子系統就支持這兩種檢測機制。 + +Hrtimer用於週期性產生中斷並喚醒watchdog線程；NMI perf事件則以”watchdog_thresh“ +(編譯時默認初始化爲10秒，也可通過”watchdog_thresh“這個sysctl接口來進行配置修改) +爲間隔週期產生以檢測 hardlockups。如果一個CPU在這個時間段內沒有檢測到hrtimer中 +斷髮生，'hardlockup 檢測器'(即NMI perf事件處理函數)將會視系統配置而選擇產生內核 +警告或者直接panic。 + +而watchdog線程本質上是一個高優先級內核線程，每調度一次就對時間戳進行一次更新。 +如果時間戳在2*watchdog_thresh(這個是softlockup的觸發門限)這段時間都未更新,那麼 +"softlocup 檢測器"(內部hrtimer定時器回調函數)會將相關的調試信息打印到系統日誌中， +然後如果系統配置了進入panic流程則進入panic，否則內核繼續執行。 + +Hrtimer定時器的週期是2*watchdog_thresh/5，也就是說在hardlockup被觸發前hrtimer有 +2~3次機會產生時鐘中斷。 + +如上所述,內核相當於爲系統管理員提供了一個可調節hrtimer定時器和perf事件週期長度 +的調節旋鈕。如何通過這個旋鈕爲特定使用場景配置一個合理的週期值要對lockups檢測的 +響應速度和lockups檢測開銷這二者之間進行權衡。 + +默認情況下所有在線cpu上都會運行一個watchdog線程。不過在內核配置了”NO_HZ_FULL“的 +情況下watchdog線程默認只會運行在管家(housekeeping)cpu上，而”nohz_full“啓動參數指 +定的cpu上則不會有watchdog線程運行。試想，如果我們允許watchdog線程在”nohz_full“指 +定的cpu上運行，這些cpu上必須得運行時鐘定時器來激發watchdog線程調度；這樣一來就會 +使”nohz_full“保護用戶程序免受內核干擾的功能失效。當然，副作用就是”nohz_full“指定 +的cpu即使在內核產生了lockup問題我們也無法檢測到。不過，至少我們可以允許watchdog +線程在管家(non-tickless)核上繼續運行以便我們能繼續正常的監測這些cpus上的lockups +事件。 + +不論哪種情況都可以通過sysctl命令kernel.watchdog_cpumask來對沒有運行watchdog線程 +的cpu集合進行調節。對於nohz_full而言,如果nohz_full cpu上有異常掛住的情況，通過 +這種方式打開這些cpu上的watchdog進行調試可能會有所作用。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a472eb3c708b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. include:: ../../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/index.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +:校譯: + +============ +監測數據訪問 +============ + +:doc:`DAMON </mm/damon/index>` 允許輕量級的數據訪問監測。使用DAMON， +用戶可以分析他們系統的內存訪問模式，並優化它們。 + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + start + usage + reclaim + lru_sort + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/lru_sort.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/lru_sort.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1ffc4b6b1d12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/lru_sort.rst @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. include:: ../../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/lru_sort.rst + +:翻譯: + + 臧雷剛 Leigang Zang <zangleigang@hisilicon.com> + +:校譯: + +================== +基於DAMON的LRU排序 +================== + +基於DAMON的LRU排序是一個靜態的內核模塊，旨在用於以主動的、輕量級的數據訪問模型 +爲基礎的頁面優先級處理的LRU鏈表上，以使得LRU上的數據訪問模型更爲可信。 + +哪裏需要主動的LRU排序 +===================== + +在一個大型系統中，以頁爲粒度的訪問檢測會有比較顯著的開銷，LRU通常不會主動去排序， +而是對部分特殊事件進行部分的、響應式的排序，例如：特殊的用戶請求，系統調用或者 +內存壓力。這導致，在有些場景下，LRU不能夠完美的作爲一個可信的數據訪問模型，比如 +在內存壓力下對目標內存進行回收。 + +因爲DAMON能夠儘可能準確的識別數據訪問模型，同時只引起用戶指定範圍的開銷，主動的 +執行DAMON_LRU_SORT讓LRU變得更爲可信是有益的，而且這隻需要較少和可控的開銷。 + +這是如何工作的 +============== + +DAMON_LRU_SORT使用DAMON尋找熱頁（範圍內的頁面訪問頻率高於用戶指定的閾值）和冷頁 +（範圍內的頁面在超過用戶指定的時間無訪問），並提高熱頁和降低冷頁在LRU中的優先級。 +爲了避免在排序過程佔用更多的CPU計算資源，可以設置一個CPU佔用時間的約束值。在約 +束下，分別提升或者降低更多的熱頁和冷頁。系統管理員也可以配置三個內存水位以控制 +在何種條件下自動激活或者停止這種機制。 + +冷熱閾值和CPU約束的默認值是比較保守的。這意味着，在默認參數下，模塊可以廣泛且無 +負作用的使用在常見環境中，同時在只消耗一小部分CPU時間的情況下，給有內存壓力的系 +統提供一定水平的冷熱識別。 + +接口：模塊參數 +============== + +使用此特性，你首先需要確認你的系統中運行的內核在編譯時啓用了 +``CONFIG_DAMON_LRU_SORT=y``. + +爲了讓系統管理員打開或者關閉並且調節指定的系統，DAMON_LRU_SORT設計了模塊參數。 +這意味着，你可以添加 ``damon_lru_sort.<parameter>=<value>`` 到內核的啓動命令行 +參數，或者在 ``/sys/modules/damon_lru_sort/parameters/<parameter>`` 寫入正確的 +值。 + +下邊是每個參數的描述 + +enabled +------- + +打開或者關閉DAMON_LRU_SORT. + +你可以通過設置這個參數爲 ``Y`` 來打開DAMON_LRU_SORT。設置爲 ``N`` 關閉 +DAMON_LRU_SORT。注意，在基於水位的激活的情況下，DAMON_LRU_SORT有可能不會真正去 +監測或者做LRU排序。對這種情況，參考下方關於水位的描述。 + +commit_inputs +------------- + +讓DAMON_LRU_SORT再次讀取輸入參數，除了 ``enabled`` 。 + +在DAMON_LRU_SORT運行時，新的輸入參數默認不會被應用。一旦這個參數被設置爲 ``Y`` +，DAMON_LRU_SORT會再次讀取除了 ``enabled`` 之外的參數。讀取完成後，這個參數會被 +設置爲 ``N`` 。如果在讀取時發現有無效參數，DAMON_LRU_SORT會被關閉。 + +hot_thres_access_freq +--------------------- + +熱點內存區域的訪問頻率閾值，千分比。 + +如果一個內存區域的訪問頻率大於等於這個值，DAMON_LRU_SORT把這個區域看作熱區，並 +在LRU上把這個區域標記爲已訪問，因些在內存壓力下這部分內存不會被回收。默認爲50%。 + +cold_min_age +------------ + +用於識別冷內存區域的時間閾值，單位是微秒。 + +如果一個內存區域在這個時間內未被訪問過，DAMON_LRU_SORT把這個區域看作冷區，並在 +LRU上把這個區域標記爲未訪問，因此在內存壓力下這些內存會首先被回收。默認值爲120 +秒。 + +quota_ms +-------- + +嘗試LRU鏈表排序的時間限制，單位是毫秒。 + +DAMON_LRU_SORT在一個時間窗口內（quota_reset_interval_ms）內最多嘗試這麼長時間來 +對LRU進行排序。這個可以用來作爲CPU計算資源的約束。如果值爲0，則表示無限制。 + +默認10毫秒。 + +quota_reset_interval_ms +----------------------- + +配額計時重置週期，毫秒。 + +配額計時重置週期。即，在quota_reset_interval_ms毫秒內，DAMON_LRU_SORT對LRU進行 +排序不會超過quota_ms或者quota_sz。 + +默認1秒。 + +wmarks_interval +--------------- + +水位的檢查週期，單位是微秒。 + +當DAMON_LRU_SORT使能但是由於水位而不活躍時檢查水位前最小的等待時間。默認值5秒。 + +wmarks_high +----------- + +空閒內存高水位，千分比。 + +如果空閒內存水位高於這個值，DAMON_LRU_SORT停止工作，不做任何事，除了週期性的檢 +查水位。默認200(20%)。 + +wmarks_mid +---------- + +空閒內存中間水位，千分比。 + +如果空閒內存水位在這個值與低水位之間，DAMON_LRU_SORT開始工作，開始檢測並對LRU鏈 +表進行排序。默認150(15%)。 + +wmarks_low +---------- + +空閒內存低水位，千分比。 + +如果空閒內存小於這個值，DAMON_LRU_SORT不再工作，不做任何事，除了週期性的檢查水 +線。默認50(5%)。 + +sample_interval +--------------- + +監測的採樣週期，微秒。 + +DAMON對冷內存監測的採樣週期。更多細節請參考DAMON文檔 (:doc:`usage`) 。默認5 +毫秒。 + +aggr_interval +------------- + +監測的收集週期，微秒。 + +DAMON對冷內存進行收集的時間週期。更多細節請參考DAMON文檔 (:doc:`usage`) 。默認 +100毫秒。 + +min_nr_regions +-------------- + +最小監測區域數量。 + +對冷內存區域監測的最小數量。這個值可以作爲監測質量的下限。不過，這個值設置的過 +大會增加開銷。更多細節請參考DAMON文檔 (:doc:`usage`) 。默認值爲10。 + +max_nr_regions +-------------- + +最大監測區域數量。 + +對冷內存區域監測的最大數量。這個值可以作爲監測質量的上限。然而，這個值設置的過 +低會導致監測結果變差。更多細節請參考DAMON文檔 (:doc:`usage`) 。默認值爲1000。 + +monitor_region_start +-------------------- + +目標內存區域的起始物理地址。 + +DAMON_LRU_SORT要處理的目標內存區域的起始物理地址。默認，使用系統最大內存。 + +monitor_region_end +------------------ + +目標內存區域的結束物理地址。 + +DAMON_LRU_SORT要處理的目標內存區域的結束物理地址。默認，使用系統最大內存。 + +kdamond_pid +----------- + +DAMON線程的PID。 + +如果DAMON_LRU_SORT是使能的，這個表示任務線程的PID。其它情況爲-1。 + +nr_lru_sort_tried_hot_regions +----------------------------- + +被嘗試進行LRU排序的熱內存區域的數量。 + +bytes_lru_sort_tried_hot_regions +-------------------------------- + +被嘗試進行LRU排序的熱內存區域的大小（字節）。 + +nr_lru_sorted_hot_regions +------------------------- + +成功進行LRU排序的熱內存區域的數量。 + +bytes_lru_sorted_hot_regions +---------------------------- + +成功進行LRU排序的熱內存區域的大小（字節）。 + +nr_hot_quota_exceeds +-------------------- + +熱區域時間約束超過限制的次數。 + +nr_lru_sort_tried_cold_regions +------------------------------ + +被嘗試進行LRU排序的冷內存區域的數量。 + +bytes_lru_sort_tried_cold_regions +--------------------------------- + +被嘗試進行LRU排序的冷內存區域的大小（字節）。 + +nr_lru_sorted_cold_regions +-------------------------- + +成功進行LRU排序的冷內存區域的數量。 + +bytes_lru_sorted_cold_regions +----------------------------- + +成功進行LRU排序的冷內存區域的大小（字節）。 + +nr_cold_quota_exceeds +--------------------- + +冷區域時間約束超過限制的次數。 + +Example +======= + +如下是一個運行時的命令示例，使DAMON_LRU_SORT查找訪問頻率超過50%的區域並對其進行 +LRU的優先級的提升，同時降低那些超過120秒無人訪問的內存區域的優先級。優先級的處 +理被限制在最多1%的CPU以避免DAMON_LRU_SORT消費過多CPU時間。在系統空閒內存超過50% +時DAMON_LRU_SORT停止工作，並在低於40%時重新開始工作。如果DAMON_RECLAIM沒有取得 +進展且空閒內存低於20%，再次讓DAMON_LRU_SORT停止工作，以此回退到以LRU鏈表爲基礎 +以頁面爲單位的內存回收上。 :: + + # cd /sys/modules/damon_lru_sort/parameters + # echo 500 > hot_thres_access_freq + # echo 120000000 > cold_min_age + # echo 10 > quota_ms + # echo 1000 > quota_reset_interval_ms + # echo 500 > wmarks_high + # echo 400 > wmarks_mid + # echo 200 > wmarks_low + # echo Y > enabled + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/reclaim.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/reclaim.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..efed29c40e44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/reclaim.rst @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. include:: ../../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/reclaim.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +:校譯: + +=============== +基於DAMON的回收 +=============== + +基於DAMON的回收（DAMON_RECLAIM）是一個靜態的內核模塊，旨在用於輕度內存壓力下的主動和輕 +量級的回收。它的目的不是取代基於LRU列表的頁面回收，而是有選擇地用於不同程度的內存壓力和要 +求。 + +哪些地方需要主動回收？ +====================== + +在一般的內存超量使用（over-committed systems，虛擬化相關術語）的系統上，主動回收冷頁 +有助於節省內存和減少延遲高峯，這些延遲是由直接回收進程或kswapd的CPU消耗引起的，同時只產 +生最小的性能下降 [1]_ [2]_ 。 + +基於空閒頁報告 [3]_ 的內存過度承諾的虛擬化系統就是很好的例子。在這樣的系統中，客戶機 +向主機報告他們的空閒內存，而主機則將報告的內存重新分配給其他客戶。因此，系統的內存得到了充 +分的利用。然而，客戶可能不那麼節省內存，主要是因爲一些內核子系統和用戶空間應用程序被設計爲 +使用盡可能多的內存。然後，客戶機可能只向主機報告少量的內存是空閒的，導致系統的內存利用率下降。 +在客戶中運行主動回收可以緩解這個問題。 + +它是如何工作的？ +================ + +DAMON_RECLAIM找到在特定時間內沒有被訪問的內存區域並分頁。爲了避免它在分頁操作中消耗過多 +的CPU，可以配置一個速度限制。在這個速度限制下，它首先分頁出那些沒有被訪問過的內存區域。系 +統管理員還可以配置在什麼情況下這個方案應該自動激活和停用三個內存壓力水位。 + +接口: 模塊參數 +============== + +要使用這個功能，你首先要確保你的系統運行在一個以 ``CONFIG_DAMON_RECLAIM=y`` 構建的內 +核上。 + +爲了讓系統管理員啓用或禁用它，併爲給定的系統進行調整，DAMON_RECLAIM利用了模塊參數。也就 +是說，你可以把 ``damon_reclaim.<parameter>=<value>`` 放在內核啓動命令行上，或者把 +適當的值寫入 ``/sys/module/damon_reclaim/parameters/<parameter>`` 文件。 + +下面是每個參數的描述。 + +enabled +------- + +啓用或禁用DAMON_RECLAIM。 + +你可以通過把這個參數的值設置爲 ``Y`` 來啓用DAMON_RCLAIM，把它設置爲 ``N`` 可以禁用 +DAMON_RECLAIM。注意，由於基於水位的激活條件，DAMON_RECLAIM不能進行真正的監測和回收。 +這一點請參考下面關於水位參數的描述。 + +min_age +------- + +識別冷內存區域的時間閾值，單位是微秒。 + +如果一個內存區域在這個時間或更長的時間內沒有被訪問，DAMON_RECLAIM會將該區域識別爲冷的， +並回收它。 + +默認爲120秒。 + +quota_ms +-------- + +回收的時間限制，以毫秒爲單位。 + +DAMON_RECLAIM 試圖在一個時間窗口（quota_reset_interval_ms）內只使用到這個時間，以 +嘗試回收冷頁。這可以用來限制DAMON_RECLAIM的CPU消耗。如果該值爲零，則該限制被禁用。 + +默認爲10ms。 + +quota_sz +-------- + +回收的內存大小限制，單位爲字節。 + +DAMON_RECLAIM 收取在一個時間窗口（quota_reset_interval_ms）內試圖回收的內存量，並 +使其不超過這個限制。這可以用來限制CPU和IO的消耗。如果該值爲零，則限制被禁用。 + +默認情況下是128 MiB。 + +quota_reset_interval_ms +----------------------- + +時間/大小配額收取重置間隔，單位爲毫秒。 + +時間（quota_ms）和大小（quota_sz）的配額的目標重置間隔。也就是說，DAMON_RECLAIM在 +嘗試回收‘不’超過quota_ms毫秒或quota_sz字節的內存。 + +默認爲1秒。 + +wmarks_interval +--------------- + +當DAMON_RECLAIM被啓用但由於其水位規則而不活躍時，在檢查水位之前的最小等待時間。 + +wmarks_high +----------- + +高水位的可用內存率（每千字節）。 + +如果系統的可用內存（以每千字節爲單位）高於這個數值，DAMON_RECLAIM就會變得不活躍，所以 +它什麼也不做，只是定期檢查水位。 + +wmarks_mid +---------- + +中間水位的可用內存率（每千字節）。 + +如果系統的空閒內存（以每千字節爲單位）在這個和低水位線之間，DAMON_RECLAIM就會被激活， +因此開始監測和回收。 + +wmarks_low +---------- + +低水位的可用內存率（每千字節）。 + +如果系統的空閒內存（以每千字節爲單位）低於這個數值，DAMON_RECLAIM就會變得不活躍，所以 +它除了定期檢查水位外什麼都不做。在這種情況下，系統會退回到基於LRU列表的頁面粒度回收邏輯。 + +sample_interval +--------------- + +監測的採樣間隔，單位是微秒。 + +DAMON用於監測冷內存的採樣間隔。更多細節請參考DAMON文檔 (:doc:`usage`) 。 + +aggr_interval +------------- + +監測的聚集間隔，單位是微秒。 + +DAMON對冷內存監測的聚集間隔。更多細節請參考DAMON文檔 (:doc:`usage`)。 + +min_nr_regions +-------------- + +監測區域的最小數量。 + +DAMON用於冷內存監測的最小監測區域數。這可以用來設置監測質量的下限。但是，設 +置的太高可能會導致監測開銷的增加。更多細節請參考DAMON文檔 (:doc:`usage`) 。 + +max_nr_regions +-------------- + +監測區域的最大數量。 + +DAMON用於冷內存監測的最大監測區域數。這可以用來設置監測開銷的上限值。但是， +設置得太低可能會導致監測質量不好。更多細節請參考DAMON文檔 (:doc:`usage`) 。 + +monitor_region_start +-------------------- + +目標內存區域的物理地址起點。 + +DAMON_RECLAIM將對其進行工作的內存區域的起始物理地址。也就是說，DAMON_RECLAIM +將在這個區域中找到冷的內存區域並進行回收。默認情況下，該區域使用最大系統內存區。 + +monitor_region_end +------------------ + +目標內存區域的結束物理地址。 + +DAMON_RECLAIM將對其進行工作的內存區域的末端物理地址。也就是說，DAMON_RECLAIM將 +在這個區域內找到冷的內存區域並進行回收。默認情況下，該區域使用最大系統內存區。 + +kdamond_pid +----------- + +DAMON線程的PID。 + +如果DAMON_RECLAIM被啓用，這將成爲工作線程的PID。否則，爲-1。 + +nr_reclaim_tried_regions +------------------------ + +試圖通過DAMON_RECLAIM回收的內存區域的數量。 + +bytes_reclaim_tried_regions +--------------------------- + +試圖通過DAMON_RECLAIM回收的內存區域的總字節數。 + +nr_reclaimed_regions +-------------------- + +通過DAMON_RECLAIM成功回收的內存區域的數量。 + +bytes_reclaimed_regions +----------------------- + +通過DAMON_RECLAIM成功回收的內存區域的總字節數。 + +nr_quota_exceeds +---------------- + +超過時間/空間配額限制的次數。 + +例子 +==== + +下面的運行示例命令使DAMON_RECLAIM找到30秒或更長時間沒有訪問的內存區域並“回收”？ +爲了避免DAMON_RECLAIM在分頁操作中消耗過多的CPU時間，回收被限制在每秒1GiB以內。 +它還要求DAMON_RECLAIM在系統的可用內存率超過50%時不做任何事情，但如果它低於40%時 +就開始真正的工作。如果DAMON_RECLAIM沒有取得進展，因此空閒內存率低於20%，它會要求 +DAMON_RECLAIM再次什麼都不做，這樣我們就可以退回到基於LRU列表的頁面粒度回收了:: + + # cd /sys/module/damon_reclaim/parameters + # echo 30000000 > min_age + # echo $((1 * 1024 * 1024 * 1024)) > quota_sz + # echo 1000 > quota_reset_interval_ms + # echo 500 > wmarks_high + # echo 400 > wmarks_mid + # echo 200 > wmarks_low + # echo Y > enabled + +.. [1] https://research.google/pubs/pub48551/ +.. [2] https://lwn.net/Articles/787611/ +.. [3] https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/mm/free_page_reporting.html + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/start.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/start.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1822956be0e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/start.rst @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. include:: ../../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/start.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +:校譯: + +======== +入門指南 +======== + +本文通過演示DAMON的默認用戶空間工具，簡要地介紹瞭如何使用DAMON。請注意，爲了簡潔 +起見，本文檔只描述了它的部分功能。更多細節請參考該工具的使用文檔。 +`doc <https://github.com/awslabs/damo/blob/next/USAGE.md>`_ . + + +前提條件 +======== + +內核 +---- + +首先，你要確保你當前系統中跑的內核構建時選定了這個功能選項 ``CONFIG_DAMON_*=y``. + + +用戶空間工具 +------------ + +在演示中，我們將使用DAMON的默認用戶空間工具，稱爲DAMON Operator（DAMO）。它可以在 +https://github.com/awslabs/damo找到。下面的例子假設DAMO在你的$PATH上。當然，但 +這並不是強制性的。 + +因爲DAMO使用了DAMON的sysfs接口（詳情請參考:doc:`usage`），你應該確保 +:doc:`sysfs </filesystems/sysfs>` 被掛載。 + +記錄數據訪問模式 +================ + +下面的命令記錄了一個程序的內存訪問模式，並將監測結果保存到文件中。 :: + + $ git clone https://github.com/sjp38/masim + $ cd masim; make; ./masim ./configs/zigzag.cfg & + $ sudo damo record -o damon.data $(pidof masim) + +命令的前兩行下載了一個人工內存訪問生成器程序並在後臺運行。生成器將重複地逐一訪問兩個 +100 MiB大小的內存區域。你可以用你的真實工作負載來代替它。最後一行要求 ``damo`` 將 +訪問模式記錄在 ``damon.data`` 文件中。 + + +將記錄的模式可視化 +================== + +你可以在heatmap中直觀地看到這種模式，顯示哪個內存區域（X軸）何時被訪問（Y軸）以及訪 +問的頻率（數字）。:: + + $ sudo damo report heats --heatmap stdout + 22222222222222222222222222222222222222211111111111111111111111111111111111111100 + 44444444444444444444444444444444444444434444444444444444444444444444444444443200 + 44444444444444444444444444444444444444433444444444444444444444444444444444444200 + 33333333333333333333333333333333333333344555555555555555555555555555555555555200 + 33333333333333333333333333333333333344444444444444444444444444444444444444444200 + 22222222222222222222222222222222222223355555555555555555555555555555555555555200 + 00000000000000000000000000000000000000288888888888888888888888888888888888888400 + 00000000000000000000000000000000000000288888888888888888888888888888888888888400 + 33333333333333333333333333333333333333355555555555555555555555555555555555555200 + 88888888888888888888888888888888888888600000000000000000000000000000000000000000 + 88888888888888888888888888888888888888600000000000000000000000000000000000000000 + 33333333333333333333333333333333333333444444444444444444444444444444444444443200 + 00000000000000000000000000000000000000288888888888888888888888888888888888888400 + [...] + # access_frequency: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 + # x-axis: space (139728247021568-139728453431248: 196.848 MiB) + # y-axis: time (15256597248362-15326899978162: 1 m 10.303 s) + # resolution: 80x40 (2.461 MiB and 1.758 s for each character) + +你也可以直觀地看到工作集的大小分佈，按大小排序。:: + + $ sudo damo report wss --range 0 101 10 + # <percentile> <wss> + # target_id 18446632103789443072 + # avr: 107.708 MiB + 0 0 B | | + 10 95.328 MiB |**************************** | + 20 95.332 MiB |**************************** | + 30 95.340 MiB |**************************** | + 40 95.387 MiB |**************************** | + 50 95.387 MiB |**************************** | + 60 95.398 MiB |**************************** | + 70 95.398 MiB |**************************** | + 80 95.504 MiB |**************************** | + 90 190.703 MiB |********************************************************* | + 100 196.875 MiB |***********************************************************| + +在上述命令中使用 ``--sortby`` 選項，可以顯示工作集的大小是如何按時間順序變化的。:: + + $ sudo damo report wss --range 0 101 10 --sortby time + # <percentile> <wss> + # target_id 18446632103789443072 + # avr: 107.708 MiB + 0 3.051 MiB | | + 10 190.703 MiB |***********************************************************| + 20 95.336 MiB |***************************** | + 30 95.328 MiB |***************************** | + 40 95.387 MiB |***************************** | + 50 95.332 MiB |***************************** | + 60 95.320 MiB |***************************** | + 70 95.398 MiB |***************************** | + 80 95.398 MiB |***************************** | + 90 95.340 MiB |***************************** | + 100 95.398 MiB |***************************** | + + +數據訪問模式感知的內存管理 +========================== + +以下三個命令使每一個大小>=4K的內存區域在你的工作負載中沒有被訪問>=60秒，就會被換掉。 :: + + $ echo "#min-size max-size min-acc max-acc min-age max-age action" > test_scheme + $ echo "4K max 0 0 60s max pageout" >> test_scheme + $ damo schemes -c test_scheme <pid of your workload> + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6dee719a32ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst @@ -0,0 +1,592 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. include:: ../../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +:校譯: + +======== +詳細用法 +======== + +DAMON 爲不同的用戶提供了下面這些接口。 + +- *DAMON用戶空間工具。* + `這 <https://github.com/awslabs/damo>`_ 爲有這特權的人， 如系統管理員，希望有一個剛好 + 可以工作的人性化界面。 + 使用它，用戶可以以人性化的方式使用DAMON的主要功能。不過，它可能不會爲特殊情況進行高度調整。 + 它同時支持虛擬和物理地址空間的監測。更多細節，請參考它的 `使用文檔 + <https://github.com/awslabs/damo/blob/next/USAGE.md>`_。 +- *sysfs接口。* + :ref:`這 <sysfs_interface>` 是爲那些希望更高級的使用DAMON的特權用戶空間程序員準備的。 + 使用它，用戶可以通過讀取和寫入特殊的sysfs文件來使用DAMON的主要功能。因此，你可以編寫和使 + 用你個性化的DAMON sysfs包裝程序，代替你讀/寫sysfs文件。 `DAMON用戶空間工具 + <https://github.com/awslabs/damo>`_ 就是這種程序的一個例子 它同時支持虛擬和物理地址 + 空間的監測。注意，這個界面只提供簡單的監測結果 :ref:`統計 <damos_stats>`。對於詳細的監測 + 結果，DAMON提供了一個:ref:`跟蹤點 <tracepoint>`。 +- *debugfs interface.* + :ref:`這 <debugfs_interface>` 幾乎與:ref:`sysfs interface <sysfs_interface>` 接 + 口相同。這將在下一個LTS內核發佈後被移除，所以用戶應該轉移到 + :ref:`sysfs interface <sysfs_interface>`。 +- *內核空間編程接口。* + :doc:`這 </mm/damon/api>` 這是爲內核空間程序員準備的。使用它，用戶可以通過爲你編寫內 + 核空間的DAMON應用程序，最靈活有效地利用DAMON的每一個功能。你甚至可以爲各種地址空間擴展DAMON。 + 詳細情況請參考接口 :doc:`文件 </mm/damon/api>`。 + +sysfs接口 +========= +DAMON的sysfs接口是在定義 ``CONFIG_DAMON_SYSFS`` 時建立的。它在其sysfs目錄下創建多 +個目錄和文件， ``<sysfs>/kernel/mm/damon/`` 。你可以通過對該目錄下的文件進行寫入和 +讀取來控制DAMON。 + +對於一個簡短的例子，用戶可以監測一個給定工作負載的虛擬地址空間，如下所示:: + + # cd /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/ + # echo 1 > kdamonds/nr_kdamonds && echo 1 > kdamonds/0/contexts/nr_contexts + # echo vaddr > kdamonds/0/contexts/0/operations + # echo 1 > kdamonds/0/contexts/0/targets/nr_targets + # echo $(pidof <workload>) > kdamonds/0/contexts/0/targets/0/pid_target + # echo on > kdamonds/0/state + +文件層次結構 +------------ + +DAMON sysfs接口的文件層次結構如下圖所示。在下圖中，父子關係用縮進表示，每個目錄有 +``/`` 後綴，每個目錄中的文件用逗號（","）分開。 :: + + /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin + │ kdamonds/nr_kdamonds + │ │ 0/state,pid + │ │ │ contexts/nr_contexts + │ │ │ │ 0/operations + │ │ │ │ │ monitoring_attrs/ + │ │ │ │ │ │ intervals/sample_us,aggr_us,update_us + │ │ │ │ │ │ nr_regions/min,max + │ │ │ │ │ targets/nr_targets + │ │ │ │ │ │ 0/pid_target + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ regions/nr_regions + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ 0/start,end + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ ... + │ │ │ │ │ │ ... + │ │ │ │ │ schemes/nr_schemes + │ │ │ │ │ │ 0/action + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ access_pattern/ + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ sz/min,max + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ nr_accesses/min,max + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ age/min,max + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ quotas/ms,bytes,reset_interval_ms + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ weights/sz_permil,nr_accesses_permil,age_permil + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ watermarks/metric,interval_us,high,mid,low + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ stats/nr_tried,sz_tried,nr_applied,sz_applied,qt_exceeds + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ tried_regions/ + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ 0/start,end,nr_accesses,age + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ ... + │ │ │ │ │ │ ... + │ │ │ │ ... + │ │ ... + +根 +-- + +DAMON sysfs接口的根是 ``<sysfs>/kernel/mm/damon/`` ，它有一個名爲 ``admin`` 的 +目錄。該目錄包含特權用戶空間程序控制DAMON的文件。擁有根權限的用戶空間工具或deamons可以 +使用這個目錄。 + +kdamonds/ +--------- + +與監測相關的信息包括請求規格和結果被稱爲DAMON上下文。DAMON用一個叫做kdamond的內核線程 +執行每個上下文，多個kdamonds可以並行運行。 + +在 ``admin`` 目錄下，有一個目錄，即``kdamonds``，它有控制kdamonds的文件存在。在開始 +時，這個目錄只有一個文件，``nr_kdamonds``。向該文件寫入一個數字（``N``），就會創建名爲 +``0`` 到 ``N-1`` 的子目錄數量。每個目錄代表每個kdamond。 + +kdamonds/<N>/ +------------- + +在每個kdamond目錄中，存在兩個文件（``state`` 和 ``pid`` ）和一個目錄( ``contexts`` )。 + +讀取 ``state`` 時，如果kdamond當前正在運行，則返回 ``on`` ，如果沒有運行則返回 ``off`` 。 +寫入 ``on`` 或 ``off`` 使kdamond處於狀態。向 ``state`` 文件寫 ``update_schemes_stats`` ， +更新kdamond的每個基於DAMON的操作方案的統計文件的內容。關於統計信息的細節，請參考 +:ref:`stats section <sysfs_schemes_stats>`. 將 ``update_schemes_tried_regions`` 寫到 +``state`` 文件，爲kdamond的每個基於DAMON的操作方案，更新基於DAMON的操作方案動作的嘗試區域目錄。 +將`clear_schemes_tried_regions`寫入`state`文件，清除kdamond的每個基於DAMON的操作方案的動作 +嘗試區域目錄。 關於基於DAMON的操作方案動作嘗試區域目錄的細節，請參考:ref:tried_regions 部分 +<sysfs_schemes_tried_regions>`。 + +如果狀態爲 ``on``，讀取 ``pid`` 顯示kdamond線程的pid。 + +``contexts`` 目錄包含控制這個kdamond要執行的監測上下文的文件。 + +kdamonds/<N>/contexts/ +---------------------- + +在開始時，這個目錄只有一個文件，即 ``nr_contexts`` 。向該文件寫入一個數字( ``N`` )，就會創 +建名爲``0`` 到 ``N-1`` 的子目錄數量。每個目錄代表每個監測背景。目前，每個kdamond只支持 +一個上下文，所以只有 ``0`` 或 ``1`` 可以被寫入文件。 + +contexts/<N>/ +------------- + +在每個上下文目錄中，存在一個文件(``operations``)和三個目錄(``monitoring_attrs``, +``targets``, 和 ``schemes``)。 + +DAMON支持多種類型的監測操作，包括對虛擬地址空間和物理地址空間的監測。你可以通過向文件 +中寫入以下關鍵詞之一，並從文件中讀取，來設置和獲取DAMON將爲上下文使用何種類型的監測操作。 + + - vaddr: 監測特定進程的虛擬地址空間 + - paddr: 監視系統的物理地址空間 + +contexts/<N>/monitoring_attrs/ +------------------------------ + +用於指定監測屬性的文件，包括所需的監測質量和效率，都在 ``monitoring_attrs`` 目錄中。 +具體來說，這個目錄下有兩個目錄，即 ``intervals`` 和 ``nr_regions`` 。 + +在 ``intervals`` 目錄下，存在DAMON的採樣間隔(``sample_us``)、聚集間隔(``aggr_us``) +和更新間隔(``update_us``)三個文件。你可以通過寫入和讀出這些文件來設置和獲取微秒級的值。 + +在 ``nr_regions`` 目錄下，有兩個文件分別用於DAMON監測區域的下限和上限（``min`` 和 ``max`` ）， +這兩個文件控制着監測的開銷。你可以通過向這些文件的寫入和讀出來設置和獲取這些值。 + +關於間隔和監測區域範圍的更多細節，請參考設計文件 (:doc:`/mm/damon/design`)。 + +contexts/<N>/targets/ +--------------------- + +在開始時，這個目錄只有一個文件 ``nr_targets`` 。向該文件寫入一個數字(``N``)，就可以創建 +名爲 ``0`` 到 ``N-1`` 的子目錄的數量。每個目錄代表每個監測目標。 + +targets/<N>/ +------------ + +在每個目標目錄中，存在一個文件(``pid_target``)和一個目錄(``regions``)。 + +如果你把 ``vaddr`` 寫到 ``contexts/<N>/operations`` 中，每個目標應該是一個進程。你 +可以通過將進程的pid寫到 ``pid_target`` 文件中來指定DAMON的進程。 + +targets/<N>/regions +------------------- + +當使用 ``vaddr`` 監測操作集時（ ``vaddr`` 被寫入 ``contexts/<N>/operations`` 文 +件），DAMON自動設置和更新監測目標區域，這樣就可以覆蓋目標進程的整個內存映射。然而，用戶可 +能希望將初始監測區域設置爲特定的地址範圍。 + +相反，當使用 ``paddr`` 監測操作集時，DAMON不會自動設置和更新監測目標區域（ ``paddr`` +被寫入 ``contexts/<N>/operations`` 中）。因此，在這種情況下，用戶應該自己設置監測目標 +區域。 + +在這種情況下，用戶可以按照自己的意願明確設置初始監測目標區域，將適當的值寫入該目錄下的文件。 + +開始時，這個目錄只有一個文件， ``nr_regions`` 。向該文件寫入一個數字(``N``)，就可以創 +建名爲 ``0`` 到 ``N-1`` 的子目錄。每個目錄代表每個初始監測目標區域。 + +regions/<N>/ +------------ + +在每個區域目錄中，你會發現兩個文件（ ``start`` 和 ``end`` ）。你可以通過向文件寫入 +和從文件中讀出，分別設置和獲得初始監測目標區域的起始和結束地址。 + +每個區域不應該與其他區域重疊。 目錄“N”的“結束”應等於或小於目錄“N+1”的“開始”。 + +contexts/<N>/schemes/ +--------------------- + +對於一版的基於DAMON的數據訪問感知的內存管理優化，用戶通常希望系統對特定訪問模式的內存區 +域應用內存管理操作。DAMON從用戶那裏接收這種形式化的操作方案，並將這些方案應用於目標內存 +區域。用戶可以通過讀取和寫入這個目錄下的文件來獲得和設置這些方案。 + +在開始時，這個目錄只有一個文件，``nr_schemes``。向該文件寫入一個數字(``N``)，就可以 +創建名爲``0``到``N-1``的子目錄的數量。每個目錄代表每個基於DAMON的操作方案。 + +schemes/<N>/ +------------ + +在每個方案目錄中，存在五個目錄(``access_pattern``、``quotas``、``watermarks``、 +``stats`` 和 ``tried_regions``)和一個文件(``action``)。 + +``action`` 文件用於設置和獲取你想應用於具有特定訪問模式的內存區域的動作。可以寫入文件 +和從文件中讀取的關鍵詞及其含義如下。 + + - ``willneed``: 對有 ``MADV_WILLNEED`` 的區域調用 ``madvise()`` 。 + - ``cold``: 對具有 ``MADV_COLD`` 的區域調用 ``madvise()`` 。 + - ``pageout``: 爲具有 ``MADV_PAGEOUT`` 的區域調用 ``madvise()`` 。 + - ``hugepage``: 爲帶有 ``MADV_HUGEPAGE`` 的區域調用 ``madvise()`` 。 + - ``nohugepage``: 爲帶有 ``MADV_NOHUGEPAGE`` 的區域調用 ``madvise()``。 + - ``lru_prio``: 在其LRU列表上對區域進行優先排序。 + - ``lru_deprio``: 對區域的LRU列表進行降低優先處理。 + - ``stat``: 什麼都不做，只計算統計數據 + +schemes/<N>/access_pattern/ +--------------------------- + +每個基於DAMON的操作方案的目標訪問模式由三個範圍構成，包括以字節爲單位的區域大小、每個 +聚合區間的監測訪問次數和區域年齡的聚合區間數。 + +在 ``access_pattern`` 目錄下，存在三個目錄（ ``sz``, ``nr_accesses``, 和 ``age`` ）， +每個目錄有兩個文件（``min`` 和 ``max`` ）。你可以通過向 ``sz``, ``nr_accesses``, 和 +``age`` 目錄下的 ``min`` 和 ``max`` 文件分別寫入和讀取來設置和獲取給定方案的訪問模式。 + +schemes/<N>/quotas/ +------------------- + +每個 ``動作`` 的最佳 ``目標訪問模式`` 取決於工作負載，所以不容易找到。更糟糕的是，將某些動作 +的方案設置得過於激進會造成嚴重的開銷。爲了避免這種開銷，用戶可以爲每個方案限制時間和大小配額。 +具體來說，用戶可以要求DAMON儘量只使用特定的時間（``時間配額``）來應用動作，並且在給定的時間間 +隔（``重置間隔``）內，只對具有目標訪問模式的內存區域應用動作，而不使用特定數量（``大小配額``）。 + +當預計超過配額限制時，DAMON會根據 ``目標訪問模式`` 的大小、訪問頻率和年齡，對找到的內存區域 +進行優先排序。爲了進行個性化的優先排序，用戶可以爲這三個屬性設置權重。 + +在 ``quotas`` 目錄下，存在三個文件（``ms``, ``bytes``, ``reset_interval_ms``）和一個 +目錄(``weights``)，其中有三個文件(``sz_permil``, ``nr_accesses_permil``, 和 +``age_permil``)。 + +你可以設置以毫秒爲單位的 ``時間配額`` ，以字節爲單位的 ``大小配額`` ，以及以毫秒爲單位的 ``重 +置間隔`` ，分別向這三個文件寫入數值。你還可以通過向 ``weights`` 目錄下的三個文件寫入數值來設 +置大小、訪問頻率和年齡的優先權，單位爲千分之一。 + +schemes/<N>/watermarks/ +----------------------- + +爲了便於根據系統狀態激活和停用每個方案，DAMON提供了一個稱爲水位的功能。該功能接收五個值，稱爲 +``度量`` 、``間隔`` 、``高`` 、``中`` 、``低`` 。``度量值`` 是指可以測量的系統度量值，如 +自由內存比率。如果系統的度量值 ``高`` 於memoent的高值或 ``低`` 於低值，則該方案被停用。如果 +該值低於 ``中`` ，則該方案被激活。 + +在水位目錄下，存在五個文件(``metric``, ``interval_us``,``high``, ``mid``, and ``low``) +用於設置每個值。你可以通過向這些文件的寫入來分別設置和獲取這五個值。 + +可以寫入 ``metric`` 文件的關鍵詞和含義如下。 + + - none: 忽略水位 + - free_mem_rate: 系統的自由內存率（千分比）。 + +``interval`` 應以微秒爲單位寫入。 + +schemes/<N>/stats/ +------------------ + +DAMON統計每個方案被嘗試應用的區域的總數量和字節數，每個方案被成功應用的區域的兩個數字，以及 +超過配額限制的總數量。這些統計數據可用於在線分析或調整方案。 + +可以通過讀取 ``stats`` 目錄下的文件(``nr_tried``, ``sz_tried``, ``nr_applied``, +``sz_applied``, 和 ``qt_exceeds``)）分別檢索這些統計數據。這些文件不是實時更新的，所以 +你應該要求DAMON sysfs接口通過在相關的 ``kdamonds/<N>/state`` 文件中寫入一個特殊的關鍵字 +``update_schemes_stats`` 來更新統計信息的文件內容。 + +schemes/<N>/tried_regions/ +-------------------------- + +當一個特殊的關鍵字 ``update_schemes_tried_regions`` 被寫入相關的 ``kdamonds/<N>/state`` +文件時，DAMON會在這個目錄下創建從 ``0`` 開始命名的整數目錄。每個目錄包含的文件暴露了關於每個 +內存區域的詳細信息，在下一個 :ref:`聚集區間 <sysfs_monitoring_attrs>`，相應的方案的 ``動作`` +已經嘗試在這個目錄下應用。這些信息包括地址範圍、``nr_accesses`` 以及區域的 ``年齡`` 。 + +當另一個特殊的關鍵字 ``clear_schemes_tried_regions`` 被寫入相關的 ``kdamonds/<N>/state`` +文件時，這些目錄將被刪除。 + +tried_regions/<N>/ +------------------ + +在每個區域目錄中，你會發現四個文件(``start``, ``end``, ``nr_accesses``, and ``age``)。 +讀取這些文件將顯示相應的基於DAMON的操作方案 ``動作`` 試圖應用的區域的開始和結束地址、``nr_accesses`` +和 ``年齡`` 。 + +用例 +~~~~ + +下面的命令應用了一個方案：”如果一個大小爲[4KiB, 8KiB]的內存區域在[10, 20]的聚合時間間隔內 +顯示出每一個聚合時間間隔[0, 5]的訪問量，請分頁該區域。對於分頁，每秒最多隻能使用10ms，而且每 +秒分頁不能超過1GiB。在這一限制下，首先分頁出具有較長年齡的內存區域。另外，每5秒鐘檢查一次系統 +的可用內存率，當可用內存率低於50%時開始監測和分頁，但如果可用內存率大於60%，或低於30%，則停 +止監測。“ :: + + # cd <sysfs>/kernel/mm/damon/admin + # # populate directories + # echo 1 > kdamonds/nr_kdamonds; echo 1 > kdamonds/0/contexts/nr_contexts; + # echo 1 > kdamonds/0/contexts/0/schemes/nr_schemes + # cd kdamonds/0/contexts/0/schemes/0 + # # set the basic access pattern and the action + # echo 4096 > access_pattern/sz/min + # echo 8192 > access_pattern/sz/max + # echo 0 > access_pattern/nr_accesses/min + # echo 5 > access_pattern/nr_accesses/max + # echo 10 > access_pattern/age/min + # echo 20 > access_pattern/age/max + # echo pageout > action + # # set quotas + # echo 10 > quotas/ms + # echo $((1024*1024*1024)) > quotas/bytes + # echo 1000 > quotas/reset_interval_ms + # # set watermark + # echo free_mem_rate > watermarks/metric + # echo 5000000 > watermarks/interval_us + # echo 600 > watermarks/high + # echo 500 > watermarks/mid + # echo 300 > watermarks/low + +請注意，我們強烈建議使用用戶空間的工具，如 `damo <https://github.com/awslabs/damo>`_ ， +而不是像上面那樣手動讀寫文件。以上只是一個例子。 + +debugfs接口 +=========== + +.. note:: + + DAMON debugfs接口將在下一個LTS內核發佈後被移除，所以用戶應該轉移到 + :ref:`sysfs接口<sysfs_interface>`。 + +DAMON導出了八個文件, ``attrs``, ``target_ids``, ``init_regions``, +``schemes``, ``monitor_on``, ``kdamond_pid``, ``mk_contexts`` 和 +``rm_contexts`` under its debugfs directory, ``<debugfs>/damon/``. + + +屬性 +---- + +用戶可以通過讀取和寫入 ``attrs`` 文件獲得和設置 ``採樣間隔`` 、 ``聚集間隔`` 、 ``更新間隔`` +以及監測目標區域的最小/最大數量。要詳細瞭解監測屬性，請參考 `:doc:/mm/damon/design` 。例如， +下面的命令將這些值設置爲5ms、100ms、1000ms、10和1000，然後再次檢查:: + + # cd <debugfs>/damon + # echo 5000 100000 1000000 10 1000 > attrs + # cat attrs + 5000 100000 1000000 10 1000 + + +目標ID +------ + +一些類型的地址空間支持多個監測目標。例如，虛擬內存地址空間的監測可以有多個進程作爲監測目標。用戶 +可以通過寫入目標的相關id值來設置目標，並通過讀取 ``target_ids`` 文件來獲得當前目標的id。在監 +測虛擬地址空間的情況下，這些值應該是監測目標進程的pid。例如，下面的命令將pid爲42和4242的進程設 +爲監測目標，並再次檢查:: + + # cd <debugfs>/damon + # echo 42 4242 > target_ids + # cat target_ids + 42 4242 + +用戶還可以通過在文件中寫入一個特殊的關鍵字 "paddr\n" 來監測系統的物理內存地址空間。因爲物理地 +址空間監測不支持多個目標，讀取文件會顯示一個假值，即 ``42`` ，如下圖所示:: + + # cd <debugfs>/damon + # echo paddr > target_ids + # cat target_ids + 42 + +請注意，設置目標ID並不啓動監測。 + + +初始監測目標區域 +---------------- + +在虛擬地址空間監測的情況下，DAMON自動設置和更新監測的目標區域，這樣就可以覆蓋目標進程的整個 +內存映射。然而，用戶可能希望將監測區域限制在特定的地址範圍內，如堆、棧或特定的文件映射區域。 +或者，一些用戶可以知道他們工作負載的初始訪問模式，因此希望爲“自適應區域調整”設置最佳初始區域。 + +相比之下，DAMON在物理內存監測的情況下不會自動設置和更新監測目標區域。因此，用戶應該自己設置 +監測目標區域。 + +在這種情況下，用戶可以通過在 ``init_regions`` 文件中寫入適當的值，明確地設置他們想要的初 +始監測目標區域。輸入應該是一個由三個整數組成的隊列，用空格隔開，代表一個區域的形式如下:: + + <target idx> <start address> <end address> + +目標idx應該是 ``target_ids`` 文件中目標的索引，從 ``0`` 開始，區域應該按照地址順序傳遞。 +例如，下面的命令將設置幾個地址範圍， ``1-100`` 和 ``100-200`` 作爲pid 42的初始監測目標 +區域，這是 ``target_ids`` 中的第一個（索引 ``0`` ），另外幾個地址範圍， ``20-40`` 和 +``50-100`` 作爲pid 4242的地址，這是 ``target_ids`` 中的第二個（索引 ``1`` ）:: + + # cd <debugfs>/damon + # cat target_ids + 42 4242 + # echo "0 1 100 \ + 0 100 200 \ + 1 20 40 \ + 1 50 100" > init_regions + +請注意，這只是設置了初始的監測目標區域。在虛擬內存監測的情況下，DAMON會在一個 ``更新間隔`` +後自動更新區域的邊界。因此，在這種情況下，如果用戶不希望更新的話，應該把 ``更新間隔`` 設 +置得足夠大。 + + +方案 +---- + +對於通常的基於DAMON的數據訪問感知的內存管理優化，用戶只是希望系統對特定訪問模式的內存區域應用內 +存管理操作。DAMON從用戶那裏接收這種形式化的操作方案，並將這些方案應用到目標進程中。 + +用戶可以通過讀取和寫入 ``scheme`` debugfs文件來獲得和設置這些方案。讀取該文件還可以顯示每個 +方案的統計數據。在文件中，每一個方案都應該在每一行中以下列形式表示出來:: + + <target access pattern> <action> <quota> <watermarks> + +你可以通過簡單地在文件中寫入一個空字符串來禁用方案。 + +目標訪問模式 +~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +``<目標訪問模式>`` 是由三個範圍構成的，形式如下:: + + min-size max-size min-acc max-acc min-age max-age + +具體來說，區域大小的字節數（ `min-size` 和 `max-size` ），訪問頻率的每聚合區間的監測訪問次 +數（ `min-acc` 和 `max-acc` ），區域年齡的聚合區間數（ `min-age` 和 `max-age` ）都被指定。 +請注意，這些範圍是封閉區間。 + +動作 +~~~~ + +``<action>`` 是一個預定義的內存管理動作的整數，DAMON將應用於具有目標訪問模式的區域。支持 +的數字和它們的含義如下:: + + - 0: Call ``madvise()`` for the region with ``MADV_WILLNEED`` + - 1: Call ``madvise()`` for the region with ``MADV_COLD`` + - 2: Call ``madvise()`` for the region with ``MADV_PAGEOUT`` + - 3: Call ``madvise()`` for the region with ``MADV_HUGEPAGE`` + - 4: Call ``madvise()`` for the region with ``MADV_NOHUGEPAGE`` + - 5: Do nothing but count the statistics + +配額 +~~~~ + +每個 ``動作`` 的最佳 ``目標訪問模式`` 取決於工作負載，所以不容易找到。更糟糕的是，將某個 +動作的方案設置得過於激進會導致嚴重的開銷。爲了避免這種開銷，用戶可以通過下面表格中的 ``<quota>`` +來限制方案的時間和大小配額:: + + <ms> <sz> <reset interval> <priority weights> + +這使得DAMON在 ``<reset interval>`` 毫秒內，儘量只用 ``<ms>`` 毫秒的時間對 ``目標訪 +問模式`` 的內存區域應用動作，並在 ``<reset interval>`` 內只對最多<sz>字節的內存區域應 +用動作。將 ``<ms>`` 和 ``<sz>`` 都設置爲零，可以禁用配額限制。 + +當預計超過配額限制時，DAMON會根據 ``目標訪問模式`` 的大小、訪問頻率和年齡，對發現的內存 +區域進行優先排序。爲了實現個性化的優先級，用戶可以在 ``<優先級權重>`` 中設置這三個屬性的 +權重，具體形式如下:: + + <size weight> <access frequency weight> <age weight> + +水位 +~~~~ + +有些方案需要根據系統特定指標的當前值來運行，如自由內存比率。對於這種情況，用戶可以爲該條 +件指定水位。:: + + <metric> <check interval> <high mark> <middle mark> <low mark> + +``<metric>`` 是一個預定義的整數，用於要檢查的度量。支持的數字和它們的含義如下。 + + - 0: 忽視水位 + - 1: 系統空閒內存率 (千分比) + +每隔 ``<檢查間隔>`` 微秒檢查一次公制的值。 + +如果該值高於 ``<高標>`` 或低於 ``<低標>`` ，該方案被停用。如果該值低於 ``<中標>`` ， +該方案將被激活。 + +統計數據 +~~~~~~~~ + +它還統計每個方案被嘗試應用的區域的總數量和字節數，每個方案被成功應用的區域的兩個數量，以 +及超過配額限制的總數量。這些統計數據可用於在線分析或調整方案。 + +統計數據可以通過讀取方案文件來顯示。讀取該文件將顯示你在每一行中輸入的每個 ``方案`` ， +統計的五個數字將被加在每一行的末尾。 + +例子 +~~~~ + +下面的命令應用了一個方案：”如果一個大小爲[4KiB, 8KiB]的內存區域在[10, 20]的聚合時間 +間隔內顯示出每一個聚合時間間隔[0, 5]的訪問量，請分頁出該區域。對於分頁，每秒最多隻能使 +用10ms，而且每秒分頁不能超過1GiB。在這一限制下，首先分頁出具有較長年齡的內存區域。另外， +每5秒鐘檢查一次系統的可用內存率，當可用內存率低於50%時開始監測和分頁，但如果可用內存率 +大於60%，或低於30%，則停止監測“:: + + # cd <debugfs>/damon + # scheme="4096 8192 0 5 10 20 2" # target access pattern and action + # scheme+=" 10 $((1024*1024*1024)) 1000" # quotas + # scheme+=" 0 0 100" # prioritization weights + # scheme+=" 1 5000000 600 500 300" # watermarks + # echo "$scheme" > schemes + + +開關 +---- + +除非你明確地啓動監測，否則如上所述的文件設置不會產生效果。你可以通過寫入和讀取 ``monitor_on`` +文件來啓動、停止和檢查監測的當前狀態。寫入 ``on`` 該文件可以啓動對有屬性的目標的監測。寫入 +``off`` 該文件則停止這些目標。如果每個目標進程被終止，DAMON也會停止。下面的示例命令開啓、關 +閉和檢查DAMON的狀態:: + + # cd <debugfs>/damon + # echo on > monitor_on + # echo off > monitor_on + # cat monitor_on + off + +請注意，當監測開啓時，你不能寫到上述的debugfs文件。如果你在DAMON運行時寫到這些文件，將會返 +回一個錯誤代碼，如 ``-EBUSY`` 。 + + +監測線程PID +----------- + +DAMON通過一個叫做kdamond的內核線程來進行請求監測。你可以通過讀取 ``kdamond_pid`` 文件獲 +得該線程的 ``pid`` 。當監測被 ``關閉`` 時，讀取該文件不會返回任何信息:: + + # cd <debugfs>/damon + # cat monitor_on + off + # cat kdamond_pid + none + # echo on > monitor_on + # cat kdamond_pid + 18594 + + +使用多個監測線程 +---------------- + +每個監測上下文都會創建一個 ``kdamond`` 線程。你可以使用 ``mk_contexts`` 和 ``rm_contexts`` +文件爲多個 ``kdamond`` 需要的用例創建和刪除監測上下文。 + +將新上下文的名稱寫入 ``mk_contexts`` 文件，在 ``DAMON debugfs`` 目錄上創建一個該名稱的目錄。 +該目錄將有該上下文的 ``DAMON debugfs`` 文件:: + + # cd <debugfs>/damon + # ls foo + # ls: cannot access 'foo': No such file or directory + # echo foo > mk_contexts + # ls foo + # attrs init_regions kdamond_pid schemes target_ids + +如果不再需要上下文，你可以通過把上下文的名字放到 ``rm_contexts`` 文件中來刪除它和相應的目錄:: + + # echo foo > rm_contexts + # ls foo + # ls: cannot access 'foo': No such file or directory + +注意， ``mk_contexts`` 、 ``rm_contexts`` 和 ``monitor_on`` 文件只在根目錄下。 + + +監測結果的監測點 +================ + +DAMON通過一個tracepoint ``damon:damon_aggregated`` 提供監測結果. 當監測開啓時，你可 +以記錄追蹤點事件，並使用追蹤點支持工具如perf顯示結果。比如說:: + + # echo on > monitor_on + # perf record -e damon:damon_aggregated & + # sleep 5 + # kill 9 $(pidof perf) + # echo off > monitor_on + # perf script + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0b04d925b68c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/admin-guide/mm/index.rst + +:翻譯: + + 徐鑫 xu xin <xu.xin16@zte.com.cn> + + +======== +內存管理 +======== + +Linux內存管理子系統，顧名思義，是負責系統中的內存管理。它包括了虛擬內存與請求 +分頁的實現，內核內部結構和用戶空間程序的內存分配、將文件映射到進程地址空間以 +及許多其他很酷的事情。 + +Linux內存管理是一個具有許多可配置設置的複雜系統, 且這些設置中的大多數都可以通 +過 ``/proc`` 文件系統獲得，並且可以使用 ``sysctl`` 進行查詢和調整。這些API接 +口被描述在Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst文件和 `man 5 proc`_ 中。 + +.. _man 5 proc: http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/proc.5.html + +Linux內存管理有它自己的術語，如果你還不熟悉它，請考慮閱讀下面參考： +Documentation/admin-guide/mm/concepts.rst. + +在此目錄下，我們詳細描述瞭如何與Linux內存管理中的各種機制交互。 + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + damon/index + ksm + +Todolist: +* concepts +* cma_debugfs +* hugetlbpage +* idle_page_tracking +* memory-hotplug +* nommu-mmap +* numa_memory_policy +* numaperf +* pagemap +* soft-dirty +* swap_numa +* transhuge +* userfaultfd +* zswap + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1b4944b3cf61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst + +:翻譯: + + 徐鑫 xu xin <xu.xin16@zte.com.cn> + + +============ +內核同頁合併 +============ + + +概述 +==== + +KSM是一種能節省內存的數據去重功能，由CONFIG_KSM=y啓用，並在2.6.32版本時被添 +加到Linux內核。詳見 ``mm/ksm.c`` 的實現，以及http://lwn.net/Articles/306704 +和https://lwn.net/Articles/330589 + +KSM最初目的是爲了與KVM（即著名的內核共享內存）一起使用而開發的，通過共享虛擬機 +之間的公共數據，將更多虛擬機放入物理內存。但它對於任何會生成多個相同數據實例的 +應用程序都是很有用的。 + +KSM的守護進程ksmd會定期掃描那些已註冊的用戶內存區域，查找內容相同的頁面，這些 +頁面可以被單個寫保護頁面替換（如果進程以後想要更新其內容，將自動複製）。使用： +引用:`sysfs intraface <ksm_sysfs>` 接口來配置KSM守護程序在單個過程中所掃描的頁 +數以及兩個過程之間的間隔時間。 + +KSM只合並匿名（私有）頁面，從不合並頁緩存（文件）頁面。KSM的合併頁面最初只能被 +鎖定在內核內存中，但現在可以就像其他用戶頁面一樣被換出（但當它們被交換回來時共 +享會被破壞: ksmd必須重新發現它們的身份並再次合併）。 + +以madvise控制KSM +================ + +KSM僅在特定的地址空間區域時運行，即應用程序通過使用如下所示的madvise(2)系統調 +用來請求某塊地址成爲可能的合併候選者的地址空間:: + + int madvise(addr, length, MADV_MERGEABLE) + +應用程序當然也可以通過調用:: + + int madvise(addr, length, MADV_UNMERGEABLE) + +來取消該請求，並恢復爲非共享頁面：此時KSM將去除合併在該範圍內的任何合併頁。注意： +這個去除合併的調用可能突然需要的內存量超過實際可用的內存量-那麼可能會出現EAGAIN +失敗，但更可能會喚醒OOM killer。 + +如果KSM未被配置到正在運行的內核中，則madvise MADV_MERGEABLE 和 MADV_UNMERGEABLE +的調用只會以EINVAL 失敗。如果正在運行的內核是用CONFIG_KSM=y方式構建的，那麼這些 +調用通常會成功：即使KSM守護程序當前沒有運行，MADV_MERGEABLE 仍然會在KSM守護程序 +啓動時註冊範圍，即使該範圍不能包含KSM實際可以合併的任何頁面，即使MADV_UNMERGEABLE +應用於從未標記爲MADV_MERGEABLE的範圍。 + +如果一塊內存區域必須被拆分爲至少一個新的MADV_MERGEABLE區域或MADV_UNMERGEABLE區域， +當該進程將超過 ``vm.max_map_count`` 的設定，則madvise可能返回ENOMEM。（請參閱文檔 +Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst）。 + +與其他madvise調用一樣，它們在用戶地址空間的映射區域上使用：如果指定的範圍包含未 +映射的間隙（儘管在中間的映射區域工作），它們將報告ENOMEM，如果沒有足夠的內存用於 +內部結構，則可能會因EAGAIN而失敗。 + +KSM守護進程sysfs接口 +==================== + +KSM守護進程可以由``/sys/kernel/mm/ksm/`` 中的sysfs文件控制，所有人都可以讀取，但 +只能由root用戶寫入。各接口解釋如下： + + +pages_to_scan + ksmd進程進入睡眠前要掃描的頁數。 + 例如， ``echo 100 > /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_to_scan`` + + 默認值：100（該值被選擇用於演示目的） + +sleep_millisecs + ksmd在下次掃描前應休眠多少毫秒 + 例如， ``echo 20 > /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/sleep_millisecs`` + + 默認值：20（該值被選擇用於演示目的） + +merge_across_nodes + 指定是否可以合併來自不同NUMA節點的頁面。當設置爲0時，ksm僅合併在物理上位 + 於同一NUMA節點的內存區域中的頁面。這降低了訪問共享頁面的延遲。在有明顯的 + NUMA距離上，具有更多節點的系統可能受益於設置該值爲0時的更低延遲。而對於 + 需要對內存使用量最小化的較小系統來說，設置該值爲1（默認設置）則可能會受 + 益於更大共享頁面。在決定使用哪種設置之前，您可能希望比較系統在每種設置下 + 的性能。 ``merge_across_nodes`` 僅當系統中沒有ksm共享頁面時，才能被更改設 + 置：首先將接口`run` 設置爲2從而對頁進行去合併，然後在修改 + ``merge_across_nodes`` 後再將‘run’又設置爲1，以根據新設置來重新合併。 + + 默認值：1（如早期的發佈版本一樣合併跨站點） + +run + * 設置爲0可停止ksmd運行，但保留合併頁面， + * 設置爲1可運行ksmd，例如， ``echo 1 > /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/run`` ， + * 設置爲2可停止ksmd運行，並且對所有目前已合併的頁進行去合併，但保留可合併 + 區域以供下次運行。 + + 默認值：0（必須設置爲1才能激活KSM，除非禁用了CONFIG_SYSFS） + +use_zero_pages + 指定是否應當特殊處理空頁（即那些僅含zero的已分配頁）。當該值設置爲1時， + 空頁與內核零頁合併，而不是像通常情況下那樣空頁自身彼此合併。這可以根據 + 工作負載的不同，在具有着色零頁的架構上可以提高性能。啓用此設置時應小心， + 因爲它可能會降低某些工作負載的KSM性能，比如，當待合併的候選頁面的校驗和 + 與空頁面的校驗和恰好匹配的時候。此設置可隨時更改，僅對那些更改後再合併 + 的頁面有效。 + + 默認值：0（如同早期版本的KSM正常表現） + +max_page_sharing + 單個KSM頁面允許的最大共享站點數。這將強制執行重複數據消除限制，以避免涉 + 及遍歷共享KSM頁面的虛擬映射的虛擬內存操作的高延遲。最小值爲2，因爲新創 + 建的KSM頁面將至少有兩個共享者。該值越高，KSM合併內存的速度越快，去重 + 因子也越高，但是對於任何給定的KSM頁面，虛擬映射的最壞情況遍歷的速度也會 + 越慢。減慢了這種遍歷速度就意味着在交換、壓縮、NUMA平衡和頁面遷移期間， + 某些虛擬內存操作將有更高的延遲，從而降低這些虛擬內存操作調用者的響應能力。 + 其他任務如果不涉及執行虛擬映射遍歷的VM操作，其任務調度延遲不受此參數的影 + 響，因爲這些遍歷本身是調度友好的。 + +stable_node_chains_prune_millisecs + 指定KSM檢查特定頁面的元數據的頻率（即那些達到過時信息數據去重限制標準的 + 頁面）單位是毫秒。較小的毫秒值將以更低的延遲來釋放KSM元數據，但它們將使 + ksmd在掃描期間使用更多CPU。如果還沒有一個KSM頁面達到 ``max_page_sharing`` + 標準，那就沒有什麼用。 + +KSM與MADV_MERGEABLE的工作有效性體現於 ``/sys/kernel/mm/ksm/`` 路徑下的接口： + +pages_shared + 表示多少共享頁正在被使用 +pages_sharing + 表示還有多少站點正在共享這些共享頁，即節省了多少 +pages_unshared + 表示有多少頁是唯一的，但被反覆檢查以進行合併 +pages_volatile + 表示有多少頁因變化太快而無法放在tree中 +full_scans + 表示所有可合併區域已掃描多少次 +stable_node_chains + 達到 ``max_page_sharing`` 限制的KSM頁數 +stable_node_dups + 重複的KSM頁數 + +比值 ``pages_sharing/pages_shared`` 的最大值受限制於 ``max_page_sharing`` +的設定。要想增加該比值，則相應地要增加 ``max_page_sharing`` 的值。 + +監測KSM的收益 +============= + +KSM可以通過合併相同的頁面來節省內存，但也會消耗額外的內存，因爲它需要生成一些rmap_items +來保存每個掃描頁面的簡要rmap信息。其中有些頁面可能會被合併，但有些頁面在被檢查幾次 +後可能無法被合併，這些都是無益的內存消耗。 + +1) 如何確定KSM在全系統範圍內是節省內存還是消耗內存？這裏有一個簡單的近似計算方法供參考:: + + general_profit =~ pages_sharing * sizeof(page) - (all_rmap_items) * + sizeof(rmap_item); + + 其中all_rmap_items可以通過對 ``pages_sharing`` 、 ``pages_shared`` 、 ``pages_unshared`` + 和 ``pages_volatile`` 的求和而輕鬆獲得。 + +2) 單一進程中KSM的收益也可以通過以下近似的計算得到:: + + process_profit =~ ksm_merging_pages * sizeof(page) - + ksm_rmap_items * sizeof(rmap_item). + + 其中ksm_merging_pages顯示在 ``/proc/<pid>/`` 目錄下，而ksm_rmap_items + 顯示在 ``/proc/<pid>/ksm_stat`` 。 + +從應用的角度來看， ``ksm_rmap_items`` 和 ``ksm_merging_pages`` 的高比例意 +味着不好的madvise-applied策略，所以開發者或管理員必須重新考慮如何改變madvis策 +略。舉個例子供參考，一個頁面的大小通常是4K，而rmap_item的大小在32位CPU架構上分 +別是32B，在64位CPU架構上是64B。所以如果 ``ksm_rmap_items/ksm_merging_pages`` +的比例在64位CPU上超過64，或者在32位CPU上超過128，那麼應用程序的madvise策略應 +該被放棄，因爲ksm收益大約爲零或負值。 + +監控KSM事件 +=========== + +在/proc/vmstat中有一些計數器，可以用來監控KSM事件。KSM可能有助於節省內存，這是 +一種權衡，因爲它可能會在KSM COW或複製中的交換上遭受延遲。這些事件可以幫助用戶評估 +是否或如何使用KSM。例如，如果cow_ksm增加得太快，用戶可以減少madvise(, , MADV_MERGEABLE) +的範圍。 + +cow_ksm + 在每次KSM頁面觸發寫時拷貝（COW）時都會被遞增，當用戶試圖寫入KSM頁面時， + 我們必須做一個拷貝。 + +ksm_swpin_copy + 在換入時，每次KSM頁被複制時都會被遞增。請注意，KSM頁在換入時可能會被複 + 制，因爲do_swap_page()不能做所有的鎖，而需要重組一個跨anon_vma的KSM頁。 + +-- +Izik Eidus, +Hugh Dickins, 2009年11月17日。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst index ea51342879c0..fe5a5a07d51a 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst @@ -1,13 +1,6 @@ .. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR CC-BY-4.0) -.. - If you want to distribute this text under CC-BY-4.0 only, please use 'The - Linux kernel developers' for author attribution and link this as source: - https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/plain/Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst -.. - Note: Only the content of this RST file as found in the Linux kernel sources - is available under CC-BY-4.0, as versions of this text that were processed - (for example by the kernel's build system) might contain content taken from - files which use a more restrictive license. +.. See the bottom of this file for additional redistribution information. + .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst @@ -26,14 +19,16 @@ 簡明指南（亦即 太長不看） ========================== -您面臨的是否爲同系列穩定版或長期支持內核的普通內核的回歸？是否仍然受支持？ +您面臨的是否爲同系列穩定版或長期支持內核的普通內核的迴歸？是否仍然受支持？ 請搜索 `LKML內核郵件列表 <https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/>`_ 和 `Linux穩定版郵件列表 <https://lore.kernel.org/stable/>`_ 存檔中匹配的報告並 加入討論。如果找不到匹配的報告，請安裝該系列的最新版本。如果它仍然出現問題， -報告給穩定版郵件列表（stable@vger.kernel.org）。 +請報告給穩定版郵件列表（stable@vger.kernel.org）並抄送回歸郵件列表 +（regressions@lists.linux.dev）；理想情況下，還可以抄送維護者和相關子系統的 +郵件列表。 在所有其他情況下，請儘可能猜測是哪個內核部分導致了問題。查看MAINTAINERS文件， -了解開發人員希望如何得知問題，大多數情況下，報告問題都是通過電子郵件和抄送 +瞭解開發人員希望如何得知問題，大多數情況下，報告問題都是通過電子郵件和抄送 相關郵件列表進行的。檢查報告目的地的存檔中是否已有匹配的報告；也請搜索 `LKML <https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/>`_ 和網絡。如果找不到可加入的討論，請 安裝 `最新的主線內核 <https://kernel.org/>`_ 。如果仍存在問題，請發送報告。 @@ -45,21 +40,22 @@ **通用提醒** ：當安裝和測試上述內核時，請確保它是普通的（即：沒有補丁，也沒 有使用附加模塊）。還要確保它是在一個正常的環境中構建和運行，並且在問題發生 -之前沒有被汙染（tainted）。 +之前沒有被污染（tainted）。 -在編寫報告時，要涵蓋與問題相關的所有信息，如使用的內核和發行版。在碰見回歸時， -嘗試給出引入它的更改的提交ID，二分可以找到它。如果您同時面臨Linux內核的多個 -問題，請分別報告每個問題。 +當你同時面臨Linux內核的多個問題時，請分別報告。在編寫報告時，要涵蓋與問題 +相關的所有信息，如使用的內核和發行版。如果碰見迴歸，請把報告抄送回歸郵件列表 +（regressions@lists.linux.dev）。也請試試用二分法找出源頭；如果成功找到，請 +在報告中寫上它的提交ID並抄送sign-off-by鏈中的所有人。 一旦報告發出，請回答任何出現的問題，並儘可能地提供幫助。這包括通過不時重新 -測試新版本並發送狀態更新來推動進展。 +測試新版本併發送狀態更新來推動進展。 如何向內核維護人員報告問題的逐步指南 ===================================== -上面的簡明指南概述了如何向Linux內核開發人員報告問題。對於已經熟悉向自由和開 -源軟體（FLOSS）項目報告問題的人來說，這可能是他們所需要的全部內容。對於其他 +上面的簡明指南概述瞭如何向Linux內核開發人員報告問題。對於已經熟悉向自由和開 +源軟件（FLOSS）項目報告問題的人來說，這可能是他們所需要的全部內容。對於其他 人，本部分更爲詳細，並一步一步地描述。爲了便於閱讀，它仍然儘量簡潔，並省略 了許多細節；這些在逐步指南後的參考章節中進行了描述，該章節更詳細地解釋了每 個步驟。 @@ -68,16 +64,16 @@ 儘早意識到看起來像Linux內核毛病的問題可能實際上是由其他原因引起的。這些步驟 可以確保你最終不會覺得在這一過程中投入的時間是浪費： - * 您是否面臨硬體或軟體供應商提供的Linux內核的問題？那麼基本上您最好停止閱讀 + * 您是否面臨硬件或軟件供應商提供的Linux內核的問題？那麼基本上您最好停止閱讀 本文檔，轉而向您的供應商報告問題，除非您願意自己安裝最新的Linux版本。尋找 和解決問題往往需要後者。 - * 使用您喜愛的網絡搜尋引擎對現有報告進行粗略搜索；此外，請檢查 + * 使用您喜愛的網絡搜索引擎對現有報告進行粗略搜索；此外，請檢查 `Linux內核郵件列表（LKML） <https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/>`_ 的存檔。如果 找到匹配的報告，請加入討論而不是發送新報告。 - * 看看你正在處理的問題是否爲回歸問題、安全問題或非常嚴重的問題：這些都是需 - 要在接下來的一些步驟中特別處理的「高優先級問題」。 + * 看看你正在處理的問題是否爲迴歸問題、安全問題或非常嚴重的問題：這些都是需 + 要在接下來的一些步驟中特別處理的“高優先級問題”。 * 確保不是內核環境導致了您面臨的問題。 @@ -86,15 +82,15 @@ * 確保您的系統不會通過動態構建額外的內核模塊來增強其內核，像DKMS這樣的解決 方案可能在您不知情的情況下就在本地進行了這樣的工作。 - * 當問題發生時，檢查您的內核是否被「汙染」，因爲使內核設置這個標誌的事件可能 + * 當問題發生時，檢查您的內核是否被“污染”，因爲使內核設置這個標誌的事件可能 會導致您面臨的問題。 * 粗略地寫下如何重現這個問題。如果您同時處理多個問題，請爲每個問題單獨寫注 釋，並確保它們在新啓動的系統上獨立出現。這是必要的，因爲每個問題都需要分 別報告給內核開發人員，除非它們嚴重糾纏在一起。 - * 如果您正面臨穩定版或長期支持版本線的回歸（例如從5.10.4更新到5.10.5時出現 - 故障），請查看後文「報告穩定版和長期支持內核線的回歸」小節。 + * 如果您正面臨穩定版或長期支持版本線的迴歸（例如從5.10.4更新到5.10.5時出現 + 故障），請查看後文“報告穩定版和長期支持內核線的迴歸”小節。 * 定位可能引起問題的驅動程序或內核子系統。找出其開發人員期望的報告的方式和 位置。注意：大多數情況下不會是 bugzilla.kernel.org，因爲問題通常需要通 @@ -105,61 +101,62 @@ 在完成這些準備之後，你將進入主要部分： - * 除非您已經在運行最新的「主線」Linux內核，否則最好在報告流程前安裝它。在某些 - 情況下，使用最新的「穩定版」Linux進行測試和報告也是可以接受的替代方案；在 + * 除非您已經在運行最新的“主線”Linux內核，否則最好在報告流程前安裝它。在某些 + 情況下，使用最新的“穩定版”Linux進行測試和報告也是可以接受的替代方案；在 合併窗口期間，這實際上可能是最好的方法，但在開發階段最好還是暫停幾天。無論 - 你選擇什麼版本，最好使用「普通」構建。忽略這些建議會大大增加您的報告被拒絕 + 你選擇什麼版本，最好使用“普通”構建。忽略這些建議會大大增加您的報告被拒絕 或忽略的風險。 - * 確保您剛剛安裝的內核在運行時不會「汙染」自己。 + * 確保您剛剛安裝的內核在運行時不會“污染”自己。 * 在您剛剛安裝的內核中復現這個問題。如果它沒有出現，請查看下方只發生在 穩定版和長期支持內核的問題的說明。 - * 優化你的筆記：試著找到並寫出最直接的復現問題的方法。確保最終結果包含所有 + * 優化你的筆記：試着找到並寫出最直接的復現問題的方法。確保最終結果包含所有 重要的細節，同時讓第一次聽說的人容易閱讀和理解。如果您在此過程中學到了一 些東西，請考慮再次搜索關於該問題的現有報告。 - * 如果失敗涉及「panic」、「Oops」、「warning」或「BUG」，請考慮解碼內核日誌以查找觸 + * 如果失敗涉及“panic”、“Oops”、“warning”或“BUG”，請考慮解碼內核日誌以查找觸 發錯誤的代碼行。 - * 如果您的問題是回歸問題，請儘可能縮小引入問題時的範圍。 + * 如果您的問題是迴歸問題，請儘可能縮小引入問題時的範圍。 * 通過詳細描述問題來開始編寫報告。記得包括以下條目：您爲復現而安裝的最新內 核版本、使用的Linux發行版以及關於如何復現該問題的說明。如果可能，將內核 - 構建配置（.config）和 ``dmesg`` 的輸出放在網上的某個地方，並連結到它。包 + 構建配置（.config）和 ``dmesg`` 的輸出放在網上的某個地方，並鏈接到它。包 含或上傳所有其他可能相關的信息，如Oops的輸出/截圖或來自 ``lspci`` 的輸出 。一旦你寫完了這個主要部分，請在上方插入一個正常長度的段落快速概述問題和 影響。再在此之上添加一個簡單描述問題的句子，以得到人們的閱讀。現在給出一 個更短的描述性標題或主題。然後就可以像MAINTAINERS文件告訴你的那樣發送或 - 提交報告了，除非你在處理一個「高優先級問題」：它們需要按照下面「高優先級問 - 題的特殊處理」所述特別關照。 + 提交報告了，除非你在處理一個“高優先級問題”：它們需要按照下面“高優先級問 + 題的特殊處理”所述特別關照。 * 等待別人的反應，繼續推進事情，直到你能夠接受這樣或那樣的結果。因此，請公 開和及時地回應任何詢問。測試提出的修復。積極地測試：至少重新測試每個新主 線版本的首個候選版本（RC），並報告你的結果。如果出現拖延，就友好地提醒一 - 下。如果你沒有得到任何幫助或者未能滿意，請試著自己幫助自己。 + 下。如果你沒有得到任何幫助或者未能滿意，請試着自己幫助自己。 -報告穩定版和長期支持內核線的回歸 +報告穩定版和長期支持內核線的迴歸 ---------------------------------- -如果您發現了穩定版或長期支持內核版本線中的回歸問題並按上述流程跳到這裡，那麼 +如果您發現了穩定版或長期支持內核版本線中的迴歸問題並按上述流程跳到這裏，那麼 請閱讀本小節。即例如您在從5.10.4更新到5.10.5時出現了問題（從5.9.15到5.10.5則 -不是）。開發人員希望儘快修復此類回歸，因此有一個簡化流程來報告它們： +不是）。開發人員希望儘快修復此類迴歸，因此有一個簡化流程來報告它們： * 檢查內核開發人員是否仍然維護你關心的Linux內核版本線：去 `kernel.org 的首頁 - <https://kernel.org/>`_ ，確保此特定版本線的最新版沒有「[EOL]」標記。 + <https://kernel.org/>`_ ，確保此特定版本線的最新版沒有“[EOL]”標記。 * 檢查 `Linux穩定版郵件列表 <https://lore.kernel.org/stable/>`_ 中的現有報告。 - * 從特定的版本線安裝最新版本作爲純淨內核。確保這個內核沒有被汙染，並且仍然 - 存在問題，因爲問題可能已經在那裡被修復了。如果您第一次發現供應商內核的問題， + * 從特定的版本線安裝最新版本作爲純淨內核。確保這個內核沒有被污染，並且仍然 + 存在問題，因爲問題可能已經在那裏被修復了。如果您第一次發現供應商內核的問題， 請檢查已知最新版本的普通構建是否可以正常運行。 - * 向Linux穩定版郵件列表發送一個簡短的問題報告(stable@vger.kernel.org)。大致 - 描述問題，並解釋如何復現。講清楚首個出現問題的版本和最後一個工作正常的版本。 - 然後等待進一步的指示。 + * 向Linux穩定版郵件列表發送一個簡短的問題報告（stable@vger.kernel.org）並抄送 + Linux迴歸郵件列表（regressions@lists.linux.dev）；如果你懷疑是由某子系統 + 引起的，請抄送其維護人員和子系統郵件列表。大致描述問題，並解釋如何復現。 + 講清楚首個出現問題的版本和最後一個工作正常的版本。然後等待進一步的指示。 下面的參考章節部分詳細解釋了這些步驟中的每一步。 @@ -167,14 +164,14 @@ 報告只發生在較舊內核版本線的問題 ---------------------------------- -若您嘗試了上述的最新主線內核，但未能在那裡復現問題，那麼本小節適用於您；以下 +若您嘗試了上述的最新主線內核，但未能在那裏復現問題，那麼本小節適用於您；以下 流程有助於使問題在仍然支持的穩定版或長期支持版本線，或者定期基於最新穩定版或 長期支持內核的供應商內核中得到修復。如果是這種情況，請執行以下步驟： * 請做好準備，接下來的幾個步驟可能無法在舊版本中解決問題：修復可能太大或太 - 冒險，無法移植到那裡。 + 冒險，無法移植到那裏。 - * 執行前節「報告穩定版和長期支持內核線的回歸」中的前三個步驟。 + * 執行前節“報告穩定版和長期支持內核線的迴歸”中的前三個步驟。 * 在Linux內核版本控制系統中搜索修復主線問題的更改，因爲它的提交消息可能會 告訴你修復是否已經計劃好了支持。如果你沒有找到，搜索適當的郵件列表，尋找 @@ -219,14 +216,14 @@ 確保您使用的是上游Linux內核 ---------------------------- - *您是否面臨硬體或軟體供應商提供的Linux內核的問題？那麼基本上您最好停止閱 + *您是否面臨硬件或軟件供應商提供的Linux內核的問題？那麼基本上您最好停止閱 讀本文檔，轉而向您的供應商報告問題，除非您願意自己安裝最新的Linux版本。 尋找和解決問題往往需要後者。* -與大多數程式設計師一樣，Linux內核開發人員不喜歡花時間處理他們維護的原始碼中根本 -不會發生的問題的報告。這只會浪費每個人的時間，尤其是你的時間。不幸的是，當 +與大多數程序員一樣，Linux內核開發人員不喜歡花時間處理他們維護的源代碼中根本 +不會發生的問題的報告。這隻會浪費每個人的時間，尤其是你的時間。不幸的是，當 涉及到內核時，這樣的情況很容易發生，並且常常導致雙方氣餒。這是因爲幾乎所有預 -裝在設備（台式機、筆記本電腦、智慧型手機、路由器等）上的Linux內核，以及大多數 +裝在設備（臺式機、筆記本電腦、智能手機、路由器等）上的Linux內核，以及大多數 由Linux發行商提供的內核，都與由kernel.org發行的官方Linux內核相距甚遠：從Linux 開發的角度來看，這些供應商提供的內核通常是古老的或者經過了大量修改，通常兩點 兼具。 @@ -235,19 +232,19 @@ 可能已經由Linux內核開發人員在數月或數年前修復；此外，供應商的修改和增強可能 會導致您面臨的問題，即使它們看起來很小或者完全不相關。這就是爲什麼您應該向 供應商報告這些內核的問題。它的開發者應該查看報告，如果它是一個上游問題，直接 -於上游修復或將報告轉發到那裡。在實踐中，這有時行不通。因此，您可能需要考慮 +於上游修復或將報告轉發到那裏。在實踐中，這有時行不通。因此，您可能需要考慮 通過自己安裝最新的Linux內核內核來繞過供應商。如果如果您選擇此方法，那麼本指 南後面的步驟將解釋如何在排除了其他可能導致您的問題的原因後執行此操作。 -注意前段使用的詞語是「大多數」，因爲有時候開發人員實際上願意處理供應商內核出現 +注意前段使用的詞語是“大多數”，因爲有時候開發人員實際上願意處理供應商內核出現 的問題報告。他們是否這麼做很大程度上取決於開發人員和相關問題。如果發行版只 根據最近的Linux版本對內核進行了較小修改，那麼機會就比較大；例如對於Debian GNU/Linux Sid或Fedora Rawhide所提供的主線內核。一些開發人員還將接受基於最新 穩定內核的發行版內核問題報告，只要它改動不大；例如Arch Linux、常規Fedora版本 和openSUSE Turboweed。但是請記住，您最好使用主線Linux，並避免在此流程中使用 -穩定版內核，如「安裝一個新的內核進行測試」一節中所詳述。 +穩定版內核，如“安裝一個新的內核進行測試”一節中所詳述。 -當然，您可以忽略所有這些建議，並向上游Linux開發人員報告舊的或經過大量修改的 +當然，您可以忽略所有這些建議，並向上遊Linux開發人員報告舊的或經過大量修改的 供應商內核的問題。但是注意，這樣的報告經常被拒絕或忽視，所以自行小心考慮一下。 不過這還是比根本不報告問題要好：有時候這樣的報告會直接或間接地幫助解決之後的 問題。 @@ -256,64 +253,61 @@ GNU/Linux Sid或Fedora Rawhide所提供的主線內核。一些開發人員還 搜索現有報告（第一部分） ------------------------- - *使用您喜愛的網絡搜尋引擎對現有報告進行粗略搜索；此外，請檢查Linux內核 + *使用您喜愛的網絡搜索引擎對現有報告進行粗略搜索；此外，請檢查Linux內核 郵件列表（LKML）的存檔。如果找到匹配的報告，請加入討論而不是發送新報告。* 報告一個別人已經提出的問題，對每個人來說都是浪費時間，尤其是作爲報告人的你。 所以徹底檢查是否有人已經報告了這個問題，這對你自己是有利的。在流程中的這一步， -可以只執行一個粗略的搜索：一旦您知道您的問題需要報告到哪裡，稍後的步驟將告訴 +可以只執行一個粗略的搜索：一旦您知道您的問題需要報告到哪裏，稍後的步驟將告訴 您如何詳細搜索。儘管如此，不要倉促完成這一步，它可以節省您的時間和減少麻煩。 -只需先用你最喜歡的搜尋引擎在網際網路上搜索。然後再搜索Linux內核郵件列表（LKML） +只需先用你最喜歡的搜索引擎在互聯網上搜索。然後再搜索Linux內核郵件列表（LKML） 存檔。 -如果搜索結果實在太多，可以考慮讓你的搜尋引擎將搜索時間範圍限制在過去的一個 -月或一年。而且無論你在哪裡搜索，一定要用恰當的搜索關鍵詞；也要變化幾次關鍵 -詞。同時，試著從別人的角度看問題：這將幫助你想出其他的關鍵詞。另外，一定不 +如果搜索結果實在太多，可以考慮讓你的搜索引擎將搜索時間範圍限制在過去的一個 +月或一年。而且無論你在哪裏搜索，一定要用恰當的搜索關鍵詞；也要變化幾次關鍵 +詞。同時，試着從別人的角度看問題：這將幫助你想出其他的關鍵詞。另外，一定不 要同時使用過多的關鍵詞。記住搜索時要同時嘗試包含和不包含內核驅動程序的名稱 -或受影響的硬體組件的名稱等信息。但其確切的品牌名稱（比如說「華碩紅魔 Radeon -RX 5700 XT Gaming OC」）往往幫助不大，因爲它太具體了。相反，嘗試搜索術語，如 -型號（Radeon 5700 或 Radeon 5000）和核心代號（「Navi」或「Navi10」），以及包含 -和不包含其製造商（「AMD」）。 +或受影響的硬件組件的名稱等信息。但其確切的品牌名稱（比如說“華碩紅魔 Radeon +RX 5700 XT Gaming OC”）往往幫助不大，因爲它太具體了。相反，嘗試搜索術語，如 +型號（Radeon 5700 或 Radeon 5000）和核心代號（“Navi”或“Navi10”），以及包含 +和不包含其製造商（“AMD”）。 如果你發現了關於你的問題的現有報告，請加入討論，因爲你可能會提供有價值的額 外信息。這一點很重要，即使是在修復程序已經準備好或處於最後階段，因爲開發人 -員可能會尋找能夠提供額外信息或測試建議修復程序的人。跳到「發布報告後的責任」 -一節，了解有關如何正確參與的細節。 +員可能會尋找能夠提供額外信息或測試建議修復程序的人。跳到“發佈報告後的責任” +一節，瞭解有關如何正確參與的細節。 注意，搜索 `bugzilla.kernel.org <https://bugzilla.kernel.org/>`_ 網站可能 也是一個好主意，因爲這可能會提供有價值的見解或找到匹配的報告。如果您發現後者， -請記住：大多數子系統都希望在不同的位置報告，如下面「你需要將問題報告到何處」 +請記住：大多數子系統都希望在不同的位置報告，如下面“你需要將問題報告到何處” 一節中所述。因此本應處理這個問題的開發人員甚至可能不知道bugzilla的工單。所以 請檢查工單中的問題是否已經按照本文檔所述得到報告，如果沒有，請考慮這樣做。 高優先級的問題？ ----------------- - *看看你正在處理的問題是否是回歸問題、安全問題或非常嚴重的問題：這些都是 - 需要在接下來的一些步驟中特別處理的「高優先級問題」。* + *看看你正在處理的問題是否是迴歸問題、安全問題或非常嚴重的問題：這些都是 + 需要在接下來的一些步驟中特別處理的“高優先級問題”。* Linus Torvalds和主要的Linux內核開發人員希望看到一些問題儘快得到解決，因此在 -報告過程中有一些「高優先級問題」的處理略有不同。有三種情況符合條件:回歸、安全 +報告過程中有一些“高優先級問題”的處理略有不同。有三種情況符合條件:迴歸、安全 問題和非常嚴重的問題。 -如果在舊版本的Linux內核中工作的東西不能在新版本的Linux內核中工作，或者某種 -程度上在新版本的Linux內核中工作得更差，那麼你就需要處理「回歸」。因此，當一個 -在Linux 5.7中表現良好的WiFi驅動程序在5.8中表現不佳或根本不能工作時，這是一 -種回歸。如果應用程式在新的內核中出現不穩定的現象，這也是一種回歸，這可能是 -由於內核和用戶空間之間的接口（如procfs和sysfs）發生不兼容的更改造成的。顯著 -的性能降低或功耗增加也可以稱爲回歸。但是請記住:新內核需要使用與舊內核相似的 -配置來構建（參見下面如何實現這一點）。這是因爲內核開發人員在實現新特性時有 -時無法避免不兼容性；但是爲了避免回歸，這些特性必須在構建配置期間顯式地啓用。 +如果某個應用程序或實際用例在原先的Linux內核上運行良好，但在使用類似配置編譯的 +較新版本上效果更差、或者根本不能用，那麼你就需要處理迴歸問題。 +Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-regressions.rst 對此進行了更詳細的解釋。 +它還提供了很多你可能想知道的關於迴歸的其他信息；例如，它解釋瞭如何將您的問題 +添加到迴歸跟蹤列表中，以確保它不會被忽略。 什麼是安全問題留給您自己判斷。在繼續之前，請考慮閱讀 -「Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst」， -因爲它提供了如何最恰當地處理安全問題的額外細節。 +Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst ， +因爲它提供瞭如何最恰當地處理安全問題的額外細節。 -當發生了完全無法接受的糟糕事情時，此問題就是一個「非常嚴重的問題」。例如， -Linux內核破壞了它處理的數據或損壞了它運行的硬體。當內核突然顯示錯誤消息 -（「kernel panic」）並停止工作，或者根本沒有任何停止信息時，您也在處理一個嚴重 -的問題。注意：不要混淆「panic」（內核停止自身的致命錯誤）和「Oops」（可恢復錯誤）， +當發生了完全無法接受的糟糕事情時，此問題就是一個“非常嚴重的問題”。例如， +Linux內核破壞了它處理的數據或損壞了它運行的硬件。當內核突然顯示錯誤消息 +（“kernel panic”）並停止工作，或者根本沒有任何停止信息時，您也在處理一個嚴重 +的問題。注意：不要混淆“panic”（內核停止自身的致命錯誤）和“Oops”（可恢復錯誤）， 因爲顯示後者之後內核仍然在運行。 @@ -325,22 +319,22 @@ Linux內核破壞了它處理的數據或損壞了它運行的硬體。當內核 看起來很像內核問題的問題有時是由構建或運行時環境引起的。很難完全排除這種問 題，但你應該儘量減少這種問題： - * 構建內核時，請使用經過驗證的工具，因爲編譯器或二進位文件中的錯誤可能會導 + * 構建內核時，請使用經過驗證的工具，因爲編譯器或二進制文件中的錯誤可能會導 致內核出現錯誤行爲。 * 確保您的計算機組件在其設計規範內運行；這對處理器、內存和主板尤爲重要。因 此，當面臨潛在的內核問題時，停止低電壓或超頻。 - * 儘量確保不是硬體故障導致了你的問題。例如，內存損壞會導致大量的問題，這些 + * 儘量確保不是硬件故障導致了你的問題。例如，內存損壞會導致大量的問題，這些 問題會表現爲看起來像內核問題。 * 如果你正在處理一個文件系統問題，你可能需要用 ``fsck`` 檢查一下文件系統， 因爲它可能會以某種方式被損壞，從而導致無法預期的內核行爲。 - * 在處理回歸問題時，要確保沒有在更新內核的同時發生了其他變化。例如，這個問 - 題可能是由同時更新的其他軟體引起的。也有可能是在你第一次重啓進入新內核時， - 某個硬體巧合地壞了。更新系統 BIOS 或改變 BIOS 設置中的某些內容也會導致 - 一些看起來很像內核回歸的問題。 + * 在處理迴歸問題時，要確保沒有在更新內核的同時發生了其他變化。例如，這個問 + 題可能是由同時更新的其他軟件引起的。也有可能是在你第一次重啓進入新內核時， + 某個硬件巧合地壞了。更新系統 BIOS 或改變 BIOS 設置中的某些內容也會導致 + 一些看起來很像內核迴歸的問題。 爲緊急情況做好準備 @@ -349,8 +343,8 @@ Linux內核破壞了它處理的數據或損壞了它運行的硬體。當內核 *創建一個全新的備份，並將系統修復和還原工具放在手邊* 我得提醒您，您正在和計算機打交道，計算機有時會出現意想不到的事情，尤其是當 -您折騰其作業系統的內核等關鍵部件時。而這就是你在這個過程中要做的事情。因此， -一定要創建一個全新的備份；還要確保你手頭有修復或重裝作業系統的所有工具， +您折騰其操作系統的內核等關鍵部件時。而這就是你在這個過程中要做的事情。因此， +一定要創建一個全新的備份；還要確保你手頭有修復或重裝操作系統的所有工具， 以及恢復備份所需的一切。 @@ -366,67 +360,67 @@ Linux內核破壞了它處理的數據或損壞了它運行的硬體。當內核 的任何模塊。然後重新啓動再繼續。 注意，你可能不知道你的系統正在使用這些解決方案之一：當你安裝 Nvidia 專有圖 -形驅動程序、VirtualBox 或其他需要 Linux 內核以外的模塊支持的軟體時，它們通 -常會靜默設置。這就是爲什麼你可能需要卸載這些軟體的軟體包，以擺脫任何第三方 +形驅動程序、VirtualBox 或其他需要 Linux 內核以外的模塊支持的軟件時，它們通 +常會靜默設置。這就是爲什麼你可能需要卸載這些軟件的軟件包，以擺脫任何第三方 內核模塊。 -檢測「汙染」標誌 +檢查“污染”標誌 ---------------- - *當問題發生時，檢查您的內核是否被「汙染」，因爲使內核設置這個標誌的事件可 + *當問題發生時，檢查您的內核是否被“污染”，因爲使內核設置這個標誌的事件可 能會導致您面臨的問題。* -當某些可能會導致看起來完全不相關的後續錯誤的事情發生時，內核會用「汙染 -（taint）」標誌標記自己。如果您的內核受到汙染，那麼您面臨的可能是這樣的錯誤。 +當某些可能會導致看起來完全不相關的後續錯誤的事情發生時，內核會用“污染 +（taint）”標誌標記自己。如果您的內核受到污染，那麼您面臨的可能是這樣的錯誤。 因此在投入更多時間到這個過程中之前，儘早排除此情況可能對你有好處。這是這個 -步驟出現在這裡的唯一原因，因爲這個過程稍後會告訴您安裝最新的主線內核；然後 -您將需要再次檢查汙染標誌，因爲當它出問題的時候內核報告會關注它。 +步驟出現在這裏的唯一原因，因爲這個過程稍後會告訴您安裝最新的主線內核；然後 +您將需要再次檢查污染標誌，因爲當它出問題的時候內核報告會關注它。 -在正在運行的系統上檢查內核是否汙染非常容易：如果 ``cat /proc/sys/kernel/tainted`` -返回「0」，那麼內核沒有被汙染，一切正常。在某些情況下無法檢查該文件；這就是 -爲什麼當內核報告內部問題（「kernel bug」）、可恢復錯誤（「kernel Oops」）或停止 -操作前不可恢復的錯誤（「kernel panic」）時，它也會提到汙染狀態。當其中一個錯 -誤發生時，查看列印的錯誤消息的頂部，搜索以「CPU:」開頭的行。如果發現問題時內 -核未被汙染，那麼它應該以「Not infected」結束；如果你看到「Tainted:」且後跟一些 -空格和字母，那就被汙染了。 +在正在運行的系統上檢查內核是否污染非常容易：如果 ``cat /proc/sys/kernel/tainted`` +返回“0”，那麼內核沒有被污染，一切正常。在某些情況下無法檢查該文件；這就是 +爲什麼當內核報告內部問題（“kernel bug”）、可恢復錯誤（“kernel Oops”）或停止 +操作前不可恢復的錯誤（“kernel panic”）時，它也會提到污染狀態。當其中一個錯 +誤發生時，查看打印的錯誤消息的頂部，搜索以“CPU:”開頭的行。如果發現問題時內 +核未被污染，那麼它應該以“Not infected”結束；如果你看到“Tainted:”且後跟一些 +空格和字母，那就被污染了。 -如果你的內核被汙染了，請閱讀「Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst」 -以找出原因。設法消除汙染因素。通常是由以下三種因素之一引起的： +如果你的內核被污染了，請閱讀 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst +以找出原因。設法消除污染因素。通常是由以下三種因素之一引起的： - 1. 發生了一個可恢復的錯誤（「kernel Oops」），內核汙染了自己，因爲內核知道在 + 1. 發生了一個可恢復的錯誤（“kernel Oops”），內核污染了自己，因爲內核知道在 此之後它可能會出現奇怪的行爲錯亂。在這種情況下，檢查您的內核或系統日誌， 並尋找以下列文字開頭的部分:: Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP - 如方括號中的「#1」所示，這是自啓動以來的第一次Oops。每個Oops和此後發生的 + 如方括號中的“#1”所示，這是自啓動以來的第一次Oops。每個Oops和此後發生的 任何其他問題都可能是首個Oops的後續問題，即使這兩個問題看起來完全不相關。 通過消除首個Oops的原因並在之後復現該問題，可以排除這種情況。有時僅僅 重新啓動就足夠了，有時更改配置後重新啓動可以消除Oops。但是在這個流程中 不要花費太多時間在這一點上，因爲引起Oops的原因可能已經在您稍後將按流程 安裝的新Linux內核版本中修復了。 - 2. 您的系統使用的軟體安裝了自己的內核模塊，例如Nvidia的專有圖形驅動程序或 - VirtualBox。當內核從外部源（即使它們是開源的）加載此類模塊時，它會汙染 + 2. 您的系統使用的軟件安裝了自己的內核模塊，例如Nvidia的專有圖形驅動程序或 + VirtualBox。當內核從外部源（即使它們是開源的）加載此類模塊時，它會污染 自己：它們有時會在不相關的內核區域導致錯誤，從而可能導致您面臨的問題。 因此，當您想要向Linux內核開發人員報告問題時，您必須阻止這些模塊加載。 - 大多數情況下最簡單的方法是：臨時卸載這些軟體，包括它們可能已經安裝的任 + 大多數情況下最簡單的方法是：臨時卸載這些軟件，包括它們可能已經安裝的任 何模塊。之後重新啓動。 - 3. 當內核加載駐留在Linux內核原始碼staging樹中的模塊時，它也會汙染自身。這 + 3. 當內核加載駐留在Linux內核源代碼staging樹中的模塊時，它也會污染自身。這 是一個特殊的區域，代碼（主要是驅動程序）還沒有達到正常Linux內核的質量 - 標準。當您報告此種模塊的問題時，內核受到汙染顯然是沒有問題的；只需確保 - 問題模塊是造成汙染的唯一原因。如果問題發生在一個不相關的區域，重新啓動 + 標準。當您報告此種模塊的問題時，內核受到污染顯然是沒有問題的；只需確保 + 問題模塊是造成污染的唯一原因。如果問題發生在一個不相關的區域，重新啓動 並通過指定 ``foo.blacklist=1`` 作爲內核參數臨時阻止該模塊被加載（用有 - 問題的模塊名替換「foo」）。 + 問題的模塊名替換“foo”）。 記錄如何重現問題 ------------------ *粗略地寫下如何重現這個問題。如果您同時處理多個問題，請爲每個問題單獨寫 - 注釋，並確保它們在新啓動的系統上獨立出現。這是必要的，因爲每個問題都需 + 註釋，並確保它們在新啓動的系統上獨立出現。這是必要的，因爲每個問題都需 要分別報告給內核開發人員，除非它們嚴重糾纏在一起。* 如果你同時處理多個問題，必須分別報告每個問題，因爲它們可能由不同的開發人員 @@ -438,20 +432,20 @@ Linux內核破壞了它處理的數據或損壞了它運行的硬體。當內核 注意：報告只發生過一次的問題往往是沒有結果的，因爲它們可能是由於宇宙輻射導 致的位翻轉。所以你應該嘗試通過重現問題來排除這種情況，然後再繼續。如果你有 -足夠的經驗來區分由於硬體故障引起的一次性錯誤和難以重現的罕見內核問題，可以 +足夠的經驗來區分由於硬件故障引起的一次性錯誤和難以重現的罕見內核問題，可以 忽略這個建議。 -穩定版或長期支持內核的回歸？ +穩定版或長期支持內核的迴歸？ ----------------------------- - *如果您正面臨穩定版或長期支持版本線的回歸（例如從5.10.4更新到5.10.5時出現 - 故障），請查看後文「報告穩定版和長期支持內核線的回歸」小節。* + *如果您正面臨穩定版或長期支持版本線的迴歸（例如從5.10.4更新到5.10.5時出現 + 故障），請查看後文“報告穩定版和長期支持內核線的迴歸”小節。* -穩定版和長期支持內核版本線中的回歸是Linux開發人員非常希望解決的問題，這樣的 -問題甚至比主線開發分支中的回歸更不應出現，因爲它們會很快影響到很多人。開發人員 -希望儘快了解此類問題，因此有一個簡化流程來報告這些問題。注意，使用更新內核版 -本線的回歸（比如從5.9.15切換到5.10.5時出現故障）不符合條件。 +穩定版和長期支持內核版本線中的迴歸是Linux開發人員非常希望解決的問題，這樣的 +問題甚至比主線開發分支中的迴歸更不應出現，因爲它們會很快影響到很多人。開發人員 +希望儘快瞭解此類問題，因此有一個簡化流程來報告這些問題。注意，使用更新內核版 +本線的迴歸（比如從5.9.15切換到5.10.5時出現故障）不符合條件。 你需要將問題報告到何處 @@ -462,9 +456,9 @@ Linux內核破壞了它處理的數據或損壞了它運行的硬體。當內核 過郵件發送給維護人員和公共郵件列表。* 將報告發送給合適的人是至關重要的，因爲Linux內核是一個大項目，大多數開發人員 -只熟悉其中的一小部分。例如，相當多的程式設計師只關心一個驅動程序，比如一個WiFi -晶片驅動程序；它的開發人員可能對疏遠的或不相關的「子系統」（如TCP堆棧、 -PCIe/PCI子系統、內存管理或文件系統）的內部知識了解很少或完全不了解。 +只熟悉其中的一小部分。例如，相當多的程序員只關心一個驅動程序，比如一個WiFi +芯片驅動程序；它的開發人員可能對疏遠的或不相關的“子系統”（如TCP堆棧、 +PCIe/PCI子系統、內存管理或文件系統）的內部知識瞭解很少或完全不瞭解。 問題在於：Linux內核缺少一個，可以簡單地將問題歸檔並讓需要了解它的開發人員了 解它的，中心化缺陷跟蹤器。這就是爲什麼你必須找到正確的途徑來自己報告問題。 @@ -476,10 +470,10 @@ PCIe/PCI子系統、內存管理或文件系統）的內部知識了解很少或 爲了說明如何使用 :ref:`MAINTAINERS <maintainers>` 文件，讓我們假設您的筆記 本電腦中的WiFi在更新內核後突然出現了錯誤行爲。這種情況下可能是WiFi驅動的問 -題。顯然，它也可能由於驅動基於的某些代碼，但除非你懷疑有這樣的東西會附著在 -驅動程序上。如果真的是其他的問題，驅動程序的開發人員會讓合適的人參與進來。 +題。顯然，它也可能由於驅動基於的某些代碼，但除非你懷疑有這樣的東西會附着在 +驅動程序上。如果真的是其他的問題，驅動程序的開發人員會讓合適的人蔘與進來。 -遺憾的是，沒有通用且簡單的辦法來檢查哪個代碼驅動了特定硬體組件。 +遺憾的是，沒有通用且簡單的辦法來檢查哪個代碼驅動了特定硬件組件。 在WiFi驅動出現問題的情況下，你可能想查看 ``lspci -k`` 的輸出，因爲它列出了 PCI/PCIe總線上的設備和驅動它的內核模塊:: @@ -492,19 +486,19 @@ PCI/PCIe總線上的設備和驅動它的內核模塊:: Kernel modules: ath10k_pci [...] -但如果你的WiFi晶片通過USB或其他內部總線連接，這種方法就行不通了。在這種情況 +但如果你的WiFi芯片通過USB或其他內部總線連接，這種方法就行不通了。在這種情況 下，您可能需要檢查您的WiFi管理器或 ``ip link`` 的輸出。尋找有問題的網絡接口 -的名稱，它可能類似於「wlp58s0」。此名稱可以用來找到驅動它的模塊:: +的名稱，它可能類似於“wlp58s0”。此名稱可以用來找到驅動它的模塊:: [user@something ~]$ realpath --relative-to=/sys/module//sys/class/net/wlp58s0/device/driver/module ath10k_pci 如果這些技巧不能進一步幫助您，請嘗試在網上搜索如何縮小相關驅動程序或子系統 -的範圍。如果你不確定是哪一個：試著猜一下，即使你猜得不好，也會有人會幫助你 +的範圍。如果你不確定是哪一個：試着猜一下，即使你猜得不好，也會有人會幫助你 的。 一旦您知道了相應的驅動程序或子系統，您就希望在MAINTAINERS文件中搜索它。如果 -是「ath10k_pci」，您不會找到任何東西，因爲名稱太具體了。有時你需要在網上尋找 +是“ath10k_pci”，您不會找到任何東西，因爲名稱太具體了。有時你需要在網上尋找 幫助；但在此之前，請嘗試使用一個稍短或修改過的名稱來搜索MAINTAINERS文件，因 爲這樣你可能會發現類似這樣的東西:: @@ -516,23 +510,23 @@ PCI/PCIe總線上的設備和驅動它的內核模塊:: SCM: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/ath.git Files: drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/ -注意：如果您閱讀在Linux原始碼樹的根目錄中找到的原始維護者文件，則行描述將是 -縮寫。例如，「Mail:（郵件）」將是「M:」，「Mailing list:（郵件列表）」將是「L」， -「Status:（狀態）」將是「S:」。此文件頂部有一段解釋了這些和其他縮寫。 +注意：如果您閱讀在Linux源代碼樹的根目錄中找到的原始維護者文件，則行描述將是 +縮寫。例如，“Mail:（郵件）”將是“M:”，“Mailing list:（郵件列表）”將是“L”， +“Status:（狀態）”將是“S:”。此文件頂部有一段解釋了這些和其他縮寫。 -首先查看「Status」狀態行。理想情況下，它應該得到「Supported（支持）」或 -「Maintained（維護）」。如果狀態爲「Obsolete（過時的）」，那麼你在使用一些過時的 -方法，需要轉換到新的解決方案上。有時候，只有在感到有動力時，才會有人爲代碼 -提供「Odd Fixes」。如果碰見「Orphan」，你就完全不走運了，因爲再也沒有人關心代碼 -了，只剩下這些選項:準備好與問題共存，自己修復它，或者找一個願意修復它的程式設計師。 +首先查看“Status”狀態行。理想情況下，它應該得到“Supported（支持）”或 +“Maintained（維護）”。如果狀態爲“Obsolete（過時的）”，那麼你在使用一些過時的 +方法，需要轉換到新的解決方案上。有時候，只有在感到有動力時，纔會有人爲代碼 +提供“Odd Fixes”。如果碰見“Orphan”，你就完全不走運了，因爲再也沒有人關心代碼 +了，只剩下這些選項:準備好與問題共存，自己修復它，或者找一個願意修復它的程序員。 -檢查狀態後，尋找以「bug:」開頭的一行：它將告訴你在哪裡可以找到子系統特定的缺 +檢查狀態後，尋找以“bug:”開頭的一行：它將告訴你在哪裏可以找到子系統特定的缺 陷跟蹤器來提交你的問題。上面的例子沒有此行。大多數部分都是這樣，因爲 Linux 內核的開發完全是由郵件驅動的。很少有子系統使用缺陷跟蹤器，且其中只有一部分 依賴於 bugzilla.kernel.org。 -在這種以及其他很多情況下，你必須尋找以「Mail:」開頭的行。這些行提到了特定代碼 -的維護者的名字和電子郵件地址。也可以查找以「Mailing list:」開頭的行，它告訴你 +在這種以及其他很多情況下，你必須尋找以“Mail:”開頭的行。這些行提到了特定代碼 +的維護者的名字和電子郵件地址。也可以查找以“Mailing list:”開頭的行，它告訴你 開發代碼的公共郵件列表。你的報告之後需要通過郵件發到這些地址。另外，對於所有 通過電子郵件發送的問題報告，一定要抄送 Linux Kernel Mailing List（LKML） <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>。在以後通過郵件發送問題報告時，不要遺漏任何 @@ -544,8 +538,8 @@ PCI/PCIe總線上的設備和驅動它的內核模塊:: ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 對於手頭有Linux源碼的人來說，有第二個可以找到合適的報告地點的選擇：腳本 -「scripts/get_maintainer.pl」，它嘗試找到所有要聯繫的人。它會查詢MAINTAINERS -文件，並需要用相關原始碼的路徑來調用。對於編譯成模塊的驅動程序，經常可以用 +“scripts/get_maintainer.pl”，它嘗試找到所有要聯繫的人。它會查詢MAINTAINERS +文件，並需要用相關源代碼的路徑來調用。對於編譯成模塊的驅動程序，經常可以用 這樣的命令找到:: $ modinfo ath10k_pci | grep filename | sed 's!/lib/modules/.*/kernel/!!; s!filename:!!; s!\.ko\(\|\.xz\)!!' @@ -561,13 +555,13 @@ PCI/PCIe總線上的設備和驅動它的內核模塊:: netdev@vger.kernel.org (open list:NETWORKING DRIVERS) linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org (open list) -不要把你的報告發給所有的人。發送給維護者，腳本稱之爲「supporter:」；另外抄送 +不要把你的報告發給所有的人。發送給維護者，腳本稱之爲“supporter:”；另外抄送 代碼最相關的郵件列表，以及 Linux 內核郵件列表（LKML）。在此例中，你需要將報 -告發送給 「Some Human <shuman@example.com>」 ，並抄送 -「ath10k@lists.infradead.org」和「linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org」。 +告發送給 “Some Human <shuman@example.com>” ，並抄送 +“ath10k@lists.infradead.org”和“linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org”。 -注意：如果你用 git 克隆了 Linux 原始碼，你可能需要用--git 再次調用 -get_maintainer.pl。腳本會查看提交歷史，以找到最近哪些人參與了相關代碼的編寫， +注意：如果你用 git 克隆了 Linux 源代碼，你可能需要用--git 再次調用 +get_maintainer.pl。腳本會查看提交歷史，以找到最近哪些人蔘與了相關代碼的編寫， 因爲他們可能會提供幫助。但要小心使用這些結果，因爲它很容易讓你誤入歧途。 例如，這種情況常常會發生在很少被修改的地方（比如老舊的或未維護的驅動程序）： 有時這樣的代碼會在樹級清理期間被根本不關心此驅動程序的開發者修改。 @@ -580,73 +574,74 @@ get_maintainer.pl。腳本會查看提交歷史，以找到最近哪些人參與 如果找到匹配的報告，請加入討論而不是發送新報告。* 如前所述：報告一個別人已經提出的問題，對每個人來說都是浪費時間，尤其是作爲報告 -人的你。這就是爲什麼你應該再次搜索現有的報告。現在你已經知道問題需要報告到哪裡。 +人的你。這就是爲什麼你應該再次搜索現有的報告。現在你已經知道問題需要報告到哪裏。 如果是郵件列表，那麼一般在 `lore.kernel.org <https://lore.kernel.org/>`_ 可以 找到相應存檔。 但有些列表運行在其他地方。例如前面步驟中當例子的ath10k WiFi驅動程序就是這種 -情況。但是你通常可以在網上很容易地找到這些列表的檔案。例如搜索「archive -ath10k@lists.infradead.org」，將引導您到ath10k郵件列表的信息頁，該頁面頂部連結 +情況。但是你通常可以在網上很容易地找到這些列表的檔案。例如搜索“archive +ath10k@lists.infradead.org”，將引導您到ath10k郵件列表的信息頁，該頁面頂部鏈接 到其 `列表存檔 <https://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/ath10k/>`_ 。遺憾的是， -這個列表和其他一些列表缺乏搜索其存檔的功能。在這種情況下可以使用常規的網際網路 -搜尋引擎，並添加類似「site:lists.infadead.org/pipermail/ath10k/」這 -樣的搜索條件，這會把結果限制在該連結中的檔案。 +這個列表和其他一些列表缺乏搜索其存檔的功能。在這種情況下可以使用常規的互聯網 +搜索引擎，並添加類似“site:lists.infadead.org/pipermail/ath10k/”這 +樣的搜索條件，這會把結果限制在該鏈接中的檔案。 -也請進一步搜索網絡、LKML和bugzilla.kernel.org網站。 +也請進一步搜索網絡、LKML和bugzilla.kernel.org網站。如果你的報告需要發送到缺陷 +跟蹤器中，那麼您可能還需要檢查子系統的郵件列表存檔，因爲可能有人只在那裏報告了它。 -有關如何搜索以及在找到匹配報告時如何操作的詳細信息，請參閱上面的「搜索現有報告 -（第一部分）」。 +有關如何搜索以及在找到匹配報告時如何操作的詳細信息，請參閱上面的“搜索現有報告 +（第一部分）”。 -不要急著完成報告過程的這一步：花30到60分鐘甚至更多的時間可以爲你和其他人節省 / +不要急着完成報告過程的這一步：花30到60分鐘甚至更多的時間可以爲你和其他人節省 / 減少相當多的時間和麻煩。 安裝一個新的內核進行測試 -------------------------- - *除非您已經在運行最新的「主線」Linux內核，否則最好在報告流程前安裝它。在 - 某些情況下，使用最新的「穩定版」Linux進行測試和報告也是可以接受的替代方案； + *除非您已經在運行最新的“主線”Linux內核，否則最好在報告流程前安裝它。在 + 某些情況下，使用最新的“穩定版”Linux進行測試和報告也是可以接受的替代方案； 在合併窗口期間，這實際上可能是最好的方法，但在開發階段最好還是暫停幾天。 - 無論你選擇什麼版本，最好使用「普通」構建。忽略這些建議會大大增加您的報告 + 無論你選擇什麼版本，最好使用“普通”構建。忽略這些建議會大大增加您的報告 被拒絕或忽略的風險。* -正如第一步的詳細解釋中所提到的：與大多數程式設計師一樣，與大多數程式設計師一樣，Linux -內核開發人員不喜歡花時間處理他們維護的原始碼中根本不會發生的問題的報告。這隻 +正如第一步的詳細解釋中所提到的：與大多數程序員一樣，與大多數程序員一樣，Linux +內核開發人員不喜歡花時間處理他們維護的源代碼中根本不會發生的問題的報告。這隻 會浪費每個人的時間，尤其是你的時間。這就是爲什麼在報告問題之前，您必須先確認 問題仍然存在於最新的上游代碼中，這符合每個人的利益。您可以忽略此建議，但如前 所述：這樣做會極大地增加問題報告被拒絕或被忽略的風險。 -內核「最新上游」的範圍通常指： +內核“最新上游”的範圍通常指： * 安裝一個主線內核；最新的穩定版內核也可以是一個選擇，但大多數時候都最好避免。 - 長期支持內核（有時稱爲「LTS內核」）不適合此流程。下一小節將更詳細地解釋所有 + 長期支持內核（有時稱爲“LTS內核”）不適合此流程。下一小節將更詳細地解釋所有 這些。 * 下一小節描述獲取和安裝這樣一個內核的方法。它還指出了使用預編譯內核是可以的， - 但普通的內核更好，這意味著：它是直接使用從 `kernel.org <https://kernel.org/>`_ - 獲得的Linux原始碼構建並且沒有任何方式修改或增強。 + 但普通的內核更好，這意味着：它是直接使用從 `kernel.org <https://kernel.org/>`_ + 獲得的Linux源代碼構建並且沒有任何方式修改或增強。 選擇適合測試的版本 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -前往 `kernel.org <https://kernel.org/>`_ 來決定使用哪個版本。忽略那個寫著 -「Latest release最新版本」的巨大黃色按鈕，往下看有一個表格。在表格的頂部，你會 -看到一行以「mainline」開頭的字樣，大多數情況下它會指向一個版本號類似「5.8-rc2」 -的預發布版本。如果是這樣的話，你將需要使用這個主線內核進行測試。不要讓「rc」 -嚇到你，這些「開發版內核」實際上非常可靠——而且你已經按照上面的指示做了備份， +前往 `kernel.org <https://kernel.org/>`_ 來決定使用哪個版本。忽略那個寫着 +“Latest release最新版本”的巨大黃色按鈕，往下看有一個表格。在表格的頂部，你會 +看到一行以“mainline”開頭的字樣，大多數情況下它會指向一個版本號類似“5.8-rc2” +的預發佈版本。如果是這樣的話，你將需要使用這個主線內核進行測試。不要讓“rc” +嚇到你，這些“開發版內核”實際上非常可靠——而且你已經按照上面的指示做了備份， 不是嗎？ -大概每九到十周，「mainline」可能會給你指出一個版本號類似「5.7」的正式版本。如果 -碰見這種情況，請考慮暫停報告過程，直到下一個版本的第一個預發布（5.8-rc1）出 -現在 `kernel.org <https://kernel.org/>`_ 上。這是因爲 Linux 的開發周期正在 -兩周的「合併窗口」內。大部分的改動和所有干擾性的改動都會在這段時間內被合併到 +大概每九到十週，“mainline”可能會給你指出一個版本號類似“5.7”的正式版本。如果 +碰見這種情況，請考慮暫停報告過程，直到下一個版本的第一個預發佈（5.8-rc1）出 +現在 `kernel.org <https://kernel.org/>`_ 上。這是因爲 Linux 的開發週期正在 +兩週的“合併窗口”內。大部分的改動和所有干擾性的改動都會在這段時間內被合併到 下一個版本中。在此期間使用主線是比較危險的。內核開發者通常也很忙，可能沒有 多餘的時間來處理問題報告。這也是很有可能在合併窗口中應用了許多修改來修復你 -所面臨的問題；這就是爲什麼你很快就得用一個新的內核版本重新測試，就像下面「發 -布報告後的責任」一節中所述的那樣。 +所面臨的問題；這就是爲什麼你很快就得用一個新的內核版本重新測試，就像下面“發 +布報告後的責任”一節中所述的那樣。 -這就是爲什麼要等到合併窗口結束後才去做。但是如果你處理的是一些不應該等待的 +這就是爲什麼要等到合併窗口結束後纔去做。但是如果你處理的是一些不應該等待的 東西，則無需這樣做。在這種情況下，可以考慮通過 git 獲取最新的主線內核（見下 文），或者使用 kernel.org 上提供的最新穩定版本。如果 mainline 因爲某些原因 不無法正常工作，那麼使用它也是可以接受的。總的來說：用它來重現問題也比完全 @@ -657,7 +652,7 @@ ath10k@lists.infradead.org」，將引導您到ath10k郵件列表的信息頁， 需要先在主線修復，然後才能得到回傳，這可能需要幾天或幾周。另一個原因是：您 希望的修復對於回傳來說可能太難或太冒險；因此再次報告問題不太可能改變任何事情。 -這些方面也部分表明了爲什麼長期支持內核（有時稱爲「LTS內核」）不適合報告流程： +這些方面也部分表明了爲什麼長期支持內核（有時稱爲“LTS內核”）不適合報告流程： 它們與當前代碼的距離太遠。因此，先去測試主線，然後再按流程走：如果主線沒有 出現問題，流程將指導您如何在舊版本線中修復它。 @@ -669,31 +664,31 @@ ath10k@lists.infradead.org」，將引導您到ath10k郵件列表的信息頁， **使用預編譯的內核** ：這往往是最快速、最簡單、最安全的方法——尤其是在你不熟 悉 Linux 內核的情況下。問題是：發行商或附加存儲庫提供的大多數版本都是從修改 -過的Linux原始碼構建的。因此它們不是普通的，通常不適合於測試和問題報告：這些 +過的Linux源代碼構建的。因此它們不是普通的，通常不適合於測試和問題報告：這些 更改可能會導致您面臨的問題或以某種方式影響問題。 但是如果您使用的是流行的Linux發行版，那麼您就很幸運了：對於大部分的發行版， 您可以在網上找到包含最新主線或穩定版本Linux內核包的存儲庫。使用這些是完全可 -以的，只要從存儲庫的描述中確認它們是普通的或者至少接近普通。此外，請確保軟體 -包包含kernel.org上提供的最新版本內核。如果這些軟體包的時間超過一周，那麼它們 -可能就不合適了，因爲新的主線和穩定版內核通常至少每周發布一次。 +以的，只要從存儲庫的描述中確認它們是普通的或者至少接近普通。此外，請確保軟件 +包包含kernel.org上提供的最新版本內核。如果這些軟件包的時間超過一週，那麼它們 +可能就不合適了，因爲新的主線和穩定版內核通常至少每週發佈一次。 請注意，您以後可能需要手動構建自己的內核：有時這是調試或測試修復程序所必需的， 如後文所述。還要注意，預編譯的內核可能缺少在出現panic、Oops、warning或BUG時 -解碼內核列印的消息所需的調試符號；如果您計劃解碼這些消息，最好自己編譯內核 -（有關詳細信息，請參閱本小節結尾和「解碼失敗信息」小節）。 +解碼內核打印的消息所需的調試符號；如果您計劃解碼這些消息，最好自己編譯內核 +（有關詳細信息，請參閱本小節結尾和“解碼失敗信息”小節）。 **使用git** ：熟悉 git 的開發者和有經驗的 Linux 用戶通常最好直接從 `kernel.org 上的官方開發倉庫 <https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/>`_ -中獲取最新的 Linux 內核原始碼。這些很可能比最新的主線預發布版本更新一些。不 -用擔心：它們和正式的預發布版本一樣可靠，除非內核的開發周期目前正處於合併窗 +中獲取最新的 Linux 內核源代碼。這些很可能比最新的主線預發佈版本更新一些。不 +用擔心：它們和正式的預發佈版本一樣可靠，除非內核的開發週期目前正處於合併窗 口中。不過即便如此，它們也是相當可靠的。 **常規方法** ：不熟悉 git 的人通常最好從 `kernel.org <https://kernel.org/>`_ 下載源碼的tar 存檔包。 -如何實際構建一個內核並不在這裡描述，因爲許多網站已經解釋了必要的步驟。如果 +如何實際構建一個內核並不在這裏描述，因爲許多網站已經解釋了必要的步驟。如果 你是新手，可以考慮按照那些建議使用 ``make localmodconfig`` 來做，它將嘗試獲 取你當前內核的配置，然後根據你的系統進行一些調整。這樣做並不能使編譯出來的 內核更好，但可以更快地編譯。 @@ -702,19 +697,19 @@ ath10k@lists.infradead.org」，將引導您到ath10k郵件列表的信息頁， 啓用 CONFIG_KALLSYMS 選項。此外，還可以啓用 CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL 和 CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO；後者是相關選項，但只有啓用前者才能開啓。請注意， CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO 會需要更多儲存空間來構建內核。但這是值得的，因爲這些選項將 -允許您稍後精確定位觸發問題的確切代碼行。下面的「解碼失敗信息」一節對此進行了更 +允許您稍後精確定位觸發問題的確切代碼行。下面的“解碼失敗信息”一節對此進行了更 詳細的解釋。 但請記住：始終記錄遇到的問題，以防難以重現。發送未解碼的報告總比不報告要好。 -檢查「汙染」標誌 +檢查“污染”標誌 ---------------- - *確保您剛剛安裝的內核在運行時不會「汙染」自己。* + *確保您剛剛安裝的內核在運行時不會“污染”自己。* 正如上面已經詳細介紹過的：當發生一些可能會導致一些看起來完全不相關的後續錯 -誤的事情時，內核會設置一個「汙染」標誌。這就是爲什麼你需要檢查你剛剛安裝的內 +誤的事情時，內核會設置一個“污染”標誌。這就是爲什麼你需要檢查你剛剛安裝的內 核是否有設置此標誌。如果有的話，幾乎在任何情況下你都需要在報告問題之前先消 除它。詳細的操作方法請看上面的章節。 @@ -729,43 +724,43 @@ CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO 會需要更多儲存空間來構建內核。但這是值得 可以考慮使用此版本線，放棄報告問題。但是請記住，只要它沒有在 `kernel.org <https://kernel.org/>`_ 的穩定版和長期版（以及由這些版本衍生出來的廠商內核） 中得到修復，其他用戶可能仍然會受到它的困擾。如果你喜歡使用其中的一個，或 -者只是想幫助它們的用戶，請前往下面的「報告只發生在較舊內核版本線的問題」一節。 +者只是想幫助它們的用戶，請前往下面的“報告只發生在較舊內核版本線的問題”一節。 優化復現問題的描述 -------------------- - *優化你的筆記：試著找到並寫出最直接的復現問題的方法。確保最終結果包含所 + *優化你的筆記：試着找到並寫出最直接的復現問題的方法。確保最終結果包含所 有重要的細節，同時讓第一次聽說的人容易閱讀和理解。如果您在此過程中學到 了一些東西，請考慮再次搜索關於該問題的現有報告。* 過於複雜的報告會讓別人很難理解。因此請儘量找到一個可以直接描述、易於以書面 形式理解的再現方法。包含所有重要的細節，但同時也要儘量保持簡短。 -在這在前面的步驟中，你很可能已經了解了一些關於你所面臨的問題的點。利用這些 +在這在前面的步驟中，你很可能已經瞭解了一些關於你所面臨的問題的點。利用這些 知識，再次搜索可以轉而加入的現有報告。 解碼失敗信息 ------------- - *如果失敗涉及「panic」、「Oops」、「warning」或「BUG」，請考慮解碼內核日誌以查找 + *如果失敗涉及“panic”、“Oops”、“warning”或“BUG”，請考慮解碼內核日誌以查找 觸發錯誤的代碼行。* -當內核檢測到內部問題時，它會記錄一些有關已執行代碼的信息。這使得在原始碼中精 +當內核檢測到內部問題時，它會記錄一些有關已執行代碼的信息。這使得在源代碼中精 確定位觸發問題的行並顯示如何調用它成爲可能。但只有在配置內核時啓用了 CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO 和 CONFIG_KALLSYMS選項時，這種方法才起效。如果已啓用此選項， -請考慮解碼內核日誌中的信息。這將使我們更容易理解是什麼導致了「panic」、「Oops」、 -「warning」或「BUG」，從而增加了有人提供修復的機率。 +請考慮解碼內核日誌中的信息。這將使我們更容易理解是什麼導致了“panic”、“Oops”、 +“warning”或“BUG”，從而增加了有人提供修復的幾率。 -解碼可以通過Linux原始碼樹中的腳本來完成。如果您運行的內核是之前自己編譯的， +解碼可以通過Linux源代碼樹中的腳本來完成。如果您運行的內核是之前自己編譯的， 這樣這樣調用它:: [user@something ~]$ sudo dmesg | ./linux-5.10.5/scripts/decode_stacktrace.sh ./linux-5.10.5/vmlinux /usr/lib/debug/lib/modules/5.10.10-4.1.x86_64/vmlinux /usr/src/kernels/5.10.10-4.1.x86_64/ 如果您運行的是打包好的普通內核，則可能需要安裝帶有調試符號的相應包。然後按以下 -方式調用腳本（如果發行版未打包，則可能需要從Linux原始碼獲取）:: +方式調用腳本（如果發行版未打包，則可能需要從Linux源代碼獲取）:: [user@something ~]$ sudo dmesg | ./linux-5.10.5/scripts/decode_stacktrace.sh \ /usr/lib/debug/lib/modules/5.10.10-4.1.x86_64/vmlinux /usr/src/kernels/5.10.10-4.1.x86_64/ @@ -778,10 +773,10 @@ CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO 和 CONFIG_KALLSYMS選項時，這種方法才起效。如果 [ 68.387301] RIP: 0010:test_module_init (/home/username/linux-5.10.5/test-module/test-module.c:16) test_module -在本例中，執行的代碼是從文件「~/linux-5.10.5/test-module/test-module.c」構建的， +在本例中，執行的代碼是從文件“~/linux-5.10.5/test-module/test-module.c”構建的， 錯誤出現在第16行的指令中。 -該腳本也會如此解碼以「Call trace」開頭的部分中提到的地址，該部分顯示出現問題的 +該腳本也會如此解碼以“Call trace”開頭的部分中提到的地址，該部分顯示出現問題的 函數的路徑。此外，腳本還會顯示內核正在執行的代碼部分的彙編輸出。 注意，如果你沒法做到這一點，只需跳過這一步，並在報告中說明原因。如果你幸運的 @@ -790,60 +785,60 @@ CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO 和 CONFIG_KALLSYMS選項時，這種方法才起效。如果 別擔心，如果您碰到的情況需要這樣做，開發人員會告訴您該怎麼做。 -對回歸的特別關照 +對迴歸的特別關照 ----------------- - *如果您的問題是回歸問題，請儘可能縮小引入問題時的範圍。* + *如果您的問題是迴歸問題，請儘可能縮小引入問題時的範圍。* Linux 首席開發者 Linus Torvalds 認爲 Linux 內核永遠不應惡化，這就是爲什麼他 -認爲回歸是不可接受的，並希望看到它們被迅速修復。這就是爲什麼引入了回歸的改 -動導致的問題若無法通過其他方式快速解決，通常會被迅速撤銷。因此，報告回歸有 -點像「王炸」，會迅速得到修復。但要做到這一點，需要知道導致回歸的變化。通常情 +認爲迴歸是不可接受的，並希望看到它們被迅速修復。這就是爲什麼引入了迴歸的改 +動導致的問題若無法通過其他方式快速解決，通常會被迅速撤銷。因此，報告迴歸有 +點像“王炸”，會迅速得到修復。但要做到這一點，需要知道導致迴歸的變化。通常情 況下，要由報告者來追查罪魁禍首，因爲維護者往往沒有時間或手頭設置不便來自行 重現它。 -有一個叫做「二分」的過程可以來尋找變化，這在 -「Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst」文檔中進行了詳細 +有一個叫做“二分”的過程可以來尋找變化，這在 +Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst 文檔中進行了詳細 的描述，這個過程通常需要你構建十到二十個內核鏡像，每次都嘗試在構建下一個鏡像 -之前重現問題。是的，這需要花費一些時間，但不用擔心，它比大多數人想像的要快得多。 -多虧了「binary search二進位搜索」，這將引導你在原始碼管理系統中找到導致回歸的提交。 +之前重現問題。是的，這需要花費一些時間，但不用擔心，它比大多數人想象的要快得多。 +多虧了“binary search二分搜索”，這將引導你在源代碼管理系統中找到導致迴歸的提交。 一旦你找到它，就在網上搜索其主題、提交ID和縮短的提交ID（提交ID的前12個字符）。 如果有的話，這將引導您找到關於它的現有報告。 需要注意的是，二分法需要一點竅門，不是每個人都懂得訣竅，也需要相當多的努力， 不是每個人都願意投入。儘管如此，還是強烈建議自己進行一次二分。如果你真的 -不能或者不想走這條路，至少要找出是哪個主線內核引入的回歸。比如說從 5.5.15 +不能或者不想走這條路，至少要找出是哪個主線內核引入的迴歸。比如說從 5.5.15 切換到 5.8.4 的時候出現了一些問題，那麼至少可以嘗試一下相近的所有的主線版本 （5.6、5.7 和 5.8）來檢查它是什麼時候出現的。除非你想在一個穩定版或長期支持 -內核中找到一個回歸，否則要避免測試那些編號有三段的版本（5.6.12、5.7.8），因 -爲那會使結果難以解釋，可能會讓你的測試變得無用。一旦你找到了引入回歸的主要 +內核中找到一個迴歸，否則要避免測試那些編號有三段的版本（5.6.12、5.7.8），因 +爲那會使結果難以解釋，可能會讓你的測試變得無用。一旦你找到了引入迴歸的主要 版本，就可以放心地繼續報告了。但請記住：在不知道罪魁禍首的情況下，開發人員 是否能夠提供幫助取決於手頭的問題。有時他們可能會從報告中確認是什麼出現了問 題，並能修復它；有時他們可能無法提供幫助，除非你進行二分。 -當處理回歸問題時，請確保你所面臨的問題真的是由內核引起的，而不是由其他東西 +當處理迴歸問題時，請確保你所面臨的問題真的是由內核引起的，而不是由其他東西 引起的，如上文所述。 -在整個過程中，請記住：只有當舊內核和新內核的配置相似時，問題才算回歸。最好 -的方法是：把配置文件（``.config``）從舊的工作內核直接複製到你嘗試的每個新內 -核版本。之後運行 ``make oldnoconfig`` 來調整它以適應新版本的需要，而不啓用 -任何新的功能，因爲那些功能也可能導致回歸。 +在整個過程中，請記住：只有當舊內核和新內核的配置相似時，問題纔算迴歸。這可以 +通過 ``make olddefconfig`` 來實現，詳細解釋參見 +Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-regressions.rst ；它還提供了大量其他您 +可能希望瞭解的有關回歸的信息。 -撰寫並發送報告 +撰寫併發送報告 --------------- *通過詳細描述問題來開始編寫報告。記得包括以下條目：您爲復現而安裝的最新 內核版本、使用的Linux發行版以及關於如何復現該問題的說明。如果可能，將內 - 核構建配置（.config）和 ``dmesg`` 的輸出放在網上的某個地方，並連結到它。 + 核構建配置（.config）和 ``dmesg`` 的輸出放在網上的某個地方，並鏈接到它。 包含或上傳所有其他可能相關的信息，如Oops的輸出/截圖或來自 ``lspci`` 的輸出。一旦你寫完了這個主要部分，請在上方插入一個正常長度的段落快速概 述問題和影響。再在此之上添加一個簡單描述問題的句子，以得到人們的閱讀。 現在給出一個更短的描述性標題或主題。然後就可以像MAINTAINERS文件告訴你的 - 那樣發送或提交報告了，除非你在處理一個「高優先級問題」：它們需要按照下面 - 「高優先級問題的特殊處理」所述特別關照。* + 那樣發送或提交報告了，除非你在處理一個“高優先級問題”：它們需要按照下面 + “高優先級問題的特殊處理”所述特別關照。* -現在你已經準備好了一切，是時候寫你的報告了。上文前言中連結的三篇文檔對如何 +現在你已經準備好了一切，是時候寫你的報告了。上文前言中鏈接的三篇文檔對如何 寫報告做了部分解釋。這就是爲什麼本文將只提到一些基本的內容以及 Linux 內核特 有的東西。 @@ -855,7 +850,7 @@ Linux 首席開發者 Linus Torvalds 認爲 Linux 內核永遠不應惡化，這 每份報告都應提及的事項 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -詳細描述你的問題是如何發生在你安裝的新純淨內核上的。試著包含你之前寫的和優 +詳細描述你的問題是如何發生在你安裝的新純淨內核上的。試着包含你之前寫的和優 化過的分步說明，概述你和其他人如何重現這個問題；在極少數無法重現的情況下， 儘量描述你做了什麼來觸發它。 @@ -864,19 +859,19 @@ Linux 首席開發者 Linus Torvalds 認爲 Linux 內核永遠不應惡化，這 * ``cat /proc/version`` 的輸出，其中包含 Linux 內核版本號和構建時的編譯器。 - * 機器正在運行的 Linux 發行版（ ``hostnamectl | grep 「Operating System「`` ） + * 機器正在運行的 Linux 發行版（ ``hostnamectl | grep “Operating System“`` ） - * CPU 和作業系統的架構（ ``uname -mi`` ） + * CPU 和操作系統的架構（ ``uname -mi`` ） - * 如果您正在處理回歸，並進行了二分，請提及導致回歸的變更的主題和提交ID。 + * 如果您正在處理迴歸，並進行了二分，請提及導致迴歸的變更的主題和提交ID。 -許多情況下，讓讀你報告的人多了解兩件事也是明智之舉： +許多情況下，讓讀你報告的人多瞭解兩件事也是明智之舉： - * 用於構建 Linux 內核的配置（「.config」文件） + * 用於構建 Linux 內核的配置（“.config”文件） - * 內核的信息，你從 ``dmesg`` 得到的信息寫到一個文件里。確保它以像「Linux + * 內核的信息，你從 ``dmesg`` 得到的信息寫到一個文件裏。確保它以像“Linux version 5.8-1 (foobar@example.com) (gcc (GCC) 10.2.1, GNU ld version - 2.34) #1 SMP Mon Aug 3 14:54:37 UTC 2020」這樣的行開始，如果沒有，那麼第 + 2.34) #1 SMP Mon Aug 3 14:54:37 UTC 2020”這樣的行開始，如果沒有，那麼第 一次啓動階段的重要信息已經被丟棄了。在這種情況下，可以考慮使用 ``journalctl -b 0 -k`` ；或者你也可以重啓，重現這個問題，然後調用 ``dmesg`` 。 @@ -887,39 +882,39 @@ Linux 首席開發者 Linus Torvalds 認爲 Linux 內核永遠不應惡化，這 * 將文件上傳到某個公開的地方（你的網站，公共文件粘貼服務，在 `bugzilla.kernel.org <https://bugzilla.kernel.org/>`_ 上創建的工單……）， - 並在你的報告中放上連結。理想情況下請使用允許這些文件保存很多年的地方，因 + 並在你的報告中放上鍊接。理想情況下請使用允許這些文件保存很多年的地方，因 爲它們可能在很多年後對別人有用；例如 5 年或 10 年後，一個開發者正在修改 一些代碼，而這些代碼正是爲了修復你的問題。 - * 把文件放在一邊，然後說明你會在他人回復時再單獨發送。只要記得報告發出去後， + * 把文件放在一邊，然後說明你會在他人回覆時再單獨發送。只要記得報告發出去後， 真正做到這一點就可以了。;-) 提供這些東西可能是明智的 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -根據問題的不同，你可能需要提供更多的背景數據。這裡有一些關於提供什麼比較好 +根據問題的不同，你可能需要提供更多的背景數據。這裏有一些關於提供什麼比較好 的建議： - * 如果你處理的是內核的「warning」、「OOPS」或「panic」，請包含它。如果你不能複製 - 粘貼它，試著用netconsole網絡終端遠程跟蹤或者至少拍一張屏幕的照片。 + * 如果你處理的是內核的“warning”、“OOPS”或“panic”，請包含它。如果你不能複製 + 粘貼它，試着用netconsole網絡終端遠程跟蹤或者至少拍一張屏幕的照片。 - * 如果問題可能與你的電腦硬體有關，請說明你使用的是什麼系統。例如，如果你的 - 顯卡有問題，請提及它的製造商，顯卡的型號，以及使用的晶片。如果是筆記本電 - 腦，請提及它的型號名稱，但儘量確保意義明確。例如「戴爾 XPS 13」就不很明確， + * 如果問題可能與你的電腦硬件有關，請說明你使用的是什麼系統。例如，如果你的 + 顯卡有問題，請提及它的製造商，顯卡的型號，以及使用的芯片。如果是筆記本電 + 腦，請提及它的型號名稱，但儘量確保意義明確。例如“戴爾 XPS 13”就不很明確， 因爲它可能是 2012 年的那款，那款除了看起來和現在銷售的沒有什麼不同之外， 兩者沒有任何共同之處。因此，在這種情況下，要加上準確的型號，例如 2019 - 年內推出的 XPS 13 型號爲「9380」或「7390」。像「聯想 Thinkpad T590」這樣的名字 + 年內推出的 XPS 13 型號爲“9380”或“7390”。像“聯想 Thinkpad T590”這樣的名字 也有些含糊不清：這款筆記本有帶獨立顯卡和不帶的子型號，所以要儘量找到準確 的型號名稱或註明主要部件。 - * 說明正在使用的相關軟體。如果你在加載模塊時遇到了問題，你要說明正在使用的 + * 說明正在使用的相關軟件。如果你在加載模塊時遇到了問題，你要說明正在使用的 kmod、systemd 和 udev 的版本。如果其中一個 DRM 驅動出現問題，你要說明 libdrm 和 Mesa 的版本；還要說明你的 Wayland 合成器或 X-Server 及其驅動。 如果你有文件系統問題，請註明相應的文件系統實用程序的版本（e2fsprogs, btrfs-progs, xfsprogs……）。 * 從內核中收集可能有用的額外信息。例如， ``lspci -nn`` 的輸出可以幫助別人 - 識別你使用的硬體。如果你的硬體有問題，你甚至可以給出 ``sudo lspci -vvv`` + 識別你使用的硬件。如果你的硬件有問題，你甚至可以給出 ``sudo lspci -vvv`` 的結果，因爲它提供了組件是如何配置的信息。對於一些問題，可能最好包含 ``/proc/cpuinfo`` ， ``/proc/ioports`` ， ``/proc/iomem`` ， ``/proc/modules`` 或 ``/proc/scsi/scsi`` 等文件的內容。一些子系統還提 @@ -936,7 +931,7 @@ Linux 首席開發者 Linus Torvalds 認爲 Linux 內核永遠不應惡化，這 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 現在你已經準備好了報告的詳細部分，讓我們進入最重要的部分：開頭幾句。現在到 -報告的最前面，在你剛才寫的部分之前加上類似「The detailed description:」（詳細 +報告的最前面，在你剛纔寫的部分之前加上類似“The detailed description:”（詳細 描述）這樣的內容，並在最前面插入兩個新行。現在寫一個正常長度的段落，大致概 述這個問題。去掉所有枯燥的細節，把重點放在讀者需要知道的關鍵部分，以讓人了 解這是怎麼回事；如果你認爲這個缺陷影響了很多用戶，就提一下這點來吸引大家關 @@ -946,10 +941,10 @@ Linux 首席開發者 Linus Torvalds 認爲 Linux 內核永遠不應惡化，這 要更加抽象，爲報告寫一個更短的主題/標題。 現在你已經寫好了這部分，請花點時間來優化它，因爲它是你的報告中最重要的部分： -很多人會先讀這部分，然後才會決定是否值得花時間閱讀其他部分。 +很多人會先讀這部分，然後纔會決定是否值得花時間閱讀其他部分。 現在就像 :ref:`MAINTAINERS <maintainers>` 維護者文件告訴你的那樣發送或提交 -報告，除非它是前面概述的那些「高優先級問題」之一：在這種情況下，請先閱讀下一 +報告，除非它是前面概述的那些“高優先級問題”之一：在這種情況下，請先閱讀下一 小節，然後再發送報告。 高優先級問題的特殊處理 @@ -960,11 +955,19 @@ Linux 首席開發者 Linus Torvalds 認爲 Linux 內核永遠不應惡化，這 **非常嚴重的缺陷** ：確保在主題或工單標題以及第一段中明顯標出 severeness （非常嚴重的）。 -**回歸** ：如果問題是一個回歸，請在郵件的主題或缺陷跟蹤器的標題中添加 -[REGRESSION]。如果您沒有進行二分，請至少註明您測試的最新主線版本（比如 5.7） -和出現問題的最新版本（比如 5.8）。如果您成功地進行了二分，請註明導致回歸 -的提交ID和主題。也請添加該變更的作者到你的報告中；如果您需要將您的缺陷提交 -到缺陷跟蹤器中，請將報告以私人郵件的形式轉發給他，並註明報告提交地點。 +**迴歸** ：報告的主題應以“[REGRESSION]”開頭。 + +如果您成功用二分法定位了問題，請使用引入迴歸之更改的標題作爲主題的第二部分。 +請在報告中寫明“罪魁禍首”的提交ID。如果未能成功二分，請在報告中講明最後一個 +正常工作的版本（例如5.7）和最先發生問題的版本（例如5.8-rc1）。 + +通過郵件發送報告時，請抄送Linux迴歸郵件列表（regressions@lists.linux.dev）。 +如果報告需要提交到某個web追蹤器，請繼續提交；並在提交後，通過郵件將報告轉發 +至迴歸列表；抄送相關子系統的維護人員和郵件列表。請確保報告是內聯轉發的，不要 +把它作爲附件。另外請在頂部添加一個簡短的說明，在那裏寫上工單的網址。 + +在郵寄或轉發報告時，如果成功二分，需要將“罪魁禍首”的作者添加到收件人中；同時 +抄送signed-off-by鏈中的每個人，您可以在提交消息的末尾找到。 **安全問題** ：對於這種問題，你將必須評估：如果細節被公開披露，是否會對其他 用戶產生短期風險。如果不會，只需按照所述繼續報告問題。如果有此風險，你需要 @@ -972,47 +975,47 @@ Linux 首席開發者 Linus Torvalds 認爲 Linux 內核永遠不應惡化，這 * 如果 MAINTAINERS 文件指示您通過郵件報告問題，請不要抄送任何公共郵件列表。 - * 如果你應該在缺陷跟蹤器中提交問題，請確保將工單標記爲「私有」或「安全問題」。 + * 如果你應該在缺陷跟蹤器中提交問題，請確保將工單標記爲“私有”或“安全問題”。 如果缺陷跟蹤器沒有提供保持報告私密性的方法，那就別想了，把你的報告以私人 郵件的形式發送給維護者吧。 -在這兩種情況下，都一定要將報告發到 MAINTAINERS 文件中「安全聯絡」部分列出的 +在這兩種情況下，都一定要將報告發到 MAINTAINERS 文件中“安全聯絡”部分列出的 地址。理想的情況是在發送報告的時候直接抄送他們。如果您在缺陷跟蹤器中提交了 -報告，請將報告的文本轉發到這些地址；但請在報告的頂部加上注釋，表明您提交了 -報告，並附上工單連結。 +報告，請將報告的文本轉發到這些地址；但請在報告的頂部加上註釋，表明您提交了 +報告，並附上工單鏈接。 -更多信息請參見「Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst」。 +更多信息請參見 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst 。 -發布報告後的責任 +發佈報告後的責任 ------------------ *等待別人的反應，繼續推進事情，直到你能夠接受這樣或那樣的結果。因此，請 公開和及時地回應任何詢問。測試提出的修復。積極地測試：至少重新測試每個 新主線版本的首個候選版本（RC），並報告你的結果。如果出現拖延，就友好地 - 提醒一下。如果你沒有得到任何幫助或者未能滿意，請試著自己幫助自己。* + 提醒一下。如果你沒有得到任何幫助或者未能滿意，請試着自己幫助自己。* 如果你的報告非常優秀，而且你真的很幸運，那麼某個開發者可能會立即發現導致問 題的原因；然後他們可能會寫一個補丁來修復、測試它，並直接發送給主線集成，同 -時標記它以便以後回溯到需要它的穩定版和長期支持內核。那麼你需要做的就是回復 -一句「Thank you very much」（非常感謝），然後在發布後換上修復好的版本。 +時標記它以便以後回溯到需要它的穩定版和長期支持內核。那麼你需要做的就是回覆 +一句“Thank you very much”（非常感謝），然後在發佈後換上修復好的版本。 -但這種理想狀況很少發生。這就是爲什麼你把報告拿出來之後工作才開始。你要做的 -事情要視情況而定，但通常會是下面列出的事情。但在深入研究細節之前，這裡有幾 +但這種理想狀況很少發生。這就是爲什麼你把報告拿出來之後工作纔開始。你要做的 +事情要視情況而定，但通常會是下面列出的事情。但在深入研究細節之前，這裏有幾 件重要的事情，你需要記住這部分的過程。 關於進一步互動的一般建議 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -**總是公開回復** ：當你在缺陷跟蹤器中提交問題時，一定要在那裡回復，不要私下 -聯繫任何開發者。對於郵件報告，在回復您收到的任何郵件時，總是使用「全部回復」 +**總是公開回復** ：當你在缺陷跟蹤器中提交問題時，一定要在那裏回覆，不要私下 +聯繫任何開發者。對於郵件報告，在回覆您收到的任何郵件時，總是使用“全部回覆” 功能。這包括帶有任何你可能想要添加到你的報告中的額外數據的郵件：進入郵件應 -用程序「已發送」文件夾，並在郵件上使用「全部回復」來回復報告。這種方法可以確保 -公共郵件列表和其他所有參與者都能及時了解情況；它還能保持郵件線程的完整性， +用程序“已發送”文件夾，並在郵件上使用“全部回覆”來回復報告。這種方法可以確保 +公共郵件列表和其他所有參與者都能及時瞭解情況；它還能保持郵件線程的完整性， 這對於郵件列表將所有相關郵件歸爲一類是非常重要的。 -只有兩種情況不適合在缺陷跟蹤器或「全部回復」中發表評論： +只有兩種情況不適合在缺陷跟蹤器或“全部回覆”中發表評論： * 有人讓你私下發東西。 @@ -1022,32 +1025,32 @@ Linux 首席開發者 Linus Torvalds 認爲 Linux 內核永遠不應惡化，這 **在請求解釋或幫助之前先研究一下** ：在這部分過程中，有人可能會告訴你用尚未 掌握的技能做一些事情。例如你可能會被要求使用一些你從未聽說過的測試工具；或 -者你可能會被要求在 Linux 內核原始碼上應用一個補丁來測試它是否有幫助。在某些 -情況下，發個回復詢問如何做就可以了。但在走這條路之前，儘量通過在網際網路上搜 +者你可能會被要求在 Linux 內核源代碼上應用一個補丁來測試它是否有幫助。在某些 +情況下，發個回覆詢問如何做就可以了。但在走這條路之前，儘量通過在互聯網上搜 索自行找到答案；或者考慮在其他地方詢問建議。比如詢問朋友，或者到你平時常去 的聊天室或論壇發帖諮詢。 **要有耐心** ：如果你真的很幸運，你可能會在幾個小時內收到對你的報告的答覆。 但大多數情況下會花費更多的時間，因爲維護者分散在全球各地，因此可能在不同的 -時區——在那裡他們已經享受著遠離鍵盤的夜晚。 +時區——在那裏他們已經享受着遠離鍵盤的夜晚。 一般來說，內核開發者需要一到五個工作日來回復報告。有時會花費更長的時間，因 爲他們可能正忙於合併窗口、其他工作、參加開發者會議，或者只是在享受一個漫長 的暑假。 -「高優先級的問題」（見上面的解釋）例外：維護者應該儘快解決這些問題；這就是爲 +“高優先級的問題”（見上面的解釋）例外：維護者應該儘快解決這些問題；這就是爲 什麼你應該最多等待一個星期（如果是緊急的事情，則只需兩天），然後再發送友好 的提醒。 -有時維護者可能沒有及時回復；有時候可能會出現分歧，例如一個問題是否符合回歸 +有時維護者可能沒有及時回覆；有時候可能會出現分歧，例如一個問題是否符合迴歸 的條件。在這種情況下，在郵件列表上提出你的顧慮，並請求其他人公開或私下回復 如何繼續推進。如果失敗了，可能應該讓更高級別的維護者介入。如果是 WiFi 驅動， 那就是無線維護者；如果沒有更高級別的維護者，或者其他一切努力都失敗了，那 這可能是一種罕見的、可以讓 Linus Torvalds 參與進來的情況。 -**主動測試** ：每當一個新的主線內核版本的第一個預發布版本（rc1）發布的時候， +**主動測試** ：每當一個新的主線內核版本的第一個預發佈版本（rc1）發佈的時候， 去檢查一下這個問題是否得到了解決，或者是否有什麼重要的變化。在工單中或在 -回復報告的郵件中提及結果（確保所有參與討論的人都被抄送）。這將表明你的承諾 +回覆報告的郵件中提及結果（確保所有參與討論的人都被抄送）。這將表明你的承諾 和你願意幫忙。如果問題持續存在，它也會提醒開發者確保他們不會忘記它。其他一 些不定期的重新測試（例如用rc3、rc5 和最終版本）也是一個好主意，但只有在相關 的東西發生變化或者你正在寫什麼東西的時候才報告你的結果。 @@ -1057,10 +1060,10 @@ Linux 首席開發者 Linus Torvalds 認爲 Linux 內核永遠不應惡化，這 查詢和測試請求 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -如果你的報告得到了回復則需履行以下責任： +如果你的報告得到了回覆則需履行以下責任： **檢查與你打交道的人** ：大多數情況下，會是維護者或特定代碼區域的開發人員對 -你的報告做出回應。但由於問題通常是公開報告的，所以回復的可能是任何人——包括 +你的報告做出回應。但由於問題通常是公開報告的，所以回覆的可能是任何人——包括 那些想要幫忙的人，但最後可能會用他們的問題或請求引導你完全偏離軌道。這很少 發生，但這是快速上網搜搜看你正在與誰互動是明智之舉的許多原因之一。通過這樣 做，你也可以知道你的報告是否被正確的人聽到，因爲如果討論沒有導致滿意的問題 @@ -1086,63 +1089,63 @@ Linux 首席開發者 Linus Torvalds 認爲 Linux 內核永遠不應惡化，這 報告到達時，維護者剛剛離開鍵盤一段時間，或者有更重要的事情要處理。在寫提醒 信的時候，要善意地問一下，是否還需要你這邊提供什麼來讓事情推進下去。如果報 告是通過郵件發出來的，那就在郵件的第一行回覆你的初始郵件（見上文），其中包 -括下方的原始報告的完整引用：這是少數幾種情況下，這樣的「TOFU」（Text Over, +括下方的原始報告的完整引用：這是少數幾種情況下，這樣的“TOFU”（Text Over, Fullquote Under文字在上，完整引用在下）是正確的做法，因爲這樣所有的收件人都 會以適當的順序立即讓細節到手頭上來。 -在提醒之後，再等三周的回覆。如果你仍然沒有得到適當的反饋，你首先應該重新考 +在提醒之後，再等三週的回覆。如果你仍然沒有得到適當的反饋，你首先應該重新考 慮你的方法。你是否可能嘗試接觸了錯誤的人？是不是報告也許令人反感或者太混亂， 以至於人們決定完全遠離它？排除這些因素的最好方法是：把報告給一兩個熟悉 FLOSS 問題報告的人看，詢問他們的意見。同時徵求他們關於如何繼續推進的建議。 -這可能意味著：準備一份更好的報告，讓這些人在你發出去之前對它進行審查。這樣 +這可能意味着：準備一份更好的報告，讓這些人在你發出去之前對它進行審查。這樣 的方法完全可以；只需說明這是關於這個問題的第二份改進的報告，並附上第一份報 -告的連結。 +告的鏈接。 如果報告是恰當的，你可以發送第二封提醒信；在其中詢問爲什麼報告沒有得到任何 -回復。第二封提醒郵件的好時機是在新 Linux 內核版本的首個預發布版本（'rc1'） -發布後不久，因爲無論如何你都應該在那個時候重新測試並提供狀態更新（見上文）。 +回覆。第二封提醒郵件的好時機是在新 Linux 內核版本的首個預發佈版本（'rc1'） +發佈後不久，因爲無論如何你都應該在那個時候重新測試並提供狀態更新（見上文）。 -如果第二次提醒的結果又在一周內沒有任何反應，可以嘗試聯繫上級維護者詢問意見： +如果第二次提醒的結果又在一週內沒有任何反應，可以嘗試聯繫上級維護者詢問意見： 即使再忙的維護者在這時候也至少應該發過某種確認。 記住要做好失望的準備：理想狀況下維護者最好對每一個問題報告做出回應，但他們 -只有義務解決之前列出的「高優先級問題」。所以，如果你得到的回覆是「謝謝你的報告， -我目前有更重要的問題要處理，在可預見的未來沒有時間去研究這個問題」，那請不 +只有義務解決之前列出的“高優先級問題”。所以，如果你得到的回覆是“謝謝你的報告， +我目前有更重要的問題要處理，在可預見的未來沒有時間去研究這個問題”，那請不 要太沮喪。 也有可能在缺陷跟蹤器或列表中進行了一些討論之後，什麼都沒有發生，提醒也無助 於激勵大家進行修復。這種情況可能是毀滅性的，但在 Linux 內核開發中確實會發生。 -這些和其他得不到幫助的原因在本文結尾處的「爲什麼有些問題在被報告後沒有得到 -任何回應或者仍然沒有修復」中進行了解釋。 +這些和其他得不到幫助的原因在本文結尾處的“爲什麼有些問題在被報告後沒有得到 +任何回應或者仍然沒有修復”中進行了解釋。 如果你沒有得到任何幫助或問題最終沒有得到解決，不要沮喪：Linux 內核是 FLOSS， -因此你仍然可以自己幫助自己。例如，你可以試著找到其他受影響的人，和他們一 +因此你仍然可以自己幫助自己。例如，你可以試着找到其他受影響的人，和他們一 起合作來解決這個問題。這樣的團隊可以一起準備一份新的報告，提到團隊有多少人， 爲什麼你們認爲這是應該得到解決的事情。也許你們還可以一起縮小確切原因或引 -入回歸的變化，這往往會使修復更容易。而且如果運氣好的話，團隊中可能會有懂點 -編程的人，也許能寫出一個修複方案。 +入迴歸的變化，這往往會使修復更容易。而且如果運氣好的話，團隊中可能會有懂點 +編程的人，也許能寫出一個修復方案。 -「報告穩定版和長期支持內核線的回歸」的參考 +“報告穩定版和長期支持內核線的迴歸”的參考 ------------------------------------------ -本小節提供了在穩定版和長期支持內核線中面對回歸時需要執行的步驟的詳細信息。 +本小節提供了在穩定版和長期支持內核線中面對迴歸時需要執行的步驟的詳細信息。 確保特定版本線仍然受支持 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ *檢查內核開發人員是否仍然維護你關心的Linux內核版本線：去 kernel.org 的 - 首頁，確保此特定版本線的最新版沒有「[EOL]」標記。* + 首頁，確保此特定版本線的最新版沒有“[EOL]”標記。* 大多數內核版本線只支持三個月左右，因爲延長維護時間會帶來相當多的工作。因此， 每年只會選擇一個版本來支持至少兩年（通常是六年）。這就是爲什麼你需要檢查 內核開發者是否還支持你關心的版本線。 -注意，如果 `kernel.org <https://kernel.org/>`_ 在首頁上列出了兩個「穩定」版本， +注意，如果 `kernel.org <https://kernel.org/>`_ 在首頁上列出了兩個“穩定”版本， 你應該考慮切換到較新的版本，而忘掉較舊的版本：對它的支持可能很快就會結束。 -然後，它將被標記爲「生命周期結束」（EOL）。達到這個程度的版本線仍然會在 -`kernel.org <https://kernel.org/>`_ 首頁上被顯示一兩周，但不適合用於測試和 +然後，它將被標記爲“生命週期結束”（EOL）。達到這個程度的版本線仍然會在 +`kernel.org <https://kernel.org/>`_ 首頁上被顯示一兩週，但不適合用於測試和 報告。 搜索穩定版郵件列表 @@ -1158,57 +1161,63 @@ FLOSS 問題報告的人看，詢問他們的意見。同時徵求他們關於 用最新版本復現問題 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - *從特定的版本線安裝最新版本作爲純淨內核。確保這個內核沒有被汙染，並且仍 - 然存在問題，因爲問題可能已經在那裡被修復了。* + *從特定的版本線安裝最新版本作爲純淨內核。確保這個內核沒有被污染，並且仍 + 然存在問題，因爲問題可能已經在那裏被修復了。* 在投入更多時間到這個過程中之前，你要檢查這個問題是否在你關注的版本線的最新 -版本中已經得到了修復。這個內核需要是純淨的，在問題發生之前不應該被汙染，正 +版本中已經得到了修復。這個內核需要是純淨的，在問題發生之前不應該被污染，正 如上面已經在測試主線的過程中詳細介紹過的一樣。 -您是否是第一次注意到供應商內核的回歸？供應商的更改可能會發生變化。你需要重新 +您是否是第一次注意到供應商內核的迴歸？供應商的更改可能會發生變化。你需要重新 檢查排除來這個問題。當您從5.10.4-vendor.42更新到5.10.5-vendor.43時，記錄損壞 的信息。然後在測試了前一段中所述的最新5.10版本之後，檢查Linux 5.10.4的普通版本 -是否也可以正常工作。如果問題在那裡出現，那就不符合上游回歸的條件，您需要切換 +是否也可以正常工作。如果問題在那裏出現，那就不符合上游迴歸的條件，您需要切換 回主逐步指南來報告問題。 -報告回歸 +報告迴歸 ~~~~~~~~~~ - *向Linux穩定版郵件列表發送一個簡短的問題報告(stable@vger.kernel.org)。 - 大致描述問題，並解釋如何復現。講清楚首個出現問題的版本和最後一個工作正常 - 的版本。然後等待進一步的指示。* + *向Linux穩定版郵件列表發送一個簡短的問題報告(stable@vger.kernel.org)並 + 抄送Linux迴歸郵件列表（regressions@lists.linux.dev）；如果你懷疑是由某 + 子系統引起的，請抄送其維護人員和子系統郵件列表。大致描述問題，並解釋如 + 何復現。講清楚首個出現問題的版本和最後一個工作正常的版本。然後等待進一 + 步的指示。* -當報告在穩定版或長期支持內核線內發生的回歸（例如在從5.10.4更新到5.10.5時）， -一份簡短的報告足以快速報告問題。因此只需要粗略的描述。 +當報告在穩定版或長期支持內核線內發生的迴歸（例如在從5.10.4更新到5.10.5時）， +一份簡短的報告足以快速報告問題。因此只需向穩定版和迴歸郵件列表發送粗略的描述； +不過如果你懷疑某子系統導致此問題的話，請一併抄送其維護人員和子系統郵件列表， +這會加快進程。 -但是請注意，如果您能夠指明引入問題的確切版本，這將對開發人員有很大幫助。因此 -如果有時間的話，請嘗試使用普通內核找到該版本。讓我們假設發行版發布Linux內核 +請注意，如果您能夠指明引入問題的確切版本，這將對開發人員有很大幫助。因此 +如果有時間的話，請嘗試使用普通內核找到該版本。讓我們假設發行版發佈Linux內核 5.10.5到5.10.8的更新時發生了故障。那麼按照上面的指示，去檢查該版本線中的最新 內核，比如5.10.9。如果問題出現，請嘗試普通5.10.5，以確保供應商應用的補丁不會 干擾。如果問題沒有出現，那麼嘗試5.10.7，然後直到5.10.8或5.10.6（取決於結果） 找到第一個引入問題的版本。在報告中寫明這一點，並指出5.10.9仍然存在故障。 -前一段基本粗略地概述了「二分」方法。一旦報告出來，您可能會被要求做一個正確的 +前一段基本粗略地概述了“二分”方法。一旦報告出來，您可能會被要求做一個正確的 報告，因爲它允許精確地定位導致問題的確切更改（然後很容易被恢復以快速修復問題）。 -因此如果時間允許，考慮立即進行適當的二分。有關如何詳細信息，請參閱「對回歸的 -特別關照」部分和文檔「Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst」。 +因此如果時間允許，考慮立即進行適當的二分。有關如何詳細信息，請參閱“對迴歸的 +特別關照”部分和文檔 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst 。 +如果成功二分的話，請將“罪魁禍首”的作者添加到收件人中；同時抄送所有在 +signed-off-by鏈中的人，您可以在提交消息的末尾找到。 -「報告僅在舊內核版本線中發生的問題」的參考 ------------------------------------------- +“報告僅在舊內核版本線中發生的問題”的參考 +---------------------------------------- -本節詳細介紹了如果無法用主線內核重現問題，但希望在舊版本線（又稱穩定版內核和 +本節詳細介紹瞭如果無法用主線內核重現問題，但希望在舊版本線（又稱穩定版內核和 長期支持內核）中修復問題時需要採取的步驟。 有些修復太複雜 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ *請做好準備，接下來的幾個步驟可能無法在舊版本中解決問題：修復可能太大或 - 太冒險，無法移植到那裡。* + 太冒險，無法移植到那裏。* 即使是微小的、看似明顯的代碼變化，有時也會帶來新的、完全意想不到的問題。穩 定版和長期支持內核的維護者非常清楚這一點，因此他們只對這些內核進行符合 -「Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst」中所列出的 +Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst 中所列出的 規則的修改。 複雜或有風險的修改不符合條件，因此只能應用於主線。其他的修復很容易被回溯到 @@ -1220,7 +1229,7 @@ FLOSS 問題報告的人看，詢問他們的意見。同時徵求他們關於 通用準備 ~~~~~~~~~~ - *執行上面「報告僅在舊內核版本線中發生的問題」一節中的前三個步驟。* + *執行上面“報告僅在舊內核版本線中發生的問題”一節中的前三個步驟。* 您需要執行本指南另一節中已經描述的幾個步驟。這些步驟將讓您： @@ -1242,21 +1251,21 @@ FLOSS 問題報告的人看，詢問他們的意見。同時徵求他們關於 在許多情況下，你所處理的問題會發生在主線上，但已在主線上得到了解決。修正它 的提交也需要被回溯才能解決這個問題。這就是爲什麼你要搜索它或任何相關討論。 - * 首先嘗試在存放 Linux 內核原始碼的 Git 倉庫中找到修復。你可以通過 + * 首先嚐試在存放 Linux 內核源代碼的 Git 倉庫中找到修復。你可以通過 `kernel.org 上的網頁 <https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/>`_ 或 `GitHub 上的鏡像 <https://github.com/torvalds/linux>`_ 來實現；如果你 有一個本地克隆，你也可以在命令行用 ``git log --grep=<pattern>`` 來搜索。 - 如果你找到了修復，請查看提交消息的尾部是否包含了類似這樣的「穩定版標籤」： + 如果你找到了修復，請查看提交消息的尾部是否包含了類似這樣的“穩定版標籤”： Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 5.4+ 像上面這行，開發者標記了安全修復可以回傳到 5.4 及以後的版本。大多數情況 - 下，它會在兩周內被應用到那裡，但有時需要更長的時間。 + 下，它會在兩週內被應用到那裏，但有時需要更長的時間。 * 如果提交沒有告訴你任何東西，或者你找不到修復，請再找找關於這個問題的討論。 - 用你最喜歡的搜尋引擎搜索網絡，以及 `Linux kernel developers mailing + 用你最喜歡的搜索引擎搜索網絡，以及 `Linux kernel developers mailing list 內核開發者郵件列表 <https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/>`_ 的檔案。也可以 閱讀上面的 `定位導致問題的內核區域` 一節，然後按照說明找到導致問題的子系 統：它的缺陷跟蹤器或郵件列表存檔中可能有你要找的答案。 @@ -1286,41 +1295,41 @@ FLOSS 問題報告的人看，詢問他們的意見。同時徵求他們關於 爲什麼有些問題在報告後沒有任何回應或仍未解決？ =============================================== -當向 Linux 開發者報告問題時，要注意只有「高優先級的問題」（回歸、安全問題、嚴 +當向 Linux 開發者報告問題時，要注意只有“高優先級的問題”（迴歸、安全問題、嚴 重問題）才一定會得到解決。如果維護者或其他人都失敗了，Linus Torvalds 他自己 會確保這一點。他們和其他內核開發者也會解決很多其他問題。但是要知道，有時他 們也會不能或不願幫忙；有時甚至沒有人發報告給他們。 最好的解釋就是那些內核開發者常常是在業餘時間爲 Linux 內核做出貢獻。內核中的 -不少驅動程序都是由這樣的程式設計師編寫的，往往只是因爲他們想讓自己的硬體可以在 -自己喜歡的作業系統上使用。 +不少驅動程序都是由這樣的程序員編寫的，往往只是因爲他們想讓自己的硬件可以在 +自己喜歡的操作系統上使用。 -這些程式設計師大多數時候會很樂意修復別人報告的問題。但是沒有人可以強迫他們這樣 +這些程序員大多數時候會很樂意修復別人報告的問題。但是沒有人可以強迫他們這樣 做，因爲他們是自願貢獻的。 還有一些情況下，這些開發者真的很想解決一個問題，但卻不能解決：有時他們缺乏 -硬體編程文檔來解決問題。這種情況往往由於公開的文檔太簡陋，或者驅動程序是通 +硬件編程文檔來解決問題。這種情況往往由於公開的文檔太簡陋，或者驅動程序是通 過逆向工程編寫的。 -業餘開發者遲早也會不再關心某驅動。也許他們的測試硬體壞了，被更高級的玩意取 -代了，或者是太老了以至於只能在計算機博物館裡找到。有時開發者根本就不關心他 +業餘開發者遲早也會不再關心某驅動。也許他們的測試硬件壞了，被更高級的玩意取 +代了，或者是太老了以至於只能在計算機博物館裏找到。有時開發者根本就不關心他 們的代碼和 Linux 了，因爲在他們的生活中一些不同的東西變得更重要了。在某些情 況下，沒有人願意接手維護者的工作——也沒有人可以被強迫，因爲對 Linux 內核的貢 獻是自願的。然而被遺棄的驅動程序仍然存在於內核中：它們對人們仍然有用，刪除 -它們可能導致回歸。 +它們可能導致迴歸。 對於那些爲 Linux 內核工作而獲得報酬的開發者來說，情況並沒有什麼不同。這些人 現在貢獻了大部分的變更。但是他們的僱主遲早也會停止關注他們的代碼或者讓程序 -員專注於其他事情。例如，硬體廠商主要通過銷售新硬體來賺錢；因此，他們中的不 +員專注於其他事情。例如，硬件廠商主要通過銷售新硬件來賺錢；因此，他們中的不 少人並沒有投入太多時間和精力來維護他們多年前就停止銷售的東西的 Linux 內核驅 動。企業級 Linux 發行商往往持續維護的時間比較長，但在新版本中往往會把對老舊 -和稀有硬體的支持放在一邊，以限制範圍。一旦公司拋棄了一些代碼，往往由業餘貢 +和稀有硬件的支持放在一邊，以限制範圍。一旦公司拋棄了一些代碼，往往由業餘貢 獻者接手，但正如上面提到的：他們遲早也會放下代碼。 優先級是一些問題沒有被修復的另一個原因，因爲維護者相當多的時候是被迫設置這 些優先級的，因爲在 Linux 上工作的時間是有限的。對於業餘時間或者僱主給予他們 的開發人員用於上游內核維護工作的時間也是如此。有時維護人員也會被報告淹沒， -即使一個驅動程序幾乎完美地工作。爲了不被完全纏住，程式設計師可能別無選擇，只能 +即使一個驅動程序幾乎完美地工作。爲了不被完全纏住，程序員可能別無選擇，只能 對問題報告進行優先級排序而拒絕其中的一些報告。 不過這些都不用太過擔心，很多驅動都有積極的維護者，他們對儘可能多的解決問題 @@ -1330,8 +1339,32 @@ FLOSS 問題報告的人看，詢問他們的意見。同時徵求他們關於 結束語 ======= -與其他免費/自由&開源軟體（Free/Libre & Open Source Software，FLOSS）相比， -向 Linux 內核開發者報告問題是很難的：這個文檔的長度和複雜性以及字裡行間的內 +與其他免費/自由&開源軟件（Free/Libre & Open Source Software，FLOSS）相比， +向 Linux 內核開發者報告問題是很難的：這個文檔的長度和複雜性以及字裏行間的內 涵都說明了這一點。但目前就是這樣了。這篇文字的主要作者希望通過記錄現狀來爲 以後改善這種狀況打下一些基礎。 + +.. + end-of-content +.. + This English version of this document is maintained by Thorsten Leemhuis + <linux@leemhuis.info>. If you spot a typo or small mistake, feel free to + let him know directly and he'll fix it. For translation problems, please + contact with translators. You are free to do the same in a mostly informal + way if you want to contribute changes to the text, but for copyright + reasons please CC linux-doc@vger.kernel.org and "sign-off" your + contribution as Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst outlines in + the section "Sign your work - the Developer's Certificate of Origin". +.. + This text is available under GPL-2.0+ or CC-BY-4.0, as stated at the top + of the file. If you want to distribute this text under CC-BY-4.0 only, + please use "The Linux kernel developers" for author attribution and link + this as source: + https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/plain/Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst +.. + Note: Only the content of this RST file as found in the Linux kernel sources + is available under CC-BY-4.0, as versions of this text that were processed + (for example by the kernel's build system) might contain content taken from + files which use a more restrictive license. + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-regressions.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-regressions.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d7dcb2a26564 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-regressions.rst @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR CC-BY-4.0) +.. 【重分發信息參見本文件結尾】 + +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-regressions.rst + +:譯者: + + 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn> + + +============ +報告迴歸問題 +============ + +“*我們拒絕出現迴歸*”是Linux內核開發的首要規則；Linux的發起者和領軍開發者Linus +Torvalds立下了此規則並確保它被落實。 + +本文檔描述了這條規則對用戶的意義，以及Linux內核開發模型如何確保解決所有被報告 +的迴歸；關於內核開發者如何處理的方面參見 Documentation/process/handling-regressions.rst 。 + + +本文重點（亦即“太長不看”） +========================== + +#. 如果某程序在原先的Linux內核上運行良好，但在較新版本上效果更差、或者根本不 + 能用，那麼你就碰見迴歸問題了。注意，新內核需要使用類似配置編譯；更多相關細 + 節參見下方。 + +#. 按照 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst 中 + 所說的報告你的問題，該文檔已經包含了所有關於迴歸的重要方面，爲了方便起見也 + 複製到了下面。兩個重點：在報告主題中使用“[REGRESSION]”開頭並抄送或轉發到 + `迴歸郵件列表 <https://lore.kernel.org/regressions/>`_ + （regressions@lists.linux.dev）。 + +#. 可選但是建議：在發送或轉發報告時，指明該回歸發生的起點，以便Linux內核迴歸 + 追蹤機器人“regzbot”可以追蹤此問題:: + + #regzbot introduced v5.13..v5.14-rc1 + + +與用戶相關的所有Linux內核迴歸細節 +================================= + + +基本重點 +-------- + + +什麼是“迴歸”以及什麼是“無迴歸規則”？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +如果某程序/實例在原先的Linux內核上運行良好，但在較新版本上效果更差、或者根本 +不能用，那麼你就碰見迴歸問題了。“無迴歸規則”不允許出現這種情況。如果偶然發 +生了，導致問題的開發者應當迅速修復問題。 + +也就是說，若Linux 5.13中的WiFi驅動程序運行良好，但是在5.14版本上卻不能用、速 +度明顯變慢或出現錯誤，那就出現了迴歸。如果某正常工作的應用程序突然在新內核上 +出現不穩定，這也是迴歸；這些問題可能是由於procfs、sysfs或Linux提供給用戶空間 +軟件的許多其他接口之一的變化。但請記住，前述例子中的5.14需要使用類似於5.13的 +配置構建。這可以用 ``make olddefconfig`` 實現，詳細解釋見下。 + +注意本節第一句話中的“實例”：即使開發者需要遵循“無迴歸”規則，但仍可自由地改 +變內核的任何方面，甚至是導出到用戶空間的API或ABI，只要別破壞現有的應用程序或 +用例。 + +還需注意，“無迴歸”規則只限制內核提供給用戶空間的接口。它不適用於內核內部接 +口，比如一些外部開發的驅動程序用來插入鉤子到內核的模塊API。 + +如何報告迴歸？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +只需按照 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst 中 +所說的報告你的問題，該文檔已經包含了要點。下面幾點概述了一下只在迴歸中重要的 +方面： + + * 在檢查可加入討論的現有報告時，別忘了搜索 `Linux迴歸郵件列表 + <https://lore.kernel.org/regressions/>`_ 和 `regzbot網頁界面 + <https://linux-regtracking.leemhuis.info/regzbot/>`_ 。 + + * 在報告主題的開頭加上“[REGRESSION]”。 + + * 在你的報告中明確最後一個正常工作的內核版本和首個出問題的版本。如若可能， + 用二分法嘗試找出導致迴歸的變更，更多細節見下。 + + * 記得把報告發到Linux迴歸郵件列表（regressions@lists.linux.dev）。 + + * 如果通過郵件報告迴歸，請抄送回歸列表。 + + * 如果你使用某些缺陷追蹤器報告迴歸，請通過郵件轉發已提交的報告到迴歸列表， + 並抄送維護者以及出問題的相關子系統的郵件列表。 + + 如果是穩定版或長期支持版系列（如v5.15.3…v5.15.5）的迴歸，請記得抄送 + `Linux穩定版郵件列表 <https://lore.kernel.org/stable/>`_ （stable@vger.kernel.org）。 + + 如果你成功地執行了二分，請抄送肇事提交的信息中所有簽了“Signed-off-by:”的人。 + +在抄送你的報告到列表時，也請記得通知前述的Linux內核迴歸追蹤機器人。只需在郵件 +中包含如下片段:: + + #regzbot introduced: v5.13..v5.14-rc1 + +Regzbot會就將你的郵件視爲在某個特定版本區間的迴歸報告。上例中即linux v5.13仍 +然正常，而Linux 5.14-rc1是首個您遇到問題的版本。如果你執行了二分以查找導致回 +歸的提交，請使用指定肇事提交的id代替:: + + #regzbot introduced: 1f2e3d4c5d + +添加這樣的“regzbot命令”對你是有好處的，它會確保報告不會被忽略。如果你省略了 +它，Linux內核的迴歸跟蹤者會把你的迴歸告訴regzbot，只要你發送了一個副本到迴歸 +郵件列表。但是迴歸跟蹤者只有一個人，有時不得不休息或甚至偶爾享受可以遠離電腦 +的時光（聽起來很瘋狂）。因此，依賴此人手動將回歸添加到 `已追蹤且尚未解決的 +Linux內核迴歸列表 <https://linux-regtracking.leemhuis.info/regzbot/>`_ 和 +regzbot發送的每週迴歸報告，可能會出現延遲。 這樣的延誤會導致Linus Torvalds +在決定“繼續開發還是發佈新版本？”時忽略嚴重的迴歸。 + +真的修復了所有的迴歸嗎？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +幾乎所有都是，只要引起問題的變更（肇事提交）被可靠定位。也有些迴歸可以不用這 +樣，但通常是必須的。 + +誰需要找出迴歸的根本原因？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +受影響代碼區域的開發者應該自行嘗試定位問題所在。但僅靠他們的努力往往是不可 +能做到的，很多問題只發生在開發者的無法接觸的其他特定外部環境中——例如特定的 +硬件平臺、固件、Linux發行版、系統的配置或應用程序。這就是爲什麼最終往往是報 +告者定位肇事提交；有時用戶甚至需要再運行額外測試以查明確切的根本原因。開發 +者應該提供建議和可能的幫助，以使普通用戶更容易完成該流程。 + +如何找到罪魁禍首？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +如 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst （簡要） +和 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst （詳細）中所 +述，執行二分。聽起來工作量很大，但大部分情況下很快就能找到罪魁禍首。如果這很 +困難或可靠地重現問題很耗時，請考慮與其他受影響的用戶合作，一起縮小搜索範圍。 + +當出現迴歸時我可以向誰尋求建議？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +發送郵件到迴歸郵件列表（regressions@lists.linux.dev）同時抄送Linux內核的迴歸 +跟蹤者（regressions@leemhuis.info）;如果問題需要保密處理，可以省略列表。 + + +關於迴歸的更多細節 +------------------ + + +“無迴歸規則”的目標是什麼？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +用戶應該放心升級內核版本，而不必擔心有程序可能崩潰。這符合內核開發者的利益， +可以使更新有吸引力：他們不希望用戶停留在停止維護或超過一年半的穩定/長期Linux +版本系列上。這也符合所有人的利益，因爲 `那些系列可能含有已知的缺陷、安全問題 +或其他後續版本已經修復的問題 +<http://www.kroah.com/log/blog/2018/08/24/what-stable-kernel-should-i-use/>`_ 。 +此外，內核開發者希望使用戶測試最新的預發行版或常規發行版變得簡單而有吸引力。 +這同樣符合所有人的利益，如果新版本出來後很快就有相關報告，會使追蹤和修復問題 +更容易。 + +實際中“無迴歸”規則真的可行嗎？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +這不是句玩笑話，請見Linux創建者和主要開發人員Linus Torvalds在郵件列表中的許 +多發言，其中一些在 Documentation/process/handling-regressions.rst 中被引用。 + +此規則的例外情況極爲罕見；之前當開發者認爲某個特定的情況有必要援引例外時， +基本都被證明錯了。 + +誰來確保“無迴歸”被落實？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +照看和支撐樹的子系統維護者應該關心這一點——例如，Linus Torvalds之於主線， +Greg Kroah-Hartman等人之於各種穩定/長期系列。 + +他們都得到了別人的幫助，以確保迴歸報告不會被遺漏。其中之一是Thorsten +Leemhuis，他目前擔任Linux內核的“迴歸跟蹤者”；爲了做好這項工作，他使用了 +regzbot——Linux內核迴歸跟蹤機器人。所以這就是爲什麼要抄送或轉發你的報告到 +迴歸郵件列表來通知這些人，已經最好在你的郵件中包含“regzbot命令”來立即追蹤它。 + +迴歸通常多久能修復？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +開發者應該儘快修復任何被報告的迴歸，以提供及時爲受影響的用戶提供解決方案，並 +防止更多用戶遇到問題；然而，開發人員需要花足夠的時間和注意力確保迴歸修復不會 +造成額外的損害。 + +因此，答案取決於各種因素，如迴歸的影響、存在時長或出現於哪個Linux版本系列。 +但最終，大多數的迴歸應該在兩週內修復。 + +當問題可以通過升級某些軟件解決時，是迴歸嗎？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +基本都是。如果開發人員告訴您其他情況，請諮詢上述迴歸跟蹤者。 + +當新內核變慢或能耗增加，是迴歸嗎？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +是的，但有一些差別。在微型基準測試中變慢5%不太可能被視爲迴歸，除非它也會對 +廣泛基準測試的結果產生超過1%的影響。如果有疑問，請尋求建議。 + +當更新Linux時外部內核模塊崩潰了，是迴歸嗎？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +不，因爲“無迴歸”規則僅限於Linux內核提供給用戶空間的接口和服務。因此，它不包括 +構建或運行外部開發的內核模塊，因爲它們在內核空間中運行與掛進內核使用的內部接 +口偶爾會變化。 + +如何處理安全修復引起的迴歸？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +在極爲罕見的情況下，安全問題無法在不引起迴歸的情況下修復；這些修復都被放棄了， +因爲它們終究會引起問題。幸運的是這種兩難境地基本都可以避免，受影響區域的主要 +開發者以及Linus Torvalds本人通常都會努力在不引入迴歸的情況下解決安全問題。 + +如果你仍然面臨此種情況，請查看郵件列表檔案是否有人盡力避免過迴歸。如果沒有， +請報告它；如有疑問，請如上所述尋求建議。 + +當修復迴歸時不可避免會引入另一個，如何處理？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +很遺憾這種事確實會出現，但幸運的是並不經常出現；如果發生了，受影響代碼區的資 +深開發者應當調查該問題以找到避免迴歸的解決方法，至少避免它們的影響。如果你遇 +到這樣的情況，如上所述：檢查之前的討論是否有人已經盡了最大努力，如有疑問請尋 +求建議。 + +小提示：如果人們在每個開發週期中定期給出主線預發佈（即v5.15-rc1或-rc3）以供 +測試，則可以避免這種情況。爲了更好地解釋，可以設想一個在Linux v5.14和v5.15-rc1 +之間集成的更改，該更改導致了迴歸，但同時是應用於5.15-rc1的其他改進的強依賴。 +如果有人在5.15發佈之前就發現並報告了這個問題，那麼所有更改都可以直接撤銷，從 +而解決迴歸問題。而就在幾天或幾周後，此解決方案變成了不可能，因爲一些軟件可能 +已經開始依賴於後續更改之一：撤銷所有更改將導致上述用戶軟件出現迴歸，這是不可 +接受的。 + +若我所依賴的功能在數月前被移除了，是迴歸嗎？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +是的，但如前節所述，通常很難修復此類迴歸。因此需要逐案處理。這也是定期測試主 +線預發佈對所有人有好處的另一個原因。 + +如果我似乎是唯一受影響的人，是否仍適用“無迴歸”規則？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +適用，但僅限於實際使用：Linux開發人員希望能夠自由地取消那些只能在閣樓和博物 +館中找到的硬件的支持。 + +請注意，有時爲了取得進展，不得不出現迴歸——後者也是防止Linux停滯不前所必需 +的。因此如果迴歸所影響的用戶很少，那麼爲了他們和其他人更大的利益，還是讓事情 +過去吧。尤其是存在某種規避迴歸的簡單方法，例如更新一些軟件或者使用專門爲此目 +的創建的內核參數。 + +迴歸規則是否也適用於staging樹中的代碼？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +不，參見 `適用於所有staging代碼配置選項的幫助文本 +<https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/drivers/staging/Kconfig>`_ ， +其早已聲明:: + + 請注意：這些驅動正在積極開發中，可能無法正常工作，並可能包含會在不久的 + 將來發生變化的用戶接口。 + +雖然staging開發人員通常堅持“無迴歸”的原則，但有時爲了取得進展也會違背它。這就 +是爲什麼當staging樹的WiFi驅動被基本推倒重來時，有些用戶不得不處理迴歸（通常可 +以忽略）。 + +爲什麼較新版本必須“使用相似配置編譯”？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +因爲Linux內核開發人員有時會集成已知的會導致迴歸的變更，但使它們成爲可選的，並 +在內核的默認配置下禁用它們。這一技巧允許進步，否則“無迴歸”規則將導致停滯。 + +例如，試想一個新的可以阻止惡意軟件濫用某個內核的接口的安全特性，同時又需要滿足 +另一個很罕見的應用程序。上述的方法可使兩方都滿意：使用這些應用程序的人可以關閉 +新的安全功能，而其他不會遇到麻煩的人可以啓用它。 + +如何創建與舊內核相似的配置？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +用一個已知良好的內核啓動機器，並用 ``make olddefconfig`` 配置新版的Linux。這 +會讓內核的構建腳本從正在運行的內核中摘錄配置文件（“.config”文件），作爲即將編 +譯的新版本的基礎配置；同時將所有新的配置選項設爲默認值，以禁用可能導致迴歸的 +新功能。 + +如何報告在預編譯的普通內核中發現的迴歸？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +您需要確保新的內核是用與舊版相似的配置編譯（見上文），因爲那些構建它們的人可 +能啓用了一些已知的與新內核不兼容的特性。如有疑問，請向內核的提供者報告問題並 +尋求建議。 + + +用“regzbot”追蹤迴歸的更多信息 +----------------------------- + +什麼是迴歸追蹤？爲啥我需要關心它？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +像“無迴歸”這樣的規則需要有人來確保它們被遵守，否則會被有意/無意打破。歷史證 +明瞭這一點對於Linux內核開發也適用。這就是爲什麼Linux內核的迴歸跟蹤者Thorsten +Leemhuis，，和另一些人盡力關注所有的迴歸直到他們解決。他們從未爲此獲得報酬， +因此這項工作是在盡最大努力的基礎上完成的。 + +爲什麼/如何使用機器人追蹤Linux內核迴歸？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +由於Linux內核開發過程的分佈式和鬆散結構，完全手動跟蹤迴歸已經被證明是相當困難 +的。因此Linux內核的迴歸跟蹤者開發了regzbot來促進這項工作，其長期目標是儘可能爲 +所有相關人員自動化迴歸跟蹤。 + +Regzbot通過監視跟蹤的迴歸報告的回覆來工作。此外，它還查找用“Link:”標籤引用這 +些報告的補丁；對這些補丁的回覆也會被跟蹤。結合這些數據，可以很好地瞭解當前修 +復過程的狀態。 + +如何查看regzbot當前追蹤的迴歸？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +參見 `regzbot在線 <https://linux-regtracking.leemhuis.info/regzbot/>`_ 。 + +何種問題可以由regzbot追蹤？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +該機器人只爲了跟蹤迴歸，因此請不要讓regzbot涉及常規問題。但是對於Linux內核的 +迴歸跟蹤者來說，讓regzbot跟蹤嚴重問題也可以，如有關掛起、損壞數據或內部錯誤 +（Panic、Oops、BUG（）、warning…）的報告。 + +如何修改被追蹤迴歸的相關信息？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +在直接或間接回復報告郵件時使用“regzbot命令”即可。最簡單的方法是：在“已發送”文 +件夾或郵件列表存檔中找到報告，然後使用郵件客戶端的“全部回覆”功能對其進行回覆。 +在該郵件中的獨立段落中可使用以下命令之一（即使用空行將這些命令中的一個或多個與 +其餘郵件文本分隔開）。 + + * 更新迴歸引入起點，例如在執行二分之後:: + + #regzbot introduced: 1f2e3d4c5d + + * 設置或更新標題:: + + #regzbot title: foo + + * 監視討論或bugzilla.kernel.org上有關討論或修復的工單:: + + #regzbot monitor: https://lore.kernel.org/r/30th.anniversary.repost@klaava.Helsinki.FI/ + #regzbot monitor: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=123456789 + + * 標記一個有更多相關細節的地方，例如有關但主題不同的郵件列表帖子或缺陷追蹤器中的工單:: + + #regzbot link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=123456789 + + * 標記迴歸已失效:: + + #regzbot invalid: wasn't a regression, problem has always existed + +Regzbot還支持其他一些主要由開發人員或迴歸追蹤人員使用的命令。命令的更多細節請 +參考 `入門指南 <https://gitlab.com/knurd42/regzbot/-/blob/main/docs/getting_started.md>`_ +和 `參考手冊 <https://gitlab.com/knurd42/regzbot/-/blob/main/docs/reference.md>`_ 。 + +.. + 正文結束 +.. + 如本文件開頭所述，本文以GPL-2.0+或CC-BY-4.0許可發行。如您想僅在CC-BY-4.0許 + 可下重分發本文，請用“Linux內核開發者”作爲作者，並用如下鏈接作爲來源： + https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/plain/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/reporting-regressions.rst +.. + 注意：本RST文件內容只有在來自Linux內核源代碼時是使用CC-BY-4.0許可的，因爲經 + 過處理的版本（如經內核的構建系統）可能包含來自使用更嚴格許可證的文件的內容。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst index 65c8dd24c96d..c0e9fc247695 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst @@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ Linux內核開發人員非常重視安全性。因此我們想知道何時發現 ----- 可以通過電子郵件<security@kernel.org>聯繫Linux內核安全團隊。這是一個安全人員 -的私有列表，他們將幫助驗證錯誤報告並開發和發布修復程序。如果您已經有了一個 +的私有列表，他們將幫助驗證錯誤報告並開發和發佈修復程序。如果您已經有了一個 修復，請將其包含在您的報告中，這樣可以大大加快進程。安全團隊可能會從區域維護 -人員那裡獲得額外的幫助，以理解和修復安全漏洞。 +人員那裏獲得額外的幫助，以理解和修復安全漏洞。 與任何缺陷一樣，提供的信息越多，診斷和修復就越容易。如果您不清楚哪些信息有用， -請查看「Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst」中 +請查看“Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst”中 概述的步驟。任何利用漏洞的攻擊代碼都非常有用，未經報告者同意不會對外發布，除 非已經公開。 -請儘可能發送無附件的純文本電子郵件。如果所有的細節都藏在附件里，那麼就很難對 -一個複雜的問題進行上下文引用的討論。把它想像成一個 +請儘可能發送無附件的純文本電子郵件。如果所有的細節都藏在附件裏，那麼就很難對 +一個複雜的問題進行上下文引用的討論。把它想象成一個 :doc:`常規的補丁提交 <../process/submitting-patches>` （即使你還沒有補丁）： 描述問題和影響，列出復現步驟，然後給出一個建議的解決方案，所有這些都是純文本的。 @@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ Linux內核開發人員非常重視安全性。因此我們想知道何時發現 安全列表不是公開渠道。爲此，請參見下面的協作。 -一旦開發出了健壯的補丁，發布過程就開始了。對公開的缺陷的修復會立即發布。 +一旦開發出了健壯的補丁，發佈過程就開始了。對公開的缺陷的修復會立即發佈。 -儘管我們傾向於在未公開缺陷的修復可用時即發布補丁，但應報告者或受影響方的請求， -這可能會被推遲到發布過程開始後的7日內，如果根據缺陷的嚴重性需要更多的時間， -則可額外延長到14天。推遲發布修復的唯一有效原因是爲了適應QA的邏輯和需要發布 +儘管我們傾向於在未公開缺陷的修復可用時即發佈補丁，但應報告者或受影響方的請求， +這可能會被推遲到發佈過程開始後的7日內，如果根據缺陷的嚴重性需要更多的時間， +則可額外延長到14天。推遲發佈修復的唯一有效原因是爲了適應QA的邏輯和需要發佈 協調的大規模部署。 雖然可能與受信任的個人共享受限信息以開發修復，但未經報告者許可，此類信息不會 -與修復程序一起發布或發布在任何其他披露渠道上。這包括但不限於原始錯誤報告和 +與修復程序一起發佈或發佈在任何其他披露渠道上。這包括但不限於原始錯誤報告和 後續討論（如有）、漏洞、CVE信息或報告者的身份。 換句話說，我們唯一感興趣的是修復缺陷。提交給安全列表的所有其他資料以及對報告 @@ -57,10 +57,10 @@ Linux內核開發人員非常重視安全性。因此我們想知道何時發現 對敏感缺陷（例如那些可能導致權限提升的缺陷）的修復可能需要與私有郵件列表 <linux-distros@vs.openwall.org>進行協調，以便分發供應商做好準備，在公開披露 -上游補丁時發布一個已修復的內核。發行版將需要一些時間來測試建議的補丁，通常 -會要求至少幾天的限制，而供應商更新發布更傾向於周二至周四。若合適，安全團隊 +上游補丁時發佈一個已修復的內核。發行版將需要一些時間來測試建議的補丁，通常 +會要求至少幾天的限制，而供應商更新發布更傾向於週二至週四。若合適，安全團隊 可以協助這種協調，或者報告者可以從一開始就包括linux發行版。在這種情況下，請 -記住在電子郵件主題行前面加上「[vs]」，如linux發行版wiki中所述： +記住在電子郵件主題行前面加上“[vs]”，如linux發行版wiki中所述： <http://oss-security.openwall.org/wiki/mailing-lists/distros#how-to-use-the-lists>。 CVE分配 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/sysrq.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/sysrq.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4a08db00a495 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/sysrq.rst @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/admin-guide/sysrq.rst + +:翻譯: + + 黃軍華 Junhua Huang <huang.junhua@zte.com.cn> + +:校譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _tw_admin-guide_sysrq: + +Linux 魔法系統請求鍵駭客 +======================== + +針對 sysrq.c 的文檔說明 + +什麼是魔法 SysRq 鍵？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +它是一個你可以輸入的具有魔法般的組合鍵。 +無論內核在做什麼，內核都會響應 SysRq 鍵的輸入，除非內核完全卡死。 + +如何使能魔法 SysRq 鍵？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +在配置內核時，我們需要設置 'Magic SysRq key (CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ)' 爲 'Y'。 +當運行一個編譯進 sysrq 功能的內核時，/proc/sys/kernel/sysrq 控制着被 +SysRq 鍵調用的功能許可。這個文件的默認值由 CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ_DEFAULT_ENABLE +配置符號設定，文件本身默認設置爲 1。以下是 /proc/sys/kernel/sysrq 中可能的 +值列表： + + - 0 - 完全不使能 SysRq 鍵 + - 1 - 使能 SysRq 鍵的全部功能 + - >1 - 對於允許的 SysRq 鍵功能的比特掩碼（參見下面更詳細的功能描述）:: + + 2 = 0x2 - 使能對控制檯日誌記錄級別的控制 + 4 = 0x4 - 使能對鍵盤的控制 (SAK, unraw) + 8 = 0x8 - 使能對進程的調試導出等 + 16 = 0x10 - 使能同步命令 + 32 = 0x20 - 使能重新掛載只讀 + 64 = 0x40 - 使能對進程的信號操作 (term, kill, oom-kill) + 128 = 0x80 - 允許重啓、斷電 + 256 = 0x100 - 允許讓所有實時任務變普通任務 + +你可以通過如下命令把值設置到這個文件中:: + + echo "number" >/proc/sys/kernel/sysrq + +這裏被寫入的 number 可以是 10 進制數，或者是帶着 0x 前綴的 16 進制數。 +CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ_DEFAULT_ENABLE 必須是以 16 進制數寫入。 + +注意，``/proc/sys/kernel/sysrq`` 的值隻影響通過鍵盤觸發 SySRq 的調用，對於 +通過 ``/proc/sysrq-trigger`` 的任何操作調用都是允許的 +（通過具有系統權限的用戶）。 + +如何使用魔法 SysRq 鍵？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +在 x86 架構上 + 你可以按下鍵盤組合鍵 :kbd:`ALT-SysRq-<command key>`。 + + .. note:: + 一些鍵盤可能沒有標識 'SySRq' 鍵。'SySRq' 鍵也被當做 'Print Screen'鍵。 + 同時有些鍵盤無法處理同時按下這麼多鍵，因此你可以先按下鍵盤 :kbd:`Alt` 鍵， + 然後按下鍵盤 :kbd:`SysRq` 鍵，再釋放鍵盤 :kbd:`SysRq` 鍵，之後按下鍵盤上命令鍵 + :kbd:`<command key>`，最後釋放所有鍵。 + +在 SPARC 架構上 + 你可以按下鍵盤組合鍵 :kbd:`ALT-STOP-<command key>` 。 + +在串行控制檯（只針對 PC 類型的標準串口） + 你可以發一個 ``BREAK`` ，然後在 5 秒內發送一個命令鍵， + 發送 ``BREAK`` 兩次將被翻譯爲一個正常的 BREAK 操作。 + +在 PowerPC 架構上 + 按下鍵盤組合鍵 :kbd:`ALT - Print Screen` （或者 :kbd:`F13`） - :kbd:`<命令鍵>` 。 + :kbd:`Print Screen` （或者 :kbd:`F13`） - :kbd:`<命令鍵>` 或許也能實現。 + +在其他架構上 + 如果你知道其他架構的組合鍵，請告訴我，我可以把它們添加到這部分。 + +在所有架構上 + 寫一個字符到 /proc/sysrq-trigger 文件，例如:: + + echo t > /proc/sysrq-trigger + +這個命令鍵 :kbd:`<command key>` 是區分大小寫的。 + +什麼是命令鍵？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +=========== ================================================================ +命令鍵 功能 +=========== ================================================================ +``b`` 將立即重啓系統，不會同步或者卸載磁盤。 + +``c`` 將執行系統 crash，如果配置了系統 crashdump，將執行 crashdump。 + +``d`` 顯示所有持有的鎖。 + +``e`` 發送 SIGTERM 信號給所有進程，除了 init 進程。 + +``f`` 將調用 oom killer 殺掉一個過度佔用內存的進程，如果什麼任務都沒殺， + 也不會 panic。 + +``g`` kgdb 使用（內核調試器）。 + +``h`` 將會顯示幫助。（實際上除了這裏列舉的鍵，其他的都將顯示幫助， + 但是 ``h`` 容易記住）:-) + +``i`` 發送 SIGKILL 給所有進程，除了 init 進程。 + +``j`` 強制性的 “解凍它” - 用於被 FIFREEZE ioctl 操作凍住的文件系統。 + +``k`` 安全訪問祕鑰(SAK)殺掉在當前虛擬控制檯的所有程序，注意：參考 + 下面 SAK 節重要論述。 + +``l`` 顯示所有活動 cpu 的棧回溯。 + +``m`` 將導出當前內存信息到你的控制檯。 + +``n`` 用於使所有實時任務變成普通任務。 + +``o`` 將關閉系統（如果配置和支持的話）。 + +``p`` 將導出當前寄存器和標誌位到控制檯。 + +``q`` 將導出每個 cpu 上所有已裝備的高精度定時器（不是完整的 + time_list 文件顯示的 timers）和所有時鐘事件設備的詳細信息。 + +``r`` 關閉鍵盤的原始模式，設置爲轉換模式。 + +``s`` 將嘗試同步所有的已掛載文件系統。 + +``t`` 將導出當前所有任務列表和它們的信息到控制檯。 + +``u`` 將嘗試重新掛載已掛載文件系統爲只讀。 + +``v`` 強制恢復幀緩存控制檯。 +``v`` 觸發 ETM 緩存導出 [ARM 架構特有] + +``w`` 導出處於不可中斷狀態（阻塞）的任務。 + +``x`` 在 ppc/powerpc 架構上用於 xmon 接口。 + 在 sparc64 架構上用於顯示全局的 PMU（性能監控單元）寄存器。 + 在 MIPS 架構上導出所有的 tlb 條目。 + +``y`` 顯示全局 cpu 寄存器 [SPARC-64 架構特有] + +``z`` 導出 ftrace 緩存信息 + +``0``-``9`` 設置控制檯日誌級別，該級別控制什麼樣的內核信息將被打印到你的 + 控制檯。（比如 ``0`` ，將使得只有緊急信息，像 PANICs or OOPSes + 才能到你的控制檯。） +=========== ================================================================ + +好了，我能用他們做什麼呢？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +嗯，當你的 X 服務端或者 svgalib 程序崩潰，unraw(r) 非原始模式命令鍵是非常 +方便的。 + +sak(k)（安全訪問祕鑰）在你嘗試登陸的同時，又想確保當前控制檯沒有可以獲取你的 +密碼的特洛伊木馬程序運行時是有用的。它會殺掉給定控制檯的所有程序，這樣你 +就可以確認當前的登陸提示程序是實際來自 init 進程的程序，而不是某些特洛伊 +木馬程序。 + +.. important:: + + 在其實際的形式中，在兼容 C2 安全標準的系統上，它不是一個真正的 SAK， + 它也不應該誤認爲此。 + +似乎其他人發現其可以作爲（系統終端聯機鍵）當你想退出一個程序， +同時不會讓你切換控制檯的方法。（比如，X 服務端或者 svgalib 程序） + +``reboot(b)`` 是個好方法，當你不能關閉機器時，它等同於按下"復位"按鈕。 + +``crash(c)`` 可以用於手動觸發一個 crashdump，當系統卡住時。 +注意當 crashdump 機制不可用時，這個只是觸發一個內核 crash。 + +``sync(s)`` 在拔掉可移動介質之前，或者在使用不提供優雅關機的 +救援 shell 之後很方便 -- 它將確保你的數據被安全地寫入磁盤。注意，在你看到 +屏幕上出現 "OK" 和 "Done" 之前，同步還沒有發生。 + +``umount(u)`` 可以用來標記文件系統正常卸載，從正在運行的系統角度來看，它們將 +被重新掛載爲只讀。這個重新掛載動作直到你看到 "OK" 和 "Done" 信息出現在屏幕上 +纔算完成。 + +日誌級別 ``0`` - ``9`` 用於當你的控制檯被大量的內核信息衝擊，你不想看見的時候。 +選擇 ``0`` 將禁止除了最緊急的內核信息外的所有的內核信息輸出到控制檯。（但是如果 +syslogd/klogd 進程是運行的，它們仍將被記錄。） + +``term(e)`` 和 ``kill(i)`` 用於當你有些有點失控的進程，你無法通過其他方式殺掉 +它們的時候，特別是它正在創建其他進程。 + +"just thaw ``it(j)`` " 用於當你的系統由於一個 FIFREEZE ioctl 調用而產生的文件 +系統凍結，而導致的不響應時。 + +有的時候 SysRq 鍵在使用它之後，看起來像是“卡住”了，我能做些什麼？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +這也會發生在我這，我發現輕敲鍵盤兩側的 shift、alt 和 control 鍵，然後再次敲擊 +一個無效的 SysRq 鍵序列可以解決問題。（比如，像鍵盤組合鍵 :kbd:`alt-sysrq-z` ） +切換到另一個虛擬控制檯（鍵盤操作 :kbd:`ALT+Fn` ），然後再切回來應該也有幫助。 + +我敲擊了 SysRq 鍵，但像是什麼都沒發生，發生了什麼錯誤？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +有一些鍵盤對於 SysRq 鍵設置了不同的鍵值，而不是提前定義的 99 +(查看在 ``include/uapi/linux/input-event-codes.h`` 文件中 ``KEY_SYSRQ`` 的定義) +或者就根本沒有 SysRq 鍵。在這些場景下，執行 ``showkey -s`` 命令來找到一個合適 +的掃描碼序列，然後使用 ``setkeycodes <sequence> 99`` 命令映射這個序列值到通用 +的 SysRq 鍵編碼上（比如 ``setkeycodes e05b 99`` ）。最好將這個命令放在啓動腳本 +中。 +哦，順便說一句，你十秒鐘不輸入任何東西就將退出 “showkey”。 + +我想添加一個 SysRq 鍵事件到一個模塊中，如何去做呢？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +爲了註冊一個基礎函數到這個表中，首先你必須包含 ``include/linux/sysrq.h`` 頭 +文件，這個頭文件定義了你所需要的所有東西。然後你必須創建一個 ``sysrq_key_op`` +結構體，然後初始化它，使用如下內容，A） 你將使用的這個鍵的處理函數， B） 一個 +help_msg 字符串，在 SysRq 鍵打印幫助信息時將打印出來，C） 一個 action_msg 字 +符串，就在你的處理函數調用前打印出來。你的處理函數必須符合在 'sysrq.h' 文件中 +的函數原型。 + +在 ``sysrq_key_op`` 結構體被創建後，你可以調用內核函數 +``register_sysrq_key(int key, const struct sysrq_key_op *op_p);``， +該函數在表中的 'key' 對應位置內容是空的情況下，將通過 ``op_p`` 指針註冊這個操作 +函數到表中 'key' 對應位置上。在模塊卸載的時候，你必須調用 +``unregister_sysrq_key(int key, const struct sysrq_key_op *op_p)`` 函數，該函數 +只有在當前該鍵對應的處理函數被註冊到了 'key' 對應位置時，纔會移除 'op_p' 指針 +對應的鍵值操作函數。這是爲了防止在你註冊之後，該位置被改寫的情況。 + +魔法 SysRq 鍵系統的工作原理是將鍵對應操作函數註冊到鍵的操作查找表， +該表定義在 'drivers/tty/sysrq.c' 文件中。 +該鍵表有許多在編譯時候就註冊進去的操作函數，但是是可變的。 +並且有兩個函數作爲操作該表的接口被導出:: + + register_sysrq_key 和 unregister_sysrq_key. + +當然，永遠不要在表中留下無效指針，即，當你的模塊存在調用 register_sysrq_key() +函數，它一定要調用 unregister_sysrq_key() 來清除它使用過的 SysRq 鍵表條目。 +表中的空指針是安全的。:) + +如果對於某種原因，在 handle_sysrq 調用的處理函數中，你認爲有必要調用 +handle_sysrq 函數時，你必須意識到當前你處於一個鎖中（你同時也處於一箇中斷處理 +函數中，這意味着不能睡眠）。所以這時你必須使用 ``__handle_sysrq_nolock`` 替代。 + +當我敲擊一個 SysRq 組合鍵時，只有標題打印出現在控制檯？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +SysRq 鍵的輸出和所有其他控制檯輸出一樣，受制於控制檯日誌級別控制。 +這意味着，如果內核以發行版內核中常見的 "quiet" 方式啓動，則輸出可能不會出現在實際 +的控制檯上，即使它會出現在 dmesg 緩存中，也可以通過 dmesg 命令和 ``/proc/kmsg`` +文件的消費訪問到。作爲一個特例，來自 sysrq 命令的標題行將被傳遞給所有控制檯 +使用者，就好像當前日誌級別是最大的一樣。如果只發出標題頭，則幾乎可以肯定內核日誌 +級別太低。如果你需要控制檯上的輸出，那麼你將需要臨時提高控制檯日誌級別，通過使用 +鍵盤組合鍵 :kbd:`alt-sysrq-8` 或者:: + + echo 8 > /proc/sysrq-trigger + +在觸發了你感興趣的 SysRq 鍵命令後，記得恢復日誌級別到正常情況。 + +我有很多問題時，可以請教誰？ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +請教在內核郵件列表上的人，郵箱： + linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org + +致謝 +~~~~ + +- Mydraal <vulpyne@vulpyne.net> 撰寫了該文件 +- Adam Sulmicki <adam@cfar.umd.edu> 進行了更新 +- Jeremy M. Dolan <jmd@turbogeek.org> 在 2001/01/28 10:15:59 進行了更新 +- Crutcher Dunnavant <crutcher+kernel@datastacks.com> 添加鍵註冊部分 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst index ebe3812ead82..47629f6b05de 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst @@ -9,27 +9,27 @@ 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn> 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> -受汙染的內核 +受污染的內核 ------------- -當發生一些在稍後調查問題時可能相關的事件時，內核會將自己標記爲「受汙染 -（tainted）」的。不用太過擔心，大多數情況下運行受汙染的內核沒有問題；這些信息 -主要在有人想調查某個問題時才有意義的，因爲問題的真正原因可能是導致內核受汙染 -的事件。這就是爲什麼來自受汙染內核的缺陷報告常常被開發人員忽略，因此請嘗試用 -未受汙染的內核重現問題。 +當發生一些在稍後調查問題時可能相關的事件時，內核會將自己標記爲“受污染 +（tainted）”的。不用太過擔心，大多數情況下運行受污染的內核沒有問題；這些信息 +主要在有人想調查某個問題時纔有意義的，因爲問題的真正原因可能是導致內核受污染 +的事件。這就是爲什麼來自受污染內核的缺陷報告常常被開發人員忽略，因此請嘗試用 +未受污染的內核重現問題。 -請注意，即使在您消除導致汙染的原因（亦即卸載專有內核模塊）之後，內核仍將保持 -汙染狀態，以表示內核仍然不可信。這也是爲什麼內核在注意到內部問題（「kernel -bug」）、可恢復錯誤（「kernel oops」）或不可恢復錯誤（「kernel panic」）時會列印 -受汙染狀態，並將有關此的調試信息寫入日誌 ``dmesg`` 輸出。也可以通過 -``/proc/`` 中的文件在運行時檢查受汙染的狀態。 +請注意，即使在您消除導致污染的原因（亦即卸載專有內核模塊）之後，內核仍將保持 +污染狀態，以表示內核仍然不可信。這也是爲什麼內核在注意到內部問題（“kernel +bug”）、可恢復錯誤（“kernel oops”）或不可恢復錯誤（“kernel panic”）時會打印 +受污染狀態，並將有關此的調試信息寫入日誌 ``dmesg`` 輸出。也可以通過 +``/proc/`` 中的文件在運行時檢查受污染的狀態。 -BUG、Oops或Panics消息中的汙染標誌 +BUG、Oops或Panics消息中的污染標誌 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -在頂部以「CPU:」開頭的一行中可以找到受汙染的狀態；內核是否受到汙染和原因會顯示 -在進程ID（「PID:」）和觸發事件命令的縮寫名稱（「Comm:」）之後:: +在頂部以“CPU:”開頭的一行中可以找到受污染的狀態；內核是否受到污染和原因會顯示 +在進程ID（“PID:”）和觸發事件命令的縮寫名稱（“Comm:”）之後:: BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000000 Oops: 0002 [#1] SMP PTI @@ -38,27 +38,27 @@ BUG、Oops或Panics消息中的汙染標誌 RIP: 0010:my_oops_init+0x13/0x1000 [kpanic] [...] -如果內核在事件發生時沒有被汙染，您將在那裡看到「Not-tainted:」；如果被汙染，那 -麼它將是「Tainted:」以及字母或空格。在上面的例子中，它看起來是這樣的:: +如果內核在事件發生時沒有被污染，您將在那裏看到“Not-tainted:”；如果被污染，那 +麼它將是“Tainted:”以及字母或空格。在上面的例子中，它看起來是這樣的:: Tainted: P W O 下表解釋了這些字符的含義。在本例中，由於加載了專有模塊（ ``P`` ），出現了 警告（ ``W`` ），並且加載了外部構建的模塊（ ``O`` ），所以內核早些時候受到 -了汙染。要解碼其他字符，請使用下表。 +了污染。要解碼其他字符，請使用下表。 -解碼運行時的汙染狀態 +解碼運行時的污染狀態 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -在運行時，您可以通過讀取 ``cat /proc/sys/kernel/tainted`` 來查詢受汙染狀態。 -如果返回 ``0`` ，則內核沒有受到汙染；任何其他數字都表示受到汙染的原因。解碼 +在運行時，您可以通過讀取 ``cat /proc/sys/kernel/tainted`` 來查詢受污染狀態。 +如果返回 ``0`` ，則內核沒有受到污染；任何其他數字都表示受到污染的原因。解碼 這個數字的最簡單方法是使用腳本 ``tools/debugging/kernel-chktaint`` ，您的 發行版可能會將其作爲名爲 ``linux-tools`` 或 ``kernel-tools`` 的包的一部分提 供；如果沒有，您可以從 `git.kernel.org <https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/plain/tools/debugging/kernel-chktaint>`_ 網站下載此腳本並用 ``sh kernel-chktaint`` 執行，它會在上面引用的日誌中有類似 -語句的機器上列印這樣的內容:: +語句的機器上打印這樣的內容:: Kernel is Tainted for following reasons: * Proprietary module was loaded (#0) @@ -69,19 +69,19 @@ BUG、Oops或Panics消息中的汙染標誌 a more details explanation of the various taint flags. Raw taint value as int/string: 4609/'P W O ' -你也可以試著自己解碼這個數字。如果內核被汙染的原因只有一個，那麼這很簡單， +你也可以試着自己解碼這個數字。如果內核被污染的原因只有一個，那麼這很簡單， 在本例中您可以通過下表找到數字。如果你需要解碼有多個原因的數字，因爲它是一 -個位域（bitfield），其中每個位表示一個特定類型的汙染的存在或不存在，最好讓 +個位域（bitfield），其中每個位表示一個特定類型的污染的存在或不存在，最好讓 前面提到的腳本來處理。但是如果您需要快速看一下，可以使用這個shell命令來檢查 設置了哪些位:: $ for i in $(seq 18); do echo $(($i-1)) $(($(cat /proc/sys/kernel/tainted)>>($i-1)&1));done -汙染狀態代碼表 +污染狀態代碼表 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ === ===== ====== ======================================================== - 位 日誌 數字 內核被汙染的原因 + 位 日誌 數字 內核被污染的原因 === ===== ====== ======================================================== 0 G/P 1 已加載專用模塊 1 _/F 2 模塊被強制加載 @@ -89,23 +89,23 @@ BUG、Oops或Panics消息中的汙染標誌 3 _/R 8 模塊被強制卸載 4 _/M 16 處理器報告了機器檢測異常（MCE） 5 _/B 32 引用了錯誤的頁或某些意外的頁標誌 - 6 _/U 64 用戶空間應用程式請求的汙染 + 6 _/U 64 用戶空間應用程序請求的污染 7 _/D 128 內核最近死機了，即曾出現OOPS或BUG 8 _/A 256 ACPI表被用戶覆蓋 9 _/W 512 內核發出警告 10 _/C 1024 已加載staging驅動程序 - 11 _/I 2048 已應用平台固件缺陷的解決方案 - 12 _/O 4096 已加載外部構建（「樹外」）模塊 + 11 _/I 2048 已應用平臺固件缺陷的解決方案 + 12 _/O 4096 已加載外部構建（“樹外”）模塊 13 _/E 8192 已加載未簽名的模塊 14 _/L 16384 發生軟鎖定 15 _/K 32768 內核已實時打補丁 - 16 _/X 65536 備用汙染，爲發行版定義並使用 + 16 _/X 65536 備用污染，爲發行版定義並使用 17 _/T 131072 內核是用結構隨機化插件構建的 === ===== ====== ======================================================== -註：字符 ``_`` 表示空白，以便於閱讀表。 +注：字符 ``_`` 表示空白，以便於閱讀表。 -汙染的更詳細解釋 +污染的更詳細解釋 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 0) ``G`` 加載的所有模塊都有GPL或兼容許可證， ``P`` 加載了任何專有模塊。 @@ -115,14 +115,14 @@ BUG、Oops或Panics消息中的汙染標誌 1) ``F`` 任何模塊被 ``insmod -f`` 強制加載， ``' '`` 所有模塊正常加載。 - 2) ``S`` 內核運行在不合規範的處理器或系統上：硬體已運行在不受支持的配置中， - 因此無法保證正確執行。內核將被汙染，例如： + 2) ``S`` 內核運行在不合規範的處理器或系統上：硬件已運行在不受支持的配置中， + 因此無法保證正確執行。內核將被污染，例如： - 在x86上：PAE是通過intel CPU（如Pentium M）上的forcepae強制執行的，這些 CPU不報告PAE，但可能有功能實現，SMP內核在非官方支持的SMP Athlon CPU上 運行，MSR被暴露到用戶空間中。 - 在arm上：在某些CPU（如Keystone 2）上運行的內核，沒有啓用某些內核特性。 - - 在arm64上：CPU之間存在不匹配的硬體特性，引導加載程序以不同的模式引導CPU。 + - 在arm64上：CPU之間存在不匹配的硬件特性，引導加載程序以不同的模式引導CPU。 - 某些驅動程序正在被用在不受支持的體系結構上（例如x86_64以外的其他系統 上的scsi/snic，非x86/x86_64/itanium上的scsi/ips，已經損壞了arm64上 irqchip/irq-gic的固件設置…）。 @@ -131,22 +131,22 @@ BUG、Oops或Panics消息中的汙染標誌 4) ``M`` 任何處理器報告了機器檢測異常， ``' '`` 未發生機器檢測異常。 - 5) ``B`` 頁面釋放函數發現錯誤的頁面引用或某些意外的頁面標誌。這表示硬體問題 - 或內核錯誤；日誌中應該有其他信息指示發生此汙染的原因。 + 5) ``B`` 頁面釋放函數發現錯誤的頁面引用或某些意外的頁面標誌。這表示硬件問題 + 或內核錯誤；日誌中應該有其他信息指示發生此污染的原因。 - 6) ``U`` 用戶或用戶應用程式特意請求設置受汙染標誌，否則應爲 ``' '`` 。 + 6) ``U`` 用戶或用戶應用程序特意請求設置受污染標誌，否則應爲 ``' '`` 。 7) ``D`` 內核最近死機了，即出現了OOPS或BUG。 8) ``A`` ACPI表被重寫。 - 9) ``W`` 內核之前已發出過警告（儘管有些警告可能會設置更具體的汙染標誌）。 + 9) ``W`` 內核之前已發出過警告（儘管有些警告可能會設置更具體的污染標誌）。 10) ``C`` 已加載staging驅動程序。 - 11) ``I`` 內核正在處理平台固件（BIOS或類似軟體）中的嚴重錯誤。 + 11) ``I`` 內核正在處理平臺固件（BIOS或類似軟件）中的嚴重錯誤。 - 12) ``O`` 已加載外部構建（「樹外」）模塊。 + 12) ``O`` 已加載外部構建（“樹外”）模塊。 13) ``E`` 在支持模塊簽名的內核中加載了未簽名的模塊。 @@ -154,8 +154,8 @@ BUG、Oops或Panics消息中的汙染標誌 15) ``K`` 內核已經實時打了補丁。 - 16) ``X`` 備用汙染，由Linux發行版定義和使用。 + 16) ``X`` 備用污染，由Linux發行版定義和使用。 17) ``T`` 內核構建時使用了randstruct插件，它可以有意生成非常不尋常的內核結構 - 布局（甚至是性能病態的布局），這在調試時非常有用。於構建時設置。 + 佈局（甚至是性能病態的佈局），這在調試時非常有用。於構建時設置。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/unicode.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/unicode.rst index 7908b369b85b..a2b48b5d0a64 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/unicode.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/unicode.rst @@ -37,15 +37,15 @@ IBMPC_MAP IBM code page 437 ESC ( U USER_MAP User defined ESC ( K =============== =============================== ================ -特別是 ESC ( U 不再是「直通字體」，因爲字體可能與IBM字符集完全不同。 +特別是 ESC ( U 不再是“直通字體”，因爲字體可能與IBM字符集完全不同。 例如，即使加載了一個Latin-1字體，也允許使用塊圖形（block graphics）。 請注意，儘管這些代碼與ISO 2022類似，但這些代碼及其用途都與ISO 2022不匹配； Linux有兩個八位代碼（G0和G1），而ISO 2022有四個七位代碼（G0-G3）。 -根據Unicode標準/ISO 10646，U+F000到U+F8FF被保留用於作業系統範圍內的分配 -（Unicode標準將其稱爲「團體區域（Corporate Zone）」，因爲這對於Linux是不準確 -的，所以我們稱之爲「Linux區域」）。選擇U+F000作爲起點，因爲它允許直接映射 +根據Unicode標準/ISO 10646，U+F000到U+F8FF被保留用於操作系統範圍內的分配 +（Unicode標準將其稱爲“團體區域（Corporate Zone）”，因爲這對於Linux是不準確 +的，所以我們稱之爲“Linux區域”）。選擇U+F000作爲起點，因爲它允許直接映射 區域以2的大倍數開始（以防需要1024或2048個字符的字體）。這就留下U+E000到 U+EFFF作爲最終用戶區。 @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ U+F813 KEYBOARD SYMBOL SOLID APPLE 克林貢（Klingon）語支持 ------------------------ -1996年，Linux是世界上第一個添加對人工語言克林貢支持的作業系統，克林貢是由 +1996年，Linux是世界上第一個添加對人工語言克林貢支持的操作系統，克林貢是由 Marc Okrand爲《星際迷航》電視連續劇創造的。這種編碼後來被徵募Unicode註冊表 （ConScript Unicode Registry，CSUR）採用，並建議（但最終被拒絕）納入Unicode 平面一。不過，它仍然是Linux區域中的Linux/CSUR私有分配。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm/Booting b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm/Booting new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a5375f262de2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm/Booting @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +Chinese translated version of Documentation/arch/arm/booting.rst + +If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the +original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem +communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for +help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated +or if there is a problem with the translation. + +Maintainer: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk> +Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> +--------------------------------------------------------------------- +Documentation/arch/arm/booting.rst 的中文翻譯 + +如果想評論或更新本文的內容，請直接聯繫原文檔的維護者。如果你使用英文 +交流有困難的話，也可以向中文版維護者求助。如果本翻譯更新不及時或者翻 +譯存在問題，請聯繫中文版維護者。 + +英文版維護者： Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk> +中文版維護者： 傅煒 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> +中文版翻譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> +中文版校譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> + +以下爲正文 +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + + 啓動 ARM Linux + ============== + +作者：Russell King +日期：2002年5月18日 + +以下文檔適用於 2.4.18-rmk6 及以上版本。 + +爲了啓動 ARM Linux，你需要一個引導裝載程序（boot loader）， +它是一個在主內核啓動前運行的一個小程序。引導裝載程序需要初始化各種 +設備，並最終調用 Linux 內核，將信息傳遞給內核。 + +從本質上講，引導裝載程序應提供（至少）以下功能： + +1、設置和初始化 RAM。 +2、初始化一個串口。 +3、檢測機器的類型（machine type）。 +4、設置內核標籤列表（tagged list）。 +5、調用內核映像。 + + +1、設置和初始化 RAM +------------------- + +現有的引導加載程序: 強制 +新開發的引導加載程序: 強制 + +引導裝載程序應該找到並初始化系統中所有內核用於保持系統變量數據的 RAM。 +這個操作的執行是設備依賴的。（它可能使用內部算法來自動定位和計算所有 +RAM，或可能使用對這個設備已知的 RAM 信息，還可能使用任何引導裝載程序 +設計者想到的匹配方法。） + + +2、初始化一個串口 +----------------------------- + +現有的引導加載程序: 可選、建議 +新開發的引導加載程序: 可選、建議 + +引導加載程序應該初始化並使能一個目標板上的串口。這允許內核串口驅動 +自動檢測哪個串口用於內核控制檯。(一般用於調試或與目標板通信。) + +作爲替代方案，引導加載程序也可以通過標籤列表傳遞相關的'console=' +選項給內核以指定某個串口，而串口數據格式的選項在以下文檔中描述： + + Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst。 + + +3、檢測機器類型 +-------------------------- + +現有的引導加載程序: 可選 +新開發的引導加載程序: 強制 + +引導加載程序應該通過某些方式檢測自身所處的機器類型。這是一個硬件 +代碼或通過查看所連接的硬件用某些算法得到，這些超出了本文檔的範圍。 +引導加載程序最終必須能提供一個 MACH_TYPE_xxx 值給內核。 +(詳見 linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types )。 + +4、設置啓動數據 +------------------ + +現有的引導加載程序: 可選、強烈建議 +新開發的引導加載程序: 強制 + +引導加載程序必須提供標籤列表或者 dtb 映像以傳遞配置數據給內核。啓動 +數據的物理地址通過寄存器 r2 傳遞給內核。 + +4a、設置內核標籤列表 +-------------------------------- + +bootloader 必須創建和初始化內核標籤列表。一個有效的標籤列表以 +ATAG_CORE 標籤開始，並以 ATAG_NONE 標籤結束。ATAG_CORE 標籤可以是 +空的，也可以是非空。一個空 ATAG_CORE 標籤其 size 域設置爲 +‘2’(0x00000002)。ATAG_NONE 標籤的 size 域必須設置爲零。 + +在列表中可以保存任意數量的標籤。對於一個重複的標籤是追加到之前標籤 +所攜帶的信息之後，還是會覆蓋原來的信息，是未定義的。某些標籤的行爲 +是前者，其他是後者。 + +bootloader 必須傳遞一個系統內存的位置和最小值，以及根文件系統位置。 +因此，最小的標籤列表如下所示： + + +-----------+ +基地址 -> | ATAG_CORE | | + +-----------+ | + | ATAG_MEM | | 地址增長方向 + +-----------+ | + | ATAG_NONE | | + +-----------+ v + +標籤列表應該保存在系統的 RAM 中。 + +標籤列表必須置於內核自解壓和 initrd'bootp' 程序都不會覆蓋的內存區。 +建議放在 RAM 的頭 16KiB 中。 + +4b、設置設備樹 +------------------------- + +bootloader 必須以 64bit 地址對齊的形式加載一個設備樹映像(dtb)到系統 +RAM 中，並用啓動數據初始化它。dtb 格式在文檔 +https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/ 中。內核將會在 +dtb 物理地址處查找 dtb 魔數值（0xd00dfeed），以確定 dtb 是否已經代替 +標籤列表被傳遞進來。 + +bootloader 必須傳遞一個系統內存的位置和最小值，以及根文件系統位置。 +dtb 必須置於內核自解壓不會覆蓋的內存區。建議將其放置於 RAM 的頭 16KiB +中。但是不可將其放置於“0”物理地址處，因爲內核認爲：r2 中爲 0，意味着 +沒有標籤列表和 dtb 傳遞過來。 + +5、調用內核映像 +--------------------------- + +現有的引導加載程序: 強制 +新開發的引導加載程序: 強制 + +調用內核映像 zImage 有兩個選擇。如果 zImge 保存在 flash 中，且是爲了 +在 flash 中直接運行而被正確鏈接的。這樣引導加載程序就可以在 flash 中 +直接調用 zImage。 + +zImage 也可以被放在系統 RAM（任意位置）中被調用。注意：內核使用映像 +基地址的前 16KB RAM 空間來保存頁表。建議將映像置於 RAM 的 32KB 處。 + +對於以上任意一種情況，都必須符合以下啓動狀態： + +- 停止所有 DMA 設備，這樣內存數據就不會因爲虛假網絡包或磁盤數據而被破壞。 + 這可能可以節省你許多的調試時間。 + +- CPU 寄存器配置 + r0 = 0， + r1 = （在上面 3 中獲取的）機器類型碼。 + r2 = 標籤列表在系統 RAM 中的物理地址，或 + 設備樹塊(dtb)在系統 RAM 中的物理地址 + +- CPU 模式 + 所有形式的中斷必須被禁止 (IRQs 和 FIQs) + CPU 必須處於 SVC 模式。(對於 Angel 調試有特例存在) + +- 緩存，MMUs + MMU 必須關閉。 + 指令緩存開啓或關閉都可以。 + 數據緩存必須關閉。 + +- 引導加載程序應該通過直接跳轉到內核映像的第一條指令來調用內核映像。 + + 對於支持 ARM 指令集的 CPU，跳入內核入口時必須處在 ARM 狀態，即使 + 對於 Thumb-2 內核也是如此。 + + 對於僅支持 Thumb 指令集的 CPU，比如 Cortex-M 系列的 CPU，跳入 + 內核入口時必須處於 Thumb 狀態。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4c0bff97af31 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +Chinese translated version of Documentation/arch/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst + +If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the +original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem +communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for +help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated +or if there is a problem with the translation. + +Maintainer: Nicolas Pitre <nicolas.pitre@linaro.org> + Dave Martin <dave.martin@linaro.org> +Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> +--------------------------------------------------------------------- +Documentation/arch/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst 的中文翻譯 + +如果想評論或更新本文的內容，請直接聯繫原文檔的維護者。如果你使用英文 +交流有困難的話，也可以向中文版維護者求助。如果本翻譯更新不及時或者翻 +譯存在問題，請聯繫中文版維護者。 +英文版維護者： Nicolas Pitre <nicolas.pitre@linaro.org> + Dave Martin <dave.martin@linaro.org> +中文版維護者： 傅煒 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> +中文版翻譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> +中文版校譯者： 宋冬生 Dongsheng Song <dongshneg.song@gmail.com> + 傅煒 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> + + +以下爲正文 +--------------------------------------------------------------------- +內核提供的用戶空間輔助代碼 +========================= + +在內核內存空間的固定地址處，有一個由內核提供並可從用戶空間訪問的代碼 +段。它用於向用戶空間提供因在許多 ARM CPU 中未實現的特性和/或指令而需 +內核提供幫助的某些操作。這些代碼直接在用戶模式下執行的想法是爲了獲得 +最佳效率，但那些與內核計數器聯繫過於緊密的部分，則被留給了用戶庫實現。 +事實上，此代碼甚至可能因不同的 CPU 而異，這取決於其可用的指令集或它 +是否爲 SMP 系統。換句話說，內核保留在不作出警告的情況下根據需要更改 +這些代碼的權利。只有本文檔描述的入口及其結果是保證穩定的。 + +這與完全成熟的 VDSO 實現不同（但兩者並不衝突），儘管如此，VDSO 可阻止 +某些通過常量高效跳轉到那些代碼段的彙編技巧。且由於那些代碼段在返回用戶 +代碼前僅使用少量的代碼週期，則一個 VDSO 間接遠程調用將會在這些簡單的 +操作上增加一個可測量的開銷。 + +在對那些擁有原生支持的新型處理器進行代碼優化時，僅在已爲其他操作使用 +了類似的新增指令，而導致二進制結果已與早期 ARM 處理器不兼容的情況下， +用戶空間才應繞過這些輔助代碼，並在內聯函數中實現這些操作（無論是通過 +編譯器在代碼中直接放置，還是作爲庫函數調用實現的一部分）。也就是說， +如果你編譯的代碼不會爲了其他目的使用新指令，則不要僅爲了避免使用這些 +內核輔助代碼，導致二進制程序無法在早期處理器上運行。 + +新的輔助代碼可能隨着時間的推移而增加，所以新內核中的某些輔助代碼在舊 +內核中可能不存在。因此，程序必須在對任何輔助代碼調用假設是安全之前， +檢測 __kuser_helper_version 的值（見下文）。理想情況下，這種檢測應該 +只在進程啓動時執行一次；如果內核版本不支持所需輔助代碼，則該進程可儘早 +中止執行。 + +kuser_helper_version +-------------------- + +位置: 0xffff0ffc + +參考聲明: + + extern int32_t __kuser_helper_version; + +定義: + + 這個區域包含了當前運行內核實現的輔助代碼版本號。用戶空間可以通過讀 + 取此版本號以確定特定的輔助代碼是否存在。 + +使用範例: + +#define __kuser_helper_version (*(int32_t *)0xffff0ffc) + +void check_kuser_version(void) +{ + if (__kuser_helper_version < 2) { + fprintf(stderr, "can't do atomic operations, kernel too old\n"); + abort(); + } +} + +注意: + + 用戶空間可以假設這個域的值不會在任何單個進程的生存期內改變。也就 + 是說，這個域可以僅在庫的初始化階段或進程啓動階段讀取一次。 + +kuser_get_tls +------------- + +位置: 0xffff0fe0 + +參考原型: + + void * __kuser_get_tls(void); + +輸入: + + lr = 返回地址 + +輸出: + + r0 = TLS 值 + +被篡改的寄存器: + + 無 + +定義: + + 獲取之前通過 __ARM_NR_set_tls 系統調用設置的 TLS 值。 + +使用範例: + +typedef void * (__kuser_get_tls_t)(void); +#define __kuser_get_tls (*(__kuser_get_tls_t *)0xffff0fe0) + +void foo() +{ + void *tls = __kuser_get_tls(); + printf("TLS = %p\n", tls); +} + +注意: + + - 僅在 __kuser_helper_version >= 1 時，此輔助代碼存在 + （從內核版本 2.6.12 開始）。 + +kuser_cmpxchg +------------- + +位置: 0xffff0fc0 + +參考原型: + + int __kuser_cmpxchg(int32_t oldval, int32_t newval, volatile int32_t *ptr); + +輸入: + + r0 = oldval + r1 = newval + r2 = ptr + lr = 返回地址 + +輸出: + + r0 = 成功代碼 (零或非零) + C flag = 如果 r0 == 0 則置 1，如果 r0 != 0 則清零。 + +被篡改的寄存器: + + r3, ip, flags + +定義: + + 僅在 *ptr 爲 oldval 時原子保存 newval 於 *ptr 中。 + 如果 *ptr 被改變，則返回值爲零，否則爲非零值。 + 如果 *ptr 被改變，則 C flag 也會被置 1，以實現調用代碼中的彙編 + 優化。 + +使用範例: + +typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg_t)(int oldval, int newval, volatile int *ptr); +#define __kuser_cmpxchg (*(__kuser_cmpxchg_t *)0xffff0fc0) + +int atomic_add(volatile int *ptr, int val) +{ + int old, new; + + do { + old = *ptr; + new = old + val; + } while(__kuser_cmpxchg(old, new, ptr)); + + return new; +} + +注意: + + - 這個例程已根據需要包含了內存屏障。 + + - 僅在 __kuser_helper_version >= 2 時，此輔助代碼存在 + （從內核版本 2.6.12 開始）。 + +kuser_memory_barrier +-------------------- + +位置: 0xffff0fa0 + +參考原型: + + void __kuser_memory_barrier(void); + +輸入: + + lr = 返回地址 + +輸出: + + 無 + +被篡改的寄存器: + + 無 + +定義: + + 應用於任何需要內存屏障以防止手動數據修改帶來的一致性問題，以及 + __kuser_cmpxchg 中。 + +使用範例: + +typedef void (__kuser_dmb_t)(void); +#define __kuser_dmb (*(__kuser_dmb_t *)0xffff0fa0) + +注意: + + - 僅在 __kuser_helper_version >= 3 時，此輔助代碼存在 + （從內核版本 2.6.15 開始）。 + +kuser_cmpxchg64 +--------------- + +位置: 0xffff0f60 + +參考原型: + + int __kuser_cmpxchg64(const int64_t *oldval, + const int64_t *newval, + volatile int64_t *ptr); + +輸入: + + r0 = 指向 oldval + r1 = 指向 newval + r2 = 指向目標值 + lr = 返回地址 + +輸出: + + r0 = 成功代碼 (零或非零) + C flag = 如果 r0 == 0 則置 1，如果 r0 != 0 則清零。 + +被篡改的寄存器: + + r3, lr, flags + +定義: + + 僅在 *ptr 等於 *oldval 指向的 64 位值時，原子保存 *newval + 指向的 64 位值於 *ptr 中。如果 *ptr 被改變，則返回值爲零， + 否則爲非零值。 + + 如果 *ptr 被改變，則 C flag 也會被置 1，以實現調用代碼中的彙編 + 優化。 + +使用範例: + +typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg64_t)(const int64_t *oldval, + const int64_t *newval, + volatile int64_t *ptr); +#define __kuser_cmpxchg64 (*(__kuser_cmpxchg64_t *)0xffff0f60) + +int64_t atomic_add64(volatile int64_t *ptr, int64_t val) +{ + int64_t old, new; + + do { + old = *ptr; + new = old + val; + } while(__kuser_cmpxchg64(&old, &new, ptr)); + + return new; +} + +注意: + + - 這個例程已根據需要包含了內存屏障。 + + - 由於這個過程的代碼長度（此輔助代碼跨越 2 個常規的 kuser “槽”）， + 因此 0xffff0f80 不被作爲有效的入口點。 + + - 僅在 __kuser_helper_version >= 5 時，此輔助代碼存在 + （從內核版本 3.1 開始）。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/amu.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/amu.rst index 21ac0db63889..1b451eae2bee 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/amu.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/amu.rst @@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ AArch64 Linux 中擴展的活動監控單元 AMUv1 架構實現了一個由4個固定的64位事件計數器組成的計數器組。 - - CPU 周期計數器：同 CPU 的頻率增長 + - CPU 週期計數器：同 CPU 的頻率增長 - 常量計數器：同固定的系統時鐘頻率增長 - 淘汰指令計數器: 同每次架構指令執行增長 - - 內存停頓周期計數器：計算由在時鐘域內的最後一級緩存中未命中而引起 - 的指令調度停頓周期數 + - 內存停頓週期計數器：計算由在時鐘域內的最後一級緩存中未命中而引起 + 的指令調度停頓週期數 當處於 WFI 或者 WFE 狀態時，計數器不會增長。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/booting.txt index 3cc8f593e006..be0de91ecebd 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/booting.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/booting.txt @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ AArch64 異常模型由多個異常級（EL0 - EL3）組成，對於 EL0 和 EL1 有對應的安全和非安全模式。EL2 是系統管理級，且僅存在於非安全模式下。 EL3 是最高特權級，且僅存在於安全模式下。 -基於本文檔的目的，我們將簡單地使用『引導裝載程序』（『boot loader』） -這個術語來定義在將控制權交給 Linux 內核前 CPU 上執行的所有軟體。 +基於本文檔的目的，我們將簡單地使用‘引導裝載程序’（‘boot loader’） +這個術語來定義在將控制權交給 Linux 內核前 CPU 上執行的所有軟件。 這可能包含安全監控和系統管理代碼，或者它可能只是一些用於準備最小啓動 環境的指令。 @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ RAM，或可能使用對這個設備已知的 RAM 信息，還可能是引導裝 數據塊將在使能緩存的情況下以 2MB 粒度被映射，故其不能被置於必須以特定 屬性映射的2M區域內。 -註： v4.2 之前的版本同時要求設備樹數據塊被置於從內核映像以下 +注： v4.2 之前的版本同時要求設備樹數據塊被置於從內核映像以下 text_offset 字節處算起第一個 512MB 內。 3、解壓內核映像 @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ AArch64 內核當前沒有提供自解壓代碼，因此如果使用了壓縮內 u32 res5; /* 保留 （用於 PE COFF 偏移） */ -映像頭注釋： +映像頭註釋： - 自 v3.17 起，除非另有說明，所有域都是小端模式。 @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ AArch64 內核當前沒有提供自解壓代碼，因此如果使用了壓縮內 字節處，並從該處被調用。2MB 對齊基址和內核映像起始地址之間的區域對於 內核來說沒有特殊意義，且可能被用於其他目的。 從映像起始地址算起，最少必須準備 image_size 字節的空閒內存供內核使用。 -註： v4.6 之前的版本無法使用內核映像物理偏移以下的內存，所以當時建議 +注： v4.6 之前的版本無法使用內核映像物理偏移以下的內存，所以當時建議 將映像儘量放置在靠近系統內存起始的地方。 任何提供給內核的內存（甚至在映像起始地址之前），若未從內核中標記爲保留 @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ AArch64 內核當前沒有提供自解壓代碼，因此如果使用了壓縮內 在跳轉入內核前，必須符合以下狀態： -- 停止所有 DMA 設備，這樣內存數據就不會因爲虛假網絡包或磁碟數據而 +- 停止所有 DMA 設備，這樣內存數據就不會因爲虛假網絡包或磁盤數據而 被破壞。這可能可以節省你許多的調試時間。 - 主 CPU 通用寄存器設置 @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ AArch64 內核當前沒有提供自解壓代碼，因此如果使用了壓縮內 而不通過虛擬地址操作維護構架緩存的系統緩存（不推薦），必須被配置且 禁用。 - *譯者註：對於 PoC 以及緩存相關內容，請參考 ARMv8 構架參考手冊 + *譯者注：對於 PoC 以及緩存相關內容，請參考 ARMv8 構架參考手冊 ARM DDI 0487A - 架構計時器 @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ AArch64 內核當前沒有提供自解壓代碼，因此如果使用了壓縮內 接收。 - 系統寄存器 - 在進入內核映像的異常級中，所有構架中可寫的系統寄存器必須通過軟體 + 在進入內核映像的異常級中，所有構架中可寫的系統寄存器必須通過軟件 在一個更高的異常級別下初始化，以防止在 未知 狀態下運行。 對於擁有 GICv3 中斷控制器並以 v3 模式運行的系統： @@ -214,14 +214,14 @@ AArch64 內核當前沒有提供自解壓代碼，因此如果使用了壓縮內 引導裝載程序必須在每個 CPU 處於以下狀態時跳入內核入口： - 主 CPU 必須直接跳入內核映像的第一條指令。通過此 CPU 傳遞的設備樹 - 數據塊必須在每個 CPU 節點中包含一個 『enable-method』 屬性，所 + 數據塊必須在每個 CPU 節點中包含一個 ‘enable-method’ 屬性，所 支持的 enable-method 請見下文。 引導裝載程序必須生成這些設備樹屬性，並在跳入內核入口之前將其插入 數據塊。 -- enable-method 爲 「spin-table」 的 CPU 必須在它們的 CPU - 節點中包含一個 『cpu-release-addr』 屬性。這個屬性標識了一個 +- enable-method 爲 “spin-table” 的 CPU 必須在它們的 CPU + 節點中包含一個 ‘cpu-release-addr’ 屬性。這個屬性標識了一個 64 位自然對齊且初始化爲零的內存位置。 這些 CPU 必須在內存保留區（通過設備樹中的 /memreserve/ 域傳遞 @@ -231,15 +231,15 @@ AArch64 內核當前沒有提供自解壓代碼，因此如果使用了壓縮內 時，CPU 必須跳入此值所指向的地址。此值爲一個單獨的 64 位小端值， 因此 CPU 須在跳轉前將所讀取的值轉換爲其本身的端模式。 -- enable-method 爲 「psci」 的 CPU 保持在內核外（比如，在 +- enable-method 爲 “psci” 的 CPU 保持在內核外（比如，在 memory 節點中描述爲內核空間的內存區外，或在通過設備樹 /memreserve/ 域中描述爲內核保留區的空間中）。內核將會發起在 ARM 文檔（編號 - ARM DEN 0022A：用於 ARM 上的電源狀態協調接口系統軟體）中描述的 + ARM DEN 0022A：用於 ARM 上的電源狀態協調接口系統軟件）中描述的 CPU_ON 調用來將 CPU 帶入內核。 *譯者注: ARM DEN 0022A 已更新到 ARM DEN 0022C。 - 設備樹必須包含一個 『psci』 節點，請參考以下文檔： + 設備樹必須包含一個 ‘psci’ 節點，請參考以下文檔： Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.yaml diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst index ca7ff749a67b..d2c1c2f23812 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ ARM64 ELF hwcaps 1. 簡介 ------- -有些硬體或軟體功能僅在某些 CPU 實現上和/或在具體某個內核配置上可用，但 +有些硬件或軟件功能僅在某些 CPU 實現上和/或在具體某個內核配置上可用，但 對於處於 EL0 的用戶空間代碼沒有可用的架構發現機制。內核通過在輔助向量表 公開一組稱爲 hwcaps 的標誌而把這些功能暴露給用戶空間。 -用戶空間軟體可以通過獲取輔助向量的 AT_HWCAP 或 AT_HWCAP2 條目來測試功能， +用戶空間軟件可以通過獲取輔助向量的 AT_HWCAP 或 AT_HWCAP2 條目來測試功能， 並測試是否設置了相關標誌，例如:: bool floating_point_is_present(void) @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ARM64 ELF hwcaps return false; } -如果軟體依賴於 hwcap 描述的功能，在嘗試使用該功能前則應檢查相關的 hwcap +如果軟件依賴於 hwcap 描述的功能，在嘗試使用該功能前則應檢查相關的 hwcap 標誌以驗證該功能是否存在。 不能通過其他方式探查這些功能。當一個功能不可用時，嘗試使用它可能導致不可 @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ ARM64 ELF hwcaps ---------------- 大多數 hwcaps 旨在說明通過架構 ID 寄存器(處於 EL0 的用戶空間代碼無法訪問) -描述的功能的存在。這些 hwcap 通過 ID 寄存器欄位定義，並且應根據 ARM 體系 -結構參考手冊（ARM ARM）中定義的欄位來解釋說明。 +描述的功能的存在。這些 hwcap 通過 ID 寄存器字段定義，並且應根據 ARM 體系 +結構參考手冊（ARM ARM）中定義的字段來解釋說明。 這些 hwcaps 以下面的形式描述:: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt index c2d02cd5017d..7d1f0593d7ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.rst 的中文翻譯 以下爲正文 --------------------------------------------------------------------- Linux 內核在 arm64 上的移植提供了一個基礎框架，以支持構架中正在被淘汰或已廢棄指令的模擬執行。 -這個基礎框架的代碼使用未定義指令鉤子（hooks）來支持模擬。如果指令存在，它也允許在硬體中啓用該指令。 +這個基礎框架的代碼使用未定義指令鉤子（hooks）來支持模擬。如果指令存在，它也允許在硬件中啓用該指令。 模擬模式可通過寫 sysctl 節點（/proc/sys/abi）來控制。 不同的執行方式及 sysctl 節點的相應值，解釋如下： @@ -42,18 +42,18 @@ Linux 內核在 arm64 上的移植提供了一個基礎框架，以支持構架 * Emulate（模擬） 值： 1 - 使用軟體模擬方式。爲解決軟體遷移問題，這種模擬指令模式的使用是被跟蹤的，並會發出速率限制警告。 + 使用軟件模擬方式。爲解決軟件遷移問題，這種模擬指令模式的使用是被跟蹤的，並會發出速率限制警告。 它是那些構架中正在被淘汰的指令，如 CP15 barriers（隔離指令），的默認處理方式。 -* Hardware Execution（硬體執行） +* Hardware Execution（硬件執行） 值： 2 - 雖然標記爲正在被淘汰，但一些實現可能提供硬體執行這些指令的使能/禁用操作。 - 使用硬體執行一般會有更好的性能，但將無法收集運行時對正被淘汰指令的使用統計數據。 + 雖然標記爲正在被淘汰，但一些實現可能提供硬件執行這些指令的使能/禁用操作。 + 使用硬件執行一般會有更好的性能，但將無法收集運行時對正被淘汰指令的使用統計數據。 默認執行模式依賴於指令在構架中狀態。正在被淘汰的指令應該以模擬（Emulate）作爲默認模式， 而已廢棄的指令必須默認使用未定義（Undef）模式 -注意：指令模擬可能無法應對所有情況。更多詳情請參考單獨的指令注釋。 +注意：指令模擬可能無法應對所有情況。更多詳情請參考單獨的指令註釋。 受支持的遺留指令 ------------- @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Linux 內核在 arm64 上的移植提供了一個基礎框架，以支持構架 節點: /proc/sys/abi/setend 狀態: 正被淘汰，不推薦使用 默認執行方式: Emulate (1)* -註：爲了使能這個特性，系統中的所有 CPU 必須在 EL0 支持混合字節序。 +注：爲了使能這個特性，系統中的所有 CPU 必須在 EL0 支持混合字節序。 如果一個新的 CPU （不支持混合字節序） 在使能這個特性後被熱插入系統， 在應用中可能會出現不可預期的結果。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/memory.txt index 0280200e791f..e41c518e71c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/memory.txt @@ -28,17 +28,17 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/memory.rst 的中文翻譯 以下爲正文 --------------------------------------------------------------------- - Linux 在 AArch64 中的內存布局 + Linux 在 AArch64 中的內存佈局 =========================== 作者: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com> -本文檔描述 AArch64 Linux 內核所使用的虛擬內存布局。此構架可以實現 +本文檔描述 AArch64 Linux 內核所使用的虛擬內存佈局。此構架可以實現 頁大小爲 4KB 的 4 級轉換表和頁大小爲 64KB 的 3 級轉換表。 AArch64 Linux 使用 3 級或 4 級轉換表，其頁大小配置爲 4KB，對於用戶和內核 分別都有 39-bit (512GB) 或 48-bit (256TB) 的虛擬地址空間。 -對於頁大小爲 64KB的配置，僅使用 2 級轉換表，有 42-bit (4TB) 的虛擬地址空間，但內存布局相同。 +對於頁大小爲 64KB的配置，僅使用 2 級轉換表，有 42-bit (4TB) 的虛擬地址空間，但內存佈局相同。 用戶地址空間的 63:48 位爲 0，而內核地址空間的相應位爲 1。TTBRx 的 選擇由虛擬地址的 63 位給出。swapper_pg_dir 僅包含內核（全局）映射， @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ AArch64 Linux 使用 3 級或 4 級轉換表，其頁大小配置爲 4KB，對 TTBR1 中，且從不寫入 TTBR0。 -AArch64 Linux 在頁大小爲 4KB，並使用 3 級轉換表時的內存布局： +AArch64 Linux 在頁大小爲 4KB，並使用 3 級轉換表時的內存佈局： 起始地址 結束地址 大小 用途 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ AArch64 Linux 在頁大小爲 4KB，並使用 3 級轉換表時的內存布局 ffffff8000000000 ffffffffffffffff 512GB 內核空間 -AArch64 Linux 在頁大小爲 4KB，並使用 4 級轉換表時的內存布局： +AArch64 Linux 在頁大小爲 4KB，並使用 4 級轉換表時的內存佈局： 起始地址 結束地址 大小 用途 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ AArch64 Linux 在頁大小爲 4KB，並使用 4 級轉換表時的內存布局 ffff000000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256TB 內核空間 -AArch64 Linux 在頁大小爲 64KB，並使用 2 級轉換表時的內存布局： +AArch64 Linux 在頁大小爲 64KB，並使用 2 級轉換表時的內存佈局： 起始地址 結束地址 大小 用途 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ AArch64 Linux 在頁大小爲 64KB，並使用 2 級轉換表時的內存布局 fffffc0000000000 ffffffffffffffff 4TB 內核空間 -AArch64 Linux 在頁大小爲 64KB，並使用 3 級轉換表時的內存布局： +AArch64 Linux 在頁大小爲 64KB，並使用 3 級轉換表時的內存佈局： 起始地址 結束地址 大小 用途 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ AArch64 Linux 在頁大小爲 64KB，並使用 3 級轉換表時的內存布局 ffff000000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256TB 內核空間 -更詳細的內核虛擬內存布局，請參閱內核啓動信息。 +更詳細的內核虛擬內存佈局，請參閱內核啓動信息。 4KB 頁大小的轉換表查找： diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/perf.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/perf.rst index 645f3944a0f4..405d5f66964f 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/perf.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/perf.rst @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ EL2（VHE 內核 或 non-VHE 虛擬機監控器）。 KVM 客戶機可能運行在 EL0（用戶空間）和 EL1（內核）。 -由於宿主機和客戶機之間重疊的異常級別，我們不能僅僅依靠 PMU 的硬體異 +由於宿主機和客戶機之間重疊的異常級別，我們不能僅僅依靠 PMU 的硬件異 常過濾機制-因此我們必須啓用/禁用對於客戶機進入和退出的計數。而這在 VHE 和 non-VHE 系統上表現不同。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.txt index f6f41835a54a..70371807ca83 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.txt @@ -28,39 +28,39 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.rst 的中文翻譯 以下爲正文 --------------------------------------------------------------------- - 晶片勘誤和軟體補救措施 + 芯片勘誤和軟件補救措施 ================== 作者: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> 日期: 2015年11月27日 -一個不幸的現實：硬體經常帶有一些所謂的「瑕疵（errata）」，導致其在 -某些特定情況下會違背構架定義的行爲。就基於 ARM 的硬體而言，這些瑕疵 +一個不幸的現實：硬件經常帶有一些所謂的“瑕疵（errata）”，導致其在 +某些特定情況下會違背構架定義的行爲。就基於 ARM 的硬件而言，這些瑕疵 大體可分爲以下幾類： A 類：無可行補救措施的嚴重缺陷。 B 類：有可接受的補救措施的重大或嚴重缺陷。 C 類：在正常操作中不會顯現的小瑕疵。 -更多資訊，請在 infocenter.arm.com （需註冊）中查閱「軟體開發者勘誤 -筆記」（「Software Developers Errata Notice」）文檔。 +更多資訊，請在 infocenter.arm.com （需註冊）中查閱“軟件開發者勘誤 +筆記”（“Software Developers Errata Notice”）文檔。 -對於 Linux 而言，B 類缺陷可能需要作業系統的某些特別處理。例如，避免 +對於 Linux 而言，B 類缺陷可能需要操作系統的某些特別處理。例如，避免 一個特殊的代碼序列，或是以一種特定的方式配置處理器。在某種不太常見的 情況下，爲將 A 類缺陷當作 C 類處理，可能需要用類似的手段。這些手段被 -統稱爲「軟體補救措施」，且僅在少數情況需要（例如，那些需要一個運行在 +統稱爲“軟件補救措施”，且僅在少數情況需要（例如，那些需要一個運行在 非安全異常級的補救措施 *並且* 能被 Linux 觸發的情況）。 -對於尚在討論中的可能對未受瑕疵影響的系統產生干擾的軟體補救措施，有一個 -相應的內核配置（Kconfig）選項被加在 「內核特性（Kernel Features）」-> -「基於可選方法框架的 ARM 瑕疵補救措施（ARM errata workarounds via +對於尚在討論中的可能對未受瑕疵影響的系統產生干擾的軟件補救措施，有一個 +相應的內核配置（Kconfig）選項被加在 “內核特性（Kernel Features）”-> +“基於可選方法框架的 ARM 瑕疵補救措施（ARM errata workarounds via the alternatives framework）"。這些選項被默認開啓，若探測到受影響的CPU， 補丁將在運行時被使用。至於對系統運行影響較小的補救措施，內核配置選項 -並不存在，且代碼以某種規避瑕疵的方式被構造（帶注釋爲宜）。 +並不存在，且代碼以某種規避瑕疵的方式被構造（帶註釋爲宜）。 -這種做法對於在任意內核原始碼樹中準確地判斷出哪個瑕疵已被軟體方法所補救 -稍微有點麻煩，所以在 Linux 內核中此文件作爲軟體補救措施的註冊表， -並將在新的軟體補救措施被提交和向後移植（backported）到穩定內核時被更新。 +這種做法對於在任意內核源代碼樹中準確地判斷出哪個瑕疵已被軟件方法所補救 +稍微有點麻煩，所以在 Linux 內核中此文件作爲軟件補救措施的註冊表， +並將在新的軟件補救措施被提交和向後移植（backported）到穩定內核時被更新。 | 實現者 | 受影響的組件 | 勘誤編號 | 內核配置 | +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-------------------------+ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt index c0be1d1e0d01..9812d99549ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt @@ -36,14 +36,14 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.rst 的中文翻譯 AArch64 Linux 中的潛在用途。 內核提供的地址轉換表配置使通過 TTBR0 完成的虛擬地址轉換（即用戶空間 -映射），其虛擬地址的最高 8 位（63:56）會被轉換硬體所忽略。這種機制 -讓這些位可供應用程式自由使用，其注意事項如下： +映射），其虛擬地址的最高 8 位（63:56）會被轉換硬件所忽略。這種機制 +讓這些位可供應用程序自由使用，其注意事項如下： (1) 內核要求所有傳遞到 EL1 的用戶空間地址帶有 0x00 標記。 - 這意味著任何攜帶用戶空間虛擬地址的系統調用（syscall） + 這意味着任何攜帶用戶空間虛擬地址的系統調用（syscall） 參數 *必須* 在陷入內核前使它們的最高字節被清零。 - (2) 非零標記在傳遞信號時不被保存。這意味著在應用程式中利用了 + (2) 非零標記在傳遞信號時不被保存。這意味着在應用程序中利用了 標記的信號處理函數無法依賴 siginfo_t 的用戶空間虛擬 地址所攜帶的包含其內部域信息的標記。此規則的一個例外是 當信號是在調試觀察點的異常處理程序中產生的，此時標記的 @@ -53,5 +53,5 @@ AArch64 Linux 中的潛在用途。 的高字節，C 編譯器很可能無法判斷它們是不同的。 此構架會阻止對帶標記的 PC 指針的利用，因此在異常返回時，其高字節 -將被設置成一個爲 「55」 的擴展符。 +將被設置成一個爲 “55” 的擴展符。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7c0490589465 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +處理器體系結構 +============== + +以下文檔提供了具體架構實現的編程細節。 + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + mips/index + arm64/index + openrisc/index + parisc/index + loongarch/index + +TODOList: + +* arm/index +* m68k/index +* nios2/index +* powerpc/index +* s390/index +* sh/index +* sparc/index +* x86/index +* xtensa/index +* ../riscv/index + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/booting.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/booting.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..88291090cea1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/booting.rst @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/loongarch/booting.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +==================== +啓動 Linux/LoongArch +==================== + +:作者: 司延騰 <siyanteng@loongson.cn> +:日期: 2022年11月18日 + +BootLoader傳遞給內核的信息 +========================== + +LoongArch支持ACPI和FDT啓動，需要傳遞給內核的信息包括memmap、initrd、cmdline、可 +選的ACPI/FDT表等。 + +內核在 `kernel_entry` 入口處被傳遞以下參數: + + - a0 = efi_boot: `efi_boot` 是一個標誌，表示這個啓動環境是否完全符合UEFI + 的要求。 + + - a1 = cmdline: `cmdline` 是一個指向內核命令行的指針。 + + - a2 = systemtable: `systemtable` 指向EFI的系統表，在這個階段涉及的所有 + 指針都是物理地址。 + +Linux/LoongArch內核鏡像文件頭 +============================= + +內核鏡像是EFI鏡像。作爲PE文件，它們有一個64字節的頭部結構體，如下所示:: + + u32 MZ_MAGIC /* "MZ", MS-DOS 頭 */ + u32 res0 = 0 /* 保留 */ + u64 kernel_entry /* 內核入口點 */ + u64 _end - _text /* 內核鏡像有效大小 */ + u64 load_offset /* 加載內核鏡像相對內存起始地址的偏移量 */ + u64 res1 = 0 /* 保留 */ + u64 res2 = 0 /* 保留 */ + u64 res3 = 0 /* 保留 */ + u32 LINUX_PE_MAGIC /* 魔術數 */ + u32 pe_header - _head /* 到PE頭的偏移量 */ + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/features.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/features.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b64e430f55ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/features.rst @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/loongarch/features.rst +:Translator: Huacai Chen <chenhuacai@loongson.cn> + +.. kernel-feat:: $srctree/Documentation/features loongarch + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7281e050fe1c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/loongarch/index.rst +:Translator: Huacai Chen <chenhuacai@loongson.cn> + +================= +LoongArch體系結構 +================= + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + :numbered: + + introduction + booting + irq-chip-model + + features + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/introduction.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/introduction.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a5603f9b0a1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/introduction.rst @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/loongarch/introduction.rst +:Translator: Huacai Chen <chenhuacai@loongson.cn> + +============= +LoongArch介紹 +============= + +LoongArch是一種新的RISC ISA，在一定程度上類似於MIPS和RISC-V。LoongArch指令集 +包括一個精簡32位版（LA32R）、一個標準32位版（LA32S）、一個64位版（LA64）。 +LoongArch定義了四個特權級（PLV0~PLV3），其中PLV0是最高特權級，用於內核；而PLV3 +是最低特權級，用於應用程序。本文檔介紹了LoongArch的寄存器、基礎指令集、虛擬內 +存以及其他一些主題。 + +寄存器 +====== + +LoongArch的寄存器包括通用寄存器（GPRs）、浮點寄存器（FPRs）、向量寄存器（VRs） +和用於特權模式（PLV0）的控制狀態寄存器（CSRs）。 + +通用寄存器 +---------- + +LoongArch包括32個通用寄存器（ ``$r0`` ~ ``$r31`` ），LA32中每個寄存器爲32位寬， +LA64中每個寄存器爲64位寬。 ``$r0`` 的內容總是固定爲0，而其他寄存器在體系結構層面 +沒有特殊功能。（ ``$r1`` 算是一個例外，在BL指令中固定用作鏈接返回寄存器。） + +內核使用了一套LoongArch寄存器約定，定義在LoongArch ELF psABI規範中，詳細描述參見 +:ref:`參考文獻 <loongarch-references-zh_TW>`: + +================= =============== =================== ========== +寄存器名 別名 用途 跨調用保持 +================= =============== =================== ========== +``$r0`` ``$zero`` 常量0 不使用 +``$r1`` ``$ra`` 返回地址 否 +``$r2`` ``$tp`` TLS/線程信息指針 不使用 +``$r3`` ``$sp`` 棧指針 是 +``$r4``-``$r11`` ``$a0``-``$a7`` 參數寄存器 否 +``$r4``-``$r5`` ``$v0``-``$v1`` 返回值 否 +``$r12``-``$r20`` ``$t0``-``$t8`` 臨時寄存器 否 +``$r21`` ``$u0`` 每CPU變量基地址 不使用 +``$r22`` ``$fp`` 幀指針 是 +``$r23``-``$r31`` ``$s0``-``$s8`` 靜態寄存器 是 +================= =============== =================== ========== + +.. note:: + 注意： ``$r21`` 寄存器在ELF psABI中保留未使用，但是在Linux內核用於保 + 存每CPU變量基地址。該寄存器沒有ABI命名，不過在內核中稱爲 ``$u0`` 。在 + 一些遺留代碼中有時可能見到 ``$v0`` 和 ``$v1`` ，它們是 ``$a0`` 和 + ``$a1`` 的別名，屬於已經廢棄的用法。 + +浮點寄存器 +---------- + +當系統中存在FPU時，LoongArch有32個浮點寄存器（ ``$f0`` ~ ``$f31`` ）。在LA64 +的CPU核上，每個寄存器均爲64位寬。 + +浮點寄存器的使用約定與LoongArch ELF psABI規範的描述相同： + +================= ================== =================== ========== +寄存器名 別名 用途 跨調用保持 +================= ================== =================== ========== +``$f0``-``$f7`` ``$fa0``-``$fa7`` 參數寄存器 否 +``$f0``-``$f1`` ``$fv0``-``$fv1`` 返回值 否 +``$f8``-``$f23`` ``$ft0``-``$ft15`` 臨時寄存器 否 +``$f24``-``$f31`` ``$fs0``-``$fs7`` 靜態寄存器 是 +================= ================== =================== ========== + +.. note:: + 注意：在一些遺留代碼中有時可能見到 ``$fv0`` 和 ``$fv1`` ，它們是 + ``$fa0`` 和 ``$fa1`` 的別名，屬於已經廢棄的用法。 + + +向量寄存器 +---------- + +LoongArch現有兩種向量擴展： + +- 128位向量擴展LSX（全稱Loongson SIMD eXtention）， +- 256位向量擴展LASX（全稱Loongson Advanced SIMD eXtention）。 + +LSX使用 ``$v0`` ~ ``$v31`` 向量寄存器，而LASX則使用 ``$x0`` ~ ``$x31`` 。 + +浮點寄存器和向量寄存器是複用的，比如：在一個實現了LSX和LASX的核上， ``$x0`` 的 +低128位與 ``$v0`` 共用， ``$v0`` 的低64位與 ``$f0`` 共用，其他寄存器依此類推。 + +控制狀態寄存器 +-------------- + +控制狀態寄存器只能在特權模式（PLV0）下訪問: + +================= ==================================== ========== +地址 全稱描述 簡稱 +================= ==================================== ========== +0x0 當前模式信息 CRMD +0x1 異常前模式信息 PRMD +0x2 擴展部件使能 EUEN +0x3 雜項控制 MISC +0x4 異常配置 ECFG +0x5 異常狀態 ESTAT +0x6 異常返回地址 ERA +0x7 出錯(Faulting)虛擬地址 BADV +0x8 出錯(Faulting)指令字 BADI +0xC 異常入口地址 EENTRY +0x10 TLB索引 TLBIDX +0x11 TLB表項高位 TLBEHI +0x12 TLB表項低位0 TLBELO0 +0x13 TLB表項低位1 TLBELO1 +0x18 地址空間標識符 ASID +0x19 低半地址空間頁全局目錄基址 PGDL +0x1A 高半地址空間頁全局目錄基址 PGDH +0x1B 頁全局目錄基址 PGD +0x1C 頁表遍歷控制低半部分 PWCL +0x1D 頁表遍歷控制高半部分 PWCH +0x1E STLB頁大小 STLBPS +0x1F 縮減虛地址配置 RVACFG +0x20 CPU編號 CPUID +0x21 特權資源配置信息1 PRCFG1 +0x22 特權資源配置信息2 PRCFG2 +0x23 特權資源配置信息3 PRCFG3 +0x30+n (0≤n≤15) 數據保存寄存器 SAVEn +0x40 定時器編號 TID +0x41 定時器配置 TCFG +0x42 定時器值 TVAL +0x43 計時器補償 CNTC +0x44 定時器中斷清除 TICLR +0x60 LLBit相關控制 LLBCTL +0x80 實現相關控制1 IMPCTL1 +0x81 實現相關控制2 IMPCTL2 +0x88 TLB重填異常入口地址 TLBRENTRY +0x89 TLB重填異常出錯(Faulting)虛地址 TLBRBADV +0x8A TLB重填異常返回地址 TLBRERA +0x8B TLB重填異常數據保存 TLBRSAVE +0x8C TLB重填異常表項低位0 TLBRELO0 +0x8D TLB重填異常表項低位1 TLBRELO1 +0x8E TLB重填異常表項高位 TLBEHI +0x8F TLB重填異常前模式信息 TLBRPRMD +0x90 機器錯誤控制 MERRCTL +0x91 機器錯誤信息1 MERRINFO1 +0x92 機器錯誤信息2 MERRINFO2 +0x93 機器錯誤異常入口地址 MERRENTRY +0x94 機器錯誤異常返回地址 MERRERA +0x95 機器錯誤異常數據保存 MERRSAVE +0x98 高速緩存標籤 CTAG +0x180+n (0≤n≤3) 直接映射配置窗口n DMWn +0x200+2n (0≤n≤31) 性能監測配置n PMCFGn +0x201+2n (0≤n≤31) 性能監測計數器n PMCNTn +0x300 內存讀寫監視點整體控制 MWPC +0x301 內存讀寫監視點整體狀態 MWPS +0x310+8n (0≤n≤7) 內存讀寫監視點n配置1 MWPnCFG1 +0x311+8n (0≤n≤7) 內存讀寫監視點n配置2 MWPnCFG2 +0x312+8n (0≤n≤7) 內存讀寫監視點n配置3 MWPnCFG3 +0x313+8n (0≤n≤7) 內存讀寫監視點n配置4 MWPnCFG4 +0x380 取指監視點整體控制 FWPC +0x381 取指監視點整體狀態 FWPS +0x390+8n (0≤n≤7) 取指監視點n配置1 FWPnCFG1 +0x391+8n (0≤n≤7) 取指監視點n配置2 FWPnCFG2 +0x392+8n (0≤n≤7) 取指監視點n配置3 FWPnCFG3 +0x393+8n (0≤n≤7) 取指監視點n配置4 FWPnCFG4 +0x500 調試寄存器 DBG +0x501 調試異常返回地址 DERA +0x502 調試數據保存 DSAVE +================= ==================================== ========== + +ERA，TLBRERA，MERRERA和DERA有時也分別稱爲EPC，TLBREPC，MERREPC和DEPC。 + +基礎指令集 +========== + +指令格式 +-------- + +LoongArch的指令字長爲32位，一共有9種基本指令格式（以及一些變體）: + +=========== ========================== +格式名稱 指令構成 +=========== ========================== +2R Opcode + Rj + Rd +3R Opcode + Rk + Rj + Rd +4R Opcode + Ra + Rk + Rj + Rd +2RI8 Opcode + I8 + Rj + Rd +2RI12 Opcode + I12 + Rj + Rd +2RI14 Opcode + I14 + Rj + Rd +2RI16 Opcode + I16 + Rj + Rd +1RI21 Opcode + I21L + Rj + I21H +I26 Opcode + I26L + I26H +=========== ========================== + +Opcode是指令操作碼，Rj和Rk是源操作數（寄存器），Rd是目標操作數（寄存器），Ra是 +4R-type格式特有的附加操作數（寄存器）。I8/I12/I14/I16/I21/I26分別是8位/12位/14位/ +16位/21位/26位的立即數。其中較長的21位和26位立即數在指令字中被分割爲高位部分與低位 +部分，所以你們在這裏的格式描述中能夠看到I21L/I21H和I26L/I26H這樣帶後綴的表述。 + +指令列表 +-------- + +爲了簡便起見，我們在此只羅列一下指令名稱（助記符），需要詳細信息請閱讀 +:ref:`參考文獻 <loongarch-references-zh_TW>` 中的文檔。 + +1. 算術運算指令:: + + ADD.W SUB.W ADDI.W ADD.D SUB.D ADDI.D + SLT SLTU SLTI SLTUI + AND OR NOR XOR ANDN ORN ANDI ORI XORI + MUL.W MULH.W MULH.WU DIV.W DIV.WU MOD.W MOD.WU + MUL.D MULH.D MULH.DU DIV.D DIV.DU MOD.D MOD.DU + PCADDI PCADDU12I PCADDU18I + LU12I.W LU32I.D LU52I.D ADDU16I.D + +2. 移位運算指令:: + + SLL.W SRL.W SRA.W ROTR.W SLLI.W SRLI.W SRAI.W ROTRI.W + SLL.D SRL.D SRA.D ROTR.D SLLI.D SRLI.D SRAI.D ROTRI.D + +3. 位域操作指令:: + + EXT.W.B EXT.W.H CLO.W CLO.D SLZ.W CLZ.D CTO.W CTO.D CTZ.W CTZ.D + BYTEPICK.W BYTEPICK.D BSTRINS.W BSTRINS.D BSTRPICK.W BSTRPICK.D + REVB.2H REVB.4H REVB.2W REVB.D REVH.2W REVH.D BITREV.4B BITREV.8B BITREV.W BITREV.D + MASKEQZ MASKNEZ + +4. 分支轉移指令:: + + BEQ BNE BLT BGE BLTU BGEU BEQZ BNEZ B BL JIRL + +5. 訪存讀寫指令:: + + LD.B LD.BU LD.H LD.HU LD.W LD.WU LD.D ST.B ST.H ST.W ST.D + LDX.B LDX.BU LDX.H LDX.HU LDX.W LDX.WU LDX.D STX.B STX.H STX.W STX.D + LDPTR.W LDPTR.D STPTR.W STPTR.D + PRELD PRELDX + +6. 原子操作指令:: + + LL.W SC.W LL.D SC.D + AMSWAP.W AMSWAP.D AMADD.W AMADD.D AMAND.W AMAND.D AMOR.W AMOR.D AMXOR.W AMXOR.D + AMMAX.W AMMAX.D AMMIN.W AMMIN.D + +7. 柵障指令:: + + IBAR DBAR + +8. 特殊指令:: + + SYSCALL BREAK CPUCFG NOP IDLE ERTN(ERET) DBCL(DBGCALL) RDTIMEL.W RDTIMEH.W RDTIME.D + ASRTLE.D ASRTGT.D + +9. 特權指令:: + + CSRRD CSRWR CSRXCHG + IOCSRRD.B IOCSRRD.H IOCSRRD.W IOCSRRD.D IOCSRWR.B IOCSRWR.H IOCSRWR.W IOCSRWR.D + CACOP TLBP(TLBSRCH) TLBRD TLBWR TLBFILL TLBCLR TLBFLUSH INVTLB LDDIR LDPTE + +虛擬內存 +======== + +LoongArch可以使用直接映射虛擬內存和分頁映射虛擬內存。 + +直接映射虛擬內存通過CSR.DMWn（n=0~3）來進行配置，虛擬地址（VA）和物理地址（PA） +之間有簡單的映射關係:: + + VA = PA + 固定偏移 + +分頁映射的虛擬地址（VA）和物理地址（PA）有任意的映射關係，這種關係記錄在TLB和頁 +表中。LoongArch的TLB包括一個全相聯的MTLB（Multiple Page Size TLB，多樣頁大小TLB） +和一個組相聯的STLB（Single Page Size TLB，單一頁大小TLB）。 + +缺省狀態下，LA32的整個虛擬地址空間配置如下： + +============ =========================== =========================== +區段名 地址範圍 屬性 +============ =========================== =========================== +``UVRANGE`` ``0x00000000 - 0x7FFFFFFF`` 分頁映射, 可緩存, PLV0~3 +``KPRANGE0`` ``0x80000000 - 0x9FFFFFFF`` 直接映射, 非緩存, PLV0 +``KPRANGE1`` ``0xA0000000 - 0xBFFFFFFF`` 直接映射, 可緩存, PLV0 +``KVRANGE`` ``0xC0000000 - 0xFFFFFFFF`` 分頁映射, 可緩存, PLV0 +============ =========================== =========================== + +用戶態（PLV3）只能訪問UVRANGE，對於直接映射的KPRANGE0和KPRANGE1，將虛擬地址的第 +30~31位清零就等於物理地址。例如：物理地址0x00001000對應的非緩存直接映射虛擬地址 +是0x80001000，而其可緩存直接映射虛擬地址是0xA0001000。 + +缺省狀態下，LA64的整個虛擬地址空間配置如下： + +============ ====================== ================================== +區段名 地址範圍 屬性 +============ ====================== ================================== +``XUVRANGE`` ``0x0000000000000000 - 分頁映射, 可緩存, PLV0~3 + 0x3FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF`` +``XSPRANGE`` ``0x4000000000000000 - 直接映射, 可緩存 / 非緩存, PLV0 + 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF`` +``XKPRANGE`` ``0x8000000000000000 - 直接映射, 可緩存 / 非緩存, PLV0 + 0xBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF`` +``XKVRANGE`` ``0xC000000000000000 - 分頁映射, 可緩存, PLV0 + 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF`` +============ ====================== ================================== + +用戶態（PLV3）只能訪問XUVRANGE，對於直接映射的XSPRANGE和XKPRANGE，將虛擬地址的第 +60~63位清零就等於物理地址，而其緩存屬性是通過虛擬地址的第60~61位配置的（0表示強序 +非緩存，1表示一致可緩存，2表示弱序非緩存）。 + +目前，我們僅用XKPRANGE來進行直接映射，XSPRANGE保留給以後用。 + +此處給出一個直接映射的例子：物理地址0x00000000_00001000的強序非緩存直接映射虛擬地址 +（在XKPRANGE中）是0x80000000_00001000，其一致可緩存直接映射虛擬地址（在XKPRANGE中） +是0x90000000_00001000，而其弱序非緩存直接映射虛擬地址（在XKPRANGE中）是0xA0000000_ +00001000。 + +Loongson與LoongArch的關係 +========================= + +LoongArch是一種RISC指令集架構（ISA），不同於現存的任何一種ISA，而Loongson（即龍 +芯）是一個處理器家族。龍芯包括三個系列：Loongson-1（龍芯1號）是32位處理器系列， +Loongson-2（龍芯2號）是低端64位處理器系列，而Loongson-3（龍芯3號）是高端64位處理 +器系列。舊的龍芯處理器基於MIPS架構，而新的龍芯處理器基於LoongArch架構。以龍芯3號 +爲例：龍芯3A1000/3B1500/3A2000/3A3000/3A4000都是兼容MIPS的，而龍芯3A5000（以及將 +來的型號）都是基於LoongArch的。 + +.. _loongarch-references-zh_TW: + +參考文獻 +======== + +Loongson官方網站（龍芯中科技術股份有限公司）： + + http://www.loongson.cn/ + +Loongson與LoongArch的開發者網站（軟件與文檔資源）： + + http://www.loongnix.cn/ + + https://github.com/loongson/ + + https://loongson.github.io/LoongArch-Documentation/ + +LoongArch指令集架構的文檔： + + https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/LoongArch-Vol1-v1.02-CN.pdf （中文版） + + https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/LoongArch-Vol1-v1.02-EN.pdf （英文版） + +LoongArch的ELF psABI文檔： + + https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/LoongArch-ELF-ABI-v2.01-CN.pdf （中文版） + + https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/LoongArch-ELF-ABI-v2.01-EN.pdf （英文版） + +Loongson與LoongArch的Linux內核源碼倉庫： + + https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/chenhuacai/linux-loongson.git + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..dbe9595bbf16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/loongarch/irq-chip-model.rst +:Translator: Huacai Chen <chenhuacai@loongson.cn> + +================================== +LoongArch的IRQ芯片模型（層級關係） +================================== + +目前，基於LoongArch的處理器（如龍芯3A5000）只能與LS7A芯片組配合工作。LoongArch計算機 +中的中斷控制器（即IRQ芯片）包括CPUINTC（CPU Core Interrupt Controller）、LIOINTC（ +Legacy I/O Interrupt Controller）、EIOINTC（Extended I/O Interrupt Controller）、 +HTVECINTC（Hyper-Transport Vector Interrupt Controller）、PCH-PIC（LS7A芯片組的主中 +斷控制器）、PCH-LPC（LS7A芯片組的LPC中斷控制器）和PCH-MSI（MSI中斷控制器）。 + +CPUINTC是一種CPU內部的每個核本地的中斷控制器，LIOINTC/EIOINTC/HTVECINTC是CPU內部的 +全局中斷控制器（每個芯片一個，所有核共享），而PCH-PIC/PCH-LPC/PCH-MSI是CPU外部的中 +斷控制器（在配套芯片組裏面）。這些中斷控制器（或者說IRQ芯片）以一種層次樹的組織形式 +級聯在一起，一共有兩種層級關係模型（傳統IRQ模型和擴展IRQ模型）。 + +傳統IRQ模型 +=========== + +在這種模型裏面，IPI（Inter-Processor Interrupt）和CPU本地時鐘中斷直接發送到CPUINTC， +CPU串口（UARTs）中斷髮送到LIOINTC，而其他所有設備的中斷則分別發送到所連接的PCH-PIC/ +PCH-LPC/PCH-MSI，然後被HTVECINTC統一收集，再發送到LIOINTC，最後到達CPUINTC:: + + +-----+ +---------+ +-------+ + | IPI | --> | CPUINTC | <-- | Timer | + +-----+ +---------+ +-------+ + ^ + | + +---------+ +-------+ + | LIOINTC | <-- | UARTs | + +---------+ +-------+ + ^ + | + +-----------+ + | HTVECINTC | + +-----------+ + ^ ^ + | | + +---------+ +---------+ + | PCH-PIC | | PCH-MSI | + +---------+ +---------+ + ^ ^ ^ + | | | + +---------+ +---------+ +---------+ + | PCH-LPC | | Devices | | Devices | + +---------+ +---------+ +---------+ + ^ + | + +---------+ + | Devices | + +---------+ + +擴展IRQ模型 +=========== + +在這種模型裏面，IPI（Inter-Processor Interrupt）和CPU本地時鐘中斷直接發送到CPUINTC， +CPU串口（UARTs）中斷髮送到LIOINTC，而其他所有設備的中斷則分別發送到所連接的PCH-PIC/ +PCH-LPC/PCH-MSI，然後被EIOINTC統一收集，再直接到達CPUINTC:: + + +-----+ +---------+ +-------+ + | IPI | --> | CPUINTC | <-- | Timer | + +-----+ +---------+ +-------+ + ^ ^ + | | + +---------+ +---------+ +-------+ + | EIOINTC | | LIOINTC | <-- | UARTs | + +---------+ +---------+ +-------+ + ^ ^ + | | + +---------+ +---------+ + | PCH-PIC | | PCH-MSI | + +---------+ +---------+ + ^ ^ ^ + | | | + +---------+ +---------+ +---------+ + | PCH-LPC | | Devices | | Devices | + +---------+ +---------+ +---------+ + ^ + | + +---------+ + | Devices | + +---------+ + +ACPI相關的定義 +============== + +CPUINTC:: + + ACPI_MADT_TYPE_CORE_PIC; + struct acpi_madt_core_pic; + enum acpi_madt_core_pic_version; + +LIOINTC:: + + ACPI_MADT_TYPE_LIO_PIC; + struct acpi_madt_lio_pic; + enum acpi_madt_lio_pic_version; + +EIOINTC:: + + ACPI_MADT_TYPE_EIO_PIC; + struct acpi_madt_eio_pic; + enum acpi_madt_eio_pic_version; + +HTVECINTC:: + + ACPI_MADT_TYPE_HT_PIC; + struct acpi_madt_ht_pic; + enum acpi_madt_ht_pic_version; + +PCH-PIC:: + + ACPI_MADT_TYPE_BIO_PIC; + struct acpi_madt_bio_pic; + enum acpi_madt_bio_pic_version; + +PCH-MSI:: + + ACPI_MADT_TYPE_MSI_PIC; + struct acpi_madt_msi_pic; + enum acpi_madt_msi_pic_version; + +PCH-LPC:: + + ACPI_MADT_TYPE_LPC_PIC; + struct acpi_madt_lpc_pic; + enum acpi_madt_lpc_pic_version; + +參考文獻 +======== + +龍芯3A5000的文檔： + + https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/Loongson-3A5000-usermanual-1.02-CN.pdf (中文版) + + https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/Loongson-3A5000-usermanual-1.02-EN.pdf (英文版) + +龍芯LS7A芯片組的文檔： + + https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/Loongson-7A1000-usermanual-2.00-CN.pdf (中文版) + + https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/Loongson-7A1000-usermanual-2.00-EN.pdf (英文版) + +.. note:: + - CPUINTC：即《龍芯架構參考手冊卷一》第7.4節所描述的CSR.ECFG/CSR.ESTAT寄存器及其 + 中斷控制邏輯； + - LIOINTC：即《龍芯3A5000處理器使用手冊》第11.1節所描述的“傳統I/O中斷”； + - EIOINTC：即《龍芯3A5000處理器使用手冊》第11.2節所描述的“擴展I/O中斷”； + - HTVECINTC：即《龍芯3A5000處理器使用手冊》第14.3節所描述的“HyperTransport中斷”； + - PCH-PIC/PCH-MSI：即《龍芯7A1000橋片用戶手冊》第5章所描述的“中斷控制器”； + - PCH-LPC：即《龍芯7A1000橋片用戶手冊》第24.3節所描述的“LPC中斷”。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/mips/booting.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/mips/booting.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7e104abf5a51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/mips/booting.rst @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/mips/booting.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _tw_booting: + +BMIPS設備樹引導 +------------------------ + + 一些bootloaders只支持在內核鏡像開始地址處的單一入口點。而其它 + bootloaders將跳轉到ELF的開始地址處。兩種方案都支持的；因爲 + CONFIG_BOOT_RAW=y and CONFIG_NO_EXCEPT_FILL=y, 所以第一條指令 + 會立即跳轉到kernel_entry()入口處執行。 + + 與arch/arm情況(b)類似，dt感知的引導加載程序需要設置以下寄存器: + + a0 : 0 + + a1 : 0xffffffff + + a2 : RAM中指向設備樹塊的物理指針(在chapterII中定義)。 + 設備樹可以位於前512MB物理地址空間(0x00000000 - + 0x1fffffff)的任何位置，以64位邊界對齊。 + + 傳統bootloaders不會使用這樣的約定，並且它們不傳入DT塊。 + 在這種情況下，Linux將通過選中CONFIG_DT_*查找DTB。 + + 以上約定只在32位系統中定義，因爲目前沒有任何64位的BMIPS實現。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/mips/features.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/mips/features.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f69410420035 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/mips/features.rst @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/mips/features.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _tw_features: + +.. kernel-feat:: $srctree/Documentation/features mips + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/mips/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/mips/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4b7d28806489 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/mips/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/mips/index.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +=========================== +MIPS特性文檔 +=========================== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + :numbered: + + booting + ingenic-tcu + + features + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4385c0f3e9cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _tw_ingenic-tcu: + +=============================================== +君正 JZ47xx SoC定時器/計數器硬件單元 +=============================================== + +君正 JZ47xx SoC中的定時器/計數器單元(TCU)是一個多功能硬件塊。它有多達 +8個通道，可以用作計數器，計時器，或脈衝寬度調製器。 + +- JZ4725B, JZ4750, JZ4755 只有６個TCU通道。其它SoC都有８個通道。 + +- JZ4725B引入了一個獨立的通道，稱爲操作系統計時器(OST)。這是一個32位可 + 編程定時器。在JZ4760B及以上型號上，它是64位的。 + +- 每個TCU通道都有自己的時鐘源，可以通過 TCSR 寄存器設置通道的父級時鐘 + 源（pclk、ext、rtc）、開關以及分頻。 + + - 看門狗和OST硬件模塊在它們的寄存器空間中也有相同形式的TCSR寄存器。 + - 用於關閉/開啓的 TCU 寄存器也可以關閉/開啓看門狗和 OST 時鐘。 + +- 每個TCU通道在兩種模式的其中一種模式下運行： + + - 模式 TCU1：通道無法在睡眠模式下運行，但更易於操作。 + - 模式 TCU2：通道可以在睡眠模式下運行，但操作比 TCU1 通道複雜一些。 + +- 每個 TCU 通道的模式取決於使用的SoC： + + - 在最老的SoC（高於JZ4740），八個通道都運行在TCU1模式。 + - 在 JZ4725B，通道5運行在TCU2,其它通道則運行在TCU1。 + - 在最新的SoC（JZ4750及之後），通道1-2運行在TCU2，其它通道則運行 + 在TCU1。 + +- 每個通道都可以生成中斷。有些通道共享一條中斷線，而有些沒有，其在SoC型 + 號之間的變更： + + - 在很老的SoC（JZ4740及更低），通道0和通道1有它們自己的中斷線；通 + 道2-7共享最後一條中斷線。 + - 在 JZ4725B，通道0有它自己的中斷線；通道1-5共享一條中斷線；OST + 使用最後一條中斷線。 + - 在比較新的SoC（JZ4750及以後），通道5有它自己的中斷線；通 + 道0-4和（如果是8通道）6-7全部共享一條中斷線；OST使用最後一條中 + 斷線。 + +實現 +==== + +TCU硬件的功能分佈在多個驅動程序： + +============== =================================== +時鐘 drivers/clk/ingenic/tcu.c +中斷 drivers/irqchip/irq-ingenic-tcu.c +定時器 drivers/clocksource/ingenic-timer.c +OST drivers/clocksource/ingenic-ost.c +脈衝寬度調製器 drivers/pwm/pwm-jz4740.c +看門狗 drivers/watchdog/jz4740_wdt.c +============== =================================== + +因爲可以從相同的寄存器控制屬於不同驅動程序和框架的TCU的各種功能，所以 +所有這些驅動程序都通過相同的控制總線通用接口訪問它們的寄存器。 + +有關TCU驅動程序的設備樹綁定的更多信息，請參閱: +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ingenic,tcu.yaml. + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/openrisc/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/openrisc/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7585960783fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/openrisc/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/openrisc/index.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _tw_openrisc_index: + +================= +OpenRISC 體系架構 +================= + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + openrisc_port + todo + +Todolist: + features + + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/openrisc/openrisc_port.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/openrisc/openrisc_port.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..422fe9f7a3f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/openrisc/openrisc_port.rst @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/openrisc/openrisc_port.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _tw_openrisc_port: + +============== +OpenRISC Linux +============== + +這是Linux對OpenRISC類微處理器的移植；具體來說，最早移植目標是32位 +OpenRISC 1000系列（或1k）。 + +關於OpenRISC處理器和正在進行中的開發的信息: + + ======= ============================= + 網站 https://openrisc.io + 郵箱 openrisc@lists.librecores.org + ======= ============================= + +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + +OpenRISC工具鏈和Linux的構建指南 +=============================== + +爲了構建和運行Linux for OpenRISC，你至少需要一個基本的工具鏈，或許 +還需要架構模擬器。 這裏概述了準備就位這些部分的步驟。 + +1) 工具鏈 + +工具鏈二進制文件可以從openrisc.io或我們的github發佈頁面獲得。不同 +工具鏈的構建指南可以在openrisc.io或Stafford的工具鏈構建和發佈腳本 +中找到。 + + ====== ================================================= + 二進制 https://github.com/openrisc/or1k-gcc/releases + 工具鏈 https://openrisc.io/software + 構建 https://github.com/stffrdhrn/or1k-toolchain-build + ====== ================================================= + +2) 構建 + +像往常一樣構建Linux內核:: + + make ARCH=openrisc CROSS_COMPILE="or1k-linux-" defconfig + make ARCH=openrisc CROSS_COMPILE="or1k-linux-" + +3) 在FPGA上運行（可選) + +OpenRISC社區通常使用FuseSoC來管理構建和編程SoC到FPGA中。 下面是用 +OpenRISC SoC對De0 Nano開發板進行編程的一個例子。 在構建過程中， +FPGA RTL是從FuseSoC IP核庫中下載的代碼，並使用FPGA供應商工具構建。 +二進制文件用openocd加載到電路板上。 + +:: + + git clone https://github.com/olofk/fusesoc + cd fusesoc + sudo pip install -e . + + fusesoc init + fusesoc build de0_nano + fusesoc pgm de0_nano + + openocd -f interface/altera-usb-blaster.cfg \ + -f board/or1k_generic.cfg + + telnet localhost 4444 + > init + > halt; load_image vmlinux ; reset + +4) 在模擬器上運行（可選） + +QEMU是一個處理器仿真器，我們推薦它來模擬OpenRISC平臺。 請按照QEMU網 +站上的OpenRISC說明，讓Linux在QEMU上運行。 你可以自己構建QEMU，但你的 +Linux發行版可能提供了支持OpenRISC的二進制包。 + + ============= ====================================================== + qemu openrisc https://wiki.qemu.org/Documentation/Platforms/OpenRISC + ============= ====================================================== + +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + +術語表 +====== + +代碼中使用了以下符號約定以將範圍限制在幾個特定處理器實現上： + +========= ======================= +openrisc: OpenRISC類型處理器 +or1k: OpenRISC 1000系列處理器 +or1200: OpenRISC 1200處理器 +========= ======================= + +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + +歷史 +==== + +2003-11-18 Matjaz Breskvar (phoenix@bsemi.com) + 將linux初步移植到OpenRISC或32架構。 + 所有的核心功能都實現了，並且可以使用。 + +2003-12-08 Matjaz Breskvar (phoenix@bsemi.com) + 徹底改變TLB失誤處理。 + 重寫異常處理。 + 在默認的initrd中實現了sash-3.6的所有功能。 + 大幅改進的版本。 + +2004-04-10 Matjaz Breskvar (phoenix@bsemi.com) + 大量的bug修復。 + 支持以太網，http和telnet服務器功能。 + 可以運行許多標準的linux應用程序。 + +2004-06-26 Matjaz Breskvar (phoenix@bsemi.com) + 移植到2.6.x。 + +2004-11-30 Matjaz Breskvar (phoenix@bsemi.com) + 大量的bug修復和增強功能。 + 增加了opencores framebuffer驅動。 + +2010-10-09 Jonas Bonn (jonas@southpole.se) + 重大重寫，使其與上游的Linux 2.6.36看齊。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/openrisc/todo.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/openrisc/todo.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..df261b9e3002 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/openrisc/todo.rst @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/openrisc/todo.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _tw_openrisc_todo.rst: + +======== +待辦事項 +======== + +OpenRISC Linux的移植已經完全投入使用，並且從 2.6.35 開始就一直在上游同步。 +然而，還有一些剩餘的項目需要在未來幾個月內完成。 下面是一個即將進行調查的已知 +不盡完美的項目列表，即我們的待辦事項列表。 + +- 實現其餘的DMA API……dma_map_sg等。 + +- 完成重命名清理工作……代碼中提到了or32，這是架構的一個老名字。 我們 + 已經確定的名字是or1k，這個改變正在以緩慢積累的方式進行。 目前，or32相當 + 於or1k。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/parisc/debugging.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/parisc/debugging.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c9ee804aebbd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/parisc/debugging.rst @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/parisc/debugging.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _tw_parisc_debugging: + +================= +調試PA-RISC +================= + +好吧，這裏有一些關於調試linux/parisc的較底層部分的信息。 + + +1. 絕對地址 +===================== + +很多彙編代碼目前運行在實模式下，這意味着會使用絕對地址，而不是像內核其他 +部分那樣使用虛擬地址。要將絕對地址轉換爲虛擬地址，你可以在System.map中查 +找，添加__PAGE_OFFSET（目前是0x10000000）。 + + +2. HPMCs +======== + +當實模式的代碼試圖訪問不存在的內存時，會出現HPMC（high priority machine +check）而不是內核oops。若要調試HPMC，請嘗試找到系統響應程序/請求程序地址。 +系統請求程序地址應該與（某）處理器的HPA（I/O範圍內的高地址）相匹配；系統響應程 +序地址是實模式代碼試圖訪問的地址。 + +系統響應程序地址的典型值是大於__PAGE_OFFSET （0x10000000）的地址，這意味着 +在實模式試圖訪問它之前，虛擬地址沒有被翻譯成物理地址。 + + +3. 有趣的Q位 +============ + +某些非常關鍵的代碼必須清除PSW中的Q位。當Q位被清除時，CPU不會更新中斷處理 +程序所讀取的寄存器，以找出機器被中斷的位置——所以如果你在清除Q位的指令和再 +次設置Q位的RFI之間遇到中斷，你不知道它到底發生在哪裏。如果你幸運的話，IAOQ +會指向清除Q位的指令，如果你不幸運的話，它會指向任何地方。通常Q位的問題會 +表現爲無法解釋的系統掛起或物理內存越界。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/parisc/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/parisc/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..35941bf68c88 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/parisc/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/parisc/index.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _tw_parisc_index: + +==================== +PA-RISC體系架構 +==================== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + debugging + registers + +Todolist: + + features + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/parisc/registers.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/parisc/registers.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..695acb21134a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/parisc/registers.rst @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/parisc/registers.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _tw_parisc_registers: + +========================= +Linux/PA-RISC的寄存器用法 +========================= + +[ 用星號表示目前尚未實現的計劃用途。 ] + +ABI約定的通用寄存器 +=================== + +控制寄存器 +---------- + +============================ ================================= +CR 0 (恢復計數器) 用於ptrace +CR 1-CR 7(無定義) 未使用 +CR 8 (Protection ID) 每進程值* +CR 9, 12, 13 (PIDS) 未使用 +CR10 (CCR) FPU延遲保存* +CR11 按照ABI的規定（SAR） +CR14 (中斷向量) 初始化爲 fault_vector +CR15 (EIEM) 所有位初始化爲1* +CR16 (間隔計時器) 讀取週期數/寫入開始時間間隔計時器 +CR17-CR22 中斷參數 +CR19 中斷指令寄存器 +CR20 中斷空間寄存器 +CR21 中斷偏移量寄存器 +CR22 中斷 PSW +CR23 (EIRR) 讀取未決中斷/寫入清除位 +CR24 (TR 0) 內核空間頁目錄指針 +CR25 (TR 1) 用戶空間頁目錄指針 +CR26 (TR 2) 不使用 +CR27 (TR 3) 線程描述符指針 +CR28 (TR 4) 不使用 +CR29 (TR 5) 不使用 +CR30 (TR 6) 當前 / 0 +CR31 (TR 7) 臨時寄存器，在不同地方使用 +============================ ================================= + +空間寄存器（內核模式） +---------------------- + +======== ============================== +SR0 臨時空間寄存器 +SR4-SR7 設置爲0 +SR1 臨時空間寄存器 +SR2 內核不應該破壞它 +SR3 用於用戶空間訪問（當前進程） +======== ============================== + +空間寄存器（用戶模式） +---------------------- + +======== ============================ +SR0 臨時空間寄存器 +SR1 臨時空間寄存器 +SR2 保存Linux gateway page的空間 +SR3 在內核中保存用戶地址空間的值 +SR4-SR7 定義了用戶/內核的短地址空間 +======== ============================ + + +處理器狀態字 +------------ + +====================== ================================================ +W （64位地址） 0 +E （小尾端） 0 +S （安全間隔計時器） 0 +T （產生分支陷阱） 0 +H （高特權級陷阱） 0 +L （低特權級陷阱） 0 +N （撤銷下一條指令） 被C代碼使用 +X （數據存儲中斷禁用） 0 +B （產生分支） 被C代碼使用 +C （代碼地址轉譯） 1, 在執行實模式代碼時爲0 +V （除法步長校正） 被C代碼使用 +M （HPMC 掩碼） 0, 在執行HPMC操作*時爲1 +C/B （進/借 位） 被C代碼使用 +O （有序引用） 1* +F （性能監視器） 0 +R （回收計數器陷阱） 0 +Q （收集中斷狀態） 1 （在rfi之前的代碼中爲0） +P （保護標識符） 1* +D （數據地址轉譯） 1, 在執行實模式代碼時爲0 +I （外部中斷掩碼） 由cli()/sti()宏使用。 +====================== ================================================ + +“隱形”寄存器（影子寄存器） +--------------------------- + +============= =================== +PSW W 默認值 0 +PSW E 默認值 0 +影子寄存器 被中斷處理代碼使用 +TOC啓用位 1 +============= =================== + +---------------------------------------------------------- + +PA-RISC架構定義了7個寄存器作爲“影子寄存器”。這些寄存器在 +RETURN FROM INTERRUPTION AND RESTORE指令中使用，通過消 +除中斷處理程序中對一般寄存器（GR）的保存和恢復的需要來減 +少狀態保存和恢復時間。影子寄存器是GRs 1, 8, 9, 16, 17, +24和25。 + +------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +寄存器使用說明，最初由John Marvin提供，並由Randolph Chung提供一些補充說明。 + +對於通用寄存器: + +r1,r2,r19-r26,r28,r29 & r31可以在不保存它們的情況下被使用。當然，如果你 +關心它們，在調用另一個程序之前，你也需要保存它們。上面的一些寄存器確實 +有特殊的含義，你應該注意一下: + + r1: + addil指令是硬性規定將其結果放在r1中，所以如果你使用這條指令要 + 注意這點。 + + r2: + 這就是返回指針。一般來說，你不想使用它，因爲你需要這個指針來返 + 回給你的調用者。然而，它與這組寄存器組合在一起，因爲調用者不能 + 依賴你返回時的值是相同的，也就是說，你可以將r2複製到另一個寄存 + 器，並在作廢r2後通過該寄存器返回，這應該不會給調用程序帶來問題。 + + r19-r22: + 這些通常被認爲是臨時寄存器。 + 請注意，在64位中它們是arg7-arg4。 + + r23-r26: + 這些是arg3-arg0，也就是說，如果你不再關心傳入的值，你可以使用 + 它們。 + + r28,r29: + 這倆是ret0和ret1。它們是你傳入返回值的地方。r28是主返回值。當返回 + 小結構體時，r29也可以用來將數據傳回給調用程序。 + + r30: + 棧指針 + + r31: + ble指令將返回指針放在這裏。 + + + r3-r18,r27,r30需要被保存和恢復。r3-r18只是一般用途的寄存器。 + r27是數據指針，用來使對全局變量的引用更容易。r30是棧指針。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/core.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/core.rst index f1951e1b23bb..4f98d1e9f34b 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/core.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/core.rst @@ -1,13 +1,15 @@ .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst -:Original: :doc:`../../../cpu-freq/core` -:Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> - Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> +:Original: Documentation/cpu-freq/core.rst + +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> -.. _tw_core.rst: +:校譯: + 唐藝舟 Tang Yizhou <tangyeechou@gmail.com> ==================================== CPUFreq核心和CPUFreq通知器的通用說明 @@ -29,10 +31,10 @@ CPUFreq核心和CPUFreq通知器的通用說明 ====================== cpufreq核心代碼位於drivers/cpufreq/cpufreq.c中。這些cpufreq代碼爲CPUFreq架構的驅 -動程序（那些操作硬體切換頻率的代碼）以及 "通知器 "提供了一個標準化的接口。 -這些是設備驅動程序或需要了解策略變化的其它內核部分（如 ACPI 熱量管理）或所有頻率更改（除 -計時代碼外），甚至需要強制確定速度限制的通知器（如 ARM 架構上的 LCD 驅動程序）。 -此外， 內核 "常數" loops_per_jiffy會根據頻率變化而更新。 +動程序（那些執行硬件頻率切換的代碼）以及 "通知器" 提供了一個標準化的接口。 +包括設備驅動程序；需要了解策略變化（如 ACPI 熱量管理），或所有頻率變化（如計時代碼）， +甚至需要強制限制爲指定頻率（如 ARM 架構上的 LCD 驅動程序）的其它內核組件。 +此外，內核 "常數" loops_per_jiffy 會根據頻率變化而更新。 cpufreq策略的引用計數由 cpufreq_cpu_get 和 cpufreq_cpu_put 來完成，以確保 cpufreq 驅 動程序被正確地註冊到核心中，並且驅動程序在 cpufreq_put_cpu 被調用之前不會被卸載。這也保證 @@ -41,10 +43,10 @@ cpufreq策略的引用計數由 cpufreq_cpu_get 和 cpufreq_cpu_put 來完成， 2. CPUFreq 通知器 ==================== -CPUFreq通知器符合標準的內核通知器接口。 +CPUFreq通知器遵循標準的內核通知器接口。 關於通知器的細節請參閱 linux/include/linux/notifier.h。 -這裡有兩個不同的CPUfreq通知器 - 策略通知器和轉換通知器。 +這裏有兩個不同的CPUfreq通知器 - 策略通知器和轉換通知器。 2.1 CPUFreq策略通知器 @@ -62,27 +64,27 @@ CPUFreq通知器符合標準的內核通知器接口。 2.2 CPUFreq轉換通知器 -------------------------------- -當CPUfreq驅動切換CPU核心頻率時，策略中的每個在線CPU都會收到兩次通知，這些變化沒有任何外部干 +當CPUfreq驅動切換CPU核心頻率時，策略中的每個在線CPU都會收到兩次通知，這些變化沒有任何外部幹 預。 第二個參數指定階段 - CPUFREQ_PRECHANGE or CPUFREQ_POSTCHANGE. 第三個參數是一個包含如下值的結構體cpufreq_freqs： -===== ==================== -cpu 受影響cpu的編號 +====== =============================== +policy 指向struct cpufreq_policy的指針 old 舊頻率 new 新頻率 flags cpufreq驅動的標誌 -===== ==================== +====== =============================== 3. 含有Operating Performance Point (OPP)的CPUFreq表的生成 ================================================================== 關於OPP的細節請參閱 Documentation/power/opp.rst dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table - - 這個功能提供了一個隨時可用的轉換程序，用來將OPP層關於可用頻率的內部信息翻譯成一種容易提供給 - cpufreq的格式。 + 這個函數提供了一個隨時可用的轉換例程，用來將OPP層關於可用頻率的內部信息翻譯成一種 + cpufreq易於處理的格式。 .. Warning:: @@ -101,7 +103,7 @@ dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table - .. note:: - 該函數只有在CONFIG_PM_OPP之外還啓用了CONFIG_CPU_FREQ時才可用。 + 該函數只有在CONFIG_PM_OPP之外還啓用了CONFIG_CPU_FREQ時纔可用。 dev_pm_opp_free_cpufreq_table 釋放dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table分配的表。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.rst index 671b1bf0e2c5..add3de2d4523 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.rst @@ -2,12 +2,15 @@ .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst -:Original: :doc:`../../../cpu-freq/cpu-drivers` -:Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> - Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> +:Original: Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.rst -.. _tw_cpu-drivers.rst: +:翻譯: + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +:校譯: + + 唐藝舟 Tang Yizhou <tangyeechou@gmail.com> ======================================= 如何實現一個新的CPUFreq處理器驅動程序？ @@ -37,15 +40,15 @@ 1. 怎麼做？ =========== -如此，你剛剛得到了一個全新的CPU/晶片組及其數據手冊，並希望爲這個CPU/晶片組添加cpufreq -支持？很好，這裡有一些至關重要的提示： +如果，你剛剛得到了一個全新的CPU/芯片組及其數據手冊，並希望爲這個CPU/芯片組添加cpufreq +支持？很好，這裏有一些至關重要的提示： 1.1 初始化 ---------- -首先，在__initcall_level_7 (module_init())或更靠後的函數中檢查這個內核是否 -運行在正確的CPU和正確的晶片組上。如果是，則使用cpufreq_register_driver()向 +首先，在 __initcall level 7 (module_init())或更靠後的函數中檢查這個內核是否 +運行在正確的CPU和正確的芯片組上。如果是，則使用cpufreq_register_driver()向 CPUfreq核心層註冊一個cpufreq_driver結構體。 結構體cpufreq_driver應該包含什麼成員? @@ -59,11 +62,11 @@ CPUfreq核心層註冊一個cpufreq_driver結構體。 .setpolicy 或 .fast_switch 或 .target 或 .target_index - 差異見 下文。 -並且可選擇 +其它可選成員 - .flags - cpufreq核的提示。 + .flags - 給cpufreq核心的提示。 - .driver_data - cpufreq驅動程序的特定數據。 + .driver_data - cpufreq驅動程序的特有數據。 .get_intermediate 和 target_intermediate - 用於在改變CPU頻率時切換到穩定 的頻率。 @@ -72,18 +75,18 @@ CPUfreq核心層註冊一個cpufreq_driver結構體。 .bios_limit - 返回HW/BIOS對CPU的最大頻率限制值。 - .exit - 一個指向per-policy清理函數的指針，該函數在cpu熱插拔過程的CPU_POST_DEAD + .exit - 一個指向per-policy清理函數的指針，該函數在CPU熱插拔過程的CPU_POST_DEAD 階段被調用。 .suspend - 一個指向per-policy暫停函數的指針，該函數在關中斷且在該策略的調節器停止 後被調用。 - .resume - 一個指向per-policy恢復函數的指針，該函數在關中斷且在調節器再一次開始前被 + .resume - 一個指向per-policy恢復函數的指針，該函數在關中斷且在調節器再一次啓動前被 調用。 .ready - 一個指向per-policy準備函數的指針，該函數在策略完全初始化之後被調用。 - .attr - 一個指向NULL結尾的"struct freq_attr"列表的指針，該函數允許導出值到 + .attr - 一個指向NULL結尾的"struct freq_attr"列表的指針，該列表允許導出值到 sysfs。 .boost_enabled - 如果設置，則啓用提升(boost)頻率。 @@ -94,95 +97,93 @@ CPUfreq核心層註冊一個cpufreq_driver結構體。 1.2 Per-CPU 初始化 ------------------ -每當一個新的CPU被註冊到設備模型中，或者在cpufreq驅動註冊自己之後，如果此CPU的cpufreq策 -略不存在，則會調用per-policy的初始化函數cpufreq_driver.init。請注意，.init()和.exit()程序 -只對策略調用一次，而不是對策略管理的每個CPU調用一次。它需要一個 ``struct cpufreq_policy +每當一個新的CPU被註冊到設備模型中，或者當cpufreq驅動註冊自身之後，如果此CPU的cpufreq策 +略不存在，則會調用per-policy的初始化函數cpufreq_driver.init。請注意，.init()和.exit()例程 +只爲某個策略調用一次，而不是對該策略管理的每個CPU調用一次。它需要一個 ``struct cpufreq_policy *policy`` 作爲參數。現在該怎麼做呢？ 如果有必要，請在你的CPU上激活CPUfreq功能支持。 -然後，驅動程序必須填寫以下數值: +然後，驅動程序必須填寫以下值: +-----------------------------------+--------------------------------------+ -|policy->cpuinfo.min_freq 和 | | -|policy->cpuinfo.max_freq | 該CPU支持的最低和最高頻率（kHz） | -| | | -| | | +|policy->cpuinfo.min_freq和 | 該CPU支持的最低和最高頻率（kHz） | +|policy->cpuinfo.max_freq | | +| | | +-----------------------------------+--------------------------------------+ -|policy->cpuinfo.transition_latency | | -| | CPU在兩個頻率之間切換所需的時間，以 | -| | 納秒爲單位（如適用，否則指定 | -| | CPUFREQ_ETERNAL） | +|policy->cpuinfo.transition_latency | CPU在兩個頻率之間切換所需的時間，以 | +| | 納秒爲單位（如不適用，設定爲 | +| | CPUFREQ_ETERNAL） | +| | | +-----------------------------------+--------------------------------------+ -|policy->cur | 該CPU當前的工作頻率(如適用) | -| | | +|policy->cur | 該CPU當前的工作頻率(如適用) | +| | | +-----------------------------------+--------------------------------------+ -|policy->min, | | -|policy->max, | | -|policy->policy and, if necessary, | | -|policy->governor | 必須包含該cpu的 「默認策略」。稍後 | -| | 會用這些值調用 | -| | cpufreq_driver.verify and either | -| | cpufreq_driver.setpolicy or | -| | cpufreq_driver.target/target_index | -| | | +|policy->min, | 必須包含該CPU的"默認策略"。稍後 | +|policy->max, | 會用這些值調用 | +|policy->policy and, if necessary, | cpufreq_driver.verify和下面函數 | +|policy->governor | 之一：cpufreq_driver.setpolicy或 | +| | cpufreq_driver.target/target_index | +| | | +-----------------------------------+--------------------------------------+ -|policy->cpus | 用與這個CPU一起做DVFS的(在線+離線) | -| | CPU(即與它共享時鐘/電壓軌)的掩碼更新 | -| | 這個 | -| | | +|policy->cpus | 該policy通過DVFS框架影響的全部CPU | +| | (即與本CPU共享"時鐘/電壓"對)構成 | +| | 掩碼(同時包含在線和離線CPU)，用掩碼 | +| | 更新本字段 | +| | | +-----------------------------------+--------------------------------------+ -對於設置其中的一些值(cpuinfo.min[max]_freq, policy->min[max])，頻率表助手可能會有幫 +對於設置其中的一些值(cpuinfo.min[max]_freq, policy->min[max])，頻率表輔助函數可能會有幫 助。關於它們的更多信息，請參見第2節。 1.3 驗證 -------- -當用戶決定設置一個新的策略(由 「policy,governor,min,max組成」)時，必須對這個策略進行驗證， +當用戶決定設置一個新的策略(由"policy,governor,min,max組成")時，必須對這個策略進行驗證， 以便糾正不兼容的值。爲了驗證這些值，cpufreq_verify_within_limits(``struct cpufreq_policy *policy``, ``unsigned int min_freq``, ``unsigned int max_freq``)函數可能會有幫助。 -關於頻率表助手的詳細內容請參見第2節。 +關於頻率表輔助函數的詳細內容請參見第2節。 您需要確保至少有一個有效頻率（或工作範圍）在 policy->min 和 policy->max 範圍內。如果有必 -要，先增加policy->max，只有在沒有辦法的情況下，才減少policy->min。 +要，先增大policy->max，只有在沒有解決方案的情況下，才減小policy->min。 1.4 target 或 target_index 或 setpolicy 或 fast_switch? ------------------------------------------------------- -大多數cpufreq驅動甚至大多數cpu頻率升降算法只允許將CPU頻率設置爲預定義的固定值。對於這些，你 +大多數cpufreq驅動甚至大多數CPU頻率升降算法只允許將CPU頻率設置爲預定義的固定值。對於這些，你 可以使用->target()，->target_index()或->fast_switch()回調。 -有些cpufreq功能的處理器可以自己在某些限制之間切換頻率。這些應使用->setpolicy()回調。 +有些具有硬件調頻能力的處理器可以自行依據某些限制來切換CPU頻率。它們應使用->setpolicy()回調。 1.5. target/target_index ------------------------ -target_index調用有兩個參數：``struct cpufreq_policy * policy``和``unsigned int`` -索引(於列出的頻率表)。 +target_index調用有兩個參數： ``struct cpufreq_policy * policy`` 和 ``unsigned int`` +索引(用於索引頻率表項)。 -當調用這裡時，CPUfreq驅動必須設置新的頻率。實際頻率必須由freq_table[index].frequency決定。 +當調用這裏時，CPUfreq驅動必須設置新的頻率。實際頻率必須由freq_table[index].frequency決定。 -它應該總是在錯誤的情況下恢復到之前的頻率(即policy->restore_freq)，即使我們之前切換到中間頻率。 +在發生錯誤的情況下總是應該恢復到之前的頻率(即policy->restore_freq)，即使我們已經切換到了 +中間頻率。 已棄用 ---------- -目標調用有三個參數。``struct cpufreq_policy * policy``, unsigned int target_frequency, +target調用有三個參數。``struct cpufreq_policy * policy``, unsigned int target_frequency, unsigned int relation. -CPUfreq驅動在調用這裡時必須設置新的頻率。實際的頻率必須使用以下規則來確定。 +CPUfreq驅動在調用這裏時必須設置新的頻率。實際的頻率必須使用以下規則來確定。 -- 緊跟 "目標頻率"。 +- 儘量貼近"目標頻率"。 - policy->min <= new_freq <= policy->max (這必須是有效的!!!) - 如果 relation==CPUFREQ_REL_L，嘗試選擇一個高於或等於 target_freq 的 new_freq。("L代表 最低，但不能低於") - 如果 relation==CPUFREQ_REL_H，嘗試選擇一個低於或等於 target_freq 的 new_freq。("H代表 最高，但不能高於") -這裡，頻率表助手可能會幫助你--詳見第2節。 +這裏，頻率表輔助函數可能會幫助你 -- 詳見第2節。 1.6. fast_switch ---------------- @@ -196,51 +197,52 @@ CPUfreq驅動在調用這裡時必須設置新的頻率。實際的頻率必須 1.7 setpolicy ------------- -setpolicy調用只需要一個``struct cpufreq_policy * policy``作爲參數。需要將處理器內或晶片組內動態頻 +setpolicy調用只需要一個 ``struct cpufreq_policy * policy`` 作爲參數。需要將處理器內或芯片組內動態頻 率切換的下限設置爲policy->min，上限設置爲policy->max，如果支持的話，當policy->policy爲 -CPUFREQ_POLICY_PERFORMANCE時選擇面向性能的設置，當CPUFREQ_POLICY_POWERSAVE時選擇面向省電的設置。 +CPUFREQ_POLICY_PERFORMANCE時選擇面向性能的設置，爲CPUFREQ_POLICY_POWERSAVE時選擇面向省電的設置。 也可以查看drivers/cpufreq/longrun.c中的參考實現。 1.8 get_intermediate 和 target_intermediate -------------------------------------------- -僅適用於 target_index() 和 CPUFREQ_ASYNC_NOTIFICATION 未設置的驅動。 +僅適用於未設置 target_index() 和 CPUFREQ_ASYNC_NOTIFICATION 的驅動。 -get_intermediate應該返回一個平台想要切換到的穩定的中間頻率，target_intermediate()應該將CPU設置爲 -該頻率，然後再跳轉到'index'對應的頻率。核心會負責發送通知，驅動不必在target_intermediate()或 -target_index()中處理。 +get_intermediate應該返回一個平臺想要切換到的穩定的中間頻率，target_intermediate()應該將CPU設置爲 +該頻率，然後再跳轉到'index'對應的頻率。cpufreq核心會負責發送通知，驅動不必在 +target_intermediate()或target_index()中處理它們。 -在驅動程序不想因爲某個目標頻率切換到中間頻率的情況下，它們可以從get_intermediate()中返回'0'。在這種情況 -下，核心將直接調用->target_index()。 +在驅動程序不想爲某個目標頻率切換到中間頻率的情況下，它們可以讓get_intermediate()返回'0'。 +在這種情況下，cpufreq核心將直接調用->target_index()。 -注意：->target_index()應該在失敗的情況下恢復到policy->restore_freq，因爲core會爲此發送通知。 +注意：->target_index()應該在發生失敗的情況下將頻率恢復到policy->restore_freq， +因爲cpufreq核心會爲此發送通知。 -2. 頻率表助手 -============= +2. 頻率表輔助函數 +================= -由於大多數cpufreq處理器只允許被設置爲幾個特定的頻率，因此，一個帶有一些函數的 「頻率表」可能會輔助處理器驅動 -程序的一些工作。這樣的 "頻率表" 由一個cpufreq_frequency_table條目構成的數組組成，"driver_data" 中包 -含了驅動程序的具體數值，"frequency" 中包含了相應的頻率，並設置了標誌。在表的最後，需要添加一個 -cpufreq_frequency_table條目，頻率設置爲CPUFREQ_TABLE_END。而如果想跳過表中的一個條目，則將頻率設置爲 -CPUFREQ_ENTRY_INVALID。這些條目不需要按照任何特定的順序排序，但如果它們是cpufreq 核心會對它們進行快速的DVFS， +由於大多數支持cpufreq的處理器只允許被設置爲幾個特定的頻率，因此，"頻率表"和一些相關函數可能會輔助處理器驅動 +程序的一些工作。這樣的"頻率表"是一個由struct cpufreq_frequency_table的條目構成的數組，"driver_data"成員包 +含驅動程序的專用值，"frequency"成員包含了相應的頻率，此外還有標誌成員。在表的最後，需要添加一個 +cpufreq_frequency_table條目，頻率設置爲CPUFREQ_TABLE_END。如果想跳過表中的一個條目，則將頻率設置爲 +CPUFREQ_ENTRY_INVALID。這些條目不需要按照任何特定的順序排序，如果排序了，cpufreq核心執行DVFS會更快一點， 因爲搜索最佳匹配會更快。 -如果策略在其policy->freq_table欄位中包含一個有效的指針，cpufreq表就會被核心自動驗證。 +如果在policy->freq_table字段中包含一個有效的頻率表指針，頻率表就會被cpufreq核心自動驗證。 cpufreq_frequency_table_verify()保證至少有一個有效的頻率在policy->min和policy->max範圍內，並且所有其他 -標準都被滿足。這對->verify調用很有幫助。 +準則都被滿足。這對->verify調用很有幫助。 -cpufreq_frequency_table_target()是對應於->target階段的頻率表助手。只要把數值傳遞給這個函數，這個函數就會返 +cpufreq_frequency_table_target()是對應於->target階段的頻率表輔助函數。只要把值傳遞給這個函數，這個函數就會返 回包含CPU要設置的頻率的頻率表條目。 -以下宏可以作爲cpufreq_frequency_table的疊代器。 +以下宏可以作爲cpufreq_frequency_table的迭代器。 cpufreq_for_each_entry(pos, table) - 遍歷頻率表的所有條目。 cpufreq_for_each_valid_entry(pos, table) - 該函數遍歷所有條目，不包括CPUFREQ_ENTRY_INVALID頻率。 -使用參數 "pos"-一個``cpufreq_frequency_table * `` 作爲循環變量，使用參數 "table"-作爲你想疊代 -的``cpufreq_frequency_table * `` 。 +使用參數"pos" -- 一個 ``cpufreq_frequency_table *`` 作爲循環指針，使用參數"table" -- 作爲你想迭代 +的 ``cpufreq_frequency_table *`` 。 例如:: @@ -251,6 +253,6 @@ cpufreq_for_each_valid_entry(pos, table) - 該函數遍歷所有條目，不包 pos->frequency = ... } -如果你需要在driver_freq_table中處理pos的位置，不要減去指針，因爲它的代價相當高。相反，使用宏 +如果你需要在driver_freq_table中處理pos的位置，不要做指針減法，因爲它的代價相當高。作爲替代，使用宏 cpufreq_for_each_entry_idx() 和 cpufreq_for_each_valid_entry_idx() 。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.rst index 49088becd5fa..01ec8c837fe9 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.rst @@ -2,18 +2,21 @@ .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst -:Original: :doc:`../../../cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats` -:Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> - Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> +:Original: Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.rst -.. _tw_cpufreq-stats.rst: +:翻譯: + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +:校譯: + + 唐藝舟 Tang Yizhou <tangyeechou@gmail.com> ========================================== sysfs CPUFreq Stats的一般說明 ========================================== -用戶信息 +爲使用者準備的信息 作者: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com> @@ -28,17 +31,16 @@ sysfs CPUFreq Stats的一般說明 1. 簡介 =============== -cpufreq-stats是一個爲每個CPU提供CPU頻率統計的驅動。 -這些統計數據在/sysfs中以一堆只讀接口的形式提供。這個接口（在配置好後）將出現在 -/sysfs（<sysfs root>/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/stats/）中cpufreq下的一個單 -獨的目錄中，提供給每個CPU。 -各種統計數據將在此目錄下形成只讀文件。 +cpufreq-stats是一種爲每個CPU提供CPU頻率統計的驅動。 +這些統計數據以/sysfs中一系列只讀接口的形式呈現。cpufreq-stats接口（若已配置）將爲每個CPU生成 +/sysfs（<sysfs root>/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/stats/）中cpufreq目錄下的stats目錄。 +各項統計數據將在stats目錄下形成對應的只讀文件。 -此驅動是獨立於任何可能運行在你所用CPU上的特定cpufreq_driver而設計的。因此，它將與所有 -cpufreq_driver一起工作。 +此驅動是以獨立於任何可能運行在你所用CPU上的特定cpufreq_driver的方式設計的。因此，它將能和任何 +cpufreq_driver協同工作。 -2. 提供的統計數據(舉例說明) +2. 已提供的統計數據(有例子) ===================================== cpufreq stats提供了以下統計數據（在下面詳細解釋）。 @@ -47,8 +49,8 @@ cpufreq stats提供了以下統計數據（在下面詳細解釋）。 - total_trans - trans_table -所有的統計數據將從統計驅動被載入的時間（或統計被重置的時間）開始，到某一統計數據被讀取的時間爲止。 -顯然，統計驅動不會有任何關於統計驅動載入之前的頻率轉換信息。 +所有統計數據來自以下時間範圍：從統計驅動被加載的時間（或統計數據被重置的時間）開始，到某一統計數據被讀取的時間爲止。 +顯然，統計驅動不會保存它被加載之前的任何頻率轉換信息。 :: @@ -63,14 +65,14 @@ cpufreq stats提供了以下統計數據（在下面詳細解釋）。 - **reset** -只寫屬性，可用於重置統計計數器。這對於評估不同調節器下的系統行爲非常有用，且無需重啓。 +只寫屬性，可用於重置統計計數器。這對於評估不同調節器的系統行爲非常有用，且無需重啓。 - **time_in_state** -此項給出了這個CPU所支持的每個頻率所花費的時間。cat輸出的每一行都會有"<frequency> -<time>"對，表示這個CPU在<frequency>上花費了<time>個usertime單位的時間。這裡的 -usertime單位是10mS（類似於/proc中輸出的其他時間）。 +此文件給出了在本CPU支持的每個頻率上分別花費的時間。cat輸出的每一行都是一個"<frequency> +<time>"對，表示這個CPU在<frequency>上花費了<time>個usertime單位的時間。輸出的每一行對應 +一個CPU支持的頻率。這裏usertime單位是10mS（類似於/proc導出的其它時間）。 :: @@ -84,7 +86,7 @@ usertime單位是10mS（類似於/proc中輸出的其他時間）。 - **total_trans** -給出了這個CPU上頻率轉換的總次數。cat的輸出將有一個單一的計數，這就是頻率轉換的總數。 +此文件給出了這個CPU頻率轉換的總次數。cat的輸出是一個計數值，它就是頻率轉換的總次數。 :: @@ -93,10 +95,10 @@ usertime單位是10mS（類似於/proc中輸出的其他時間）。 - **trans_table** -這將提供所有CPU頻率轉換的細粒度信息。這裡的cat輸出是一個二維矩陣，其中一個條目<i, j>（第 +本文件提供所有CPU頻率轉換的細粒度信息。這裏的cat輸出是一個二維矩陣，其中一個條目<i, j>（第 i行，第j列）代表從Freq_i到Freq_j的轉換次數。Freq_i行和Freq_j列遵循驅動最初提供給cpufreq -核的頻率表的排序順序，因此可以排序（升序或降序）或不排序。 這裡的輸出也包含了每行每列的實際 -頻率值，以便更好地閱讀。 +核心的頻率表的排列順序，因此可以已排序（升序或降序）或未排序。這裏的輸出也包含了實際 +頻率值，分別按行和按列顯示，以便更好地閱讀。 如果轉換表大於PAGE_SIZE，讀取時將返回一個-EFBIG錯誤。 @@ -114,7 +116,7 @@ i行，第j列）代表從Freq_i到Freq_j的轉換次數。Freq_i行和Freq_j列 3. 配置cpufreq-stats ============================ -要在你的內核中配置cpufreq-stats:: +按以下方式在你的內核中配置cpufreq-stats:: Config Main Menu Power management options (ACPI, APM) ---> @@ -123,7 +125,7 @@ i行，第j列）代表從Freq_i到Freq_j的轉換次數。Freq_i行和Freq_j列 [*] CPU frequency translation statistics -"CPU Frequency scaling" (CONFIG_CPU_FREQ) 應該被啓用以配置cpufreq-stats。 +"CPU Frequency scaling" (CONFIG_CPU_FREQ) 應該被啓用，以支持配置cpufreq-stats。 "CPU frequency translation statistics" (CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_STAT)提供了包括 time_in_state、total_trans和trans_table的統計數據。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/index.rst index c6cf825b57a5..a9df16870b21 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/cpu-freq/index.rst @@ -2,12 +2,13 @@ .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst -:Original: :doc:`../../../cpu-freq/index` -:Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> - Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> +:Original: Documentation/cpu-freq/index.rst -.. _tw_index.rst: +:翻譯: + + 司延騰 Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> +.. _tw_index.rst: ======================================================= Linux CPUFreq - Linux(TM)內核中的CPU頻率和電壓升降代碼 @@ -28,10 +29,10 @@ Author: Dominik Brodowski <linux@brodo.de> 郵件列表 ------------ -這裡有一個 CPU 頻率變化的 CVS 提交和通用列表，您可以在這裡報告bug、問題或提交補丁。要發 +這裏有一個 CPU 頻率變化的 CVS 提交和通用列表，您可以在這裏報告bug、問題或提交補丁。要發 布消息，請發送電子郵件到 linux-pm@vger.kernel.org。 -連結 +鏈接 ----- FTP檔案: * ftp://ftp.linux.org.uk/pub/linux/cpufreq/ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/gcov.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/gcov.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ce1c9a97de16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/gcov.rst @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/dev-tools/gcov.rst +:Translator: 趙軍奎 Bernard Zhao <bernard@vivo.com> + +在Linux內核裏使用gcov做代碼覆蓋率檢查 +===================================== + +gcov分析核心支持在Linux內核中啓用GCC的覆蓋率測試工具 gcov_ ，Linux內核 +運行時的代碼覆蓋率數據會以gcov兼容的格式導出到“gcov”debugfs目錄中，可 +以通過gcov的 ``-o`` 選項（如下示例）獲得指定文件的代碼運行覆蓋率統計數據 +（需要跳轉到內核編譯路徑下並且要有root權限）:: + + # cd /tmp/linux-out + # gcov -o /sys/kernel/debug/gcov/tmp/linux-out/kernel spinlock.c + +這將在當前目錄中創建帶有執行計數註釋的源代碼文件。 +在獲得這些統計文件後，可以使用圖形化的gcov前端工具（比如 lcov_ ），來實現 +自動化處理Linux內核的覆蓋率運行數據，同時生成易於閱讀的HTML格式文件。 + +可能的用途: + +* 調試（用來判斷每一行的代碼是否已經運行過） +* 測試改進（如何修改測試代碼，儘可能地覆蓋到沒有運行過的代碼） +* 內核最小化配置（對於某一個選項配置，如果關聯的代碼從來沒有運行過， + 是否還需要這個配置） + +.. _gcov: https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Gcov.html +.. _lcov: http://ltp.sourceforge.net/coverage/lcov.php + + +準備 +---- + +內核打開如下配置:: + + CONFIG_DEBUG_FS=y + CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL=y + +獲取整個內核的覆蓋率數據，還需要打開:: + + CONFIG_GCOV_PROFILE_ALL=y + +需要注意的是，整個內核開啓覆蓋率統計會造成內核鏡像文件尺寸的增大， +同時內核運行也會變慢一些。 +另外，並不是所有的架構都支持整個內核開啓覆蓋率統計。 + +代碼運行覆蓋率數據只在debugfs掛載完成後纔可以訪問:: + + mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug + + +定製化 +------ + +如果要單獨針對某一個路徑或者文件進行代碼覆蓋率統計，可以在內核相應路 +徑的Makefile中增加如下的配置: + +- 單獨統計單個文件（例如main.o）:: + + GCOV_PROFILE_main.o := y + +- 單獨統計某一個路徑:: + + GCOV_PROFILE := y + +如果要在整個內核的覆蓋率統計（開啓CONFIG_GCOV_PROFILE_ALL）中單獨排除 +某一個文件或者路徑，可以使用如下的方法:: + + GCOV_PROFILE_main.o := n + +和:: + + GCOV_PROFILE := n + +此機制僅支持鏈接到內核鏡像或編譯爲內核模塊的文件。 + + +相關文件 +-------- + +gcov功能需要在debugfs中創建如下文件: + +``/sys/kernel/debug/gcov`` + gcov相關功能的根路徑 + +``/sys/kernel/debug/gcov/reset`` + 全局復位文件:向該文件寫入數據後會將所有的gcov統計數據清0 + +``/sys/kernel/debug/gcov/path/to/compile/dir/file.gcda`` + gcov工具可以識別的覆蓋率統計數據文件，向該文件寫入數據後 + 會將本文件的gcov統計數據清0 + +``/sys/kernel/debug/gcov/path/to/compile/dir/file.gcno`` + gcov工具需要的軟連接文件（指向編譯時生成的信息統計文件），這個文件是 + 在gcc編譯時如果配置了選項 ``-ftest-coverage`` 時生成的。 + + +針對模塊的統計 +-------------- + +內核中的模塊會動態的加載和卸載，模塊卸載時對應的數據會被清除掉。 +gcov提供了一種機制，通過保留相關數據的副本來收集這部分卸載模塊的覆蓋率數據。 +模塊卸載後這些備份數據在debugfs中會繼續存在。 +一旦這個模塊重新加載，模塊關聯的運行統計會被初始化成debugfs中備份的數據。 + +可以通過對內核參數gcov_persist的修改來停用gcov對模塊的備份機制:: + + gcov_persist = 0 + +在運行時，用戶還可以通過寫入模塊的數據文件或者寫入gcov復位文件來丟棄已卸 +載模塊的數據。 + + +編譯機和測試機分離 +------------------ + +gcov的內核分析插樁支持內核的編譯和運行是在同一臺機器上，也可以編譯和運 +行是在不同的機器上。 +如果內核編譯和運行是不同的機器，那麼需要額外的準備工作，這取決於gcov工具 +是在哪裏使用的: + +.. _gcov-test_zh: + +a) 若gcov運行在測試機上 + + 測試機上面gcov工具的版本必須要跟內核編譯機器使用的gcc版本相兼容， + 同時下面的文件要從編譯機拷貝到測試機上: + + 從源代碼中: + - 所有的C文件和頭文件 + + 從編譯目錄中: + - 所有的C文件和頭文件 + - 所有的.gcda文件和.gcno文件 + - 所有目錄的鏈接 + + 特別需要注意，測試機器上面的目錄結構跟編譯機器上面的目錄機構必須 + 完全一致。 + 如果文件是軟鏈接，需要替換成真正的目錄文件（這是由make的當前工作 + 目錄變量CURDIR引起的）。 + +.. _gcov-build_zh: + +b) 若gcov運行在編譯機上 + + 測試用例運行結束後，如下的文件需要從測試機中拷貝到編譯機上: + + 從sysfs中的gcov目錄中: + - 所有的.gcda文件 + - 所有的.gcno文件軟鏈接 + + 這些文件可以拷貝到編譯機的任意目錄下，gcov使用-o選項指定拷貝的 + 目錄。 + + 比如一個是示例的目錄結構如下:: + + /tmp/linux: 內核源碼目錄 + /tmp/out: 內核編譯文件路徑（make O=指定） + /tmp/coverage: 從測試機器上面拷貝的數據文件路徑 + + [user@build] cd /tmp/out + [user@build] gcov -o /tmp/coverage/tmp/out/init main.c + + +關於編譯器的注意事項 +-------------------- + +GCC和LLVM gcov工具不一定兼容。 +如果編譯器是GCC，使用 gcov_ 來處理.gcno和.gcda文件，如果是Clang編譯器， +則使用 llvm-cov_ 。 + +.. _gcov: https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Gcov.html +.. _llvm-cov: https://llvm.org/docs/CommandGuide/llvm-cov.html + +GCC和Clang gcov之間的版本差異由Kconfig處理的。 +kconfig會根據編譯工具鏈的檢查自動選擇合適的gcov格式。 + +問題定位 +-------- + +可能出現的問題1 + 編譯到鏈接階段報錯終止 + +問題原因 + 分析標誌指定在了源文件但是沒有鏈接到主內核，或者客製化了鏈接程序 + +解決方法 + 通過在相應的Makefile中使用 ``GCOV_PROFILE := n`` + 或者 ``GCOV_PROFILE_basename.o := n`` 來將鏈接報錯的文件排除掉 + +可能出現的問題2 + 從sysfs複製的文件顯示爲空或不完整 + +問題原因 + 由於seq_file的工作方式，某些工具（例如cp或tar）可能無法正確地從 + sysfs複製文件。 + +解決方法 + 使用 ``cat`` 讀取 ``.gcda`` 文件，使用 ``cp -d`` 複製鏈接，或者使用附錄B + 中所示的機制。 + + +附錄A：collect_on_build.sh +-------------------------- + +用於在編譯機上收集覆蓋率元文件的示例腳本 +（見 :ref:`編譯機和測試機分離 a. <gcov-test_zh>` ） + +.. code-block:: sh + + #!/bin/bash + + KSRC=$1 + KOBJ=$2 + DEST=$3 + + if [ -z "$KSRC" ] || [ -z "$KOBJ" ] || [ -z "$DEST" ]; then + echo "Usage: $0 <ksrc directory> <kobj directory> <output.tar.gz>" >&2 + exit 1 + fi + + KSRC=$(cd $KSRC; printf "all:\n\t@echo \${CURDIR}\n" | make -f -) + KOBJ=$(cd $KOBJ; printf "all:\n\t@echo \${CURDIR}\n" | make -f -) + + find $KSRC $KOBJ \( -name '*.gcno' -o -name '*.[ch]' -o -type l \) -a \ + -perm /u+r,g+r | tar cfz $DEST -P -T - + + if [ $? -eq 0 ] ; then + echo "$DEST successfully created, copy to test system and unpack with:" + echo " tar xfz $DEST -P" + else + echo "Could not create file $DEST" + fi + + +附錄B：collect_on_test.sh +------------------------- + +用於在測試機上收集覆蓋率數據文件的示例腳本 +（見 :ref:`編譯機和測試機分離 b. <gcov-build_zh>` ） + +.. code-block:: sh + + #!/bin/bash -e + + DEST=$1 + GCDA=/sys/kernel/debug/gcov + + if [ -z "$DEST" ] ; then + echo "Usage: $0 <output.tar.gz>" >&2 + exit 1 + fi + + TEMPDIR=$(mktemp -d) + echo Collecting data.. + find $GCDA -type d -exec mkdir -p $TEMPDIR/\{\} \; + find $GCDA -name '*.gcda' -exec sh -c 'cat < $0 > '$TEMPDIR'/$0' {} \; + find $GCDA -name '*.gcno' -exec sh -c 'cp -d $0 '$TEMPDIR'/$0' {} \; + tar czf $DEST -C $TEMPDIR sys + rm -rf $TEMPDIR + + echo "$DEST successfully created, copy to build system and unpack with:" + echo " tar xfz $DEST" + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/gdb-kernel-debugging.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/gdb-kernel-debugging.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c881e8872b19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/gdb-kernel-debugging.rst @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +.. highlight:: none + +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/dev-tools/gdb-kernel-debugging.rst +:Translator: 高超 gao chao <gaochao49@huawei.com> + +通過gdb調試內核和模塊 +===================== + +Kgdb內核調試器、QEMU等虛擬機管理程序或基於JTAG的硬件接口，支持在運行時使用gdb +調試Linux內核及其模塊。Gdb提供了一個強大的python腳本接口，內核也提供了一套 +輔助腳本以簡化典型的內核調試步驟。本文檔爲如何啓用和使用這些腳本提供了一個簡要的教程。 +此教程基於QEMU/KVM虛擬機，但文中示例也適用於其他gdb stub。 + + +環境配置要求 +------------ + +- gdb 7.2+ (推薦版本: 7.4+) 且開啓python支持 (通常發行版上都已支持) + +設置 +---- + +- 創建一個QEMU/KVM的linux虛擬機（詳情請參考 www.linux-kvm.org 和 www.qemu.org ）。 + 對於交叉開發，https://landley.net/aboriginal/bin 提供了一些鏡像和工具鏈， + 可以幫助搭建交叉開發環境。 + +- 編譯內核時開啓CONFIG_GDB_SCRIPTS，關閉CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO_REDUCED。 + 如果架構支持CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER，請保持開啓。 + +- 在guest環境上安裝該內核。如有必要，通過在內核command line中添加“nokaslr”來關閉KASLR。 + 此外，QEMU允許通過-kernel、-append、-initrd這些命令行選項直接啓動內核。 + 但這通常僅在不依賴內核模塊時纔有效。有關此模式的更多詳細信息，請參閱QEMU文檔。 + 在這種情況下，如果架構支持KASLR，應該在禁用CONFIG_RANDOMIZE_BASE的情況下構建內核。 + +- 啓用QEMU/KVM的gdb stub，可以通過如下方式實現 + + - 在VM啓動時，通過在QEMU命令行中添加“-s”參數 + + 或 + + - 在運行時通過從QEMU監視控制檯發送“gdbserver” + +- 切換到/path/to/linux-build(內核源碼編譯)目錄 + +- 啓動gdb：gdb vmlinux + + 注意：某些發行版可能會將gdb腳本的自動加載限制在已知的安全目錄中。 + 如果gdb報告拒絕加載vmlinux-gdb.py（相關命令找不到），請將:: + + add-auto-load-safe-path /path/to/linux-build + + 添加到~/.gdbinit。更多詳細信息，請參閱gdb幫助信息。 + +- 連接到已啓動的guest環境:: + + (gdb) target remote :1234 + + +使用Linux提供的gdb腳本的示例 +---------------------------- + +- 加載模塊（以及主內核）符號:: + + (gdb) lx-symbols + loading vmlinux + scanning for modules in /home/user/linux/build + loading @0xffffffffa0020000: /home/user/linux/build/net/netfilter/xt_tcpudp.ko + loading @0xffffffffa0016000: /home/user/linux/build/net/netfilter/xt_pkttype.ko + loading @0xffffffffa0002000: /home/user/linux/build/net/netfilter/xt_limit.ko + loading @0xffffffffa00ca000: /home/user/linux/build/net/packet/af_packet.ko + loading @0xffffffffa003c000: /home/user/linux/build/fs/fuse/fuse.ko + ... + loading @0xffffffffa0000000: /home/user/linux/build/drivers/ata/ata_generic.ko + +- 對一些尚未加載的模塊中的函數函數設置斷點，例如:: + + (gdb) b btrfs_init_sysfs + Function "btrfs_init_sysfs" not defined. + Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? (y or [n]) y + Breakpoint 1 (btrfs_init_sysfs) pending. + +- 繼續執行:: + + (gdb) c + +- 加載模塊並且能觀察到正在加載的符號以及斷點命中:: + + loading @0xffffffffa0034000: /home/user/linux/build/lib/libcrc32c.ko + loading @0xffffffffa0050000: /home/user/linux/build/lib/lzo/lzo_compress.ko + loading @0xffffffffa006e000: /home/user/linux/build/lib/zlib_deflate/zlib_deflate.ko + loading @0xffffffffa01b1000: /home/user/linux/build/fs/btrfs/btrfs.ko + + Breakpoint 1, btrfs_init_sysfs () at /home/user/linux/fs/btrfs/sysfs.c:36 + 36 btrfs_kset = kset_create_and_add("btrfs", NULL, fs_kobj); + +- 查看內核的日誌緩衝區:: + + (gdb) lx-dmesg + [ 0.000000] Initializing cgroup subsys cpuset + [ 0.000000] Initializing cgroup subsys cpu + [ 0.000000] Linux version 3.8.0-rc4-dbg+ (... + [ 0.000000] Command line: root=/dev/sda2 resume=/dev/sda1 vga=0x314 + [ 0.000000] e820: BIOS-provided physical RAM map: + [ 0.000000] BIOS-e820: [mem 0x0000000000000000-0x000000000009fbff] usable + [ 0.000000] BIOS-e820: [mem 0x000000000009fc00-0x000000000009ffff] reserved + .... + +- 查看當前task struct結構體的字段（僅x86和arm64支持）:: + + (gdb) p $lx_current().pid + $1 = 4998 + (gdb) p $lx_current().comm + $2 = "modprobe\000\000\000\000\000\000\000" + +- 對當前或指定的CPU使用per-cpu函數:: + + (gdb) p $lx_per_cpu("runqueues").nr_running + $3 = 1 + (gdb) p $lx_per_cpu("runqueues", 2).nr_running + $4 = 0 + +- 使用container_of查看更多hrtimers信息:: + + (gdb) set $next = $lx_per_cpu("hrtimer_bases").clock_base[0].active.next + (gdb) p *$container_of($next, "struct hrtimer", "node") + $5 = { + node = { + node = { + __rb_parent_color = 18446612133355256072, + rb_right = 0x0 <irq_stack_union>, + rb_left = 0x0 <irq_stack_union> + }, + expires = { + tv64 = 1835268000000 + } + }, + _softexpires = { + tv64 = 1835268000000 + }, + function = 0xffffffff81078232 <tick_sched_timer>, + base = 0xffff88003fd0d6f0, + state = 1, + start_pid = 0, + start_site = 0xffffffff81055c1f <hrtimer_start_range_ns+20>, + start_comm = "swapper/2\000\000\000\000\000\000" + } + + +命令和輔助調試功能列表 +---------------------- + +命令和輔助調試功能可能會隨着時間的推移而改進，此文顯示的是初始版本的部分示例:: + + (gdb) apropos lx + function lx_current -- Return current task + function lx_module -- Find module by name and return the module variable + function lx_per_cpu -- Return per-cpu variable + function lx_task_by_pid -- Find Linux task by PID and return the task_struct variable + function lx_thread_info -- Calculate Linux thread_info from task variable + lx-dmesg -- Print Linux kernel log buffer + lx-lsmod -- List currently loaded modules + lx-symbols -- (Re-)load symbols of Linux kernel and currently loaded modules + +可以通過“help <command-name>”或“help function <function-name>”命令 +獲取指定命令或指定調試功能的更多詳細信息。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0d38e5f80e54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst +:Translator: 趙軍奎 Bernard Zhao <bernard@vivo.com> + +============ +內核開發工具 +============ + +本文檔是有關內核開發工具文檔的合集。 +目前這些文檔已經整理在一起，不需要再花費額外的精力。 +歡迎任何補丁。 + +有關測試專用工具的簡要概述，參見 +Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst + +.. class:: toc-title + + 目錄 + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + testing-overview + sparse + gcov + kasan + gdb-kernel-debugging + +Todolist: + + - coccinelle + - kcov + - ubsan + - kmemleak + - kcsan + - kfence + - kgdb + - kselftest + - kunit/index + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/kasan.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/kasan.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..979eb84bc58f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/kasan.rst @@ -0,0 +1,463 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst +:Translator: 萬家兵 Wan Jiabing <wanjiabing@vivo.com> + +內核地址消毒劑(KASAN) +===================== + +概述 +---- + +Kernel Address SANitizer(KASAN)是一種動態內存安全錯誤檢測工具，主要功能是 +檢查內存越界訪問和使用已釋放內存的問題。 + +KASAN有三種模式: + +1. 通用KASAN +2. 基於軟件標籤的KASAN +3. 基於硬件標籤的KASAN + +用CONFIG_KASAN_GENERIC啓用的通用KASAN，是用於調試的模式，類似於用戶空 +間的ASan。這種模式在許多CPU架構上都被支持，但它有明顯的性能和內存開銷。 + +基於軟件標籤的KASAN或SW_TAGS KASAN，通過CONFIG_KASAN_SW_TAGS啓用， +可以用於調試和自我測試，類似於用戶空間HWASan。這種模式只支持arm64，但其 +適度的內存開銷允許在內存受限的設備上用真實的工作負載進行測試。 + +基於硬件標籤的KASAN或HW_TAGS KASAN，用CONFIG_KASAN_HW_TAGS啓用，被 +用作現場內存錯誤檢測器或作爲安全緩解的模式。這種模式只在支持MTE（內存標籤 +擴展）的arm64 CPU上工作，但它的內存和性能開銷很低，因此可以在生產中使用。 + +關於每種KASAN模式的內存和性能影響的細節，請參見相應的Kconfig選項的描述。 + +通用模式和基於軟件標籤的模式通常被稱爲軟件模式。基於軟件標籤的模式和基於 +硬件標籤的模式被稱爲基於標籤的模式。 + +支持 +---- + +體系架構 +~~~~~~~~ + +在x86_64、arm、arm64、powerpc、riscv、s390、xtensa和loongarch上支持通用KASAN， +而基於標籤的KASAN模式只在arm64上支持。 + +編譯器 +~~~~~~ + +軟件KASAN模式使用編譯時工具在每個內存訪問之前插入有效性檢查，因此需要一個 +提供支持的編譯器版本。基於硬件標籤的模式依靠硬件來執行這些檢查，但仍然需要 +一個支持內存標籤指令的編譯器版本。 + +通用KASAN需要GCC 8.3.0版本或更高版本，或者內核支持的任何Clang版本。 + +基於軟件標籤的KASAN需要GCC 11+或者內核支持的任何Clang版本。 + +基於硬件標籤的KASAN需要GCC 10+或Clang 12+。 + +內存類型 +~~~~~~~~ + +通用KASAN支持在所有的slab、page_alloc、vmap、vmalloc、堆棧和全局內存 +中查找錯誤。 + +基於軟件標籤的KASAN支持slab、page_alloc、vmalloc和堆棧內存。 + +基於硬件標籤的KASAN支持slab、page_alloc和不可執行的vmalloc內存。 + +對於slab，兩種軟件KASAN模式都支持SLUB和SLAB分配器，而基於硬件標籤的 +KASAN只支持SLUB。 + +用法 +---- + +要啓用KASAN，請使用以下命令配置內核:: + + CONFIG_KASAN=y + +同時在 ``CONFIG_KASAN_GENERIC`` (啓用通用KASAN模式)， ``CONFIG_KASAN_SW_TAGS`` +(啓用基於硬件標籤的KASAN模式)，和 ``CONFIG_KASAN_HW_TAGS`` (啓用基於硬件標籤 +的KASAN模式)之間進行選擇。 + +對於軟件模式，還可以在 ``CONFIG_KASAN_OUTLINE`` 和 ``CONFIG_KASAN_INLINE`` +之間進行選擇。outline和inline是編譯器插樁類型。前者產生較小的二進制文件， +而後者快2倍。 + +要將受影響的slab對象的alloc和free堆棧跟蹤包含到報告中，請啓用 +``CONFIG_STACKTRACE`` 。要包括受影響物理頁面的分配和釋放堆棧跟蹤的話， +請啓用 ``CONFIG_PAGE_OWNER`` 並使用 ``page_owner=on`` 進行引導。 + +啓動參數 +~~~~~~~~ + +KASAN受到通用 ``panic_on_warn`` 命令行參數的影響。當它被啓用時，KASAN +在打印出錯誤報告後會使內核恐慌。 + +默認情況下，KASAN只對第一個無效的內存訪問打印錯誤報告。使用 +``kasan_multi_shot``，KASAN對每一個無效的訪問都打印一份報告。這會禁用 +了KASAN報告的 ``panic_on_warn``。 + +另外，獨立於 ``panic_on_warn`` 、 ``kasan.fault=`` boot參數可以用 +來控制恐慌和報告行爲。 + +- ``kasan.fault=report`` 或 ``=panic`` 控制是否只打印KASAN report或 + 同時使內核恐慌（默認： ``report`` ）。即使 ``kasan_multi_shot`` 被 + 啓用，恐慌也會發生。 + +基於軟件和硬件標籤的KASAN模式（見下面關於各種模式的部分）支持改變堆棧跟 +蹤收集行爲： + +- ``kasan.stacktrace=off`` 或 ``=on`` 禁用或啓用分配和釋放堆棧痕 + 跡的收集（默認： ``on`` ）。 + +- ``kasan.stack_ring_size=<number of entries>`` 指定堆棧環的條 + 目數（默認： ``32768`` ）。 + +基於硬件標籤的KASAN模式是爲了在生產中作爲一種安全緩解措施使用。因此，它 +支持額外的啓動參數，允許完全禁用KASAN或控制其功能。 + +- ``kasan=off`` 或 ``=on`` 控制KASAN是否被啓用（默認： ``on`` ）。 + +- ``kasan.mode=sync``, ``=async`` or ``=asymm`` 控制KASAN是否 + 被配置爲同步、異步或非對稱的執行模式（默認： ``同步`` ）。 + 同步模式：當標籤檢查異常發生時，會立即檢測到不良訪問。 + 異步模式：不良訪問的檢測是延遲的。當標籤檢查異常發生時，信息被存儲在硬 + 件中（對於arm64來說是在TFSR_EL1寄存器中）。內核週期性地檢查硬件，並\ + 且只在這些檢查中報告標籤異常。 + 非對稱模式：讀取時同步檢測不良訪問，寫入時異步檢測。 + +- ``kasan.vmalloc=off`` or ``=on`` 禁用或啓用vmalloc分配的標記（默認： ``on`` ）。 + +錯誤報告 +~~~~~~~~ + +典型的KASAN報告如下所示:: + + ================================================================== + BUG: KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds in kmalloc_oob_right+0xa8/0xbc [test_kasan] + Write of size 1 at addr ffff8801f44ec37b by task insmod/2760 + + CPU: 1 PID: 2760 Comm: insmod Not tainted 4.19.0-rc3+ #698 + Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.10.2-1 04/01/2014 + Call Trace: + dump_stack+0x94/0xd8 + print_address_description+0x73/0x280 + kasan_report+0x144/0x187 + __asan_report_store1_noabort+0x17/0x20 + kmalloc_oob_right+0xa8/0xbc [test_kasan] + kmalloc_tests_init+0x16/0x700 [test_kasan] + do_one_initcall+0xa5/0x3ae + do_init_module+0x1b6/0x547 + load_module+0x75df/0x8070 + __do_sys_init_module+0x1c6/0x200 + __x64_sys_init_module+0x6e/0xb0 + do_syscall_64+0x9f/0x2c0 + entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9 + RIP: 0033:0x7f96443109da + RSP: 002b:00007ffcf0b51b08 EFLAGS: 00000202 ORIG_RAX: 00000000000000af + RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 000055dc3ee521a0 RCX: 00007f96443109da + RDX: 00007f96445cff88 RSI: 0000000000057a50 RDI: 00007f9644992000 + RBP: 000055dc3ee510b0 R08: 0000000000000003 R09: 0000000000000000 + R10: 00007f964430cd0a R11: 0000000000000202 R12: 00007f96445cff88 + R13: 000055dc3ee51090 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: 0000000000000000 + + Allocated by task 2760: + save_stack+0x43/0xd0 + kasan_kmalloc+0xa7/0xd0 + kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0xe1/0x1b0 + kmalloc_oob_right+0x56/0xbc [test_kasan] + kmalloc_tests_init+0x16/0x700 [test_kasan] + do_one_initcall+0xa5/0x3ae + do_init_module+0x1b6/0x547 + load_module+0x75df/0x8070 + __do_sys_init_module+0x1c6/0x200 + __x64_sys_init_module+0x6e/0xb0 + do_syscall_64+0x9f/0x2c0 + entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9 + + Freed by task 815: + save_stack+0x43/0xd0 + __kasan_slab_free+0x135/0x190 + kasan_slab_free+0xe/0x10 + kfree+0x93/0x1a0 + umh_complete+0x6a/0xa0 + call_usermodehelper_exec_async+0x4c3/0x640 + ret_from_fork+0x35/0x40 + + The buggy address belongs to the object at ffff8801f44ec300 + which belongs to the cache kmalloc-128 of size 128 + The buggy address is located 123 bytes inside of + 128-byte region [ffff8801f44ec300, ffff8801f44ec380) + The buggy address belongs to the page: + page:ffffea0007d13b00 count:1 mapcount:0 mapping:ffff8801f7001640 index:0x0 + flags: 0x200000000000100(slab) + raw: 0200000000000100 ffffea0007d11dc0 0000001a0000001a ffff8801f7001640 + raw: 0000000000000000 0000000080150015 00000001ffffffff 0000000000000000 + page dumped because: kasan: bad access detected + + Memory state around the buggy address: + ffff8801f44ec200: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb + ffff8801f44ec280: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc + >ffff8801f44ec300: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 + ^ + ffff8801f44ec380: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb + ffff8801f44ec400: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc + ================================================================== + +報告標題總結了發生的錯誤類型以及導致該錯誤的訪問類型。緊隨其後的是錯誤訪問的 +堆棧跟蹤、所訪問內存分配位置的堆棧跟蹤（對於訪問了slab對象的情況）以及對象 +被釋放的位置的堆棧跟蹤（對於訪問已釋放內存的問題報告）。接下來是對訪問的 +slab對象的描述以及關於訪問的內存頁的信息。 + +最後，報告展示了訪問地址周圍的內存狀態。在內部，KASAN單獨跟蹤每個內存顆粒的 +內存狀態，根據KASAN模式分爲8或16個對齊字節。報告的內存狀態部分中的每個數字 +都顯示了圍繞訪問地址的其中一個內存顆粒的狀態。 + +對於通用KASAN，每個內存顆粒的大小爲8個字節。每個顆粒的狀態被編碼在一個影子字節 +中。這8個字節可以是可訪問的，部分訪問的，已釋放的或成爲Redzone的一部分。KASAN +對每個影子字節使用以下編碼:00表示對應內存區域的所有8個字節都可以訪問；數字N +(1 <= N <= 7)表示前N個字節可訪問，其他(8 - N)個字節不可訪問；任何負值都表示 +無法訪問整個8字節。KASAN使用不同的負值來區分不同類型的不可訪問內存，如redzones +或已釋放的內存（參見 mm/kasan/kasan.h）。 + +在上面的報告中，箭頭指向影子字節 ``03`` ，表示訪問的地址是部分可訪問的。 + +對於基於標籤的KASAN模式，報告最後的部分顯示了訪問地址周圍的內存標籤 +(參考 `實施細則`_ 章節)。 + +請注意，KASAN錯誤標題（如 ``slab-out-of-bounds`` 或 ``use-after-free`` ） +是儘量接近的:KASAN根據其擁有的有限信息打印出最可能的錯誤類型。錯誤的實際類型 +可能會有所不同。 + +通用KASAN還報告兩個輔助調用堆棧跟蹤。這些堆棧跟蹤指向代碼中與對象交互但不直接 +出現在錯誤訪問堆棧跟蹤中的位置。目前，這包括 call_rcu() 和排隊的工作隊列。 + +實施細則 +-------- + +通用KASAN +~~~~~~~~~ + +軟件KASAN模式使用影子內存來記錄每個內存字節是否可以安全訪問，並使用編譯時工具 +在每次內存訪問之前插入影子內存檢查。 + +通用KASAN將1/8的內核內存專用於其影子內存（16TB以覆蓋x86_64上的128TB），並使用 +具有比例和偏移量的直接映射將內存地址轉換爲其相應的影子地址。 + +這是將地址轉換爲其相應影子地址的函數:: + + static inline void *kasan_mem_to_shadow(const void *addr) + { + return (void *)((unsigned long)addr >> KASAN_SHADOW_SCALE_SHIFT) + + KASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET; + } + +在這裏 ``KASAN_SHADOW_SCALE_SHIFT = 3`` 。 + +編譯時工具用於插入內存訪問檢查。編譯器在每次訪問大小爲1、2、4、8或16的內存之前 +插入函數調用( ``__asan_load*(addr)`` , ``__asan_store*(addr)``)。這些函數通過 +檢查相應的影子內存來檢查內存訪問是否有效。 + +使用inline插樁，編譯器不進行函數調用，而是直接插入代碼來檢查影子內存。此選項 +顯著地增大了內核體積，但與outline插樁內核相比，它提供了x1.1-x2的性能提升。 + +通用KASAN是唯一一種通過隔離延遲重新使用已釋放對象的模式 +（參見 mm/kasan/quarantine.c 以瞭解實現）。 + +基於軟件標籤的KASAN模式 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +基於軟件標籤的KASAN使用軟件內存標籤方法來檢查訪問有效性。目前僅針對arm64架構實現。 + +基於軟件標籤的KASAN使用arm64 CPU的頂部字節忽略(TBI)特性在內核指針的頂部字節中 +存儲一個指針標籤。它使用影子內存來存儲與每個16字節內存單元相關的內存標籤(因此， +它將內核內存的1/16專用於影子內存)。 + +在每次內存分配時，基於軟件標籤的KASAN都會生成一個隨機標籤，用這個標籤標記分配 +的內存，並將相同的標籤嵌入到返回的指針中。 + +基於軟件標籤的KASAN使用編譯時工具在每次內存訪問之前插入檢查。這些檢查確保正在 +訪問的內存的標籤等於用於訪問該內存的指針的標籤。如果標籤不匹配，基於軟件標籤 +的KASAN會打印錯誤報告。 + +基於軟件標籤的KASAN也有兩種插樁模式（outline，發出回調來檢查內存訪問；inline， +執行內聯的影子內存檢查）。使用outline插樁模式，會從執行訪問檢查的函數打印錯誤 +報告。使用inline插樁，編譯器會發出 ``brk`` 指令，並使用專用的 ``brk`` 處理程序 +來打印錯誤報告。 + +基於軟件標籤的KASAN使用0xFF作爲匹配所有指針標籤（不檢查通過帶有0xFF指針標籤 +的指針進行的訪問）。值0xFE當前保留用於標記已釋放的內存區域。 + + +基於硬件標籤的KASAN模式 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +基於硬件標籤的KASAN在概念上類似於軟件模式，但它是使用硬件內存標籤作爲支持而 +不是編譯器插樁和影子內存。 + +基於硬件標籤的KASAN目前僅針對arm64架構實現，並且基於ARMv8.5指令集架構中引入 +的arm64內存標記擴展(MTE)和最高字節忽略(TBI)。 + +特殊的arm64指令用於爲每次內存分配指定內存標籤。相同的標籤被指定給指向這些分配 +的指針。在每次內存訪問時，硬件確保正在訪問的內存的標籤等於用於訪問該內存的指針 +的標籤。如果標籤不匹配，則會生成故障並打印報告。 + +基於硬件標籤的KASAN使用0xFF作爲匹配所有指針標籤（不檢查通過帶有0xFF指針標籤的 +指針進行的訪問）。值0xFE當前保留用於標記已釋放的內存區域。 + +如果硬件不支持MTE（ARMv8.5之前），則不會啓用基於硬件標籤的KASAN。在這種情況下， +所有KASAN引導參數都將被忽略。 + +請注意，啓用CONFIG_KASAN_HW_TAGS始終會導致啓用內核中的TBI。即使提供了 +``kasan.mode=off`` 或硬件不支持MTE（但支持TBI）。 + +基於硬件標籤的KASAN只報告第一個發現的錯誤。之後，MTE標籤檢查將被禁用。 + +影子內存 +-------- + +本節的內容只適用於軟件KASAN模式。 + +內核將內存映射到地址空間的幾個不同部分。內核虛擬地址的範圍很大：沒有足夠的真實 +內存來支持內核可以訪問的每個地址的真實影子區域。因此，KASAN只爲地址空間的某些 +部分映射真實的影子。 + +默認行爲 +~~~~~~~~ + +默認情況下，體系結構僅將實際內存映射到用於線性映射的陰影區域（以及可能的其他 +小區域）。對於所有其他區域 —— 例如vmalloc和vmemmap空間 —— 一個只讀頁面被映射 +到陰影區域上。這個只讀的影子頁面聲明所有內存訪問都是允許的。 + +這給模塊帶來了一個問題：它們不存在於線性映射中，而是存在於專用的模塊空間中。 +通過連接模塊分配器，KASAN臨時映射真實的影子內存以覆蓋它們。例如，這允許檢測 +對模塊全局變量的無效訪問。 + +這也造成了與 ``VMAP_STACK`` 的不兼容：如果堆棧位於vmalloc空間中，它將被分配 +只讀頁面的影子內存，並且內核在嘗試爲堆棧變量設置影子數據時會出錯。 + +CONFIG_KASAN_VMALLOC +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +使用 ``CONFIG_KASAN_VMALLOC`` ，KASAN可以以更大的內存使用爲代價覆蓋vmalloc +空間。目前，這在arm64、x86、riscv、s390和powerpc上受支持。 + +這通過連接到vmalloc和vmap並動態分配真實的影子內存來支持映射。 + +vmalloc空間中的大多數映射都很小，需要不到一整頁的陰影空間。因此，爲每個映射 +分配一個完整的影子頁面將是一種浪費。此外，爲了確保不同的映射使用不同的影子 +頁面，映射必須與 ``KASAN_GRANULE_SIZE * PAGE_SIZE`` 對齊。 + +相反，KASAN跨多個映射共享後備空間。當vmalloc空間中的映射使用影子區域的特定 +頁面時，它會分配一個後備頁面。此頁面稍後可以由其他vmalloc映射共享。 + +KASAN連接到vmap基礎架構以懶清理未使用的影子內存。 + +爲了避免交換映射的困難，KASAN預測覆蓋vmalloc空間的陰影區域部分將不會被早期 +的陰影頁面覆蓋，但是將不會被映射。這將需要更改特定於arch的代碼。 + +這允許在x86上支持 ``VMAP_STACK`` ，並且可以簡化對沒有固定模塊區域的架構的支持。 + +對於開發者 +---------- + +忽略訪問 +~~~~~~~~ + +軟件KASAN模式使用編譯器插樁來插入有效性檢查。此類檢測可能與內核的某些部分 +不兼容，因此需要禁用。 + +內核的其他部分可能會訪問已分配對象的元數據。通常，KASAN會檢測並報告此類訪問， +但在某些情況下（例如，在內存分配器中），這些訪問是有效的。 + +對於軟件KASAN模式，要禁用特定文件或目錄的檢測，請將 ``KASAN_SANITIZE`` 添加 +到相應的內核Makefile中: + +- 對於單個文件(例如，main.o):: + + KASAN_SANITIZE_main.o := n + +- 對於一個目錄下的所有文件:: + + KASAN_SANITIZE := n + +對於軟件KASAN模式，要在每個函數的基礎上禁用檢測，請使用KASAN特定的 +``__no_sanitize_address`` 函數屬性或通用的 ``noinstr`` 。 + +請注意，禁用編譯器插樁（基於每個文件或每個函數）會使KASAN忽略在軟件KASAN模式 +的代碼中直接發生的訪問。當訪問是間接發生的（通過調用檢測函數）或使用沒有編譯器 +插樁的基於硬件標籤的模式時，它沒有幫助。 + +對於軟件KASAN模式，要在當前任務的一部分內核代碼中禁用KASAN報告，請使用 +``kasan_disable_current()``/``kasan_enable_current()`` 部分註釋這部分代碼。 +這也會禁用通過函數調用發生的間接訪問的報告。 + +對於基於標籤的KASAN模式，要禁用訪問檢查，請使用 ``kasan_reset_tag()`` 或 +``page_kasan_tag_reset()`` 。請注意，通過 ``page_kasan_tag_reset()`` +臨時禁用訪問檢查需要通過 ``page_kasan_tag`` / ``page_kasan_tag_set`` 保 +存和恢復每頁KASAN標籤。 + +測試 +~~~~ + +有一些KASAN測試可以驗證KASAN是否正常工作並可以檢測某些類型的內存損壞。 +測試由兩部分組成: + +1. 與KUnit測試框架集成的測試。使用 ``CONFIG_KASAN_KUNIT_TEST`` 啓用。 +這些測試可以通過幾種不同的方式自動運行和部分驗證；請參閱下面的說明。 + +2. 與KUnit不兼容的測試。使用 ``CONFIG_KASAN_MODULE_TEST`` 啓用並且只能作爲模塊 +運行。這些測試只能通過加載內核模塊並檢查內核日誌以獲取KASAN報告來手動驗證。 + +如果檢測到錯誤，每個KUnit兼容的KASAN測試都會打印多個KASAN報告之一，然後測試打印 +其編號和狀態。 + +當測試通過:: + + ok 28 - kmalloc_double_kzfree + +當由於 ``kmalloc`` 失敗而導致測試失敗時:: + + # kmalloc_large_oob_right: ASSERTION FAILED at lib/test_kasan.c:163 + Expected ptr is not null, but is + not ok 4 - kmalloc_large_oob_right + +當由於缺少KASAN報告而導致測試失敗時:: + + # kmalloc_double_kzfree: EXPECTATION FAILED at lib/test_kasan.c:974 + KASAN failure expected in "kfree_sensitive(ptr)", but none occurred + not ok 44 - kmalloc_double_kzfree + + +最後打印所有KASAN測試的累積狀態。成功:: + + ok 1 - kasan + +或者，如果其中一項測試失敗:: + + not ok 1 - kasan + +有幾種方法可以運行與KUnit兼容的KASAN測試。 + +1. 可加載模塊 + + 啓用 ``CONFIG_KUNIT`` 後，KASAN-KUnit測試可以構建爲可加載模塊，並通過使用 + ``insmod`` 或 ``modprobe`` 加載 ``test_kasan.ko`` 來運行。 + +2. 內置 + + 通過內置 ``CONFIG_KUNIT`` ，也可以內置KASAN-KUnit測試。在這種情況下， + 測試將在啓動時作爲後期初始化調用運行。 + +3. 使用kunit_tool + + 通過內置 ``CONFIG_KUNIT`` 和 ``CONFIG_KASAN_KUNIT_TEST`` ，還可以使用 + ``kunit_tool`` 以更易讀的方式查看KUnit測試結果。這不會打印通過測試 + 的KASAN報告。有關 ``kunit_tool`` 更多最新信息，請參閱 + `KUnit文檔 <https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/dev-tools/kunit/index.html>`_ 。 + +.. _KUnit: https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/dev-tools/kunit/index.html + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/sparse.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/sparse.rst index 35d3d1d748e6..11d64709d6a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/sparse.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/sparse.rst @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Copyright 2006 Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> 使用 sparse 工具做類型檢查 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -"__bitwise" 是一種類型屬性，所以你應該這樣使用它： +"__bitwise" 是一種類型屬性，所以你應該這樣使用它:: typedef int __bitwise pm_request_t; @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Copyright 2006 Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> 坦白來說，你並不需要使用枚舉類型。上面那些實際都可以濃縮成一個特殊的"int __bitwise"類型。 -所以更簡單的辦法只要這樣做： +所以更簡單的辦法只要這樣做:: typedef int __bitwise pm_request_t; diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fb3f691f46c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst + +:Original: Documentation/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst +:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> + +============ +內核測試指南 +============ + +有許多不同的工具可以用於測試Linux內核，因此瞭解什麼時候使用它們可能 +很困難。本文檔粗略概述了它們之間的區別，並闡釋了它們是怎樣糅合在一起 +的。 + +編寫和運行測試 +============== + +大多數內核測試都是用kselftest或KUnit框架之一編寫的。它們都讓運行測試 +更加簡化，併爲編寫新測試提供幫助。 + +如果你想驗證內核的行爲——尤其是內核的特定部分——那你就要使用kUnit或 +kselftest。 + +KUnit和kselftest的區別 +---------------------- + +.. note:: + 由於本文段中部分術語尚無較好的對應中文釋義，可能導致與原文含義 + 存在些許差異，因此建議讀者結合原文 + （Documentation/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst）輔助閱讀。 + 如對部分翻譯有異議或有更好的翻譯意見，歡迎聯繫譯者進行修訂。 + +KUnit（Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/index.rst）是用於“白箱”測 +試的一個完整的內核內部系統：因爲測試代碼是內核的一部分，所以它能夠訪 +問用戶空間不能訪問到的內部結構和功能。 + +因此，KUnit測試最好針對內核中較小的、自包含的部分，以便能夠獨立地測 +試。“單元”測試的概念亦是如此。 + +比如，一個KUnit測試可能測試一個單獨的內核功能（甚至通過一個函數測試 +一個單一的代碼路徑，例如一個錯誤處理案例），而不是整個地測試一個特性。 + +這也使得KUnit測試構建和運行非常地快，從而能夠作爲開發流程的一部分被 +頻繁地運行。 + +有關更詳細的介紹，請參閱KUnit測試代碼風格指南 +Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/style.rst + +kselftest（Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst），相對來說，大量用 +於用戶空間，並且通常測試用戶空間的腳本或程序。 + +這使得編寫複雜的測試，或者需要操作更多全局系統狀態的測試更加容易（諸 +如生成進程之類）。然而，從kselftest直接調用內核函數是不行的。這也就 +意味着只有通過某種方式（如系統調用、驅動設備、文件系統等）導出到了用 +戶空間的內核功能才能使用kselftest來測試。爲此，有些測試包含了一個伴 +生的內核模塊用於導出更多的信息和功能。不過，對於基本上或者完全在內核 +中運行的測試，KUnit可能是更佳工具。 + +kselftest也因此非常適合於全部功能的測試，因爲這些功能會將接口暴露到 +用戶空間，從而能夠被測試，而不是展現實現細節。“system”測試和 +“end-to-end”測試亦是如此。 + +比如，一個新的系統調用應該伴隨有新的kselftest測試。 + +代碼覆蓋率工具 +============== + +支持兩種不同代碼之間的覆蓋率測量工具。它們可以用來驗證一項測試執行的 +確切函數或代碼行。這有助於決定內核被測試了多少，或用來查找合適的測試 +中沒有覆蓋到的極端情況。 + +Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/gcov.rst 是GCC的覆蓋率測試 +工具，能用於獲取內核的全局或每個模塊的覆蓋率。與KCOV不同的是，這個工具 +不記錄每個任務的覆蓋率。覆蓋率數據可以通過debugfs讀取，並通過常規的 +gcov工具進行解釋。 + +Documentation/dev-tools/kcov.rst 是能夠構建在內核之中，用於在每個任務 +的層面捕捉覆蓋率的一個功能。因此，它對於模糊測試和關於代碼執行期間信 +息的其它情況非常有用，比如在一個單一系統調用裏使用它就很有用。 + +動態分析工具 +============ + +內核也支持許多動態分析工具，用以檢測正在運行的內核中出現的多種類型的 +問題。這些工具通常每個去尋找一類不同的缺陷，比如非法內存訪問，數據競 +爭等併發問題，或整型溢出等其他未定義行爲。 + +如下所示： + +* kmemleak檢測可能的內存泄漏。參閱 + Documentation/dev-tools/kmemleak.rst +* KASAN檢測非法內存訪問，如數組越界和釋放後重用（UAF）。參閱 + Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst +* UBSAN檢測C標準中未定義的行爲，如整型溢出。參閱 + Documentation/dev-tools/ubsan.rst +* KCSAN檢測數據競爭。參閱 Documentation/dev-tools/kcsan.rst +* KFENCE是一個低開銷的內存問題檢測器，比KASAN更快且能被用於批量構建。 + 參閱 Documentation/dev-tools/kfence.rst +* lockdep是一個鎖定正確性檢測器。參閱 + Documentation/locking/lockdep-design.rst +* 除此以外，在內核中還有一些其它的調試工具，大多數能在 + lib/Kconfig.debug 中找到。 + +這些工具傾向於對內核進行整體測試，並且不像kselftest和KUnit一樣“傳遞”。 +它們可以通過在啓用這些工具時運行內核測試以與kselftest或KUnit結合起來： +之後你就能確保這些錯誤在測試過程中都不會發生了。 + +一些工具與KUnit和kselftest集成，並且在檢測到問題時會自動打斷測試。 + +靜態分析工具 +============ + +除了測試運行中的內核，我們還可以使用**靜態分析**工具直接分析內核的源代 +碼（**在編譯時**）。內核中常用的工具允許人們檢查整個源代碼樹或其中的特 +定文件。它們使得在開發過程中更容易發現和修復問題。 + + Sparse可以通過執行類型檢查、鎖檢查、值範圍檢查來幫助測試內核，此外還 + 可以在檢查代碼時報告各種錯誤和警告。關於如何使用它的細節，請參閱 + Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/sparse.rst。 + + Smatch擴展了Sparse，並提供了對編程邏輯錯誤的額外檢查，如開關語句中 + 缺少斷點，錯誤檢查中未使用的返回值，忘記在錯誤路徑的返回中設置錯誤代 + 碼等。Smatch也有針對更嚴重問題的測試，如整數溢出、空指針解除引用和內 + 存泄漏。見項目頁面http://smatch.sourceforge.net/。 + + Coccinelle是我們可以使用的另一個靜態分析器。Coccinelle經常被用來 + 幫助源代碼的重構和並行演化，但它也可以幫助避免常見代碼模式中出現的某 + 些錯誤。可用的測試類型包括API測試、內核迭代器的正確使用測試、自由操 + 作的合理性檢查、鎖定行爲的分析，以及已知的有助於保持內核使用一致性的 + 進一步測試。詳情請見Documentation/dev-tools/coccinelle.rst。 + + 不過要注意的是，靜態分析工具存在**假陽性**的問題。在試圖修復錯誤和警 + 告之前，需要仔細評估它們。 + +何時使用Sparse和Smatch +---------------------- + +Sparse做類型檢查，例如驗證註釋的變量不會導致無符號的錯誤，檢測 +``__user`` 指針使用不當的地方，以及分析符號初始化器的兼容性。 + +Smatch進行流程分析，如果允許建立函數數據庫，它還會進行跨函數分析。 +Smatch試圖回答一些問題，比如這個緩衝區是在哪裏分配的？它有多大？這 +個索引可以由用戶控制嗎？這個變量比那個變量大嗎？ + +一般來說，在Smatch中寫檢查比在Sparse中寫檢查要容易。儘管如此， +Sparse和Smatch的檢查還是有一些重疊的地方。 + +Smatch和Coccinelle的強項 +------------------------ + +Coccinelle可能是最容易寫檢查的。它在預處理器之前工作，所以用Coccinelle +檢查宏中的錯誤更容易。Coccinelle還能爲你創建補丁，這是其他工具無法做到的。 + +例如，用Coccinelle你可以從 ``kmalloc_array(x, size, GFP_KERNEL)`` +到 ``kmalloc_array(x, size, GFP_KERNEL)`` 進行大規模轉換，這真的很 +有用。如果你只是創建一個Smatch警告，並試圖把轉換的工作推給維護者，他們會很 +惱火。你將不得不爲每個警告爭論是否真的可以溢出。 + +Coccinelle不對變量值進行分析，而這正是Smatch的強項。另一方面，Coccinelle +允許你用簡單的方法做簡單的事情。 + diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/debugfs.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/debugfs.rst index ddf801943c92..78e2e08af95e 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/debugfs.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/debugfs.rst @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst -:Original: :doc:`../../../filesystems/debugfs` +:Original: Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.rst ======= Debugfs @@ -11,20 +11,19 @@ Debugfs 譯者 :: - 中文版維護者：羅楚成 Chucheng Luo <luochucheng@vivo.com> - 中文版翻譯者：羅楚成 Chucheng Luo <luochucheng@vivo.com> - 中文版校譯者: 羅楚成 Chucheng Luo <luochucheng@vivo.com> + 中文版維護者： 羅楚成 Chucheng Luo <luochucheng@vivo.com> + 中文版翻譯者： 羅楚成 Chucheng Luo <luochucheng@vivo.com> + 中文版校譯者: 羅楚成 Chucheng Luo <luochucheng@vivo.com> 繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> 版權所有2020 羅楚成 <luochucheng@vivo.com> -版權所有2021 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> Debugfs是內核開發人員在用戶空間獲取信息的簡單方法。與/proc不同，proc只提供進程 -信息。也不像sysfs,具有嚴格的「每個文件一個值「的規則。debugfs根本沒有規則,開發 -人員可以在這裡放置他們想要的任何信息。debugfs文件系統也不能用作穩定的ABI接口。 +信息。也不像sysfs,具有嚴格的“每個文件一個值“的規則。debugfs根本沒有規則,開發 +人員可以在這裏放置他們想要的任何信息。debugfs文件系統也不能用作穩定的ABI接口。 從理論上講，debugfs導出文件的時候沒有任何約束。但是[1]實際情況並不總是那麼 簡單。即使是debugfs接口，也最好根據需要進行設計,並儘量保持接口不變。 @@ -34,8 +33,8 @@ Debugfs通常使用以下命令安裝:: mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug （或等效的/etc/fstab行）。 -debugfs根目錄默認僅可由root用戶訪問。要更改對文件樹的訪問，請使用「 uid」，「 gid」 -和「 mode」掛載選項。請注意，debugfs API僅按照GPL協議導出到模塊。 +debugfs根目錄默認僅可由root用戶訪問。要更改對文件樹的訪問，請使用“ uid”，“ gid” +和“ mode”掛載選項。請注意，debugfs API僅按照GPL協議導出到模塊。 使用debugfs的代碼應包含<linux/debugfs.h>。然後，首先是創建至少一個目錄來保存 一組debugfs文件:: @@ -54,8 +53,8 @@ debugfs根目錄默認僅可由root用戶訪問。要更改對文件樹的訪問 struct dentry *parent, void *data, const struct file_operations *fops); -在這裡，name是要創建的文件的名稱，mode描述了訪問文件應具有的權限，parent指向 -應該保存文件的目錄，data將存儲在產生的inode結構體的i_private欄位中，而fops是 +在這裏，name是要創建的文件的名稱，mode描述了訪問文件應具有的權限，parent指向 +應該保存文件的目錄，data將存儲在產生的inode結構體的i_private字段中，而fops是 一組文件操作函數，這些函數中實現文件操作的具體行爲。至少，read（）和/或 write（）操作應提供；其他可以根據需要包括在內。同樣的，返回值將是指向創建文件 的dentry指針，錯誤時返回ERR_PTR（-ERROR），系統不支持debugfs時返回值爲ERR_PTR @@ -81,7 +80,7 @@ file_size是初始文件大小。其他參數跟函數debugfs_create_file的相 struct dentry *parent, u64 *value); 這些文件支持讀取和寫入給定值。如果某個文件不支持寫入，只需根據需要設置mode -參數位。這些文件中的值以十進位表示；如果需要使用十六進位，可以使用以下函數 +參數位。這些文件中的值以十進制表示；如果需要使用十六進制，可以使用以下函數 替代:: void debugfs_create_x8(const char *name, umode_t mode, @@ -93,7 +92,7 @@ file_size是初始文件大小。其他參數跟函數debugfs_create_file的相 void debugfs_create_x64(const char *name, umode_t mode, struct dentry *parent, u64 *value); -這些功能只有在開發人員知道導出值的大小的時候才有用。某些數據類型在不同的架構上 +這些功能只有在開發人員知道導出值的大小的時候纔有用。某些數據類型在不同的架構上 有不同的寬度，這樣會使情況變得有些複雜。在這種特殊情況下可以使用以下函數:: void debugfs_create_size_t(const char *name, umode_t mode, @@ -101,7 +100,7 @@ file_size是初始文件大小。其他參數跟函數debugfs_create_file的相 不出所料，此函數將創建一個debugfs文件來表示類型爲size_t的變量。 -同樣地，也有導出無符號長整型變量的函數，分別以十進位和十六進位表示如下:: +同樣地，也有導出無符號長整型變量的函數，分別以十進制和十六進制表示如下:: struct dentry *debugfs_create_ulong(const char *name, umode_t mode, struct dentry *parent, @@ -125,7 +124,7 @@ file_size是初始文件大小。其他參數跟函數debugfs_create_file的相 讀取此文件將獲得atomic_t值，寫入此文件將設置atomic_t值。 -另一個選擇是通過以下結構體和函數導出一個任意二進位數據塊:: +另一個選擇是通過以下結構體和函數導出一個任意二進制數據塊:: struct debugfs_blob_wrapper { void *data; @@ -136,10 +135,10 @@ file_size是初始文件大小。其他參數跟函數debugfs_create_file的相 struct dentry *parent, struct debugfs_blob_wrapper *blob); -讀取此文件將返回由指針指向debugfs_blob_wrapper結構體的數據。一些驅動使用「blobs」 -作爲一種返回幾行（靜態）格式化文本的簡單方法。這個函數可用於導出二進位信息，但 +讀取此文件將返回由指針指向debugfs_blob_wrapper結構體的數據。一些驅動使用“blobs” +作爲一種返回幾行（靜態）格式化文本的簡單方法。這個函數可用於導出二進制信息，但 似乎在主線中沒有任何代碼這樣做。請注意，使用debugfs_create_blob（）命令創建的 -所有文件是只讀的。 +所有文件是隻讀的。 如果您要轉儲一個寄存器塊（在開發過程中經常會這麼做，但是這樣的調試代碼很少上傳 到主線中。Debugfs提供兩個函數：一個用於創建僅寄存器文件，另一個把一個寄存器塊 @@ -163,7 +162,7 @@ file_size是初始文件大小。其他參數跟函數debugfs_create_file的相 void debugfs_print_regs32(struct seq_file *s, struct debugfs_reg32 *regs, int nregs, void __iomem *base, char *prefix); -「base」參數可能爲0，但您可能需要使用__stringify構建reg32數組，實際上有許多寄存器 +“base”參數可能爲0，但您可能需要使用__stringify構建reg32數組，實際上有許多寄存器 名稱（宏）是寄存器塊在基址上的字節偏移量。 如果要在debugfs中轉儲u32數組，可以使用以下函數創建文件:: @@ -172,7 +171,7 @@ file_size是初始文件大小。其他參數跟函數debugfs_create_file的相 struct dentry *parent, u32 *array, u32 elements); -「array」參數提供數據，而「elements」參數爲數組中元素的數量。注意：數組創建後，數組 +“array”參數提供數據，而“elements”參數爲數組中元素的數量。注意：數組創建後，數組 大小無法更改。 有一個函數來創建與設備相關的seq_file:: @@ -183,8 +182,8 @@ file_size是初始文件大小。其他參數跟函數debugfs_create_file的相 int (*read_fn)(struct seq_file *s, void *data)); -「dev」參數是與此debugfs文件相關的設備，並且「read_fn」是一個函數指針，這個函數在 -列印seq_file內容的時候被回調。 +“dev”參數是與此debugfs文件相關的設備，並且“read_fn”是一個函數指針，這個函數在 +打印seq_file內容的時候被回調。 還有一些其他的面向目錄的函數:: @@ -199,7 +198,7 @@ file_size是初始文件大小。其他參數跟函數debugfs_create_file的相 調用debugfs_rename()將爲現有的debugfs文件重命名，可能同時切換目錄。 new_name 函數調用之前不能存在；返回值爲old_dentry，其中包含更新的信息。可以使用 -debugfs_create_symlink（）創建符號連結。 +debugfs_create_symlink（）創建符號鏈接。 所有debugfs用戶必須考慮的一件事是： @@ -219,6 +218,6 @@ dentry值可以爲NULL或錯誤值，在這種情況下，不會有任何文件 如果將對應頂層目錄的dentry傳遞給以上函數，則該目錄下的整個層次結構將會被刪除。 -注釋： +註釋： [1] http://lwn.net/Articles/309298/ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/index.rst index 789e742fa3c5..d7f9d61f654c 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/index.rst @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Linux Kernel中的文件系統 ======================== -這份正在開發的手冊或許在未來某個輝煌的日子裡以易懂的形式將Linux虛擬\ +這份正在開發的手冊或許在未來某個輝煌的日子裏以易懂的形式將Linux虛擬\ 文件系統（VFS）層以及基於其上的各種文件系統如何工作呈現給大家。當前\ 可以看到下面的內容。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/sysfs.txt index a84eba2af9d3..ebe90651fc3b 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/sysfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/sysfs.txt @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Documentation/core-api/kobject.rst 文檔以獲得更多關於 kobject 接口的 任何 kobject 在系統中註冊，就會有一個目錄在 sysfs 中被創建。這個 目錄是作爲該 kobject 的父對象所在目錄的子目錄創建的，以準確地傳遞 -內核的對象層次到用戶空間。sysfs 中的頂層目錄代表著內核對象層次的 +內核的對象層次到用戶空間。sysfs 中的頂層目錄代表着內核對象層次的 共同祖先；例如：某些對象屬於某個子系統。 Sysfs 在與其目錄關聯的 kernfs_node 對象中內部保存一個指向實現 @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Sysfs 將會爲每次讀寫操作調用一次這個方法。這使得這些方 不會不太高。 這使得用戶空間可以局部地讀和任意的向前搜索整個文件。如果用戶空間 - 向後搜索到零或使用『0』偏移執行一個pread(2)操作，show()方法將 + 向後搜索到零或使用‘0’偏移執行一個pread(2)操作，show()方法將 再次被調用，以重新填充緩存。 - 在寫方面（write(2)），sysfs 希望在第一次寫操作時得到整個緩衝區。 @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ static DEVICE_ATTR(name, S_IRUGO, show_name, store_name); （注意：真正的實現不允許用戶空間設置設備名。） -頂層目錄布局 +頂層目錄佈局 ~~~~~~~~~~~~ sysfs 目錄的安排顯示了內核數據結構之間的關係。 @@ -272,23 +272,23 @@ fs/ devices/ 包含了一個設備樹的文件系統表示。他直接映射了內部的內核 設備樹，反映了設備的層次結構。 -bus/ 包含了內核中各種總線類型的平面目錄布局。每個總線目錄包含兩個 +bus/ 包含了內核中各種總線類型的平面目錄佈局。每個總線目錄包含兩個 子目錄: devices/ drivers/ -devices/ 包含了系統中出現的每個設備的符號連結，他們指向 root/ 下的 +devices/ 包含了系統中出現的每個設備的符號鏈接，他們指向 root/ 下的 設備目錄。 -drivers/ 包含了每個已爲特定總線上的設備而掛載的驅動程序的目錄(這裡 +drivers/ 包含了每個已爲特定總線上的設備而掛載的驅動程序的目錄(這裏 假定驅動沒有跨越多個總線類型)。 fs/ 包含了一個爲文件系統設立的目錄。現在每個想要導出屬性的文件系統必須 在 fs/ 下創建自己的層次結構(參見Documentation/filesystems/fuse.rst)。 dev/ 包含兩個子目錄： char/ 和 block/。在這兩個子目錄中，有以 -<major>:<minor> 格式命名的符號連結。這些符號連結指向 sysfs 目錄 +<major>:<minor> 格式命名的符號鏈接。這些符號鏈接指向 sysfs 目錄 中相應的設備。/sys/dev 提供一個通過一個 stat(2) 操作結果，查找 設備 sysfs 接口快捷的方法。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/tmpfs.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/tmpfs.rst index 2c8439b2b77e..aed61cc3064d 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/tmpfs.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/tmpfs.rst @@ -4,8 +4,7 @@ :Original: Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.rst -Translated by Wang Qing <wangqing@vivo.com> -and Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> +translated by Wang Qing<wangqing@vivo.com> ===== Tmpfs @@ -13,18 +12,18 @@ Tmpfs Tmpfs是一個將所有文件都保存在虛擬內存中的文件系統。 -tmpfs中的所有內容都是臨時的，也就是說沒有任何文件會在硬碟上創建。 +tmpfs中的所有內容都是臨時的，也就是說沒有任何文件會在硬盤上創建。 如果卸載tmpfs實例，所有保存在其中的文件都會丟失。 -tmpfs將所有文件保存在內核緩存中，隨著文件內容增長或縮小可以將不需要的 -頁面swap出去。它具有最大限制，可以通過「mount -o remount ...」調整。 +tmpfs將所有文件保存在內核緩存中，隨着文件內容增長或縮小可以將不需要的 +頁面swap出去。它具有最大限制，可以通過“mount -o remount ...”調整。 和ramfs（創建tmpfs的模板）相比，tmpfs包含交換和限制檢查。和tmpfs相似的另 -一個東西是RAM磁碟（/dev/ram*），可以在物理RAM中模擬固定大小的硬碟，並在 +一個東西是RAM磁盤（/dev/ram*），可以在物理RAM中模擬固定大小的硬盤，並在 此之上創建一個普通的文件系統。Ramdisks無法swap，因此無法調整它們的大小。 由於tmpfs完全保存於頁面緩存和swap中，因此所有tmpfs頁面將在/proc/meminfo -中顯示爲「Shmem」，而在free(1)中顯示爲「Shared」。請注意，這些計數還包括 +中顯示爲“Shmem”，而在free(1)中顯示爲“Shared”。請注意，這些計數還包括 共享內存(shmem，請參閱ipcs(1))。獲得計數的最可靠方法是使用df(1)和du(1)。 tmpfs具有以下用途： @@ -45,7 +44,7 @@ tmpfs具有以下用途： tmpfs的前身(shm fs)才能使用SYSV共享內存) 3) 很多人（包括我）都覺的在/tmp和/var/tmp上掛載非常方便，並具有較大的 - swap分區。目前循環掛載tmpfs可以正常工作，所以大多數發布都應當可以 + swap分區。目前循環掛載tmpfs可以正常工作，所以大多數發佈都應當可以 使用mkinitrd通過/tmp訪問/tmp。 4) 也許還有更多我不知道的地方:-) @@ -58,11 +57,11 @@ size tmpfs實例分配的字節數限制。默認值是不swap時物理RAM 如果tmpfs實例過大，機器將死鎖，因爲OOM處理將無法釋放該內存。 nr_blocks 與size相同，但以PAGE_SIZE爲單位。 nr_inodes tmpfs實例的最大inode個數。默認值是物理內存頁數的一半，或者 - (有高端內存的機器)低端內存RAM的頁數，二者以較低者為準。 + (有高端內存的機器)低端內存RAM的頁數，二者以較低者爲準。 ========= =========================================================== 這些參數接受後綴k，m或g表示千，兆和千兆字節，可以在remount時更改。 -size參數也接受後綴％用來限制tmpfs實例占用物理RAM的百分比： +size參數也接受後綴％用來限制tmpfs實例佔用物理RAM的百分比： 未指定size或nr_blocks時，默認值爲size=50％ 如果nr_blocks=0（或size=0），block個數將不受限制；如果nr_inodes=0， @@ -71,26 +70,26 @@ inode個數將不受限制。這樣掛載通常是不明智的，因爲它允許 場景下的訪問。 tmpfs具有爲所有文件設置NUMA內存分配策略掛載選項(如果啓用了CONFIG_NUMA), -可以通過「mount -o remount ...」調整 +可以通過“mount -o remount ...”調整 ======================== ========================= mpol=default 採用進程分配策略 (請參閱 set_mempolicy(2)) mpol=prefer:Node 傾向從給定的節點分配 -mpol=bind:NodeList 只允許從指定的鍊表分配 +mpol=bind:NodeList 只允許從指定的鏈表分配 mpol=interleave 傾向於依次從每個節點分配 mpol=interleave:NodeList 依次從每個節點分配 mpol=local 優先本地節點分配內存 ======================== ========================= -NodeList格式是以逗號分隔的十進位數字表示大小和範圍，最大和最小範圍是用- -分隔符的十進位數來表示。例如，mpol=bind0-3,5,7,9-15 +NodeList格式是以逗號分隔的十進制數字表示大小和範圍，最大和最小範圍是用- +分隔符的十進制數來表示。例如，mpol=bind0-3,5,7,9-15 帶有有效NodeList的內存策略將按指定格式保存，在創建文件時使用。當任務在該 文件系統上創建文件時，會使用到掛載時的內存策略NodeList選項，如果設置的話， 由調用任務的cpuset[請參見Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst] 以及下面列出的可選標誌約束。如果NodeLists爲設置爲空集，則文件的內存策略將 -恢復爲「默認」策略。 +恢復爲“默認”策略。 NUMA內存分配策略有可選標誌，可以用於模式結合。在掛載tmpfs時指定這些可選 標誌可以在NodeList之前生效。 @@ -107,12 +106,12 @@ Documentation/admin-guide/mm/numa_memory_policy.rst列出所有可用的內存 請注意，如果內核不支持NUMA，那麼使用mpol選項掛載tmpfs將會失敗；nodelist指定不 在線的節點也會失敗。如果您的系統依賴於此，但內核會運行不帶NUMA功能(也許是安全 revocery內核)，或者具有較少的節點在線，建議從自動模式中省略mpol選項掛載選項。 -可以在以後通過「mount -o remount,mpol=Policy:NodeList MountPoint」添加到掛載點。 +可以在以後通過“mount -o remount,mpol=Policy:NodeList MountPoint”添加到掛載點。 要指定初始根目錄，可以使用如下掛載選項： ==== ==================== -模式 權限用八進位數字表示 +模式 權限用八進制數字表示 uid 用戶ID gid 組ID ==== ==================== @@ -129,7 +128,7 @@ inode32 使用32位inode 在32位內核上，默認是inode32，掛載時指定inode64會被拒絕。 在64位內核上，默認配置是CONFIG_TMPFS_INODE64。inode64避免了單個設備上可能有多個 -具有相同inode編號的文件；比如32位應用程式使用glibc如果長期訪問tmpfs，一旦達到33 +具有相同inode編號的文件；比如32位應用程序使用glibc如果長期訪問tmpfs，一旦達到33 位inode編號，就有EOVERFLOW失敗的危險，無法打開大於2GiB的文件，並返回EINVAL。 所以'mount -t tmpfs -o size=10G,nr_inodes=10k,mode=700 tmpfs /mytmpfs'將在 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/virtiofs.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/virtiofs.rst index 086fce5839dd..6150ad964e78 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/virtiofs.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/virtiofs.rst @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ 中文版維護者： 王文虎 Wang Wenhu <wenhu.wang@vivo.com> 中文版翻譯者： 王文虎 Wang Wenhu <wenhu.wang@vivo.com> 中文版校譯者： 王文虎 Wang Wenhu <wenhu.wang@vivo.com> - 中文版校譯者： 王文虎 Wang Wenhu <wenhu.wang@vivo.com> 繁體中文版校譯者：胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> =========================================== @@ -21,7 +20,7 @@ virtiofs: virtio-fs 主機<->客機共享文件系統 介紹 ==== -Linux的virtiofs文件系統實現了一個半虛擬化VIRTIO類型「virtio-fs」設備的驅動，通過該\ +Linux的virtiofs文件系統實現了一個半虛擬化VIRTIO類型“virtio-fs”設備的驅動，通過該\ 類型設備實現客機<->主機文件系統共享。它允許客機掛載一個已經導出到主機的目錄。 客機通常需要訪問主機或者遠程系統上的文件。使用場景包括：在新客機安裝時讓文件對其\ @@ -42,12 +41,12 @@ Linux的virtiofs文件系統實現了一個半虛擬化VIRTIO類型「virtio-fs guest# mount -t virtiofs myfs /mnt -請查閱 https://virtio-fs.gitlab.io/ 了解配置QEMU和virtiofsd守護程序的詳細信息。 +請查閱 https://virtio-fs.gitlab.io/ 瞭解配置QEMU和virtiofsd守護程序的詳細信息。 內幕 ==== 由於virtio-fs設備將FUSE協議用於文件系統請求，因此Linux的virtiofs文件系統與FUSE文\ -件系統客戶端緊密集成在一起。客機充當FUSE客戶端而主機充當FUSE伺服器，內核與用戶空\ +件系統客戶端緊密集成在一起。客機充當FUSE客戶端而主機充當FUSE服務器，內核與用戶空\ 間之間的/dev/fuse接口由virtio-fs設備接口代替。 FUSE請求被置於虛擬隊列中由主機處理。主機填充緩衝區中的響應部分，而客機處理請求的完成部分。 @@ -55,7 +54,7 @@ FUSE請求被置於虛擬隊列中由主機處理。主機填充緩衝區中的 將/dev/fuse映射到虛擬隊列需要解決/dev/fuse和虛擬隊列之間語義上的差異。每次讀取\ /dev/fuse設備時，FUSE客戶端都可以選擇要傳輸的請求，從而可以使某些請求優先於其他\ 請求。虛擬隊列有其隊列語義，無法更改已入隊請求的順序。在虛擬隊列已滿的情況下尤 -其關鍵，因爲此時不可能加入高優先級的請求。爲了解決此差異，virtio-fs設備採用「hiprio」\ +其關鍵，因爲此時不可能加入高優先級的請求。爲了解決此差異，virtio-fs設備採用“hiprio”\ （高優先級）虛擬隊列，專門用於有別於普通請求的高優先級請求。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/index.rst index d1cf0b4d8e46..563ac9bfc66b 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/index.rst @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ TODOList: :maxdepth: 1 process/license-rules + dev-tools/index TODOList: * doc-guide/index -* dev-tools/index * dev-tools/testing-overview * kernel-hacking/index * rust/index @@ -101,9 +101,10 @@ TODOList: 體系結構文檔 ------------ -TODOList: +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 -* arch/index + arch/index 其他文檔 -------- diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/1.Intro.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/1.Intro.rst index f236fe95a6c6..6e754ac48964 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/1.Intro.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/1.Intro.rst @@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ -------- 本節的其餘部分涵蓋了內核開發的過程，以及開發人員及其僱主在這方面可能遇到的 -各種問題。有很多原因使內核代碼應被合併到正式的（「主線」）內核中，包括對用戶 +各種問題。有很多原因使內核代碼應被合併到正式的（“主線”）內核中，包括對用戶 的自動可用性、多種形式的社區支持以及影響內核開發方向的能力。提供給Linux內核 的代碼必須在與GPL兼容的許可證下可用。 -:ref:`tw_development_process` 介紹了開發過程、內核發布周期和合併窗口的機制。 -涵蓋了補丁開發、審查和合併周期中的各個階段。還有一些關於工具和郵件列表的討論？ +:ref:`tw_development_process` 介紹了開發過程、內核發佈週期和合並窗口的機制。 +涵蓋了補丁開發、審查和合並週期中的各個階段。還有一些關於工具和郵件列表的討論？ 鼓勵希望開始內核開發的開發人員跟蹤並修復缺陷以作爲初步練習。 @@ -38,39 +38,39 @@ 陷阱。也涵蓋了對補丁的一些要求，並且介紹了一些工具，這些工具有助於確保內核 補丁是正確的。 -:ref:`tw_development_posting` 描述發布補丁以供評審的過程。爲了讓開發社區能 +:ref:`tw_development_posting` 描述發佈補丁以供評審的過程。爲了讓開發社區能 認真對待，補丁必須被正確格式化和描述，並且必須發送到正確的地方。遵循本節中的 建議有助於確保您的工作能被較好地接納。 -:ref:`tw_development_followthrough` 介紹了發布補丁之後發生的事情；工作在這時 +:ref:`tw_development_followthrough` 介紹了發佈補丁之後發生的事情；工作在這時 還遠遠沒有完成。與審閱者一起工作是開發過程中的一個重要部分；本節提供了一些 關於如何在這個重要階段避免問題的提示。當補丁被合併到主線中時，開發人員要注意 不要假定任務已經完成。 -:ref:`tw_development_advancedtopics` 介紹了兩個「高級」主題：使用Git管理補丁 -和查看其他人發布的補丁。 +:ref:`tw_development_advancedtopics` 介紹了兩個“高級”主題：使用Git管理補丁 +和查看其他人發佈的補丁。 :ref:`tw_development_conclusion` 總結了有關內核開發的更多信息，附帶有相關資源 -連結。 +鏈接。 這個文檔是關於什麼的 -------------------- Linux內核有超過800萬行代碼，每個版本的貢獻者超過1000人，是現存最大、最活躍的 -免費軟體項目之一。從1991年開始，這個內核已經發展成爲一個最好的作業系統組件， -運行在袖珍數位音樂播放器、桌上型電腦、現存最大的超級計算機以及所有類型的系統上。 +免費軟件項目之一。從1991年開始，這個內核已經發展成爲一個最好的操作系統組件， +運行在袖珍數字音樂播放器、臺式電腦、現存最大的超級計算機以及所有類型的系統上。 它是一種適用於幾乎任何情況的健壯、高效和可擴展的解決方案。 -隨著Linux的發展，希望參與其開發的開發人員（和公司）的數量也在增加。硬體供應商 +隨着Linux的發展，希望參與其開發的開發人員（和公司）的數量也在增加。硬件供應商 希望確保Linux能夠很好地支持他們的產品，使這些產品對Linux用戶具有吸引力。嵌入 式系統供應商使用Linux作爲集成產品的組件，希望Linux能夠儘可能地勝任手頭的任務。 -分銷商和其他基於Linux的軟體供應商切實關心Linux內核的功能、性能和可靠性。最終 +分銷商和其他基於Linux的軟件供應商切實關心Linux內核的功能、性能和可靠性。最終 用戶也常常希望修改Linux，使之能更好地滿足他們的需求。 Linux最引人注目的特性之一是這些開發人員可以訪問它；任何具備必要技能的人都可以 -改進Linux並影響其開發方向。專有產品不能提供這種開放性，這是自由軟體的一個特點。 -如果有什麼不同的話，那就是內核比大多數其他自由軟體項目更開放。一個典型的三個 -月內核開發周期可以涉及1000多個開發人員，他們爲100多個不同的公司（或者根本不 +改進Linux並影響其開發方向。專有產品不能提供這種開放性，這是自由軟件的一個特點。 +如果有什麼不同的話，那就是內核比大多數其他自由軟件項目更開放。一個典型的三個 +月內核開發週期可以涉及1000多個開發人員，他們爲100多個不同的公司（或者根本不 隸屬公司）工作。 與內核開發社區合作並不是特別困難。但儘管如此，仍有許多潛在的貢獻者在嘗試做 @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Linux最引人注目的特性之一是這些開發人員可以訪問它；任何 過程與專有的開發模式有很大的不同也就不足爲奇了。 對於新開發人員來說，內核的開發過程可能會讓人感到奇怪和恐懼，但這背後有充分的 -理由和堅實的經驗。一個不了解內核社區工作方式的開發人員（或者更糟的是，他們 +理由和堅實的經驗。一個不瞭解內核社區工作方式的開發人員（或者更糟的是，他們 試圖拋棄或規避之）會得到令人沮喪的體驗。開發社區在幫助那些試圖學習的人的同時， 沒有時間幫助那些不願意傾聽或不關心開發過程的人。 @@ -102,20 +102,20 @@ Andrew Morton, Andrew Price, Tsugikazu Shibata 和 Jochen Voß 。 -------------------- 有些公司和開發人員偶爾會想，爲什麼他們要費心學習如何與內核社區合作，並將代碼 -放入主線內核（「主線」是由Linus Torvalds維護的內核，Linux發行商將其用作基礎）。 +放入主線內核（“主線”是由Linus Torvalds維護的內核，Linux發行商將其用作基礎）。 在短期內，貢獻代碼看起來像是一種可以避免的開銷；維護獨立代碼並直接支持用戶 -似乎更容易。事實上，保持代碼獨立（「樹外」）是在經濟上是錯誤的。 +似乎更容易。事實上，保持代碼獨立（“樹外”）是在經濟上是錯誤的。 爲了說明樹外代碼成本，下面給出內核開發過程的一些相關方面；本文稍後將更詳細地 討論其中的大部分內容。請考慮： - 所有Linux用戶都可以使用合併到主線內核中的代碼。它將自動出現在所有啓用它的 - 發行版上。無需驅動程序磁碟、額外下載，也不需要爲多個發行版的多個版本提供 + 發行版上。無需驅動程序磁盤、額外下載，也不需要爲多個發行版的多個版本提供 支持；這一切將方便所有開發人員和用戶。併入主線解決了大量的分發和支持問題。 - 當內核開發人員努力維護一個穩定的用戶空間接口時，內核內部API處於不斷變化之中。 不維持穩定的內部接口是一個慎重的設計決策；它允許在任何時候進行基本的改進， - 並產出更高質量的代碼。但該策略導致結果是，若要使用新的內核，任何樹外代碼都 + 併產出更高質量的代碼。但該策略導致結果是，若要使用新的內核，任何樹外代碼都 需要持續的維護。維護樹外代碼會需要大量的工作才能使代碼保持正常運行。 相反，位於主線中的代碼不需要這樣做，因爲基本規則要求進行API更改的任何開發 @@ -140,60 +140,60 @@ Andrew Morton, Andrew Price, Tsugikazu Shibata 和 Jochen Voß 。 - 代碼的貢獻是使整個流程工作的根本。通過貢獻代碼，您可以向內核添加新功能，並 提供其他內核開發人員使用的功能和示例。如果您已經爲Linux開發了代碼（或者正在 - 考慮這樣做），那麼您顯然對這個平台的持續成功感興趣；貢獻代碼是確保成功的 + 考慮這樣做），那麼您顯然對這個平臺的持續成功感興趣；貢獻代碼是確保成功的 最好方法之一。 -上述所有理由都適用於任何樹外內核代碼，包括以專有的、僅二進位形式分發的代碼。 -然而，在考慮任何類型的純二進位內核代碼分布之前，還需要考慮其他因素。包括： +上述所有理由都適用於任何樹外內核代碼，包括以專有的、僅二進制形式分發的代碼。 +然而，在考慮任何類型的純二進制內核代碼分佈之前，還需要考慮其他因素。包括： - 圍繞專有內核模塊分發的法律問題其實較爲模糊；相當多的內核版權所有者認爲， - 大多數僅二進位的模塊是內核的派生產品，因此，它們的分發違反了GNU通用公共 + 大多數僅二進制的模塊是內核的派生產品，因此，它們的分發違反了GNU通用公共 許可證（下面將詳細介紹）。本文作者不是律師，本文檔中的任何內容都不可能被 - 視爲法律建議。封閉原始碼模塊的真實法律地位只能由法院決定。但不管怎樣，困擾 + 視爲法律建議。封閉源代碼模塊的真實法律地位只能由法院決定。但不管怎樣，困擾 這些模塊的不確定性仍然存在。 -- 二進位模塊大大增加了調試內核問題的難度，以至於大多數內核開發人員甚至都不會 - 嘗試。因此，只分發二進位模塊將使您的用戶更難從社區獲得支持。 +- 二進制模塊大大增加了調試內核問題的難度，以至於大多數內核開發人員甚至都不會 + 嘗試。因此，只分發二進制模塊將使您的用戶更難從社區獲得支持。 -- 對於僅二進位的模塊的發行者來說，支持也更加困難，他們必須爲他們希望支持的 +- 對於僅二進制的模塊的發行者來說，支持也更加困難，他們必須爲他們希望支持的 每個發行版和每個內核版本提供不同版本的模塊。爲了提供較爲全面的覆蓋範圍， 可能需要一個模塊的幾十個構建，並且每次升級內核時，您的用戶都必須單獨升級 這些模塊。 -- 上面提到的關於代碼評審的所有問題都更加存在於封閉原始碼中。由於該代碼根本 +- 上面提到的關於代碼評審的所有問題都更加存在於封閉源代碼中。由於該代碼根本 不可得，因此社區無法對其進行審查，毫無疑問，它將存在嚴重問題。 尤其是嵌入式系統的製造商，可能會傾向於忽視本節中所說的大部分內容；因爲他們 -相信自己正在商用一種使用凍結內核版本的獨立產品，在發布後不需要再進行開發。 +相信自己正在商用一種使用凍結內核版本的獨立產品，在發佈後不需要再進行開發。 這個論點忽略了廣泛的代碼審查的價值以及允許用戶向產品添加功能的價值。但這些 -產品的商業壽命有限，之後必須發布新版本的產品。在這一點上，代碼在主線上並得到 -良好維護的供應商將能夠更好地占位，以使新產品快速上市。 +產品的商業壽命有限，之後必須發佈新版本的產品。在這一點上，代碼在主線上並得到 +良好維護的供應商將能夠更好地佔位，以使新產品快速上市。 許可 ---- 代碼是根據一些許可證提供給Linux內核的，但是所有代碼都必須與GNU通用公共許可 證（GPLV2）的版本2兼容，該版本是覆蓋整個內核分發的許可證。在實踐中，這意味 -著所有代碼貢獻都由GPLv2（可選地，語言允許在更高版本的GPL下分發）或3子句BSD +着所有代碼貢獻都由GPLv2（可選地，語言允許在更高版本的GPL下分發）或3子句BSD 許可（New BSD License，譯者注）覆蓋。任何不包含在兼容許可證中的貢獻都不會 被接受到內核中。 貢獻給內核的代碼不需要（或請求）版權分配。合併到主線內核中的所有代碼都保留 其原始所有權；因此，內核現在擁有數千個所有者。 -這種所有權結構也暗示著，任何改變內核許可的嘗試都註定會失敗。很少有實際情況 +這種所有權結構也暗示着，任何改變內核許可的嘗試都註定會失敗。很少有實際情況 可以獲得所有版權所有者的同意（或者從內核中刪除他們的代碼）。因此，尤其是在 可預見的將來，許可證不大可能遷移到GPL的版本3。 -所有貢獻給內核的代碼都必須是合法的免費軟體。因此，不接受匿名（或化名）貢獻 -者的代碼。所有貢獻者都需要在他們的代碼上「sign off（簽發）」，聲明代碼可以 -在GPL下與內核一起分發。無法提供未被其所有者許可爲免費軟體的代碼，或可能爲 +所有貢獻給內核的代碼都必須是合法的免費軟件。因此，不接受匿名（或化名）貢獻 +者的代碼。所有貢獻者都需要在他們的代碼上“sign off（簽發）”，聲明代碼可以 +在GPL下與內核一起分發。無法提供未被其所有者許可爲免費軟件的代碼，或可能爲 內核造成版權相關問題的代碼（例如，由缺乏適當保護的反向工程工作派生的代碼） 不能被接受。 有關版權問題的提問在Linux開發郵件列表中很常見。這樣的問題通常會得到不少答案， -但請記住，回答這些問題的人不是律師，不能提供法律諮詢。如果您有關於Linux原始碼 -的法律問題，沒有什麼可以代替諮詢了解這一領域的律師。依賴從技術郵件列表中獲得 +但請記住，回答這些問題的人不是律師，不能提供法律諮詢。如果您有關於Linux源代碼 +的法律問題，沒有什麼可以代替諮詢瞭解這一領域的律師。依賴從技術郵件列表中獲得 的答案是一件冒險的事情。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/2.Process.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/2.Process.rst index 17bb4e07d171..49385d65c216 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/2.Process.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/2.Process.rst @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ 總覽 ---- -內核開發人員使用一個鬆散的基於時間的發布過程，每兩到三個月發布一次新的主要 -內核版本。最近的發布歷史記錄如下： +內核開發人員使用一個鬆散的基於時間的發佈過程，每兩到三個月發佈一次新的主要 +內核版本。最近的發佈歷史記錄如下： ====== ================= 5.0 2019年3月3日 @@ -42,33 +42,33 @@ 版本包含大約13000個變更集，變更了幾十萬行代碼。因此，5.x是Linux內核開發的前 沿；內核使用滾動開發模型，不斷集成重大變化。 -對於每個版本的補丁合併，遵循一個相對簡單的規則。在每個開發周期的開頭，「合併 -窗口」被打開。這時，被認爲足夠穩定（並且被開發社區接受）的代碼被合併到主線內 -核中。在這段時間內，新開發周期的大部分變更（以及所有主要變更）將以接近每天 -1000次變更（「補丁」或「變更集」）的速度合併。 +對於每個版本的補丁合併，遵循一個相對簡單的規則。在每個開發週期的開頭，“合併 +窗口”被打開。這時，被認爲足夠穩定（並且被開發社區接受）的代碼被合併到主線內 +核中。在這段時間內，新開發週期的大部分變更（以及所有主要變更）將以接近每天 +1000次變更（“補丁”或“變更集”）的速度合併。 （順便說一句，值得注意的是，合併窗口期間集成的更改並不是憑空產生的；它們是經 提前收集、測試和分級的。稍後將詳細描述該過程的工作方式。） -合併窗口持續大約兩周。在這段時間結束時，LinusTorvalds將聲明窗口已關閉，並 -釋放第一個「rc」內核。例如，對於目標爲5.6的內核，在合併窗口結束時發生的釋放 +合併窗口持續大約兩週。在這段時間結束時，Linus Torvalds將聲明窗口已關閉，並 +釋放第一個“rc”內核。例如，對於目標爲5.6的內核，在合併窗口結束時發生的釋放 將被稱爲5.6-rc1。-rc1 版本是一個信號，表示合併新特性的時間已經過去，穩定下一 個內核的時間已經到來。 在接下來的6到10周內，只有修復問題的補丁才應該提交給主線。有時會允許更大的 更改，但這種情況很少發生；試圖在合併窗口外合併新功能的開發人員往往受不到 友好的接待。一般來說，如果您錯過了給定特性的合併窗口，最好的做法是等待下一 -個開發周期。（偶爾會對未支持硬體的驅動程序進行例外；如果它們不改變已有代碼， -則不會導致回歸，應該可以隨時被安全地加入）。 +個開發週期。（偶爾會對未支持硬件的驅動程序進行例外；如果它們不改變已有代碼， +則不會導致迴歸，應該可以隨時被安全地加入）。 -隨著修復程序進入主線，補丁速度將隨著時間的推移而變慢。Linus大約每周發布一次 -新的-rc內核；在內核被認爲足夠穩定並最終發布前，一般會達到-rc6到-rc9之間。 +隨着修復程序進入主線，補丁速度將隨着時間的推移而變慢。Linus大約每週發佈一次 +新的-rc內核；在內核被認爲足夠穩定並最終發佈前，一般會達到-rc6到-rc9之間。 然後，整個過程又重新開始了。 -例如，這裡是5.4的開發周期進行情況（2019年）: +例如，這裏是5.4的開發週期進行情況（2019年）: ============== ============================== - 九月 15 5.3 穩定版發布 + 九月 15 5.3 穩定版發佈 九月 30 5.4-rc1 合併窗口關閉 十月 6 5.4-rc2 十月 13 5.4-rc3 @@ -77,26 +77,26 @@ 十一月 3 5.4-rc6 十一月 10 5.4-rc7 十一月 17 5.4-rc8 - 十一月 24 5.4 穩定版發布 + 十一月 24 5.4 穩定版發佈 ============== ============================== -開發人員如何決定何時結束開發周期並創建穩定版本？最重要的指標是以前版本的 -回歸列表。不歡迎出現任何錯誤，但是那些破壞了以前能工作的系統的錯誤被認爲是 -特別嚴重的。因此，導致回歸的補丁是不受歡迎的，很可能在穩定期內刪除。 +開發人員如何決定何時結束開發週期並創建穩定版本？最重要的指標是以前版本的 +迴歸列表。不歡迎出現任何錯誤，但是那些破壞了以前能工作的系統的錯誤被認爲是 +特別嚴重的。因此，導致迴歸的補丁是不受歡迎的，很可能在穩定期內刪除。 -開發人員的目標是在穩定發布之前修復所有已知的回歸。在現實世界中，這種完美是 +開發人員的目標是在穩定發佈之前修復所有已知的迴歸。在現實世界中，這種完美是 很難實現的；在這種規模的項目中，變數太多了。需要說明的是，延遲最終版本只會 -使問題變得更糟；等待下一個合併窗口的更改將變多，導致下次出現更多的回歸錯誤。 -因此，大多數5.x內核都有一些已知的回歸錯誤，不過，希望沒有一個是嚴重的。 +使問題變得更糟；等待下一個合併窗口的更改將變多，導致下次出現更多的迴歸錯誤。 +因此，大多數5.x內核都有一些已知的迴歸錯誤，不過，希望沒有一個是嚴重的。 -一旦一個穩定的版本發布，它的持續維護工作就被移交給「穩定團隊」，目前由 -Greg Kroah-Hartman領導。穩定團隊將使用5.x.y編號方案不定期地發布穩定版本的 +一旦一個穩定的版本發佈，它的持續維護工作就被移交給“穩定團隊”，目前由 +Greg Kroah-Hartman領導。穩定團隊將使用5.x.y編號方案不定期地發佈穩定版本的 更新。要合入更新版本，補丁必須（1）修復一個重要的缺陷，且（2）已經合併到 -下一個開發版本主線中。內核通常會在其初始版本後的一個以上的開發周期內收到 +下一個開發版本主線中。內核通常會在其初始版本後的一個以上的開發週期內收到 穩定版更新。例如，5.2內核的歷史如下（2019年）： ============== =============================== - 七月 7 5.2 穩定版發布 + 七月 7 5.2 穩定版發佈 七月 13 5.2.1 七月 21 5.2.2 七月 26 5.2.3 @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Greg Kroah-Hartman領導。穩定團隊將使用5.x.y編號方案不定期地發 5.2.21是5.2版本的最終穩定更新。 -有些內核被指定爲「長期」內核；它們將得到更長時間的支持。在本文中，當前的長期 +有些內核被指定爲“長期”內核；它們將得到更長時間的支持。在本文中，當前的長期 內核及其維護者是： ====== ================================ ================ @@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ Greg Kroah-Hartman領導。穩定團隊將使用5.x.y編號方案不定期地發 ====== ================================ ================ 長期支持內核的選擇純粹是維護人員是否有需求和時間來維護該版本的問題。 -目前還沒有爲即將發布的任何特定版本提供長期支持的已知計劃。 +目前還沒有爲即將發佈的任何特定版本提供長期支持的已知計劃。 -補丁的生命周期 +補丁的生命週期 -------------- 補丁不會直接從開發人員的鍵盤進入主線內核。相反，有一個稍微複雜（如果有些非 @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Greg Kroah-Hartman領導。穩定團隊將使用5.x.y編號方案不定期地發 是在不涉及社區的情況下完成的，但是如果可能的話，最好是在公開的情況下完成 這項工作；這樣可以節省很多稍後再重新設計的時間。 -- 早期評審。補丁被發布到相關的郵件列表中，列表中的開發人員會回復他們可能有 +- 早期評審。補丁被髮布到相關的郵件列表中，列表中的開發人員會回覆他們可能有 的任何評論。如果一切順利的話，這個過程應該會發現補丁的任何主要問題。 - 更廣泛的評審。當補丁接近準備好納入主線時，它應該被相關的子系統維護人員 @@ -153,48 +153,48 @@ Greg Kroah-Hartman領導。穩定團隊將使用5.x.y編號方案不定期地發 如果您的補丁得到了需要更改的反饋，那麼您應該進行這些更改，或者解釋爲何 不應該進行這些更改。如果您的補丁沒有評審意見，也沒有被其相應的子系統或 驅動程序維護者接受，那麼您應該堅持不懈地將補丁更新到當前內核使其可被正常 - 應用，並不斷地發送它以供審查和合併。 + 應用，並不斷地發送它以供審查和合並。 - 合併到主線。最終，一個成功的補丁將被合併到由LinusTorvalds管理的主線存儲庫 中。此時可能會出現更多的評論和/或問題；對開發人員來說應對這些問題並解決 出現的任何問題仍很重要。 -- 穩定版發布。大量用戶可能受此補丁影響，因此可能再次出現新的問題。 +- 穩定版發佈。大量用戶可能受此補丁影響，因此可能再次出現新的問題。 - 長期維護。雖然開發人員在合併代碼後可能會忘記代碼，但這種行爲往往會給開發 社區留下不良印象。合併代碼消除了一些維護負擔，因爲其他人將修復由API更改 引起的問題。但是，如果代碼要長期保持可用，原始開發人員應該繼續爲代碼負責。 -內核開發人員（或他們的僱主）犯的最大錯誤之一是試圖將流程簡化爲一個「合併到 -主線」步驟。這種方法總是會讓所有相關人員感到沮喪。 +內核開發人員（或他們的僱主）犯的最大錯誤之一是試圖將流程簡化爲一個“合併到 +主線”步驟。這種方法總是會讓所有相關人員感到沮喪。 補丁如何進入內核 ---------------- -只有一個人可以將補丁合併到主線內核存儲庫中：LinusTorvalds。但是，在進入 +只有一個人可以將補丁合併到主線內核存儲庫中：Linus Torvalds。但是，在進入 2.6.38內核的9500多個補丁中，只有112個（大約1.3%）是由Linus自己直接選擇的。 內核項目已經發展到一個沒有一個開發人員可以在沒有支持的情況下檢查和選擇每個 補丁的規模。內核開發人員處理這種增長的方式是使用圍繞信任鏈構建的助理系統。 內核代碼庫在邏輯上被分解爲一組子系統：網絡、特定體系結構支持、內存管理、視 頻設備等。大多數子系統都有一個指定的維護人員，其總體負責該子系統中的代碼。 -這些子系統維護者（鬆散地）是他們所管理的內核部分的「守門員」；他們（通常） +這些子系統維護者（鬆散地）是他們所管理的內核部分的“守門員”；他們（通常） 會接受一個補丁以包含到主線內核中。 -子系統維護人員每個人都管理著自己版本的內核原始碼樹，通常（並非總是）使用Git。 +子系統維護人員每個人都管理着自己版本的內核源代碼樹，通常（並非總是）使用Git。 Git等工具（以及Quilt或Mercurial等相關工具）允許維護人員跟蹤補丁列表，包括作者 信息和其他元數據。在任何給定的時間，維護人員都可以確定他或她的存儲庫中的哪 些補丁在主線中找不到。 -當合併窗口打開時，頂級維護人員將要求Linus從存儲庫中「拉出」他們爲合併選擇 +當合並窗口打開時，頂級維護人員將要求Linus從存儲庫中“拉出”他們爲合併選擇 的補丁。如果Linus同意，補丁流將流向他的存儲庫，成爲主線內核的一部分。 Linus對拉取中接收到的特定補丁的關注程度各不相同。很明顯，有時他看起來很 -關注。但是一般來說，Linus相信子系統維護人員不會向上游發送壞補丁。 +關注。但是一般來說，Linus相信子系統維護人員不會向上遊發送壞補丁。 -子系統維護人員反過來也可以從其他維護人員那裡獲取補丁。例如，網絡樹是由首先 +子系統維護人員反過來也可以從其他維護人員那裏獲取補丁。例如，網絡樹是由首先 在專用於網絡設備驅動程序、無線網絡等的樹中積累的補丁構建的。此存儲鏈可以 -任意長，但很少超過兩個或三個連結。由於鏈中的每個維護者都信任那些管理較低 -級別樹的維護者，所以這個過程稱爲「信任鏈」。 +任意長，但很少超過兩個或三個鏈接。由於鏈中的每個維護者都信任那些管理較低 +級別樹的維護者，所以這個過程稱爲“信任鏈”。 顯然，在這樣的系統中，獲取內核補丁取決於找到正確的維護者。直接向Linus發送 補丁通常不是正確的方法。 @@ -204,30 +204,30 @@ Next 樹 子系統樹鏈引導補丁流到內核，但它也提出了一個有趣的問題：如果有人想查看爲 下一個合併窗口準備的所有補丁怎麼辦？開發人員將感興趣的是，還有什麼其他的 -更改有待解決，以了解是否存在需要擔心的衝突；例如，更改核心內核函數原型的 +更改有待解決，以瞭解是否存在需要擔心的衝突；例如，更改核心內核函數原型的 修補程序將與使用該函數舊形式的任何其他修補程序衝突。審查人員和測試人員希望 在所有這些變更到達主線內核之前，能夠訪問它們的集成形式的變更。您可以從所有 相關的子系統樹中提取更改，但這將是一項複雜且容易出錯的工作。 -解決方案以-next樹的形式出現，在這裡子系統樹被收集以供測試和審查。這些樹中 -由Andrew Morton維護的較老的一個，被稱爲「-mm」（用於內存管理，創建時爲此）。 +解決方案以-next樹的形式出現，在這裏子系統樹被收集以供測試和審查。這些樹中 +由Andrew Morton維護的較老的一個，被稱爲“-mm”（用於內存管理，創建時爲此）。 -mm 樹集成了一長串子系統樹中的補丁；它還包含一些旨在幫助調試的補丁。 除此之外，-mm 還包含大量由Andrew直接選擇的補丁。這些補丁可能已經發布在郵件 列表上，或者它們可能應用於內核中未指定子系統樹的部分。同時，-mm 作爲最後 手段的子系統樹；如果沒有其他明顯的路徑可以讓補丁進入主線，那麼它很可能最 終選擇-mm 樹。累積在-mm 中的各種補丁最終將被轉發到適當的子系統樹，或者直接 -發送到Linus。在典型的開發周期中，大約5-10%的補丁通過-mm 進入主線。 +發送到Linus。在典型的開發週期中，大約5-10%的補丁通過-mm 進入主線。 -當前-mm 補丁可在「mmotm」（-mm of the moment）目錄中找到： +當前-mm 補丁可在“mmotm”（-mm of the moment）目錄中找到： https://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/mmotm/ 然而，使用MMOTM樹可能會十分令人頭疼；它甚至可能無法編譯。 -下一個周期補丁合併的主要樹是linux-next，由Stephen Rothwell 維護。根據設計 +下一個週期補丁合併的主要樹是linux-next，由Stephen Rothwell 維護。根據設計 linux-next 是下一個合併窗口關閉後主線的快照。linux-next樹在Linux-kernel 和 -Linux-next 郵件列表中發布，可從以下位置下載： +Linux-next 郵件列表中發佈，可從以下位置下載： https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/next/ @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Linux-next 已經成爲內核開發過程中不可或缺的一部分；在一個 Staging 樹 ---------- -內核原始碼樹包含drivers/staging/目錄，其中有許多驅動程序或文件系統的子目錄 +內核源代碼樹包含drivers/staging/目錄，其中有許多驅動程序或文件系統的子目錄 正在被添加到內核樹中。它們在仍然需要更多的修正的時候可以保留在driver/staging/ 目錄中；一旦完成，就可以將它們移到內核中。這是一種跟蹤不符合Linux內核編碼或 質量標準的驅動程序的方法，人們可能希望使用它們並跟蹤開發。 @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Greg Kroah Hartman 目前負責維護staging 樹。仍需要修正的驅動程 Staging 是一種讓新的驅動程序進入主線的相對容易的方法，它們會幸運地引起其他 開發人員的注意，並迅速改進。然而，進入staging並不是故事的結尾；staging中 沒有看到常規進展的代碼最終將被刪除。經銷商也傾向於相對不願意使用staging驅動 -程序。因此，在成爲一個合適的主線驅動的路上，staging 僅是一個中轉站。 +程序。因此，在成爲一個合適的主線驅動的路上，staging 僅是一箇中轉站。 工具 ---- @@ -260,9 +260,9 @@ Staging 是一種讓新的驅動程序進入主線的相對容易的方法，它 能力。如果沒有適當強大的工具，整個系統將無法在任何地方正常工作。關於如何使用 這些工具的教程遠遠超出了本文檔的範圍，但還是用一點篇幅介紹一些關鍵點。 -到目前爲止，內核社區使用的主要原始碼管理系統是git。Git是在自由軟體社區中開發 -的許多分布式版本控制系統之一。它非常適合內核開發，因爲它在處理大型存儲庫和 -大量補丁時性能非常好。它也以難以學習和使用而著稱，儘管隨著時間的推移它變得 +到目前爲止，內核社區使用的主要源代碼管理系統是git。Git是在自由軟件社區中開發 +的許多分佈式版本控制系統之一。它非常適合內核開發，因爲它在處理大型存儲庫和 +大量補丁時性能非常好。它也以難以學習和使用而著稱，儘管隨着時間的推移它變得 更好了。對於內核開發人員來說，對Git的某種熟悉幾乎是一種要求；即使他們不將它 用於自己的工作，他們也需要Git來跟上其他開發人員（以及主線）正在做的事情。 @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Staging 是一種讓新的驅動程序進入主線的相對容易的方法，它 https://git-scm.com/ -此頁面包含了文檔和教程的連結。 +此頁面包含了文檔和教程的鏈接。 在不使用git的內核開發人員中，最流行的選擇幾乎肯定是Mercurial： @@ -282,16 +282,16 @@ Mercurial與Git共享許多特性，但它提供了一個界面，許多人覺 https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt -Quilt 是一個補丁管理系統，而不是原始碼管理系統。它不會隨著時間的推移跟蹤歷史； +Quilt 是一個補丁管理系統，而不是源代碼管理系統。它不會隨着時間的推移跟蹤歷史； 相反，它面向根據不斷發展的代碼庫跟蹤一組特定的更改。一些主要的子系統維護人員 -使用Quilt來管理打算向上游移動的補丁。對於某些樹的管理（例如-mm），quilt 是 +使用Quilt來管理打算向上遊移動的補丁。對於某些樹的管理（例如-mm），quilt 是 最好的工具。 郵件列表 -------- 大量的Linux內核開發工作是通過郵件列表完成的。如果不加入至少一個某個列表， -就很難成爲社區中的一個「全功能」成員。但是，Linux郵件列表對開發人員來說也是 +就很難成爲社區中的一個“全功能”成員。但是，Linux郵件列表對開發人員來說也是 一個潛在的危險，他們可能會被一堆電子郵件淹沒、違反Linux列表上使用的約定， 或者兩者兼而有之。 @@ -316,14 +316,14 @@ redhat.com/mailman/listinfo。 - 不要回復挑事的人。如果有人試圖激起憤怒，請忽略他們。 -- 當回復Linux內核電子郵件（或其他列表上的電子郵件）時，請爲所有相關人員保留 +- 當回覆Linux內核電子郵件（或其他列表上的電子郵件）時，請爲所有相關人員保留 Cc: 抄送頭。如果沒有確實的理由（如明確的請求），則不應刪除收件人。一定要 確保你要回復的人在抄送列表中。這個慣例也使你不必在回覆郵件時明確要求被抄送。 - 在提出問題之前，搜索列表存檔（和整個網絡）。有些開發人員可能會對那些顯然 沒有完成家庭作業的人感到不耐煩。 -- 避免頂部回復（把你的答案放在你要回復的引文上面的做法）。這會讓你的回答更難 +- 避免頂部回覆（把你的答案放在你要回復的引文上面的做法）。這會讓你的回答更難 理解，印象也很差。 - 在正確的郵件列表發問。linux-kernel 可能是通用的討論場所，但它不是尋找所有 @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ redhat.com/mailman/listinfo。 最後一點——找到正確的郵件列表——是開發人員常出錯的地方。在linux-kernel上 提出與網絡相關的問題的人幾乎肯定會收到一個禮貌的建議，轉到netdev列表上提出， 因爲這是大多數網絡開發人員經常出現的列表。還有其他列表可用於scsi、video4linux、 -ide、filesystem等子系統。查找郵件列表的最佳位置是與內核原始碼一起打包的 +ide、filesystem等子系統。查找郵件列表的最佳位置是與內核源代碼一起打包的 MAINTAINERS文件。 開始內核開發 @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ MAINTAINERS文件。 公司通常希望聘請知名的開發人員來啓動開發團隊。實際上，這是一種有效的技術。 但它也往往是昂貴的，而且對增加有經驗的內核開發人員的數量沒有多大幫助。考 慮到時間投入，可以讓內部開發人員加快Linux內核的開發速度。利用這段時間可以 -讓僱主擁有一批既了解內核又了解公司的開發人員，還可以幫助培訓其他人。從中期 +讓僱主擁有一批既瞭解內核又瞭解公司的開發人員，還可以幫助培訓其他人。從中期 來看，這通常是更有利可圖的方法。 可以理解的是，單個開發人員往往對起步感到茫然。從一個大型項目開始可能會很 @@ -353,17 +353,17 @@ MAINTAINERS文件。 這會分散整個開發社區的注意力，因此，它們越來越被人不看重。希望向社區介紹 自己的新開發人員將無法通過這些方式獲得他們期待的反響。 -Andrew Morton 爲有抱負的內核開發人員提供了如下建議 +Andrew Morton 爲有抱負的內核開發人員提供瞭如下建議 :: - 所有內核開發者的第一個項目肯定應該是「確保內核在您可以操作的所有 - 機器上始終完美運行」。通常的方法是和其他人一起解決問題（這可能需 + 所有內核開發者的第一個項目肯定應該是“確保內核在您可以操作的所有 + 機器上始終完美運行”。通常的方法是和其他人一起解決問題（這可能需 要堅持！），但就是如此——這是內核開發的一部分。 (http://lwn.net/Articles/283982/) -在沒有明顯問題需要解決的情況下，通常建議開發人員查看當前的回歸和開放缺陷 +在沒有明顯問題需要解決的情況下，通常建議開發人員查看當前的迴歸和開放缺陷 列表。從來都不缺少需要解決的問題；通過解決這些問題，開發人員將從該過程獲得 經驗，同時與開發社區的其他成員建立相互尊重。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/3.Early-stage.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/3.Early-stage.rst index 636e506fd196..a6959e6350f4 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/3.Early-stage.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/3.Early-stage.rst @@ -26,13 +26,13 @@ -------- 與任何工程項目一樣，成功的內核改善從清晰描述要解決的問題開始。在某些情況 -下，這個步驟很容易：例如當某個特定硬體需要驅動程序時。不過，在其他情況下， +下，這個步驟很容易：例如當某個特定硬件需要驅動程序時。不過，在其他情況下， 很容易將實際問題與建議的解決方案混在一起，這可能會導致麻煩。 -舉個例子：幾年前，Linux音頻的開發人員尋求一種方法來運行應用程式，而不會因 +舉個例子：幾年前，Linux音頻的開發人員尋求一種方法來運行應用程序，而不會因 系統延遲過大而導致退出或其他問題。他們得到的解決方案是一個連接到Linux安全 -模塊（LSM）框架中的內核模塊；這個模塊可以配置爲允許特定的應用程式訪問實時 -調度程序。這個模塊被實現並發到linux-kernel郵件列表，在那裡它立即遇到了麻煩。 +模塊（LSM）框架中的內核模塊；這個模塊可以配置爲允許特定的應用程序訪問實時 +調度程序。這個模塊被實現併發到linux-kernel郵件列表，在那裏它立即遇到了麻煩。 對於音頻開發人員來說，這個安全模塊足以解決他們當前的問題。但是，對於更廣泛的 內核社區來說，這被視爲對LSM框架的濫用（LSM框架並不打算授予他們原本不具備的 @@ -41,15 +41,15 @@ 然而，音頻社區無法超越他們實施的特定解決方案來看問題；他們不願意接受替代方案。 由此產生的分歧使這些開發人員對整個內核開發過程感到失望；其中一個開發人員返回 -到audio列表並發布了以下內容： +到audio列表併發布了以下內容： 有很多非常好的Linux內核開發人員，但他們往往會被一羣傲慢的傻瓜所壓倒。 - 試圖向這些人傳達用戶需求是浪費時間。他們太「聰明」了，根本聽不到少數 + 試圖向這些人傳達用戶需求是浪費時間。他們太“聰明”了，根本聽不到少數 人的話。 （http://lwn.net/Articles/131776/） -實際情況卻是不同的；與特定模塊相比，內核開發人員更關心系統穩定性、長期維護 +實際情況卻是不同的；與特定模塊相比，內核開發人員更關心繫統穩定性、長期維護 以及找到問題的正確解決方案。這個故事的寓意是把重點放在問題上——而不是具體的 解決方案上——並在開始編寫代碼之前與開發社區討論這個問題。 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ - 很可能問題是由內核以您不理解的方式解決的。Linux內核很大，具有許多不明顯 的特性和功能。並不是所有的內核功能都像人們所希望的那樣有文檔記錄，而且很 - 容易遺漏一些東西。某作者發布了一個完整的驅動程序，重複了一個其不 + 容易遺漏一些東西。某作者發佈了一個完整的驅動程序，重複了一個其不 知道的現有驅動程序。重新發明現有輪子的代碼不僅浪費，而且不會被接受到主線 內核中。 @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ 可能願意幫助創建這個解決方案。 在內核開發社區的多年經驗給了我們一個明確的教訓：閉門設計和開發的內核代碼總是 -有一些問題，這些問題只有在代碼發布到社區中時才會被發現。有時這些問題很嚴重， +有一些問題，這些問題只有在代碼發佈到社區中時纔會被發現。有時這些問題很嚴重， 需要數月或數年的努力才能使代碼達到內核社區的標準。例如： - 設計並實現了單處理器系統的DeviceScape網絡棧。只有使其適合於多處理器系統， @@ -103,16 +103,16 @@ 找誰交流？ ---------- -當開發人員決定公開他們的計劃時，下一個問題是：我們從哪裡開始？答案是找到正確 +當開發人員決定公開他們的計劃時，下一個問題是：我們從哪裏開始？答案是找到正確 的郵件列表和正確的維護者。對於郵件列表，最好的方法是在維護者(MAINTAINERS)文件 -中查找要發布的相關位置。如果有一個合適的子系統列表，那麼其上發布通常比在 -linux-kernel上發布更可取；您更有可能接觸到在相關子系統中具有專業知識的開發 +中查找要發佈的相關位置。如果有一個合適的子系統列表，那麼其上發佈通常比在 +linux-kernel上發佈更可取；您更有可能接觸到在相關子系統中具有專業知識的開發 人員，並且環境可能具支持性。 找到維護人員可能會有點困難。同樣，維護者文件是開始的地方。但是，該文件往往不 -是最新的，並且並非所有子系統都在那裡顯示。實際上，維護者文件中列出的人員可能 +是最新的，並且並非所有子系統都在那裏顯示。實際上，維護者文件中列出的人員可能 不是當前實際擔任該角色的人員。因此，當對聯繫誰有疑問時，一個有用的技巧是使用 -git（尤其是「git-log」）查看感興趣的子系統中當前活動的用戶。看看誰在寫補丁、 +git（尤其是“git-log”）查看感興趣的子系統中當前活動的用戶。看看誰在寫補丁、 誰會在這些補丁上加上Signed-off-by行簽名（如有）。這些人將是幫助新開發項目的 最佳人選。 @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ git（尤其是「git-log」）查看感興趣的子系統中當前活動的用 .../scripts/get_maintainer.pl -當給定「-f」選項時，此腳本將返回指定文件或目錄的當前維護者。如果在命令行上 +當給定“-f”選項時，此腳本將返回指定文件或目錄的當前維護者。如果在命令行上 給出了一個補丁，它將列出可能接收補丁副本的維護人員。有許多選項可以調節 get_maintainer.pl搜索維護者的嚴格程度；請小心使用更激進的選項，因爲最終結果 可能會包括對您正在修改的代碼沒有真正興趣的開發人員。 @@ -134,17 +134,17 @@ get_maintainer.pl搜索維護者的嚴格程度；請小心使用更激進的選 何時郵寄？ ---------- -如果可能的話，在早期階段發布你的計劃只會更有幫助。描述正在解決的問題以及已經 +如果可能的話，在早期階段發佈你的計劃只會更有幫助。描述正在解決的問題以及已經 制定的關於如何實施的任何計劃。您可以提供的任何信息都可以幫助開發社區爲項目 提供有用的輸入。 在這個階段可能發生的一件令人沮喪的事情不是得到反對意見，而是很少或根本沒有 反饋。令人傷心的事實是：（1）內核開發人員往往很忙；（2）不缺少有宏偉計劃但 代碼（甚至代碼設想）很少的人去支持他們；（3）沒有人有義務審查或評論別人發表 -的想法。除此之外，高層級的設計常常隱藏著一些問題，這些問題只有在有人真正嘗試 -實現這些設計時才會被發現；因此，內核開發人員寧願看到代碼。 +的想法。除此之外，高層級的設計常常隱藏着一些問題，這些問題只有在有人真正嘗試 +實現這些設計時纔會被發現；因此，內核開發人員寧願看到代碼。 -如果發布請求評論（RFC）並沒得到什麼有用的評論，不要以爲這意味著無人對此項目 +如果發佈請求評論（RFC）並沒得到什麼有用的評論，不要以爲這意味着無人對此項目 有興趣，同時你也不能假設你的想法沒有問題。在這種情況下，最好的做法是繼續進 行，把你的進展隨時通知社區。 @@ -152,12 +152,12 @@ get_maintainer.pl搜索維護者的嚴格程度；請小心使用更激進的選 ----------------------- 如果您的工作是在公司環境中完成的，就像大多數Linux內核工作一樣；顯然，在您將 -公司的計劃或代碼發布到公共郵件列表之前，必須獲得有適當權利經理的許可。發布 -不確定是否兼容GPL的代碼尤其會帶來問題；公司的管理層和法律人員越早能夠就發布 +公司的計劃或代碼發佈到公共郵件列表之前，必須獲得有適當權利經理的許可。發佈 +不確定是否兼容GPL的代碼尤其會帶來問題；公司的管理層和法律人員越早能夠就發佈 內核開發項目達成一致，對參與的每個人都越好。 一些讀者可能會認爲他們的核心工作是爲了支持還沒有正式承認存在的產品。將僱主 -的計劃公布在公共郵件列表上可能不是一個可行的選擇。在這種情況下，有必要考慮 +的計劃公佈在公共郵件列表上可能不是一個可行的選擇。在這種情況下，有必要考慮 保密是否真的是必要的；通常不需要把開發計劃關在門內。 的確，有些情況下一家公司在開發過程的早期無法合法地披露其計劃。擁有經驗豐富 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/4.Coding.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/4.Coding.rst index adb5339aab6a..7a4e01eabd81 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/4.Coding.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/4.Coding.rst @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ ====================== 雖然一個堅實的、面向社區的設計過程有很多值得說道的，但是任何內核開發項目工作 -的證明都反映在代碼中。它是將由其他開發人員檢查併合並（或不合併）到主線樹中 +的證明都反映在代碼中。它是將由其他開發人員檢查併合並（或不合並）到主線樹中 的代碼。所以這段代碼的質量決定了項目的最終成功。 本節將檢查編碼過程。我們將從內核開發人員常犯的幾種錯誤開始。然後重點將轉移 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ ******** 內核長期以來都有其標準的代碼風格，如 -:ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst <tw_codingstyle>` +:ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/coding-style.rst <tw_codingstyle>` 中所述。在多數時候，該文檔中描述的準則至多被認爲是建議性的。因此，內核中存在 大量不符合代碼風格準則的代碼。這種代碼的存在會給內核開發人員帶來兩方面的危害。 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ 開發人員能夠快速理解其中的任何部分。所以再也經不起奇怪格式的代碼的折騰了。 內核的代碼風格偶爾會與僱主的強制風格發生衝突。在這種情況下，必須在代碼合併 -之前遵從內核代碼風格。將代碼放入內核意味著以多種方式放棄一定程度的控制權—— +之前遵從內核代碼風格。將代碼放入內核意味着以多種方式放棄一定程度的控制權—— 包括控制代碼樣式。 另一個危害是認爲已經在內核中的代碼迫切需要修復代碼樣式。開發者可能會開始編寫 @@ -70,21 +70,21 @@ 簡單點，先考慮一個調用時始終只有一個參數且總爲零的函數。我們可以保留這個參數， 以在需要使用它時提供的額外靈活性。不過，在那時實現了這個額外參數的代碼很有 可能以某種從未被注意到的微妙方式被破壞——因爲它從未被使用過。或者當需要額外 -的靈活性時，它並未以符合程式設計師當初期望的方式來實現。內核開發人員通常會提交 +的靈活性時，它並未以符合程序員當初期望的方式來實現。內核開發人員通常會提交 補丁來刪除未使用的參數；一般來說，一開始就不應該添加這些參數。 -隱藏硬體訪問的抽象層——通常爲了允許大量的驅動程序兼容多個作業系統——尤其不受 +隱藏硬件訪問的抽象層——通常爲了允許大量的驅動程序兼容多個操作系統——尤其不受 歡迎。這樣的層使代碼變得模糊，可能會造成性能損失；它們不屬於Linux內核。 另一方面，如果您發現自己從另一個內核子系統複製了大量的代碼，那麼是時候 -了解一下：是否需要將這些代碼中的部分提取到單獨的庫中，或者在更高的層次上 +瞭解一下：是否需要將這些代碼中的部分提取到單獨的庫中，或者在更高的層次上 實現這些功能。在整個內核中複製相同的代碼沒有價值。 #ifdef 和預處理 *************** -C預處理器似乎給一些C程式設計師帶來了強大的誘惑，他們認爲它是一種將大量靈活性加入 -原始碼中的方法。但是預處理器不是C，大量使用它會導致代碼對其他人來說更難閱讀， +C預處理器似乎給一些C程序員帶來了強大的誘惑，他們認爲它是一種將大量靈活性加入 +源代碼中的方法。但是預處理器不是C，大量使用它會導致代碼對其他人來說更難閱讀， 對編譯器來說更難檢查正確性。使用了大量預處理器幾乎總是代碼需要一些 清理工作的標誌。 @@ -100,23 +100,23 @@ C預處理器宏存在許多危險性，包括可能對具有副作用且沒有 內聯函數 ******** -不過，內聯函數本身也存在風險。程式設計師可以傾心於避免函數調用和用內聯函數填充源 +不過，內聯函數本身也存在風險。程序員可以傾心於避免函數調用和用內聯函數填充源 文件所固有的效率。然而，這些功能實際上會降低性能。因爲它們的代碼在每個調用站 -點都被複製一遍，所以最終會增加編譯內核的大小。此外，這也對處理器的內存緩存 +點都被複制一遍，所以最終會增加編譯內核的大小。此外，這也對處理器的內存緩存 造成壓力，從而大大降低執行速度。通常內聯函數應該非常小，而且相對較少。畢竟 函數調用的成本並不高；大量創建內聯函數是過早優化的典型例子。 -一般來說，內核程式設計師會自冒風險忽略緩存效果。在數據結構課程開頭中的經典 -時間/空間權衡通常不適用於當代硬體。空間 *就是* 時間，因爲一個大的程序比一個 +一般來說，內核程序員會自冒風險忽略緩存效果。在數據結構課程開頭中的經典 +時間/空間權衡通常不適用於當代硬件。空間 *就是* 時間，因爲一個大的程序比一個 更緊湊的程序運行得慢。 較新的編譯器越來越激進地決定一個給定函數是否應該內聯。因此，隨意放置使用 -「inline」關鍵字可能不僅僅是過度的，也可能是無用的。 +“inline”關鍵字可能不僅僅是過度的，也可能是無用的。 鎖 ** -2006年5月，「deviceescape」網絡堆棧在前呼後擁下以GPL發布，並被納入主線內核。 +2006年5月，“deviceescape”網絡堆棧在前呼後擁下以GPL發佈，並被納入主線內核。 這是一個受歡迎的消息；Linux中對無線網絡的支持充其量被認爲是不合格的，而 Deviceescape堆棧承諾修復這種情況。然而直到2007年6月（2.6.22），這段代碼才真 正進入主線。發生了什麼？ @@ -125,25 +125,25 @@ Deviceescape堆棧承諾修復這種情況。然而直到2007年6月（2.6.22） 設計。在合併這個網絡堆棧（現在稱爲mac80211）之前，需要對其進行一個鎖方案的 改造。 -曾經，Linux內核代碼可以在不考慮多處理器系統所帶來的並發性問題的情況下進行 +曾經，Linux內核代碼可以在不考慮多處理器系統所帶來的併發性問題的情況下進行 開發。然而現在，這個文檔就是在雙核筆記本電腦上寫的。即使在單處理器系統上， -爲提高響應能力所做的工作也會提高內核內的並發性水平。編寫內核代碼而不考慮鎖 +爲提高響應能力所做的工作也會提高內核內的併發性水平。編寫內核代碼而不考慮鎖 的日子早已遠去。 -可以由多個線程並發訪問的任何資源（數據結構、硬體寄存器等）必須由鎖保護。新 +可以由多個線程併發訪問的任何資源（數據結構、硬件寄存器等）必須由鎖保護。新 的代碼應該謹記這一要求；事後修改鎖是一項相當困難的任務。內核開發人員應該花 -時間充分了解可用的鎖原語，以便爲工作選擇正確的工具。對並發性缺乏關注的代碼 +時間充分了解可用的鎖原語，以便爲工作選擇正確的工具。對併發性缺乏關注的代碼 很難進入主線。 -回歸 +迴歸 **** -最後一個值得一提的危險是回歸：它可能會引起導致現有用戶的某些東西中斷的改變 -（這也可能會帶來很大的改進）。這種變化被稱爲「回歸」，回歸已經成爲主線內核 -最不受歡迎的問題。除了少數例外情況，如果回歸不能及時修正，會導致回歸的修改 -將被取消。最好首先避免回歸發生。 +最後一個值得一提的危險是迴歸：它可能會引起導致現有用戶的某些東西中斷的改變 +（這也可能會帶來很大的改進）。這種變化被稱爲“迴歸”，迴歸已經成爲主線內核 +最不受歡迎的問題。除了少數例外情況，如果迴歸不能及時修正，會導致迴歸的修改 +將被取消。最好首先避免迴歸發生。 -人們常常爭論，如果回歸帶來的功能遠超過產生的問題，那麼回歸是否爲可接受的。 +人們常常爭論，如果迴歸帶來的功能遠超過產生的問題，那麼迴歸是否爲可接受的。 如果它破壞了一個系統卻爲十個系統帶來新的功能，爲何不改改態度呢？2007年7月， Linus對這個問題給出了最佳答案: @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Linus對這個問題給出了最佳答案: （http://lwn.net/Articles/243460/） -特別不受歡迎的一種回歸類型是用戶空間ABI的任何變化。一旦接口被導出到用戶空間， +特別不受歡迎的一種迴歸類型是用戶空間ABI的任何變化。一旦接口被導出到用戶空間， 就必須無限期地支持它。這一事實使得用戶空間接口的創建特別具有挑戰性：因爲它們 不能以不兼容的方式進行更改，所以必須一次就對。因此，用戶空間接口總是需要大量 的思考、清晰的文檔和廣泛的審查。 @@ -171,19 +171,19 @@ Linus對這個問題給出了最佳答案: 第一步是注意編譯器產生的警告。當前版本的GCC可以檢測（並警告）大量潛在錯誤。 通常，這些警告都指向真正的問題。提交以供審閱的代碼一般不會產生任何編譯器警告。 -在消除警告時，注意了解真正的原因，並儘量避免僅「修復」使警告消失而不解決其原因。 +在消除警告時，注意瞭解真正的原因，並儘量避免僅“修復”使警告消失而不解決其原因。 -請注意，並非所有編譯器警告都默認啓用。使用「make KCFLAGS=-W」構建內核以 +請注意，並非所有編譯器警告都默認啓用。使用“make KCFLAGS=-W”構建內核以 獲得完整集合。 -內核提供了幾個配置選項，可以打開調試功能；大多數配置選項位於「kernel hacking」 +內核提供了幾個配置選項，可以打開調試功能；大多數配置選項位於“kernel hacking” 子菜單中。對於任何用於開發或測試目的的內核，都應該啓用其中幾個選項。特別是， 您應該打開： - FRAME_WARN 獲取大於給定數量的堆棧幀的警告。 這些警告生成的輸出可能比較冗長，但您不必擔心來自內核其他部分的警告。 - - DEBUG_OBJECTS 將添加代碼以跟蹤內核創建的各種對象的生命周期，並在出現問題 + - DEBUG_OBJECTS 將添加代碼以跟蹤內核創建的各種對象的生命週期，並在出現問題 時發出警告。如果你要添加創建（和導出）關於其自己的複雜對象的子系統，請 考慮打開對象調試基礎結構的支持。 @@ -195,34 +195,34 @@ Linus對這個問題給出了最佳答案: 還有很多其他調試選項，其中一些將在下面討論。其中一些有顯著的性能影響，不應 一直使用。在學習可用選項上花費一些時間，可能會在短期內得到許多回報。 -其中一個較重的調試工具是鎖檢查器或「lockdep」。該工具將跟蹤系統中每個鎖 +其中一個較重的調試工具是鎖檢查器或“lockdep”。該工具將跟蹤系統中每個鎖 （spinlock或mutex）的獲取和釋放、獲取鎖的相對順序、當前中斷環境等等。然後， 它可以確保總是以相同的順序獲取鎖，相同的中斷假設適用於所有情況等等。換句話 說，lockdep可以找到許多導致系統死鎖的場景。在部署的系統中，這種問題可能會 很痛苦（對於開發人員和用戶而言）；LockDep允許提前以自動方式發現問題。具有 -任何類型的非普通鎖的代碼在提交合併前應在啓用lockdep的情況下運行測試。 +任何類型的非普通鎖的代碼在提交合並前應在啓用lockdep的情況下運行測試。 -作爲一個勤奮的內核程式設計師，毫無疑問，您將檢查任何可能失敗的操作（如內存分配） +作爲一個勤奮的內核程序員，毫無疑問，您將檢查任何可能失敗的操作（如內存分配） 的返回狀態。然而，事實上，最終的故障復現路徑可能完全沒有經過測試。未測試的 代碼往往會出問題；如果所有這些錯誤處理路徑都被執行了幾次，那麼您可能對代碼 更有信心。 內核提供了一個可以做到這一點的錯誤注入框架，特別是在涉及內存分配的情況下。 啓用故障注入後，內存分配的可配置失敗的百分比；這些失敗可以限定在特定的代碼 -範圍內。在啓用了故障注入的情況下運行，程式設計師可以看到當情況惡化時代碼如何響 +範圍內。在啓用了故障注入的情況下運行，程序員可以看到當情況惡化時代碼如何響 應。有關如何使用此工具的詳細信息，請參閱 Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.rst。 -「sparse」靜態分析工具可以發現其他類型的錯誤。sparse可以警告程式設計師用戶空間 +“sparse”靜態分析工具可以發現其他類型的錯誤。sparse可以警告程序員用戶空間 和內核空間地址之間的混淆、大端序與小端序的混淆、在需要一組位標誌的地方傳遞 -整數值等等。sparse必須單獨安裝(如果您的分發伺服器沒有將其打包， +整數值等等。sparse必須單獨安裝(如果您的分發服務器沒有將其打包， 可以在 https://sparse.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Main_page 找到）, -然後可以通過在make命令中添加「C=1」在代碼上運行它。 +然後可以通過在make命令中添加“C=1”在代碼上運行它。 -「Coccinelle」工具 :ref:`http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/ <devtools_coccinelle>` -能夠發現各種潛在的編碼問題；它還可以爲這些問題提出修複方案。在 -scripts/coccinelle目錄下已經打包了相當多的內核「語義補丁」；運行 -「make coccicheck」將運行這些語義補丁並報告發現的任何問題。有關詳細信息，請參閱 +“Coccinelle”工具 :ref:`http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/ <devtools_coccinelle>` +能夠發現各種潛在的編碼問題；它還可以爲這些問題提出修復方案。在 +scripts/coccinelle目錄下已經打包了相當多的內核“語義補丁”；運行 +“make coccicheck”將運行這些語義補丁並報告發現的任何問題。有關詳細信息，請參閱 :ref:`Documentation/dev-tools/coccinelle.rst <devtools_coccinelle>` @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ scripts/coccinelle目錄下已經打包了相當多的內核「語義補丁」 任何添加新用戶空間接口的代碼——包括新的sysfs或/proc文件——都應該包含該接口 的文檔，該文檔使用戶空間開發人員能夠知道他們在使用什麼。請參閱 -Documentation/ABI/README，了解如何此文檔格式以及需要提供哪些信息。 +Documentation/ABI/README，瞭解如何此文檔格式以及需要提供哪些信息。 文檔 :ref:`Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst <kernelparameters>` 描述了內核的所有引導時間參數。任何添加新參數的補丁都應該向該文檔添加適當的 @@ -256,27 +256,27 @@ Documentation/ABI/README，了解如何此文檔格式以及需要提供哪些 任何新的配置選項都必須附有幫助文本，幫助文本需清楚地解釋這些選項以及用戶可能 希望何時使用它們。 -許多子系統的內部API信息通過專門格式化的注釋進行記錄；這些注釋可以通過 -「kernel-doc」腳本以多種方式提取和格式化。如果您在具有kerneldoc注釋的子系統中 +許多子系統的內部API信息通過專門格式化的註釋進行記錄；這些註釋可以通過 +“kernel-doc”腳本以多種方式提取和格式化。如果您在具有kerneldoc註釋的子系統中 工作，則應該維護它們，並根據需要爲外部可用的功能添加它們。即使在沒有如此記錄 -的領域中，爲將來添加kerneldoc注釋也沒有壞處；實際上，這對於剛開始開發內核的人 -來說是一個有用的活動。這些注釋的格式以及如何創建kerneldoc模板的一些信息可以在 +的領域中，爲將來添加kerneldoc註釋也沒有壞處；實際上，這對於剛開始開發內核的人 +來說是一個有用的活動。這些註釋的格式以及如何創建kerneldoc模板的一些信息可以在 :ref:`Documentation/doc-guide/ <doc_guide>` 上找到。 -任何閱讀大量現有內核代碼的人都會注意到，注釋的缺失往往是最值得注意的。同時， -對新代碼的要求比過去更高；合併未注釋的代碼將更加困難。這就是說，人們並不期望 -詳細注釋的代碼。代碼本身應該是自解釋的，注釋闡釋了更微妙的方面。 +任何閱讀大量現有內核代碼的人都會注意到，註釋的缺失往往是最值得注意的。同時， +對新代碼的要求比過去更高；合併未註釋的代碼將更加困難。這就是說，人們並不期望 +詳細註釋的代碼。代碼本身應該是自解釋的，註釋闡釋了更微妙的方面。 -某些事情應該總是被注釋。使用內存屏障時，應附上一行文字，解釋爲什麼需要設置內存 +某些事情應該總是被註釋。使用內存屏障時，應附上一行文字，解釋爲什麼需要設置內存 屏障。數據結構的鎖規則通常需要在某個地方解釋。一般來說，主要數據結構需要全面 的文檔。應該指出代碼中分立的位之間不明顯的依賴性。任何可能誘使代碼管理人進行 -錯誤的「清理」的事情都需要一個注釋來說明爲什麼要這樣做。等等。 +錯誤的“清理”的事情都需要一個註釋來說明爲什麼要這樣做。等等。 內部API更改 ----------- -內核提供給用戶空間的二進位接口不能被破壞，除非逼不得已。而內核的內部編程接口 +內核提供給用戶空間的二進制接口不能被破壞，除非逼不得已。而內核的內部編程接口 是高度流動的，當需要時可以更改。如果你發現自己不得不處理一個內核API，或者僅 僅因爲它不滿足你的需求導致無法使用特定的功能，這可能是API需要改變的一個標誌。 作爲內核開發人員，您有權進行此類更改。 @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Documentation/ABI/README，了解如何此文檔格式以及需要提供哪些 另一個要點是，更改內部API的開發人員通常要負責修復內核樹中被更改破壞的任何代碼。 對於一個廣泛使用的函數，這個責任可以導致成百上千的變化，其中許多變化可能與其他 -開發人員正在做的工作相衝突。不用說，這可能是一項大工程，所以最好確保理由是 +開發人員正在做的工作相沖突。不用說，這可能是一項大工程，所以最好確保理由是 可靠的。請注意，coccinelle工具可以幫助進行廣泛的API更改。 在進行不兼容的API更改時，應儘可能確保編譯器捕獲未更新的代碼。這將幫助您確保找 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/5.Posting.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/5.Posting.rst index 27015622ad63..d398dda427aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/5.Posting.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/5.Posting.rst @@ -15,27 +15,27 @@ .. _tw_development_posting: -發布補丁 +發佈補丁 ======== 您的工作遲早會準備好提交給社區進行審查，並最終包含到主線內核中。毫不稀奇， -內核開發社區已經發展出一套用於發布補丁的約定和過程；遵循這些約定和過程將使 +內核開發社區已經發展出一套用於發佈補丁的約定和過程；遵循這些約定和過程將使 參與其中的每個人的生活更加輕鬆。本文檔試圖描述這些約定的部分細節；更多信息 也可在以下文檔中找到 -:ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst <tw_submittingpatches>` -和 :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst <tw_submitchecklist>`。 +:ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submitting-patches.rst <tw_submittingpatches>` +和 :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submit-checklist.rst <tw_submitchecklist>`。 -何時郵寄 +何時寄送 -------- -在補丁完全「準備好」之前，避免發布補丁是一種持續的誘惑。對於簡單的補丁，這 +在補丁完全“準備好”之前，避免發佈補丁是一種持續的誘惑。對於簡單的補丁，這 不是問題。但是如果正在完成的工作很複雜，那麼在工作完成之前從社區獲得反饋就 -可以獲得很多好處。因此，您應該考慮發布正在進行的工作，甚至維護一個可用的Git +可以獲得很多好處。因此，您應該考慮發佈正在進行的工作，甚至維護一個可用的Git 樹，以便感興趣的開發人員可以隨時趕上您的工作。 -當發布中有尚未準備好被包含的代碼，最好在發布中說明。還應提及任何有待完成的 +當發佈中有尚未準備好被包含的代碼，最好在發佈中說明。還應提及任何有待完成的 主要工作和任何已知問題。很少有人會願意看那些被認爲是半生不熟的補丁，但是 -那些願意的人會帶著他們的點子來一起幫助你把工作推向正確的方向。 +那些願意的人會帶着他們的點子來一起幫助你把工作推向正確的方向。 創建補丁之前 ------------ @@ -50,20 +50,20 @@ - 您的更改是否具有性能影響？如果是這樣，您應該運行基準測試來顯示您的變更的 影響（或好處）；結果的摘要應該包含在補丁中。 - - 確保您有權發布代碼。如果這項工作是爲僱主完成的，僱主對這項工作具有所有權， - 並且必須同意根據GPL對其進行發布。 + - 確保您有權發佈代碼。如果這項工作是爲僱主完成的，僱主對這項工作具有所有權， + 並且必須同意根據GPL對其進行發佈。 -一般來說，在發布代碼之前進行一些額外的思考，幾乎總是能在短時間內得到回報。 +一般來說，在發佈代碼之前進行一些額外的思考，幾乎總是能在短時間內得到回報。 補丁準備 -------- -準備補丁發布的工作量可能很驚人，但在此嘗試節省時間通常是不明智的，即使在短期 +準備補丁發佈的工作量可能很驚人，但在此嘗試節省時間通常是不明智的，即使在短期 內亦然。 必須針對內核的特定版本準備補丁。一般來說，補丁應該基於Linus的Git樹中的當前 -主線。當以主線爲基礎時，請從一個衆所周知的發布點開始——如穩定版本或 -rc -版本發布點——而不是在一個任意的主線分支點。 +主線。當以主線爲基礎時，請從一個衆所周知的發佈點開始——如穩定版本或 -rc +版本發佈點——而不是在一個任意的主線分支點。 也可能需要針對-mm、linux-next或子系統樹生成版本，以便於更廣泛的測試和審查。 根據補丁的區域以及其他地方的情況，針對其他樹建立的補丁可能需要大量的工作來 @@ -73,12 +73,12 @@ 分割補丁是一門藝術；一些開發人員花了很長時間來弄清楚如何按照社區期望的方式來 分割。不過，這些經驗法則也許有幫助： - - 您發布的補丁系列幾乎肯定不會是開發過程中版本控制系統中的一系列更改。相反， + - 您發佈的補丁系列幾乎肯定不會是開發過程中版本控制系統中的一系列更改。相反， 需要對您所做更改的最終形式加以考慮，然後以有意義的方式進行拆分。開發人員對 離散的、自包含的更改感興趣，而不是您創造這些更改的原始路徑。 - - 每個邏輯上獨立的變更都應該格式化爲單獨的補丁。這些更改可以是小的（如「向 - 此結構體添加欄位」）或大的（如添加一個重要的新驅動程序），但它們在概念上 + - 每個邏輯上獨立的變更都應該格式化爲單獨的補丁。這些更改可以是小的（如“向 + 此結構體添加字段”）或大的（如添加一個重要的新驅動程序），但它們在概念上 應該是小的，並且可以在一行內簡述。每個補丁都應該做一個特定的、可以單獨 檢查並驗證它所做的事情的更改。 @@ -88,34 +88,34 @@ - 每個補丁都應該能創建一個可以正確地構建和運行的內核；如果補丁系列在中間被 斷開，那麼結果仍應是一個正常工作的內核。部分應用一系列補丁是使用 - 「git bisct」工具查找回歸的一個常見場景；如果結果是一個損壞的內核，那麼將使 + “git bisct”工具查找回歸的一個常見場景；如果結果是一個損壞的內核，那麼將使 那些從事追蹤問題的高尚工作的開發人員和用戶的生活更加艱難。 - 不要過分分割。一位開發人員曾經將一組針對單個文件的編輯分成500個單獨的補丁 - 發布，這並沒有使他成爲內核郵件列表中最受歡迎的人。一個補丁可以相當大， + 發佈，這並沒有使他成爲內核郵件列表中最受歡迎的人。一個補丁可以相當大， 只要它仍然包含一個單一的 *邏輯* 變更。 - 用一系列補丁添加一個全新的基礎設施，但是該設施在系列中的最後一個補丁啓用 整個變更之前不能使用，這看起來很誘人。如果可能的話，應該避免這種誘惑； - 如果這個系列增加了回歸，那麼二分法將指出最後一個補丁是導致問題的補丁， + 如果這個系列增加了迴歸，那麼二分法將指出最後一個補丁是導致問題的補丁， 即使真正的bug在其他地方。只要有可能，添加新代碼的補丁程序應該立即激活該 代碼。 -創建完美補丁系列的工作可能是一個令人沮喪的過程，在完成「真正的工作」之後需要 +創建完美補丁系列的工作可能是一個令人沮喪的過程，在完成“真正的工作”之後需要 花費大量的時間和思考。但是如果做得好，花費的時間就是值得的。 補丁格式和更改日誌 ------------------ -所以現在你有了一系列完美的補丁可以發布，但是這項工作還沒有完成。每個補丁都 +所以現在你有了一系列完美的補丁可以發佈，但是這項工作還沒有完成。每個補丁都 需要被格式化成一條消息，以快速而清晰地將其目的傳達到世界其他地方。爲此， 每個補丁將由以下部分組成： - - 可選的「From」行，表明補丁作者。只有當你通過電子郵件發送別人的補丁時，這一行 - 才是必須的，但是爲防止疑問加上它也不會有什麼壞處。 + - 可選的“From”行，表明補丁作者。只有當你通過電子郵件發送別人的補丁時，這一行 + 纔是必須的，但是爲防止疑問加上它也不會有什麼壞處。 - 一行描述，說明補丁的作用。對於在沒有其他上下文的情況下看到該消息的讀者來說， - 該消息應足以確定修補程序的範圍；此行將顯示在「short form（簡短格式）」變更 + 該消息應足以確定修補程序的範圍；此行將顯示在“short form（簡短格式）”變更 日誌中。此消息通常需要先加上子系統名稱前綴，然後是補丁的目的。例如： :: @@ -144,17 +144,17 @@ 一般來說，你越把自己放在每個閱讀你變更日誌的人的位置上，變更日誌（和內核 作爲一個整體）就越好。 -不消說，變更日誌是將變更提交到版本控制系統時使用的文本。接下來將是： +不需要說，變更日誌是將變更提交到版本控制系統時使用的文本。接下來將是： - - 補丁本身，採用統一的（「-u」）補丁格式。使用「-p」選項來diff將使函數名與 + - 補丁本身，採用統一的（“-u”）補丁格式。使用“-p”選項來diff將使函數名與 更改相關聯，從而使結果補丁更容易被其他人讀取。 您應該避免在補丁中包括與更改不相關文件（例如，構建過程生成的文件或編輯器 -備份文件）。文檔目錄中的「dontdiff」文件在這方面有幫助；使用「-X」選項將 +備份文件）。文檔目錄中的“dontdiff”文件在這方面有幫助；使用“-X”選項將 其傳遞給diff。 上面提到的標籤（tag）用於描述各種開發人員如何與這個補丁的開發相關聯。 -:ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst <tw_submittingpatches>` +:ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submitting-patches.rst <tw_submittingpatches>` 文檔中對它們進行了詳細描述；下面是一個簡短的總結。每一行的格式如下： :: @@ -165,14 +165,14 @@ - Signed-off-by: 這是一個開發人員的證明，證明他或她有權提交補丁以包含到內核 中。這表明同意開發者來源認證協議，其全文見 - :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst <tw_submittingpatches>` + :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submitting-patches.rst <tw_submittingpatches>` 如果沒有合適的簽字，則不能合併到主線中。 - Co-developed-by: 聲明補丁是由多個開發人員共同創建的；當幾個人在一個補丁上 工作時，它用於給出共同作者（除了 From: 所給出的作者之外）。由於 Co-developed-by: 表示作者身份，所以每個共同開發人，必須緊跟在相關合作作者 的Signed-off-by之後。具體內容和示例見以下文件 - :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst <tw_submittingpatches>` + :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submitting-patches.rst <tw_submittingpatches>` - Acked-by: 表示另一個開發人員（通常是相關代碼的維護人員）同意補丁適合包含 在內核中。 @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ - Tested-by: 聲明某人已經測試了補丁並確認它可以工作。 - Reviewed-by: 表示某開發人員已經審查了補丁的正確性；有關詳細信息，請參閱 - :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst <tw_submittingpatches>` + :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submitting-patches.rst <tw_submittingpatches>` - Reported-by: 指定報告此補丁修復的問題的用戶；此標記用於表示感謝。 @@ -188,16 +188,16 @@ 在補丁中添加標籤時要小心：只有Cc:才適合在沒有指定人員明確許可的情況下添加。 -發送補丁 +寄送補丁 -------- -在寄出補丁之前，您還需要注意以下幾點： +在寄送補丁之前，您還需要注意以下幾點： - 您確定您的郵件發送程序不會損壞補丁嗎？被郵件客戶端更改空白或修飾了行的補丁 無法被另一端接受，並且通常不會進行任何詳細檢查。如果有任何疑問，先把補丁寄 給你自己，讓你自己確定它是完好無損的。 - :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst <tw_email_clients>` + :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/email-clients.rst <tw_email_clients>` 提供了一些有用的提示，可以讓特定的郵件客戶端正常發送補丁。 - 你確定你的補丁沒有荒唐的錯誤嗎？您應該始終通過scripts/checkpatch.pl檢查 @@ -209,12 +209,12 @@ 引用補丁的部分。相反，只需將補丁直接放到您的消息中。 寄出補丁時，重要的是將副本發送給任何可能感興趣的人。與其他一些項目不同，內核 -鼓勵人們甚至錯誤地發送過多的副本；不要假定相關人員會看到您在郵件列表中的發布。 +鼓勵人們甚至錯誤地發送過多的副本；不要假定相關人員會看到您在郵件列表中的發佈。 尤其是，副本應發送至： - 受影響子系統的維護人員。如前所述，維護人員文件是查找這些人員的首選地方。 - - 其他在同一領域工作的開發人員，尤其是那些現在可能在那裡工作的開發人員。使用 + - 其他在同一領域工作的開發人員，尤其是那些現在可能在那裏工作的開發人員。使用 git查看還有誰修改了您正在處理的文件，這很有幫助。 - 如果您對某錯誤報告或功能請求做出響應，也可以抄送原始發送人。 @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ - 如果您正在修復一個缺陷，請考慮該修復是否應進入下一個穩定更新。如果是這樣， 補丁副本也應發到stable@vger.kernel.org 。另外，在補丁本身的標籤中添加一個 - 「Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org」；這將使穩定版團隊在修復進入主線時收到通知。 + “Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org”；這將使穩定版團隊在修復進入主線時收到通知。 當爲一個補丁選擇接收者時，最好清楚你認爲誰最終會接受這個補丁並將其合併。雖然 可以將補丁直接發給Linus Torvalds並讓他合併，但通常情況下不會這樣做。Linus很 @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ [PATCH nn/mm] subsys: one-line description of the patch -其中「nn」是補丁的序號，「mm」是系列中補丁的總數，「subsys」是受影響子系統的 +其中“nn”是補丁的序號，“mm”是系列中補丁的總數，“subsys”是受影響子系統的 名稱。當然，一個單獨的補丁可以省略nn/mm。 如果您有一系列重要的補丁，那麼通常發送一個簡介作爲第〇部分。不過，這個約定 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/6.Followthrough.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/6.Followthrough.rst index 5073b6e77c1c..bcc885ae1b8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/6.Followthrough.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/6.Followthrough.rst @@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ 跟進 ==== -此時，您已經遵循了到目前爲止給出的指導方針，並且，隨著您自己的工程技能的增加， +此時，您已經遵循了到目前爲止給出的指導方針，並且，隨着您自己的工程技能的增加， 已經發布了一系列完美的補丁。即使是經驗豐富的內核開發人員也能犯的最大錯誤之一 -是，認爲他們的工作現在已經完成了。事實上，發布補丁意味著進入流程的下一個階段， +是，認爲他們的工作現在已經完成了。事實上，發佈補丁意味着進入流程的下一個階段， 可能還需要做很多工作。 -一個補丁在首次發布時就非常出色、沒有改進的餘地，這是很罕見的。內核開發流程已 -認識到這一事實，因此它非常注重對已發布代碼的改進。作爲代碼的作者，您應該與 +一個補丁在首次發佈時就非常出色、沒有改進的餘地，這是很罕見的。內核開發流程已 +認識到這一事實，因此它非常注重對已發佈代碼的改進。作爲代碼的作者，您應該與 內核社區合作，以確保您的代碼符合內核的質量標準。如果不參與這個過程，很可能會 無法將補丁合併到主線中。 @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ 調整到大量的重寫——都來自於對Linux的理解，即從現在起十年後，Linux仍將 在開發中。 - - 代碼審查是一項艱苦的工作，這是一項相對吃力不討好的工作；人們記得誰編寫了 + - 代碼審查是一項艱苦的工作，這是一項相對喫力不討好的工作；人們記得誰編寫了 內核代碼，但對於那些審查它的人來說，幾乎沒有什麼長久的名聲。因此，審閱 人員可能會變得暴躁，尤其是當他們看到同樣的錯誤被一遍又一遍地犯下時。如果 你得到了一個看起來憤怒、侮辱或完全冒犯你的評論，請抑制以同樣方式回應的衝動。 @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ 所有這些歸根結底就是，當審閱者向您發送評論時，您需要注意他們正在進行的技術 評論。不要讓他們的表達方式或你自己的驕傲阻止此事。當你在一個補丁上得到評論 -時，花點時間去理解評論人想說什麼。如果可能的話，請修覆審閱者要求您修復的內 +時，花點時間去理解評論人想說什麼。如果可能的話，請修復審閱者要求您修復的內 容。然後回覆審閱者：謝謝他們，並描述你將如何回答他們的問題。 請注意，您不必同意審閱者建議的每個更改。如果您認爲審閱者誤解了您的代碼，請 @@ -65,19 +65,19 @@ 是錯誤的，或者你甚至沒有解決正確的問題。 Andrew Morton建議，每一個不會導致代碼更改的審閱評論都應該產生一個額外的代碼 -注釋；這可以幫助未來的審閱人員避免第一次出現的問題。 +註釋；這可以幫助未來的審閱人員避免第一次出現的問題。 一個致命的錯誤是忽視評論，希望它們會消失。它們不會走的。如果您在沒有對之前 收到的評論做出響應的情況下重新發布代碼，那麼很可能會發現補丁毫無用處。 -說到重新發布代碼：請記住，審閱者不會記住您上次發布的代碼的所有細節。因此， +說到重新發布代碼：請記住，審閱者不會記住您上次發佈的代碼的所有細節。因此， 提醒審閱人員以前提出的問題以及您如何處理這些問題總是一個好主意；補丁變更 日誌是提供此類信息的好地方。審閱者不必搜索列表檔案來熟悉上次所說的內容； 如果您幫助他們直接開始，當他們重新查看您的代碼時，心情會更好。 -如果你已經試著做正確的事情，但事情仍然沒有進展呢？大多數技術上的分歧都可以 +如果你已經試着做正確的事情，但事情仍然沒有進展呢？大多數技術上的分歧都可以 通過討論來解決，但有時人們仍需要做出決定。如果你真的認爲這個決定對你不利， -你可以試著向有更高權力的人上訴。對於本文，更高權力的人是 Andrew Morton 。 +你可以試着向有更高權力的人上訴。對於本文，更高權力的人是 Andrew Morton 。 Andrew 在內核開發社區中非常受尊敬；他經常爲似乎被絕望阻塞的事情清障。儘管 如此，不應輕易就直接找 Andrew ，也不應在所有其他替代方案都被嘗試之前找他。 當然，記住，他也可能不同意你的意見。 @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Andrew 在內核開發社區中非常受尊敬；他經常爲似乎被絕望阻 包含在子系統樹中可以提高補丁的可見性。現在，使用該樹的其他開發人員將默認獲 得補丁。子系統樹通常也爲Linux提供支持，使其內容對整個開發社區可見。在這一點 -上，您很可能會從一組新的審閱者那裡得到更多的評論；這些評論需要像上一輪那樣 +上，您很可能會從一組新的審閱者那裏得到更多的評論；這些評論需要像上一輪那樣 得到回應。 在這時也會發生點什麼，這取決於你的補丁的性質，是否與其他人正在做的工作發生 @@ -114,23 +114,23 @@ Andrew 在內核開發社區中非常受尊敬；他經常爲似乎被絕望阻 這種誘惑，您仍然需要對有問題或建議的開發人員作出響應。 不過，更重要的是：將代碼包含在主線中會將代碼交給更多的一些測試人員。即使您 -爲尚未可用的硬體提供了驅動程序，您也會驚訝於有多少人會將您的代碼構建到內核 +爲尚未可用的硬件提供了驅動程序，您也會驚訝於有多少人會將您的代碼構建到內核 中。當然，如果有測試人員，也可能會有錯誤報告。 -最糟糕的錯誤報告是回歸。如果你的補丁導致回歸，你會發現多到讓你不舒服的眼睛盯 -著你；回歸需要儘快修復。如果您不願意或無法修復回歸（其他人都不會爲您修復）， +最糟糕的錯誤報告是迴歸。如果你的補丁導致迴歸，你會發現多到讓你不舒服的眼睛盯 +着你；迴歸需要儘快修復。如果您不願意或無法修復迴歸（其他人都不會爲您修復）， 那麼在穩定期內，您的補丁幾乎肯定會被移除。除了否定您爲使補丁進入主線所做的 -所有工作之外，如果由於未能修復回歸而取消補丁，很可能會使將來的工作更難被合併。 +所有工作之外，如果由於未能修復迴歸而取消補丁，很可能會使將來的工作更難被合併。 -在處理完任何回歸之後，可能還有其他普通缺陷需要處理。穩定期是修復這些錯誤並 -確保代碼在主線內核版本中的首次發布儘可能可靠的最好機會。所以，請回應錯誤 +在處理完任何迴歸之後，可能還有其他普通缺陷需要處理。穩定期是修復這些錯誤並 +確保代碼在主線內核版本中的首次發佈儘可能可靠的最好機會。所以，請回應錯誤 報告，並儘可能解決問題。這就是穩定期的目的；一旦解決了舊補丁的任何問題，就 可以開始盡情創建新補丁。 別忘了，還有其他節點也可能會創建缺陷報告：下一個主線穩定版本，當著名的發行 商選擇包含您補丁的內核版本時等等。繼續響應這些報告是您工作的基本素養。但是 如果這不能提供足夠的動機，那麼也需要考慮：開發社區會記住那些在合併後對代碼 -失去興趣的開發人員。下一次你發布補丁時，他們會以你以後不會持續維護它爲前提 +失去興趣的開發人員。下一次你發佈補丁時，他們會以你以後不會持續維護它爲前提 來評估它。 其他可能發生的事情 @@ -141,15 +141,15 @@ Andrew 在內核開發社區中非常受尊敬；他經常爲似乎被絕望阻 維護人員（確保包含一個正確的From:行，這樣屬性是正確的，並添加一個您自己的 signoff ），或者回復一個 Acked-by: 讓原始發送者向上發送它。 -如果您不同意補丁，請禮貌地回復，解釋原因。如果可能的話，告訴作者需要做哪些 -更改才能讓您接受補丁。合併代碼的編寫者和維護者所反對的補丁的確存在著一定的 +如果您不同意補丁，請禮貌地回覆，解釋原因。如果可能的話，告訴作者需要做哪些 +更改才能讓您接受補丁。合併代碼的編寫者和維護者所反對的補丁的確存在着一定的 阻力，但僅此而已。如果你被認爲不必要的阻礙了好的工作，那麼這些補丁最終會 繞過你並進入主線。在Linux內核中，沒有人對任何代碼擁有絕對的否決權。可能除 了Linus。 -在非常罕見的情況下，您可能會看到完全不同的東西：另一個開發人員發布了針對您 -的問題的不同解決方案。在這時，兩個補丁之一可能不會被合併，「我的補丁首先 -發布」不被認爲是一個令人信服的技術論據。如果有別人的補丁取代了你的補丁而進 +在非常罕見的情況下，您可能會看到完全不同的東西：另一個開發人員發佈了針對您 +的問題的不同解決方案。在這時，兩個補丁之一可能不會被合併，“我的補丁首先 +發佈”不被認爲是一個令人信服的技術論據。如果有別人的補丁取代了你的補丁而進 入了主線，那麼只有一種方法可以回應你：很高興你的問題解決了，請繼續工作吧。 以這種方式把某人的工作推到一邊可能導致傷心和氣餒，但是社區會記住你的反應， 即使很久以後他們已經忘記了誰的補丁真正被合併。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst index 2cbd16bfed29..db74d8ca3f3b 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ 使用Git管理補丁 --------------- -內核使用分布式版本控制始於2002年初，當時Linus首次開始使用專有的Bitkeeper應用 -程序。雖然BitKeeper存在爭議，但它所體現的軟體版本管理方法卻肯定不是。分布式 +內核使用分佈式版本控制始於2002年初，當時Linus首次開始使用專有的Bitkeeper應用 +程序。雖然BitKeeper存在爭議，但它所體現的軟件版本管理方法卻肯定不是。分佈式 版本控制可以立即加速內核開發項目。現在有好幾種免費的BitKeeper替代品。 但無論好壞，內核項目都已經選擇了Git作爲其工具。 -使用Git管理補丁可以使開發人員的生活更加輕鬆，尤其是隨著補丁數量的增長。Git也 +使用Git管理補丁可以使開發人員的生活更加輕鬆，尤其是隨着補丁數量的增長。Git也 有其粗糙的邊角和一定的危險性，它是一個年輕和強大的工具，仍然在其開發人員完善 -中。本文檔不會試圖教會讀者如何使用git；這會是個巨長的文檔。相反，這裡的重點 +中。本文檔不會試圖教會讀者如何使用git；這會是個巨長的文檔。相反，這裏的重點 將是Git如何特別適合內核開發過程。想要加快用Git速度的開發人員可以在以下網站上 找到更多信息： @@ -42,22 +42,22 @@ 同時網上也能找到各種各樣的教程。 在嘗試使用它生成補丁供他人使用之前，第一要務是閱讀上述網頁，對Git的工作方式 -有一個紮實的了解。使用Git的開發人員應能進行拉取主線存儲庫的副本，查詢修訂 -歷史，提交對樹的更改，使用分支等操作。了解Git用於重寫歷史的工具（如rebase） -也很有用。Git有自己的術語和概念；Git的新用戶應該了解引用、遠程分支、索引、 -快進合併、推拉、游離頭等。一開始可能有點嚇人，但這些概念不難通過一點學習來 +有一個紮實的瞭解。使用Git的開發人員應能進行拉取主線存儲庫的副本，查詢修訂 +歷史，提交對樹的更改，使用分支等操作。瞭解Git用於重寫歷史的工具（如rebase） +也很有用。Git有自己的術語和概念；Git的新用戶應該瞭解引用、遠程分支、索引、 +快進合併、推拉、遊離頭等。一開始可能有點嚇人，但這些概念不難通過一點學習來 理解。 使用git生成通過電子郵件提交的補丁是提高速度的一個很好的練習。 -當您準備好開始建立Git樹供其他人查看時，無疑需要一個可以從中拉取的伺服器。 -如果您有一個可以訪問網際網路的系統，那麼使用git-daemon設置這樣的伺服器相對 +當您準備好開始建立Git樹供其他人查看時，無疑需要一個可以從中拉取的服務器。 +如果您有一個可以訪問因特網的系統，那麼使用git-daemon設置這樣的服務器相對 簡單。同時，免費的公共託管網站（例如github）也開始出現在網絡上。成熟的開發 人員可以在kernel.org上獲得一個帳戶，但這些帳戶並不容易得到；更多有關信息， 請參閱 https://kernel.org/faq/ 。 -正常的Git工作流程涉及到許多分支的使用。每一條開發線都可以分爲單獨的「主題 -分支」，並獨立維護。Git的分支很容易使用，沒有理由不使用它們。而且，在任何 +正常的Git工作流程涉及到許多分支的使用。每一條開發線都可以分爲單獨的“主題 +分支”，並獨立維護。Git的分支很容易使用，沒有理由不使用它們。而且，在任何 情況下，您都不應該在任何您打算讓其他人從中拉取的分支中進行開發。應該小心地 創建公開可用的分支；當開發分支處於完整狀態並已準備好時(而不是之前）才合併 開發分支的補丁。 @@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ Git提供了一些強大的工具，可以讓您重寫開發歷史。一個不 簡單癡迷。重寫歷史將重寫該歷史中包含的更改，將經過測試（希望如此）的內核樹 變爲未經測試的內核樹。除此之外，如果開發人員沒有共享項目歷史，他們就無法 輕鬆地協作；如果您重寫了其他開發人員拉入他們存儲庫的歷史，您將使這些開發 -人員的生活更加困難。因此，這裡有一個簡單的經驗法則：被導出到其他地方的歷史 +人員的生活更加困難。因此，這裏有一個簡單的經驗法則：被導出到其他地方的歷史 在此後通常被認爲是不可變的。 -因此，一旦將一組更改推送到公開可用的伺服器上，就不應該重寫這些更改。如果您 +因此，一旦將一組更改推送到公開可用的服務器上，就不應該重寫這些更改。如果您 嘗試強制進行無法快進合併的更改（即不共享同一歷史記錄的更改），Git將嘗試強制 執行此規則。這可能覆蓋檢查，有時甚至需要重寫導出的樹。在樹之間移動變更集以 避免linux-next中的衝突就是一個例子。但這種行爲應該是罕見的。這就是爲什麼 @@ -86,9 +86,9 @@ Git提供了一些強大的工具，可以讓您重寫開發歷史。一個不 對於一個私有的分支，rebasing 可能是一個很容易跟上另一棵樹的方法，但是一旦 一棵樹被導出到外界，rebasing就不可取了。一旦發生這種情況，就必須進行完全 合併（merge）。合併有時是很有意義的，但是過於頻繁的合併會不必要地擾亂歷史。 -在這種情況下建議的做法是不要頻繁合併，通常只在特定的發布點（如主線-rc發布） +在這種情況下建議的做法是不要頻繁合併，通常只在特定的發佈點（如主線-rc發佈） 合併。如果您對特定的更改感到緊張，則可以始終在私有分支中執行測試合併。在 -這種情況下，git「rerere」工具很有用；它能記住合併衝突是如何解決的，這樣您 +這種情況下，git“rerere”工具很有用；它能記住合併衝突是如何解決的，這樣您 就不必重複相同的工作。 關於Git這樣的工具的一個最大的反覆抱怨是：補丁從一個存儲庫到另一個存儲庫的 @@ -98,36 +98,36 @@ Git提供了一些強大的工具，可以讓您重寫開發歷史。一個不 :: - 你可以給我發補丁，但當我從你那裡拉取一個Git補丁時，我需要知道你清楚 + 你可以給我發補丁，但當我從你那裏拉取一個Git補丁時，我需要知道你清楚 自己在做什麼，我需要能夠相信事情而 *無需* 手動檢查每個單獨的更改。 （http://lwn.net/Articles/224135/）。 -爲了避免這種情況，請確保給定分支中的所有補丁都與相關主題緊密相關；「驅動程序 -修復」分支不應更改核心內存管理代碼。而且，最重要的是，不要使用Git樹來繞過 -審查過程。不時的將樹的摘要發布到相關的列表中，在合適時候請求linux-next中 +爲了避免這種情況，請確保給定分支中的所有補丁都與相關主題緊密相關；“驅動程序 +修復”分支不應更改核心內存管理代碼。而且，最重要的是，不要使用Git樹來繞過 +審查過程。不時的將樹的摘要發佈到相關的列表中，在合適時候請求linux-next中 包含該樹。 如果其他人開始發送補丁以包含到您的樹中，不要忘記審閱它們。還要確保您維護正確 -的作者信息； git 「am」工具在這方面做得最好，但是如果補丁通過第三方轉發給您， -您可能需要在補丁中添加「From:」行。 +的作者信息； git “am”工具在這方面做得最好，但是如果補丁通過第三方轉發給您， +您可能需要在補丁中添加“From:”行。 請求拉取時，請務必提供所有相關信息：樹的位置、要拉取的分支以及拉取將導致的 更改。在這方面 git request-pull 命令非常有用；它將按照其他開發人員所期望的 -格式化請求，並檢查以確保您已記得將這些更改推送到公共伺服器。 +格式化請求，並檢查以確保您已記得將這些更改推送到公共服務器。 審閱補丁 -------- -一些讀者顯然會反對將本節與「高級主題」放在一起，因爲即使是剛開始的內核開發人員 -也應該審閱補丁。當然，沒有比查看其他人發布的代碼更好的方法來學習如何在內核環境 +一些讀者顯然會反對將本節與“高級主題”放在一起，因爲即使是剛開始的內核開發人員 +也應該審閱補丁。當然，沒有比查看其他人發佈的代碼更好的方法來學習如何在內核環境 中編程了。此外，審閱者永遠供不應求；通過審閱代碼，您可以對整個流程做出重大貢獻。 審查代碼可能是一副令人生畏的圖景，特別是對一個新的內核開發人員來說，他們 -可能會對公開詢問代碼感到緊張，而這些代碼是由那些有更多經驗的人發布的。不過， +可能會對公開詢問代碼感到緊張，而這些代碼是由那些有更多經驗的人發佈的。不過， 即使是最有經驗的開發人員編寫的代碼也可以得到改進。也許對（所有）審閱者最好 -的建議是：把審閱評論當成問題而不是批評。詢問「在這條路徑中如何釋放鎖？」 -總是比說「這裡的鎖是錯誤的」更好。 +的建議是：把審閱評論當成問題而不是批評。詢問“在這條路徑中如何釋放鎖？” +總是比說“這裏的鎖是錯誤的”更好。 不同的開發人員將從不同的角度審查代碼。部分人會主要關注代碼風格以及代碼行是 否有尾隨空格。其他人會主要關注補丁作爲一個整體實現的變更是否對內核有好處。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/8.Conclusion.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/8.Conclusion.rst index 1207991d1570..a0c00741f912 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/8.Conclusion.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/8.Conclusion.rst @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@ 更多信息 ======== -關於Linux內核開發和相關主題的信息來源很多。首先是在內核原始碼分發中找到的 +關於Linux內核開發和相關主題的信息來源很多。首先是在內核源代碼分發中找到的 文檔目錄。頂級 -:ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/howto.rst <tw_process_howto>` +:ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/howto.rst <tw_process_howto>` 文件是一個重要的起點； -:ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst <tw_submittingpatches>` +:ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submitting-patches.rst <tw_submittingpatches>` 也是所有內核開發人員都應該閱讀的內容。許多內部內核API都是使用kerneldoc機制 -記錄的；「make htmldocs」或「make pdfdocs」可用於以HTML或PDF格式生成這些文檔 +記錄的；“make htmldocs”或“make pdfdocs”可用於以HTML或PDF格式生成這些文檔 （儘管某些發行版提供的tex版本會遇到內部限制，無法正確處理文檔）。 不同的網站在各個細節層次上討論內核開發。本文作者想謙虛地建議用 https://lwn.net/ @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ https://kernelnewbies.org/ -當然，也不應該忘記 https://kernel.org/ ，這是內核發布信息的最終位置。 +當然，也不應該忘記 https://kernel.org/ ，這是內核發佈信息的最終位置。 關於內核開發有很多書： @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ 《深入理解Linux內核》(Daniel Bovet和Marco Cesati） 然而，所有這些書都有一個共同的缺點：它們上架時就往往有些過時，而且已經上架 -一段時間了。不過，在那裡還是可以找到相當多的好信息。 +一段時間了。不過，在那裏還是可以找到相當多的好信息。 有關git的文檔，請訪問： @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ 祝賀所有通過這篇冗長的文檔的人。希望它能夠幫助您理解Linux內核是如何開發的， 以及您如何參與這個過程。 -最後，重要的是參與。任何開源軟體項目都不會超過其貢獻者投入其中的總和。Linux +最後，重要的是參與。任何開源軟件項目都不會超過其貢獻者投入其中的總和。Linux 內核的發展速度和以前一樣快，因爲它得到了大量開發人員的幫助，他們都在努力使它 變得更好。內核是一個最成功的例子，說明了當成千上萬的人爲了一個共同的目標一起 工作時，可以做出什麼。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst index 920bb0f36974..48df918000e9 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst @@ -8,34 +8,34 @@ .. _tw_code_of_conduct_interpretation: -Linux內核貢獻者契約行為準則解釋 +Linux內核貢獻者契約行爲準則解釋 =============================== :ref:`tw_code_of_conduct` 準則是一個通用文檔，旨在爲幾乎所有開源社區提供一套規則。 每個開源社區都是獨一無二的，Linux內核也不例外。因此，本文描述了Linux內核社區中 -如何解釋它。我們也不希望這種解釋隨著時間的推移是靜態的，並將根據需要進行調整。 +如何解釋它。我們也不希望這種解釋隨着時間的推移是靜態的，並將根據需要進行調整。 -與開發軟體的「傳統」方法相比，Linux內核開發工作是一個非常個人化的過程。你的貢獻 +與開發軟件的“傳統”方法相比，Linux內核開發工作是一個非常個人化的過程。你的貢獻 和背後的想法將被仔細審查，往往導致批判和批評。審查將幾乎總是需要改進，材料才 能包括在內核中。要知道這是因爲所有相關人員都希望看到Linux整體成功的最佳解決方 -案。這個開發過程已經被證明可以創建有史以來最健壯的作業系統內核，我們不想做任何 +案。這個開發過程已經被證明可以創建有史以來最健壯的操作系統內核，我們不想做任何 事情來導致提交質量和最終結果的下降。 維護者 ------ -行為準則多次使用「維護者」一詞。在內核社區中，「維護者」是負責子系統、驅動程序或 -文件的任何人，並在內核原始碼樹的維護者文件中列出。 +行爲準則多次使用“維護者”一詞。在內核社區中，“維護者”是負責子系統、驅動程序或 +文件的任何人，並在內核源代碼樹的維護者文件中列出。 責任 ---- -《行為準則》提到了維護人員的權利和責任，這需要進一步澄清。 +《行爲準則》提到了維護人員的權利和責任，這需要進一步澄清。 首先，最重要的是，有一個合理的期望是由維護人員通過實例來領導。 也就是說，我們的社區是廣闊的，對維護者沒有新的要求，他們單方面處理其他人在 -他們活躍的社區的行爲。這一責任由我們所有人承擔，最終《行為準則》記錄了最終的 +他們活躍的社區的行爲。這一責任由我們所有人承擔，最終《行爲準則》記錄了最終的 上訴路徑，以防有關行爲問題的問題懸而未決。 維護人員應該願意在出現問題時提供幫助，並在需要時與社區中的其他人合作。如果您 @@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ Linux內核貢獻者契約行為準則解釋 除非您願意，否則不會將其視爲違規報告。如果您不確定是否該聯繫TAB 或任何其他維 護人員，請聯繫我們的衝突調解人 Mishi Choudhary <mishi@linux.com>。 -最後，「善待對方」才是每個人的最終目標。我們知道每個人都是人，有時我們都會失敗， -但我們所有人的首要目標應該是努力友好地解決問題。執行行為準則將是最後的選擇。 +最後，“善待對方”纔是每個人的最終目標。我們知道每個人都是人，有時我們都會失敗， +但我們所有人的首要目標應該是努力友好地解決問題。執行行爲準則將是最後的選擇。 -我們的目標是創建一個強大的、技術先進的作業系統，以及所涉及的技術複雜性，這自 +我們的目標是創建一個強大的、技術先進的操作系統，以及所涉及的技術複雜性，這自 然需要專業知識和決策。 所需的專業知識因貢獻領域而異。它主要由上下文和技術複雜性決定，其次由貢獻者和 @@ -55,58 +55,58 @@ Linux內核貢獻者契約行為準則解釋 專家的期望和決策都要經過討論，但在最後，爲了取得進展，必須能夠做出決策。這一 特權掌握在維護人員和項目領導的手中，預計將善意使用。 -因此，設定專業知識期望、作出決定和拒絕不適當的貢獻不被視爲違反行為準則。 +因此，設定專業知識期望、作出決定和拒絕不適當的貢獻不被視爲違反行爲準則。 雖然維護人員一般都歡迎新來者，但他們幫助（新）貢獻者克服障礙的能力有限，因此 -他們必須確定優先事項。這也不應被視爲違反了行為準則。內核社區意識到這一點，並 +他們必須確定優先事項。這也不應被視爲違反了行爲準則。內核社區意識到這一點，並 以各種形式提供入門級節目，如 kernelnewbies.org 。 範圍 ---- -Linux內核社區主要在一組公共電子郵件列表上進行交互，這些列表分布在由多個不同 -公司或個人控制的多個不同伺服器上。所有這些列表都在內核原始碼樹中的 +Linux內核社區主要在一組公共電子郵件列表上進行交互，這些列表分佈在由多個不同 +公司或個人控制的多個不同服務器上。所有這些列表都在內核源代碼樹中的 MAINTAINERS 文件中定義。發送到這些郵件列表的任何電子郵件都被視爲包含在行爲 準則中。 使用 kernel.org bugzilla和其他子系統bugzilla 或bug跟蹤工具的開發人員應該遵循 -行為準則的指導原則。Linux內核社區沒有「官方」項目電子郵件地址或「官方」社交媒體 -地址。使用kernel.org電子郵件帳戶執行的任何活動必須遵循爲kernel.org發布的行爲 +行爲準則的指導原則。Linux內核社區沒有“官方”項目電子郵件地址或“官方”社交媒體 +地址。使用kernel.org電子郵件帳戶執行的任何活動必須遵循爲kernel.org發佈的行爲 準則，就像任何使用公司電子郵件帳戶的個人必須遵循該公司的特定規則一樣。 -行為準則並不禁止在郵件列表消息、內核更改日誌消息或代碼注釋中繼續包含名稱、 +行爲準則並不禁止在郵件列表消息、內核更改日誌消息或代碼註釋中繼續包含名稱、 電子郵件地址和相關注釋。 -其他論壇中的互動包括在適用於上述論壇的任何規則中，通常不包括在行為準則中。 +其他論壇中的互動包括在適用於上述論壇的任何規則中，通常不包括在行爲準則中。 除了在極端情況下可考慮的例外情況。 -提交給內核的貢獻應該使用適當的語言。在行為準則之前已經存在的內容現在不會被 +提交給內核的貢獻應該使用適當的語言。在行爲準則之前已經存在的內容現在不會被 視爲違反。然而，不適當的語言可以被視爲一個bug；如果任何相關方提交補丁， 這樣的bug將被更快地修復。當前屬於用戶/內核API的一部分的表達式，或者反映已 -發布標準或規範中使用的術語的表達式，不被視爲bug。 +發佈標準或規範中使用的術語的表達式，不被視爲bug。 執行 ---- -行為準則中列出的地址屬於行為準則委員會。https://kernel.org/code-of-conduct.html +行爲準則中列出的地址屬於行爲準則委員會。https://kernel.org/code-of-conduct.html 列出了在任何給定時間接收這些電子郵件的確切成員。成員不能訪問在加入委員會之前 或離開委員會之後所做的報告。 -最初的行為準則委員會由TAB的志願者以及作爲中立第三方的專業調解人組成。委員會 +最初的行爲準則委員會由TAB的志願者以及作爲中立第三方的專業調解人組成。委員會 的首要任務是建立文件化的流程，並將其公開。 如果報告人不希望將整個委員會納入投訴或關切，可直接聯繫委員會的任何成員，包括 調解人。 -行為準則委員會根據流程審查案例（見上文），並根據需要和適當與TAB協商，例如請求 +行爲準則委員會根據流程審查案例（見上文），並根據需要和適當與TAB協商，例如請求 和接收有關內核社區的信息。 委員會做出的任何決定都將提交到表中，以便在必要時與相關維護人員一起執行。行爲 準則委員會的決定可以通過三分之二的投票推翻。 -每季度，行為準則委員會和標籤將提供一份報告，概述行為準則委員會收到的匿名報告 +每季度，行爲準則委員會和標籤將提供一份報告，概述行爲準則委員會收到的匿名報告 及其狀態，以及任何否決決定的細節，包括完整和可識別的投票細節。 -我們希望在啓動期之後爲行為準則委員會人員配備建立一個不同的流程。發生此情況時， +我們希望在啓動期之後爲行爲準則委員會人員配備建立一個不同的流程。發生此情況時， 將使用該信息更新此文檔。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct.rst index e3087112f0bc..a7a31de03526 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct.rst @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ .. _tw_code_of_conduct: -貢獻者契約行為準則 +貢獻者契約行爲準則 ++++++++++++++++++ 我們的誓言 @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * 使用性意味的語言或意象以及不受歡迎的性注意或者更過分的行爲 * 煽動、侮辱/貶損評論以及個人或政治攻擊 * 公開或私下騷擾 -* 未經明確許可，發布他人的私人信息，如物理或電子地址。 +* 未經明確許可，發佈他人的私人信息，如物理或電子地址。 * 在專業場合被合理認爲不適當的其他行爲 我們的責任 @@ -44,29 +44,29 @@ 維護人員負責澄清可接受行爲的標準，並應針對任何不可接受行爲採取適當和公平的 糾正措施。 -維護人員有權和責任刪除、編輯或拒絕與本行為準則不一致的評論、承諾、代碼、 +維護人員有權和責任刪除、編輯或拒絕與本行爲準則不一致的評論、承諾、代碼、 wiki編輯、問題和其他貢獻，或暫時或永久禁止任何貢獻者從事他們認爲不適當、 威脅、冒犯或有害的其他行爲。 範圍 ==== -當個人代表項目或其社區時，本行為準則既適用於項目空間，也適用於公共空間。 +當個人代表項目或其社區時，本行爲準則既適用於項目空間，也適用於公共空間。 代表一個項目或社區的例子包括使用一個正式的項目電子郵件地址，通過一個正式 -的社交媒體帳戶發布，或者在在線或離線事件中擔任指定的代表。項目維護人員可以 +的社交媒體帳戶發佈，或者在在線或離線事件中擔任指定的代表。項目維護人員可以 進一步定義和澄清項目的表示。 執行 ==== -如有濫用、騷擾或其他不可接受的行爲，可聯繫行為準則委員會<conduct@kernel.org>。 -所有投訴都將接受審查和調查，並將得到必要和適當的答覆。行為準則委員會有義務 -對事件報告人保密。具體執行政策的進一步細節可單獨公布。 +如有濫用、騷擾或其他不可接受的行爲，可聯繫行爲準則委員會<conduct@kernel.org>。 +所有投訴都將接受審查和調查，並將得到必要和適當的答覆。行爲準則委員會有義務 +對事件報告人保密。具體執行政策的進一步細節可單獨公佈。 歸屬 ==== -本行為準則改編自《貢獻者契約》，版本1.4，可從 +本行爲準則改編自《貢獻者契約》，版本1.4，可從 https://www.contributor-covenant.org/version/1/4/code-of-conduct.html 獲取。 解釋 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst index 83862e4d3b64..5749363de421 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst @@ -2,42 +2,44 @@ .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst -:Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/coding-style.rst <codingstyle>` +:Original: Documentation/process/coding-style.rst .. _tw_codingstyle: -譯者:: +:譯者: + - 張樂 Zhang Le <r0bertz@gentoo.org> + - Andy Deng <theandy.deng@gmail.com> + - 吳想成 <bobwxc@email.cn> - 中文版維護者： 張樂 Zhang Le <r0bertz@gentoo.org> - 中文版翻譯者： 張樂 Zhang Le <r0bertz@gentoo.org> - 中文版校譯者： 王聰 Wang Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> - wheelz <kernel.zeng@gmail.com> - 管旭東 Xudong Guan <xudong.guan@gmail.com> - Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com> - Wang Chen <wangchen@cn.fujitsu.com> - Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> +:校譯: + - 王聰 Wang Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> + - wheelz <kernel.zeng@gmail.com> + - 管旭東 Xudong Guan <xudong.guan@gmail.com> + - Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com> + - Wang Chen <wangchen@cn.fujitsu.com> + - Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> Linux 內核代碼風格 -========================= +================== 這是一個簡短的文檔，描述了 linux 內核的首選代碼風格。代碼風格是因人而異的， 而且我不願意把自己的觀點強加給任何人，但這就像我去做任何事情都必須遵循的原則 -那樣，我也希望在絕大多數事上保持這種的態度。請 (在寫代碼時) 至少考慮一下這裡 +那樣，我也希望在絕大多數事上保持這種的態度。請 (在寫代碼時) 至少考慮一下這裏 的代碼風格。 -首先，我建議你列印一份 GNU 代碼規範，然後不要讀。燒了它，這是一個具有重大象徵 +首先，我建議你打印一份 GNU 代碼規範，然後不要讀。燒了它，這是一個具有重大象徵 性意義的動作。 不管怎樣，現在我們開始： 1) 縮進 --------------- +------- -制表符是 8 個字符，所以縮進也是 8 個字符。有些異端運動試圖將縮進變爲 4 (甚至 +製表符是 8 個字符，所以縮進也是 8 個字符。有些異端運動試圖將縮進變爲 4 (甚至 2！) 字符深，這幾乎相當於嘗試將圓周率的值定義爲 3。 -理由：縮進的全部意義就在於清楚的定義一個控制塊起止於何處。尤其是當你盯著你的 +理由：縮進的全部意義就在於清楚的定義一個控制塊起止於何處。尤其是當你盯着你的 屏幕連續看了 20 小時之後，你將會發現大一點的縮進會使你更容易分辨縮進。 現在，有些人會抱怨 8 個字符的縮進會使代碼向右邊移動的太遠，在 80 個字符的終端 @@ -69,39 +71,60 @@ Linux 內核代碼風格 break; } -不要把多個語句放在一行里，除非你有什麼東西要隱藏： +不要把多個語句放在一行裏，除非你有什麼東西要隱藏： .. code-block:: c if (condition) do_this; do_something_everytime; -也不要在一行里放多個賦值語句。內核代碼風格超級簡單。就是避免可能導致別人誤讀 +不要使用逗號來避免使用大括號： + +.. code-block:: c + + if (condition) + do_this(), do_that(); + +使用大括號包裹多語句： + +.. code-block:: c + + if (condition) { + do_this(); + do_that(); + } + +也不要在一行裏放多個賦值語句。內核代碼風格超級簡單。就是避免可能導致別人誤讀 的表達式。 -除了注釋、文檔和 Kconfig 之外，不要使用空格來縮進，前面的例子是例外，是有意爲 +除了註釋、文檔和 Kconfig 之外，不要使用空格來縮進，前面的例子是例外，是有意爲 之。 選用一個好的編輯器，不要在行尾留空格。 2) 把長的行和字符串打散 ------------------------------- +----------------------- 代碼風格的意義就在於使用平常使用的工具來維持代碼的可讀性和可維護性。 每一行的長度的限制是 80 列，我們強烈建議您遵守這個慣例。 長於 80 列的語句要打散成有意義的片段。除非超過 80 列能顯著增加可讀性，並且不 -會隱藏信息。子片段要明顯短於母片段，並明顯靠右。這同樣適用於有著很長參數列表 -的函數頭。然而，絕對不要打散對用戶可見的字符串，例如 printk 信息，因爲這樣就 +會隱藏信息。 + +子片段要明顯短於母片段，並明顯靠右。一種非常常用的樣式是將子體與函數左括號對齊。 + +這同樣適用於有着很長參數列表的函數頭。 + +然而，絕對不要打散對用戶可見的字符串，例如 printk 信息，因爲這樣就 很難對它們 grep。 3) 大括號和空格的放置 ------------------------------- +--------------------- -C 語言風格中另外一個常見問題是大括號的放置。和縮進大小不同，選擇或棄用某种放 +C 語言風格中另外一個常見問題是大括號的放置。和縮進大小不同，選擇或棄用某種放 置策略並沒有多少技術上的原因，不過首選的方式，就像 Kernighan 和 Ritchie 展示 給我們的，是把起始大括號放在行尾，而把結束大括號放在行首，所以： @@ -135,12 +158,12 @@ C 語言風格中另外一個常見問題是大括號的放置。和縮進大小 body of function } -全世界的異端可能會抱怨這個不一致性是... 呃... 不一致的，不過所有思維健全的人 +全世界的異端可能會抱怨這個不一致性是……呃……不一致，不過所有思維健全的人 都知道 (a) K&R 是 **正確的** 並且 (b) K&R 是正確的。此外，不管怎樣函數都是特 殊的 (C 函數是不能嵌套的)。 -注意結束大括號獨自占據一行，除非它後面跟著同一個語句的剩餘部分，也就是 do 語 -句中的 "while" 或者 if 語句中的 "else"，像這樣： +注意結束大括號獨自佔據一行，除非它後面跟着同一個語句的剩餘部分，也就是 do 語 +句中的 ``while`` 或者 if 語句中的 ``else`` ，像這樣： .. code-block:: c @@ -164,7 +187,7 @@ C 語言風格中另外一個常見問題是大括號的放置。和縮進大小 也請注意這種大括號的放置方式也能使空 (或者差不多空的) 行的數量最小化，同時不 失可讀性。因此，由於你的屏幕上的新行是不可再生資源 (想想 25 行的終端屏幕)，你 -將會有更多的空行來放置注釋。 +將會有更多的空行來放置註釋。 當只有一個單獨的語句的時候，不用加不必要的大括號。 @@ -194,12 +217,12 @@ C 語言風格中另外一個常見問題是大括號的放置。和縮進大小 } 3.1) 空格 -******************** +********* Linux 內核的空格使用方式 (主要) 取決於它是用於函數還是關鍵字。(大多數) 關鍵字 後要加一個空格。值得注意的例外是 sizeof, typeof, alignof 和 __attribute__，這 -些關鍵字某些程度上看起來更像函數 (它們在 Linux 里也常常伴隨小括號而使用，儘管 -在 C 里這樣的小括號不是必需的，就像 ``struct fileinfo info;`` 聲明過後的 +些關鍵字某些程度上看起來更像函數 (它們在 Linux 裏也常常伴隨小括號而使用，儘管 +在 C 裏這樣的小括號不是必需的，就像 ``struct fileinfo info;`` 聲明過後的 ``sizeof info``)。 所以在這些關鍵字之後放一個空格:: @@ -213,7 +236,7 @@ Linux 內核的空格使用方式 (主要) 取決於它是用於函數還是關 s = sizeof(struct file); -不要在小括號里的表達式兩側加空格。這是一個 **反例** ： +不要在小括號裏的表達式兩側加空格。這是一個 **反例** ： .. code-block:: c @@ -257,10 +280,10 @@ Linux 內核的空格使用方式 (主要) 取決於它是用於函數還是關 4) 命名 ------------------------------- +------- -C 是一個簡樸的語言，你的命名也應該這樣。和 Modula-2 和 Pascal 程式設計師不同， -C 程式設計師不使用類似 ThisVariableIsATemporaryCounter 這樣華麗的名字。C 程式設計師會 +C 是一個簡樸的語言，你的命名也應該這樣。和 Modula-2 和 Pascal 程序員不同， +C 程序員不使用類似 ThisVariableIsATemporaryCounter 這樣華麗的名字。C 程序員會 稱那個變量爲 ``tmp`` ，這樣寫起來會更容易，而且至少不會令其難於理解。 不過，雖然混用大小寫的名字是不提倡使用的，但是全局變量還是需要一個具描述性的 @@ -271,23 +294,42 @@ C 程式設計師不使用類似 ThisVariableIsATemporaryCounter 這樣華麗的 ``count_active_users()`` 或者類似的名字，你不應該叫它 ``cntuser()`` 。 在函數名中包含函數類型 (所謂的匈牙利命名法) 是腦子出了問題——編譯器知道那些類 -型而且能夠檢查那些類型，這樣做只能把程式設計師弄糊塗了。難怪微軟總是製造出有問題 -的程序。 +型而且能夠檢查那些類型，這樣做只能把程序員弄糊塗了。 本地變量名應該簡短，而且能夠表達相關的含義。如果你有一些隨機的整數型的循環計 數器，它應該被稱爲 ``i`` 。叫它 ``loop_counter`` 並無益處，如果它沒有被誤解的 可能的話。類似的， ``tmp`` 可以用來稱呼任意類型的臨時變量。 如果你怕混淆了你的本地變量名，你就遇到另一個問題了，叫做函數增長荷爾蒙失衡綜 -合症。請看第六章 (函數)。 +合徵。請看第六章 (函數)。 +對於符號名稱和文檔，避免引入新的“master/slave”（或獨立於“master”的“slave”） +和“blacklist/whitelist”。 + +“master/slave”推薦替換爲： + '{primary,main} / {secondary,replica,subordinate}' + '{initiator,requester} / {target,responder}' + '{controller,host} / {device,worker,proxy}' + 'leader/follower' + 'director/performer' + +“blacklist/whitelist”推薦替換爲： + 'denylist/allowlist' + 'blocklist/passlist' + +引入新用法的例外情況是：維護用戶空間ABI/API，或更新現有（截至2020年）硬件或 +協議規範的代碼時要求這些術語。對於新規範，儘可能將術語的規範用法轉換爲內核 +編碼標準。 + +.. warning:: + 以上主從、黑白名單規則不適用於中文文檔，請勿更改中文術語！ 5) Typedef ------------ +---------- 不要使用類似 ``vps_t`` 之類的東西。 -對結構體和指針使用 typedef 是一個 **錯誤** 。當你在代碼里看到： +對結構體和指針使用 typedef 是一個 **錯誤** 。當你在代碼裏看到： .. code-block:: c @@ -312,13 +354,13 @@ C 程式設計師不使用類似 ThisVariableIsATemporaryCounter 這樣華麗的 .. note:: - 不透明性和 "訪問函數" 本身是不好的。我們使用 pte_t 等類型的原因在於真 + 不透明性和“訪問函數”本身是不好的。我們使用 pte_t 等類型的原因在於真 的是完全沒有任何共用的可訪問信息。 (b) 清楚的整數類型，如此，這層抽象就可以 **幫助** 消除到底是 ``int`` 還是 ``long`` 的混淆。 - u8/u16/u32 是完全沒有問題的 typedef，不過它們更符合類別 (d) 而不是這裡。 + u8/u16/u32 是完全沒有問題的 typedef，不過它們更符合類別 (d) 而不是這裏。 .. note:: @@ -345,30 +387,30 @@ C 程式設計師不使用類似 ThisVariableIsATemporaryCounter 這樣華麗的 (e) 可以在用戶空間安全使用的類型。 - 在某些用戶空間可見的結構體裡，我們不能要求 C99 類型而且不能用上面提到的 + 在某些用戶空間可見的結構體裏，我們不能要求 C99 類型而且不能用上面提到的 ``u32`` 類型。因此，我們在與用戶空間共享的所有結構體中使用 __u32 和類似 的類型。 可能還有其他的情況，不過基本的規則是 **永遠不要** 使用 typedef，除非你可以明 確的應用上述某個規則中的一個。 -總的來說，如果一個指針或者一個結構體裡的元素可以合理的被直接訪問到，那麼它們 +總的來說，如果一個指針或者一個結構體裏的元素可以合理的被直接訪問到，那麼它們 就不應該是一個 typedef。 6) 函數 ------------------------------- +------- 函數應該簡短而漂亮，並且只完成一件事情。函數應該可以一屏或者兩屏顯示完 (我們 都知道 ISO/ANSI 屏幕大小是 80x24)，只做一件事情，而且把它做好。 一個函數的最大長度是和該函數的複雜度和縮進級數成反比的。所以，如果你有一個理 論上很簡單的只有一個很長 (但是簡單) 的 case 語句的函數，而且你需要在每個 case -里做很多很小的事情，這樣的函數儘管很長，但也是可以的。 +裏做很多很小的事情，這樣的函數儘管很長，但也是可以的。 不過，如果你有一個複雜的函數，而且你懷疑一個天分不是很高的高中一年級學生可能 甚至搞不清楚這個函數的目的，你應該嚴格遵守前面提到的長度限制。使用輔助函數， -並爲之取個具描述性的名字 (如果你覺得它們的性能很重要的話，可以讓編譯器內聯它 +併爲之取個具描述性的名字 (如果你覺得它們的性能很重要的話，可以讓編譯器內聯它 們，這樣的效果往往會比你寫一個複雜函數的效果要好。) 函數的另外一個衡量標準是本地變量的數量。此數量不應超過 5－10 個，否則你的函數 @@ -376,7 +418,7 @@ C 程式設計師不使用類似 ThisVariableIsATemporaryCounter 這樣華麗的 的同時跟蹤 7 個不同的事物，如果再增多的話，就會糊塗了。即便你聰穎過人，你也可 能會記不清你 2 個星期前做過的事情。 -在源文件里，使用空行隔開不同的函數。如果該函數需要被導出，它的 **EXPORT** 宏 +在源文件裏，使用空行隔開不同的函數。如果該函數需要被導出，它的 **EXPORT** 宏 應該緊貼在它的結束大括號之下。比如： .. code-block:: c @@ -387,12 +429,46 @@ C 程式設計師不使用類似 ThisVariableIsATemporaryCounter 這樣華麗的 } EXPORT_SYMBOL(system_is_up); -在函數原型中，包含函數名和它們的數據類型。雖然 C 語言裡沒有這樣的要求，在 -Linux 里這是提倡的做法，因爲這樣可以很簡單的給讀者提供更多的有價值的信息。 +6.1) 函數原型 +************* + +在函數原型中包含參數名和它們的數據類型。雖然 C 語言裏沒有這樣的要求，但在 +Linux 裏這是提倡的做法，因爲這樣可以很簡單的給讀者提供更多的有價值的信息。 +不要在函數聲明裏使用 ``extern`` 關鍵字，因爲這會導致代碼行變長，並且不是嚴格 +必需的。 + +寫函數原型時，請保持 `元素順序規則 <https://lore.kernel.org/mm-commits/CAHk-=wiOCLRny5aifWNhr621kYrJwhfURsa0vFPeUEm8mF0ufg@mail.gmail.com/>`_ 。 +例如下列函數聲明:: + + __init void * __must_check action(enum magic value, size_t size, u8 count, + char *fmt, ...) __printf(4, 5) __malloc; + +推薦的函數原型元素順序是： + +- 儲存類型（下方的 ``static __always_inline`` ，注意 ``__always_inline`` + 技術上來講是個屬性但被當做 ``inline`` ） +- 儲存類型屬性（上方的 ``__init`` ——即節聲明，但也像 ``__cold`` ） +- 返回類型（上方的 ``void *`` ） +- 返回類型屬性（上方的 ``__must_check`` ） +- 函數名（上方的 ``action`` ） +- 函數參數（上方的 ``(enum magic value, size_t size, u8 count, char *fmt, ...)`` ， + 注意必須寫上參數名） +- 函數參數屬性（上方的 ``__printf(4, 5)`` ） +- 函數行爲屬性（上方的 ``__malloc`` ） + +請注意，對於函數 **定義** （即實際函數體），編譯器不允許在函數參數之後添加函 +數參數屬性。在這種情況下，它們應該跟隨存儲類型屬性（例如，與上面的 **聲明** +示例相比，請注意下面的 ``__printf(4, 5)`` 的位置發生了變化）:: + + static __always_inline __init __printf(4, 5) void * __must_check action(enum magic value, + size_t size, u8 count, char *fmt, ...) __malloc + { + ... + } 7) 集中的函數退出途徑 ------------------------------- +--------------------- 雖然被某些人聲稱已經過時，但是 goto 語句的等價物還是經常被編譯器所使用，具體 形式是無條件跳轉指令。 @@ -436,7 +512,7 @@ Linux 里這是提倡的做法，因爲這樣可以很簡單的給讀者提供 return result; } -一個需要注意的常見錯誤是 ``一個 err 錯誤`` ，就像這樣： +一個需要注意的常見錯誤是 ``單 err 錯誤`` ，就像這樣： .. code-block:: c @@ -459,22 +535,22 @@ Linux 里這是提倡的做法，因爲這樣可以很簡單的給讀者提供 理想情況下，你應該模擬錯誤來測試所有退出路徑。 -8) 注釋 ------------------------------- +8) 註釋 +------- -注釋是好的，不過有過度注釋的危險。永遠不要在注釋里解釋你的代碼是如何運作的： +註釋是好的，不過有過度註釋的危險。永遠不要在註釋裏解釋你的代碼是如何運作的： 更好的做法是讓別人一看你的代碼就可以明白，解釋寫的很差的代碼是浪費時間。 -一般的，你想要你的注釋告訴別人你的代碼做了什麼，而不是怎麼做的。也請你不要把 -注釋放在一個函數體內部：如果函數複雜到你需要獨立的注釋其中的一部分，你很可能 +一般來說你用註釋告訴別人你的代碼做了什麼，而不是怎麼做的。也請你不要把 +註釋放在一個函數體內部：如果函數複雜到你需要獨立的註釋其中的一部分，你很可能 需要回到第六章看一看。你可以做一些小注釋來註明或警告某些很聰明 (或者槽糕) 的 -做法，但不要加太多。你應該做的，是把注釋放在函數的頭部，告訴人們它做了什麼， +做法，但不要加太多。你應該做的，是把註釋放在函數的頭部，告訴人們它做了什麼， 也可以加上它做這些事情的原因。 -當注釋內核 API 函數時，請使用 kernel-doc 格式。請看 -Documentation/doc-guide/ 和 scripts/kernel-doc 以獲得詳細信息。 +當註釋內核 API 函數時，請使用 kernel-doc 格式。詳見 +Documentation/translations/zh_CN/doc-guide/index.rst 和 scripts/kernel-doc 。 -長 (多行) 注釋的首選風格是： +長 (多行) 註釋的首選風格是： .. code-block:: c @@ -487,7 +563,7 @@ Documentation/doc-guide/ 和 scripts/kernel-doc 以獲得詳細信息。 * with beginning and ending almost-blank lines. */ -對於在 net/ 和 drivers/net/ 的文件，首選的長 (多行) 注釋風格有些不同。 +對於在 net/ 和 drivers/net/ 的文件，首選的長 (多行) 註釋風格有些不同。 .. code-block:: c @@ -498,23 +574,24 @@ Documentation/doc-guide/ 和 scripts/kernel-doc 以獲得詳細信息。 * but there is no initial almost-blank line. */ -注釋數據也是很重要的，不管是基本類型還是衍生類型。爲了方便實現這一點，每一行 +註釋數據也是很重要的，不管是基本類型還是衍生類型。爲了方便實現這一點，每一行 應只聲明一個數據 (不要使用逗號來一次聲明多個數據)。這樣你就有空間來爲每個數據 寫一段小注釋來解釋它們的用途了。 9) 你已經把事情弄糟了 ------------------------------- +--------------------- -這沒什麼，我們都是這樣。可能你的使用了很長時間 Unix 的朋友已經告訴你 -``GNU emacs`` 能自動幫你格式化 C 原始碼，而且你也注意到了，確實是這樣，不過它 +這沒什麼，我們都是這樣。可能你長期使用 Unix 的朋友已經告訴你 +``GNU emacs`` 能自動幫你格式化 C 源代碼，而且你也注意到了，確實是這樣，不過它 所使用的默認值和我們想要的相去甚遠 (實際上，甚至比隨機打的還要差——無數個猴子 -在 GNU emacs 里打字永遠不會創造出一個好程序) (譯註：Infinite Monkey Theorem) +在 GNU emacs 裏打字永遠不會創造出一個好程序) +*(譯註：Infinite Monkey Theorem)* 所以你要麼放棄 GNU emacs，要麼改變它讓它使用更合理的設定。要採用後一個方案， -你可以把下面這段粘貼到你的 .emacs 文件里。 +你可以把下面這段粘貼到你的 .emacs 文件裏。 -.. code-block:: none +.. code-block:: elisp (defun c-lineup-arglist-tabs-only (ignored) "Line up argument lists by tabs, not spaces" @@ -533,7 +610,7 @@ Documentation/doc-guide/ 和 scripts/kernel-doc 以獲得詳細信息。 (c-offsets-alist . ( (arglist-close . c-lineup-arglist-tabs-only) (arglist-cont-nonempty . - (c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg c-lineup-arglist-tabs-only)) + (c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg c-lineup-arglist-tabs-only)) (arglist-intro . +) (brace-list-intro . +) (c . c-lineup-C-comments) @@ -565,24 +642,29 @@ Documentation/doc-guide/ 和 scripts/kernel-doc 以獲得詳細信息。 這會讓 emacs 在 ``~/src/linux-trees`` 下的 C 源文件獲得更好的內核代碼風格。 -不過就算你嘗試讓 emacs 正確的格式化代碼失敗了，也並不意味著你失去了一切：還可 +不過就算你嘗試讓 emacs 正確的格式化代碼失敗了，也並不意味着你失去了一切：還可 以用 ``indent`` 。 不過，GNU indent 也有和 GNU emacs 一樣有問題的設定，所以你需要給它一些命令選 項。不過，這還不算太糟糕，因爲就算是 GNU indent 的作者也認同 K&R 的權威性 (GNU 的人並不是壞人，他們只是在這個問題上被嚴重的誤導了)，所以你只要給 indent 指定選項 ``-kr -i8`` (代表 ``K&R，8 字符縮進``)，或使用 ``scripts/Lindent`` -這樣就可以以最時髦的方式縮進原始碼。 +這樣就可以以最時髦的方式縮進源代碼。 -``indent`` 有很多選項，特別是重新格式化注釋的時候，你可能需要看一下它的手冊。 +``indent`` 有很多選項，特別是重新格式化註釋的時候，你可能需要看一下它的手冊。 不過記住： ``indent`` 不能修正壞的編程習慣。 +請注意，您還可以使用 ``clang-format`` 工具幫助您處理這些規則，快速自動重新格 +式化部分代碼，並審閱整個文件以發現代碼風格錯誤、打字錯誤和可能的改進。它還可 +以方便地排序 ``#include`` ，對齊變量/宏，重排文本和其他類似任務。 +詳見 Documentation/process/clang-format.rst 。 + 10) Kconfig 配置文件 ------------------------------- +-------------------- -對於遍布源碼樹的所有 Kconfig* 配置文件來說，它們縮進方式有所不同。緊挨著 -``config`` 定義的行，用一個制表符縮進，然而 help 信息的縮進則額外增加 2 個空 +對於遍佈源碼樹的所有 Kconfig* 配置文件來說，它們縮進方式有所不同。緊挨着 +``config`` 定義的行，用一個製表符縮進，然而 help 信息的縮進則額外增加 2 個空 格。舉個例子:: config AUDIT @@ -594,7 +676,7 @@ Documentation/doc-guide/ 和 scripts/kernel-doc 以獲得詳細信息。 logging of avc messages output). Does not do system-call auditing without CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL. -而那些危險的功能 (比如某些文件系統的寫支持) 應該在它們的提示字符串里顯著的聲 +而那些危險的功能 (比如某些文件系統的寫支持) 應該在它們的提示字符串裏顯著的聲 明這一點:: config ADFS_FS_RW @@ -602,17 +684,17 @@ Documentation/doc-guide/ 和 scripts/kernel-doc 以獲得詳細信息。 depends on ADFS_FS ... -要查看配置文件的完整文檔，請看 Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.rst。 +要查看配置文件的完整文檔，請看 Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.rst 。 11) 數據結構 ------------------------------- +------------ -如果一個數據結構，在創建和銷毀它的單線執行環境之外可見，那麼它必須要有一個引 -用計數器。內核里沒有垃圾收集 (並且內核之外的垃圾收集慢且效率低下)，這意味著你 +如果一個數據結構，在創建和銷燬它的單線執行環境之外可見，那麼它必須要有一個引 +用計數器。內核裏沒有垃圾收集 (並且內核之外的垃圾收集慢且效率低下)，這意味着你 絕對需要記錄你對這種數據結構的使用情況。 -引用計數意味著你能夠避免上鎖，並且允許多個用戶並行訪問這個數據結構——而不需要 +引用計數意味着你能夠避免上鎖，並且允許多個用戶並行訪問這個數據結構——而不需要 擔心這個數據結構僅僅因爲暫時不被使用就消失了，那些用戶可能不過是沉睡了一陣或 者做了一些其他事情而已。 @@ -626,13 +708,13 @@ Documentation/doc-guide/ 和 scripts/kernel-doc 以獲得詳細信息。 mm_count)，和文件系統 (``struct super_block``: s_count 和 s_active) 中找到。 記住：如果另一個執行線索可以找到你的數據結構，但這個數據結構沒有引用計數器， -這裡幾乎肯定是一個 bug。 +這裏幾乎肯定是一個 bug。 12) 宏，枚舉和RTL ------------------------------- +----------------- -用於定義常量的宏的名字及枚舉里的標籤需要大寫。 +用於定義常量的宏的名字及枚舉裏的標籤需要大寫。 .. code-block:: c @@ -642,9 +724,9 @@ mm_count)，和文件系統 (``struct super_block``: s_count 和 s_active) 中 宏的名字請用大寫字母，不過形如函數的宏的名字可以用小寫字母。 -一般的，如果能寫成內聯函數就不要寫成像函數的宏。 +通常如果能寫成內聯函數就不要寫成像函數的宏。 -含有多個語句的宏應該被包含在一個 do-while 代碼塊里： +含有多個語句的宏應該被包含在一個 do-while 代碼塊裏： .. code-block:: c @@ -667,7 +749,7 @@ mm_count)，和文件系統 (``struct super_block``: s_count 和 s_active) 中 } while (0) **非常** 不好。它看起來像一個函數，不過卻能導致 ``調用`` 它的函數退出；不要打 -亂讀者大腦里的語法分析器。 +亂讀者大腦裏的語法分析器。 2) 依賴於一個固定名字的本地變量的宏： @@ -689,7 +771,7 @@ mm_count)，和文件系統 (``struct super_block``: s_count 和 s_active) 中 #define CONSTANT 0x4000 #define CONSTEXP (CONSTANT | 3) -5) 在宏里定義類似函數的本地變量時命名衝突： +5) 在宏裏定義類似函數的本地變量時命名衝突： .. code-block:: c @@ -700,45 +782,46 @@ mm_count)，和文件系統 (``struct super_block``: s_count 和 s_active) 中 (ret); \ }) -ret 是本地變量的通用名字 - __foo_ret 更不容易與一個已存在的變量衝突。 +ret 是本地變量的通用名字—— __foo_ret 更不容易與一個已存在的變量衝突。 -cpp 手冊對宏的講解很詳細。gcc internals 手冊也詳細講解了 RTL，內核里的彙編語 +cpp 手冊對宏的講解很詳細。gcc internals 手冊也詳細講解了 RTL，內核裏的彙編語 言經常用到它。 -13) 列印內核消息 ------------------------------- +13) 打印內核消息 +---------------- -內核開發者應該是受過良好教育的。請一定注意內核信息的拼寫，以給人以好的印象。 +內核開發者應該看起來有文化。請一定注意內核信息的拼寫，以給人良好的印象。 不要用不規範的單詞比如 ``dont``，而要用 ``do not`` 或者 ``don't`` 。保證這些信 -息簡單明了,無歧義。 +息簡單明瞭、無歧義。 內核信息不必以英文句號結束。 -在小括號里列印數字 (%d) 沒有任何價值，應該避免這樣做。 +在小括號裏打印數字 (%d) 沒有任何價值，應該避免這樣做。 -<linux/device.h> 里有一些驅動模型診斷宏，你應該使用它們，以確保信息對應於正確 +<linux/device.h> 裏有一些驅動模型診斷宏，你應該使用它們，以確保信息對應於正確 的設備和驅動，並且被標記了正確的消息級別。這些宏有：dev_err(), dev_warn(), dev_info() 等等。對於那些不和某個特定設備相關連的信息，<linux/printk.h> 定義 了 pr_notice(), pr_info(), pr_warn(), pr_err() 和其他。 寫出好的調試信息可以是一個很大的挑戰；一旦你寫出後，這些信息在遠程除錯時能提 -供極大的幫助。然而列印調試信息的處理方式同列印非調試信息不同。其他 pr_XXX() -函數能無條件地列印，pr_debug() 卻不；默認情況下它不會被編譯，除非定義了 DEBUG +供極大的幫助。然而打印調試信息的處理方式同打印非調試信息不同。其他 pr_XXX() +函數能無條件地打印，pr_debug() 卻不；默認情況下它不會被編譯，除非定義了 DEBUG 或設定了 CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG。實際這同樣是爲了 dev_dbg()，一個相關約定是在一 個已經開啓了 DEBUG 時，使用 VERBOSE_DEBUG 來添加 dev_vdbg()。 -許多子系統擁有 Kconfig 調試選項來開啓 -DDEBUG 在對應的 Makefile 裡面；在其他 -情況下，特殊文件使用 #define DEBUG。當一條調試信息需要被無條件列印時，例如， +許多子系統擁有 Kconfig 調試選項來開啓對應 Makefile 裏面的 -DDEBUG；在其他 +情況下，特殊文件使用 #define DEBUG。當一條調試信息需要被無條件打印時，例如， 如果已經包含一個調試相關的 #ifdef 條件，printk(KERN_DEBUG ...) 就可被使用。 14) 分配內存 ------------------------------- +------------ 內核提供了下面的一般用途的內存分配函數： kmalloc(), kzalloc(), kmalloc_array(), kcalloc(), vmalloc() 和 vzalloc()。 -請參考 API 文檔以獲取有關它們的詳細信息。 +請參考 API 文檔以獲取有關它們的詳細信息： +Documentation/translations/zh_CN/core-api/memory-allocation.rst 。 傳遞結構體大小的首選形式是這樣的： @@ -765,17 +848,19 @@ kmalloc(), kzalloc(), kmalloc_array(), kcalloc(), vmalloc() 和 vzalloc()。 p = kcalloc(n, sizeof(...), ...); -兩種形式檢查分配大小 n * sizeof(...) 的溢出，如果溢出返回 NULL。 +兩種形式都會檢查分配 n * sizeof(...) 大小時內存的溢出，如果溢出返回 NULL。 +在沒有 __GFP_NOWARN 的情況下使用時，這些通用分配函數都會在失敗時發起堆棧轉儲， +因此當返回NULL時，沒有必要發出額外的失敗消息。 15) 內聯弊病 ------------------------------- +------------ 有一個常見的誤解是 ``內聯`` 是 gcc 提供的可以讓代碼運行更快的一個選項。雖然使 用內聯函數有時候是恰當的 (比如作爲一種替代宏的方式，請看第十二章)，不過很多情 況下不是這樣。inline 的過度使用會使內核變大，從而使整個系統運行速度變慢。 -因爲體積大內核會占用更多的指令高速緩存，而且會導致 pagecache 的可用內存減少。 -想像一下，一次 pagecache 未命中就會導致一次磁碟尋址，將耗時 5 毫秒。5 毫秒的 +因爲體積大內核會佔用更多的指令高速緩存，而且會導致 pagecache 的可用內存減少。 +想象一下，一次 pagecache 未命中就會導致一次磁盤尋址，將耗時 5 毫秒。5 毫秒的 時間內 CPU 能執行很多很多指令。 一個基本的原則是如果一個函數有 3 行以上，就不要把它變成內聯函數。這個原則的一 @@ -790,7 +875,7 @@ inline gcc 也可以自動使其內聯。而且其他用戶可能會要求移除 16) 函數返回值及命名 ------------------------------- +-------------------- 函數可以返回多種不同類型的值，最常見的一種是表明函數執行成功或者失敗的值。這樣 的一個值可以表示爲一個錯誤代碼整數 (-Exxx＝失敗，0＝成功) 或者一個 ``成功`` @@ -801,7 +886,7 @@ inline gcc 也可以自動使其內聯。而且其他用戶可能會要求移除 產生這種 bug，請遵循下面的慣例:: 如果函數的名字是一個動作或者強制性的命令，那麼這個函數應該返回錯誤代 - 碼整數。如果是一個判斷，那麼函數應該返回一個 "成功" 布爾值。 + 碼整數。如果是一個判斷，那麼函數應該返回一個“成功”布爾值。 比如， ``add work`` 是一個命令，所以 add_work() 在成功時返回 0，在失敗時返回 -EBUSY。類似的，因爲 ``PCI device present`` 是一個判斷，所以 pci_dev_present() @@ -810,13 +895,35 @@ inline gcc 也可以自動使其內聯。而且其他用戶可能會要求移除 所有 EXPORTed 函數都必須遵守這個慣例，所有的公共函數也都應該如此。私有 (static) 函數不需要如此，但是我們也推薦這樣做。 -返回值是實際計算結果而不是計算是否成功的標誌的函數不受此慣例的限制。一般的， +返回值是實際計算結果而不是計算是否成功的標誌的函數不受此慣例的限制。通常 他們通過返回一些正常值範圍之外的結果來表示出錯。典型的例子是返回指針的函數， 他們使用 NULL 或者 ERR_PTR 機制來報告錯誤。 +17) 使用布爾類型 +---------------- + +Linux內核布爾（bool）類型是C99 _Bool類型的別名。布爾值只能爲0或1，而對布爾的 +隱式或顯式轉換將自動將值轉換爲true或false。在使用布爾類型時 **不需要** 構造， +它會消除一類錯誤。 + +使用布爾值時，應使用true和false定義，而不是1和0。 -17) 不要重新發明內核宏 ------------------------------- +布爾函數返回類型和堆棧變量總是可以在適當的時候使用。鼓勵使用布爾來提高可讀性， +並且布爾值在存儲時通常比“int”更好。 + +如果緩存行佈局或值的大小很重要，請不要使用布爾，因爲其大小和對齊方式根據編譯 +的體系結構而不同。針對對齊和大小進行優化的結構體不應使用布爾。 + +如果一個結構體有多個true/false值，請考慮將它們合併爲具有1比特成員的位域，或使 +用適當的固定寬度類型，如u8。 + +類似地，對於函數參數，多個true/false值可以合併爲單個按位的“標誌”參數，如果調 +用點具有裸true/false常量，“標誌”參數通常是更具可讀性的替代方法。 + +總之，在結構體和參數中有限地使用布爾可以提高可讀性。 + +18) 不要重新發明內核宏 +---------------------- 頭文件 include/linux/kernel.h 包含了一些宏，你應該使用它們，而不要自己寫一些 它們的變種。比如，如果你需要計算一個數組的長度，使用這個宏 @@ -832,15 +939,15 @@ inline gcc 也可以自動使其內聯。而且其他用戶可能會要求移除 #define sizeof_field(t, f) (sizeof(((t*)0)->f)) 還有可以做嚴格的類型檢查的 min() 和 max() 宏，如果你需要可以使用它們。你可以 -自己看看那個頭文件里還定義了什麼你可以拿來用的東西，如果有定義的話，你就不應 -在你的代碼里自己重新定義。 +自己看看那個頭文件裏還定義了什麼你可以拿來用的東西，如果有定義的話，你就不應 +在你的代碼裏自己重新定義。 -18) 編輯器模式行和其他需要羅嗦的事情 --------------------------------------------------- +19) 編輯器模式行和其他需要羅嗦的事情 +------------------------------------ -有一些編輯器可以解釋嵌入在源文件里的由一些特殊標記標明的配置信息。比如，emacs -能夠解釋被標記成這樣的行： +有一些編輯器可以解釋嵌入在源文件裏的由一些特殊標記標明的配置信息。比如，emacs +能夠解析被標記成這樣的行： .. code-block:: c @@ -856,23 +963,23 @@ inline gcc 也可以自動使其內聯。而且其他用戶可能會要求移除 End: */ -Vim 能夠解釋這樣的標記： +Vim 能夠解析這樣的標記： .. code-block:: c /* vim:set sw=8 noet */ -不要在原始碼中包含任何這樣的內容。每個人都有他自己的編輯器配置，你的源文件不 +不要在源代碼中包含任何這樣的內容。每個人都有他自己的編輯器配置，你的源文件不 應該覆蓋別人的配置。這包括有關縮進和模式配置的標記。人們可以使用他們自己定製 的模式，或者使用其他可以產生正確的縮進的巧妙方法。 -19) 內聯彙編 ------------------------------- +20) 內聯彙編 +------------ -在特定架構的代碼中，你可能需要內聯彙編與 CPU 和平台相關功能連接。需要這麼做時 +在特定架構的代碼中，你可能需要內聯彙編與 CPU 和平臺相關功能連接。需要這麼做時 就不要猶豫。然而，當 C 可以完成工作時，不要平白無故地使用內聯彙編。在可能的情 -況下，你可以並且應該用 C 和硬體溝通。 +況下，你可以並且應該用 C 和硬件溝通。 請考慮去寫捆綁通用位元 (wrap common bits) 的內聯彙編的簡單輔助函數，別去重複 地寫下只有細微差異內聯彙編。記住內聯彙編可以使用 C 參數。 @@ -883,9 +990,9 @@ Vim 能夠解釋這樣的標記： 你可能需要把彙編語句標記爲 volatile，用來阻止 GCC 在沒發現任何副作用後就把它 移除了。你不必總是這樣做，儘管，這不必要的舉動會限制優化。 -在寫一個包含多條指令的單個內聯彙編語句時，把每條指令用引號分割而且各占一行， -除了最後一條指令外，在每個指令結尾加上 \n\t，讓彙編輸出時可以正確地縮進下一條 -指令： +在寫一個包含多條指令的單個內聯彙編語句時，把每條指令用引號分割而且各佔一行， +除了最後一條指令外，在每個指令結尾加上 ``\n\t`` ，讓彙編輸出時可以正確地縮進 +下一條指令： .. code-block:: c @@ -894,10 +1001,10 @@ Vim 能夠解釋這樣的標記： : /* outputs */ : /* inputs */ : /* clobbers */); -20) 條件編譯 ------------------------------- +21) 條件編譯 +------------ -只要可能，就不要在 .c 文件裡面使用預處理條件 (#if, #ifdef)；這樣做讓代碼更難 +只要可能，就不要在 .c 文件裏面使用預處理條件 (#if, #ifdef)；這樣做會讓代碼更難 閱讀並且更難去跟蹤邏輯。替代方案是，在頭文件中用預處理條件提供給那些 .c 文件 使用，再給 #else 提供一個空樁 (no-op stub) 版本，然後在 .c 文件內無條件地調用 那些 (定義在頭文件內的) 函數。這樣做，編譯器會避免爲樁函數 (stub) 的調用生成 @@ -908,8 +1015,8 @@ Vim 能夠解釋這樣的標記： 條件到這個輔助函數內。 如果你有一個在特定配置中，可能變成未使用的函數或變量，編譯器會警告它定義了但 -未使用，把它標記爲 __maybe_unused 而不是將它包含在一個預處理條件中。(然而，如 -果一個函數或變量總是未使用，就直接刪除它。) +未使用，請把它標記爲 __maybe_unused 而不是將它包含在一個預處理條件中。(然而， +如果一個函數或變量總是未使用，就直接刪除它。) 在代碼中，儘可能地使用 IS_ENABLED 宏來轉化某個 Kconfig 標記爲 C 的布爾 表達式，並在一般的 C 條件中使用它： @@ -926,7 +1033,7 @@ Vim 能夠解釋這樣的標記： 不存在時，你還是必須去用 #ifdef。 在任何有意義的 #if 或 #ifdef 塊的末尾 (超過幾行的)，在 #endif 同一行的後面寫下 -註解，注釋這個條件表達式。例如： +註解，註釋這個條件表達式。例如： .. code-block:: c @@ -935,24 +1042,46 @@ Vim 能夠解釋這樣的標記： #endif /* CONFIG_SOMETHING */ -附錄 I) 參考 -------------------- +附錄 I) 參考資料 +---------------- -The C Programming Language, 第二版 +The C Programming Language, 2nd Edition 作者：Brian W. Kernighan 和 Denni M. Ritchie. Prentice Hall, Inc., 1988. -ISBN 0-13-110362-8 (軟皮), 0-13-110370-9 (硬皮). +ISBN 0-13-110362-8 (平裝), 0-13-110370-9 (精裝). + +.. note:: + + 《C程序設計語言（第2版）》 + 作者：[美] Brian W. Kernighan / [美] Dennis M. Ritchie + 譯者：徐寶文 / 李志 / 尤晉元（審校） + 出版社：機械工業出版社，2019 + ISBN：9787111617945 The Practice of Programming 作者：Brian W. Kernighan 和 Rob Pike. Addison-Wesley, Inc., 1999. ISBN 0-201-61586-X. +.. note:: + + 《程序設計實踐》 + 作者：[美] Brian W. Kernighan / [美] Rob Pike + 出版社：機械工業出版社，2005 + ISBN：9787111091578 + + 《程序設計實踐》 + 作者：[美] Brian W. Kernighan / Rob Pike + 譯者：裘宗燕 + 出版社：機械工業出版社，2000 + ISBN：9787111075738 + GNU 手冊 - 遵循 K&R 標準和此文本 - cpp, gcc, gcc internals and indent, 都可以從 https://www.gnu.org/manual/ 找到 WG14 是 C 語言的國際標準化工作組，URL: http://www.open-std.org/JTC1/SC22/WG14/ -Kernel process/coding-style.rst，作者 greg@kroah.com 發表於 OLS 2002： +內核文檔 Documentation/process/coding-style.rst， +作者 greg@kroah.com 發表於 OLS 2002： http://www.kroah.com/linux/talks/ols_2002_kernel_codingstyle_talk/html/ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/development-process.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/development-process.rst index f4cf5c2bbc82..7d803d3db89e 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/development-process.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/development-process.rst @@ -26,5 +26,5 @@ 7.AdvancedTopics 8.Conclusion -本文檔的目的是幫助開發人員（及其經理）以最小的挫折感與開發社區合作。它試圖記錄這個社區如何以一種不熟悉Linux內核開發（或者實際上是自由軟體開發）的人可以訪問的方式工作。雖然這裡有一些技術資料，但這是一個面向過程的討論，不需要深入了解內核編程就可以理解。 +本文檔的目的是幫助開發人員（及其經理）以最小的挫折感與開發社區合作。它試圖記錄這個社區如何以一種不熟悉Linux內核開發（或者實際上是自由軟件開發）的人可以訪問的方式工作。雖然這裏有一些技術資料，但這是一個面向過程的討論，不需要深入瞭解內核編程就可以理解。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst index ae63e41d9cee..55e10d3fc28a 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -.. _tw_email_clients: +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst -:Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/email-clients.rst <email_clients>` +.. _tw_email_clients: -譯者:: +:Original: Documentation/process/email-clients.rst - 中文版維護者： 賈威威 Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com> - 中文版翻譯者： 賈威威 Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com> - 時奎亮 Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com> - 中文版校譯者： Yinglin Luan <synmyth@gmail.com> - Xiaochen Wang <wangxiaochen0@gmail.com> - yaxinsn <yaxinsn@163.com> - Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> +:譯者: + - 賈威威 Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com> + - 時奎亮 Alex Shi <alexs@kernel.org> + - 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn> + +:校譯: + - Yinglin Luan <synmyth@gmail.com> + - Xiaochen Wang <wangxiaochen0@gmail.com> + - yaxinsn <yaxinsn@163.com> + - Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> Linux郵件客戶端配置信息 ======================= @@ -30,30 +31,35 @@ Git 改日誌。如果工作正常，再將補丁發送到相應的郵件列表。 -普通配置 +通用配置 -------- + Linux內核補丁是通過郵件被提交的，最好把補丁作爲郵件體的內嵌文本。有些維護者 接收附件，但是附件的內容格式應該是"text/plain"。然而，附件一般是不贊成的， 因爲這會使補丁的引用部分在評論過程中變的很困難。 +同時也強烈建議在補丁或其他郵件的正文中使用純文本格式。https://useplaintext.email +有助於瞭解如何配置你喜歡的郵件客戶端，並在您還沒有首選的情況下列出一些推薦的 +客戶端。 + 用來發送Linux內核補丁的郵件客戶端在發送補丁時應該處於文本的原始狀態。例如， -他們不能改變或者刪除制表符或者空格，甚至是在每一行的開頭或者結尾。 +他們不能改變或者刪除製表符或者空格，甚至是在每一行的開頭或者結尾。 不要通過"format=flowed"模式發送補丁。這樣會引起不可預期以及有害的斷行。 不要讓你的郵件客戶端進行自動換行。這樣也會破壞你的補丁。 -郵件客戶端不能改變文本的字符集編碼方式。要發送的補丁只能是ASCII或者UTF-8編碼方式， -如果你使用UTF-8編碼方式發送郵件，那麼你將會避免一些可能發生的字符集問題。 +郵件客戶端不能改變文本的字符集編碼方式。要發送的補丁只能是ASCII或者UTF-8編碼 +方式，如果你使用UTF-8編碼方式發送郵件，那麼你將會避免一些可能發生的字符集問題。 -郵件客戶端應該形成並且保持 References: 或者 In-Reply-To: 標題，那麼 -郵件話題就不會中斷。 +郵件客戶端應該生成並且保持“References:”或者“In-Reply-To:”郵件頭，這樣郵件會話 +就不會中斷。 -複製粘帖(或者剪貼粘帖)通常不能用於補丁，因爲制表符會轉換爲空格。使用xclipboard, xclip -或者xcutsel也許可以，但是最好測試一下或者避免使用複製粘帖。 +複製粘帖(或者剪貼粘帖)通常不能用於補丁，因爲製表符會轉換爲空格。使用xclipboard, +xclip或者xcutsel也許可以，但是最好測試一下或者避免使用複製粘帖。 -不要在使用PGP/GPG署名的郵件中包含補丁。這樣會使得很多腳本不能讀取和適用於你的補丁。 -（這個問題應該是可以修復的） +不要在使用PGP/GPG簽名的郵件中包含補丁。這樣會使得很多腳本不能讀取和適用於你的 +補丁。（這個問題應該是可以修復的） 在給內核郵件列表發送補丁之前，給自己發送一個補丁是個不錯的主意，保存接收到的 郵件，將補丁用'patch'命令打上，如果成功了，再給內核郵件列表發送。 @@ -61,100 +67,135 @@ Linux內核補丁是通過郵件被提交的，最好把補丁作爲郵件體的 一些郵件客戶端提示 ------------------ -這裡給出一些詳細的MUA配置提示，可以用於給Linux內核發送補丁。這些並不意味是 -所有的軟體包配置總結。 + +這裏給出一些詳細的MUA配置提示，可以用於給Linux內核發送補丁。這些並不意味是 +所有的軟件包配置總結。 說明： -TUI = 以文本爲基礎的用戶接口 -GUI = 圖形界面用戶接口 + +- TUI = 以文本爲基礎的用戶接口 +- GUI = 圖形界面用戶接口 Alpine (TUI) -~~~~~~~~~~~~ +************ 配置選項： -在"Sending Preferences"部分： -- "Do Not Send Flowed Text"必須開啓 -- "Strip Whitespace Before Sending"必須關閉 +在 :menuselection:`Sending Preferences` 菜單： + +- :menuselection:`Do Not Send Flowed Text` 必須開啓 +- :menuselection:`Strip Whitespace Before Sending` 必須關閉 + +當寫郵件時，光標應該放在補丁會出現的地方，然後按下 :kbd:`CTRL-R` 組合鍵，使指 +定的補丁文件嵌入到郵件中。 -當寫郵件時，光標應該放在補丁會出現的地方，然後按下CTRL-R組合鍵，使指定的 -補丁文件嵌入到郵件中。 +Claws Mail (GUI) +**************** + +可以用，有人用它成功地發過補丁。 + +用 :menuselection:`Message-->Insert File` (:kbd:`CTRL-I`) 或外置編輯器插入補丁。 + +若要在Claws編輯窗口重修改插入的補丁，需關閉 +:menuselection:`Configuration-->Preferences-->Compose-->Wrapping` +的 `Auto wrapping` 。 Evolution (GUI) -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +*************** -一些開發者成功的使用它發送補丁 +一些開發者成功的使用它發送補丁。 -當選擇郵件選項：Preformat - 從Format->Heading->Preformatted (Ctrl-7)或者工具欄 +撰寫郵件時： +從 :menuselection:`格式-->段落樣式-->預格式化` (:kbd:`CTRL-7`) +或工具欄選擇 :menuselection:`預格式化` ； 然後使用： - Insert->Text File... (Alt-n x)插入補丁文件。 +:menuselection:`插入-->文本文件...` (:kbd:`ALT-N x`) 插入補丁文件。 -你還可以"diff -Nru old.c new.c | xclip"，選擇Preformat，然後使用中間鍵進行粘帖。 +你還可以 ``diff -Nru old.c new.c | xclip`` ，選擇 :menuselection:`預格式化` ， +然後使用鼠標中鍵進行粘帖。 Kmail (GUI) -~~~~~~~~~~~ +*********** 一些開發者成功的使用它發送補丁。 -默認設置不爲HTML格式是合適的；不要啓用它。 +默認撰寫設置禁用HTML格式是合適的；不要啓用它。 + +當書寫一封郵件的時候，在選項下面不要選擇自動換行。唯一的缺點就是你在郵件中輸 +入的任何文本都不會被自動換行，因此你必須在發送補丁之前手動換行。最簡單的方法 +就是啓用自動換行來書寫郵件，然後把它保存爲草稿。一旦你在草稿中再次打開它，它 +已經全部自動換行了，那麼你的郵件雖然沒有選擇自動換行，但是還不會失去已有的自 +動換行。 -當書寫一封郵件的時候，在選項下面不要選擇自動換行。唯一的缺點就是你在郵件中輸入的任何文本 -都不會被自動換行，因此你必須在發送補丁之前手動換行。最簡單的方法就是啓用自動換行來書寫郵件， -然後把它保存爲草稿。一旦你在草稿中再次打開它，它已經全部自動換行了，那麼你的郵件雖然沒有 -選擇自動換行，但是還不會失去已有的自動換行。 +在郵件的底部，插入補丁之前，放上常用的補丁定界符：三個連字符(``---``)。 -在郵件的底部，插入補丁之前，放上常用的補丁定界符：三個連字號(---)。 +然後在 :menuselection:`信件` 菜單，選擇 :menuselection:`插入文本文件` ，接 +着選取你的補丁文件。還有一個額外的選項，你可以通過它配置你的創建新郵件工具欄， +加上 :menuselection:`插入文本文件` 圖標。 -然後在"Message"菜單條目，選擇插入文件，接著選取你的補丁文件。還有一個額外的選項，你可以 -通過它配置你的郵件建立工具欄菜單，還可以帶上"insert file"圖標。 +將編輯器窗口拉到足夠寬避免折行。對於KMail 1.13.5 (KDE 4.5.4)，它會在發送郵件 +時對編輯器窗口中顯示折行的地方自動換行。在選項菜單中取消自動換行仍不能解決。 +因此，如果你的補丁中有非常長的行，必須在發送之前把編輯器窗口拉得非常寬。 +參見：https://bugs.kde.org/show_bug.cgi?id=174034 -你可以安全地通過GPG標記附件，但是內嵌補丁最好不要使用GPG標記它們。作爲內嵌文本的簽發補丁， -當從GPG中提取7位編碼時會使他們變的更加複雜。 +你可以安全地用GPG簽名附件，但是內嵌補丁最好不要使用GPG簽名它們。作爲內嵌文本 +插入的簽名補丁將使其難以從7-bit編碼中提取。 -如果你非要以附件的形式發送補丁，那麼就右鍵點擊附件，然後選中屬性，突出"Suggest automatic -display"，這樣內嵌附件更容易讓讀者看到。 +如果你非要以附件的形式發送補丁，那麼就右鍵點擊附件，然後選擇 +:menuselection:`屬性` ，打開 :menuselection:`建議自動顯示` ，使附件內聯更容 +易讓讀者看到。 -當你要保存將要發送的內嵌文本補丁，你可以從消息列表窗格選擇包含補丁的郵件，然後右擊選擇 -"save as"。你可以使用一個沒有更改的包含補丁的郵件，如果它是以正確的形式組成。當你正真在它 -自己的窗口之下察看，那時沒有選項可以保存郵件--已經有一個這樣的bug被匯報到了kmail的bugzilla -並且希望這將會被處理。郵件是以只針對某個用戶可讀寫的權限被保存的，所以如果你想把郵件複製到其他地方， -你不得不把他們的權限改爲組或者整體可讀。 +當你要保存將要發送的內嵌文本補丁，你可以從消息列表窗格選擇包含補丁的郵件，然 +後右鍵選擇 :menuselection:`另存爲` 。如果整個電子郵件的組成正確，您可直接將 +其作爲補丁使用。電子郵件以當前用戶可讀寫權限保存，因此您必須 ``chmod`` ，以 +使其在複製到別處時用戶組和其他人可讀。 Lotus Notes (GUI) -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +***************** 不要使用它。 +IBM Verse (Web GUI) +******************* + +同上條。 + Mutt (TUI) -~~~~~~~~~~ +********** -很多Linux開發人員使用mutt客戶端，所以證明它肯定工作的非常漂亮。 +很多Linux開發人員使用mutt客戶端，這證明它肯定工作得非常漂亮。 -Mutt不自帶編輯器，所以不管你使用什麼編輯器都不應該帶有自動斷行。大多數編輯器都帶有 -一個"insert file"選項，它可以通過不改變文件內容的方式插入文件。 +Mutt不自帶編輯器，所以不管你使用什麼編輯器，不自動斷行就行。大多數編輯器都有 +:menuselection:`插入文件` 選項，它可以在不改變文件內容的情況下插入文件。 + +用 ``vim`` 作爲mutt的編輯器:: -'vim'作爲mutt的編輯器： set editor="vi" - 如果使用xclip，敲入以下命令 +如果使用xclip，敲入以下命令:: + :set paste - 按中鍵之前或者shift-insert或者使用 + +然後再按中鍵或者shift-insert或者使用:: + :r filename -如果想要把補丁作爲內嵌文本。 -(a)ttach工作的很好，不帶有"set paste"。 +把補丁插入爲內嵌文本。 +在未設置 ``set paste`` 時(a)ttach工作的很好。 你可以通過 ``git format-patch`` 生成補丁，然後用 Mutt發送它們:: - $ mutt -H 0001-some-bug-fix.patch + $ mutt -H 0001-some-bug-fix.patch 配置選項： + 它應該以默認設置的形式工作。 -然而，把"send_charset"設置爲"us-ascii::utf-8"也是一個不錯的主意。 +然而，把 ``send_charset`` 設置一下也是一個不錯的主意:: -Mutt 是高度可配置的。 這裡是個使用mutt通過 Gmail 發送的補丁的最小配置:: + set send_charset="us-ascii:utf-8" + +Mutt 是高度可配置的。 這裏是個使用mutt通過 Gmail 發送的補丁的最小配置:: # .muttrc # ================ IMAP ==================== @@ -181,72 +222,108 @@ Mutt 是高度可配置的。 這裡是個使用mutt通過 Gmail 發送的補丁 set from = "username@gmail.com" set use_from = yes -Mutt文檔含有更多信息: +Mutt文檔含有更多信息： - http://dev.mutt.org/trac/wiki/UseCases/Gmail + https://gitlab.com/muttmua/mutt/-/wikis/UseCases/Gmail - http://dev.mutt.org/doc/manual.html + http://www.mutt.org/doc/manual/ Pine (TUI) -~~~~~~~~~~ +********** Pine過去有一些空格刪減問題，但是這些現在應該都被修復了。 -如果可以，請使用alpine(pine的繼承者) +如果可以，請使用alpine（pine的繼承者）。 配置選項： -- 最近的版本需要消除流程文本 -- "no-strip-whitespace-before-send"選項也是需要的。 + +- 最近的版本需要 ``quell-flowed-text`` +- ``no-strip-whitespace-before-send`` 選項也是需要的。 Sylpheed (GUI) -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +************** - 內嵌文本可以很好的工作（或者使用附件）。 - 允許使用外部的編輯器。 -- 對於目錄較多時非常慢。 +- 收件箱較多時非常慢。 - 如果通過non-SSL連接，無法使用TLS SMTP授權。 -- 在組成窗口中有一個很有用的ruler bar。 -- 給地址本中添加地址就不會正確的了解顯示名。 +- 撰寫窗口的標尺很有用。 +- 將地址添加到通訊簿時無法正確理解顯示的名稱。 Thunderbird (GUI) -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +***************** + +Thunderbird是Outlook的克隆版本，它很容易損壞文本，但也有一些方法強制修正。 + +在完成修改後（包括安裝擴展），您需要重新啓動Thunderbird。 + +- 允許使用外部編輯器： + + 使用Thunderbird發補丁最簡單的方法是使用擴展來打開您最喜歡的外部編輯器。 + + 下面是一些能夠做到這一點的擴展樣例。 + + - “External Editor Revived” + + https://github.com/Frederick888/external-editor-revived + + https://addons.thunderbird.net/en-GB/thunderbird/addon/external-editor-revived/ + + 它需要安裝“本地消息主機（native messaging host）”。 + 參見以下文檔: + https://github.com/Frederick888/external-editor-revived/wiki + + - “External Editor” + + https://github.com/exteditor/exteditor + + 下載並安裝此擴展，然後打開 :menuselection:`新建消息` 窗口, 用 + :menuselection:`查看-->工具欄-->自定義...` 給它增加一個按鈕，直接點擊此 + 按鈕即可使用外置編輯器。 + + 請注意，“External Editor”要求你的編輯器不能fork，換句話說，編輯器必須在 + 關閉前不返回。你可能需要傳遞額外的參數或修改編輯器設置。最值得注意的是， + 如果您使用的是gvim，那麼您必須將 :menuselection:`external editor` 設置的 + 編輯器字段設置爲 ``/usr/bin/gvim --nofork"`` （假設可執行文件在 + ``/usr/bin`` ），以傳遞 ``-f`` 參數。如果您正在使用其他編輯器，請閱讀其 + 手冊瞭解如何處理。 -默認情況下，thunderbird很容易損壞文本，但是還有一些方法可以強制它變得更好。 +若要修正內部編輯器，請執行以下操作： -- 在用戶帳號設置里，組成和尋址，不要選擇"Compose messages in HTML format"。 +- 修改你的Thunderbird設置，不要使用 ``format=flowed`` ！ + 回到主窗口，按照 + :menuselection:`主菜單-->首選項-->常規-->配置編輯器...` + 打開Thunderbird的配置編輯器。 -- 編輯你的Thunderbird配置設置來使它不要拆行使用：user_pref("mailnews.wraplength", 0); + - 將 ``mailnews.send_plaintext_flowed`` 設爲 ``false`` -- 編輯你的Thunderbird配置設置，使它不要使用"format=flowed"格式：user_pref("mailnews. - send_plaintext_flowed", false); + - 將 ``mailnews.wraplength`` 從 ``72`` 改爲 ``0`` -- 你需要使Thunderbird變爲預先格式方式： - 如果默認情況下你書寫的是HTML格式，那不是很難。僅僅從標題欄的下拉框中選擇"Preformat"格式。 - 如果默認情況下你書寫的是文本格式，你不得把它改爲HTML格式（僅僅作爲一次性的）來書寫新的消息， - 然後強制使它回到文本格式，否則它就會拆行。要實現它，在寫信的圖標上使用shift鍵來使它變爲HTML - 格式，然後標題欄的下拉框中選擇"Preformat"格式。 +- 不要寫HTML郵件！ + 回到主窗口，打開 + :menuselection:`主菜單-->賬戶設置-->你的@郵件.地址-->通訊錄/編寫&地址簿` ， + 關掉 ``以HTML格式編寫消息`` 。 -- 允許使用外部的編輯器： - 針對Thunderbird打補丁最簡單的方法就是使用一個"external editor"擴展，然後使用你最喜歡的 - $EDITOR來讀取或者合併補丁到文本中。要實現它，可以下載並且安裝這個擴展，然後添加一個使用它的 - 按鍵View->Toolbars->Customize...最後當你書寫信息的時候僅僅點擊它就可以了。 +- 只用純文本格式查看郵件！ + 回到主窗口， :menuselection:`主菜單-->查看-->消息體爲-->純文本` ！ TkRat (GUI) -~~~~~~~~~~~ +*********** 可以使用它。使用"Insert file..."或者外部的編輯器。 Gmail (Web GUI) -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +*************** 不要使用它發送補丁。 -Gmail網頁客戶端自動地把制表符轉換爲空格。 +Gmail網頁客戶端自動地把製表符轉換爲空格。 -雖然制表符轉換爲空格問題可以被外部編輯器解決，同時它還會使用回車換行把每行拆分爲78個字符。 +雖然製表符轉換爲空格問題可以被外部編輯器解決，但它同時還會使用回車換行把每行 +拆分爲78個字符。 -另一個問題是Gmail還會把任何不是ASCII的字符的信息改爲base64編碼。它把東西變的像歐洲人的名字。 +另一個問題是Gmail還會把任何含有非ASCII的字符的消息改用base64編碼，如歐洲人的 +名字。 - ### diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst index 8e4db8baa0d1..b9f6ab7b6666 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ :Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com> Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> -被限制的硬體問題 +被限制的硬件問題 ================ 範圍 ---- -導致安全問題的硬體問題與只影響Linux內核的純軟體錯誤是不同的安全錯誤類別。 +導致安全問題的硬件問題與隻影響Linux內核的純軟件錯誤是不同的安全錯誤類別。 -必須區別對待諸如熔毀(Meltdown)、Spectre、L1TF等硬體問題，因爲它們通常會影響 -所有作業系統（「OS」），因此需要在不同的OS供應商、發行版、硬體供應商和其他各方 -之間進行協調。對於某些問題，軟體緩解可能依賴於微碼或固件更新，這需要進一步的 +必須區別對待諸如熔燬(Meltdown)、Spectre、L1TF等硬件問題，因爲它們通常會影響 +所有操作系統（“OS”），因此需要在不同的OS供應商、發行版、硬件供應商和其他各方 +之間進行協調。對於某些問題，軟件緩解可能依賴於微碼或固件更新，這需要進一步的 協調。 .. _tw_Contact: @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ 接觸 ---- -Linux內核硬體安全小組獨立於普通的Linux內核安全小組。 +Linux內核硬件安全小組獨立於普通的Linux內核安全小組。 -該小組只負責協調被限制的硬體安全問題。Linux內核中純軟體安全漏洞的報告不由該 +該小組只負責協調被限制的硬件安全問題。Linux內核中純軟件安全漏洞的報告不由該 小組處理，報告者將被引導至常規Linux內核安全小組(:ref:`Documentation/admin-guide/ <securitybugs>`)聯繫。 @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ Linux內核硬體安全小組獨立於普通的Linux內核安全小組。 者的PGP密鑰或S/MIME證書籤名。該列表的PGP密鑰和S/MIME證書可從 https://www.kernel.org/.... 獲得。 -雖然硬體安全問題通常由受影響的硬體供應商處理，但我們歡迎發現潛在硬體缺陷的研究 +雖然硬件安全問題通常由受影響的硬件供應商處理，但我們歡迎發現潛在硬件缺陷的研究 人員或個人與我們聯繫。 -硬體安全官 +硬件安全官 ^^^^^^^^^^ -目前的硬體安全官小組: +目前的硬件安全官小組: - Linus Torvalds（Linux基金會院士） - Greg Kroah Hartman（Linux基金會院士） @@ -62,50 +62,50 @@ Linux基金會目前的IT基礎設施安全總監是 Konstantin Ryabitsev。 保密協議 -------- -Linux內核硬體安全小組不是正式的機構，因此無法簽訂任何保密協議。核心社區意識到 +Linux內核硬件安全小組不是正式的機構，因此無法簽訂任何保密協議。核心社區意識到 這些問題的敏感性，並提供了一份諒解備忘錄。 諒解備忘錄 ---------- -Linux內核社區深刻理解在不同作業系統供應商、發行商、硬體供應商和其他各方之間 -進行協調時，保持硬體安全問題處於限制狀態的要求。 +Linux內核社區深刻理解在不同操作系統供應商、發行商、硬件供應商和其他各方之間 +進行協調時，保持硬件安全問題處於限制狀態的要求。 -Linux內核社區在過去已經成功地處理了硬體安全問題，並且有必要的機制允許在限制 +Linux內核社區在過去已經成功地處理了硬件安全問題，並且有必要的機制允許在限制 限制下進行符合社區的開發。 -Linux內核社區有一個專門的硬體安全小組負責初始聯繫，並監督在限制規則下處理 +Linux內核社區有一個專門的硬件安全小組負責初始聯繫，並監督在限制規則下處理 此類問題的過程。 -硬體安全小組確定開發人員（領域專家），他們將組成特定問題的初始響應小組。最初 +硬件安全小組確定開發人員（領域專家），他們將組成特定問題的初始響應小組。最初 的響應小組可以引入更多的開發人員（領域專家）以最佳的技術方式解決這個問題。 所有相關開發商承諾遵守限制規定，並對收到的信息保密。違反承諾將導致立即從當前 -問題中排除，並從所有相關郵件列表中刪除。此外，硬體安全小組還將把違反者排除在 +問題中排除，並從所有相關郵件列表中刪除。此外，硬件安全小組還將把違反者排除在 未來的問題之外。這一後果的影響在我們社區是一種非常有效的威懾。如果發生違規 -情況，硬體安全小組將立即通知相關方。如果您或任何人發現潛在的違規行爲，請立即 -向硬體安全人員報告。 +情況，硬件安全小組將立即通知相關方。如果您或任何人發現潛在的違規行爲，請立即 +向硬件安全人員報告。 流程 ^^^^ -由於Linux內核開發的全球分布式特性，面對面的會議幾乎不可能解決硬體安全問題。 +由於Linux內核開發的全球分佈式特性，面對面的會議幾乎不可能解決硬件安全問題。 由於時區和其他因素，電話會議很難協調，只能在絕對必要時使用。加密電子郵件已被 證明是解決此類問題的最有效和最安全的通信方法。 開始披露 """""""" -披露內容首先通過電子郵件聯繫Linux內核硬體安全小組。此初始聯繫人應包含問題的 -描述和任何已知受影響硬體的列表。如果您的組織製造或分發受影響的硬體，我們建議 -您也考慮哪些其他硬體可能會受到影響。 +披露內容首先通過電子郵件聯繫Linux內核硬件安全小組。此初始聯繫人應包含問題的 +描述和任何已知受影響硬件的列表。如果您的組織製造或分發受影響的硬件，我們建議 +您也考慮哪些其他硬件可能會受到影響。 -硬體安全小組將提供一個特定於事件的加密郵件列表，用於與報告者進行初步討論、 +硬件安全小組將提供一個特定於事件的加密郵件列表，用於與報告者進行初步討論、 進一步披露和協調。 -硬體安全小組將向披露方提供一份開發人員（領域專家）名單，在與開發人員確認他們 +硬件安全小組將向披露方提供一份開發人員（領域專家）名單，在與開發人員確認他們 將遵守本諒解備忘錄和文件化流程後，應首先告知開發人員有關該問題的信息。這些開發 -人員組成初始響應小組，並在初始接觸後負責處理問題。硬體安全小組支持響應小組， +人員組成初始響應小組，並在初始接觸後負責處理問題。硬件安全小組支持響應小組， 但不一定參與緩解開發過程。 雖然個別開發人員可能通過其僱主受到保密協議的保護，但他們不能以Linux內核開發 @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Linux內核社區有一個專門的硬體安全小組負責初始聯繫，並監 披露方應提供已經或應該被告知該問題的所有其他實體的聯繫人名單。這有幾個目的: - - 披露的實體列表允許跨行業通信，例如其他作業系統供應商、硬體供應商等。 + - 披露的實體列表允許跨行業通信，例如其他操作系統供應商、硬件供應商等。 - 可聯繫已披露的實體，指定應參與緩解措施開發的專家。 @@ -133,10 +133,10 @@ Linux內核社區有一個專門的硬體安全小組負責初始聯繫，並監 初始響應小組設置加密郵件列表，或在適當的情況下重新修改現有郵件列表。 -使用郵件列表接近於正常的Linux開發過程，並且在過去已經成功地用於爲各種硬體安全 +使用郵件列表接近於正常的Linux開發過程，並且在過去已經成功地用於爲各種硬件安全 問題開發緩解措施。 -郵件列表的操作方式與正常的Linux開發相同。發布、討論和審查修補程序，如果同意， +郵件列表的操作方式與正常的Linux開發相同。發佈、討論和審查修補程序，如果同意， 則應用於非公共git存儲庫，參與開發人員只能通過安全連接訪問該存儲庫。存儲庫包含 針對主線內核的主開發分支，並根據需要爲穩定的內核版本提供向後移植分支。 @@ -155,9 +155,9 @@ Linux內核社區有一個專門的硬體安全小組負責初始聯繫，並監 """""""" 有關各方將協商限制結束的日期和時間。此時，準備好的緩解措施集成到相關的內核樹中 -並發布。 +併發布。 -雖然我們理解硬體安全問題需要協調限制時間，但限制時間應限制在所有有關各方制定、 +雖然我們理解硬件安全問題需要協調限制時間，但限制時間應限制在所有有關各方制定、 測試和準備緩解措施所需的最短時間內。人爲地延長限制時間以滿足會議討論日期或其他 非技術原因，會給相關的開發人員和響應小組帶來了更多的工作和負擔，因爲補丁需要 保持最新，以便跟蹤正在進行的上游內核開發，這可能會造成衝突的更改。 @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Linux內核社區有一個專門的硬體安全小組負責初始聯繫，並監 CVE分配 """"""" -硬體安全小組和初始響應小組都不分配CVE，開發過程也不需要CVE。如果CVE是由披露方 +硬件安全小組和初始響應小組都不分配CVE，開發過程也不需要CVE。如果CVE是由披露方 提供的，則可用於文檔中。 流程專使 @@ -196,22 +196,22 @@ CVE分配 Google Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> ============= ======================================================== -如果要將您的組織添加到專使名單中，請與硬體安全小組聯繫。被提名的專使必須完全 +如果要將您的組織添加到專使名單中，請與硬件安全小組聯繫。被提名的專使必須完全 理解和支持我們的過程，並且在Linux內核社區中很容易聯繫。 加密郵件列表 ------------ 我們使用加密郵件列表進行通信。這些列表的工作原理是，發送到列表的電子郵件使用 -列表的PGP密鑰或列表的/MIME證書進行加密。郵件列表軟體對電子郵件進行解密，並 +列表的PGP密鑰或列表的/MIME證書進行加密。郵件列表軟件對電子郵件進行解密，並 使用訂閱者的PGP密鑰或S/MIME證書爲每個訂閱者分別對其進行重新加密。有關郵件列表 -軟體和用於確保列表安全和數據保護的設置的詳細信息，請訪問: +軟件和用於確保列表安全和數據保護的設置的詳細信息，請訪問: https://www.kernel.org/.... 關鍵點 ^^^^^^ -初次接觸見 :ref:`tw_Contact`. 對於特定於事件的郵件列表，密鑰和S/MIME證書通過 +初次接觸見 :ref:`zh_Contact`. 對於特定於事件的郵件列表，密鑰和S/MIME證書通過 特定列表發送的電子郵件傳遞給訂閱者。 訂閱事件特定列表 @@ -220,8 +220,8 @@ https://www.kernel.org/.... 訂閱由響應小組處理。希望參與通信的披露方將潛在訂戶的列表發送給響應組，以便 響應組可以驗證訂閱請求。 -每個訂戶都需要通過電子郵件向響應小組發送訂閱請求。電子郵件必須使用訂閱伺服器 -的PGP密鑰或S/MIME證書籤名。如果使用PGP密鑰，則必須從公鑰伺服器獲得該密鑰， +每個訂戶都需要通過電子郵件向響應小組發送訂閱請求。電子郵件必須使用訂閱服務器 +的PGP密鑰或S/MIME證書籤名。如果使用PGP密鑰，則必須從公鑰服務器獲得該密鑰， 並且理想情況下該密鑰連接到Linux內核的PGP信任網。另請參見: https://www.kernel.org/signature.html. diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/index.rst index d742642dab01..6a0d98b2f9ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/index.rst @@ -13,11 +13,12 @@ .. _tw_process_index: +======================== 與Linux 內核社區一起工作 ======================== 你想成爲Linux內核開發人員嗎？歡迎之至！在學習許多關於內核的技術知識的同時， -了解我們社區的工作方式也很重要。閱讀這些文檔可以讓您以更輕鬆的、麻煩更少的 +瞭解我們社區的工作方式也很重要。閱讀這些文檔可以讓您以更輕鬆的、麻煩更少的 方式將更改合併到內核。 以下是每位開發人員都應閱讀的基本指南： @@ -49,7 +50,7 @@ management-style embargoed-hardware-issues -這些是一些總體性技術指南，由於不大好分類而放在這裡： +這些是一些總體性技術指南，由於不大好分類而放在這裏： .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst index 963ecece3db1..e967089d2e1f 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 -.. _zh_process_statement_driver: +.. _tw_process_statement_driver: .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst index 503b6701bde4..2c43bcf2ac79 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/license-rules.rst <kernel_licensing>` @@ -17,10 +15,10 @@ Linux內核根據LICENSES/preferred/GPL-2.0中提供的GNU通用公共許可證 （GPL-2.0）的條款提供，並在LICENSES/exceptions/Linux-syscall-note中顯式 描述了例外的系統調用，如COPYING文件中所述。 -此文檔文件提供了如何對每個源文件進行注釋以使其許可證清晰明確的說明。 +此文檔文件提供瞭如何對每個源文件進行註釋以使其許可證清晰明確的說明。 它不會取代內核的許可證。 -內核原始碼作爲一個整體適用於COPYING文件中描述的許可證，但是單個源文件可以 +內核源代碼作爲一個整體適用於COPYING文件中描述的許可證，但是單個源文件可以 具有不同的與GPL-20兼容的許可證:: GPL-1.0+ : GNU通用公共許可證v1.0或更高版本 @@ -34,18 +32,18 @@ Linux內核根據LICENSES/preferred/GPL-2.0中提供的GNU通用公共許可證 MIT等許可。 用戶空間API（UAPI）頭文件描述了用戶空間程序與內核的接口，這是一種特殊情況。 -根據內核COPYING文件中的注釋，syscall接口是一個明確的邊界，它不會將GPL要求 -擴展到任何使用它與內核通信的軟體。由於UAPI頭文件必須包含在創建在Linux內核 +根據內核COPYING文件中的註釋，syscall接口是一個明確的邊界，它不會將GPL要求 +擴展到任何使用它與內核通信的軟件。由於UAPI頭文件必須包含在創建在Linux內核 上運行的可執行文件的任何源文件中，因此此例外必須記錄在特別的許可證表述中。 -表達源文件許可證的常用方法是將匹配的樣板文本添加到文件的頂部注釋中。由於 -格式，拼寫錯誤等，這些「樣板」很難通過那些在上下文中使用的驗證許可證合規性 +表達源文件許可證的常用方法是將匹配的樣板文本添加到文件的頂部註釋中。由於 +格式，拼寫錯誤等，這些“樣板”很難通過那些在上下文中使用的驗證許可證合規性 的工具。 -樣板文本的替代方法是在每個源文件中使用軟體包數據交換（SPDX）許可證標識符。 +樣板文本的替代方法是在每個源文件中使用軟件包數據交換（SPDX）許可證標識符。 SPDX許可證標識符是機器可解析的，並且是用於提供文件內容的許可證的精確縮寫。 SPDX許可證標識符由Linux 基金會的SPDX 工作組管理，並得到了整個行業，工具 -供應商和法律團隊的合作夥伴的一致同意。有關詳細信息，請參閱 +供應商和法律團隊的合作伙伴的一致同意。有關詳細信息，請參閱 https://spdx.org/ Linux內核需要所有源文件中的精確SPDX標識符。內核中使用的有效標識符在 @@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ https://spdx.org/licenses/ 上的官方SPDX許可證列表中檢索，並附帶 1.安置: - 內核文件中的SPDX許可證標識符應添加到可包含注釋的文件中的第一行。對於大多 + 內核文件中的SPDX許可證標識符應添加到可包含註釋的文件中的第一行。對於大多 數文件，這是第一行，除了那些在第一行中需要'#!PATH_TO_INTERPRETER'的腳本。 對於這些腳本，SPDX標識符進入第二行。 @@ -66,7 +64,7 @@ https://spdx.org/licenses/ 上的官方SPDX許可證列表中檢索，並附帶 2. 風格: - SPDX許可證標識符以注釋的形式添加。注釋樣式取決於文件類型:: + SPDX許可證標識符以註釋的形式添加。註釋樣式取決於文件類型:: C source: // SPDX-License-Identifier: <SPDX License Expression> C header: /* SPDX-License-Identifier: <SPDX License Expression> */ @@ -75,20 +73,20 @@ https://spdx.org/licenses/ 上的官方SPDX許可證列表中檢索，並附帶 .rst: .. SPDX-License-Identifier: <SPDX License Expression> .dts{i}: // SPDX-License-Identifier: <SPDX License Expression> - 如果特定工具無法處理標準注釋樣式，則應使用工具接受的相應注釋機制。這是在 - C 頭文件中使用「/\*\*/」樣式注釋的原因。過去在使用生成的.lds文件中觀察到 - 構建被破壞，其中'ld'無法解析C++注釋。現在已經解決了這個問題，但仍然有較 - 舊的彙編程序工具無法處理C++樣式的注釋。 + 如果特定工具無法處理標準註釋樣式，則應使用工具接受的相應註釋機制。這是在 + C 頭文件中使用“/\*\*/”樣式註釋的原因。過去在使用生成的.lds文件中觀察到 + 構建被破壞，其中'ld'無法解析C++註釋。現在已經解決了這個問題，但仍然有較 + 舊的彙編程序工具無法處理C++樣式的註釋。 | 3. 句法: <SPDX許可證表達式>是SPDX許可證列表中的SPDX短格式許可證標識符，或者在許可 - 證例外適用時由「WITH」分隔的兩個SPDX短格式許可證標識符的組合。當應用多個許 - 可證時，表達式由分隔子表達式的關鍵字「AND」，「OR」組成，並由「（」，「）」包圍。 + 證例外適用時由“WITH”分隔的兩個SPDX短格式許可證標識符的組合。當應用多個許 + 可證時，表達式由分隔子表達式的關鍵字“AND”，“OR”組成，並由“（”，“）”包圍。 - 帶有「或更高」選項的[L]GPL等許可證的許可證標識符通過使用「+」來表示「或更高」 + 帶有“或更高”選項的[L]GPL等許可證的許可證標識符通過使用“+”來表示“或更高” 選項來構建。:: // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ @@ -230,7 +228,7 @@ https://spdx.org/licenses/ 上的官方SPDX許可證列表中檢索，並附帶 元標籤: - 「其他」許可證的元標籤要求與 `優先許可`_ 的要求相同。 + “其他”許可證的元標籤要求與 `優先許可`_ 的要求相同。 文件格式示例:: @@ -267,8 +265,8 @@ https://spdx.org/licenses/ 上的官方SPDX許可證列表中檢索，並附帶 LICENSES/exceptions/GCC-exception-2.0 - 包含GCC'連結例外'，它允許獨立於其許可證的任何二進位文件與標記有此例外的 - 文件的編譯版本連結。這是從GPL不兼容原始碼創建可運行的可執行文件所必需的。 + 包含GCC'鏈接例外'，它允許獨立於其許可證的任何二進制文件與標記有此例外的 + 文件的編譯版本鏈接。這是從GPL不兼容源代碼創建可運行的可執行文件所必需的。 _`例外元標記`: @@ -333,11 +331,11 @@ https://spdx.org/licenses/ 上的官方SPDX許可證列表中檢索，並附帶 _`模塊許可` ----------------- - 可加載內核模塊還需要MODULE_LICENSE（）標記。此標記既不替代正確的原始碼 + 可加載內核模塊還需要MODULE_LICENSE（）標記。此標記既不替代正確的源代碼 許可證信息（SPDX-License-Identifier），也不以任何方式表示或確定提供模塊 - 原始碼的確切許可證。 + 源代碼的確切許可證。 - 此標記的唯一目的是提供足夠的信息，該模塊是否是自由軟體或者是內核模塊加 + 此標記的唯一目的是提供足夠的信息，該模塊是否是自由軟件或者是內核模塊加 載器和用戶空間工具的專有模塊。 MODULE_LICENSE（）的有效許可證字符串是: @@ -365,9 +363,9 @@ _`模塊許可` 只能通過相應的源文件中的許可證信息來確定。 "Proprietary" 該模塊屬於專有許可。此字符串僅用於專有的第三 - 方模塊，不能用於在內核樹中具有原始碼的模塊。 - 以這種方式標記的模塊在加載時會使用'P'標記汙 - 染內核，並且內核模塊加載器拒絕將這些模塊連結 + 方模塊，不能用於在內核樹中具有源代碼的模塊。 + 以這種方式標記的模塊在加載時會使用'P'標記污 + 染內核，並且內核模塊加載器拒絕將這些模塊鏈接 到使用EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL（）導出的符號。 ============================= ============================================= diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/management-style.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/management-style.rst index e9d29024f4c9..f3913e3c159d 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/management-style.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/management-style.rst @@ -16,20 +16,20 @@ Linux內核管理風格 主要是爲了避免反覆回答 [#cnf1]_ 相同（或類似）的問題。 管理風格是非常個人化的，比簡單的編碼風格規則更難以量化，因此本文檔可能與實 -際情況有關，也可能與實際情況無關。起初它是一個玩笑，但這並不意味著它可能不 +際情況有關，也可能與實際情況無關。起初它是一個玩笑，但這並不意味着它可能不 是真的。你得自己決定。 -順便說一句，在談到「核心管理者」時，主要是技術負責人，而不是在公司內部進行傳 -統管理的人。如果你簽署了採購訂單或者對你的團隊的預算有任何了解，你幾乎肯定 +順便說一句，在談到“核心管理者”時，主要是技術負責人，而不是在公司內部進行傳 +統管理的人。如果你簽署了採購訂單或者對你的團隊的預算有任何瞭解，你幾乎肯定 不是一個核心管理者。這些建議可能適用於您，也可能不適用於您。 -首先，我建議你購買「高效人的七個習慣」，而不是閱讀它。燒了它，這是一個偉大的 +首先，我建議你購買“高效人的七個習慣”，而不是閱讀它。燒了它，這是一個偉大的 象徵性姿態。 .. [#cnf1] 本文件並不是通過回答問題，而是通過讓提問者痛苦地明白，我們不知道 答案是什麼。 -不管怎樣，這裡是： +不管怎樣，這裏是： .. _tw_decisions: @@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ Linux內核管理風格 每個人都認爲管理者做決定，而且決策很重要。決定越大越痛苦，管理者就必須越高級。 這很明顯，但事實並非如此。 -遊戲的名字是 **避免** 做出決定。尤其是，如果有人告訴你「選擇（a）或（b）， -我們真的需要你來做決定」，你就是陷入麻煩的管理者。你管理的人比你更了解細節， +最重要的是 **避免** 做出決定。尤其是，如果有人告訴你“選擇（a）或（b）， +我們真的需要你來做決定”，你就是陷入麻煩的管理者。你管理的人比你更瞭解細節， 所以如果他們來找你做技術決策，你完蛋了。你顯然沒有能力爲他們做這個決定。 -（推論：如果你管理的人不比你更了解細節，你也會被搞砸，儘管原因完全不同。 +（推論：如果你管理的人不比你更瞭解細節，你也會被搞砸，儘管原因完全不同。 也就是說，你的工作是錯的，他們應該管理你的才智） -所以遊戲的名字是 **避免** 做出決定，至少是那些大而痛苦的決定。做一些小的 +所以最重要的是 **避免** 做出決定，至少是那些大而痛苦的決定。做一些小的 和非結果性的決定是很好的，並且使您看起來好像知道自己在做什麼，所以內核管理者 需要做的是將那些大的和痛苦的決定變成那些沒有人真正關心的小事情。 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Linux內核管理風格 逃離的角落。走投無路的老鼠可能很危險——走投無路的管理者真可憐。 事實證明，由於沒有人會愚蠢到讓內核管理者承擔巨大的財政責任，所以通常很容易 -回溯。既然你不可能浪費掉你無法償還的巨額資金，你唯一可以回溯的就是技術決策， +回溯。既然你不可能浪費掉你無法償還的鉅額資金，你唯一可以回溯的就是技術決策， 而回溯很容易：只要告訴大家你是個不稱職的傻瓜，說對不起，然後撤銷你去年讓別 人所做的毫無價值的工作。突然間，你一年前做的決定不在是一個重大的決定，因爲 它很容易被推翻。 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Linux內核管理風格 確實很難。 - 如果有人告訴你，你去年所做的工作終究是不值得的，那麼對那些可憐的低級工 程師來說也是很困難的，雖然實際的 **工作** 很容易刪除，但你可能已經不可 - 挽回地失去了工程師的信任。記住：「不可撤銷」是我們一開始就試圖避免的， + 挽回地失去了工程師的信任。記住：“不可撤銷”是我們一開始就試圖避免的， 而你的決定終究是一個重大的決定。 令人欣慰的是，這兩個原因都可以通過預先承認你沒有任何線索，提前告訴人們你的 @@ -80,19 +80,19 @@ Linux內核管理風格 的權利，並讓人們 **意識** 到這一點。當你 **還沒有** 做過真正愚蠢的事情的時 候，承認自己是愚蠢的要容易得多。 -然後，當它真的被證明是愚蠢的時候，人們就轉動他們的眼珠說「哎呀，下次不要了」。 +然後，當它真的被證明是愚蠢的時候，人們就轉動他們的眼珠說“哎呀，下次不要了”。 這種對不稱職的先發制人的承認，也可能使真正做這項工作的人也會三思是否值得做。 畢竟，如果他們不確定這是否是一個好主意，你肯定不應該通過向他們保證他們所做 的工作將會進入（內核）鼓勵他們。在他們開始一項巨大的努力之前，至少讓他們三 思而後行。 -記住：他們最好比你更了解細節，而且他們通常認爲他們對每件事都有答案。作爲一 +記住：他們最好比你更瞭解細節，而且他們通常認爲他們對每件事都有答案。作爲一 個管理者，你能做的最好的事情不是灌輸自信，而是對他們所做的事情進行健康的批 判性思考。 -順便說一句，另一種避免做出決定的方法是看起來很可憐的抱怨 「我們不能兩者兼 -得嗎？」 相信我，它是有效的。如果不清楚哪種方法更好，他們最終會弄清楚的。 +順便說一句，另一種避免做出決定的方法是看起來很可憐的抱怨 “我們不能兩者兼 +得嗎？” 相信我，它是有效的。如果不清楚哪種方法更好，他們最終會弄清楚的。 最終的答案可能是兩個團隊都會因爲這種情況而感到沮喪，以至於他們放棄了。 這聽起來像是一個失敗，但這通常是一個跡象，表明兩個項目都有問題，而參與其中 @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Linux內核管理風格 2）人 ----- -大多數人都是白癡，做一名管理者意味著你必須處理好這件事，也許更重要的是, +大多數人都是白癡，做一名管理者意味着你必須處理好這件事，也許更重要的是, **他們** 必須處理好你。 事實證明，雖然很容易糾正技術錯誤，但不容易糾正人格障礙。你只能和他們的和 @@ -110,16 +110,16 @@ Linux內核管理風格 但是，爲了做好作爲內核管理者的準備，最好記住不要燒掉任何橋樑，不要轟炸任何 無辜的村民，也不要疏遠太多的內核開發人員。事實證明，疏遠人是相當容易的，而 -親近一個疏遠的人是很難的。因此，「疏遠」立即屬於「不可逆」的範疇，並根據 +親近一個疏遠的人是很難的。因此，“疏遠”立即屬於“不可逆”的範疇，並根據 :ref:`tw_decisions` 成爲絕不可以做的事情。 -這裡只有幾個簡單的規則： +這裏只有幾個簡單的規則： (1) 不要叫人笨蛋（至少不要在公共場合） (2) 學習如何在忘記規則(1)時道歉 -問題在於 #1 很容易去做，因爲你可以用數百萬種不同的方式說「你是一個笨蛋」 [#cnf2]_ -有時甚至沒有意識到，而且幾乎總是帶著一種白熱化的信念，認爲你是對的。 +問題在於 #1 很容易去做，因爲你可以用數百萬種不同的方式說“你是一個笨蛋” [#cnf2]_ +有時甚至沒有意識到，而且幾乎總是帶着一種白熱化的信念，認爲你是對的。 你越確信自己是對的（讓我們面對現實吧，你可以把幾乎所有人都稱爲壞人，而且你 經常是對的），事後道歉就越難。 @@ -127,12 +127,12 @@ Linux內核管理風格 要解決此問題，您實際上只有兩個選項： - 非常擅長道歉 - - 把「愛」均勻地散開，沒有人會真正感覺到自己被不公平地瞄準了。讓它有足夠的 + - 把“愛”均勻地散開，沒有人會真正感覺到自己被不公平地瞄準了。讓它有足夠的 創造性，他們甚至可能會覺得好笑。 選擇永遠保持禮貌是不存在的。沒有人會相信一個如此明顯地隱藏了他們真實性格的人。 -.. [#cnf2] 保羅·西蒙演唱了「離開愛人的50種方法」，因爲坦率地說，「告訴開發者 +.. [#cnf2] 保羅·西蒙演唱了“離開愛人的50種方法”，因爲坦率地說，“告訴開發者 他們是D*CKHEAD" 的100萬種方法都無法確認。但我確信他已經這麼想了。 3）人2 - 好人 @@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ Linux內核管理風格 特別是，他們能夠爲你做決定，這就是遊戲的全部內容。 所以當你發現一個比你聰明的人時，就順其自然吧。你的管理職責在很大程度上變成 -了「聽起來像是個好主意——去嘗試吧」，或者「聽起來不錯，但是XXX呢？」「。第二個版 -本尤其是一個很好的方法，要麼學習一些關於「XXX」的新東西，要麼通過指出一些聰明 +了“聽起來像是個好主意——去嘗試吧”，或者“聽起來不錯，但是XXX呢？”“。第二個版 +本尤其是一個很好的方法，要麼學習一些關於“XXX”的新東西，要麼通過指出一些聰明 人沒有想到的東西來顯得更具管理性。無論哪種情況，你都會贏。 要注意的一件事是認識到一個領域的偉大不一定會轉化爲其他領域。所以你可能會向 @@ -172,22 +172,22 @@ Linux內核管理風格 他們也可能是能夠解決問題的人。因爲，讓我們面對現實吧，肯定不是你。 承擔責任也是你首先成爲管理者的原因。這是讓人們信任你，讓你獲得潛在的榮耀的 -一部分，因爲你就是那個會說「我搞砸了」的人。如果你已經遵循了以前的規則，你現 +一部分，因爲你就是那個會說“我搞砸了”的人。如果你已經遵循了以前的規則，你現 在已經很擅長說了。 5）應避免的事情 --------------- -有一件事人們甚至比被稱爲「笨蛋」更討厭，那就是在一個神聖的聲音中被稱爲「笨蛋」。 +有一件事人們甚至比被稱爲“笨蛋”更討厭，那就是在一個神聖的聲音中被稱爲“笨蛋”。 第一個你可以道歉，第二個你不會真正得到機會。即使你做得很好，他們也可能不再 傾聽。 -我們都認爲自己比別人強，這意味著當別人裝腔作勢時，這會讓我們很惱火。你也許 +我們都認爲自己比別人強，這意味着當別人裝腔作勢時，這會讓我們很惱火。你也許 在道德和智力上比你周圍的每個人都優越，但不要試圖太明顯，除非你真的打算激怒 某人 [#cnf3]_ 同樣，不要對事情太客氣或太微妙。禮貌很容易落得落花流水，把問題隱藏起來， -正如他們所說，「在網際網路上，沒人能聽到你的含蓄。」用一個鈍器把這一點錘進去， +正如他們所說，“在互聯網上，沒人能聽到你的含蓄。”用一個鈍器把這一點錘進去， 因爲你不能真的依靠別人來獲得你的觀點。 一些幽默可以幫助緩和直率和道德化。過度到荒謬的地步，可以灌輸一個觀點，而不 @@ -203,8 +203,8 @@ Linux內核管理風格 既然你的主要責任似乎是爲別人的錯誤承擔責任，並且讓別人痛苦地明白你是不稱職 的，那麼顯而易見的問題之一就變成了爲什麼首先要這樣做。 -首先，雖然你可能會或可能不會聽到十幾歲女孩（或男孩，讓我們不要在這裡評判或 -性別歧視）敲你的更衣室門，你會得到一個巨大的個人成就感爲「負責」。別介意你真 +首先，雖然你可能會或可能不會聽到十幾歲女孩（或男孩，讓我們不要在這裏評判或 +性別歧視）敲你的更衣室門，你會得到一個巨大的個人成就感爲“負責”。別介意你真 的在領導別人，你要跟上別人，儘可能快地追趕他們。每個人都會認爲你是負責人。 如果你可以做到這個， 這是個偉大的工作！ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst index 33fc85c2cc51..6839d25bb22a 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst @@ -17,45 +17,45 @@ Linux 內核驅動接口 ================== -寫作本文檔的目的，是爲了解釋爲什麼Linux既沒有二進位內核接口，也沒有穩定 -的內核接口。這裡所說的內核接口，是指內核里的接口，而不是內核和用戶空間 -的接口。內核到用戶空間的接口，是提供給應用程式使用的系統調用，系統調用 -在歷史上幾乎沒有過變化，將來也不會有變化。我有一些老應用程式是在0.9版本 -或者更早版本的內核上編譯的，在使用2.6版本內核的Linux發布上依然用得很好 -。用戶和應用程式作者可以將這個接口看成是穩定的。 +寫作本文檔的目的，是爲了解釋爲什麼Linux既沒有二進制內核接口，也沒有穩定 +的內核接口。這裏所說的內核接口，是指內核裏的接口，而不是內核和用戶空間 +的接口。內核到用戶空間的接口，是提供給應用程序使用的系統調用，系統調用 +在歷史上幾乎沒有過變化，將來也不會有變化。我有一些老應用程序是在0.9版本 +或者更早版本的內核上編譯的，在使用2.6版本內核的Linux發佈上依然用得很好 +。用戶和應用程序作者可以將這個接口看成是穩定的。 執行綱要 -------- 你也許以爲自己想要穩定的內核接口，但是你不清楚你要的實際上不是它。你需 -要的其實是穩定的驅動程序，而你只有將驅動程序放到公版內核的原始碼樹里， -才有可能達到這個目的。而且這樣做還有很多其它好處，正是因爲這些好處使得 -Linux能成爲強壯，穩定，成熟的作業系統，這也是你最開始選擇Linux的原因。 +要的其實是穩定的驅動程序，而你只有將驅動程序放到公版內核的源代碼樹裏， +纔有可能達到這個目的。而且這樣做還有很多其它好處，正是因爲這些好處使得 +Linux能成爲強壯，穩定，成熟的操作系統，這也是你最開始選擇Linux的原因。 入門 ----- -只有那些寫驅動程序的「怪人」才會擔心內核接口的改變，對廣大用戶來說，既 +只有那些寫驅動程序的“怪人”纔會擔心內核接口的改變，對廣大用戶來說，既 看不到內核接口，也不需要去關心它。 首先，我不打算討論關於任何非GPL許可的內核驅動的法律問題，這些非GPL許可 -的驅動程序包括不公開原始碼，隱藏原始碼，二進位或者是用原始碼包裝，或者 -是其它任何形式的不能以GPL許可公開原始碼的驅動程序。如果有法律問題，請咨 -詢律師，我只是一個程式設計師，所以我只打算探討技術問題（不是小看法律問題， +的驅動程序包括不公開源代碼，隱藏源代碼，二進制或者是用源代碼包裝，或者 +是其它任何形式的不能以GPL許可公開源代碼的驅動程序。如果有法律問題，請諮 +詢律師，我只是一個程序員，所以我只打算探討技術問題（不是小看法律問題， 法律問題很實際，並且需要一直關注）。 -既然只談技術問題，我們就有了下面兩個主題：二進位內核接口和穩定的內核源 -代碼接口。這兩個問題是互相關聯的，讓我們先解決掉二進位接口的問題。 +既然只談技術問題，我們就有了下面兩個主題：二進制內核接口和穩定的內核源 +代碼接口。這兩個問題是互相關聯的，讓我們先解決掉二進制接口的問題。 -二進位內核接口 +二進制內核接口 -------------- -假如我們有一個穩定的內核原始碼接口，那麼自然而然的，我們就擁有了穩定的 -二進位接口，是這樣的嗎？錯。讓我們看看關於Linux內核的幾點事實： +假如我們有一個穩定的內核源代碼接口，那麼自然而然的，我們就擁有了穩定的 +二進制接口，是這樣的嗎？錯。讓我們看看關於Linux內核的幾點事實： - - 取決於所用的C編譯器的版本，不同的內核數據結構里的結構體的對齊方 + - 取決於所用的C編譯器的版本，不同的內核數據結構裏的結構體的對齊方 式會有差別，代碼中不同函數的表現形式也不一樣（函數是不是被inline 編譯取決於編譯器行爲）。不同的函數的表現形式並不重要，但是數據 結構內部的對齊方式很關鍵。 @@ -69,33 +69,33 @@ Linux能成爲強壯，穩定，成熟的作業系統，這也是你最開始選 項。 - Linux可以在很多的不同體系結構的處理器上運行。在某個體系結構上編 - 譯好的二進位驅動程序，不可能在另外一個體系結構上正確的運行。 + 譯好的二進制驅動程序，不可能在另外一個體繫結構上正確的運行。 對於一個特定的內核，滿足這些條件並不難，使用同一個C編譯器和同樣的內核配 -置選項來編譯驅動程序模塊就可以了。這對於給一個特定Linux發布的特定版本提 -供驅動程序，是完全可以滿足需求的。但是如果你要給不同發布的不同版本都發 -布一個驅動程序，就需要在每個發布上用不同的內核設置參數都編譯一次內核， -這簡直跟噩夢一樣。而且還要注意到，每個Linux發布還提供不同的Linux內核， -這些內核都針對不同的硬體類型進行了優化（有很多種不同的處理器，還有不同 -的內核設置選項）。所以每發布一次驅動程序，都需要提供很多不同版本的內核 +置選項來編譯驅動程序模塊就可以了。這對於給一個特定Linux發佈的特定版本提 +供驅動程序，是完全可以滿足需求的。但是如果你要給不同發佈的不同版本都發 +佈一個驅動程序，就需要在每個發佈上用不同的內核設置參數都編譯一次內核， +這簡直跟噩夢一樣。而且還要注意到，每個Linux發佈還提供不同的Linux內核， +這些內核都針對不同的硬件類型進行了優化（有很多種不同的處理器，還有不同 +的內核設置選項）。所以每發佈一次驅動程序，都需要提供很多不同版本的內核 模塊。 -相信我，如果你真的要採取這種發布方式，一定會慢慢瘋掉，我很久以前就有過 +相信我，如果你真的要採取這種發佈方式，一定會慢慢瘋掉，我很久以前就有過 深刻的教訓... -穩定的內核原始碼接口 +穩定的內核源代碼接口 -------------------- -如果有人不將他的內核驅動程序，放入公版內核的原始碼樹，而又想讓驅動程序 +如果有人不將他的內核驅動程序，放入公版內核的源代碼樹，而又想讓驅動程序 一直保持在最新的內核中可用，那麼這個話題將會變得沒完沒了。 內核開發是持續而且快節奏的，從來都不會慢下來。內核開發人員在當前接口中 找到bug，或者找到更好的實現方式。一旦發現這些，他們就很快會去修改當前的 -接口。修改接口意味著，函數名可能會改變，結構體可能被擴充或者刪減，函數 +接口。修改接口意味着，函數名可能會改變，結構體可能被擴充或者刪減，函數 的參數也可能發生改變。一旦接口被修改，內核中使用這些接口的地方需要同時 修正，這樣才能保證所有的東西繼續工作。 -舉一個例子，內核的USB驅動程序接口在USB子系統的整個生命周期中，至少經歷 +舉一個例子，內核的USB驅動程序接口在USB子系統的整個生命週期中，至少經歷 了三次重寫。這些重寫解決以下問題： - 把數據流從同步模式改成非同步模式，這個改動減少了一些驅動程序的 @@ -104,11 +104,11 @@ Linux能成爲強壯，穩定，成熟的作業系統，這也是你最開始選 - 修改了USB核心代碼中爲USB驅動分配數據包內存的方式，所有的驅動都 需要提供更多的參數給USB核心，以修正了很多已經被記錄在案的死鎖。 -這和一些封閉原始碼的作業系統形成鮮明的對比，在那些作業系統上，不得不額 +這和一些封閉源代碼的操作系統形成鮮明的對比，在那些操作系統上，不得不額 外的維護舊的USB接口。這導致了一個可能性，新的開發者依然會不小心使用舊的 -接口，以不恰當的方式編寫代碼，進而影響到作業系統的穩定性。 +接口，以不恰當的方式編寫代碼，進而影響到操作系統的穩定性。 在上面的例子中，所有的開發者都同意這些重要的改動，在這樣的情況下修改代 -價很低。如果Linux保持一個穩定的內核原始碼接口，那麼就得創建一個新的接口 +價很低。如果Linux保持一個穩定的內核源代碼接口，那麼就得創建一個新的接口 ；舊的，有問題的接口必須一直維護，給Linux USB開發者帶來額外的工作。既然 所有的Linux USB驅動的作者都是利用自己的時間工作，那麼要求他們去做毫無意 義的免費額外工作，是不可能的。 @@ -126,28 +126,28 @@ Linux能成爲強壯，穩定，成熟的作業系統，這也是你最開始選 要做什麼 -------- -如果你寫了一個Linux內核驅動，但是它還不在Linux原始碼樹里，作爲一個開發 -者，你應該怎麼做？爲每個發布的每個版本提供一個二進位驅動，那簡直是一個 +如果你寫了一個Linux內核驅動，但是它還不在Linux源代碼樹裏，作爲一個開發 +者，你應該怎麼做？爲每個發佈的每個版本提供一個二進制驅動，那簡直是一個 噩夢，要跟上永遠處於變化之中的內核接口，也是一件辛苦活。 -很簡單，讓你的驅動進入內核原始碼樹（要記得我們在談論的是以GPL許可發行 +很簡單，讓你的驅動進入內核源代碼樹（要記得我們在談論的是以GPL許可發行 的驅動，如果你的代碼不符合GPL，那麼祝你好運，你只能自己解決這個問題了， -你這個吸血鬼<把Andrew和Linus對吸血鬼的定義連結到這裡>）。當你的代碼加入 -公版內核原始碼樹之後，如果一個內核接口改變，你的驅動會直接被修改接口的 +你這個吸血鬼<把Andrew和Linus對吸血鬼的定義鏈接到這裏>）。當你的代碼加入 +公版內核源代碼樹之後，如果一個內核接口改變，你的驅動會直接被修改接口的 那個人修改。保證你的驅動永遠都可以編譯通過，並且一直工作，你幾乎不需要 做什麼事情。 -把驅動放到內核原始碼樹里會有很多的好處： +把驅動放到內核源代碼樹裏會有很多的好處： - 驅動的質量會提升，而維護成本（對原始作者來說）會下降。 - 其他人會給驅動添加新特性。 - 其他人會找到驅動中的bug並修復。 - 其他人會在驅動中找到性能優化的機會。 - 當外部的接口的改變需要修改驅動程序的時候，其他人會修改驅動程序 - - 不需要聯繫任何發行商，這個驅動會自動的隨著所有的Linux發布一起發 + - 不需要聯繫任何發行商，這個驅動會自動的隨着所有的Linux發佈一起發 布。 -和別的作業系統相比，Linux爲更多不同的設備提供現成的驅動，而且能在更多不 -同體系結構的處理器上支持這些設備。這個經過考驗的開發模式，必然是錯不了 +和別的操作系統相比，Linux爲更多不同的設備提供現成的驅動，而且能在更多不 +同體繫結構的處理器上支持這些設備。這個經過考驗的開發模式，必然是錯不了 的 :) 感謝 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst index 29d9a70a1868..bd82a8ff3969 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ - Kangkai Yin <e12051@motorola.com> - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> -所有你想知道的事情 - 關於linux穩定版發布 +所有你想知道的事情 - 關於linux穩定版發佈 ======================================== -關於Linux 2.6穩定版發布，所有你想知道的事情。 +關於Linux 2.6穩定版發佈，所有你想知道的事情。 關於哪些類型的補丁可以被接收進入穩定版代碼樹，哪些不可以的規則： ---------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -28,39 +28,39 @@ - 必須是顯而易見的正確，並且經過測試的。 - 連同上下文，不能大於100行。 - 必須只修正一件事情。 - - 必須修正了一個給大家帶來麻煩的真正的bug（不是「這也許是一個問題...」 + - 必須修正了一個給大家帶來麻煩的真正的bug（不是“這也許是一個問題...” 那樣的東西）。 - 必須修正帶來如下後果的問題：編譯錯誤（對被標記爲CONFIG_BROKEN的例外）， - 內核崩潰，掛起，數據損壞，真正的安全問題，或者一些類似「哦，這不 - 好」的問題。簡短的說，就是一些致命的問題。 - - 沒有「理論上的競爭條件」，除非能給出競爭條件如何被利用的解釋。 - - 不能存在任何的「瑣碎的」修正（拼寫修正，去掉多餘空格之類的）。 + 內核崩潰，掛起，數據損壞，真正的安全問題，或者一些類似“哦，這不 + 好”的問題。簡短的說，就是一些致命的問題。 + - 沒有“理論上的競爭條件”，除非能給出競爭條件如何被利用的解釋。 + - 不能存在任何的“瑣碎的”修正（拼寫修正，去掉多餘空格之類的）。 - 必須被相關子系統的維護者接受。 - - 必須遵循Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst里的規則。 + - 必須遵循Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submitting-patches.rst裏的規則。 向穩定版代碼樹提交補丁的過程： ------------------------------ - 在確認了補丁符合以上的規則後，將補丁發送到stable@vger.kernel.org。 - - 如果補丁被接受到隊列里，發送者會收到一個ACK回復，如果沒有被接受，收 - 到的是NAK回復。回復需要幾天的時間，這取決於開發者的時間安排。 - - 被接受的補丁會被加到穩定版本隊列里，等待其他開發者的審查。 + - 如果補丁被接受到隊列裏，發送者會收到一個ACK回覆，如果沒有被接受，收 + 到的是NAK回覆。回覆需要幾天的時間，這取決於開發者的時間安排。 + - 被接受的補丁會被加到穩定版本隊列裏，等待其他開發者的審查。 - 安全方面的補丁不要發到這個列表，應該發送到security@kernel.org。 -審查周期： +審查週期： ---------- - - 當穩定版的維護者決定開始一個審查周期，補丁將被發送到審查委員會，以 + - 當穩定版的維護者決定開始一個審查週期，補丁將被髮送到審查委員會，以 及被補丁影響的領域的維護者（除非提交者就是該領域的維護者）並且抄送 到linux-kernel郵件列表。 - - 審查委員會有48小時的時間，用來決定給該補丁回復ACK還是NAK。 + - 審查委員會有48小時的時間，用來決定給該補丁回覆ACK還是NAK。 - 如果委員會中有成員拒絕這個補丁，或者linux-kernel列表上有人反對這個 補丁，並提出維護者和審查委員會之前沒有意識到的問題，補丁會從隊列中 丟棄。 - - 在審查周期結束的時候，那些得到ACK回應的補丁將會被加入到最新的穩定版 - 發布中，一個新的穩定版發布就此產生。 - - 安全性補丁將從內核安全小組那裡直接接收到穩定版代碼樹中，而不是通過 - 通常的審查周期。請聯繫內核安全小組以獲得關於這個過程的更多細節。 + - 在審查週期結束的時候，那些得到ACK回應的補丁將會被加入到最新的穩定版 + 發佈中，一個新的穩定版發佈就此產生。 + - 安全性補丁將從內核安全小組那裏直接接收到穩定版代碼樹中，而不是通過 + 通常的審查週期。請聯繫內核安全小組以獲得關於這個過程的更多細節。 審查委員會： ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst index 12bf6f5ca5c6..942962d1e2f4 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst @@ -2,108 +2,114 @@ .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst -:Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/submit-checklist.rst <submitchecklist>` -:Translator: Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com> - Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> +:Original: Documentation/process/submit-checklist.rst +:Translator: + - Alex Shi <alexs@kernel.org> + - Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn> + - Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> .. _tw_submitchecklist: -Linux內核補丁提交清單 -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Linux內核補丁提交檢查單 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 如果開發人員希望看到他們的內核補丁提交更快地被接受，那麼他們應該做一些基本 的事情。 -這些都是在 -:ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst <tw_submittingpatches>` +這些都是在 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submitting-patches.rst 和其他有關提交Linux內核補丁的文檔中提供的。 -1) 如果使用工具，則包括定義/聲明該工具的文件。不要依賴於其他頭文件拉入您使用 +1) 如果使用工具，則包括定義/聲明該工具的文件。不要依賴其他頭文件來引入您使用 的頭文件。 2) 乾淨的編譯： - a) 使用適用或修改的 ``CONFIG`` 選項 ``=y``、``=m`` 和 ``=n`` 。沒有GCC - 警告/錯誤，沒有連結器警告/錯誤。 + a) 使用合適的 ``CONFIG`` 選項 ``=y``、``=m`` 和 ``=n`` 。沒有 ``gcc`` + 警告/錯誤，沒有鏈接器警告/錯誤。 - b) 通過allnoconfig、allmodconfig + b) 通過 ``allnoconfig`` 、 ``allmodconfig`` c) 使用 ``O=builddir`` 時可以成功編譯 -3) 通過使用本地交叉編譯工具或其他一些構建場在多個CPU體系結構上構建。 + d) 任何 Doucmentation/ 下的變更都能成功構建且不引入新警告/錯誤。 + 用 ``make htmldocs`` 或 ``make pdfdocs`` 檢驗構建情況並修復問題。 + +3) 通過使用本地交叉編譯工具或其他一些構建設施在多個CPU體系結構上構建。 4) PPC64是一種很好的交叉編譯檢查體系結構，因爲它傾向於對64位的數使用無符號 長整型。 -5) 如下所述 :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst <tw_codingstyle>`. - 檢查您的補丁是否爲常規樣式。在提交（ ``scripts/check patch.pl`` ）之前， - 使用補丁樣式檢查器檢查是否有輕微的衝突。您應該能夠處理您的補丁中存在的所有 +5) 按 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/coding-style.rst 所述檢查您的 + 補丁是否爲常規樣式。在提交之前使用補丁樣式檢查器 ``scripts/checkpatch.pl`` + 檢查是否有輕微的衝突。您應該能夠處理您的補丁中存在的所有 違規行爲。 -6) 任何新的或修改過的 ``CONFIG`` 選項都不會弄髒配置菜單，並默認爲關閉，除非 - 它們符合 ``Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.rst`` 中記錄的異常條件, - 菜單屬性：默認值. +6) 任何新的或修改過的 ``CONFIG`` 選項都不應搞亂配置菜單，並默認爲關閉，除非 + 它們符合 ``Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.rst`` 菜單屬性：默認值中 + 記錄的例外條件。 7) 所有新的 ``kconfig`` 選項都有幫助文本。 -8) 已仔細審查了相關的 ``Kconfig`` 組合。這很難用測試來糾正——腦力在這裡是有 +8) 已仔細審查了相關的 ``Kconfig`` 組合。這很難用測試來糾正——腦力在這裏是有 回報的。 -9) 用 sparse 檢查乾淨。 +9) 通過 sparse 清查。 + （參見 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/sparse.rst ） 10) 使用 ``make checkstack`` 和 ``make namespacecheck`` 並修復他們發現的任何 問題。 .. note:: - ``checkstack`` 並沒有明確指出問題，但是任何一個在堆棧上使用超過512 + ``checkstack`` 並不會明確指出問題，但是任何一個在堆棧上使用超過512 字節的函數都可以進行更改。 -11) 包括 :ref:`kernel-doc <kernel_doc>` 內核文檔以記錄全局內核API。（靜態函數 - 不需要，但也可以。）使用 ``make htmldocs`` 或 ``make pdfdocs`` 檢查 - :ref:`kernel-doc <kernel_doc>` 並修復任何問題。 +11) 包括 :ref:`kernel-doc <kernel_doc_zh>` 內核文檔以記錄全局內核API。（靜態 + 函數不需要，但也可以。）使用 ``make htmldocs`` 或 ``make pdfdocs`` 檢查 + :ref:`kernel-doc <kernel_doc_zh>` 並修復任何問題。 -12) 通過以下選項同時啓用的測試 ``CONFIG_PREEMPT``, ``CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT``, +12) 通過以下選項同時啓用的測試： ``CONFIG_PREEMPT``, ``CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT``, ``CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB``, ``CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC``, ``CONFIG_DEBUG_MUTEXES``, ``CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK``, ``CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP``, - ``CONFIG_PROVE_RCU`` and ``CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS_RCU_HEAD`` - -13) 已經過構建和運行時測試，包括有或沒有 ``CONFIG_SMP``, ``CONFIG_PREEMPT``. + ``CONFIG_PROVE_RCU`` 和 ``CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS_RCU_HEAD`` 。 -14) 如果補丁程序影響IO/磁碟等：使用或不使用 ``CONFIG_LBDAF`` 進行測試。 +13) 在 ``CONFIG_SMP``, ``CONFIG_PREEMPT`` 開啓和關閉的情況下都進行構建和運行 + 時測試。 -15) 所有代碼路徑都已在啓用所有lockdep功能的情況下運行。 +14) 所有代碼路徑都已在啓用所有死鎖檢測（lockdep）功能的情況下運行。 -16) 所有新的/proc條目都記錄在 ``Documentation/`` +15) 所有新的 ``/proc`` 條目都記錄在 ``Documentation/`` -17) 所有新的內核引導參數都記錄在 +16) 所有新的內核引導參數都記錄在 Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst 中。 -18) 所有新的模塊參數都記錄在 ``MODULE_PARM_DESC()`` +17) 所有新的模塊參數都記錄在 ``MODULE_PARM_DESC()`` -19) 所有新的用戶空間接口都記錄在 ``Documentation/ABI/`` 中。有關詳細信息， +18) 所有新的用戶空間接口都記錄在 ``Documentation/ABI/`` 中。有關詳細信息， 請參閱 ``Documentation/ABI/README`` 。更改用戶空間接口的補丁應該抄送 linux-api@vger.kernel.org。 -20) 已通過至少注入slab和page分配失敗進行檢查。請參閱 ``Documentation/fault-injection/`` +19) 已通過至少注入slab和page分配失敗進行檢查。請參閱 ``Documentation/fault-injection/`` 。 如果新代碼是實質性的，那麼添加子系統特定的故障注入可能是合適的。 -21) 新添加的代碼已經用 ``gcc -W`` 編譯（使用 ``make EXTRA-CFLAGS=-W`` ）。這 - 將產生大量噪聲，但對於查找諸如「警告：有符號和無符號之間的比較」之類的錯誤 +20) 新添加的代碼已經用 ``gcc -W`` 編譯（使用 ``make EXTRA-CFLAGS=-W`` ）。這 + 將產生大量噪聲，但對於查找諸如“警告：有符號和無符號之間的比較”之類的錯誤 很有用。 -22) 在它被合併到-mm補丁集中之後進行測試，以確保它仍然與所有其他排隊的補丁以 +21) 在它被合併到-mm補丁集中之後進行測試，以確保它仍然與所有其他排隊的補丁以 及VM、VFS和其他子系統中的各種更改一起工作。 -23) 所有內存屏障例如 ``barrier()``, ``rmb()``, ``wmb()`` 都需要原始碼中的注 +22) 所有內存屏障（例如 ``barrier()``, ``rmb()``, ``wmb()`` ）都需要源代碼注 釋來解釋它們正在執行的操作及其原因的邏輯。 -24) 如果補丁添加了任何ioctl，那麼也要更新 ``Documentation/userspace-api/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst`` +23) 如果補丁添加了任何ioctl，那麼也要更新 + ``Documentation/userspace-api/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst`` 。 -25) 如果修改後的原始碼依賴或使用與以下 ``Kconfig`` 符號相關的任何內核API或 +24) 如果修改後的源代碼依賴或使用與以下 ``Kconfig`` 符號相關的任何內核API或 功能，則在禁用相關 ``Kconfig`` 符號和/或 ``=m`` （如果該選項可用）的情況 下測試以下多個構建[並非所有這些都同時存在，只是它們的各種/隨機組合]： - ``CONFIG_SMP``, ``CONFIG_SYSFS``, ``CONFIG_PROC_FS``, ``CONFIG_INPUT``, ``CONFIG_PCI``, ``CONFIG_BLOCK``, ``CONFIG_PM``, ``CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ``, - ``CONFIG_NET``, ``CONFIG_INET=n`` (但是後者伴隨 ``CONFIG_NET=y``). + ``CONFIG_SMP``, ``CONFIG_SYSFS``, ``CONFIG_PROC_FS``, ``CONFIG_INPUT``, + ``CONFIG_PCI``, ``CONFIG_BLOCK``, ``CONFIG_PM``, ``CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ``, + ``CONFIG_NET``, ``CONFIG_INET=n`` （但是最後一個需要 ``CONFIG_NET=y`` ）。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst index 0746809c31a2..8272b3218b54 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst @@ -1,229 +1,199 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -.. _tw_submittingpatches: +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst -:Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst <submittingpatches>` +.. _tw_submittingpatches: -譯者:: +:Original: Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst - 中文版維護者： 鍾宇 TripleX Chung <xxx.phy@gmail.com> - 中文版翻譯者： 鍾宇 TripleX Chung <xxx.phy@gmail.com> - 時奎亮 Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com> - 中文版校譯者： 李陽 Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com> - 王聰 Wang Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> +:譯者: + - 鍾宇 TripleX Chung <xxx.phy@gmail.com> + - 時奎亮 Alex Shi <alexs@kernel.org> + - 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng <bobwxc@email.cn> +:校譯: + - 李陽 Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com> + - 王聰 Wang Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> + - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> -如何讓你的改動進入內核 -====================== -對於想要將改動提交到 Linux 內核的個人或者公司來說，如果不熟悉「規矩」， -提交的流程會讓人畏懼。本文檔收集了一系列建議，這些建議可以大大的提高你 +提交補丁：如何讓你的改動進入內核 +================================ + +對於想要將改動提交到 Linux 內核的個人或者公司來說，如果不熟悉“規矩”， +提交的流程會讓人畏懼。本文檔包含了一系列建議，可以大大提高你 的改動被接受的機會. -以下文檔含有大量簡潔的建議， 具體請見： -:ref:`Documentation/process <development_process_main>` -同樣，:ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst <tw_submitchecklist>` -給出在提交代碼前需要檢查的項目的列表。 +本文檔以較爲簡潔的行文給出了大量建議。關於內核開發流程如何進行的詳細信息， +參見： Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/development-process.rst 。 +Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submit-checklist.rst 給出了一系列 +提交補丁之前要檢查的事項。設備樹相關的補丁，請參閱 +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.rst 。 -其中許多步驟描述了Git版本控制系統的默認行爲；如果您使用Git來準備補丁， -您將發現它爲您完成的大部分機械工作，儘管您仍然需要準備和記錄一組合理的 -補丁。一般來說，使用git將使您作爲內核開發人員的生活更輕鬆。 +本文檔假設您正在使用 ``git`` 準備你的補丁。如果您不熟悉 ``git`` ，最好學習 +如何使用它，這將使您作爲內核開發人員的生活變得更加輕鬆。 +部分子系統和維護人員的樹有一些關於其工作流程和要求的額外信息，請參閱 +Documentation/process/maintainer-handbooks.rst 。 -0) 獲取當前源碼樹 ------------------ +獲取當前源碼樹 +-------------- -如果您沒有一個可以使用當前內核原始碼的存儲庫，請使用git獲取一個。您將要 -從主線存儲庫開始，它可以通過以下方式獲取:: +如果您手頭沒有當前內核源代碼的存儲庫，請使用 ``git`` 獲取一份。您需要先獲取 +主線存儲庫，它可以通過以下命令拉取:: - git clone git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git + git clone git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git -但是，請注意，您可能不希望直接針對主線樹進行開發。大多數子系統維護人員運 +但是，請注意，您可能不想直接針對主線樹進行開發。大多數子系統維護人員運 行自己的樹，並希望看到針對這些樹準備的補丁。請參見MAINTAINERS文件中子系 -統的 **T:** 項以查找該樹，或者簡單地詢問維護者該樹是否未在其中列出。 - -仍然可以通過tarballs下載內核版本（如下一節所述），但這是進行內核開發的 -一種困難的方式。 - -1) "diff -up" -------------- - -使用 "diff -up" 或者 "diff -uprN" 來創建補丁。 - -所有內核的改動，都是以補丁的形式呈現的，補丁由 diff(1) 生成。創建補丁的 -時候，要確認它是以 "unified diff" 格式創建的，這種格式由 diff(1) 的 '-u' -參數生成。而且，請使用 '-p' 參數，那樣會顯示每個改動所在的C函數，使得 -產生的補丁容易讀得多。補丁應該基於內核原始碼樹的根目錄，而不是裡邊的任 -何子目錄。 - -爲一個單獨的文件創建補丁，一般來說這樣做就夠了:: - - SRCTREE=linux - MYFILE=drivers/net/mydriver.c - - cd $SRCTREE - cp $MYFILE $MYFILE.orig - vi $MYFILE # make your change - cd .. - diff -up $SRCTREE/$MYFILE{.orig,} > /tmp/patch - -爲多個文件創建補丁，你可以解開一個沒有修改過的內核原始碼樹，然後和你自 -己的代碼樹之間做 diff 。例如:: - - MYSRC=/devel/linux - - tar xvfz linux-3.19.tar.gz - mv linux-3.19 linux-3.19-vanilla - diff -uprN -X linux-3.19-vanilla/Documentation/dontdiff \ - linux-3.19-vanilla $MYSRC > /tmp/patch - -"dontdiff" 是內核在編譯的時候產生的文件的列表，列表中的文件在 diff(1) -產生的補丁里會被跳過。 - -確定你的補丁里沒有包含任何不屬於這次補丁提交的額外文件。記得在用diff(1) -生成補丁之後，審閱一次補丁，以確保準確。 - -如果你的改動很散亂，你應該研究一下如何將補丁分割成獨立的部分，將改動分 -割成一系列合乎邏輯的步驟。這樣更容易讓其他內核開發者審核，如果你想你的 -補丁被接受，這是很重要的。請參閱： -:ref:`tw_split_changes` - -如果你用 ``git`` , ``git rebase -i`` 可以幫助你這一點。如果你不用 ``git``, -``quilt`` <https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt> 另外一個流行的選擇。 +統的 **T:** 項以查找該樹，或者直接詢問維護者該樹是否未在其中列出。 .. _tw_describe_changes: -2) 描述你的改動 ---------------- +描述你的改動 +------------ 描述你的問題。無論您的補丁是一行錯誤修復還是5000行新功能，都必須有一個潛在 -的問題激勵您完成這項工作。讓審稿人相信有一個問題值得解決，讓他們讀完第一段 -是有意義的。 +的問題激勵您完成這項工作。說服審閱者相信有一個問題值得解決，讓他們讀完第一段 +後就能明白這一點。 描述用戶可見的影響。直接崩潰和鎖定是相當有說服力的，但並不是所有的錯誤都那麼 -明目張胆。即使在代碼審查期間發現了這個問題，也要描述一下您認爲它可能對用戶產 +明目張膽。即使在代碼審閱期間發現了這個問題，也要描述一下您認爲它可能對用戶產 生的影響。請記住，大多數Linux安裝運行的內核來自二級穩定樹或特定於供應商/產品 的樹，只從上游精選特定的補丁，因此請包含任何可以幫助您將更改定位到下游的內容： -觸發的場景、DMESG的摘錄、崩潰描述、性能回歸、延遲尖峯、鎖定等。 +觸發的場景、DMESG的摘錄、崩潰描述、性能迴歸、延遲尖峯、鎖定等。 -量化優化和權衡。如果您聲稱在性能、內存消耗、堆棧占用空間或二進位大小方面有所 -改進，請包括支持它們的數字。但也要描述不明顯的成本。優化通常不是免費的，而是 -在CPU、內存和可讀性之間進行權衡；或者，探索性的工作，在不同的工作負載之間進 +質量優化和權衡。如果您聲稱在性能、內存消耗、堆棧佔用空間或二進制大小方面有所 +改進，請包括支持它們的數據。但也要描述不明顯的成本。優化通常不是零成本的，而是 +在CPU、內存和可讀性之間進行權衡；或者，做探索性的工作，在不同的工作負載之間進 行權衡。請描述優化的預期缺點，以便審閱者可以權衡成本和收益。 -一旦問題建立起來，就要詳細地描述一下您實際在做什麼。對於審閱者來說，用簡單的 -英語描述代碼的變化是很重要的，以驗證代碼的行爲是否符合您的意願。 +提出問題之後，就要詳細地描述一下您實際在做的技術細節。對於審閱者來說，用簡練的 +英語描述代碼的變化是很重要的，以驗證代碼的行爲是否符合您的意圖。 -如果您將補丁描述寫在一個表單中，這個表單可以很容易地作爲「提交日誌」放入Linux -的原始碼管理系統git中，那麼維護人員將非常感謝您。見 :ref:`tw_explicit_in_reply_to`. +如果您將補丁描述寫成“標準格式”，可以很容易地作爲“提交日誌”放入Linux的源代 +碼管理系統 ``git`` 中，那麼維護人員將非常感謝您。 +參見 :ref:`zh_the_canonical_patch_format` 。 每個補丁只解決一個問題。如果你的描述開始變長，這就表明你可能需要拆分你的補丁。 -請見 :ref:`tw_split_changes` +請見 :ref:`zh_split_changes` 。 -提交或重新提交修補程序或修補程序系列時，請包括完整的修補程序說明和理由。不要 +提交或重新提交補丁或補丁系列時，請包括完整的補丁說明和理由。不要 只說這是補丁（系列）的第幾版。不要期望子系統維護人員引用更早的補丁版本或引用 URL來查找補丁描述並將其放入補丁中。也就是說，補丁（系列）及其描述應該是獨立的。 -這對維護人員和審查人員都有好處。一些評審者可能甚至沒有收到補丁的早期版本。 +這對維護人員和審閱者都有好處。一些審閱者可能甚至沒有收到補丁的早期版本。 -描述你在命令語氣中的變化，例如「make xyzzy do frotz」而不是「[這個補丁]make -xyzzy do frotz」或「[我]changed xyzzy to do frotz」，就好像你在命令代碼庫改變 +用祈使句描述你的變更，例如“make xyzzy do frotz”而不是“[This patch]make +xyzzy do frotz”或“[I]changed xyzzy to do frotz”，就好像你在命令代碼庫改變 它的行爲一樣。 -如果修補程序修復了一個記錄的bug條目，請按編號和URL引用該bug條目。如果補丁來 -自郵件列表討論，請給出郵件列表存檔的URL；使用帶有 ``Message-ID`` 的 -https://lore.kernel.org/ 重定向，以確保連結不會過時。 - -但是，在沒有外部資源的情況下，儘量讓你的解釋可理解。除了提供郵件列表存檔或 -bug的URL之外，還要總結需要提交補丁的相關討論要點。 - -如果您想要引用一個特定的提交，不要只引用提交的 SHA-1 ID。還請包括提交的一行 -摘要，以便於審閱者了解它是關於什麼的。例如:: +如果您想要引用一個特定的提交，不要只引用提交的SHA-1 ID。還請包括提交的一行 +摘要，以便於審閱者瞭解它是關於什麼的。例如:: Commit e21d2170f36602ae2708 ("video: remove unnecessary platform_set_drvdata()") removed the unnecessary platform_set_drvdata(), but left the variable "dev" unused, delete it. -您還應該確保至少使用前12位 SHA-1 ID. 內核存儲庫包含*許多*對象，使與較短的ID +您還應該確保至少使用前12位SHA-1 ID。內核存儲庫包含 *許多* 對象，使較短的ID 發生衝突的可能性很大。記住，即使現在不會與您的六個字符ID發生衝突，這種情況 -可能五年後改變。 +也可能在五年後改變。 + +如果該變更的相關討論或背景信息可以在網上查閱，請加上“Link:”標籤指向它。例如 +你的補丁修復了一個缺陷，需要添加一個帶有URL的標籤指向郵件列表存檔或缺陷跟蹤器 +的相關報告；如果該補丁是由一些早先郵件列表討論或網絡上的記錄引起的，請指向它。 + +當鏈接到郵件列表存檔時，請首選lore.kernel.org郵件存檔服務。用郵件中的 +``Message-ID`` 頭（去掉尖括號）可以創建鏈接URL。例如:: + + Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/30th.anniversary.repost@klaava.Helsinki.FI/ + +請檢查該鏈接以確保可用且指向正確的郵件。 + +不過，在沒有外部資源的情況下，也要儘量讓你的解釋可理解。除了提供郵件列表存檔或 +缺陷的URL之外，還要需要總結該補丁的相關討論要點。 -如果修補程序修復了特定提交中的錯誤，例如，使用 ``git bisct`` ，請使用帶有前 -12個字符SHA-1 ID 的"Fixes:"標記和單行摘要。爲了簡化不要將標記拆分爲多個， -行、標記不受分析腳本「75列換行」規則的限制。例如:: +如果補丁修復了特定提交中的錯誤，例如使用 ``git bisct`` 發現了一個問題，請使用 +帶有前12個字符SHA-1 ID的“Fixes:”標籤和單行摘要。爲了簡化解析腳本，不要將該 +標籤拆分爲多行，標籤不受“75列換行”規則的限制。例如:: - Fixes: 54a4f0239f2e ("KVM: MMU: make kvm_mmu_zap_page() return the number of pages it actually freed") + Fixes: 54a4f0239f2e ("KVM: MMU: make kvm_mmu_zap_page() return the number of pages it actually freed") -下列 ``git config`` 設置可以添加讓 ``git log``, ``git show`` 漂亮的顯示格式:: +下列 ``git config`` 設置可以讓 ``git log``, ``git show`` 增加上述風格的顯示格式:: [core] abbrev = 12 [pretty] fixes = Fixes: %h (\"%s\") +使用示例:: + + $ git log -1 --pretty=fixes 54a4f0239f2e + Fixes: 54a4f0239f2e ("KVM: MMU: make kvm_mmu_zap_page() return the number of pages it actually freed") + .. _tw_split_changes: -3) 拆分你的改動 ---------------- +拆分你的改動 +------------ -將每個邏輯更改分隔成一個單獨的補丁。 +將每個 **邏輯更改** 拆分成一個單獨的補丁。 -例如，如果你的改動里同時有bug修正和性能優化，那麼把這些改動拆分到兩個或 -者更多的補丁文件中。如果你的改動包含對API的修改，並且修改了驅動程序來適 -應這些新的API，那麼把這些修改分成兩個補丁。 +例如，如果你的改動裏同時有bug修正和性能優化，那麼把這些改動拆分到兩個或 +者更多的補丁文件中。如果你的改動包含對API的修改，並且增加了一個使用該新API +的驅動，那麼把這些修改分成兩個補丁。 另一方面，如果你將一個單獨的改動做成多個補丁文件，那麼將它們合併成一個 -單獨的補丁文件。這樣一個邏輯上單獨的改動只被包含在一個補丁文件里。 +單獨的補丁文件。這樣一個邏輯上單獨的改動只被包含在一個補丁文件裏。 -如果有一個補丁依賴另外一個補丁來完成它的改動，那沒問題。簡單的在你的補 -丁描述里指出「這個補丁依賴某補丁」就好了。 +需要記住的一點是，每個補丁的更改都應易於理解，以便審閱者驗證。每個補丁都應該 +對其價值進行闡述。 -在將您的更改劃分爲一系列補丁時，要特別注意確保內核在系列中的每個補丁之後 -都能正常構建和運行。使用 ``git bisect`` 來追蹤問題的開發者可能會在任何時 -候分割你的補丁系列；如果你在中間引入錯誤，他們不會感謝你。 +如果有一個補丁依賴另外一個補丁來完成它的改動，那沒問題。直接在你的補 +丁描述裏指出 **“這個補丁依賴某補丁”** 就好了。 -如果你不能將補丁濃縮成更少的文件，那麼每次大約發送出15個，然後等待審查 +在將您的更改劃分爲一系列補丁時，要特別注意確保內核在應用系列中的每個補丁之後 +都能正常構建和運行。使用 ``git bisect`` 來追蹤問題的開發者可能會在任何地方分 +割你的補丁系列；如果你在中間引入錯誤，他們不會感謝你。 + +如果你不能將補丁系列濃縮得更小，那麼每次大約發送出15個補丁，然後等待審閱 和集成。 -4) 檢查你的更改風格 -------------------- +檢查你的更改風格 +---------------- -檢查您的補丁是否存在基本樣式衝突，詳細信息可在 -:ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst <tw_codingstyle>` -中找到。如果不這樣做，只會浪費審稿人的時間，並且會導致你的補丁被拒絕，甚至 +檢查您的補丁是否違反了基本樣式規定，詳細信息參見 +Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/coding-style.rst +中找到。如果不這樣做，只會浪費審閱者的時間，並且會導致你的補丁被拒絕，甚至 可能沒有被閱讀。 一個重要的例外是在將代碼從一個文件移動到另一個文件時——在這種情況下，您不應 該在移動代碼的同一個補丁中修改移動的代碼。這清楚地描述了移動代碼和您的更改 -的行爲。這大大有助於審查實際差異，並允許工具更好地跟蹤代碼本身的歷史。 +的行爲。這大大有助於審閱實際差異，並允許工具更好地跟蹤代碼本身的歷史。 在提交之前，使用補丁樣式檢查程序檢查補丁（scripts/check patch.pl）。不過， 請注意，樣式檢查程序應該被視爲一個指南，而不是作爲人類判斷的替代品。如果您 -的代碼看起來更好，但有違規行爲，那麼最好不要使用它。 +的代碼看起來更好，但有違規行爲，那麼最好別管它。 檢查者報告三個級別： - ERROR：很可能出錯的事情 - - WARNING：需要仔細審查的事項 + - WARNING：需要仔細審閱的事項 - CHECK：需要思考的事情 您應該能夠判斷您的補丁中存在的所有違規行爲。 -5) 選擇補丁收件人 ------------------ +選擇補丁收件人 +-------------- -您應該總是在任何補丁上複製相應的子系統維護人員，以獲得他們維護的代碼；查看 -維護人員文件和原始碼修訂歷史記錄，以了解這些維護人員是誰。腳本 -scripts/get_Maintainer.pl在這個步驟中非常有用。如果您找不到正在工作的子系統 +您應該總是知會任何補丁相應代碼的子系統維護人員；查看 +維護人員文件和源代碼修訂歷史記錄，以瞭解這些維護人員是誰。腳本 +scripts/get_maintainer.pl在這個步驟中非常有用。如果您找不到正在工作的子系統 的維護人員，那麼Andrew Morton（akpm@linux-foundation.org）將充當最後的維護 人員。 -您通常還應該選擇至少一個郵件列表來接收補丁集的。linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org -作爲最後一個解決辦法的列表，但是這個列表上的體積已經引起了許多開發人員的拒絕。 -在MAINTAINERS文件中查找子系統特定的列表；您的補丁可能會在那裡得到更多的關注。 +您通常還應該選擇至少一個郵件列表來接收補丁集的副本。linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org +是所有補丁的默認列表，但是這個列表的流量已經導致了許多開發人員不再看它。 +在MAINTAINERS文件中查找子系統特定的列表；您的補丁可能會在那裏得到更多的關注。 不過，請不要發送垃圾郵件到無關的列表。 許多與內核相關的列表託管在vger.kernel.org上；您可以在 @@ -232,188 +202,170 @@ http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html 上找到它們的列表。不過，也 不要一次發送超過15個補丁到vger郵件列表！！！！ -Linus Torvalds 是決定改動能否進入 Linux 內核的最終裁決者。他的 e-mail -地址是 <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> 。他收到的 e-mail 很多，所以一般 -的說，最好別給他發 e-mail。 +Linus Torvalds是決定改動能否進入 Linux 內核的最終裁決者。他的郵件地址是 +torvalds@linux-foundation.org 。他收到的郵件很多，所以一般來說最好 **別** +給他發郵件。 -如果您有修復可利用安全漏洞的補丁，請將該補丁發送到 security@kernel.org。對於 -嚴重的bug，可以考慮短期暫停以允許分銷商向用戶發布補丁；在這種情況下，顯然不應 -將補丁發送到任何公共列表。 +如果您有修復可利用安全漏洞的補丁，請將該補丁發送到 security@kernel.org 。對於 +嚴重的bug，可以考慮短期禁令以允許分銷商（有時間）向用戶發佈補丁；在這種情況下， +顯然不應將補丁發送到任何公共列表。 +參見 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst 。 -修復已發布內核中嚴重錯誤的補丁程序應該指向穩定版維護人員，方法是放這樣的一行:: +修復已發佈內核中嚴重錯誤的補丁程序應該抄送給穩定版維護人員，方法是把以下列行 +放進補丁的籤準區（注意，不是電子郵件收件人）:: - Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org + Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org -進入補丁的簽准區（注意，不是電子郵件收件人）。除了這個文件之外，您還應該閱讀 -:ref:`Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst <stable_kernel_rules>` +除了本文件之外，您還應該閱讀 +Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst 。 -但是，請注意，一些子系統維護人員希望得出他們自己的結論，即哪些補丁應該被放到 -穩定的樹上。尤其是網絡維護人員，不希望看到單個開發人員在補丁中添加像上面這樣 -的行。 - -如果更改影響到用戶和內核接口，請向手冊頁維護人員（如維護人員文件中所列）發送 +如果更改影響到用戶側內核接口，請向手冊頁維護人員（如維護人員文件中所列）發送 手冊頁補丁，或至少發送更改通知，以便一些信息進入手冊頁。還應將用戶空間API -更改複製到 linux-api@vger.kernel.org。 +更改抄送到 linux-api@vger.kernel.org 。 + -6) 沒有 MIME 編碼，沒有連結，沒有壓縮，沒有附件，只有純文本 ------------------------------------------------------------ +不要MIME編碼，不要鏈接，不要壓縮，不要附件，只要純文本 +------------------------------------------------------ Linus 和其他的內核開發者需要閱讀和評論你提交的改動。對於內核開發者來說 -，可以「引用」你的改動很重要，使用一般的 e-mail 工具，他們就可以在你的 +，可以“引用”你的改動很重要，使用一般的郵件工具，他們就可以在你的 代碼的任何位置添加評論。 -因爲這個原因，所有的提交的補丁都是 e-mail 中「內嵌」的。 +因爲這個原因，所有的提交的補丁都是郵件中“內嵌”的。最簡單（和推薦）的方法就 +是使用 ``git send-email`` 。https://git-send-email.io 有 ``git send-email`` +的交互式教程。 + +如果你選擇不用 ``git send-email`` ： .. warning:: - 如果你使用剪切-粘貼你的補丁，小心你的編輯器的自動換行功能破壞你的補丁 -不要將補丁作爲 MIME 編碼的附件，不管是否壓縮。很多流行的 e-mail 軟體不 -是任何時候都將 MIME 編碼的附件當作純文本發送的，這會使得別人無法在你的 -代碼中加評論。另外，MIME 編碼的附件會讓 Linus 多花一點時間來處理，這就 -降低了你的改動被接受的可能性。 + 如果你使用剪切-粘貼你的補丁，小心你的編輯器的自動換行功能破壞你的補丁 -例外：如果你的郵遞員弄壞了補丁，那麼有人可能會要求你使用mime重新發送補丁 +不要將補丁作爲MIME編碼的附件，不管是否壓縮。很多流行的郵件軟件不 +是任何時候都將MIME編碼的附件當作純文本發送的，這會使得別人無法在你的 +代碼中加評論。另外，MIME編碼的附件會讓Linus多花一點時間來處理，這就 +降低了你的改動被接受的可能性。 -請參閱 :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst <tw_email_clients>` -以獲取有關配置電子郵件客戶端以使其不受影響地發送修補程序的提示。 +例外：如果你的郵路損壞了補丁，那麼有人可能會要求你使用MIME重新發送補丁。 -7) e-mail 的大小 ----------------- +請參閱 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/email-clients.rst +以獲取有關配置電子郵件客戶端以使其不受影響地發送補丁的提示。 -大的改動對郵件列表不合適，對某些維護者也不合適。如果你的補丁，在不壓縮 -的情況下，超過了300kB，那麼你最好將補丁放在一個能通過 internet 訪問的服 -務器上，然後用指向你的補丁的 URL 替代。但是請注意，如果您的補丁超過了 -300kb，那麼它幾乎肯定需要被破壞。 +回覆審閱意見 +------------ -8）回複評審意見 ---------------- +你的補丁幾乎肯定會得到審閱者對補丁改進方法的評論（以回覆郵件的形式）。您必須 +對這些評論作出回應；讓補丁被忽略的一個好辦法就是忽略審閱者的意見。直接回復郵 +件來回應意見即可。不會導致代碼更改的意見或問題幾乎肯定會帶來註釋或變更日誌的 +改變，以便下一個審閱者更好地瞭解正在發生的事情。 -你的補丁幾乎肯定會得到評審者對補丁改進方法的評論。您必須對這些評論作出 -回應；讓補丁被忽略的一個好辦法就是忽略審閱者的意見。不會導致代碼更改的 -意見或問題幾乎肯定會帶來注釋或變更日誌的改變，以便下一個評審者更好地了解 -正在發生的事情。 +一定要告訴審閱者你在做什麼改變，並感謝他們的時間。代碼審閱是一個累人且耗時的 +過程，審閱者有時會變得暴躁。即使在這種情況下，也要禮貌地回應並解決他們指出的 +問題。當發送下一版時，在封面郵件或獨立補丁里加上 ``patch changelog`` 說明與 +前一版本的不同之處（參見 :ref:`zh_the_canonical_patch_format` ）。 -一定要告訴審稿人你在做什麼改變，並感謝他們的時間。代碼審查是一個累人且 -耗時的過程，審查人員有時會變得暴躁。即使在這種情況下，也要禮貌地回應並 -解決他們指出的問題。 +.. _tw_resend_reminders: -9）不要洩氣或不耐煩 -------------------- +不要泄氣或不耐煩 +---------------- -提交更改後，請耐心等待。審閱者是忙碌的人，可能無法立即訪問您的修補程序。 +提交更改後，請耐心等待。審閱者是大忙人，可能無法立即審閱您的補丁。 -曾幾何時，補丁曾在沒有評論的情況下消失在空白中，但開發過程比現在更加順利。 -您應該在一周左右的時間內收到評論；如果沒有收到評論，請確保您已將補丁發送 -到正確的位置。在重新提交或聯繫審閱者之前至少等待一周-在諸如合併窗口之類的 +曾幾何時，補丁曾在沒收到評論的情況下消失在虛空中，但現在開發過程應該更加順利了。 +您應該在一週左右的時間內收到評論；如果沒有收到評論，請確保您已將補丁發送 +到正確的位置。在重新提交或聯繫審閱者之前至少等待一週——在諸如合併窗口之類的 繁忙時間可能更長。 -10）主題中包含 PATCH --------------------- - -由於到linus和linux內核的電子郵件流量很高，通常會在主題行前面加上[PATCH] -前綴. 這使Linus和其他內核開發人員更容易將補丁與其他電子郵件討論區分開。 +在等了幾個星期後，用帶RESEND的主題重發補丁也是可以的:: -11）簽署你的作品-開發者原始認證 -------------------------------- + [PATCH Vx RESEND] sub/sys: Condensed patch summary -爲了加強對誰做了何事的追蹤，尤其是對那些透過好幾層的維護者的補丁，我們 -建議在發送出去的補丁上加一個 「sign-off」 的過程。 +當你發佈補丁（系列）修改版的時候，不要加上“RESEND”——“RESEND”只適用於重 +新提交之前未經修改的補丁（系列）。 -"sign-off" 是在補丁的注釋的最後的簡單的一行文字，認證你編寫了它或者其他 -人有權力將它作爲開放原始碼的補丁傳遞。規則很簡單：如果你能認證如下信息: - -開發者來源證書 1.1 -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -對於本項目的貢獻，我認證如下信息： +主題中包含 PATCH +---------------- - （a）這些貢獻是完全或者部分的由我創建，我有權利以文件中指出 - 的開放原始碼許可證提交它；或者 - （b）這些貢獻基於以前的工作，據我所知，這些以前的工作受恰當的開放 - 原始碼許可證保護，而且，根據許可證，我有權提交修改後的貢獻， - 無論是完全還是部分由我創造，這些貢獻都使用同一個開放原始碼許可證 - （除非我被允許用其它的許可證），正如文件中指出的；或者 - （c）這些貢獻由認證（a），（b）或者（c）的人直接提供給我，而 - 且我沒有修改它。 - （d）我理解並同意這個項目和貢獻是公開的，貢獻的記錄（包括我 - 一起提交的個人記錄，包括 sign-off ）被永久維護並且可以和這個項目 - 或者開放原始碼的許可證同步地再發行。 +由於到Linus和linux-kernel的電子郵件流量很高，通常會在主題行前面加上[PATCH] +前綴。這使Linus和其他內核開發人員更容易將補丁與其他電子郵件討論區分開。 -那麼加入這樣一行:: +``git send-email`` 會自動爲你加上。 - Signed-off-by: Random J Developer <random@developer.example.org> +簽署你的作品——開發者來源認證 +------------------------------ -使用你的真名（抱歉，不能使用假名或者匿名。） +爲了加強對誰做了何事的追蹤，尤其是對那些透過好幾層維護者才最終到達的補丁，我 +們在通過郵件發送的補丁上引入了“簽署（sign-off）”流程。 -有人在最後加上標籤。現在這些東西會被忽略，但是你可以這樣做，來標記公司 -內部的過程，或者只是指出關於 sign-off 的一些特殊細節。 +“簽署”是在補丁註釋最後的一行簡單文字，認證你編寫了它或者其他 +人有權力將它作爲開放源代碼的補丁傳遞。規則很簡單：如果你能認證如下信息: -如果您是子系統或分支維護人員，有時需要稍微修改收到的補丁，以便合併它們， -因爲樹和提交者中的代碼不完全相同。如果你嚴格遵守規則（c），你應該要求提交者 -重新發布，但這完全是在浪費時間和精力。規則（b）允許您調整代碼，但是更改一個 -提交者的代碼並讓他認可您的錯誤是非常不禮貌的。要解決此問題，建議在最後一個 -由簽名行和您的行之間添加一行，指示更改的性質。雖然這並不是強制性的，但似乎 -在描述前加上您的郵件和/或姓名（全部用方括號括起來），這足以讓人注意到您對最 -後一分鐘的更改負有責任。例如:: +開發者來源認證 1.1 +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - Signed-off-by: Random J Developer <random@developer.example.org> - [lucky@maintainer.example.org: struct foo moved from foo.c to foo.h] - Signed-off-by: Lucky K Maintainer <lucky@maintainer.example.org> +對於本項目的貢獻，我認證如下信息： -如果您維護一個穩定的分支機構，同時希望對作者進行致謝、跟蹤更改、合併修復並 -保護提交者不受投訴，那麼這種做法尤其有用。請注意，在任何情況下都不能更改作者 -的ID（From 頭），因爲它是出現在更改日誌中的標識。 + (a) 這些貢獻是完全或者部分的由我創建，我有權利以文件中指出 + 的開放源代碼許可證提交它；或者 -對回合（back-porters）的特別說明：在提交消息的頂部（主題行之後）插入一個補丁 -的起源指示似乎是一種常見且有用的實踐，以便於跟蹤。例如，下面是我們在3.x穩定 -版本中看到的內容:: + (b) 這些貢獻基於以前的工作，據我所知，這些以前的工作受恰當的開放 + 源代碼許可證保護，而且，根據文件中指出的許可證，我有權提交修改後的貢獻， + 無論是完全還是部分由我創造，這些貢獻都使用同一個開放源代碼許可證 + （除非我被允許用其它的許可證）；或者 - Date: Tue Oct 7 07:26:38 2014 -0400 + (c) 這些貢獻由認證（a），（b）或者（c）的人直接提供給我，而 + 且我沒有修改它。 - libata: Un-break ATA blacklist + (d) 我理解並同意這個項目和貢獻是公開的，貢獻的記錄（包括我 + 一起提交的個人記錄，包括sign-off）被永久維護並且可以和這個項目 + 或者開放源代碼的許可證同步地再發行。 - commit 1c40279960bcd7d52dbdf1d466b20d24b99176c8 upstream. +那麼加入這樣一行:: -還有， 這裡是一個舊版內核中的一個回合補丁:: + Signed-off-by: Random J Developer <random@developer.example.org> - Date: Tue May 13 22:12:27 2008 +0200 +使用你的真名（抱歉，不能使用假名或者匿名。）如果使用 ``git commit -s`` 的話 +將會自動完成。撤銷也應當包含“Signed-off-by”， ``git revert -s`` 會幫你搞定。 - wireless, airo: waitbusy() won't delay +有些人會在最後加上額外的標籤。現在這些東西會被忽略，但是你可以這樣做，來標記 +公司內部的過程，或者只是指出關於簽署的一些特殊細節。 - [backport of 2.6 commit b7acbdfbd1f277c1eb23f344f899cfa4cd0bf36a] +作者簽署之後的任何其他簽署（Signed-off-by:'s）均來自處理和傳遞補丁的人員，但 +未參與其開發。簽署鏈應當反映補丁傳播到維護者並最終傳播到Linus所經過的 **真實** +路徑，首個簽署指明單個作者的主要作者身份。 -12）何時使用Acked-by:，CC:，和Co-Developed by: ----------------------------------------------- +何時使用Acked-by:，CC:，和Co-Developed by: +------------------------------------------ -Singed-off-by: 標記表示簽名者參與了補丁的開發，或者他/她在補丁的傳遞路徑中。 +Singed-off-by: 標籤表示簽名者參與了補丁的開發，或者他/她在補丁的傳遞路徑中。 -如果一個人沒有直接參與補丁的準備或處理，但希望表示並記錄他們對補丁的批准， -那麼他們可以要求在補丁的變更日誌中添加一個 Acked-by: +如果一個人沒有直接參與補丁的準備或處理，但希望表示並記錄他們對補丁的批准/贊成， +那麼他們可以要求在補丁的變更日誌中添加一個Acked-by:。 -Acked-by：通常由受影響代碼的維護者使用，當該維護者既沒有貢獻也沒有轉發補丁時。 +Acked-by: 通常由受影響代碼的維護者使用，當該維護者既沒有貢獻也沒有轉發補丁時。 -Acked-by: 不像簽字人那樣正式。這是一個記錄，確認人至少審查了補丁，並表示接受。 -因此，補丁合併有時會手動將Acker的「Yep，looks good to me」轉換爲 Acked-By：（但 +Acked-by: 不像簽署那樣正式。這是一個記錄，確認人至少審閱了補丁，並表示接受。 +因此，補丁合併有時會手動將Acker的“Yep，looks good to me”轉換爲 Acked-By:（但 請注意，通常最好要求一個明確的Ack）。 Acked-by：不一定表示對整個補丁的確認。例如，如果一個補丁影響多個子系統，並且 -有一個：來自一個子系統維護者，那麼這通常表示只確認影響維護者代碼的部分。這裡 -應該仔細判斷。如有疑問，應參考郵件列表檔案中的原始討論。 +有一個來自某個子系統維護者的Acked-By:，那麼這通常表示只確認影響維護者代碼的部 +分。這裏應該仔細判斷。如有疑問，應參考郵件列表存檔中的原始討論。 -如果某人有機會對補丁進行評論，但沒有提供此類評論，您可以選擇在補丁中添加 ``Cc:`` -這是唯一一個標籤，它可以在沒有被它命名的人顯式操作的情況下添加，但它應該表明 -這個人是在補丁上抄送的。討論中包含了潛在利益相關方。 +如果某人本應有機會對補丁進行評論，但沒有提供此類評論，您可以選擇在補丁中添加 +``Cc:`` 這是唯一可以在沒有被該人明確同意的情況下添加的標籤——但它應該表明 +這個人是在補丁上抄送的。此標籤記錄了討論中包含的潛在利益相關方。 Co-developed-by: 聲明補丁是由多個開發人員共同創建的；當幾個人在一個補丁上工 -作時，它用於將屬性賦予共同作者（除了 From: 所賦予的作者之外）。因爲 -Co-developed-by: 表示作者身份，所以每個共同開發人：必須緊跟在相關合作作者的 -簽名之後。標準的簽核程序要求：標記的簽核順序應儘可能反映補丁的時間歷史，而不 -管作者是通過 From ：還是由 Co-developed-by: 共同開發的。值得注意的是，最後一 -個簽字人：必須始終是提交補丁的開發人員。 +作時，它用於給出共同作者（除了From:所給出的作者之外）。因爲Co-developed-by: +表示作者身份，所以每個Co-developed-by:必須緊跟在相關合作作者的簽署之後。標準 +簽署程序要求Singed-off-by:標籤的順序應儘可能反映補丁的時間歷史，無論作者是通 +過From:還是Co-developed-by:表明。值得注意的是，最後一個Singed-off-by:必須是 +提交補丁的開發人員。 -注意，當作者也是電子郵件標題「發件人：」行中列出的人時，「From: 」 標記是可選的。 +注意，如果From:作者也是電子郵件標題的From:行中列出的人，則From:標籤是可選的。 -作者提交的補丁程序示例:: +被From:作者提交的補丁示例:: <changelog> @@ -423,7 +375,7 @@ Co-developed-by: 表示作者身份，所以每個共同開發人：必須緊跟 Signed-off-by: Second Co-Author <second@coauthor.example.org> Signed-off-by: From Author <from@author.example.org> -合作開發者提交的補丁示例:: +被合作開發者提交的補丁示例:: From: From Author <from@author.example.org> @@ -436,106 +388,115 @@ Co-developed-by: 表示作者身份，所以每個共同開發人：必須緊跟 Signed-off-by: Submitting Co-Author <sub@coauthor.example.org> -13）使用報告人：、測試人：、審核人：、建議人：、修復人： --------------------------------------------------------- +使用Reported-by:、Tested-by:、Reviewed-by:、Suggested-by:和Fixes: +----------------------------------------------------------------- Reported-by: 給那些發現錯誤並報告錯誤的人致謝，它希望激勵他們在將來再次幫助 -我們。請注意，如果bug是以私有方式報告的，那麼在使用Reported-by標記之前，請 -先請求權限。 +我們。請注意，如果bug是以私有方式報告的，那麼在使用Reported-by標籤之前，請 +先請求許可。此標籤是爲Bug設計的；請不要將其用於感謝功能請求。 -Tested-by: 標記表示補丁已由指定的人（在某些環境中）成功測試。這個標籤通知 -維護人員已經執行了一些測試，爲將來的補丁提供了一種定位測試人員的方法，並確 -保測試人員的信譽。 +Tested-by: 標籤表示補丁已由指定的人（在某些環境中）成功測試。這個標籤通知 +維護人員已經執行了一些測試，爲將來的補丁提供了一種定位測試人員的方法，並彰顯測試人員的功勞。 -Reviewed-by：相反，根據審查人的聲明，表明該補丁已被審查並被認爲是可接受的： +Reviewed-by：根據審閱者的監督聲明，表明該補丁已被審閱並被認爲是可接受的： -審查人的監督聲明 +審閱者的監督聲明 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -通過提供我的 Reviewed-by，我聲明： +通過提供我的Reviewed-by:標籤，我聲明： - (a) 我已經對這個補丁進行了一次技術審查，以評估它是否適合被包含到 + (a) 我已經對這個補丁進行了一次技術審閱，以評估它是否適合被包含到 主線內核中。 (b) 與補丁相關的任何問題、顧慮或問題都已反饋給提交者。我對提交者對 我的評論的回應感到滿意。 - (c) 雖然這一提交可能會改進一些東西，但我相信，此時，（1）對內核 + (c) 雖然這一提交可能仍可被改進，但我相信，此時，（1）對內核 進行了有價值的修改，（2）沒有包含爭論中涉及的已知問題。 - (d) 雖然我已經審查了補丁並認爲它是健全的，但我不會（除非另有明確 - 說明）作出任何保證或保證它將在任何給定情況下實現其規定的目的 + (d) 雖然我已經審閱了補丁並認爲它是健全的，但我不會（除非另有明確 + 說明）作出任何保證或擔保它會在任何給定情況下實現其規定的目的 或正常運行。 -Reviewed-by 是一種觀點聲明，即補丁是對內核的適當修改，沒有任何遺留的嚴重技術 -問題。任何感興趣的審閱者（完成工作的人）都可以爲一個補丁提供一個 Review-by -標籤。此標籤用於向審閱者提供致謝，並通知維護者已在修補程序上完成的審閱程度。 -Reviewed-by: 當由已知了解主題區域並執行徹底檢查的審閱者提供時，通常會增加 +Reviewed-by是一種觀點聲明，即補丁是對內核的適當修改，沒有任何遺留的嚴重技術 +問題。任何感興趣的審閱者（完成工作的人）都可以爲一個補丁提供一個Reviewed-by +標籤。此標籤用於向審閱者提供致謝，並通知維護者補丁的審閱進度。 +當Reviewed-by:標籤由已知了解主題區域並執行徹底檢查的審閱者提供時，通常會增加 補丁進入內核的可能性。 +一旦從測試人員或審閱者的“Tested-by”和“Reviewed-by”標籤出現在郵件列表中， +作者應在發送下一個版本時將其添加到適用的補丁中。但是，如果補丁在以下版本中發 +生了實質性更改，這些標籤可能不再適用，因此應該刪除。通常，在補丁更改日誌中 +（在 ``---`` 分隔符之後）應該提到刪除某人的測試者或審閱者標籤。 + Suggested-by: 表示補丁的想法是由指定的人提出的，並確保將此想法歸功於指定的 -人。請注意，未經許可，不得添加此標籤，特別是如果該想法未在公共論壇上發布。 -這就是說，如果我們勤快地致謝我們的創意者，他們很有希望在未來得到鼓舞，再次 +人。請注意，未經許可，不得添加此標籤，特別是如果該想法未在公共論壇上發佈。 +也就是說，如果我們勤快地致謝創意提供者，他們將受到鼓舞，很有希望在未來再次 幫助我們。 -Fixes: 指示補丁在以前的提交中修復了一個問題。它可以很容易地確定錯誤的來源， -這有助於檢查錯誤修復。這個標記還幫助穩定內核團隊確定應該接收修復的穩定內核 -版本。這是指示補丁修復的錯誤的首選方法。請參閱 :ref:`tw_describe_changes` -描述您的更改以了解更多詳細信息。 +Fixes: 指示補丁修復了之前提交的一個問題。它可以便於確定錯誤的來源，這有助於 +檢查錯誤修復。這個標籤還幫助穩定內核團隊確定應該接收修復的穩定內核版本。這是 +指示補丁修復的錯誤的首選方法。請參閱 :ref:`zh_describe_changes` 瞭解更多信息。 + +.. note:: + + 附加Fixes:標籤不會改變穩定內核規則流程，也不改變所有穩定版補丁抄送 + stable@vger.kernel.org的要求。有關更多信息，請閱讀 + Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst 。 .. _tw_the_canonical_patch_format: -12）標準補丁格式 ----------------- +標準補丁格式 +------------ 本節描述如何格式化補丁本身。請注意，如果您的補丁存儲在 ``Git`` 存儲庫中，則 -可以使用 ``git format-patch`` 進行正確的補丁格式設置。但是，這些工具無法創建 +可以使用 ``git format-patch`` 進行正確的補丁格式化。但是，這些工具無法創建 必要的文本，因此請務必閱讀下面的說明。 -標準的補丁，標題行是:: +標準的補丁標題行是:: Subject: [PATCH 001/123] 子系統:一句話概述 -標準補丁的信體存在如下部分： +標準補丁的信體包含如下部分： - - 一個 "from" 行指出補丁作者。後跟空行（僅當發送修補程序的人不是作者時才需要）。 + - 一個 ``from`` 行指出補丁作者。後跟空行（僅當發送補丁的人不是作者時才需要）。 - - 解釋的正文，行以75列包裝，這將被複製到永久變更日誌來描述這個補丁。 + - 說明文字，每行最長75列，這將被複制到永久變更日誌來描述這個補丁。 - 一個空行 - - 上面描述的「Signed-off-by」 行，也將出現在更改日誌中。 + - 上述的 ``Signed-off-by:`` 行，也將出現在更改日誌中。 - 只包含 ``---`` 的標記線。 - - 任何其他不適合放在變更日誌的注釋。 + - 任何其他不適合放在變更日誌的註釋。 - 實際補丁（ ``diff`` 輸出）。 -標題行的格式，使得對標題行按字母序排序非常的容易 - 很多 e-mail 客戶端都 -可以支持 - 因爲序列號是用零填充的，所以按數字排序和按字母排序是一樣的。 +標題行的格式，使得對標題行按字母序排序非常的容易——很多郵件客戶端都 +可以支持——因爲序列號是用零填充的，所以按數字排序和按字母排序是一樣的。 -e-mail 標題中的「子系統」標識哪個內核子系統將被打補丁。 +郵件標題中的“子系統”標識哪個內核子系統將被打補丁。 -e-mail 標題中的「一句話概述」扼要的描述 e-mail 中的補丁。「一句話概述」 -不應該是一個文件名。對於一個補丁系列（「補丁系列」指一系列的多個相關補 -丁），不要對每個補丁都使用同樣的「一句話概述」。 +郵件標題中的“一句話概述”扼要的描述郵件中的補丁。“一句話概述” +不應該是一個文件名。對於一個補丁系列（“補丁系列”指一系列的多個相關補 +丁），不要對每個補丁都使用同樣的“一句話概述”。 -記住 e-mail 的「一句話概述」會成爲該補丁的全局唯一標識。它會蔓延到 git -的改動記錄里。然後「一句話概述」會被用在開發者的討論里，用來指代這個補 -丁。用戶將希望通過 google 來搜索"一句話概述"來找到那些討論這個補丁的文 +記住郵件的“一句話概述”會成爲該補丁的全局唯一標識。它會進入 ``git`` +的改動記錄裏。然後“一句話概述”會被用在開發者的討論裏，用來指代這個補 +丁。用戶將希望通過搜索引擎搜索“一句話概述”來找到那些討論這個補丁的文 章。當人們在兩三個月後使用諸如 ``gitk`` 或 ``git log --oneline`` 之類 的工具查看數千個補丁時，也會很快看到它。 出於這些原因，概述必須不超過70-75個字符，並且必須描述補丁的更改以及爲 -什麼需要補丁。既要簡潔又要描述性很有挑戰性，但寫得好的概述應該這樣做。 +什麼需要補丁。既要簡潔又要描述性很有挑戰性，但寫得好的概述應該這樣。 -概述的前綴可以用方括號括起來：「Subject: [PATCH <tag>...] <概述>」。標記 +概述的前綴可以用方括號括起來：“Subject: [PATCH <tag>...] <概述>”。標記 不被視爲概述的一部分，而是描述應該如何處理補丁。如果補丁的多個版本已發 -送出來以響應評審（即「v1，v2，v3」）或「rfc」，以指示評審請求，那麼通用標記 -可能包括版本描述符。如果一個補丁系列中有四個補丁，那麼各個補丁可以這樣 -編號：1/4、2/4、3/4、4/4。這可以確保開發人員了解補丁應用的順序，並且他們 +送出來以響應評審（即“v1，v2，v3”）則必須包含版本號，或包含“RFC”以指示 +評審請求。如果一個補丁系列中有四個補丁，那麼各個補丁可以這樣編號：1/4、2/4、 +3/4、4/4。這可以確保開發人員瞭解補丁應用的順序，且 已經查看或應用了補丁系列中的所有補丁。 一些標題的例子:: @@ -543,95 +504,134 @@ e-mail 標題中的「一句話概述」扼要的描述 e-mail 中的補丁。 Subject: [patch 2/5] ext2: improve scalability of bitmap searching Subject: [PATCHv2 001/207] x86: fix eflags tracking -"From" 行是信體裡的最上面一行，具有如下格式： +``From`` 行是信體裏的最上面一行，具有如下格式:: + From: Patch Author <author@example.com> -"From" 行指明在永久改動日誌里，誰會被確認爲作者。如果沒有 "From" 行，那 -麼郵件頭裡的 "From: " 行會被用來決定改動日誌中的作者。 +``From`` 行指明在永久改動日誌裏，誰會被確認爲作者。如果沒有 ``From`` 行，那 +麼郵件頭裏的 ``From:`` 行會被用來決定改動日誌中的作者。 -說明的主題將會被提交到永久的原始碼改動日誌里，因此對那些早已經不記得和 -這個補丁相關的討論細節的有能力的讀者來說，是有意義的。包括補丁程序定位 -錯誤的（內核日誌消息、OOPS消息等）症狀，對於搜索提交日誌以尋找適用補丁的人 -尤其有用。如果一個補丁修復了一個編譯失敗，那麼可能不需要包含所有編譯失敗； +說明文字將會被提交到永久的源代碼改動日誌裏，因此應針對那些早已經不記得和這 +個補丁相關的討論細節的讀者。包括補丁處理的故障症狀（內核日誌消息、oops消息 +等），這對於可能正在搜索提交日誌以查找適用補丁的人特別有用。文本應該寫得如 +此詳細，以便在數週、數月甚至數年後閱讀時，能夠爲讀者提供所需的細節信息，以 +掌握創建補丁的 **原因** 。 + +如果一個補丁修復了一個編譯失敗，那麼可能不需要包含 *所有* 編譯失敗； 只要足夠讓搜索補丁的人能夠找到它就行了。與概述一樣，既要簡潔又要描述性。 -"---" 標記行對於補丁處理工具要找到哪裡是改動日誌信息的結束，是不可缺少 +``---`` 標記行對於補丁處理工具要找到哪裏是改動日誌信息的結束，是不可缺少 的。 -對於 "---" 標記之後的額外註解，一個好的用途就是用來寫 diffstat，用來顯 -示修改了什麼文件和每個文件都增加和刪除了多少行。diffstat 對於比較大的補 -丁特別有用。其餘那些只是和時刻或者開發者相關的註解，不合適放到永久的改 -動日誌里的，也應該放這裡。 -使用 diffstat的選項 "-p 1 -w 70" 這樣文件名就會從內核原始碼樹的目錄開始 -，不會占用太寬的空間（很容易適合80列的寬度，也許會有一些縮進。） +對於 ``---`` 標記之後的額外註解，一個好的用途就是用來寫 ``diffstat`` ，用來顯 +示修改了什麼文件和每個文件都增加和刪除了多少行。 ``diffstat`` 對於比較大的補 +丁特別有用。 +使用 ``diffstat`` 的選項 ``-p 1 -w 70`` 這樣文件名就會從內核源代碼樹的目錄開始 +，不會佔用太寬的空間（很容易適合80列的寬度，也許會有一些縮進。） +（ ``git`` 默認會生成合適的diffstat。） -在後面的參考資料中能看到適當的補丁格式的更多細節。 +其餘那些只適用於當時或者與維護者相關的註解，不合適放到永久的改動日誌裏的，也 +應該放這裏。較好的例子就是 ``補丁更改記錄`` ，記錄了v1和v2版本補丁之間的差異。 -.. _tw_explicit_in_reply_to: +請將此信息放在將變更日誌與補丁的其餘部分分隔開的 ``---`` 行 **之後** 。版本 +信息不是提交到git樹的變更日誌的一部分。只是供審閱人員使用的附加信息。如果將 +其放置在提交標記上方，則需要手動交互才能將其刪除。如果它位於分隔線以下，則在 +應用補丁時會自動剝離:: -15) 明確回覆郵件頭(In-Reply-To) -------------------------------- + <commit message> + ... + Signed-off-by: Author <author@mail> + --- + V2 -> V3: Removed redundant helper function + V1 -> V2: Cleaned up coding style and addressed review comments -手動添加回復補丁的的標題頭(In-Reply_To:) 是有幫助的（例如，使用 ``git send-email`` ） -將補丁與以前的相關討論關聯起來，例如，將bug修復程序連結到電子郵件和bug報告。 -但是，對於多補丁系列，最好避免在回復時使用連結到該系列的舊版本。這樣， -補丁的多個版本就不會成爲電子郵件客戶端中無法管理的引用序列。如果連結有用， -可以使用 https://lore.kernel.org/ 重定向器（例如，在封面電子郵件文本中） -連結到補丁系列的早期版本。 + path/to/file | 5+++-- + ... + +在後面的參考資料中能看到正確補丁格式的更多細節。 -16) 發送git pull請求 --------------------- +.. _tw_backtraces: -如果您有一系列補丁，那麼讓維護人員通過git pull操作將它們直接拉入子系統存儲 -庫可能是最方便的。但是，請注意，從開發人員那裡獲取補丁比從郵件列表中獲取補 -丁需要更高的信任度。因此，許多子系統維護人員不願意接受請求，特別是來自新的 -未知開發人員的請求。如果有疑問，您可以在封面郵件中使用pull 請求作爲補丁系列 -正常發布的一個選項，讓維護人員可以選擇使用其中之一。 +提交消息中的回溯（Backtraces） +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +回溯有助於記錄導致問題的調用鏈。然而，並非所有回溯都有幫助。例如，早期引導調 +用鏈是獨特而明顯的。而逐字複製完整的dmesg輸出則會增加時間戳、模塊列表、寄存 +器和堆棧轉儲等分散注意力的信息。 + +因此，最有用的回溯應該從轉儲中提取相關信息，以更容易集中在真實問題上。下面是 +一個剪裁良好的回溯示例:: + + unchecked MSR access error: WRMSR to 0xd51 (tried to write 0x0000000000000064) + at rIP: 0xffffffffae059994 (native_write_msr+0x4/0x20) + Call Trace: + mba_wrmsr + update_domains + rdtgroup_mkdir + +.. _tw_explicit_in_reply_to: + +明確回覆郵件頭（In-Reply-To） +----------------------------- + +手動添加回復補丁的的郵件頭（In-Reply_To:）是有用的（例如，使用 ``git send-email`` ）， +可以將補丁與以前的相關討論關聯起來，例如，將bug補丁鏈接到電子郵件和bug報告。 +但是，對於多補丁系列，最好避免在回覆時使用鏈接到該系列的舊版本。這樣， +補丁的多個版本就不會成爲電子郵件客戶端中無法管理的引用樹。如果鏈接有用， +可以使用 https://lore.kernel.org/ 重定向器（例如，在封面電子郵件文本中） +鏈接到補丁系列的早期版本。 -pull 請求的主題行中應該有[Git Pull]。請求本身應該在一行中包含存儲庫名稱和 -感興趣的分支；它應該看起來像:: +給出基礎樹信息 +-------------- - Please pull from +當其他開發人員收到您的補丁並開始審閱時，知道應該將您的工作放到代碼樹歷史記錄 +中的什麼位置通常很有用。這對於自動化持續集成流水（CI）特別有用，這些流水線試 +圖運行一系列測試，以便在維護人員開始審閱之前確定提交的質量。 - git://jdelvare.pck.nerim.net/jdelvare-2.6 i2c-for-linus +如果您使用 ``git format-patch`` 生成補丁，則可以通過 ``--base`` 標誌在提交中 +自動包含基礎樹信息。使用此選項最簡單、最方便的方法是配合主題分支:: - to get these changes: + $ git checkout -t -b my-topical-branch master + Branch 'my-topical-branch' set up to track local branch 'master'. + Switched to a new branch 'my-topical-branch' + [perform your edits and commits] -pull 請求還應該包含一條整體消息，說明請求中將包含什麼，一個補丁本身的 ``Git shortlog`` -以及一個顯示補丁系列整體效果的 ``diffstat`` 。當然，將所有這些信息收集在一起 -的最簡單方法是讓 ``git`` 使用 ``git request-pull`` 命令爲您完成這些工作。 + $ git format-patch --base=auto --cover-letter -o outgoing/ master + outgoing/0000-cover-letter.patch + outgoing/0001-First-Commit.patch + outgoing/... -一些維護人員（包括Linus）希望看到來自已簽名提交的請求；這增加了他們對你的 -請求信心。特別是，在沒有簽名標籤的情況下，Linus 不會從像 Github 這樣的公共 -託管站點拉請求。 +當你編輯 ``outgoing/0000-cover-letter.patch`` 時，您會注意到在它的最底部有一 +行 ``base-commit:`` 尾註，它爲審閱者和CI工具提供了足夠的信息以正確執行 +``git am`` 而不必擔心衝突:: -創建此類簽名的第一步是生成一個 GNRPG 密鑰，並由一個或多個核心內核開發人員對 -其進行簽名。這一步對新開發人員來說可能很困難，但沒有辦法繞過它。參加會議是 -找到可以簽署您的密鑰的開發人員的好方法。 + $ git checkout -b patch-review [base-commit-id] + Switched to a new branch 'patch-review' + $ git am patches.mbox + Applying: First Commit + Applying: ... -一旦您在Git 中準備了一個您希望有人拉的補丁系列，就用 ``git tag -s`` 創建一 -個簽名標記。這將創建一個新標記，標識該系列中的最後一次提交，並包含用您的私 -鑰創建的簽名。您還可以將changelog樣式的消息添加到標記中；這是一個描述拉請求 -整體效果的理想位置。 +有關此選項的更多信息，請參閱 ``man git-format-patch`` 。 -如果維護人員將要從中提取的樹不是您正在使用的存儲庫，請不要忘記將已簽名的標記 -顯式推送到公共樹。 +.. note:: -生成拉請求時，請使用已簽名的標記作爲目標。這樣的命令可以實現:: + ``--base`` 功能是在2.9.0版git中引入的。 - git request-pull master git://my.public.tree/linux.git my-signed-tag +如果您不使用git格式化補丁，仍然可以包含相同的 ``base-commit`` 尾註，以指示您 +的工作所基於的樹的提交哈希。你應該在封面郵件或系列的第一個補丁中添加它，它應 +該放在 ``---`` 行的下面或所有其他內容之後，即只在你的電子郵件簽名之前。 參考文獻 -------- -Andrew Morton, "The perfect patch" (tpp). +Andrew Morton，“完美的補丁”（tpp） <https://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt> -Jeff Garzik, "Linux kernel patch submission format". +Jeff Garzik，“Linux內核補丁提交格式” <https://web.archive.org/web/20180829112450/http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html> -Greg Kroah-Hartman, "How to piss off a kernel subsystem maintainer". +Greg Kroah-Hartman，“如何惹惱內核子系統維護人員” <http://www.kroah.com/log/linux/maintainer.html> <http://www.kroah.com/log/linux/maintainer-02.html> @@ -644,17 +644,16 @@ Greg Kroah-Hartman, "How to piss off a kernel subsystem maintainer". <http://www.kroah.com/log/linux/maintainer-06.html> -NO!!!! No more huge patch bombs to linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org people! +不！！！別再發巨型補丁炸彈給linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org的人們了！ <https://lore.kernel.org/r/20050711.125305.08322243.davem@davemloft.net> -Kernel Documentation/process/coding-style.rst: - :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst <tw_codingstyle>` +內核 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/coding-style.rst -Linus Torvalds's mail on the canonical patch format: +Linus Torvalds關於標準補丁格式的郵件 <https://lore.kernel.org/r/Pine.LNX.4.58.0504071023190.28951@ppc970.osdl.org> -Andi Kleen, "On submitting kernel patches" - Some strategies to get difficult or controversial changes in. +Andi Kleen，“提交補丁之路” + 一些幫助合入困難或有爭議的變更的策略。 http://halobates.de/on-submitting-patches.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/volatile-considered-harmful.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/volatile-considered-harmful.rst index 469cb5b3a07c..a609620affb0 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/volatile-considered-harmful.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/volatile-considered-harmful.rst @@ -19,20 +19,20 @@ 時奎亮 Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com> 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <src.res.211@gmail.com> -爲什麼不應該使用「volatile」類型 -================================ +爲什麼不應該使用“volatile”類型 +============================== -C程式設計師通常認爲volatile表示某個變量可以在當前執行的線程之外被改變；因此，在內核 -中用到共享數據結構時，常常會有C程式設計師喜歡使用volatile這類變量。換句話說，他們經 +C程序員通常認爲volatile表示某個變量可以在當前執行的線程之外被改變；因此，在內核 +中用到共享數據結構時，常常會有C程序員喜歡使用volatile這類變量。換句話說，他們經 常會把volatile類型看成某種簡易的原子變量，當然它們不是。在內核中使用volatile幾 乎總是錯誤的；本文檔將解釋爲什麼這樣。 理解volatile的關鍵是知道它的目的是用來消除優化，實際上很少有人真正需要這樣的應 -用。在內核中，程式設計師必須防止意外的並發訪問破壞共享的數據結構，這其實是一個完全 -不同的任務。用來防止意外並發訪問的保護措施，可以更加高效的避免大多數優化相關的 +用。在內核中，程序員必須防止意外的併發訪問破壞共享的數據結構，這其實是一個完全 +不同的任務。用來防止意外併發訪問的保護措施，可以更加高效的避免大多數優化相關的 問題。 -像volatile一樣，內核提供了很多原語來保證並發訪問時的數據安全（自旋鎖, 互斥量,內 +像volatile一樣，內核提供了很多原語來保證併發訪問時的數據安全（自旋鎖, 互斥量,內 存屏障等等），同樣可以防止意外的優化。如果可以正確使用這些內核原語，那麼就沒有 必要再使用volatile。如果仍然必須使用volatile，那麼幾乎可以肯定在代碼的某處有一 個bug。在正確設計的內核代碼中，volatile能帶來的僅僅是使事情變慢。 @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ C程式設計師通常認爲volatile表示某個變量可以在當前執行的 如果所有的代碼都遵循加鎖規則，當持有the_lock的時候，不可能意外的改變shared_data的 值。任何可能訪問該數據的其他代碼都會在這個鎖上等待。自旋鎖原語跟內存屏障一樣—— 它 -們顯式的用來書寫成這樣 —— 意味著數據訪問不會跨越它們而被優化。所以本來編譯器認爲 -它知道在shared_data裡面將有什麼，但是因爲spin_lock()調用跟內存屏障一樣，會強制編 +們顯式的用來書寫成這樣 —— 意味着數據訪問不會跨越它們而被優化。所以本來編譯器認爲 +它知道在shared_data裏面將有什麼，但是因爲spin_lock()調用跟內存屏障一樣，會強制編 譯器忘記它所知道的一切。那麼在訪問這些數據時不會有優化的問題。 如果shared_data被聲名爲volatile，鎖操作將仍然是必須的。就算我們知道沒有其他人正在 @@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ C程式設計師通常認爲volatile表示某個變量可以在當前執行的 shared_data不是volatile的。在處理共享數據的時候，適當的鎖操作可以不再需要 volatile —— 並且是有潛在危害的。 -volatile的存儲類型最初是爲那些內存映射的I/O寄存器而定義。在內核里，寄存器訪問也應 -該被鎖保護，但是人們也不希望編譯器「優化」臨界區內的寄存器訪問。內核里I/O的內存訪問 +volatile的存儲類型最初是爲那些內存映射的I/O寄存器而定義。在內核裏，寄存器訪問也應 +該被鎖保護，但是人們也不希望編譯器“優化”臨界區內的寄存器訪問。內核裏I/O的內存訪問 是通過訪問函數完成的；不贊成通過指針對I/O內存的直接訪問，並且不是在所有體系架構上 都能工作。那些訪問函數正是爲了防止意外優化而寫的，因此，再說一次，volatile類型不 是必需的。 -另一種引起用戶可能使用volatile的情況是當處理器正忙著等待一個變量的值。正確執行一 +另一種引起用戶可能使用volatile的情況是當處理器正忙着等待一個變量的值。正確執行一 個忙等待的方法是:: while (my_variable != what_i_want) @@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ cpu_relax()調用會降低CPU的能量消耗或者讓位於超線程雙處理器 - 在一些體系架構的系統上，允許直接的I/0內存訪問，那麼前面提到的訪問函數可以使用 volatile。基本上，每一個訪問函數調用它自己都是一個小的臨界區域並且保證了按照 - 程式設計師期望的那樣發生訪問操作。 + 程序員期望的那樣發生訪問操作。 - 某些會改變內存的內聯彙編代碼雖然沒有什麼其他明顯的附作用，但是有被GCC刪除的可 能性。在彙編聲明中加上volatile關鍵字可以防止這種刪除操作。 - Jiffies變量是一種特殊情況，雖然每次引用它的時候都可以有不同的值，但讀jiffies 變量時不需要任何特殊的加鎖保護。所以jiffies變量可以使用volatile，但是不贊成 - 其他跟jiffies相同類型變量使用volatile。Jiffies被認爲是一種「愚蠢的遺留物" + 其他跟jiffies相同類型變量使用volatile。Jiffies被認爲是一種“愚蠢的遺留物" （Linus的話）因爲解決這個問題比保持現狀要麻煩的多。 - 由於某些I/0設備可能會修改連續一致的內存,所以有時,指向連續一致內存的數據結構 @@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ cpu_relax()調用會降低CPU的能量消耗或者讓位於超線程雙處理器 bug並且需要對這樣的代碼額外仔細檢查。那些試圖使用volatile的開發人員需要退一步想想 他們真正想實現的是什麼。 -非常歡迎刪除volatile變量的補丁 － 只要證明這些補丁完整的考慮了並發問題。 +非常歡迎刪除volatile變量的補丁 － 只要證明這些補丁完整的考慮了併發問題。 -注釋 +註釋 ---- [1] https://lwn.net/Articles/233481/ diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget_uvc.rst b/Documentation/usb/gadget_uvc.rst index 80a1f031b593..bf78fba3ce23 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/gadget_uvc.rst +++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget_uvc.rst @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ might do: create_frame 1920 1080 uncompressed yuyv The only uncompressed format currently supported is YUYV, which is detailed at -Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed.yuv.rst. +Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.rst. Color Matching Descriptors ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/dma-buf-alloc-exchange.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/dma-buf-alloc-exchange.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fdff19fce13e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/dma-buf-alloc-exchange.rst @@ -0,0 +1,389 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. Copyright 2021-2023 Collabora Ltd. + +======================== +Exchanging pixel buffers +======================== + +As originally designed, the Linux graphics subsystem had extremely limited +support for sharing pixel-buffer allocations between processes, devices, and +subsystems. Modern systems require extensive integration between all three +classes; this document details how applications and kernel subsystems should +approach this sharing for two-dimensional image data. + +It is written with reference to the DRM subsystem for GPU and display devices, +V4L2 for media devices, and also to Vulkan, EGL and Wayland, for userspace +support, however any other subsystems should also follow this design and advice. + + +Glossary of terms +================= + +.. glossary:: + + image: + Conceptually a two-dimensional array of pixels. The pixels may be stored + in one or more memory buffers. Has width and height in pixels, pixel + format and modifier (implicit or explicit). + + row: + A span along a single y-axis value, e.g. from co-ordinates (0,100) to + (200,100). + + scanline: + Synonym for row. + + column: + A span along a single x-axis value, e.g. from co-ordinates (100,0) to + (100,100). + + memory buffer: + A piece of memory for storing (parts of) pixel data. Has stride and size + in bytes and at least one handle in some API. May contain one or more + planes. + + plane: + A two-dimensional array of some or all of an image's color and alpha + channel values. + + pixel: + A picture element. Has a single color value which is defined by one or + more color channels values, e.g. R, G and B, or Y, Cb and Cr. May also + have an alpha value as an additional channel. + + pixel data: + Bytes or bits that represent some or all of the color/alpha channel values + of a pixel or an image. The data for one pixel may be spread over several + planes or memory buffers depending on format and modifier. + + color value: + A tuple of numbers, representing a color. Each element in the tuple is a + color channel value. + + color channel: + One of the dimensions in a color model. For example, RGB model has + channels R, G, and B. Alpha channel is sometimes counted as a color + channel as well. + + pixel format: + A description of how pixel data represents the pixel's color and alpha + values. + + modifier: + A description of how pixel data is laid out in memory buffers. + + alpha: + A value that denotes the color coverage in a pixel. Sometimes used for + translucency instead. + + stride: + A value that denotes the relationship between pixel-location co-ordinates + and byte-offset values. Typically used as the byte offset between two + pixels at the start of vertically-consecutive tiling blocks. For linear + layouts, the byte offset between two vertically-adjacent pixels. For + non-linear formats the stride must be computed in a consistent way, which + usually is done as-if the layout was linear. + + pitch: + Synonym for stride. + + +Formats and modifiers +===================== + +Each buffer must have an underlying format. This format describes the color +values provided for each pixel. Although each subsystem has its own format +descriptions (e.g. V4L2 and fbdev), the ``DRM_FORMAT_*`` tokens should be reused +wherever possible, as they are the standard descriptions used for interchange. +These tokens are described in the ``drm_fourcc.h`` file, which is a part of +DRM's uAPI. + +Each ``DRM_FORMAT_*`` token describes the translation between a pixel +co-ordinate in an image, and the color values for that pixel contained within +its memory buffers. The number and type of color channels are described: +whether they are RGB or YUV, integer or floating-point, the size of each channel +and their locations within the pixel memory, and the relationship between color +planes. + +For example, ``DRM_FORMAT_ARGB8888`` describes a format in which each pixel has +a single 32-bit value in memory. Alpha, red, green, and blue, color channels are +available at 8-bit precision per channel, ordered respectively from most to +least significant bits in little-endian storage. ``DRM_FORMAT_*`` is not +affected by either CPU or device endianness; the byte pattern in memory is +always as described in the format definition, which is usually little-endian. + +As a more complex example, ``DRM_FORMAT_NV12`` describes a format in which luma +and chroma YUV samples are stored in separate planes, where the chroma plane is +stored at half the resolution in both dimensions (i.e. one U/V chroma +sample is stored for each 2x2 pixel grouping). + +Format modifiers describe a translation mechanism between these per-pixel memory +samples, and the actual memory storage for the buffer. The most straightforward +modifier is ``DRM_FORMAT_MOD_LINEAR``, describing a scheme in which each plane +is laid out row-sequentially, from the top-left to the bottom-right corner. +This is considered the baseline interchange format, and most convenient for CPU +access. + +Modern hardware employs much more sophisticated access mechanisms, typically +making use of tiled access and possibly also compression. For example, the +``DRM_FORMAT_MOD_VIVANTE_TILED`` modifier describes memory storage where pixels +are stored in 4x4 blocks arranged in row-major ordering, i.e. the first tile in +a plane stores pixels (0,0) to (3,3) inclusive, and the second tile in a plane +stores pixels (4,0) to (7,3) inclusive. + +Some modifiers may modify the number of planes required for an image; for +example, the ``I915_FORMAT_MOD_Y_TILED_CCS`` modifier adds a second plane to RGB +formats in which it stores data about the status of every tile, notably +including whether the tile is fully populated with pixel data, or can be +expanded from a single solid color. + +These extended layouts are highly vendor-specific, and even specific to +particular generations or configurations of devices per-vendor. For this reason, +support of modifiers must be explicitly enumerated and negotiated by all users +in order to ensure a compatible and optimal pipeline, as discussed below. + + +Dimensions and size +=================== + +Each pixel buffer must be accompanied by logical pixel dimensions. This refers +to the number of unique samples which can be extracted from, or stored to, the +underlying memory storage. For example, even though a 1920x1080 +``DRM_FORMAT_NV12`` buffer has a luma plane containing 1920x1080 samples for the Y +component, and 960x540 samples for the U and V components, the overall buffer is +still described as having dimensions of 1920x1080. + +The in-memory storage of a buffer is not guaranteed to begin immediately at the +base address of the underlying memory, nor is it guaranteed that the memory +storage is tightly clipped to either dimension. + +Each plane must therefore be described with an ``offset`` in bytes, which will be +added to the base address of the memory storage before performing any per-pixel +calculations. This may be used to combine multiple planes into a single memory +buffer; for example, ``DRM_FORMAT_NV12`` may be stored in a single memory buffer +where the luma plane's storage begins immediately at the start of the buffer +with an offset of 0, and the chroma plane's storage follows within the same buffer +beginning from the byte offset for that plane. + +Each plane must also have a ``stride`` in bytes, expressing the offset in memory +between two contiguous row. For example, a ``DRM_FORMAT_MOD_LINEAR`` buffer +with dimensions of 1000x1000 may have been allocated as if it were 1024x1000, in +order to allow for aligned access patterns. In this case, the buffer will still +be described with a width of 1000, however the stride will be ``1024 * bpp``, +indicating that there are 24 pixels at the positive extreme of the x axis whose +values are not significant. + +Buffers may also be padded further in the y dimension, simply by allocating a +larger area than would ordinarily be required. For example, many media decoders +are not able to natively output buffers of height 1080, but instead require an +effective height of 1088 pixels. In this case, the buffer continues to be +described as having a height of 1080, with the memory allocation for each buffer +being increased to account for the extra padding. + + +Enumeration +=========== + +Every user of pixel buffers must be able to enumerate a set of supported formats +and modifiers, described together. Within KMS, this is achieved with the +``IN_FORMATS`` property on each DRM plane, listing the supported DRM formats, and +the modifiers supported for each format. In userspace, this is supported through +the `EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers`_ extension entrypoints for EGL, the +`VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier`_ extension for Vulkan, and the +`zwp_linux_dmabuf_v1`_ extension for Wayland. + +Each of these interfaces allows users to query a set of supported +format+modifier combinations. + + +Negotiation +=========== + +It is the responsibility of userspace to negotiate an acceptable format+modifier +combination for its usage. This is performed through a simple intersection of +lists. For example, if a user wants to use Vulkan to render an image to be +displayed on a KMS plane, it must: + + - query KMS for the ``IN_FORMATS`` property for the given plane + - query Vulkan for the supported formats for its physical device, making sure + to pass the ``VkImageUsageFlagBits`` and ``VkImageCreateFlagBits`` + corresponding to the intended rendering use + - intersect these formats to determine the most appropriate one + - for this format, intersect the lists of supported modifiers for both KMS and + Vulkan, to obtain a final list of acceptable modifiers for that format + +This intersection must be performed for all usages. For example, if the user +also wishes to encode the image to a video stream, it must query the media API +it intends to use for encoding for the set of modifiers it supports, and +additionally intersect against this list. + +If the intersection of all lists is an empty list, it is not possible to share +buffers in this way, and an alternate strategy must be considered (e.g. using +CPU access routines to copy data between the different uses, with the +corresponding performance cost). + +The resulting modifier list is unsorted; the order is not significant. + + +Allocation +========== + +Once userspace has determined an appropriate format, and corresponding list of +acceptable modifiers, it must allocate the buffer. As there is no universal +buffer-allocation interface available at either kernel or userspace level, the +client makes an arbitrary choice of allocation interface such as Vulkan, GBM, or +a media API. + +Each allocation request must take, at a minimum: the pixel format, a list of +acceptable modifiers, and the buffer's width and height. Each API may extend +this set of properties in different ways, such as allowing allocation in more +than two dimensions, intended usage patterns, etc. + +The component which allocates the buffer will make an arbitrary choice of what +it considers the 'best' modifier within the acceptable list for the requested +allocation, any padding required, and further properties of the underlying +memory buffers such as whether they are stored in system or device-specific +memory, whether or not they are physically contiguous, and their cache mode. +These properties of the memory buffer are not visible to userspace, however the +``dma-heaps`` API is an effort to address this. + +After allocation, the client must query the allocator to determine the actual +modifier selected for the buffer, as well as the per-plane offset and stride. +Allocators are not permitted to vary the format in use, to select a modifier not +provided within the acceptable list, nor to vary the pixel dimensions other than +the padding expressed through offset, stride, and size. + +Communicating additional constraints, such as alignment of stride or offset, +placement within a particular memory area, etc, is out of scope of dma-buf, +and is not solved by format and modifier tokens. + + +Import +====== + +To use a buffer within a different context, device, or subsystem, the user +passes these parameters (format, modifier, width, height, and per-plane offset +and stride) to an importing API. + +Each memory buffer is referred to by a buffer handle, which may be unique or +duplicated within an image. For example, a ``DRM_FORMAT_NV12`` buffer may have +the luma and chroma buffers combined into a single memory buffer by use of the +per-plane offset parameters, or they may be completely separate allocations in +memory. For this reason, each import and allocation API must provide a separate +handle for each plane. + +Each kernel subsystem has its own types and interfaces for buffer management. +DRM uses GEM buffer objects (BOs), V4L2 has its own references, etc. These types +are not portable between contexts, processes, devices, or subsystems. + +To address this, ``dma-buf`` handles are used as the universal interchange for +buffers. Subsystem-specific operations are used to export native buffer handles +to a ``dma-buf`` file descriptor, and to import those file descriptors into a +native buffer handle. dma-buf file descriptors can be transferred between +contexts, processes, devices, and subsystems. + +For example, a Wayland media player may use V4L2 to decode a video frame into a +``DRM_FORMAT_NV12`` buffer. This will result in two memory planes (luma and +chroma) being dequeued by the user from V4L2. These planes are then exported to +one dma-buf file descriptor per plane, these descriptors are then sent along +with the metadata (format, modifier, width, height, per-plane offset and stride) +to the Wayland server. The Wayland server will then import these file +descriptors as an EGLImage for use through EGL/OpenGL (ES), a VkImage for use +through Vulkan, or a KMS framebuffer object; each of these import operations +will take the same metadata and convert the dma-buf file descriptors into their +native buffer handles. + +Having a non-empty intersection of supported modifiers does not guarantee that +import will succeed into all consumers; they may have constraints beyond those +implied by modifiers which must be satisfied. + + +Implicit modifiers +================== + +The concept of modifiers post-dates all of the subsystems mentioned above. As +such, it has been retrofitted into all of these APIs, and in order to ensure +backwards compatibility, support is needed for drivers and userspace which do +not (yet) support modifiers. + +As an example, GBM is used to allocate buffers to be shared between EGL for +rendering and KMS for display. It has two entrypoints for allocating buffers: +``gbm_bo_create`` which only takes the format, width, height, and a usage token, +and ``gbm_bo_create_with_modifiers`` which extends this with a list of modifiers. + +In the latter case, the allocation is as discussed above, being provided with a +list of acceptable modifiers that the implementation can choose from (or fail if +it is not possible to allocate within those constraints). In the former case +where modifiers are not provided, the GBM implementation must make its own +choice as to what is likely to be the 'best' layout. Such a choice is entirely +implementation-specific: some will internally use tiled layouts which are not +CPU-accessible if the implementation decides that is a good idea through +whatever heuristic. It is the implementation's responsibility to ensure that +this choice is appropriate. + +To support this case where the layout is not known because there is no awareness +of modifiers, a special ``DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID`` token has been defined. This +pseudo-modifier declares that the layout is not known, and that the driver +should use its own logic to determine what the underlying layout may be. + +.. note:: + + ``DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID`` is a non-zero value. The modifier value zero is + ``DRM_FORMAT_MOD_LINEAR``, which is an explicit guarantee that the image + has the linear layout. Care and attention should be taken to ensure that + zero as a default value is not mixed up with either no modifier or the linear + modifier. Also note that in some APIs the invalid modifier value is specified + with an out-of-band flag, like in ``DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ADDFB2``. + +There are four cases where this token may be used: + - during enumeration, an interface may return ``DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID``, either + as the sole member of a modifier list to declare that explicit modifiers are + not supported, or as part of a larger list to declare that implicit modifiers + may be used + - during allocation, a user may supply ``DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID``, either as the + sole member of a modifier list (equivalent to not supplying a modifier list + at all) to declare that explicit modifiers are not supported and must not be + used, or as part of a larger list to declare that an allocation using implicit + modifiers is acceptable + - in a post-allocation query, an implementation may return + ``DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID`` as the modifier of the allocated buffer to declare + that the underlying layout is implementation-defined and that an explicit + modifier description is not available; per the above rules, this may only be + returned when the user has included ``DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID`` as part of the + list of acceptable modifiers, or not provided a list + - when importing a buffer, the user may supply ``DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID`` as the + buffer modifier (or not supply a modifier) to indicate that the modifier is + unknown for whatever reason; this is only acceptable when the buffer has + not been allocated with an explicit modifier + +It follows from this that for any single buffer, the complete chain of operations +formed by the producer and all the consumers must be either fully implicit or fully +explicit. For example, if a user wishes to allocate a buffer for use between +GPU, display, and media, but the media API does not support modifiers, then the +user **must not** allocate the buffer with explicit modifiers and attempt to +import the buffer into the media API with no modifier, but either perform the +allocation using implicit modifiers, or allocate the buffer for media use +separately and copy between the two buffers. + +As one exception to the above, allocations may be 'upgraded' from implicit +to explicit modifiers. For example, if the buffer is allocated with +``gbm_bo_create`` (taking no modifiers), the user may then query the modifier with +``gbm_bo_get_modifier`` and then use this modifier as an explicit modifier token +if a valid modifier is returned. + +When allocating buffers for exchange between different users and modifiers are +not available, implementations are strongly encouraged to use +``DRM_FORMAT_MOD_LINEAR`` for their allocation, as this is the universal baseline +for exchange. However, it is not guaranteed that this will result in the correct +interpretation of buffer content, as implicit modifier operation may still be +subject to driver-specific heuristics. + +Any new users - userspace programs and protocols, kernel subsystems, etc - +wishing to exchange buffers must offer interoperability through dma-buf file +descriptors for memory planes, DRM format tokens to describe the format, DRM +format modifiers to describe the layout in memory, at least width and height for +dimensions, and at least offset and stride for each memory plane. + +.. _zwp_linux_dmabuf_v1: https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/wayland/wayland-protocols/-/blob/main/unstable/linux-dmabuf/linux-dmabuf-unstable-v1.xml +.. _VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier: https://registry.khronos.org/vulkan/specs/1.3-extensions/man/html/VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier.html +.. _EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers: https://registry.khronos.org/EGL/extensions/EXT/EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers.txt diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst index 72a65db0c498..031df47a7c19 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ place where this information is gathered. unshare spec_ctrl accelerators/ocxl + dma-buf-alloc-exchange ebpf/index ELF ioctl/index diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/genetlink-legacy.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/genetlink-legacy.rst index 40b82ad5d54a..70a77387f6c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/genetlink-legacy.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/genetlink-legacy.rst @@ -11,6 +11,20 @@ the ``genetlink-legacy`` protocol level. Specification ============= +Globals +------- + +Attributes listed directly at the root level of the spec file. + +version +~~~~~~~ + +Generic Netlink family version, default is 1. + +``version`` has historically been used to introduce family changes +which may break backwards compatibility. Since compatibility breaking changes +are generally not allowed ``version`` is very rarely used. + Attribute type nests -------------------- @@ -168,7 +182,7 @@ members - ``name`` - The attribute name of the struct member - ``type`` - One of the scalar types ``u8``, ``u16``, ``u32``, ``u64``, ``s8``, - ``s16``, ``s32``, ``s64``, ``string`` or ``binary``. + ``s16``, ``s32``, ``s64``, ``string``, ``binary`` or ``bitfield32``. - ``byte-order`` - ``big-endian`` or ``little-endian`` - ``doc``, ``enum``, ``enum-as-flags``, ``display-hint`` - Same as for :ref:`attribute definitions <attribute_properties>` diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/specs.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/specs.rst index cc4e2430997e..c1b951649113 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/specs.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/specs.rst @@ -86,11 +86,6 @@ name Name of the family. Name identifies the family in a unique way, since the Family IDs are allocated dynamically. -version -~~~~~~~ - -Generic Netlink family version, default is 1. - protocol ~~~~~~~~ @@ -408,10 +403,21 @@ This section describes the attribute types supported by the ``genetlink`` compatibility level. Refer to documentation of different levels for additional attribute types. -Scalar integer types +Common integer types -------------------- -Fixed-width integer types: +``sint`` and ``uint`` represent signed and unsigned 64 bit integers. +If the value can fit on 32 bits only 32 bits are carried in netlink +messages, otherwise full 64 bits are carried. Note that the payload +is only aligned to 4B, so the full 64 bit value may be unaligned! + +Common integer types should be preferred over fix-width types in majority +of cases. + +Fix-width integer types +----------------------- + +Fixed-width integer types include: ``u8``, ``u16``, ``u32``, ``u64``, ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``s64``. Note that types smaller than 32 bit should be avoided as using them @@ -421,6 +427,9 @@ See :ref:`pad_type` for padding of 64 bit attributes. The payload of the attribute is the integer in host order unless ``byte-order`` specifies otherwise. +64 bit values are usually aligned by the kernel but it is recommended +that the user space is able to deal with unaligned values. + .. _pad_type: pad diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst index 21a7578142a1..7025b3751027 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst @@ -416,6 +416,13 @@ Reads the general purpose registers from the vcpu. __u64 pc; }; + /* LoongArch */ + struct kvm_regs { + /* out (KVM_GET_REGS) / in (KVM_SET_REGS) */ + unsigned long gpr[32]; + unsigned long pc; + }; + 4.12 KVM_SET_REGS ----------------- @@ -506,7 +513,7 @@ translation mode. ------------------ :Capability: basic -:Architectures: x86, ppc, mips, riscv +:Architectures: x86, ppc, mips, riscv, loongarch :Type: vcpu ioctl :Parameters: struct kvm_interrupt (in) :Returns: 0 on success, negative on failure. @@ -540,7 +547,7 @@ ioctl is useful if the in-kernel PIC is not used. PPC: ^^^^ -Queues an external interrupt to be injected. This ioctl is overleaded +Queues an external interrupt to be injected. This ioctl is overloaded with 3 different irq values: a) KVM_INTERRUPT_SET @@ -592,6 +599,14 @@ b) KVM_INTERRUPT_UNSET This is an asynchronous vcpu ioctl and can be invoked from any thread. +LOONGARCH: +^^^^^^^^^^ + +Queues an external interrupt to be injected into the virtual CPU. A negative +interrupt number dequeues the interrupt. + +This is an asynchronous vcpu ioctl and can be invoked from any thread. + 4.17 KVM_DEBUG_GUEST -------------------- @@ -737,7 +752,7 @@ signal mask. ---------------- :Capability: basic -:Architectures: x86 +:Architectures: x86, loongarch :Type: vcpu ioctl :Parameters: struct kvm_fpu (out) :Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -746,7 +761,7 @@ Reads the floating point state from the vcpu. :: - /* for KVM_GET_FPU and KVM_SET_FPU */ + /* x86: for KVM_GET_FPU and KVM_SET_FPU */ struct kvm_fpu { __u8 fpr[8][16]; __u16 fcw; @@ -761,12 +776,21 @@ Reads the floating point state from the vcpu. __u32 pad2; }; + /* LoongArch: for KVM_GET_FPU and KVM_SET_FPU */ + struct kvm_fpu { + __u32 fcsr; + __u64 fcc; + struct kvm_fpureg { + __u64 val64[4]; + }fpr[32]; + }; + 4.23 KVM_SET_FPU ---------------- :Capability: basic -:Architectures: x86 +:Architectures: x86, loongarch :Type: vcpu ioctl :Parameters: struct kvm_fpu (in) :Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -775,7 +799,7 @@ Writes the floating point state to the vcpu. :: - /* for KVM_GET_FPU and KVM_SET_FPU */ + /* x86: for KVM_GET_FPU and KVM_SET_FPU */ struct kvm_fpu { __u8 fpr[8][16]; __u16 fcw; @@ -790,6 +814,15 @@ Writes the floating point state to the vcpu. __u32 pad2; }; + /* LoongArch: for KVM_GET_FPU and KVM_SET_FPU */ + struct kvm_fpu { + __u32 fcsr; + __u64 fcc; + struct kvm_fpureg { + __u64 val64[4]; + }fpr[32]; + }; + 4.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP ----------------------- @@ -965,7 +998,7 @@ be set in the flags field of this ioctl: The KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_INTERCEPT_HCALL flag requests KVM to generate the contents of the hypercall page automatically; hypercalls will be intercepted and passed to userspace through KVM_EXIT_XEN. In this -ase, all of the blob size and address fields must be zero. +case, all of the blob size and address fields must be zero. The KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_EVTCHN_SEND flag indicates to KVM that userspace will always use the KVM_XEN_HVM_EVTCHN_SEND ioctl to deliver event @@ -1070,7 +1103,7 @@ Other flags returned by ``KVM_GET_CLOCK`` are accepted but ignored. :Extended by: KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW :Architectures: x86, arm64 :Type: vcpu ioctl -:Parameters: struct kvm_vcpu_event (out) +:Parameters: struct kvm_vcpu_events (out) :Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error X86: @@ -1193,7 +1226,7 @@ directly to the virtual CPU). :Extended by: KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW :Architectures: x86, arm64 :Type: vcpu ioctl -:Parameters: struct kvm_vcpu_event (in) +:Parameters: struct kvm_vcpu_events (in) :Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error X86: @@ -1387,7 +1420,7 @@ documentation when it pops into existence). ------------------- :Capability: KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP -:Architectures: mips, ppc, s390, x86 +:Architectures: mips, ppc, s390, x86, loongarch :Type: vcpu ioctl :Parameters: struct kvm_enable_cap (in) :Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error @@ -1442,7 +1475,7 @@ for vm-wide capabilities. --------------------- :Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE -:Architectures: x86, s390, arm64, riscv +:Architectures: x86, s390, arm64, riscv, loongarch :Type: vcpu ioctl :Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (out) :Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error @@ -1460,7 +1493,7 @@ Possible values are: ========================== =============================================== KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE the vcpu is currently running - [x86,arm64,riscv] + [x86,arm64,riscv,loongarch] KVM_MP_STATE_UNINITIALIZED the vcpu is an application processor (AP) which has not yet received an INIT signal [x86] KVM_MP_STATE_INIT_RECEIVED the vcpu has received an INIT signal, and is @@ -1516,11 +1549,14 @@ For riscv: The only states that are valid are KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED and KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE which reflect if the vcpu is paused or not. +On LoongArch, only the KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE state is used to reflect +whether the vcpu is runnable. + 4.39 KVM_SET_MP_STATE --------------------- :Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE -:Architectures: x86, s390, arm64, riscv +:Architectures: x86, s390, arm64, riscv, loongarch :Type: vcpu ioctl :Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (in) :Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error @@ -1538,6 +1574,9 @@ For arm64/riscv: The only states that are valid are KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED and KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE which reflect if the vcpu should be paused or not. +On LoongArch, only the KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE state is used to reflect +whether the vcpu is runnable. + 4.40 KVM_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR ------------------------------ @@ -2841,6 +2880,19 @@ Following are the RISC-V D-extension registers: 0x8020 0000 0600 0020 fcsr Floating point control and status register ======================= ========= ============================================= +LoongArch registers are mapped using the lower 32 bits. The upper 16 bits of +that is the register group type. + +LoongArch csr registers are used to control guest cpu or get status of guest +cpu, and they have the following id bit patterns:: + + 0x9030 0000 0001 00 <reg:5> <sel:3> (64-bit) + +LoongArch KVM control registers are used to implement some new defined functions +such as set vcpu counter or reset vcpu, and they have the following id bit patterns:: + + 0x9030 0000 0002 <reg:16> + 4.69 KVM_GET_ONE_REG -------------------- @@ -3063,7 +3115,7 @@ as follow:: }; An entry with a "page_shift" of 0 is unused. Because the array is -organized in increasing order, a lookup can stop when encoutering +organized in increasing order, a lookup can stop when encountering such an entry. The "slb_enc" field provides the encoding to use in the SLB for the @@ -3370,6 +3422,8 @@ return indicates the attribute is implemented. It does not necessarily indicate that the attribute can be read or written in the device's current state. "addr" is ignored. +.. _KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT: + 4.82 KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT ---------------------- @@ -3455,7 +3509,7 @@ Possible features: - KVM_RUN and KVM_GET_REG_LIST are not available; - KVM_GET_ONE_REG and KVM_SET_ONE_REG cannot be used to access - the scalable archietctural SVE registers + the scalable architectural SVE registers KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_ZREG(), KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_PREG() or KVM_REG_ARM64_SVE_FFR; @@ -4401,7 +4455,7 @@ This will have undefined effects on the guest if it has not already placed itself in a quiescent state where no vcpu will make MMU enabled memory accesses. -On succsful completion, the pending HPT will become the guest's active +On successful completion, the pending HPT will become the guest's active HPT and the previous HPT will be discarded. On failure, the guest will still be operating on its previous HPT. @@ -5016,7 +5070,7 @@ before the vcpu is fully usable. Between KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT and KVM_ARM_VCPU_FINALIZE, the feature may be configured by use of ioctls such as KVM_SET_ONE_REG. The exact configuration -that should be performaned and how to do it are feature-dependent. +that should be performed and how to do it are feature-dependent. Other calls that depend on a particular feature being finalized, such as KVM_RUN, KVM_GET_REG_LIST, KVM_GET_ONE_REG and KVM_SET_ONE_REG, will fail with @@ -5124,6 +5178,24 @@ Valid values for 'action':: #define KVM_PMU_EVENT_ALLOW 0 #define KVM_PMU_EVENT_DENY 1 +Via this API, KVM userspace can also control the behavior of the VM's fixed +counters (if any) by configuring the "action" and "fixed_counter_bitmap" fields. + +Specifically, KVM follows the following pseudo-code when determining whether to +allow the guest FixCtr[i] to count its pre-defined fixed event:: + + FixCtr[i]_is_allowed = (action == ALLOW) && (bitmap & BIT(i)) || + (action == DENY) && !(bitmap & BIT(i)); + FixCtr[i]_is_denied = !FixCtr[i]_is_allowed; + +KVM always consumes fixed_counter_bitmap, it's userspace's responsibility to +ensure fixed_counter_bitmap is set correctly, e.g. if userspace wants to define +a filter that only affects general purpose counters. + +Note, the "events" field also applies to fixed counters' hardcoded event_select +and unit_mask values. "fixed_counter_bitmap" has higher priority than "events" +if there is a contradiction between the two. + 4.121 KVM_PPC_SVM_OFF --------------------- @@ -5475,7 +5547,7 @@ KVM_XEN_ATTR_TYPE_EVTCHN from the guest. A given sending port number may be directed back to a specified vCPU (by APIC ID) / port / priority on the guest, or to trigger events on an eventfd. The vCPU and priority can be changed - by setting KVM_XEN_EVTCHN_UPDATE in a subsequent call, but but other + by setting KVM_XEN_EVTCHN_UPDATE in a subsequent call, but other fields cannot change for a given sending port. A port mapping is removed by using KVM_XEN_EVTCHN_DEASSIGN in the flags field. Passing KVM_XEN_EVTCHN_RESET in the flags field removes all interception of @@ -6070,6 +6142,56 @@ writes to the CNTVCT_EL0 and CNTPCT_EL0 registers using the SET_ONE_REG interface. No error will be returned, but the resulting offset will not be applied. +.. _KVM_ARM_GET_REG_WRITABLE_MASKS: + +4.139 KVM_ARM_GET_REG_WRITABLE_MASKS +------------------------------------------- + +:Capability: KVM_CAP_ARM_SUPPORTED_REG_MASK_RANGES +:Architectures: arm64 +:Type: vm ioctl +:Parameters: struct reg_mask_range (in/out) +:Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error + + +:: + + #define KVM_ARM_FEATURE_ID_RANGE 0 + #define KVM_ARM_FEATURE_ID_RANGE_SIZE (3 * 8 * 8) + + struct reg_mask_range { + __u64 addr; /* Pointer to mask array */ + __u32 range; /* Requested range */ + __u32 reserved[13]; + }; + +This ioctl copies the writable masks for a selected range of registers to +userspace. + +The ``addr`` field is a pointer to the destination array where KVM copies +the writable masks. + +The ``range`` field indicates the requested range of registers. +``KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION`` for the ``KVM_CAP_ARM_SUPPORTED_REG_MASK_RANGES`` +capability returns the supported ranges, expressed as a set of flags. Each +flag's bit index represents a possible value for the ``range`` field. +All other values are reserved for future use and KVM may return an error. + +The ``reserved[13]`` array is reserved for future use and should be 0, or +KVM may return an error. + +KVM_ARM_FEATURE_ID_RANGE (0) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The Feature ID range is defined as the AArch64 System register space with +op0==3, op1=={0, 1, 3}, CRn==0, CRm=={0-7}, op2=={0-7}. + +The mask returned array pointed to by ``addr`` is indexed by the macro +``ARM64_FEATURE_ID_RANGE_IDX(op0, op1, crn, crm, op2)``, allowing userspace +to know what fields can be changed for the system register described by +``op0, op1, crn, crm, op2``. KVM rejects ID register values that describe a +superset of the features supported by the system. + 5. The kvm_run structure ======================== diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/index.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/index.rst index e84848432158..7f231c724e16 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/index.rst @@ -11,3 +11,4 @@ ARM hypercalls pvtime ptp_kvm + vcpu-features diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/vcpu-features.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/vcpu-features.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f7cc6d8d8b74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/vcpu-features.rst @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +=============================== +vCPU feature selection on arm64 +=============================== + +KVM/arm64 provides two mechanisms that allow userspace to configure +the CPU features presented to the guest. + +KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT +================= + +The ``KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT`` ioctl accepts a bitmap of feature flags +(``struct kvm_vcpu_init::features``). Features enabled by this interface are +*opt-in* and may change/extend UAPI. See :ref:`KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT` for complete +documentation of the features controlled by the ioctl. + +Otherwise, all CPU features supported by KVM are described by the architected +ID registers. + +The ID Registers +================ + +The Arm architecture specifies a range of *ID Registers* that describe the set +of architectural features supported by the CPU implementation. KVM initializes +the guest's ID registers to the maximum set of CPU features supported by the +system. The ID register values may be VM-scoped in KVM, meaning that the +values could be shared for all vCPUs in a VM. + +KVM allows userspace to *opt-out* of certain CPU features described by the ID +registers by writing values to them via the ``KVM_SET_ONE_REG`` ioctl. The ID +registers are mutable until the VM has started, i.e. userspace has called +``KVM_RUN`` on at least one vCPU in the VM. Userspace can discover what fields +are mutable in the ID registers using the ``KVM_ARM_GET_REG_WRITABLE_MASKS``. +See the :ref:`ioctl documentation <KVM_ARM_GET_REG_WRITABLE_MASKS>` for more +details. + +Userspace is allowed to *limit* or *mask* CPU features according to the rules +outlined by the architecture in DDI0487J.a D19.1.3 'Principles of the ID +scheme for fields in ID register'. KVM does not allow ID register values that +exceed the capabilities of the system. + +.. warning:: + It is **strongly recommended** that userspace modify the ID register values + before accessing the rest of the vCPU's CPU register state. KVM may use the + ID register values to control feature emulation. Interleaving ID register + modification with other system register accesses may lead to unpredictable + behavior. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.rst index 51e5e5762571..5817edb4e046 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/arm-vgic-v3.rst @@ -59,6 +59,13 @@ Groups: It is invalid to mix calls with KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_REDIST and KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_REDIST_REGION attributes. + Note that to obtain reproducible results (the same VCPU being associated + with the same redistributor across a save/restore operation), VCPU creation + order, redistributor region creation order as well as the respective + interleaves of VCPU and region creation MUST be preserved. Any change in + either ordering may result in a different vcpu_id/redistributor association, + resulting in a VM that will fail to run at restore time. + Errors: ======= ============================================================= diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/x86/mmu.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/x86/mmu.rst index d47595b33fcf..2b3b6d442302 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/x86/mmu.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/x86/mmu.rst @@ -202,10 +202,22 @@ Shadow pages contain the following information: Is 1 if the MMU instance cannot use A/D bits. EPT did not have A/D bits before Haswell; shadow EPT page tables also cannot use A/D bits if the L1 hypervisor does not enable them. + role.guest_mode: + Indicates the shadow page is created for a nested guest. role.passthrough: The page is not backed by a guest page table, but its first entry points to one. This is set if NPT uses 5-level page tables (host CR4.LA57=1) and is shadowing L1's 4-level NPT (L1 CR4.LA57=0). + mmu_valid_gen: + The MMU generation of this page, used to fast zap of all MMU pages within a + VM without blocking vCPUs too long. Specifically, KVM updates the per-VM + valid MMU generation which causes the mismatch of mmu_valid_gen for each mmu + page. This makes all existing MMU pages obsolete. Obsolete pages can't be + used. Therefore, vCPUs must load a new, valid root before re-entering the + guest. The MMU generation is only ever '0' or '1'. Note, the TDP MMU doesn't + use this field as non-root TDP MMU pages are reachable only from their + owning root. Thus it suffices for TDP MMU to use role.invalid in root pages + to invalidate all MMU pages. gfn: Either the guest page table containing the translations shadowed by this page, or the base page frame for linear translations. See role.direct. @@ -219,21 +231,30 @@ Shadow pages contain the following information: at __pa(sp2->spt). sp2 will point back at sp1 through parent_pte. The spt array forms a DAG structure with the shadow page as a node, and guest pages as leaves. - gfns: - An array of 512 guest frame numbers, one for each present pte. Used to - perform a reverse map from a pte to a gfn. When role.direct is set, any - element of this array can be calculated from the gfn field when used, in - this case, the array of gfns is not allocated. See role.direct and gfn. - root_count: - A counter keeping track of how many hardware registers (guest cr3 or - pdptrs) are now pointing at the page. While this counter is nonzero, the - page cannot be destroyed. See role.invalid. + shadowed_translation: + An array of 512 shadow translation entries, one for each present pte. Used + to perform a reverse map from a pte to a gfn as well as its access + permission. When role.direct is set, the shadow_translation array is not + allocated. This is because the gfn contained in any element of this array + can be calculated from the gfn field when used. In addition, when + role.direct is set, KVM does not track access permission for each of the + gfn. See role.direct and gfn. + root_count / tdp_mmu_root_count: + root_count is a reference counter for root shadow pages in Shadow MMU. + vCPUs elevate the refcount when getting a shadow page that will be used as + a root page, i.e. page that will be loaded into hardware directly (CR3, + PDPTRs, nCR3 EPTP). Root pages cannot be destroyed while their refcount is + non-zero. See role.invalid. tdp_mmu_root_count is similar but exclusively + used in TDP MMU as an atomic refcount. parent_ptes: The reverse mapping for the pte/ptes pointing at this page's spt. If parent_ptes bit 0 is zero, only one spte points at this page and parent_ptes points at this single spte, otherwise, there exists multiple sptes pointing at this page and (parent_ptes & ~0x1) points at a data structure with a list of parent sptes. + ptep: + The kernel virtual address of the SPTE that points at this shadow page. + Used exclusively by the TDP MMU, this field is a union with parent_ptes. unsync: If true, then the translations in this page may not match the guest's translation. This is equivalent to the state of the tlb when a pte is @@ -261,6 +282,10 @@ Shadow pages contain the following information: since the last time the page table was actually used; if emulation is triggered too frequently on this page, KVM will unmap the page to avoid emulation in the future. + tdp_mmu_page: + Is 1 if the shadow page is a TDP MMU page. This variable is used to + bifurcate the control flows for KVM when walking any data structure that + may contain pages from both TDP MMU and shadow MMU. Reverse map =========== |
